:-M:-:'J*.:f-:*'::;Tvi  ;  '    ■■   .

 >-r&*!!Jiiil^'';v''*::'Cv;v-.;; ."..■' ..'■•
 %.  ■ -tt.,'.-,p-.;-*1-:;'?;.-i,.::.'T.---,.   ...:
 "p.    ^r;i.T*>„, vV' . V 1 •' !  .....  '




t:;«^p-4^V'r.V• v."*'.  ■ *:-. -
■^B^Afts}
JQ58l'''fiv5<w< "V,; *v,".:T ■„'"*"'  -  .
•^-WjJSt-i ;'!lv ■•;•.*•'.'.':-.

■*--». '--jd.p-,'., r.„  .  -. -.
 'ir^^^*^y^fj*^r:   i

 iHw^fr,'. -

;e^'ht-i^'l-.-.;r--*-,-....
  r--au^....V; ~y:-..: ■■
      'V-;'"-'■-* * '»"»■■*•'. '—•
     'C  '/."Vv'-^S":'
  i-'t^^ivr-.-' •■■■

rihi .^'••'.'.i!,'*x'i'*'.--.:ix *■'•
-'■V''V-V
ll"~	-. . .... m- .-<v>
r.*.	"..',"•-';•*. '■'.
!V>	.'.,"*;'..'■ *«'VV.'
	
i."	
	-^L^XtvyI-
k.-.-	
^	. ..:^.-\'::x
	
	
C*:	i^v.vv.-
"•''.'	,;"AV:;«v.",:-;'
.wjr:v:*-3^*.:i-■:
»««>,,--..»»«,».'*•- '-•'.■'

\t^;&t&?--- ..Vv -::  • \
vr**1
ft
•ab?»^v4i!t'i;»,t:..',i-x*;uv!«:-.: -rv;':> *-.*.. •

wfr^*AV ■-,''■,  •" r, ,—  ' • '  =
 
 


^MZls 
 
Dunglisorts  Medical Library.
NEW    REMEDIES:
METHOD
OF
PREPARING AND  ADMINISTERING  THEM;



                  THEIR  EFFECTS


                               ON THE



       HEALTHY AND DISEASED ECONOMY, &c.
PRODESSE QOAM CONSPICI.
       BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M. D., M. A. P. S.


Professor of the  Institutes of Medicine &c.  in Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia;
   Attending Physician to the Philadelphia Hospital; Fellow of the College of Physicians ;
     and Honorary Member of the College of Pharmacy of Philadelphia ; of the Sociiite
        de Pharmacie, and Societe Linneenne, of Paris; Honorary Corresponding
           Member of the British Provincial  Medical and Surgical Asso-
                            ciation, &c. &c.
C',
'■ :..Z/S-

                      PHILADELPHIA:

ADAM  WALDIE, 46 CARPENTER  STREET.

                            1839. 
av
D9l6n
 /83*?
Entered according to .Act of Congress by Robley Dunglison, M. D. in the Clerk's Office of the
             District Court of the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.
ADAM WALDIE, PRINTER. 
PREFACE.
   The information, concerning the remedies of more recent intro-
 duction, lies scattered  in  so many works, that it cannot  be  ac-
 cessible to the mass of physicians.  The author has, consequently,
 believed, that he would be rendering a service to the profession by
 concentrating the results of experience within reasonable limits, so
 that they  may  be  readily available to all.  The  majority  of  the
 new agents—it will  be found—have been furnished by modern
 chemistry; and their employment  has been attended with this ad-
 vantage, that—when properly prepared—they are not liable to un-
 certainty in their operation ;  whilst the various plants  from  which
 the strychnine,  emetine,  quinine, &c. are  obtained,  are  liable to
 irregularity of action, owing to faults  in desiccation, to the  season
 in which they are culled, &c. &c.—objections  which cannot apply
 to the active principles when separated from them.
   The  author  has  esteemed it proper to give—as far as he  was
 able—the recorded  experience of all who have employed the reme-
 dies in question, owing to the difficulty of sifting the results of true
 from those of false observation.
   It need scarcely be said, that to  make  a  correct observer  and a
 good  therapeutist,  a knowledge of every  department of medical
science  is  demanded.  Anatomy, physiology,  pathology, and ma-
teria medica are, indeed, but introductory to the great object  which
 the practitioner has in view—the  alleviation and removal of suf-
fering.   Were it otherwise, it would be  but necessary to  institute
empirical trials, in  every case of  disease,  with  various articles
 in and out of the received lists of the materia medica, and from
 such vague trials to endeavour to deduce what is termed "expe-
 rience."
   The  erroneous idea prevails too extensively, that  every  one is
 capable of profiting by observation, and that, therefore,  all who 
IV
PREFACE.
have had the same amount of experience, must be equally capable
of treating disease.   Setting aside, however,  the  consideration of
the differences that must necessarily result from the varied powers
of individuals, it can scarcely be maintained, that he, whose atten-
tion has not been properly directed to the  study of the prelimi-
nary branches, which have been enumerated, and whose mind has
not been trained in tracing the  relation  between cause and effect,
can ever duly profit by mere experience  in that which  has been
properly termed  "the most inductive of all sciences."1
  To treat disease methodically and effectively, the nature of the
actions of the living tissues, in both the  healthy and morbid con-
ditions,  must be correctly appreciated; the effects, which the arti-
cles of the materia medica are capable of exerting under both those
conditions, must  be known from  accurate observation, and not
until  then  can the practitioner prescribe with any  well-founded
prospect of success.   Numerous errors would be perpetrated, were
we  to profess, and to carry out such profession, that we are guided
by experience only, unless that experience had been gained by a
due consideration of all the physiological, pathological, and thera-
peutical bearings of the subject.  In illustration of this, the well-
known case, cited by Dr. Paris,  in his Life of Sir Humphry Davy,
may be  adduced.  The enthusiastic Beddoes, having hypothetical!y
inferred, that the inhalation of the nitrous  oxide might be a specific
for  palsy, a patient was selected for  trial, and placed under the care
of Davy—at the  time  assistant to Beddoes.   Before administering
the gas, Davy thought  of ascertaining the temperature of the body
by  the  thermometer placed under the tongue.   The  paralytic,
deeply impressed  by Dr. Beddoes with the certainty of the success
of the remedy, of which he knew nothing—soon  after the thermo-
meter was  placed in  his mouth, believing this to be the great cura-
tive agent—declared that he felt somewhat better.  Nothing more
was, therefore, done; and he was requested to return on the fol-
lowing  day.  The  same  form  was then  gone through, with the
same results; and, at the end of a fortnight, the sick man was dis-
missed cured, no agent of any kind having been employed, except
the thermometer.
  Now, if the reasoning powers were not  duly exerted, experience

  1  Propterea sola experieotia absque doctrina et ratione incerta est et con-
jecturalis. Qui enim novit rhubarbaium purgare bilem, nescit tamen quando
quibus, et cui morbo prosit, nisi sit medicos doctus et peritus.  Primrose
De vulgi erroribus in medicina, lib. i. cap. xl.  Amstelod. 1639. 
PREFACE.
V
would obviously teach, as the result of this case, that the  thermo-
meter is an antiparalytic.   The rational therapeutist is not, how-
ever, satisfied with this knowledge of the fact, for "fact it is."  He
enquires into the mode in which the effect was induced, and he is
not long in referring it to the influence exerted by the moral over
the physique; and he  classes the thermometer with Perkinism,
animal magnetism,  and their  congenerous arts,—amongst articles
that act chiefly through the new impressions, which they make on
the senses.
   It might seem to those, who are unacquainted with medical his-
tory, that in periods approaching  our  own, no such illogical infe-
rences could  be deduced, and that it has been the custom with  the
profession, for ages, to bestow all due caution, and the most rational
enquiry in the collection of facts.  Such, however, is far from being
the case.  It is, indeed,  humiliating to reflect  on the credulity or
faulty observation that has existed among nations,  who have suc-
cessfully cultivated  many of the other branches of  natural science.
It ought  scarcely to be credited, and yet it is nevertheless true, that
the aqua spermatis ranarum, or  " water of frog's  spawn," was to
be found not very long ago in the Pharmacopoeia of Sardinia; and
the aqua hirundinum cum castoreo, or " water of swallows with
castor," in those of Manheim and Wirtemberg.  The  latter prepa-
ration  is  directed to be made as follows :—Take of young swallows
bruised in a mortar, forty ; rue, two handfuls ; castor, one ounce ;
white wine, three pints.   This disgusting preparation was given in
hysteria  and epilepsy.  Again ;  the bufones exsiccati, or  " dried
toads," were in the Pharmacopoeias of Spain  and  Wirtemberg,—
having been  formerly  administered in powder,  as a diuretic,  in
dropsy. In another  work,1 the author has adduced many examples
as strange as  those instanced,  and it would be easy to enumerate
still more.
   In a recent French journal, and in an article by M. Ricord—the
distinguished physician to the Venereal Hospital of Paris—we have
an example of the  pertinacity with which ancient prepossessions
and inculcations adhere,  and  how difficult it is to think and to act
according to the unbiased suggestions of our own observation and
reflection.  In  the  treatment  of  blennorrhagic epididymitis,   or
swelled testicle  from gonorrhoea, M. Ricord recommends compres-
sion to be made by means of the  " sparadrap," or  plaster  of vigo
with mercury.  This plaster, although prescribed by Ricord, is not
1 General Therapeutics, p. 55. Philad.  1836. 
VI
PREFACE.
to be met with in the  Pharmacopoeia of Paris.  It is  in  those  of
Spain and Wirtemberg—so prolific in the relics of ancient credulity
and superstition—that  we have to search for  it.   In the latter
pharmacopoeia, it is directed to be formed of living frogs  and
living earthworms, boiled with various inert and  by us rejected
herbs in white wine and  vinegar,—the  decoction being strained,
and added  to  olive oil,  litharge,  oil  of  bayberries,  turpentine,
yellow wax, olibanum,  euphorbium, and liquid storax, all melted
together.
   Yet, it is scarcely possible to conceive, that  the  frog's spawn
could have been supposed to yield a product on distillation, differing
from that of other animal substances, when subjected to the same
process ;  that the swallows—in the preparation cited—added  any
thing to the antispasmodic virtues  of the castor, or that the  living
frogs and earth worms exerted  any efficacy in  the  sparadrap de
vigo—a plaster, employed for compressing tumours, and for which
purpose we use one of simple adhesive constituents.   They have
all been  proparly rejected from  the lists  of  our  medicinal agents,
and are looked upon as irrational; yet, we are compelled to infer—
from the fact of their having been received, in some countries,  into
officinal  publications,  into the  Pharmacopoeias, which emanate
from congregations of those  of our profession, who are esteemed
learned by education and by practice—that they were originally
admitted under the sanction of fancied experience.
   In the darker periods of medical history, monstrous and revolting
polypharmacal  preparations were introduced, and nothing but the
blindest devotion  to authority or to established custom  could have
occasioned their  retention.  It  is  not  long since  the  Theriac of
Andromachus—itself but a modification of the Antidotum Mithrida-
tum—was dismissed from the British PharmacopcEias.   It consisted
of  seventy-two articles, and was  a farrago—as  Dr. Heberden
observed, that had " no better title to the name of Mithridates than
—as it so well  resembles—the numerous undisciplined forces  of a
barbarous king,  made up  of a dissonant crowd  collected from
•different  countries, mighty in appearance, but in  reality an ineffec-
tive multitude, that only hinder each other."   The electuarium
opiatum  polypharmacum, of  the  Parisian codex—the  descendant
of the old theriac, with even an  additional number of ingredients__
contains  acrid substances, 5;  astringent, 5 ;  bitter, 22 ;  indigenous
aromatics, 10;  umbelliferous  aromatics, 7;  balsams  and resinous
substances, 8; fetid ingredients, 6; narcotics, 1; earthy substances
1;  gummy or amylaceous, 4; saccharine, 3.  Total, 72—and  one 
PREFACE.                        VU
of these the flesh of the viper, a little more than a grain of opium—
which may be regarded as a principal effective ingredient—being
contained in a dram of the compound.  Yet, when the question arose
in the London College of Physicians, as to what should be the fate
of this " many headed monster," and when it was proposed by Dr.
Heberden, that it should  be ejected from the Pharmacopoeia—on a
division it was found, that there were thirteen votes for retaining,
and fourteen  for rejecting it.  Its  ostracism was determined by a
majority of one  only, in a learned body, twenty-seven of whose
members were present.
   Such was the fate of a " heterogeneous farrago," which, as  Dr.
Paris has remarked, " can be vindicated upon no principle of com-
bination," and yet enjoyed the confidence of physicians for ages—a
confidence unquestionably founded, in their belief, on experience,
but experience based upon defective observation, and, consequently,
on erroneous inferences—the results being consecutive rather than
consequent, and  bearing no relation whatever to the assigned cause.
   Happily, more correct ideas  are beginning to be entertained on
the subject of  true experience.   It  is now felt—to employ the  lan-
guage of  a  distinguished surgeon—Professor Liston—that  the
greatest number of well  assorted  facts  on  a particular  subject
constitutes experience, whether these facts have been culled in  five
years or in fifty.   A better system, too, of observation generally pre-
vails, so that we have discarded the absurd and revolting agents,
that are still retained in the books of authority of some European
countries.  Much, however, remains to be done.  The catalogue of
the Materia Medica is yet overstocked, and the pruning knife  has
still to be applied to lop off many of the redundancies, which have
been  proved to be such, by the more accurate  attention, which is
daily paid  to tracing  the due  relation between cause and effect.
" To purchase a clear and warrantable body of truth," as Sir Thomas
Brown has well observed, " we must forget and part with much we
know."
   Every one will be compelled  to admit, that it is the duty of the
correct therapeutist to doubt the existence of qualities in any article
until  they have been adequately proved.   When such is the case,
no  reasoning can set aside facts;  but unless the evidence be over-
powering, it is  equally his duty to remain in doubt, especially,
should  reflection suggest to him strong grounds for  believing, that
the number of observations has been insufficient, that they have not
been properly made or are inconsequential.
   To enable the profession to  form an accurate  estimate of  the 
Viil                       PREFACE.
value of remedies of more recent introduction, or of the older reme-
dies  whose  use has been revived under  novel applications,  the
present volume was undertaken by the author.
  In Germany, several works  exist on this  subject, and that of
Riecke—to which the author has repeatedly referred—served as a
basis for many of the articles; his observations, however, do  not
come down further than the year 1836.  Some of the statements
—especially in relation to the observations of certain of the German
physicians—are given on Riecke's authority, for he  has rarely
appended references, by which the correctness  of  his  assertions
could be tested.
  It  has been a great object with the author to furnish exact  refer-
ences to works in which further information may be obtained, and
the number of these will show, that he has devoted no small amount
of time and attention to the subject.   He has likewise added  the
results  of his own experience in public and in private.   The motto
which  he has selected—prodesse quam conspici—conveys, in epi-
tome, his feelings.  His sole object has been, " to be useful"—and if
he has  succeeded, the reward is ample.

                                ROBLEY  DUNGLISON.

  Philadelphia, No. 9 Girard Street,
       October 1, 1839.
Erratum—p. 340, line 10—for "eighty" read "thirty." 
NEW    REMEDIES.
ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM.
Synonymes.  Acidum Prussicum, Acidum  Borussicum, A. Zooticum, A.
  Zootinicum, Hydrocyanic, or Prussic Acid.
French. Acide Hydrocyanique, Acide Prussique.
German.   Blausaure, Wasserstoffblausaure, Hydrocyansaure, Cyanwas-
  serstoffsaure.

  This acid can scarcely be looked upon as new: yet it is only in
recent times that its application to pathological conditions has been
well appreciated.  It was discovered by Scheele, in 1780;  but its
preparation in a state of purity, and its  exact chemical constitution,
were not understood until Gay-Lussac  published the results of his
investigations on the subject in the year 1815.1

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  The three chief modes  of  preparing the hydrocyanic acid, at
present received into the  pharmacopoeias,  are those of Scheele,
Gay-Lussac,  and Vauquelin ;  the first of which was  adopted by
the framers  of  the  United States' Pharmacopoeia of 1820, and by
those of Belgium, Paris, and Ferrara;  the second, by the Pharma-
copoeias of Paris and Ferrara;  and the  third by those of Belgium,
Paris, and the United States.—(Edition of 1830.)


                     1. Scheelds Method.
             Take of Prussian blue,         128 parts.
                    Red oxide of mercury, 64 parts.
                    Distilled  water,        105 parts.
  Boil for a quarter of an hour, constantly shaking; strain, filter,
and  wash the residuum with
                   Boiling water, 128 parts.
• Annales de Chimie, torn, lxvii. p. 128, and torn. xcv. p. 136.
6—d                                    dungl I 
2
DUNGLISON's NEW REMEDIES.
  Mix the two liquids  together; introduce them into a flask, and
add,
             Porphyrised iron filings,     96 parts.
             Sulphuric acid, (66°)         24 parts.
  Diluted with
             Distilled water,              24 parts.
  Shake the mixture, and keep the flask for an hour in cold water;
pour the decanted liquid  into a tubulated retort placed in a sand
bath, to the neck of which is attached an  adapter that passes into
a tubulated receiver,  whence a curved tube issues that passes into
a flask filled with  water; lute  the  apparatus; cover the receiver
with wet rags;  raise the heat until the liquid boils, and until there
have passed into the receiver—192 parts.
  Add to this liquid, of
          Carbonate of lime,     8 parts.
  Distil again, and draw  off 128 parts,  which must be kept in a
bottle covered with black paper.
  This process of Scheele  always affords an acid mixed with a
variable quantity of water.

                   2.  Gay-Lussac's Method.
  Take cyanuret of mercury, at pleasure.
  Introduce it into a tubulated retort,  the neck of which  is fur-
nished with a  wide  tube of glass filled with broken marble and
chloruret of calcium, which tube communicates, through a smaller
one, with a bell glass surrounded by a freezing mixture.
  Pour on muriatic acid sufficient  to rise above  the cyanuret to
the height of a finger ; heat gradually and moderately, and receive
the condensed product into the  bell glass.
  The acid, obtained in this way, is anhydrous, and of the specific
gravity .700.

                    3.  Vauquelin's Method.
  Take of
               Cyanuret of mercury,       1 part.
               Distilled water,             8 parts.
  Pass a current  of hydro-sulphuric acid gas into the solution,
until  the gas  is  in excess;  pour  into  the  liquid pulverised sub-
carbonate of lead  in sufficient quantity to remove the excess of
hydro-sulphuric acid: shake the mixture constantly,  and when it
has  no  longer the smell of putrid eggs,  and  ceases  to blacken
paper  impregnated with  acetate of  lead,  filter and preserve it
carefully.
  The product of this operation  has been considered  to approxi-
mate to the average density of the acid of Scheele.1

  1 See Notes on Hydrocyanic acid, by Dr. R. E. Griffith, in Philad. Journ
of Pharmacy, iv.  17. Philad. 1833; also, Pereira, Elements  of Materia
Medica, part i. p. 236.  Lond. 1839. 
                   ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM.                  3

   The variable density of the acid prepared after Scheele's method,
has prevented it from being generally used in medicine.  The acid
of  Gay-Lussac is most commonly employed ; but as it.*; degree of
concentration  renders it  dangerous, it is  diluted  with distilled
water.   Robiquet  has proposed to bring its density to .900, by
adding two parts of water to it.   Thus reduced, it resembles the
acid of Scheele,  with the  advantage, that  there is a constant and
known r.^tio between the  pure, or anhydrous acid,  and the quan-
tity of water united with it.  Magendie adds to it six times its bulk,
or eight and a half times its weight of distilled water, and calls the
mixture acide prussique medicinal,1 medicinal prussic or hydrocy-
anic  acid.   Others have advised the employment of a mixture of
three parts of water, and one part  of acid, under the name  of
acide hydrocyanique au quart, or " hydrocyanic acid  of quarter
strength."2                           ,
   Dr. Bache asserts, that he has had the process of the  United
States' Pharmacopoeia (Proust's or Vauquelin's)  repeated, when he
found the acid obtained to have the specific gravity .998.'J


             EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

   Hydrocyanic  acid  is  usually  classed  amongst the narcotic
poisons,4  yet  there is reason for believing, that  its ordinary effects
are purely  sedative.   Whilst  the  agents belonging to the class of
narcotics produce, first of all, excitation in  the organic  actions1,*
followed sooner or later, when the  agent is  in  sufficient dose, by
signs of sedation, this acid occasions the latter results only.
   It is the most powerful of our poisons, producing, in an adequate
dose,  the fatal result so suddenly, that the  animal experimented
upon can scarcely  be removed from  the lap of the experimenter
before all signs of life are extinct.   This rapidity of action heVa1-'
tives the idea, that  the acid acts through the mass  of  blood,: aiRl
favours the view of those who believe, that the impression fs/roade
immediately on the nerves  of  the part  with  which  it is pforJed Itf
contact,  or  on the nerves  that are distributed  to the linlfrg- tiie'rh-
brane  of the  blood vessels, as suggested by Messrs. Ad'di'so'ii ar?d!
Morgan.5 It seems to us, however, that the same objectioilltp^l%§jW
the explanation of these gentlemen  as  to that which.'ascV?!)^ the
effects to the poison being taken into the blood—that the^fStal'^esWrt'
is  often  too sudden for us to presume that it  has entered* MiMirbUd1
vessels; unless we esteem it  an  agent possessed Wr!ficrWcr)fii?l;y>■
                                                  •Ii;l:)v;!,iji ■voriv/
                      ,                          uatiV/  .89,) 11 cum
  1 Formulaire  pour la preparation etc. de plusieurs nouyfiaux^edjcamens..
  2 Pharmacopee Universelle, par Jourdan, i.  31.   Paris^ la2». "
  * The Dispensatory of the United States of America, by Drs. Wood and
Bache, 2d edit. p. 713.  Philad. 1836.                [fdtooI thtislstn¥l '
  * Christison's Treatise on Poisons, 3d edit.  Edinb.i;!li336*.iA ni (nn.n.gO ban
  8 An Essay on the  operation of poisonous  agents, uyota .felwhijivitfgiibwb^j)
Lond. 1829.                                  I/; wmjr]o 9b Jcmuol8 
4
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
 penetrating properties.  In very large  doses, the sensibility of the
 whole nervous system becomes annihilated almost with the rapidity
 of lightning.
   A female, who was deceived by the odour of a solution of hydro-
 cyanic  acid  in alcohol, drank a small vialful and  died in two
 minutes, as if struck with apoplexy.  A strong healthy man, thirty-
 six years of age, being  detected in thieving, swallowed a  small
 vialful of the acid, staggered  a few steps, and  fell dead.   Four  or
 five minutes afterwards, the physician who was called,  found him
 lifeless, without the slightest trace of pulse or respiration.  In a few
 minutes, convulsive expirations were  observed,  but no indica-
 tions of returning life : the face was sunken and livid ;  the hands
 and feet deadly cold; the forehead and face cold and dry ;  and the
 eyes half open, and glassy.1
  Dr.  Damason2 relates tha  case  of a druggist, who had some
 hydrocyanic acid in a phial  with a ground  stopper, and as it had
 been prepared  almost  three months, thinking that it was decom-
 posed,  he opened the  phial, and applied it to his nose to ascertain
 whether the acid retained any smell:  he instantly fell down, and
 remained for half an hour without giving the slightest signs of life;
 but finally recovered after an illness of several days.
  Many experiments have been made on animals with this acid.
  A drop, introduced into the  bill  or anus of a sparrow, induced
death in from one to two minutes, preceded by convulsions.   Even
holding the bill over a  vial filled with the acid proved fatal.
  A duck was destroyed by fourteen drops.
  Twenty drops, introduced into the stomach of a rabbit, killed it
in three minutes.   When a few drops were injected into the jugular
vein, death supervened still sooner.
  A small dog, to  which two drops had been given, experienced
shortness of breath ; staggered, fell, passed its urine repeatedly;
vomited twice, and  afterwards seemed quite well.
  The same animal took, five  hours later, eight drops, and fell into
a tetanic, comatose condition, but recovered in half an hour.  More
severe  but not fatal  effects resulted from sixteen drops.   Thirty to
forty drops, administered to  dogs and  cats,  produced violent con-
vulsions and death,  in from six to fifteen minutes.
  The experiments of Emmert and Coullon seem to have shown
that the  action  of  hydrocyanic acid is more  violent when it is
injected into the jugular  vein, or inhaled in a  concentrated form;
less so  when injected into the  rectum.   In the case of a horse, into
whose  jugular it  was  injected,  death occurred  in  twenty-one
minutes.  When  placed  in  contact with the dura  mater, or with
nerves, no striking phenomena were perceptible. [?] This fact was

  1 Hufeland, Journal  der practisch. Heilkund. Band. xl.  St. 1, S. 85 to 92
 and Osann, in Ait. Blausaure, in Encyk. Wurterb. der Medicinischen Wis-
 senschaft. Band. v. S. 528.  Berlin, 1830.
  1 Journal de Chimie Medicale.   Juin, 1831. 
ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM.
5
confirmed by Viborg.1   On the other hand, when received into a
wound in its concentrated state, it acts most violently.  Scharring,
who broke a glass containing the acid, and received some of it into
the wound produced thereby, died in an hour after the accident.
  It is not easy to deduce comparative results from the statements
of different experimenters, inasmuch as  we are ignorant  of the
precise strength of the acid employed.  A French physician made
some experiments on the  uncertainty of the strength of the medi-
cinal acid; and he found,  that he could swallow a whole ounce of
one sample, and a drachm of a stronger sample, without sustaining
any injury; but on trying some, which had been recently prepared
by Yauquelin, he was immediately taken ill, and narrowly escaped
with his life.2   Mr.  Pereira3 once caused the instantaneous death of
a rabbit by applying its nose  to a receiver filled with the vapour of
the pure acid: the animal died without a struggle.   A drop of the
pure acid of Gay-Lussac, placed in the throat of the  most vigorous
dog, caused it to fall dead  after two or three hurried respirations.4
   We have already alluded to the effect of the acid  when dropped
upon the conjunctiva—a  mucous surface, and therefore possessed
of highly absorbing powers: but it cannot be  placed  with im-
punity  in contact  with  surfaces,  which, owing  to their being
covered  with  cuticle, do  not  readily  absorb.  Orfila* states, that a
professor of Vienna, havins- prepared a pure and concentrated
acid, spread a certain quantity of it on  his naked  arm, and died
a  short  time  afterwards.   Dr.  Christison,6  however, says  this
was probably a mistake.  On repeating some of the experiments,
he7  found,  that  a single drop,  weighing  scarcely a third  of a
grain,  dropped  into the  mouth of a rabbit,  killed it  in  eighty-
three seconds, and  began to  act in sixty-three seconds; that three
drops, weighing four-fifths of a grain, in like manner killed a strong
cat in thirty seconds, and began to act in ten ;  that another was
affected by the same dose in  five, and died in  forty seconds ;  that
four drops, weighing a grain  and a fifth,  did not affect a rabbit for
twenty seconds, but killed it in ten seconds more; and that  twenty-
five grains, corresponding with an  ounce and a half of medicinal
acid, began to act  on a  rabbit, as soon  as it was poured  into its
mouth,  and killed it outright in ten seconds at farthest.   Three
drops, projected into the eye,  acted on a cat in twenty seconds, and
killed it in twenty more; and  the same quantity, dropped on a fresh
wound  in the loins,  acted in forty-five,  and proved  fatal in one
hundred and five, seconds.

  • Osann, loc. cit. S. 580.
  2 Revue Medicale, xvii. 265, and Christison  on Poisons, 3d edit. p. 690.
Edinb. 1836.
  3 Op. citat. p. 242.
  * Magendie, in Annales de Chimie et  de Physique, vi. 347, and Formu-
lary.
  6 Toxicologic.
  6 Op. cit. p. 707.
  T Op. cit. p. 694.  See also, Dr. Geoghegan,  in Dublin Medical Journal,
for 1835, and Pereira, Op. cit. p.  242. 
6
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
   When given in rather too strong a dose, or—if in proper doses
at too short intervals, it  produces headach, and vertigo, which go
off, however, in a few minutes:  when inhaled, even if diluted with
atmospheric air, it causes vomiting, prostration, pains in the back
part of the head, and  great diminution of the arterial pulsations.
In a more concentrated state, the effects are more rapidly fatal than
in any other form of administration.   M. Robert found that when
a bird,  a rabbit, a  cat,  and  two dogs, were  made to breathe air
saturated with its vapour, the first and second died in one  second;
the cat in two seconds; one  dog  in  five, and the  other in ten
seconds.1
  With regard to the parts of the economy that are primarily acted
upon by the  hydrocyanic acid, there  can be but little doubt in
designating the nervous system.  In no other  way can we readily
explain the extreme rapidity of its action in fatal cases. When once
mixed with the blood, however, out of the body, it altogether changes
the character of that fluid, and opposes its coagulation.2   Some of
the German writers3 have endeavoured to indicate three grades of
its action on the economy.   First.  In moderate  doses,  long con-
tinued,  it  occasions a marked  diminution in the  action of the
nervous  and vascular  systems;  vertigo; disposition to  syncope:
epistaxis as a consequence of thinness of the blood, and a disposi-
tion to  putrid diseases.4   Secondly.  In larger doses, the sedative
effect of the acid on the spinal marrow, and the abdominal  ganglia,
is indicated by feelings of weakness, numbness, tremors,  and other
involuntary motions of the extremities, involuntary discharge of the
urine and fasces, augmentation of the cutaneous and urinary depu-
rations ;  palpitations, anxiety at the prsecordia, weak pulse, and,
according  to  some,  headach, especially in  the  back part of the
head; excoriation of the  tongue  and inner parts of the cheeks,5 and
salivation.   This last symptom  is given by Dr. Christison6 on the
authority of Drs. Macleod and Granville.7  It has been suspected,
however, that salivation,  in these cases, was brought about by the
use of an impure acid,  containing probably a small quantity of the
deuto-chloride of mercury, particularly if the acid had been pre-
pared—according to the  process of the Dublin  College—with bicy-
anide of mercury, muriatic acid and  water.   Mercury is,  indeed,
asserted  to  have been actually discovered in  the  acid by  Sylves-
ter's test.  Thirdly. In still larger doses, violent  affections of the
spinal  marrow, convulsions,  trismus,  opisthotonos, emprostho-
tonos, fainting, &c. are induced.

  1 Annales de Chimie, xcii. 59.
  2 Magendie, Lectures on the Blood. Lect. xvii. in Lancet, for Jan. 26 1839
p. 636.  On its Action when injected into the Vessels; see Mr.  Blake in
Edin. Med.  and Surg. Journ. April,  1S39, p. 339.
  3 Richter, Specielle Therapie, Band, x, S. 280.  Berlin, 1828; and Osann
loc. cit. S. 527.                                   '     '     ^dan*
  * Encyk. Wurterb. B. ii. S. 315.
  5 Born,  in Rusts Magazin, B. xiii. S. 282.
  8 Op. citat. p. 701.
  7 Lond. Med. and Phys. Journ. xlvi. 359 and 363. 
ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM.
7
  From the results of all  his observations, Osann1 infers, that the
hydrocyanic acid  acts dynamically on  the  nervous  system,  by
diminishing, depressing, and annihilating its  life, and, through the
nervous system, affecting the organs of vegetation or nutrition, and
of haematosis ;—that it incontestably has a specific relation to the
spinal marrow, the ganglions of the abdomen,  and the dependent
organs; and hence it  is,  that,  in  comparison with  other narcotic
agents, it is less stupifying, whilst it influences more  deeply the
phenomena of vegetative or organic life. He properly remarks,
however,  that  the inferences of Jbrg,2 from  his experiments, are
apparently opposed to this view.   Jbrg considered  its effects upon
the brain to be excitant, and that it occasioned turgescence of that
organ.

            EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.
  From the effects produced by the hydrocyanic acid on the healthy
body, we  may infer the cases of disease  in which it may be indi-
cated.  It is decidedly sedative, allaying nervous  irritability and
vascular action, and therefore adapted for all cases in which these
are inordinately excited.   Yet its  power, as  a medicinal agent, is
not as great as was at one time presumed, and as is still presumed
by many.   In  some  countries, too, it has found more  favour than
in others.   In Italy, France and England, it has been  more exten-
sively used than in Germany;  yet in many of  the Pharmacopoeias
of the last country  it has been admitted into the list of officinal
agents.  The great objections that have been urged against  it  are
-—its danger,  even in a small dose, if not carefully administered;
the difficulty of having it always  of the  same strength ; the impos-
sibility of administering it undiluted, and the danger of giving too
strong a dose in consequence of its rising to the surface of water.
More than once the difference in the  strength of the acid, prepared
by different methods,  would seem  to have given rise to unfortunate
results.  Orfila3 mentions the case of a sick  person, who had used
for a length of time the hydrocyanic acid, in  increasing doses, with
advantage; when, being  compelled to  send  her prescription to
another apothecary, the acid he employed was  so strong as to pro-
duce death, with  all  the  symptoms of poisoning by hydrocyanic
acid.   For these and other  reasons, Riocke, L.  W. Sachs, and
Osann greatly prefer  the  Aqua laurocerasi and the Aqua amygda-
larum amarum, which, although in other respects not less objection-
able, are far less dangerous.4
   Possessed of the  powerful sedative agency, which  has been

   1 Loc. citat. S. 526.
   2 Materialien zu einer kunftigen Heilmittellehie. B. i. S. 53, 117.
   3 Toxicologic.                                   .
   4 Die neuern Arzneimittel, ihre physischen  und  chemischen  Eigen-
 schaften,  Bereitungsweise,   Wirkung auf den  gesunden  und  kranken
 Organismus, u. s. w. von V. A. Riecke, S. 5. Stuttgart,  1837; Osann loc.
 citat. and Encyklop. Wort. ii. 315. 
8
DUNGLISON's NEW REMEDIES.
described, it  is not to be wondered at, that the hydrocyanic acid
should have  been prescribed  in a multitude of cases, and, as con-
stantly happens, that unsuccessful  trials, suggested by the merest
empiricism, should have been made with it.
  In  inflammations,  especially when  accompanied  with marked
erethism of the nervous system, it  has been greatly extolled, and,
next  to blood-letting, has "been regarded  by many as one of our
most  valuable antiphlogistics.   The followers of the contro-stimu-
lant school  esteem  it  as  one of  their most  efficacious  contro-
stimulants.
  In the acute inflammations of internal organs it has been highly
recommended by the Italian physicians, Borda and Brera, in thoracic
inflammation, after blood-letting, in conjunction  with  tartarised
antimony and similar sedative agents; and by others in enteritis,
metritis and nephritis, and in active hemorrhages.
  In  chronic inflammations it  has been  advised by  Granville,
Magendie, Heller,  Elwert,  Behr, Roch, &c, especially in chronic
catarrh, bronchitis, and hooping cough.  In the last affection it is
conceived by  Dr. Roe1 to possess a  " specific"(?) power.   In warm
weather he thinks it will cure almost any case  of  simple hooping
cough in a short time; that in all seasons it will abridge its dura-
tion, and in almost every instance,  where it does  not cure, that it
will, at least,  materially relieve the severity of the cough.
  In  pulmonary consumption it has been  recommended by Gran-
ville,  Magendie, S. G. Morton, Fantonette,2 and others, particularly
where there is any inflammatory or spasmodic complication ;  but
others, as Neumann, Weitsch, Sir James Clarke, and, we may add,
ourselves, have given it  in these very cases without any success.
By  some, indeed, it has been affirmed, that its administration in
phthisis is to  be adopted with caution, as in many cases  instead of
allaying, it appears to have increased, the cough and fever, dimi-
nished the expectoration, and occasioned a sense of suffocation :3 it
has been, moreover, asserted, that  its  depressing and  destructive
agency has acted injuriously on the organism of the consumptive.4
  In  chronic nervous diseases, especially when of a  spasmodic
character—as in  spasmodic  affections  of the  heart—even  when
organic,  the  hydrocyanic acid has been advised  as  a soothing
agent, as well as in spasmodic asthma; in the sense of suffocation
that accompanies hydrothorax  and other affections; and in spas-
modic dysphagia.
  Its  efficacy, too,  has been marked,  according to  Elliotson,5 in

  1 A Treatise  on the Nature and Treatment of Hooping Cough  &c. p  10
London,  1838.                                         '   '' p*   *
  2 Gazette des Hopitaux, Fev. 19, 1839.
  3 Schneider,  Med.  Prakt. Adversarien am Krankenbette, Erste Liefer
S. 62, referred  to by Osann.                                        '
  4 Siebergundi, in Hufeland's Journal  der pract. Heilkund. B. liii.  st
6. S. 15.                                                  "'
  5 On the efficacy of Hydrocyanic or  Prussic Acid in  Affections of the
Stomach, &c.  Lond. 1820. 
ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM.
9
various neuropathic disorders of the stomach, especially in  those
in which  pain at  the epigastrium was  the  leading symptom,—in
every form, indeed, of gastrodynia;  and in painful affections of the
bowels, of a  similar character, it has  been found useful by Mr.
Pereira.1
   In enlargement of the heart  it was found by Heller to diminish
the force and frequency of the pulsations,  and in this way to afford
essential relief.  In an  old person,  labouring under anasarca, ac-
companied  by great pain  in  the breast,  Rees observed, after  the
administration of Vauquelin's acid, great diuresis, with the removal
of the dropsy and its concomitant symptoms.2
   In the asthma pulverulentum  of the Germans, (Stanbasthma,)
that is, in the  variety to which millers, bakers, grinders  and others
are liable, Creutswicher is said to have found it highly serviceable.3
   Its  efficacy has  not  been  so  marked  in epilepsy,  chorea and
kindred affections; yet it has been strongly recommended in tetanus.
Trevezant ordered it in  a case of traumatic tetanus, after opium had
been given in vain, in the dose of from two to twelve drops with
favourable results.4  On the other hand, Klein gave it in a similar
case, with no other apparent effect  than  that  of rendering  death
more easy.5 It has likewise been advised in  spasmodic pains of the
uterus.
   Yet,  although it  would seem to be soothing and antispasmodic
in many cases of  erethism, Grindel and  Osann6 consider it by no
means adapted for the radical  cure of spasmodic diseases.
   In violent neuralgia, especially in an impressible condition of the
vascular system, in nervous cephalalgia, hemicrania, tic-douloureux,
and in gouty and rheumatic sciatica it has been extolled. Dr. E. S.
Bonnet,7 of Charleston,  treated successfully some cases of  facial
neuralgia, of great severity, by this agent  applied externally in the
form of the distilled  water of the prunus laurocerasus.   It is pro-
per, however, to remark, that  in  two of the three cases  described,
belladonna was employed in combination.   The mode of applying
it was  by lotion, composed of §iv. of the laurel water, one ounce of
sulphuric ether, alone, or with half a dram or a dram of extract of
belladonna. With this lotion the affected  parts, previously covered
with carded cotton or cotton wadding, were  kept constantly wet.
   It has  likewise been recommended by Elliotson8 in  the cure of
vomiting, not  dependent upon inflammation.


  1 Op. citat., p. 247.
  2 Osann, Op.  cit. and Harless Rhein-Westphal. Jahrbuch. Bd. x, St. 1,
s. 82.
  3 Rust's Magazin,  Bd. xxii, S. 335.
  4 Froriep's Notizen, Bd. xiv, No. 15, S. 324.
  5 Heidelberger Klinische Annalen, Bd. ii, S.  112.
  6 Loc. citat., S. 535.
  7 North American Archives, for April, 1835.
  8 Lond. Med. Gazette, 1831, and  Amer. Journ.  of Med. Sciences, May,
1831, p. 242. 
10
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
  These are the chief cases in which its  internal use has been
prescribed.
  It has been employed externally in the following cases.
  As a soothing agent in severe pain;—for example, in toothach from
caries; one to two drops, according to  Elwert, being put into  the
hollow  tooth.    Krimer  applied  it  in  a dilute state  to  painful
wounds, and it has been injected with advantage into fistulas.
  In neuralgia  the  application of a cataplasm  of  belladonna and
hydrocyanic acid has been advised by some.
  In cutaneous affections, of an itching, painful or inflammatory
nature, it has been used with much success.
  In  five  cases  of obstinate  herpes, Schneider  used a solution of
the acid in rectified spirit of  wine ; in similar cases  Dr. A. T.
Thomson, besides the use of a purgative of calomel and colocynth,
applied compresses to the parts wetted with the dilute acid.  In
two cases of impetigo, the  local application completely allayed
the distressing and intolerable itching and tingling, after other ex-
ternal applications, and the internal use of anodynes had been of
no avail;  the discharge was diminished  and rendered  milder by
it. Alterative doses of mercury, combined with sarsaparilla, formed
the internal treatment.1  Dr.  Thomson found the lotion useful, in
combination with small doses of oxymuriate of  mercury,  in acne
rosacea, arid in several other  cutaneous affections.
  In cases  of herpes,  Magendie advises  a lotion  of hydrocyanic
acid and aqua lactucae in  the proportion mentioned hereafter.
  The acid has likewise been used, in the form of glyster, in scirrhus
of the pylorus, in the strength  of six drops of Vauquelin's acid to
eight ounces of water ;2 and in uterine pain from  scirrhus, injections
of the acid,  combined with infusion of belladonna, have been  em-
ployed beneficially.
  In ophthalmia, especially of the scrofulous kind, with engorge-
ment of the conjunctiva, it has  been advised  by Elwert3—two
drops of the acid being mixed  with a drachm of water, and a little
dropped frequently into the eye;  and it has been given in the
active inflammatory stage of blennorrhoea.4
   Lastly, when a portion of taenia has protruded  from the rectum,—
with the  view of destroying it,  it has been advised by Cagnola,
Gelnecke, and others, to apply the hydrocyanic  acid to it.5
   Such are the principal  affections  in which the hydrocyanic  acid
has been  used.   We  have often  employed it internally in many

  1 London Medical and  Physical Journal, Feb. 1822; and the author's edit.
of Magendie's Formulary, p. 112.  Lond. 1824.  Philad. 1825.
  2 Bernd, in Rust's Magazin. Bd. xiii, S. 273.
  8 Ibid. B. xiii, S. 182.
  < Ibid. B. xxii, S. 228.
  6 Osann, Op. cit., and Gerson und Julius, Magaz. d. Auslandischen Litte-
 ratur der  gesammt. Heilkund. B. ii, 177.  Also Hufeland und Osann's
Journal der prakt. Heilkund. Bd. lviii, St. 6, S. 122.  See also Richter Od
cit. S. 313.                                                   '   *' 
ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM.
11
of the cases recommended, especially in painful affections accompa-
nied  by great nervous  impressibility, and  in  consumption, but
have not had sufficient  reason to place it high  in rank amongst
our medicinal agents.  We have  certainly had no evidence, that it
can cure consumption when not beyond its first stage, as remarked
by Magendie.1  If the practitioner will bear in mind the effects,
which the acid is capable of inducing upon healthy man, when the
dose is carried to the  requisite extent, he will have  no difficulty
in deciding upon the cases in which its agency may be appropriate.
If not a true sedative, it is the nearest approach to one, and therefore
its employment is clearly indicated in all diseases in which there is
much  erethism,—administered alone or along with other agents  of
the same class.


                  MODE OF ADMINISTRATION.

   After the remarks that have been made on the varying strength
of the hydrocyanic acid,  according to the particular form by which
it may have been prepared, it is  hardly necessary to say, that the
physician must be acquainted with the character of the acid he pre-
scribes.  It has been remarked, that the acid, directed in the Phar-
macopoeia of the United States, is prepared after Vauquelin's form.
The ordinary dose of this acid is a drop, given three times a day
in a little sugared water: it must be borne in mind; however, that
the specific gravity of the  acid  is  less  than that  of water, and
hence the necessity of dropping the quantity of acid at the time  of
using it, rather than forming a mixture  with a  larger quantity  of
the acid, which will certainly rise to the surface, if the mixture be
put to one side: and unless  the vial  is shaken, a much larger dose
may be administered than was intended.
   It must  also be recollected, that  the acid loses  its strength by
keeping.  Magendie remarks,2 that when left to itself in a close ves-
sel, it sometimes becomes decomposed  in less than an hour, and
that it rarely preserves its integrity for more than a fortnight.
   The  substances, that  are incompatible with it in the same pre-
scription, are most  metallic oxides, particularly  those of mercury
and  antimony, nitrate  of silver,  salts  of  iron, sulphurets,  mineral
acids and chlorine.
   The proper plan is to begin with a small dose and to augment it
carefully until some effect is induced, but.  if any of the signs—men-
tioned  above as indicating the supervention of the sedative effects
of the acid—should supervene, it ought to be discontinued.
   Magendie,  we  have seen, uses the hydrocyanic acid of Gay-
Lussac, diluted with 8.5 times its weight  of water; and this mix-
ture he denominates medicinal prussic acid.


  1 The author's edit, of the Formulary, p. 108.
  9 Op. citat. p. 104. 
12               DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.

  The following are forms in which the acid maybe administered.

                 Mistura Acidi Hydrocyanici.

                      [Melange pectoral.)

                  Mixture of hydrocyanic acid.

            5<.  Acidi hydrocyanici medicinalis,  3j.
               Aquae distillatae, fej.
               Sacchari albi,  3 iss.   M.

  A dessert spoonful of this  is directed to be taken every morning
and evening at  bed time—the dose  being gradually increased to
six or eight spoonfuls in the 24 hours.              Magendie.

            &.  Acidi hydrocyanici (Scheele's), ^l. xij.
               Liquor, antimon. tartarizat.  3j.
               Tinct. opii camphorata?, ^iiss.
               Mistura? camphors, 3 vijss.  Fiat  mistura.
  Dose—In hooping cough;  a table spoonful every four hours for
a delicate  boy four  years old, to  be given  in some warm drink.
The child  to remain in a warm room, and to  live upon light pud-
ding and broth.                                           Roe.
            !*.  Acidi hydrocyanici (Scheele's), Tt]_. xx.
               Liquor, antimon. tartarizat.  5>iss.
               Vini ipecacuanha?, ^iss.
               Aquae, £xiij.  Fiat mistura.

  Dose—A small spoonful every  two hours for a healthy  looking
female child, five years of age.                            Roe.

                 Syrupus Acidi Hydrocyanici.

                   Syrup of hydrocyanic acid.

            £.   Syrupi purificat. ifej.
               Acidi hydrocyanici medicinalis, 3j.   M.

  This syrup may be added to common pectoral mixtures, and used
as other syrups are.                                Magendie.

                   Lotio Acidi Hydrocyanici.

                   Lotion of hydrocyanic acid.

            5<.   Acidi hydrocyanici, f. giv.
                Spiritus vini rectif. f. 3j.
                Aquae distillat. f.  3 xss.  M.

  This was the lotion  employed  by Professor Thomson in  the
cases of impetigo.

  The following was used by Schneider, in herpes.

            &.  Acidi hydrocyanici, sjiss.
                Spirit, vini rectif. 3 vi. M.

  And  in  the same  cases,  Magendie  employed  the  subjoined
formula. 
                        ACIDUM lactis.                     13

            *.  Acidi hydrocyanici, gij.
               Aquae lactucse, ftij.  M.

  The distilled water of the garden  lettuce  probably contains no-
thing to recommend it over common  distilled water.
  All these formulae are  objectionable for the reasons before  as-
signed, and it is consequently better to  drop the acid at the time of
using it, taking care that it has not lost its properties.
                      ACIDUM LACTIS.

  Synonymes.  Acidum Lacteum, Lactic Acid, Acid of Milk.
  French  Acide Lactique.
  German.  Milchsaure.

  This acid is recommended as  a therapeutical agent by Magendie
in the last edition of his Formulaire.1

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  Lactic acid may be obtained either from milk or from the juice
of the red  beet.  In the latter case, the juice is put in a situation
the temperature of which is between  77° and 86° Fah.  After the
lapse of a few days, a commotion is observed in the mass, which is
known  under  the name  " viscous fermentation,"  {fermentation
visqueuse,) and hydrogen and carburetted hydrogen  are evolved in
considerable  quantity.  When the  mass  has become fluid again,
and  the  fermentation  has ended, which generally  requires about
two months, it is evaporated to the consistence of syrup ;  the whole
then becomes traversed by a multitude of mannitic crystals, which
when washed  with  a small  quantity of water and  dried, are en-
tirely pure.
  The mass, moreover, contains a saccharine matter, which affords
all the signs of the sugar of the grape.
  The  product of  the evaporation is next treated  with alcohol;
this  dissolves the  lactic acid, and precipitates  several substances,
which have not yet been examined.  The alcoholic extract is then
dissolved in  water,  which occasions  a fresh precipitation.   The
liquid is  now saturated with carbonate of zinc, and by this means
a fresh precipitation is  effected, more  copious than  the preceding.
By  concentration, the lactate of zinc  shoots  into crystals ; which
are collected  and heated  in water, to which animal charcoal, pre-
viously washed in muriatic acid, has been added : the fluid is then

  1 Formulaire pour la preparation et l'emploi de plusieurs  nouveaux medi-
camens, &c.  Edit. 9eme. Paris, 1836. 
14
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
 filtered, and the lactate of zinc is deposited in perfectly white crys-
 tals: these are washed in boiling alcohol, in which they are insolu-
 ble ; afterwards they are  treated  with baryta, and then with sul-
 phuric acid, which separates the lactic acid, which is  finally con-
 centrated in vacuo.1
   Mitscherlich2 gives  the following process for preparing it  pure.
 Lactate of lead, formed in the  usual  way, is decomposed by sul-
 phate of zinc, the sulphate of lead is separated, and the lactate of zinc
 crystallised by evaporation ; this is at first yellow, but by repeated
 crystallisations, it is obtained of a pure white.   The solution of this
 lactate is decomposed by pure baryta ; the oxide of zinc separated,
 and the  lactate of  baryta, which is in solution, is decomposed  by
 sulphuric acid, and the fluid evaporated ; this yields a clear, colour-
 less, syrupy, not volatile acid, which  is decomposed and leaves a
 residue of charcoal, when heated at a sufficiently high tempera-
 ture.
   Milk, which has been suffered to ferment for a long while, and is
 treated in the same way, affords lactic acid.  Corriol has  likewise
 detected it in an aqueous infusion of the nux vomica.
   When concentrated  in vacuo, until it parts with no  more water,
 lactic acid is a colourless liquid, of syrupy consistence ; its specific
 gravity being about  1.215.  It is inodorous, but of a very sour
 taste, similar  to that of the strongest vegetable acids.  When ex-
 posed to the air, it attracts moisture.  Water and alcohol dissolve it
 in all proportions.  One of its most striking properties, which is of
especial interest to the physician, is, that it quickly dissolves  phos-
phate of lime, especially that which is contained in bones.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.
   As lactic acid seems to play a part amongst the juices  which
effect the  solution  of the  food in the stomach, Magendie  thinks it
may be given with advantage  in  cases  of dyspepsia produced by
simple debility of the digestive apparatus ; and  his experiments
afforded him very encouraging results.   In consequence too of the
facility with which it dissolves the phosphate of  lime, it has been
suggested,  whether it might not be administered with advantage in
cases of white gravel, or, in other  words, in phosphatic depositions
from the urine.  Magendie has not yet been able to institute ex-
periments on this  matter.  At the time  when  the edition  of his
Formulary, to which we have referred, was published, he had com-
menced some clinical experiments  with  the lactate of potassa and
the lactate  of soda, but without any results worthy of beino* commu-
nicated to the profession.   He recommends these salts,  however to
 the attention of physicians.                                '   '


 (Tom" H^ia) & Pel°UZe' Annal6S ^ Ch,mie Gt de PhysiW Avril, 1833.
  2 ReP?TtQJ° British Association, 2d meeting, and Philad. Journ. of Phar-
 macy, vi. 83. Phuad. 1834-5. 
ACIDUM PYROLIGNOSUM.
15
                  MODE OF ADMINISTRATION.
  Magendie gives the lactic acid either in the form of lemonade or
of lozenges.
                      Potus Acidi Lactis.
                    Lemonade of lactic acid.
            5<.  Acid. lact. liquid. 3j. ad ^iv.
                Aquae, Jfeij.
                Syrupi, gij.   M.

                      Pastilli Acidi Lactis.
                     Lozenges of lactic acid.
            &.  Acid. lact. pur. £ij.
                Sacch. pulv. 3j.
                Gum. tragac. q.  s.
                01. aether, vanigl. gtt. iv.  M.
  Make into lozenges, weighing half a drachm each.
  Let the lozenges be kept in a well closed vessel.  Of these, from
two to six may be taken in the 24 hours without any evil conse-
quences.
                 ACIDUM PYROLIGNOSUM.

Synonymes.  Acidum Pyro-aceticum, Acidum Ligni pyro-oleosum, Acidum
  aceticum empyreumaticum, Acetum  ligneum, Pyroligneous and Pyrolig-
  nic acid.
French.  Acide pyro-acetique, A. pyrolignique, A. pyroligneux, Vinaigre
  de bois.
German. Brenzliche oder brandige  Holssaure ; Holzsaure; Holzessig.

  The pyroligneous acid, although brought much into notice—
revived as  it were—in recent times, is by no means the product of
those times exclusively.   The cedria, with which the Egyptians
embalmed the bodies of the dead, it is presumed, was identical with
it.   Pliny recommends cedria, or the oil of tar, got from the cedar,
in toothach,1  and Galen unites with  him.2   The virtues of the
pyroligneous acid are often also  referred  to by Boerhaave.3

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.
  The pyroligneous acid is  prepared in chemical laboratories by
the  dry distillation  of wood,  especially of hard  wood, which is

  1  Hist. Nat. xxxiv. 11.
  2De Simpl.  Medic. Facult. lib. vii.   See Cormack on Creosote, p. 59.
Edinb. 1836; or  the American  edit,  in Dunglison's American Medical
Library.
  »  Riecke,  Die neuern Arzneimittel. u. s. w.  S. 6. Stuttgart, 1837. 
16
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
 placed in an iron retort heated to redness.  First of all, there passes
 over a light brown or  greenish fluid, which  contains some erapy-
 reumatic oil ;  to this succeeds the pyroligneous acid,  which  is
 formed during distillation.  If the  distillation be continued, more
 empyreumatic oil passes over, and lastly tar.
   The chief constituent of the pyroligneous acid is vinegar, which
 can be deprived  of its empyreumatic constituents by rectification
 with fine porous animal charcoal.  Besides this vinegar, it contains
 empyreumatic oil,  (pyrelain;) empyreumatic resin, (pyrretin,) a
 peculiar  matter containing azote, and similar to an extract, (an
 empyreumatic extract,) and spirit of tar,  (spiritus  pyrolignicus.)
 Of late years, Reichenbach  has discovered in it a new substance,
 creosote ;l which seems to be the most important  ingredient,  its
 medicinal efficacy appearing  to be dependent upon that substance.
   Impure pyroligneous acid is of a brownish colour, and of an acid
 smoky smell and taste.  This is the preparation which is generally
 used externally ;  but, by chemical means,  the acid may be purified
 so  as to furnish  the  acidum pyrolignosum  rectification.   This
 differs from  the impure pyroligneous acid in containing less empy-
 reumatic resin and extract, and creosote. The London College again
 prepare from it a  stronger acid,  the  acidum  aceticum fortius,
 which is extremely volatile and pungent, and is used as a revellent.


            EFFECTS  ON  THE  ECONOMY  IN  HEALTH.
   From  experiments  instituted  on  animals, it would appear, that
 the administration of the pyroligneous acid in large doses, occasions
 vomiting  of a considerable quantity  of  a  frothy  fluid smelling
 strongly  of the acid; tremors of the limbs,  convulsions, tetanus,
protrusion of the eyes, insensibility, paralysis of the limbs, dyspnoea
croupy cough, hoarseness, &c.  The death  of the animal supervenes
with symptoms of suffocation,  and  the  fatal  termination is  often
rapidly induced.   Inspection after death exhibits manifest venous
congestion in the  brain, spinal  marrow, lungs,  liver, and spleen,
and in  the right side of the  heart, with, at times, inflammation of
 the stomach.  According to  Berres,  it occasions markedly narcotic
effects.   In by  no means  considerable doses,  he  found it to cause
 violent pain  in the stomach  and bowels, nausea  and vomiting,
general weakness, heaviness, vertigo, convulsions, and even death,
without exhibiting any marked effect upon  the vascular system.
In smaller doses, it is said  to produce a sensation of burning in the
stomach, and after a time  to quicken the pulse,  and augment the
 cutaneous and renal depimttions.  Others—and the  best^observers
 we think—deny it any narcotic properties.2
   As an  antiseptic, its efficacy is undoubted, and  this has been loner
 known.  The creosote is,  doubtless,  the main agent in  producing

  1 See the article Creosote.
  2 Richter's Specielle Therapie. S. 255, Berlin, 1828. 
ACIDUM PYROLIGNOSUM.
17
this result, and wherever the internal administration of creosote is
indicated, the use of the pyroligneous acid will be proper.

            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  Possessed of the properties described above, the pyroligneous
acid was at once suggested in cases of gangrene and sphacelus, in
which it was successfully used, as well  as  in cachectic conditions
brought on by the misuse  of  mercury, and  in herpetic, flabby,
fungous and  sloughing  ulcers; in  porrigo, and in toothach  pro-
duced by caries, the acid being dropped  upon cotton and applied to
the hollow tooth.  In most of these cases, it was generally exhibited
both internally and externally.  Numerous experiments have been
made with it  in  various affections  by different observers; but its
use has been more especially  extolled in cases of gangrene,  in
which it corrects foetor, and promotes the separation, of the dead
parts.1  The physicians of the Berlin Charite experimented with
it in cases of sloughing gangrenous sores  with such success, that
they pronounced it an antiseptic of the highest order.2  Besides the
cases mentioned, it has been advised in excoriated  nipples,  mixed
with  white of egg,3 in  cancerous  and scrophulous affections, in
cancrum oris, in caries of the bones, and as a gargle in scarlet fever.
It has, moreover, been  recommended by  Buchanan4  in  deafness
caused by  deficient secretion  of the  cerumen of the  ear, and in
discharges  of an offensive character  from the meatus auditorius,
as well as from other outlets; in chronic inflammation of the tarsal
edges of the eyelids, and in scabies.  In gastromalacia it has been
recommended  by Pitschaft5 and  Teufel ;6 in  phthisis by Harless,
and in dropsy, diarrhoea,  putrid nervous fevers, &c. by Ampach;7
yet, as  was  before remarked, it is rarely employed internally ;
indeed, both  externally and internally, it has  been greatly  sup-
planted by creosote.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTRATION.

   The inequality  in  the  strength  of the preparation renders it
difficult to fix upon any precise dose.   Of the impure pyroligneous
acid,  Sachs administered  from five to thirty  drops three or four
times a day, in simple or aromatic water.
   Externally,  it is  applied  both in a pure and dilute state;  in

  1 Dr. T. Y. Simons, in American Journal of the Medical Sciences, vol. v.
  2 V. A. Riecke, Op. cit. S. 9.
  3 Dr. Bursharat,  in Gazette Medicale, and Amer. Journ. of the Medical
Sciences, Feb. 1833, p. 503.
  4 Illustrations of Acoustic Surgery, Lond. 1825.
  6 Med. Chirurg. Zeitung, No. 7, 1825.
  6 Annal. fur die  gesammte  Heilkund. unler  der Redact, d. Mitglied. der
Badensch. Sanitatsk. 2ter Jahrg. 1825.
  i Rust's Magazin, B. xvi, H. 2. S. 353, and Richter, Op. cit. B. x. S. 257,
Berlin, 1828.
        5—e                                      dungl 2 
18               DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.

the former case to ulcers, by means of a pencil, several times m the
day.  It is generally diluted with  simple water; but m cases 01
cancrum oris, sugared water has commonly formed the diluent.  11
is also applied at times in the way  of cataplasm.   As a wasn in
porrigo, and as an  injection, it may be diluted with six or eigni
parts of water; as a  collyrium, the proportion  may  be one par ;oi
the acid to twelve of water, and it may be employed, oi about tne
same strength, as a gargle.
  Heim  has recommended the  following application in cancrum
oris.
                    Mel acidi pyrolignosi.

                  Honey of pyroligneous acid.

                r*.  Acid, pyrolignosi crud. ^iss.
                   Mellis rosati, gj.  M.

  To be applied by means of a pencil.

  Buchanan advises the following form of injection in cases  of
purulent discharges from the meatus auditorius.

                   Injectio acidi pyrolignosi.

                 Injection of pyroligneous acid.

                **.  Acid, pyrolignos. ^ij.
                   Aquae distillatae, §vj.  M.

  Fiat injectio bis die utenda.

  The following drops he recommends in cases where the cerumen
is deficient in quantity.

                   Guttce. acidi pyrolignosi.

                   Drops of pyroligneous acid.

          &.  Acidi pyrolignos. crud.
              Olei. terebinth, rectif.
              Sp. aetheris sulphur, comp. aa. partes aequales.  M.

  Two drops of this compound are to be dropped every night into
the meatus auditorius.

                 Cataplasma acidi pyrolignosi.

                 Cataplasm of pyroligneous acid.

      g<.  Furfur, ffiss.
          Pulv. sem. lin.^j.  M.  bene et adde
          Acid, pyrolignosi crud. q. s. ut fiat cataplasma.

   To be applied in cases of foul ulcers.

                 Linimentum acidi pyrolignosi.

                 Liniment of pyroligneous acid.
            5<.  Acid, pyrolignos. 5ss.
                Balsam, peruv. gij.
                Vitell. ovi, q. s. ut fiat linimentum.

   To be applied on lint three times a day to sloughs in ulcers. 
ACONITINUM.
19
                 Collutoriurn acidi pyrolignosi.
               Mouth-wash of pyroligneous acid.
              R;.   Acid, pyrolignos. rectif. ^ss.
                  Aquae cinnamomi simpl. 5iv.
                  Syrup, moror. §ij.  M.
  Dr.  Phobus advises this  as  a wash for  the  mouth in cases  of
cancrum oris.  It should  be kept in a glass  vessel covered with
black paper to prevent decomposition.
                        ACONITINUM.

Syxonymes.  Aconitia, Aconita, Aconitine.
German.  Akonilin.

  This active  principle, which was discovered  by reschier,1 and
by Brandes, has been recommended of late  by  Turnbull,2 whose
eulogies on the medical virtues of the natural order Ranunculaceas
are evidently overstrained.


                     MODE OF  PREPARING.
   Turnbull gives  two processes ;  the  former being the more easy
of manipulation;  the latter yielding a purer result, and on  the
whole bein? preferable.
  A quantity of the fresh root of the aconitum napellus, very care-
fully and cautiously dried  and reduced to  powder,—one  part of it
by  weight, and two parts by measure, of strong alcohol,  are to be
digested together at a gentle heat for seven days, and the tincture,
whilst  warm,  is to  be  filtered.  It must  then  be reduced to the
consistence of an extract, by careful evaporation, at a low  and well
regulated temperature ;  the  object of this being to prevent  the
destruction or expulsion  of  the active principle, which  would  very
probably  ensue,  if the  temperature employed were higher than
barely sufficient to carry off the  alcohol.   To  the extract,  thus
prepared, liquid ammonia is to be added, drop by drop, and mixed
well with it. to precipitate the alcaloid ;  in  this part of the process
care  must be  taken  that  too much  be not added, as  in  some
instances the product appears to have been  decomposed  by inatten-
tion to this circumstance.   It is not easy to  give a precise rule as
to the quantity; but enough will have  been  added,  if the extract

  1 TrommsdorPs Journal der Pharmacie, v. 84.
  2 On the medical properties of the natural order Ranunculacese, and more
particularly on  the  uses of sabadilla seeds, delphinium stapbysagria »n'l
aconitum napellus, and their alcaloids,  veratria, sabadilline delphinia and
aconitine, chap. iii. Lond. 1835. 
20               dunglison's  NEW REMEDIES.

exhales the odour of ammonia when stirred.   The mass now con-
sists of impure aconitine, mixed with a quantity of extractive, and
other matters soluble in water,  and it. may be  taken  up either by
boiling alcohol, or by sulphuric ether ;  or the soluble matter may
be removed by repeated washings with small quantities  of cold
water, which will leave the aconitine.  This  latter process, Turn-
bull says, is the one he has generally employed, and it is performed
by pouring a little water on the extract, and mixing them carefully
together;'then allowing the undissolved part to  subside, pouring
off the fluid, and  repeating the operation  as  long  as any soluble
matter is taken up;  a quantity  of light brown or gray  powder is
left,  which  may  be  purified by subsequent solution in alcohol.
This powder contains the active properties of the aconite, in a high
degree of concentration.
  The  second process consists in dissolving  the alcoholic  extract,
prepared  as above, without the  addition of the ammonia, in as
much cold water  as  will take it up,  and carefully decanting the
solution from  the insoluble part, and filtering it.   To the  filtered
solution liquid ammonia is to be  added, drop by drop, as long as
any precipitation is occasioned.   When the precipitate has subsided,
the supernatant fluid must be carefully poured off, or drawn off'by
means of a syphon ;  and after the precipitate has been deprived of
as much of the fluid as possible, it should be purified by a sufficient
number of washings  with small  quantities  of cold  water, or, what
is better, it may be dissolved in as much alcohol as will take it up,
and the solution thrown  into  cold water;  the precipitate thus
formed is to be carefully dried.  The product obtained by this pro-
cess is white.
   Well prepared  aconitine, according to Geiger, is a firm,  colour-
less, and translucent mass: of a shining  appearance, friable and
inodorous: the taste is disagreeably  bitter,  leaving behind it an
acrid sensation in the throat,  but not corrosive or  burnino*.  The
aconitine does not dissolve readily in water; at the ordinary tempe-
rature it  requires one hundred and  fifty  parts thereof, but only-
fifty parts of boiling  water.   Tincture of iodine  occasions in  the
solution a reddish brown precipitate;  the tincture of galls a white
one.  It forms, with  the acids, for  the most part, salts^that are  not
crystallisable.  which readily  dissolve both in water  and spirit of
wine.

                 EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  The  effects of aconitine appear to be essentially analogous to
those of delphinine.  A grain of the  first of the two preparations
described  by  Turnbull, was dissolved in  a  dram  of alcohol*
twenty drops of the  solution  put  into the  mouth  of a guineapi>
occasioned death  in a few minutes.  Other experiments.*too have
been performed,  all of which demonstrate the extreme activity of
the substance.  If a grain or two of aconitine  or veratrine or 
ACONITINUM.
21 *
delphinine be mixed up with a little lard, or dissolved in a dram  of
alcohol, and a small quantity be rubbed on the skin, a sensation  of
heat and tingling is experienced after the friction  has been perser
vered in for a minute or two. There is a slight difference, however,
in the effects produced, and  the  resemblance is greatest between
those of the delphinine and the aconitine.
   When a small quantity of aconitine, says Turnbull, either made
into an ointment, or dissolved in alcohol, is rubbed for a minute or
two upon the skin, a sensation of heat and prickling is experienced;
to this succeeds a feeling of  numbness and constriction in the part,
as if a heavy weight  were laid upon it, or as if the skin were drawn
together, by the  powerful and involuntary contraction of the mus-
cles beneath.  This  effect lasts from two or three to twelve or more
hours, according to the quantity rubbed in.   So small a portion as
the one hundredth part of a grain has produced  a sensation  that
has continued a whole day.
   Whilst employing the aconite itself in  his clinical practice, Dr.
Lombard,1  of Geneva, tried  its  effects on animals, and chiefly in
reference to its action on the heart.   The experiments were made
on frogs, whose hearts beat with  great regularity,  and for a consi-
derable time after the animal has been mutilated.   The medicine
was introduced into the stomach or  applied locally  to the heart,
which was laid bare after the animal  had  been stupified  by blows
on the  head.  He  found, that the  aconite employed internally
rendered  the pulsations less frequent, without irregularity,  and
consequently that it exerted a decidedly sedative effect on the heart;
whence he infers,  that -it is a proper remedy in active diseases  of
the heart,  and indeed  in inflammatory affections in general, in
which he exhibited it with success.   In  cases of poisoning by it,
the contractions of  the  heart have  been found  diminished,  and
almost  suspended,2 and the homoeopathists  regard it  to  be an
energetic antiphlogistic.
   The diseases  in  which  Turnbull chiefly employed  aconitine
externally, were of  the neuralgic kind; but he used it as well in
gouty and  rheumatic  cases, and its success, he  remarks, fully
answered his anticipations.   He employs  it either  in  the form of
solution  in alcohol,  in  the proportion of one or more grains to the
dram,—or of ointment, made according to the following formula :

           5-. Aconiiini, gr. ij.
              Alcohol, gtt. vj. Tere optime
              et adde Axungise, 3j. ut fiat unguentum.

   The alcohol  is  added to  prevent the  aconitine from forming a
thick compound with part of the  lard, so as to render it difficult  to
make a proper ointment.  In one case of tic douloureux, of extreme
severity, as much as eight grains was prescribed in the ointment

             1 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Oct. 10, 1835.
             2 Orfila, Toxicologic, ii. 221. 
22              dunglison's  NEW REMEDIES.

with the most  marked  benefit.  The best mode of applying it is
simply to rub  a small  portion of it  over the  whole  seat of the
affection, until the  pain is either for the time removed, or until the
full effect, described  above,  is  induced  on the cutaneous  nerves,
and  the  friction should be  repeated  three or four times, or  more
frequently, during  the day, according to  the  effect  on the disease ;
the proportion of the aconitine being increased at  every second or
third rubbing.
  Turnbull  found, in the case of the aconitine—as well as in that of
the veratrine, and the delphinine,—that unless the friction  occa-
sioned a full development of the peculiar impressions caused by the
aconitine, when rubbed on the skin, no benefit whatever was to be
looked for from its employment;  and he observes, that if there be
the slightest abrasion of the skin,  an application of such activity
should not be resorted to;  and that  it  should  be carefully  kept
from coming in contact with any of the mucous membranes.
  Mr.  F. C. Skey1 details two cases which were  cured by it.  It
was  rubbed  down  into an  ointment with lard, in the proportion of
one grain of the former to one dram of the latter, and applied in a
small quantity by the  forefinger  over  the track   of  the  painful
nerve, and was gently rubbed or  rather  smeared  over the surface
for half a minute  or longer,  once or twice a day, according to the
degree of pain.
  Turnbull  likewise advises the external application of an  amm,o-
niated extract  of aconite,   which is  made by  evaporating  very
carefully, and  at a low temperature,  the tincture of the dried root
of the plant, prepared as directed  in the  process for obtaining
aconitine, to the consistence  of an  extract.   To every dram of this,
eight or ten  drops  of liquor  ammonias should be added, and after
the mixture  has stood a short time in a very gentle heat,  to  drive
Dff the excess of ammonia, it may be used in the form of an oint-
ment, according to the following prescription :

                5f.  Ext. aconit.  amnion, gj.
                   Axung. giij. Misce ut fiat unguentum.

  When  this ointment is rubbed upon the skin, it occasions sensa-
tions in  the part similar to those  produced by the aconitine oint-
ment ;  they  are, however, rather more pungent.
  In less severe cases, Turnbull advises  the simple saturated tinc-
ture  of the  dried roots,  with  or  without the addition of a  little
ammonia.
  The alcoholic extract of aconite  has  likewise been advised by
Dr. Lombard, of Geneva,2 in articular  rheumatism.   He gives it in
doses of half a grain every  two hours, and gradually augments the
dose to six or nine  grains in  the same  period.

  1 London Med.  Gaz. Nov. 5, 1836.
  2 Gazette Medicale, Juin 28, 1334. See, also, Dr. Sigmond, in Lancet for
August 5,  1837. 
23
ACUPUNCTURA.
Synonymes.  Acupuncture;  Acupuncturation.
German.   Die Akupunktur; der Nadelstich.

  Although  acupuncturation  is  really  an  ancient  therapeutical
agent, attention to it has been so much revived  of late years, and
its use has been so largely extended, that it may be looked upon
as constituting one of the novelties of therapeutics.
  It consists in the introduction  of needles  into  different parts of
the body with the view of removing  or mitigating  disease; and
appears  to have been  entirely unknown  to the Grecian, Roman,
and  Arabian physicians.1   From the most ancient times,  however,
it has been in use with the Chinese and Japanese, by whom it was
regarded as one of the  most important of  remedial agencies.  By
these people it was systematically taught on  appropriate phantoms
or mannekins, called Tsoe-Bosi,  and the practice of the  operation
was permitted to those  only who were  able to pass a rigid exami-
nation thereon.  In Europe, it was first known  about 156 years
ago, from the writings  of a Dutch surgeon, Ten-Rhyne. who wrote
in 1683  ;2 and attention was subsequently drawn to it  by Kampfer ;3
but  after this  it was almost  forgotten, until Berlioz, in  1816, drew
attention to  its employment.  His example  was  soon  followed by
Beclard,4 Bretonneau,5  Haime,6 Demours,7 Sarlandiere,8  Pelletan,
Segalas,  Dantu,  Velpeau,  Meyranx,9  Dance,  in  France;  by
Churchill, Scott, EUiotson,10 and  others,  in England; by Fried-
rich,11 Bernstein,12  L.  W. Sachs, Heyfelder, Michaelis,13 Grafe,*4
and others,  in Germany;  by Carraro,15  Bergamaschi,16  Bellini,

  1 V. A. Riecke,  Die neuern Arzneimittel u.  s.  w. S. 12,  Stuttgart, 1837.
  2 Mantissa schematica  de acupunctura ad dissert, de arthritide.  London,
 1683.
  3 Amoenitat.  exotic, politico-physieo-medic. p. 583.  Lemgov. 1712; and
his History of Japan, vol.  ii. Appendix, sect. 4, p. 34.
  4 Mem. de la Societe Medic. d'Emulation, viii. 575.
  5 Journal Uni^ersel des Sciences Med. xiii. 35.  Paris, 1817.
  6 Journal Gener. de Medec. torn. xiii.  and Journal  Univers.  des Sciences
Medic, torn. xiii. 1819.
  7 Ibid.  torn. xv.
  8 Mem. sur l'Electropuncture.  Paris. 1825.
  9 Archives Generates de Med. torn. vii. Paris, 1825.
  10  Med. Chir. Trans, xiii. 467. Lond. 1827;  and  art. Acupuncture, in
 Cyclop. Pract.  Med.  Lond. 1832.
   11  Translation of Churchill's work in  German, p. 40.
   12 Hufeland's Journal, lxvii.  Berlin, 1828.
   13 Grafe und Walther's Journal, B. v. St. 3. S. 552.
   14 Grafe, in art. Acupunctur, in Encyc. Worterb. der  medicinisch. Wissen-
 schaft. B. i. S. 312.  Berlin, 1828.
   15 Annali Universali d'Omodei,  1825.
   '• Ibid. 1826. 
24
dunglison's new remedies'.
and  others, in  Italy; and by Ewing,1  E. J.  Coxe,2 Bache,3 and
others, in  this  country.
  M. Jules Cloquet had much to do in reviving its employment in
his own country and elsewhere, by his treatise on the subject pub-
lished at Paris,  in 1826, where it was for a long period a fashionable
article  in the hospitals ;  so  much so. it is affirmed, that  attempts
were even  made to heal a fractured bone by it without the applica-
tion  of any appropriate apparatus! and  at one time, it is  said, the
patients  in one of  the  hospitals actually revolted against  the
piqueurs medecins!*

                  mode  of  administration.
  In the operation of acupuncture, needles  are employed, which are
very fine, well polished and sharp pointed.  They are usually from
two  to four inches long,  the length being adapted  to the depth it
may be desired to  make  them  penetrate.   If steel  needles are se-
lected, they are heated to redness, and  allowed  to  cool slowly, in
order that  they may be less brittle.   At the blunt extremity of the
needle, a head of lead or sealingwax is  attached to prevent it from
being forced entirely into the body.  This is  the simplest method
of acupuncturation, and it is as effectual as any other.  By various
acupuncturists, needle-holders or handles of ivory have been devised,
to some of which the needle is permanently attached.  Perhaps the
porte-aiguille or needle-holder recommended by Dr. F. Bache,5 of
this  city is as good as any that  has been invented.  The needle,
with its  porte-aiguille, consists of a handle with a steel  socket to
receive the end of the needle, which may be fixed securely, after
having been inserted, by the pressure of a small  lateral screw.   By
this  construction, the operator can  at pleasure fix  in the handle a
needle of such length as  he may  desire, and after inserting it he is
enabled  to detach  the handle  by relaxing the  screw.   After  all,
however, needles prepared in the simple manner mentioned above,
are  adequate to every useful  purpose.
   Besides  the common  steel needles, those of gold, silver, and pla-
tina have  been used, but it does  not appear  that  one metal  is pre-
ferable to another.
   To introduce the needle, the skin is stretched, and* the needle in-
serted by a movement of rotation performed in opposite directions,
aided by gentle pressure.  As a rule, the seat of pain will  indicate
 the  place  where the needle should be introduced ; but where the
 feelings of the  patient do not indicate the  spot, it must be suggested
 by our knowledge of anatomy and physiology.   From the experi-
 ments of Beclard, Bretonneau,  Segalas, Dantu, Velpeau, and others.

   1  North Amer. Med. and  Surg. Journal, ii. 77.  Philad. 1826.
  2  Ibid. ii. 276.  Philad. 1826.
   3  Ibid. i.  311. Philad. 1826; and art. Acupuncture,  in  Cyclop  of Pract
 Med. i. 200.  Philad. 1833.                              ^'
   4  Riecke, Op. cit. S. 13.
   6  Cyclop, p. 202. 
ACUPUNCTURA.
25
it would appear, that perforation of arteries, nerves, and even of im-
portant viscera with very fine needles has not been followed by
any injurious  results; yet, at times, accidents have  been produced
thereby; and, therefore, it may be laid down  as  a  rule, that the
greater nerves, and arteries  of a  certain size,  should  be avoided.
Prudence would likewise suggest, that important viscera, as the
heart, stomach, intestines,  &c. should not be penetrated.
  The number of needles  to be used  varies according to the extent
of the affected parts.  In the opinion of many experienced physi-
cians,  we  ought not to  be afraid of  the number, but rather insert
too many than too  few, and not at too great a distance from  each
other.
  The length of time, during which the needle should be suffered
to remain in the part, differs ; no fixed rule can be laid down.  Some
suffer  them to remain for an hour and a half or two hours ; at
times,  a period of five minutes is sufficient.  In other  cases, they
have been kept in for two or three days.  It appears to be by no
means settled  what  medicinal influence is exerted by their longer
or shorter continuance in the parts.

                   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  We have already alluded to the  impunity with  which, in the
generality of cases, acupuncturation may be practised even on im-
portant organs.
   As  respects  the  nerves, Cloquet has seldom or never seen the
puncture of them give rise to so much pain as to render it necessary
to  withdraw  the  needles ;  the pain  was generally  trifling  and
speedily passed  away.   He inserted needles  into  the brain  and
spinal marrow, and into  the crural nerve of a cat, without  any
evidence of severe suffering or of change of function.   Similar ex-
periments were made by E. Grafe with the same results.1
   Nor vvas inconvenience found by Delaunay, Beclard and Cloquet
to be sustained in puncturing the arteries and veins.  A few drops
of blood perhaps issued, and the flow was readily stopped by pres-
sure with the  finger. The  slight ecchymosis, which, at times, su-
pervened, disappeared rapidly of itself.   In Grafe's experiments, he
never  found much bleeding to ensue, although he properly esteemed
it advisable to keep clear of the nerves and blood  vessels, in order
to avoid any unnecessary pain or mischief.
  As regards the fasciae and periosteum, Grafe found, that the in-
sertion of needles into them was always very painful, and he re-
commends, therefore, that the operation should  be performed with
care on those parts.  Should, however, the needles be  introduced,
and much pain be  experienced,  it rapidly ceases  when  they are
withdrawn.
   Lastly—MM. Haime, Bretonneau, Velpeau, and Meyranx, in-

  • Art. Acupunctur, in Encyc. Worterb. u. s. w. S. 317.  Berlin. 1828. 
26
DUN&LISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
stituted several experiments on dogs by passing needles into the
brain, heart, lungs, stomach, &c. and little or no  inconvenience, as
we have remarked above,  was experienced, provided the needles
were extremely fine.  Cloquet passed his needles so deeply into the
chest of an animal as to leave no doubt that they had penetrated the
lungs, and he subsequently  pierced the liver, stomach, and testicles
without the supervention of any unpleasant results.
   The pain  occasioned by acupuncturation  is  generally easily
tolerated, but at times it is so violent, that the patients cry out; the
violence, however, usually  passes away either when the  needle is
drawn  out or forced in deeper.  It would  seem that  the operation
is, as a general rule,  most  successful when it occasions  the  least
pain.   Cloquet asserts, that a  kind of electric  shock is sometimes
experienced in the surrounding parts at the moment of the intro-
duction of the needle; in other cases, a tremulous  motion is ob-
servable in the fibres of the muscles penetrated.  Almost always,
some time after the entrance of the needles, a more  or less regular
areola  or halo of  a red colour, and without tumefaction, is percep-
tible around the  needles,  which  soon  disappears after  they are
withdrawn ; but when they are suffered to remain long in the part
it may  persist for hours.
   When the operation  is  productive of benefit, relief is speedily
experienced.
   The extraction  of the steel needles is ordinarily accompanied by
more pain  than their insertion, especially if they have penetrated
deeply, and been  retained in the flesh for a long time.   The  diffi-
culty is owing to  their having become  oxidised, and consequently
rough  on the surface.  In withdrawing them,  it is advisable to
give them a movement of rotation, and  at  the same  time to press
upon   the  skin surrounding them with  the  thumb  and index
finger.
   In the hospitals of St. Louis, La Pitie, and Hotel Dieu. of Paris,
acupuncturation  was practised some thousands of times, and in
every case, according to Guersent, without the occurrence of any
thing unpleasant.  Pelletan,  however, affirms, that  he saw it on
four occasions followed by slight faintness at the  hospital  St Louis,
but none of the  cases assumed  the characters of  full  syncope.
Gautier  de Claubry  has frequently seen faintness, febrile move-
ments, spasm, and insupportable pain produced by it, and Heyfelder
saw it  followed by convulsions and fainting.   Beclard has related
a case  where the  needle penetrated to the bone, and  occasioned in-
tense pain. The patient remained a long time faint, and afterwards
violent delirium ensued, which gradually ceased in the course of
the day, and was  followed by great debility.  Subsequently, an ab-
scess formed in the part in  which the operation was  practised.
   As to the modus operandi of acupuncturation, we cannot con-
ceive its effects to be any  thing more  than the new nervous im-
pression, produced by the  needle in the parts  which it penetrates.
The needles having been found oxidised,  especially  at the point it 
ACUPUNCTURA.
27
has been supposed by some that the oxidation is connected with the
remedial agency, and it has been even affirmed, that in some diseases
they oxidise more readily than in others.1   It is a  sufficient reply
to this view, that beneficial resu.ts are obtained from the use of
needles made  of metals that do not become oxidised, and that the
steel needles oxidise in the sound as well as"in  the diseased  body,
and even in parts that have been removed from the body, and placed
in warm water; for in the cold dead body, it. is  affirmed, the phe-
nomenon is not observed.  Cloquet and Pelletan think, from their
experiments, that the effects of acupuncturation are a consequence
of the development of the nervous  fluid—which they liken  to the
galvanic—around the needles; a view which is denied by Pouillet
and  Beclard, but  adopted in a modified form by Dr. Bache,2 who
throws out the conjecture, "that in many cases of local pain this
accumulation  of the nervous (electrical) fluid depends upon the al-
tered state of the various fasciae or condensed sheets of tissue, giving
them the  power,  to a certain extent, of insulating the  parts which
they serve to  embrace."  The explanation  is ingenious,  but we do
not think it necessary,  if adequate, to explain the phenomena. We
have no doubt, that  the effects are owing to a concentration of the
nervous power towards the part transfixed by the needle, so that a
derivation of the nervous  influx is induced towards the seat of pain
or towards the nerves particularly concerned in the production of
the pain ; but further than this we know not.
   There is one  phenomenon, by the way,  which is dependent on
the  oxidation of  the needle.  When the free extremity of an  in-
serted needle  is connected with the ground by means of a conduct-
ing substance, or is put in connection with  a soft  part of the pa-
tient's body, it becomes the seat,  of a  galvanic current, which is
exhibited by the multiplier of Schweiger.   That this phenomenon
is dependent upon the oxidation of the  metal is proved by the cir-
cumstance, that it does not take  place when an unoxidisable metal
is employed.3
   Acupuncturation  has been  used by Berlioz4 m gouty and rheu-
matic cases;  by Haime  in rheumatic,  spasmodic, and convulsive
affections,  and by  Demours  in  amaurosis  and ophthalmia,  the
needles  being inserted in the temples; Finch advised  it  in an-
asarca practiced on  the feet;  he also discharged,  in this way,  the
fluid of ascites.5   Pipelet6 employed it advantageously in a violent
convulsive affection.  The needles did not remove or  markedly
diminish the symptoms,  but they postponed their  recurrence.
Michaelis7 cured a case of rheumatism  by it, but he did not find it

   1 Grafe loc. cit. S. 319.
   2 Op. citat. 305.
   3 Riecke, S.  16.
   1 Op. citat. Paris, 1816.
   5 Lond. Med. Repos.  Mar. 1823.
   6 Journal Complem.  du Diet, des Sciences  Medic, t. xvi. 1823.
   i Grafe und Walther's Journal, B. v. St. 3. 
28
dunglison's new remedies.
so serviceable in cedema of the feet, as the  fluid would not flow
readily through the minute apertures.  Friederich proposed, that in
cases of asphyxia, when every other remedy had been employed
unsuccessfully the cavities of the heart should be penetrated by a
needle to excite its contraction, and  this plan was subsequently ad-
vised by Carraro,1 who found, from his experiments on  cats, that
they could in this way be resuscitated after drowning, when every
manifestation of vitality  had  ceased.  His experiments,  however,
when repeated by Dr. E. J. Coxe,2 of Philadelphia, were not found
to succeed.  J.  Cloquet obtained  the happiest  results  from acu-
puncturation  in  neuralgia,  rheumatism,  muscular contractions,
spasms,  pleurodyne,  cephalalgia,  ophthalmia, toothach,  epilepsy,
gout, gastrodynia, contusions, lumbago, periodical amaurosis, diplo-
pia, paralysis, &c.
  It is  in rheumatic  affections that its  success has been most
marked.   Dr. Elliotson3 cured 30  out of 42  cases  by it  in  St.
Thomas's hospital.   In sciatica its efficacy has  been  evident.4
  By Velpeau it has  been proposed  to cure aneurism  by acupunc-
turation.  In performing some experiments on  animals  he found,
that arteries punctured by the needle became the seat of a coagu-
lum, and  were ultimately obliterated.   In 1830, he  read a paper
before the Academie  des Sciences, of Paris, proposing the opera-
tion in the cases in question.5  He  found in  his experiments, that
whenever  the needle remained  three days in the flesh, the trans-
fixed artery was completely obliterated.
  M. Bonnet, Chirurgien-en-chef to the Hotel Dieu at Lyons,6 has
affirmed, that he treated eleven cases of varicose veins by introduc-
ing pins through their cavities, and allowing them to remain there
some time.  Nine of these cases were cured.   The same treatment
was applied to herniary sacs.  He passed three or four pins through
the herniary envelopes close to the  inguinal ring, and in order that
they might exert a certain degree of compression, as well as of irri-
tation, on the sac, he twisted  the points and  heads upwards so as
to give them a circular direction.  The inflammation  and pain
usually commenced on the third or fourth day after the operation,
and the pins were removed a few days afterwards. M. Bonnet had
treated  four cases of inguinal  hernia by acupuncturation.  In two,
the hernia was  small, and three  weeks sufficed for the cure:  the
third was more  troublesome.
   Caution is of course requisite not to injure the spermatic cord.

  1 Annal. univ. di Medicin. 1825.
  2 North Amer. Med. and Surg. Journal, ii. 292.
  3 Art. Acupuncture, Cyclop, pract. Med.; Lond. 1832.
  4 Renton, in Edinb. Med. and  Surg.  Journ. for 1830, xxxiv,  100. and Dr.
 Graves in  Lond. Med. Gaz. July, 1831,  and  Lond. Med. and Surg Journal'
 April, 1833.                                                   '
  'Lond. Med. Gaz. and Amer. Journal Med. Sciences, Aug. 1831 p. 510.
  6 Bulletin Generale de Therapeutique, and Dunglison's American Intelli-
 gencer, for Dec. 1, 1837, p. 317. 
ACUPUNCTURA.
29
  Of late, acupuncturation  has been revived1 in the  treatment of
hydrocele by Mr. Lewis, Mr. King,2 and others.
  It consists in carrying a common sewing needle—of the size used
for  sewing a button to a shirt—through  the skin, the dartos  and
cremaster, into the bag containing the fluid, so that a drop  of the
fluid follows the instrument as it is withdrawn.  It is executed in
nearly the  same manner as the ordinary method of  tapping with
a trocar, except that the needle, which should  be  oiled, cannot be
plunged in  so easily as that instrument.  Mr. King suggests that
the needle should be fixed in a handle, by which  means it can be
made to enter with comparative facility.  After the  operation, a
compress, moistened with a discutient lotion, may be kept on the
scrotum, and the patient may walk about or remain at rest, as may
best suit him.
  The phenomena which present themselves in a few hours are as
follows:—the swelling begins to be  less  circumscribed, and to lose
its tenseness, and the cellular tissue of the scrotum becomes gradu-
ally more and more infiltrated with the fluid, which before dis-
tended the tunica vaginalis, and which, in the space of from twenty-
four to forty-eight hours, will, according to Mr. King, have entirely
changed place.  In five or six days, the infiltration disappears, and
the patient, is cured.
  Mr. Lewis first  introduced  the method as a palliative cure, but
he  has seen cases where a radical  cure was  effected by it.3   He
considers the principle of puncturing with a fine pointed needle not
only applicable to promote the absorption of the fluid  in hydrocele,
but in every case of encysted dropsy.4
  We have already  referred to the use  of acupuncturation in
anasarca.   We have used it advantage ouslyin these cases to drain
off  the  fluid from  the cellular membrane;  in such cases larger
needles are needed; some prefer them to be of the size of an ordinary
glover's needle, and of a triangular shape; a puncture of this kind
being less likely to close.5
  In the mass of cases, it need scarcely be said, this course can act
merely in a palliative manner, the cause of the dropsical accumu-
lation still  persisting.   Still, as Dr. Graves has remarked, under
favourable  circumstances and  in a  good constitution, the  simple
operation of evacuating the fluid  by punctures made through the
skin, has been, of itself, sufficient to effect a cure.
  In a lady, under his care, a general anasarca came on after fever,
and resisted every form of treatment he could devise.   When he
had made many fruitless attempts to produce absorption  by means

  1 Mr. Travers, in Lond. Med.  Gazette, Feb.  1837, p. 737.  Mr. Lewis,
Ibid. Feb. 1837, p. 788.  Mr. Robert Keate, Ibid. p. 789.
  2 British Annals of Medicine, No. 1, p.  13.
  3 Dr. Davidson, in Edin. Med. and Surg. Journal for Jan. 1838.
  4  Lancet, May 7, 1836, and Jan. 14, 1837.
  6 Dr. Graves, Lond. Med. Gazette, Oct. 183S.   See, also, Mr.  King, Ibid.
Oct. 7, 1837, and Nov. 25, 1837. 
30
dunglison's new remedies.
of internal remedies, another practitioner was called in, who prac-
tised  acupuncturation of the  lower extremities, and  succeeded
completely.
  Lastly,  Mr. Vowell1 has published a case in which acupunctura-
tion was successfully  employed for the removal of a ganglion.   A
young lady under his care had  been  affected  with a ganglion of a
considerable size on the extensor tendons of the foot, which pro-
duced  not only disfiguration, but some  uneasiness.  Mr.  Vowell
applied blisters, and afterwards  the iodine ointment and  pressure,
for above a month, without benefit.   He then inserted the tambour
porte-aiguille of his patient.  Pressure was applied, and within a
week the tumour had completely disappeared.
  When acupuncturation is conjoined with electricity or galvanism,
it constitutes electro-puncture, and galvano-puncture. (q. v.)
                .ETHER HYDROCYANICUS.

  Synonymes.  iEther Prussicus, Hydrocyanic, or Prussic Ether.
  German.  Cyanather.

  This preparation  was discovered  a short time ago by Pelouze.2
and, according to Magendie,3 it resembles  in its effects 'the hydro-
cyanic acid, without being so violent a poison, and,  consequently,
he  esteems  it worthy of regard as  an  addition to the materia
medica.

                     mode of preparing.

  Equal parts of sulpho-vinate of baryta and cyanuret of potassium
are mixed  intimately together, put into a glass retort, to which a
tubulated receiver is adapted, and exposed to a moderate temperature.
By  distillation, a colourless, or slightly yellowish fluid is obtained^
which separates  into two distinct strata.  The lighter consists
chiefly of hydrocyanic ether, which is not pure  however, but mixed
with  water, alcohol, sulphuric ether, and hydrocyanic  acid.  In
order to purify it, it must be strongly shaken, and, with four or
five times its  bulk  of water, must be exposed for some time to a
temperature of 60° or 70° centigrade: it must be again agitated
with a little water, decanted, suffered to  remain  in  contact  with
chloride of lime  for twenty-four hours, and then distilled   The
ether thus obtained is pure. It is  a colourless fluid, of a penetrating
disagreeable garlicky odour. Specific gravity 0.78.   It boils at 82^

           1 Lancet, Aug. 25, 1838, p. 770.
           2 Journal de Pharmacie, xx, 399.  Paris 1833.
           3 Formulaire—derniere edition. 
        .ether hydrocyanicus—aq.ua amygdalarum.     31

centigrade:  is very slightly soluble  in water, but soluble in every
proportion in alcohol and sulphuric ether.  In its pure state it does
not disturb a solution of nitrate of silver.  It inflames very readily,
and burns with a blue light.  Caustic potassa decomposes  it with
difficulty, and only when highly concentrated.

                 effects on the economy.

  Six drops of this ether placed in the throat of a dog, occasioned,
in a short time, deep respiratory efforts : the dog  fell on its side and
convulsions succeeded, with considerable motion of the paws.  This
condition continued for four minutes, after which the effects gradu-
ally disappeared, and in the course  of half an  hour passed away.
Six drops injected into the jugular vein rapidly caused death, with
symptoms similar to those induced by the hydrocyanic acid. Accord-
ing to Magendie, these experiments were frequently repeated  by him
with different modifications,  after  which he  ventured upon its
administration in disease.  He added  six drops of the ether  to a
mucilaginous linctus, and prescribed it to a patient labouring under
hooping  cough,  who, in the course of a few days, derived  signal
benefit from it, and  without complaining of its penetrating, disa-
greeable odour. The same good effects happened to several patients
to whom he gave it in the Hotel Dieu.   But although the results
were favourable in cases in which the hydrocyanic acid was indi-
cated, he found  it necessary to  discontinue its  use, on  account of
the invincible nausea which its smell induced.   Magendie advises
it in those diseases in which mixtures of the hydrocyanic acid have
been found  of service.
       AQUA  AMYGDALARUM,  (CONCENTRATA.)

  Synonymes.  Water of Bitter Almonds.
  French.  Eau d'Amandes Ameres.
  German.  Bittermandelwasser.

  The water of bitter almonds has been received into many of the
modern Pharmacopoeias;—into those of Bavaria, Paris, Ferrara,
Hanover, Hesse, and Prussia, for example.


                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  The Pharmacopoeia of Prussia directs it to be prepared in the
following  manner:—Take  two pounds of bitter almonds,  bruise
well,  and add—whilst  triturating them—ten pounds of spring
water, and four ounces of highly rectified spirit of wine.  Let the 
32
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
mixture rest  for  twenty-four hours  in  a well  closed  vessel, and
then distil two pounds.   The product  must be kept in a  well
stopped bottle.
  The inequality in the  strength of the aqua lauro-cerasi and of
the medicinal hydrocyanic acid suggested this preparation, which
was extolled by Hufeland for its uniformity.   Its effect is entirely
like that of the  aqua  lauro-cerasi,  but  its greater regularity  in
strength and action has not been confirmed.
  Giese found the quantity of hydrocyanic acid  contained in the
product of the  above  formula  half  less than that  in  the cherry
laurel water; and Jorg,  from  his  experiments upon himself and
others, proved it to be much weaker and more uncertain.
  Neither this preparation, nor  the  distilled  aqua lauro-cerasi, is
employed  in  this country, or  in Great Britain.  Every objection
made to the hydrocyanic acid seems to be equally applicable to them.
                      AQUA  BINELLI.

  Synonymes.  Aqua Balsamica Arterialis.
  German.  Binellisches Wasser.

  Not many years ago, this Italian nostrum was vaunted through-
out Europe, as a styptic in every kind of hemorrhage—both when
internally and  externally administered.   By  several enlightened
Italian physicians—Cotugno, Antonucci, Santoro,  and others, it
was found highly serviceable, and Grafe thought, at first, that he
had observed good effects  from it.  Subsequently,  however,  not
only he but Simon,  Dieffenbach, and Dr. John  Davy,1 found that
it was not possessed of more  efficacy than simple cold water.
  The new haemostatic received its name, Acqua Binelli, from Dr.
Fidele Binelli, the inventor.  It was a perfectly transparent fluid,
almost tasteless, having a slightly empyreumatic odour ; but neither
the presence of salt, alkali,  earth, nor acid,  could be detected by
the senses.
  The first public trials, to test the  efficacy of the liquid in arrest-
ing hemorrhage, were instituted at Turin, in 1797, by order of the
government, the results of which were esteemed favourable.  Soon
after this Binelli died, and the secret for making the preparation is
said to have died  with him; but in the years  1829 and 1830 the
successors of  Binelli affirmed, that they had discovered the secret
and fresh experiments were instituted and  repeated in Germany.
Various blood-vessels were divided on animals;—the femoral and
carotid arteries, and the internal jugular veins—and the cuts were

         1 Edinburgh Medical and  Surgical Journal, July, 1833. 
                         AQUA PICEA.                       33

made in every  direction; some longitudinally,  some  obliquely,
others completely across, and, in all cases, the hemorrhage yielded
as soon as charpie, or lint, steeped in the acqua binelli, was applied
and  pressed gently against the wound for five or ten minutes.
   Encouraged by the results of these experiments, the liquid was
tried on man and with advantage; but it was soon found, that the
results were not owing to any properties of the liquid, but  to the
cold, moisture, and appropriate pressure.
   The  author has  given the  results of  the  experiments and
observations of Dr. John  Davy in another  work.1  They convey
interesting information as regards the physiology, pathology, and
therapeutics of wounded  vessels, and  impart a useful lesson  to
the  enquirer—not  to  deduce  inferences from  inadequate data,
without  having investigated every collateral circumstance that
may bear upon a question. The results of Dr. Davy's experiments
show how hemorrhage from wounding a large artery, which would
be speedily fatal, may be  readily arrested by moderate compression
with several folds of linen or cotton  moistened with water; and
they further show  how,  under this  moderate  compression,  the
wound in the artery may heal, and the vessel  remain pervious,
without the supervention of aneurism.  Dr.  Davy lays stress  on
moderate  pressure,   such  as  may still allow the blood to pass
through the  canal of the artery.
   It  has been suggested, that  the acqua binelli may be indebted for
its fancied haemostatic property to  creosote in some form, but  Dr.
Davy's explanation appears all sufficient to account for the pheno-
mena.   Under these circumstances we  may follow the example of
Riecke,2 and pass it by with this cursory notice.
                        AQUA  PICEA.

Synonymes.  Tar Water, Aqua Picis, Infusum Picis Liquidum seu Picis
  Empyreumaticae Liquidae, Potio Picea.
French.  Eau de Goudron.
German.  Theerwasser.

  This preparation, at one  time so  much extolled; and  recom-
mended on the authority of the  celebrated Bishop  Berkeley, but
which had almost fallen into total  disuse, has been recently revived,
more especially since it has been found to contain creosote.  It was
first employed extensively in England about the middle of the last
century, and was  drunk  not simply  as a therapeutical  but as a
prophylactic  agent, so that,  Riecke facetiously remarks, almost as

           1 General Therapeutics, p. 198.  Philad. 1836.
           2 Die neuern Arzneimittel. S. 28.  Stuttgart, 1837.
       6—f                                     dungl 3 
34              dunglison's NEW REMEDIES.
much tar-water was consumed by the  inhabitants of London, as
beer and other drinks I1
  As commonly happens in such  cases, practitioners passed from
one extreme to the other, and as they gradually found the tar-water
was not capable of  accomplishing  all that had been ascribed to it,
they  ultimately neglected  it  altogether.   Still, formulas  for its
preparation  exist  in many Pharmacopoeias—in  those of Dublin,
Bavaria, Brunswick, Paris, Russia,  Saxony, Sweden, and Wirtem-
berg, for example.
  The water takes up from the tar a small portion of acetic acid,
creosote, and resinous  matter; and it was formerly much praised
as a  remedy in pulmonary consumption, and as a diuretic; its
virtues, however, appearing to rest almost wholly on the contained
creosote.
  Some years ago, Arnheimer, of Duisburg, recalled the attention
of practitioners to  it as a remedy in many chronic cutaneous affec-
tions, especially of  the herpetic kind; and  he asserted, that he
found no remedial  agent more valuable when its use was perse-
vered in for one or two months to the extent of a pint or two daily.
Arnheimer directed  patients to prepare it for themselves in the fol-
lowing  manner.  A pound of tar was  put into  a deep porcelain
dish, and a quart of water poured upon it; for half an hour it was
stirred with  a spoon ;  the mixture  was then  allowed to stand for
twenty-four hours ;  the tar remaining on the  surface of the water,
was skimmed off, and the clear fluid put into well stopped bottles.
  He advises, that a large quantity should not, be prepared at once,
as the water in  time becomes ropy and its golden yellow colour is
changed to  a  darker hue.  It is generally taken without  any re-
pugnance.
  Since the  discovery of creosote, tar water has received fresh  con-
sideration, and  it  is not improbable that it may come again  into
more general use, as it appears, from recent experiments, that there
are  cases where it would seem to merit a preference over creosote.
M.  Petrequin  has lately  made some trials with  both in  chronic
catarrh, and in different stages of phthisis.2
  The number of cases communicated  by him is twenty-three ; of
these seven  were  cases of chronic  catarrh, in which creosote was
given ; generally the cough was mitigated by it, but in two cases no
effect was produced on that symptom.  The expectoration was usu-
ally diminished or facilitated ; in two cases, however, no advantao-e
was derived from  creosote, and in one case the sputa were bloody.
In the majority of the cases, the dyspnoea ceased ;  in others  it con-
tinued ; and in the same number of cases the pain in the breast was
relieved by its use.
  As to its effects on the digestive  organs, it several times excited
thirst; but the most marked result was the sensation of burning

         1 Die neuern Arzneimittel. S. 38. Stuttgart, 1837.
         * Gazette Medicale de Paris, No. 45. Nov. 5, 1836. 
AQUA PICEA.
35
 which it caused, in the majority of cases, in the  digestive  tube or
 in the breast. In two cases it exhibited no influence on an existing
 diarrhoea, whilst in two others it appeared to diminish  the number
 of the evacuations.  In  two cases it excited  vomiting, and  com-
 monly produced nausea.  On the whole, in the greater number of
 cases it  appeared to  render good service, but  in one it was of no
 avail, and in another it seemed to aggravate the affection.
   In four cases  of incipient phthisis, treated with creosote, M. Pe-
 trequin obtained the following results.   Although in one instance,
 the  cough was  aggravated ; in the majority of cases the  opposite
 was the fact.   The expectoration  was  facilitated but diminished
 in quantity; the dyspnoea was  more or less improved, and in two
 cases the pain in the chest was relieved.   In this  disease, also, the
 creosote  excited  burning  in the epigastrium or chest, and in one in-
 stance fugitive sensations of heat and creeping in the limbs. In one
 case the benefit was striking,  in two  the improvement was to  a
 less  extent, and  in one the disease was augmented.
   Four  other cases were of advanced phthisis.  In most of them
 the cough  was more or less improved,—never increased ;  the op-
 pression  remained much  the same, but  in one case it became  more
 severe.   As  regards the effects upon  the  digestive organs, they
 were much the  same as  in the first class of cases.  The improve-
 ment in  one case was insignificant; in two others but slight, and
 in the fourth case the affection was aggravated.
   Tar water M. Petrequin directs to be prepared by digesting an
 ounce of tar in  a quart (pinte)  of water for eight days, and then
 filtering.  It is  taken mixed with milk, and to the  extent of from
 eight to  twelve  ounces  in  the  day.   With this preparation, he
 treated  three cases of chronic  catarrh.   The cough was  always
 improved by it, the expectoration  diminished or facilitated ; the
 dyspnoea alleviated or removed, and the pains in the chest improved
 or dissipated.
  In two cases,  it appeared to  act beneficially on vomiting which
 accompanied the cough.   The  appetite  was improved, and in one
 case diarrhosa appeared  to  be  diminished,  whilst in  two  others,
 existing constipation yielded during its use.   In all the cases,  sleep
 was  restored.  On the urinary  secretion it exerted  no influence,
 and  it neither excited thirst nor nausea  like creosote.
  In three cases of incipient phthisis, its action was more beneficial
 than that of creosote.  The cough was always  ameliorated, the
 expectoration facilitated or diminished, and  the dyspnoea and tho-
 racic pain relieved.  In one case, it  seemed to act favourably on
 accompanying emesis, and  in  another  to quench the  thirst.  It
 excited or improved the appetite, and aided digestion.
  In one case of advanced phthisis, the alleviation produced by the
 tar water was beyond all expectation, but in another  the disease
had  proceeded so far that it was wholly unsuccessful.
  So far then as M. Petrequin's  experiments go, they would seem
to show  that advantage may be derived, in  the cases in question, 
36
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
from the administration of creosote and  tar water ;  and  that the
latter is perhaps possessed of properties which the other has not—
to the  same degree at least.   The cases are, however, too few to
enable  us to deduce any thing entirely satisfactory.
  Fresh experiments will doubtless be instituted, which may ena-
ble us  to infer positively on matters that must as yet be considered
involved in doubt.1
  We  have  administered it freely in phthisis, as well  as in chronic
bronchitis.   In the latter affection, it has relieved cases, in which
the accustomed excitant expectorants are found to be serviceable.
The same has been the fact in the former  disease; but farther than
this no advantage  has accrued from its administration.
  In a late  French periodical,2 some cases  are published from the
records of the hospitals for 1829 and 1830, during the attendance
of the  late Professor Dupuytren, in which  injections of tar water
were successfully administered in  catarrhus vesicas, along with the
use of  pills of turpentine.
  The tar water was made by infusing  in  the cold,  for a night, a
pound  of tar in  ten pounds of spring water, filtering and warming
the solution before using it.   Large quantities of this  were injected
through an  elastic gum catheter, which was forthwith withdrawn
and the patient  directed to retain the injection as long as  possible.
The injection was  repeated  daily.  Venice turpentine was  admi-
nistered internally after the following form :—
         B*.  Terebinth, fj. [?].
             Pulv. cujusvis, q. s.  Fiant pilulae xl.
  Ten of these  were given in the day—the number being gradu-
ally diminished, until they were  wholly discontinued.
                  ARGENTI PR^PARATA.

  Synonymes.  Preparations of Silver.
  German.  Silberpraparate.

  Of the preparations of silver, the  nitrate is the only one that has
been much used, and this chiefly as an external application.  Very
recently, however, the attention of physicians has been directed to
the internal use of many of  those  preparations,  and especially by
M. Serre,3 professor of surgical clinics at Montpellier.  This o-entle-
man commenced  his first trials in May,  1835, in  the  civil and
military hospital of St. Eloi.   At this time there was an unusual

  1 Deslandies, Diet, de Medec. et de Chirurgie prat, xi 233.
  2 La Lancette Francaise, Avril 8, 1837.
  * Bulletin Generale de Therapeutique, 1836. 
ARGENTI PR^EPARATA.
37
number  of syphilitic  patients in the wards,  of which  the most
severe and appropriate  cases  were selected for treatment  by the
preparations of silver, the chloride, cyanide,  and iodide.   Trials
were also made with the divided  metallic silver, the oxide of silver,
and the chloride of ammonia and silver.  At first  these preparations
were administered  iatraleiptically; the chloride, the cyanide, and
the iodide in the quantity of one  twelfth of a grain ;  the chloride of
silver and ammonia in the quantity of one fourteenth  of a grain ;
and the oxide of silver and  the  divided  silver in the dose  of one
eighth, and one quarter of a grain, respectively.  M. Serre soon
found that these  doses  were generally too small:  he therefore
raised that  of  the  chloride and  the iodide to one tenth and one
eighth of a grain, without  the  slightest inconvenience  resulting.
The other preparations were also increased in the same proportion,
with the exception of the chloride of silver and ammonia, which
requires  more precaution than any of the other preparations.
  M. Serre  did not restrict himself to the iatraleiptic administration
of these  substances, but employed them internally in the form of
pill, and  externally as local applications.  The  formulae preferred
by  him were the following:—

                   Pulvis Argenti Chlorureti.
                   Powder of chloride of silver,
        5<.   Argent, chlorur. gr. j.
            Pulv. irid. florent. gr. ij.
  Reduce  to a fine powder, and divide into eight or ten portions;
to be rubbed on the tongue.

            Pilula Argenti et Ammonia, Chlorureti.
              Pills of chloride of silver and ammonia.
        &.   Argent,  et ammon. chloruret. gr. j.
            Pulv. irid. florent. gr. ij.
            Conserves flor. tiliae q. s. ut flat raassa in pilulas xiv dividenda.
  For internal use.
                   Unguentum  Oxidi Argenti.
                   Ointment of  oxide of silver.
       5*.   Oxid. argent, gr. xx.
            Axungise, gj.  Misce, ut fiat unguentum.

  When the iodide or cyanide is substituted for  the oxide of silver,
ten or twelve grains of these may be added to the ounce  of lard.
  M. Serre describes several cases of syphilis in which the  pre-
parations of silver were administered according to the above forms.
The first patient was a soldier, 26 years old, of athletic constitu-
tion, who,  at the time of his  admission into the hospital, had several
large chancres on the prepuce, so  close to each  other as  to seem to
form one large circular ulceration, five or six lines in diameter. 
38               dunglison's NEW REMEDIES.
After'a few days' rest, and the use of baths, M. Serre ordered the
chloride of silver  in  friction on the tongue in the quantity of  one
twelfth of a grain.   The ulcers were treated  with simple cerate
(ceratum galeni)  spread on lint.   After the  second rubbing, the
patient experienced violent colicky pains, which were  not severe
enouo-h, however, to induce  a discontinuance  of the  remedy.
Scarcely had  a grain of the  chloride been employed  when the
secretion from the ulcerated parts became less :  the  surface of the
chancres lost the kind of grayish border which they possessed, and
the cicatrisation proceeded rapidly.   The frictions were continued,
and the condition  of the patient went on improving.   At the end
of two months he left the hospital.
   In the five subsequent cases  the same plan of treatment was pur-
sued.  The chloride was used exclusively according to the mtra-
leiptic method.   The  symptoms  were various;  in  addition to
chancres there was  in  one case a  suppurating  bubo; in  another,
syphilitic vegetations at the margin  of the anus;  and in a third,
fissures in the same part. In the seventh case, in which there were
chancres, gonorrhoea, and extensive rugous blotches on  the nates,
the chloride of silver was  rubbed  on the tongue,  and  applied
topically in the form of ointment. The eighth patient, who suffered
with  large  condylomata, as well  as  with ulcers in the neck, took
the chloride in pills to the extent of nine grains  in the course of the
treatment; frictions with the ointment of silver were also applied to
the affected parts.
   M. Serre deduces from all his experiments the following amongst
other  conclusions.   First. The preparations  of silver  have this
great  advantage  over those of mercury, that they never occasion
salivation, nor do  they induce in the intestinal canal or in the respira-
tory organs,  the disagreeable effects  that are too  often caused by
mercury.   Secondly. That should their  therapeutical  agency be
confirmed  by experience,  and they  be introduced into hospital
practice, great  advantage will be derived as respects  the purity of
the  wards,  and the cleanness of the  bedclothes,  &e.   Thirdly
That  patients  can  be treated  by them  in secret  as well as when
traveling, without fear of detection.   Fourthly. That the prepara-
tions of gold are to be preferred in  these respects, but that  gold
has the disadvantage of exciting too  much, and  cannot, therefore,
be exhibited to  those  of a nervous and excitable temperament,
or who have weak and  delicate chests.   In such cases  the prepa-
rations of silver merit the preference.   Fifthly. The preparations
of silver are much  cheaper  than  those  of gold, and are, therefore,
more available in practice amongst the poor and in large hospitals ;
and,  moreover, they are more easily prepared, which is a considera-
tion of some moment, as regards the pharmaciens of small towns.
Sixthly and lastly.  There are cases in which  mercurial and gold
preparations fail,  and where the preparations of silver might be of
great advantage.
   The observation  of  others  has not  confirmed the assertions of 
ARGENTI PR^PARATA.
39
M. Serre.   M.  Ricord1  employed the various preparations  made
after the  formulae  given by M. Serre, in the same doses; but not
being able to observe any effect that could be fairly ascribed to the
agents, he ventured upon considerably larger doses,  as  much, for
example,  as twelve grains  a day of  the iodide and  cyanide,  but
without any marked results.
   In this country, the preparations of silver have been but little, if
at all,  used in syphilis.


                  I.  ARGENTI  CHLORIDUM.

Synonymes.   Argentum Muriaticum, A.  Salitum, Chloruretum Argenti,
  Argenlum Chloratum,  Chloride, Chloruret or Muriate of Silver.
French.  Chlorure d'Argent.
German.  Salzsaures Silber,  Chlorsilber.

   The chloride of silver  is  prepared by the decomposition  of a
solution of nitrate ofsilver, by an excess of a solution of chloride
of  sodium.  The  resulting  product,  or the  chloride  of silver,
appears under the  form  of a flaky, clotted, very thick precipitate :
it  must  now be washed  repeatedly  with  boiling water, and be
exposed to the heat of a sand-bath, so that it may dry as speedily
as possible-
   Chloride of silver prepared in this way,  is of a  white colour,
devoid of taste, and not  soluble in water, but soluble  in  ammonia.
In the light it speedily changes, especially when much divided, or
when  moist,  and  assumes  a somewhat  dark violet  hue, as  the
chlorine is given off.
   The chloride  of silver  suffers no  decomposition  when united
with vegetable matters.  It must be dried and kept protected from
the light.2
   Its uses have been referred to under the head of the preparations
ofsilver.

          II.  ARGENTI ET  AMMONIA CHLORIDUM.

Synonymes.  Argentum  Muriaticum  Ammoniatum, Chloruretum Argenti
  et Ammoniaci, Chloride  or Chloruret of Silver and Ammonia.
French.  Chlorure d'Argent et d'Ammoniaque.
German.  Silbersalmiak, Salzsaures  Silberamraonium.

  This preparation is obtained,  when we saturate,  by  the  aid
of  heat, liquid  ammonia  with  fresh precipitated and   carefully
washed chloride  ofsilver.  The  operation  must be accomplished
at such a degree of heat,  that the fluid shall  boil once; for if the
boiling be continued  a few moments and  in  the open air, no

  1 J. J. L. Rattier, La Lancette Francaise, No. 122, Oct. 13, 1836.
  2 On the mode of forming the various preparations ofsilver, see Chamou,
in Bulletin Generale de Therapeutique, No. xvi. Aug. 30, 1836. 
40
dunglison's new remedies.
crystals will be deposited on cooling.  If the fluid, whilst in full
ebullition and preserved from the light, be filtered,  very regular
crystals will be deposited on cooling, which may be dried between
blotting paper, and should be kept in a well stopped bottle.
   The chloride of silver and ammonia has a bluish white colour,
the peculiar smell of  ammonia, and  a  burning,  almost  caustic,
taste.  In the air, it gradually exhales ammonia, and acquires all
the properties of simple chloride ofsilver,  without, however, losing
the form of the original composition.
   If the crystals  be  kept in  the  ammonia in  which they  were
formed, they do not experience the slightest change in their colour
from the influence of  light.   When treated with  distilled water,
the chloride of silver  and ammonia  is  decomposed.   A  portion
saturated  with ammonia is again dissolved; yet a much greater
portion remains undissolved ;  this contains only a  small quantity
of ammonia.  The chloride ofsilver and  ammonia experiences the
same decomposition through  the influence of heat, as when it is
exposed to the open air, except  that the decomposition takes place
more rapidly.  It displays nothing extraordinary, when rubbed
with organic matters.
   This remedy, as was before remarked,  has also been used with
advantage by Serre in cases of syphilis.
   Another  preparation,  the  Liquor  argenti  muriatico-ammo-
niati,  has been  long  recommended by  Kopp,  in  cases of chronic
nervous  affections.   It is  prepared  according  to  the  following
formula:—
                  g<.  Argent, nitric, fus.  gr.  x.
                     Aquae distillat. ^ij.
   Soluto filtrato instilla  liquoris  natri muriatici,  (Sodae Muriatis,) q. s. ad
prascipitandum.  Praecipitatum  sedulo ablutum solve  in  liquoris Ammon.
Caust. ^iss:  adde  acidi muriatici giij. vel q.  s. ut  praecipitatio evitetur et
argentum muriaticum in  statu solutionis permaneat.  Pondus fluidi filtrati
eequale sit unciis duabus cum dimidia.1
   This  preparation is transparent,  but  under the effect  of light
suffers black flakes to  be  deposited.   It is therefore necessary to
preserve it in small bottles  painted black,  in a dark place.   In
using it, acid substances should be avoided.
   Kopp found this liquor argenti muriatico ammoniati of great
efficacy in St. Vitus's dance.   It may  be  given to children  of about
ten years of age, morning, noon, and night, in  doses of three  drops,
gradually raised  to six, in a spoonful of distilled water.

   1 " Take of fused nitrate of silver, ten grains; distilled water, two ounces:
Into the filtered solution drop enough of  a  solution of chloride of sodium to
precipitate.  Dissolve the carefully  washed precipitate in an ounce and a
half of caustic liquid ammonia; add three drams of muriatic acid  or enough
to avoid precipitation, and the muriate of  silver may  remain in  a state°of
solution.   The weight  of the filtered fluid should be equal to  two  ounces
and a half." 
ARGENTI  PRjEPARATA.                  41
                  III.  ARGENTI CYANIDUM.

  Synonymes.—Argentum Cyanogenatum, Cyanuretum Argenti, Cyanide
or Cyanuret of Silver.
  French.—Cyanure d'Argent.
  German.—Blaustoffsilber, Cyansilber.

  This is obtained by permitting a weak  solution of hydrocyanic
acid to act on a solution  of nitrate ofsilver.  The very light white
precipitate, formed thereby, must be repeatedly  washed  with  dis-
tilled water,  and  be  reduced  to  dryness  in  a moderately heated
oven.  In the preparation  of the cyanide ofsilver, as of the iodide,
it is essential to pour  on oniy so much of the fluid in the  formation
of the precipitate  as  may  be required for the complete decomposi-
tion of the nitrate of silver.  If too much hydrocyanic acid be used,
a part of the  precipitate will be separated in the form of the hydro-
cyanate of silver.   If, instead of the  hydrocyanic acid, the hydro-
cyanate of  potassa be  used,  the latter,  if  added  in  too great
proportion, will unite with the cyanide of silver, and form a soluble
double salt.
  Cyanide ofsilver is of a  white colour, devoid of taste, not soluble
in water, but  soluble in ammonia.   In  the  air,  the surface very
soon becomes of a dark  violet  hue, similar to  that of the chloride
ofsilver under like circumstances.
  The cyanide of silver is dry, and should be kept preserved from
the light.  It  experiences no  decomposition when  mixed  with
neutral vegetable matters.
  Its use in disease has been referred to under the preparations of
silver.

                  IV.  ARGENTUM DIVISUM.

  Synonymes.—Metallic Silver in a state of division.
  German.—Zertheiltes Silber.

  Pure oxide of silver is  placed  in  a porcelain crucible, and the
fire is increased to a dull redness.   The product is then allowed to
cool, rubbed in an agate mortar, and  sifted through a close sieve or
bolting cloth.
  In this  condition divided silver forms a very fine powder,  of a
white dullish colour ; the air has no influence upon it, unless when
impregnated  with sulphureous  vapours.
  Besides the use of this preparation in syphilis already referred to,
it may be remarked, that the filings of silver,  argentum. limatum,
which agree with it in its chemical relations, had been administered
ten years before  in cases  of intermittent  fever,  by Dr. Meyer, of
Biickeburg.1
  Notwithstanding the testimony adduced in its favour, it is  pro-
bably wholly inert, or exerts but a mechanical agency.
                   1 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 436. 
42
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                   V.  ARGENTI IODIDUM.

  Synonymes.  Argentum Iodatum, Ioduretum Argenti;  Iodide or Ioduret
of Silver.
  French.—Iodure d'Argent.
  German.—lodsilber.

  Iodide of  silver is obtained by mixing a solution of the  nitrate
ofsilver with one of the iodide of potassium. The yellowish flakes,
produced  by the admixture of the two  fluids, are then  washed
several times with distilled water, and dried in an oven.
  In this preparation, also, it is important, that only so  much of the
reagent should be added as is necessary for the complete decompo-
sition of  the  salt of silver.   A surplus of the iodide of potassium
would form with  the already precipitated  iodide of silver a  soluble
and crystallisable double salt of iodine, whereby the quantity of the
product, which it might be desirable to obtain, would be diminished.
  Iodide of  silver is  of a very pale yellow colour, but becomes,
under the action of light and  air, of a deeper yellow.  It has no
taste, and is neither soluble in water nor in  ammonia.   The latter
property serves to distinguish it from the  chloride and the cyanide
of the same metal.  Like the chloride, the iodide  must be kept in a
dry dark place.  Neutral vegetable substances appear to exert no
action upon it.
   Its properties have been enumerated under  the head of the pre-
parations of silver.

                   VI.  ARGENTI OXIDUM.

   Synonymes.  Argentum Oxydatum, Oxydum Argenti.
  French.—Oxide d'Argent.
   German.—Silberoxyd,  Oxydirtes Silber.

   This oxide is obtained by the  reaction of  caustic potassa on a
solution of nitrate of  silver.  The  alkaline fluid must be added in
excess, and  the oxide, which is the product of the decomposition,
must be washed several times in a  considerable  quantity of water,
and  be dried by moderate heat, and preserved  from the light.
   In the state of hydrate, the oxide is black ; when anhydrous, it
appears as an olive greenish  brown  powder; it is tasteless,  and
capable of absorbing carbonic  acid from  the  air.   Under the long
continued influence of light it  is blackened;  and at a heat below
the  obscure red, it  is  reduced to  the  metallic  condition.   To
be kept for a long time in the pure state, it must  be protected from
the light, in a well stopped bottle.
   This preparation, which  was also recommended by Serre,  has
been used by Van Moris in syphilis.1
1 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 440. 
ARGILLA PURA.
43
                      ARGILLA PURA.

 Synonymes.  Alumina pura,  Terra  aluminosa pura,  Terra Aluminis,
   Terra bolaris, seu Argiliacea pura ; Pure Argil or Alumina.
 French.—Alumine factice.
 German.—Reine Thonerde; reine Alaunerde.

   This substance was known in  olden  times by the name Arme-
 nian Bole, Terra  sigillala,  fyc.  in which forms  it was  always,
 however, mixed with lime and iron.   It was highly extolled as an
 absorbent, demulcent, diaphoretic and astringent ; was employed
 in hemorrhage, diarrhoea and dysentery, phthisis, poisoned wounds,
 &c. and was also applied externally in cases of .-rysipelas.   It had
 almost  fallen into complete oblivion, when its use was resumed by
 some of the German practitioners.  With us, it is scarcely ever, if
 ever, prescribed.

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

   The  purest argil is prepared by drying the  sulphate of alumina
 and ammonia, and  exposing it for 20 or 25 minutes to  a red heat,
 in a crucible : the sulphuric acid and ammonia are driven  off, and
 the argil remains behind in  the form of a white powder. Formerly,
 it was prepared by dissolving alum in water, and precipitating the
 argil from the solution by means of carbonate of potassa or  soda, or
 of caustic potassa.   It is affirmed, however, that generally  more or
 less sulphuric acid remained with the earth, so that it required to be
 purfied  by repeated washing, until there was  no longer any acid
 reaction. If a still higher degree of purity be needed, the precipitate
 is dissolved in muriatic acid, and  the argil precipitated by caustic
 ammonia.
   The powder, prepared by these methods, is of a white colour and
 devoid of  smell or  taste; but it  communicates to the tongue a
 feeling of astringency.   When breathed upon, it yields a peculiar
 earthy smell. It is insoluble  in water, but attracts moisture greedily
 from the air, and forms with it a gelatiniform mass.

            EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

   Pure  argil was highly recommended by Percival in indigestion
 attended with predominance of acidity ; and it was in  such cases
extolled by the Dresden  physicians, Ficinus and Seiler.1  Accord-
ing to the former, it merits a preference over all other absorbents,
inasmuch as it forms astringent salts with acids.   He found it es-
pecially useful in diarrhoea and dysentery, particularly in children.
Seiler recommended it in the vomiting  of infants, which is  usually
accompanied by acidity, and in the diarrhoea of older children.

  1 Zeitschrift fur Natur- und Heilkunde der Dresdner Professoren, B.  I.
H. 1, S. 82. 
44
dunglison's new remedies.
  Weese,1 also employed it successfully in several cases of infantile
diarrhoea where there was evidently a predominance of acid.   The
latest encomiast of the  argilla depurata is Durr, who, for several
years, has administered it in the diarrhoea and cholera of infants,
and has found it highly efficacious.
  The chemical reasons, urged by Ficinus and others, merit atten-
tion.  The article is worthy of employment in affections of the in-
testinal  tube, in which astringents are indicated.   The muriatic.
and the acetic or lactic acid are always in  the stomach when any
alimentary or other matter is present there ; these acids cannot fail,
consequently, to unite with the argil, and the resulting compound
must possess astringent properties.

                  MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  The dose in the 24 hours, for a very young  child, is from  3ss to
3j ; for older children,  from 3j to  3ij.   Smaller doses are of little
or no avail.   The vehicle is commonly an  emulsion.
  The following forms are given by Riecke.2

                       Mistura Argilla^.

                        Mixture of Argil.

            **.  Emuls. sem. papav. (ex ^ss. parat.) ^iiiss.
               Argillse pura?, 9ij.
               Syrup, althaea?, §ss.   M.

  Dose—A  tea spoonful to  a child two  years old affected with
diarrhoea.
            £.  Argill. pur. ^ss.
               Gum. arab. gj.
               Sacch. alb. jij.
               Aq. ibenicul. giij.  M.

  Dose—The same as the last to a child one year old.

            *.  Emuls. oleos. cum vitell. ovor. parat. Jj.
               Syrup, alth. gj.
               Argill. depurat. 3ss.
               Aq. cinnarn. simpl. 3J.
               Extract, cicut. gr. ij.  M.

  Dose—The  same as the two last to a child three months old,
affected with cholera  infantum.
                                                       Durr.
      1 Rust's Magazin, B. xii. H. 2, S. 247.
      2 Die neuern Arzneimittel.  S. 41. Stuttgart, 1837. 
ARNICA—ARSENIAS AMMONIA.
45
                          ARNICA.

Synonymes.  Arnica  Montana, A. Plauensis, Doronicum Germanicum,
  Panacea Lapsorum, Ptarmica Montana, Caltha Alpina, Calendula Alpina,
  Narda Celtica altera, Doronicum plantaginis folio, Leopard's Bane.».
French.—Arnique, Tabac ou Betoine des Savoyards, Tabac de Montagne,
  Doronic d'Allemagne, Tabac des Vosges.
German.—Wohlverlei, Fallkraut.

  This plant, which belongs, in the  sexual system, to the Synge-
nesia polygamia superflua and to the natural order Synanthereae,
is in the secondary list of the Pharmacopoeia of the United States,
but it is not much used in this country ; nor does  there appear to
be  any clear appreciation of the cases for  which  it  is adapted.1
Such, too, appears to be the sentiment of the  French practitioners.
'* It may be concluded," say M. M. Merat and De Lens,2 " that we
have as  yet insufficient data to pronounce positively on the affec-
tions in which the  arnica can be unequivocally efficacious ; we
must,  consequently, always  bear in mind its  heating and active
qualities when we prescribe it."
  In Germany, the  flowers and root are  much employed in para-
lysis, as an excitant to  the  nervous system ;  and  it  is chiefly to
introduce  the volatile oil—the oleum aithereum fiorum arnica,
[Germ.  Wohlverleiol)—to the attention of the profession  that we
refer to the arnica at all.  This oil  is obtained from the flowers,
and has been much recommended  by Schneider  in  old  cases of
paralysis, which are the result of the apoplectic  condition.  He
himself often administered it with evident success; the  paralytic
limbs  becoming warmer,  more active, and more  serviceable  under
its use.
  Schneider mixes four drops of arnica oil with half an ounce of
the liquor anodynus Hoffmanni, or spiritus nitri dulcis, and of this
he gives, for a dose, from 4 to  12 drops several times a day.   The
mixture has an  agreeable smell and taste.   Four  drops of the oil
to 4 ounces of sugar form a good elmosaccharum?
                   ARSENIAS  AMMONIiE.

Synonymes.  Ammonium Arsenicum, Arseniate of Ammonia.
French.  Arseniate d'Ammoniaque.
German.  Arseniksaures Ammonium.

  This  preparation of arsenic has  been  highly recommended,

  1 Wood and Bache,  Dispensatory of the United States, Art. Arnica.
  2 Dictionnaire Universel de Matiere Medicale, &c. i. 423.  Paris, 1829.
  s Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel,  u. s. w. S. 337.  Stuttgart, 1837. 
46
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
since the year 1818, by Biett, in several cutaneous  diseases, and
especially in psoriasis inveterata.1

                   METHOD  OF PREPARING.
  It may be prepared by taking  of arsenic acid one part, dissolving
it in water, and adding pure  or carbonated ammonia sufficient to
saturate the acid ;—or, as follows : Take of white arsenic one part;
nitric acid four parts, and muriatic  acid half a  part; saturate the
solution with carbonate  of ammonia,  and  let the arsenical salt
crystallise.

           EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.
  A grain of this  salt may be dissolved  in an ounce of distilled
water; and of the  solution from twenty to  twenty-five drops be
begun  with daily, gradually increasing the dose until it reaches a
dram or more in the twenty-four hours.
  There does not seem  to be much difference between the effects
of this preparation  and those  of the other forms  of  arsenic, that
have been received into  the Pharmacopoeias.  The arsenious acid
itself, as well  as  the  arsenites of potassa  and soda,—the officinal
solution of the former well known every where under the name of
"Fowler's Solution;  that of  the  latter  known,  in continental
Europe especially,  under the name "Aqua Arsenicalis Pearsonii"—
are possessed of precisely the  same  properties as  the arseniate of
ammonia, and like  it  have been found equally efficacious in  obsti-
nate diseases of the skin.  Nor is the knowledge of the agency of
arsenical preparations in  cutaneous affections new.   In  India, the
efficacy of arsenic  in those diseases has been long known; and, in
Europe, attention was attracted to it by Fowler,2 and Girdlestone,3
and subsequently by  Willan,4 by Pearson,5 and others ;  but no one
has administered  the arsenical  preparations more extensively in
these diseases than M. Biett, of Paris, whose  situation has afforded
him ample opportunities  for  testing the  virtues of the different
articles of the Materia Medica  in  skin complaints.  He has suc-
ceeded, by means of the  arsenical preparations,  and especially of
the  one  we  are  now considering,  in  removing several inveterate
affections of  the skin, that had  resisted every other remedy.   The
author has found equally beneficial results from this practice in his
own experience.    All chronic  cutaneous  diseases are dependent
upon  an  alteration in the functions of the capillary  vessels or

  1 Cazenave, in Diet, de  Medec.  2d  edit. iv. 30;  and Cazenave's and
Schadel's Practical  Synopsis of Cutaneous Diseases,  translated by R G.
Griffith, M. D.  Philadelphia, 1829.
  2 Medical Reports. London, 1786.
  3 Essays on  the Hepatitis, &c. of India.  London, 1787.
  * Description and Treatment of Cutaneous Diseases.  London  1798.
  6 Observations on the effects of various articles  of the Materia Medica in
the Venereal Disease, 2d edit. London, 1807. 
ARSENICUM IODATUM.
47
vessels of nutrition  of the  part affected, and  there appear to  be
but two ways in which those vessels can be reached, so that a new
action may be impressed upon them;—in the one case, through the
medium of the general circulation ; and, in the other, through the
agency  of  topical applications, made  to come in contact with the
diseased surface.   Arsenic, like iodine, mercury in small doses, and
other alteratives, acts in  the  former way—modifying, after a pro-
tracted exhibition, the fluid of the circulation in such manner, that
it  makes  an  altered impression  on  the  morbid capillaries, and
breaks in  upon  the  diseased catenation.   In no case, however,
have we  observed  these  salutary  effects,  until the  use of the
arsenical preparation had been  persevered in for several  weeks.
These diseases are  chronic  in  their  nature, and they  require a
chronic medication.   Time is, indeed,  in every case, an element in
the cure.
                  ARSENICUM IODATUM.

Synonymes.  Ioduretum seu Iodidum Arsenici, Iodide of Arsenic.
German.   Iodarsenik, Arsenikiodiire, Iodarsen.

  Of late this preparation has been highly extolled by Biett, in the
same class of affections as the last;—applied externally.


                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  The iodide is prepared, according to  Magendie,1 in two ways:
1. By  heating in  a  glass alembic, a mixture  of sixteen  parts of
arsenic and one hundred parts of iodine.  The combination sub-
limes in the form of orange  coloured needles.   2. Thirty parts of
pulverised arsenic, and  one  hundred parts of iodine  are boiled in
one  thousand  parts of  water.   As soon  as  the liquid becomes
colourless, it is filtered, and  the  filtered solution  is evaporated to
dryness.   If it be thought advisable, this can be sublimed.


                  EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY.

  When iodide of arsenic is injected into the veins it does not
exert so strong an action on the heart as might be expected  from
so poisonous  a substance.   Mr.  Blake2 twice injected solutions,
containing each six grains of this substance, into  the jugular vein
of a dog, without producing the slightest appreciable  effect on the
heart.  On injecting a  solution, containing fifteen grains, the action
of the heart was immediately arrested.

  1 Formulaire, edit. cit.
  2 Edinburgh Medical and  Surgical Journal, April, 1839, p. 336- 
48
dunglison's new remedies.
                  MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

  Biett  has frequently applied the following ointment in cases of
phagedenic tuberculous herpes.
                $.  Arsenic, iodat. gr. iij.
                    Axung. gj.
                M.  exacte, ut fiat unguentum.
  Cazenave gives, as the usual  proportion for  an ointment, one
part of the iodide to eighteen of lard.
  Professor A.  T. Thomson has employed  the  iodide in several
cases  of lepra and impetigo,  with very great, success.1  He begins
with tenth of a  grain doses three  times a day, and increases them
to a quarter of a grain.   In  some  cases, he had  not  been able to
exceed two-thirds  of  a grain, as symptoms of poisoning came on,
and the  medicine had to be given  in diminished doses.
             ARTEMISIA  VULGARIS (RADIX.)

  Synonymes.  Mugwort.
  French.  Armoise Commune.
  German.  Beifusswurzel, Gemeiner Beifusswurzel.

  Almost all the species belonging to the genus artemisia are
possessed of bitter and aromatic properties, and several afford the
' wormseed.'  The artemisia vulgaris was employed by many of the
older physicians, but it had fallen  into oblivion,  when its use was
revived in Germany,  by Burdach, a physician  at Triebel, near
Sorace,2 who  recommended it strongly as a preventive of epilepsy.
Since  that time,  it has been much  prescribed in  that  country,
but its employment has not extended much to other countries of
Europe,  or  to  this side  of  the Atlantic.   The root  is  the part
preferred;—formerly the herb and the tops were solely used.
  The root was employed in epilepsy, centuries  ago, but it  had
been neglected,  or was only exhibited as a nostrum, when Burdach
entered upon  his  investigations, of which  the following is  a
summary.
  The root of the artemisia should be dug up  in autumn, after the
stalk has become dry, or in the spring before the stalk has shot up;
but perhaps the latter  half of November is as good  a period as any.
It must be freed  from the adherent earth by shaking.  Burdach
regards washing it to be objectionable, as the  root may lose some
portion of its efficacy  thereby.  The old, ligneous, mouldy,  and
damaged parts  of each  root  must be carefully removed, and the

         1 Lancet, Jan. 19, 1839, p. 621.
         2 Hufeland's Journal, B. lviii. St. 4 und 5. 
ARTEMISIA VULGARIS.
49
fresh young side roots (fibrillas),  which are distinguished by their
smell, clear colour, and greater juiciness,  must be spread on paper,
and dried in the shade, and as soon as they become brittle they
must be carefully preserved.   Besides the fibrillas, the soft, sound,
and juicy parts of the root, especially the fleshy rind of the thicker
roots, must be used.
  The period required for  drying them varies;  in moist weather
it may require two months; but late  in  the  year the desiccation
may be aided by the  gentle warmth  of the sun,  or of a stove;  the
latter must  never, however, rise higher than from sixty-four to
sixty-eight degrees of Fahrenheit.  If put away  too early the root
becomes  spoiled; if,  too late,  it loses  many  of  its volatile parts.
When powdered, it ought  not to be kept too long, as the volatile
portions escape and it soon becomes devoid of smell.  Even  during
the process of pulverising  loss is sustained,  and the fresh powder
has a much  feebler  odour than the entire root, so that Burdach
advises for  distant patients, that the root  in  substance should be
sent to them, and that they should be recommended to pound it for
use in a  well  covered  mortar.   By pulverising, the inner, hard,
woody parts  are  separated  from the  smaller  roots;  they must be
removed and thrown away, as the powder of the cortical substance
of the small radicles  has alone been found efficacious.  The smell
of  the  well  dried  root is very strong, pungent and  peculiar,
especially when we open a vessel in which it has been stored away
in quantity.  The taste is sweetish, sharp and nauseous.

            EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN  DISEASE.

  It has  been already  remarked, that Burdach1 recommends the
artemisia especially in epilepsy ; and he  affirms  that it requires no
preparation or special attention.
  It is most efficacious when given about half an hour before the
attack, which it usually prevents; but if this be impracticable,  it
may be  given as soon as  the patient comes to.  The dose is a
heaped up teaspoonful, (from fifty to  seventy grains,) which may
be administered in warm beer; the  patient should be  put  to  bed
immediately, covered up warm,  and allowed  warm  small  beer to
drink, so as to occasion diaphoresis—care being  taken that he does
not expose himself to cold.   This course is to be repeated so long
as there are  any traces of mischief.   When the  remedy, however,
acts favourably, Burdach asserts, that frequent repetition is not. often
necessary.   At times, it happens, that  when the dose has been
raised to a dram and a half, and thrice repeated, no critical sweat
follows, Burdach then  aids the operation by  giving the liquor
cornu  cervi  succinatus,  (spiritus  ammonia, succinatus^) in  an
infusion of serpentaria, valerian root and arnica flowers; but the
effect, he  says, was always better when  the diaphoresis was pro-

           1 Casper's Wochenschrift, Oct. 22, 1836, S. 675.
       6—g                                    dungl 4 
50
dunglison's new remedies.
duced by the artemisia alone.  One important advantage in the use
of this agent  is,  that a judgment  can  be speedily  formed of its
utility;  when much may be'expected from it, a  marked improve-
ment usually occurs after the first doses.  In those cases of epilepsy
which recur every day, and sometimes even from three to fifteen
times a day, and especially where the paroxysms are  so violent and
frequent, as to leave little interval for the patient to be restored to
consciousness, the  artemisia has proved more certain in its opera-
tion, either by removing or mitigating the disease.   In such cases,
two doses were given on the first day, and afterwards one tolerably
strong dose daily till  the third day.   In those forms of epilepsy,
whose attacks recurred twice daily,  morning and evening, the arte-
misia acted  very beneficially; the paroxysms soon  became some-
what weaker, shorter, and were postponed a day  or two.  In such
cases, it is advisable to continue the remedy for some weeks.  Infants
at the breast bear  the artemisia especially well.  It is  equally effica-
cious in the epileptic attacks of young females from twelve to
fifteen years of age, and prior to the establishment of menstruation.
Under its use, the  catamenia have generally taken  place, and the
epilepsy has disappeared.   On the other hand,  the  artemisia was
found to  aggravate cases of epilepsy  occurring as a disease of
growth, (entwickelungskrankheit,)  in young persons from  seven-
teen  to  twenty-two years  old,  and as a  consequence of great
corporeal  development.  It was equally unfortunate in cases of
epilepsia noctuma,  where the paroxysms came on irregularly at an
interval of about five, ten, or fifteen  days,  and generally about
midnight;  as well as in that form in  which, after the patient had
suffered for  six, seven or eight  weeks,  under violent symptomatic
sweats, a morbid condition ensued from two to  three times every
twenty-four hours,  consisting of repeated epileptic  attacks, with
great prostration in the intervals.
  These  are  the  main  results  of the communications of Bur-
dach on this subject.1  The number of his experiments and obser-
vations  was considerable,  and  the  results appear   to  have been
frequently most happy, especially in  the case  of females, who seem
to have  exhibited themselves  more  beneficially  impressed  by the
remedy than males; the proportion of cures being as three to'two.
Tosetti2 gives  the proportion of cases  in women and  children to
that  in men, as eight to six.
  In  the  Berlin  Charite\ the artemisia  is said  to have been used
with  equal success.   The German  Journals contain numerous
cases, on the authority of E. Grafe,'' Wagner,4 Van Maanen,5 Wolf,6

  1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimiitel u. s. w.  S. 49.  Stuttgart  1837.
  1 Diss, inaug. de radice Artemis, vulu-. re.ned. anfiepilept. Berolin, 1827*
and Osann in Art. Artemisia. Encvc. Wurterb. iii. 313.  Berlin 1S29.
  3 Giafe und Walther's Journal, B.  vi. H. 2.
  * Hufeland's Journal, lix. S. 6.
  5 Ibid. Ixi. 5.
  8 ibid. Ixii. 3. 
ARTEMISIA  VULGARIS.
51
Osann, Bonorden,1 Schluter, Bird,2 Lowenhard,3 Geis,4and others.5
But few physicians,  according to Riecke, have been disappointed
in it, and where they have been, he ascribes the failure to its having
been given in cases for which  it was inappropriate, or to the prepa-
ration of the artemisia not having been properly attended to.6
   In consequence of a German physician having recommended the
Artemisia absinthium to Professor A. T. Thomson, Professor Elliot-
son7 was induced to try it in epilepsy.  The patient to whom he
gave the medicine was a girl, seventeen years of age, who had
been affected  with epileptic  fits for four  months—three  or  four
occurring daily.  A dram of the powder of the artemisia was given
three times a day.  This  was on the 30th of  March.  On the 9th
of April,  the  dose was increased  to  two drams,  when  the fits
became less frequent, but  not less severe.   On the  16th, the dose
was repeated every four hours.  She had only one slight fit in the
course of twelve days;  and on her dismissal, on the 24th of May,
she had had  no fit  for  twenty-six days.  Dr. Elliotson was of
opinion,  that the strong  infusion would be  less offensive to the
patient, and quite as effective  as the  powder.
   Besides epilepsy, the artemisia has been used with advantage in
other diseases, as in  St.  Vitus's dance.8   Wutzer employed it
successfully in  the  convulsive diseases  of childhood,  and  it is
recommended  by Biermann9  in  eclampsia  infantum,  occurring
during the period of dentition.  He recommends it  to be given to
children in gradually increasing doses, commencing with half a
grain ; and, an  hour afterwards, giving a grain, and in two hours,
two grains,  which is usually  the last dose required.   The gradual
augmentation  of the  dose he considers  advisable, "to  prevent
the crisis which the artemisia induces, from being  too turbulent,"
(stiirmisch.)
   Kolreuter, of Carlsruhe, administered the artemisia in different
diseases with great success.  He prefers the extractum resinosum
radicis artemisia vulgaris  to the  root  in substance.    This is
prepared in the  following manner.
   A quantity of the dried and powdered root is  covered  with
highly rectified  spirit of  wine, and permitted  to digest for some
time: the filtered liquor  is then  evaporated,  in  an earthenware
vessel, until it has attained the consistence of an extract.
   Kolreuter employed  this advantageously  in  the eclampsia of
children,  (in certain cases after  the  application of leeches;) in

   ' Ibid. lx. 1.
   2 Ibid. Ixv. 3.
   3 Ibid. Ixv. 3.
   4 Ibid. Ixv. 3.
   6 Uichter's Specielle Therapie.  B. x. S. 377.  Berlin, 1828.
   6 Op. cit. 8. 49.
   7 Lancet, July 9, 1^36.
   8 Gittf rmann in Huleland's Journal, Ixii. 1. Bonorden, Op. cit.
   8 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 50. 
52              dunglison's new REMEDIES.

tormina unaccompanied  by  inflammation;  in the  diarrhoea  of
children and adults; in sporadic  cases of cholera morbus, and in
dysentery, after  the bloody  evacuations  had  ceased;  in gastric
fevers on  their assuming  a  nervous character, and in dysphagia,
cardialgia,  chronic  vomiting, scirrhus of the stomach, chronic
cephalalgia and neuralgia of the face; in chlorosis, and in obstruc-
tion  of The  catamenia, as well as in epilepsy.  The dose in the
twenty-four  hours from  3ss. to  sj.;  to  small children,  a few
grains.
  Such is the chief testimony adduced  in  favour  of the artemisia
by the German writers mainly.  It  is to be feared, that the advan-
tages to be  derived from  it  in epilepsy  have been exaggerated.
Where there is no organic disease of the encephalon, substances,
which, like  the artemisia,  are nauseous, bitter and aromatic, may
be productive of advantage in the  way of tonics and  revellents.  In
one  case of this nature it was emplojred by the  author, but the
results were not  striking.  When  aided by other means and  appli-
ances it appears  likewise to be powerfully diaphoretic, and  doubt-
less,  therefore, in appropriate cases—especially where there is  much
nervous impressibility—it may be productive of  the good  effects
ascribed to  it by Burdach, Kolreuter and others.  Yet—as  Osann
has  remarked1—it must  be  improper  where  polyasmia,   or a
tendency  to  active congestion or  hypersemia is  present.   The
analysis of Hergt, Hummel, and Janike afforded, along with  traces
of volatile oil, some balsamic resin, both of which are excitants to
the living  economy.

                  MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  The following forms for its administration have been adopted by
some of the German authorities.

                     Decoctum Artemisia.
                    Decoction of Mugwort.
           5t. Rad.artemis. vulg. concis.  ^j.
              Coque cum aquae fontanae q. s. per semihoram
              ad. colat. ftj.
  Half a teacupful of this may be taken every two  hours in cases
of epilepsy.                                   Hildenbrand.

                      Pulvis Artemisia.
                      Powder of Mugwort.
           5<. Rad. artemis. vulg. in pulvere, £j.
              Sacch. alb. 9j.  M.  et fiat pulvis.
   The powder  to be administered daily in the evening, in  warm
beer, in cases of epilepsy.                      Loewenstein.

      1 Art. Artemisia, in Encyc. Wiirterb. iii, 313.  Berlin 1829. 
              ASPARAGI OFFICINALIS TURIONES.            53

                     Mistura Artemisia.

                     Mixture of Mugwort.

           &.  Ext. resin, artemis. vulg. gr. iv.
               Gum. arab. 9j.
               Sacch. alb. 3iij.
               Emuls. amygd. ^iij.  M.

  A coffee-spoonful1 to be given every  half hour in eclampsia in-
fantum.  The dose  may be gradually raised  to two coffee-spoon-
fuls.                                          KOELREUTER.
          ASPARAGI OFFICINALIS TURIONES.

  Synonymes.  Asparagus Shoots.
  German.—Spargelnsprossen.

  The diuretic effect of the common asparagus is well known, and
has given occasion  to  its  admission  into  many of the pharmaco-
poeias of continental Europe—into those of Amsterdam, Anvers,
Brunswick,  Spain,  Paris,  Ferrara, Geneva, and Wirtemberg, for
example.  Within the last few years, the young shoots have been
introduced by the  French  practitioners, and hitherto they have
been mainly administered  in one form only—that of syrup.
  The Syrup of asparagus,  (syrupus asparagi.  French—Syrop
des  Pointes  d'Asperge.   German—Spargelsyrup,)  is commonly
prepared according  to the  following formula.
  A quantity of fresh asparagus is taken—Chevallier says only the
upper green heads or tops of the young shoots—these are bruised
in a marble  mortar, after  which the juice is expressed and heated
in a water bath,  until the  albumen is coagulated : it is then filtered
through paper, and  to every pound of the juice 30 ounces of white
sugar are added.  It is then passed through flannel.2
  This syrup has  been recently  recommended as  a sedative in
palpitation of the heart,  and  as  an  agent that might be  advan-
tageously substituted  for digitalis.   According to  Richard   and
Soubeiran, however, the  syrup never  diminishes  the number of
pulsations as  the digitalis commonly does.   Other  French physi-
cians3  regard  it  as  a  general sedative agent, and affirm, that they
have employed  it advantageously for the relief of  neuralgia,  and
even of such pains  as are caused by organic disease, as well as in
violent coughs, &c.

  1 About two ordinary teaspoonfuls.
  2 See on the preparation of this  syrup, MM. Latour de Trie, and Roziers,
in Journal de Pharmacie, Dec. 1833, and Philad. Journal of Pharmacy, vi.
122. Philad. 1833-4.
  3 Eusebe de Salle, in Gazette Medicale, Mai 28, 1831,  and Gendnn, in
Gazette Medicale  de Paris, Juin, 1833. 
54
dunglison's new remedies.
  Some have esteemed it an  antidote to coffee, in preventing the
sleeplessness which it occasions.1
  The- common dose of the syrup is two, four to  six spoonfuls in
the course of the day.
  Riecke2 says, the Medicinalrath Heyfelder informed him, that he
had employed the  syrup of  asparagus with good effect in diseases
of the heart, according to Gendrin's recommendation,  and espe-
cially in hypertrophy of that organ.   He found it, moreover, worthy
of recommendation in dropsy, crusta lactea, and in other cutaneous
affections, when mixed with the ordinary drink; but it is probable
that the good effect in these skin diseases was owing to the sugar—
little,  if any, perhaps, being ascribable to the asparagus.
  An extract of asparagus has been  recommended recently.  It is
made by macerating the inner,  white, strongly odorous portion of
the sound, not ligneous, two to three year old, roots in cold  water:
like the syrupus asparagi it is said  to retard the  circulation of the
blood, and to dispose to sleep.   On account of its disagreeable taste,
it is given in the form of pill.
  The dose is from  3ss. to 3ij. in the 24 hours.
                    AURI  PR^PARATA.

  Synonymes.  Preparations of Gold.
  French.—Les preparations d'Or.
  German.—Goldpraparate.

  The administration of gold in medicine is not modern.  In the
times of alchemy, it  was frequently used in nervous diseases, con-
vulsions, hypochondriasis, mental affections, profuse salivation, <fcc.
Paracelsus, Horst, and Poterius recommended it, united  with cor-
rosive sublimate, in  syphilis.  Its violent effects, however, brought
it into discredit, and during the decadency of alchemy it fell into
entire disuse.3   It is probable, too,  that many preparations  were
brought forward as containing gold,  which had none of it, and this
may partly account  for the discredit  into which it lapse d.4
  M. J. A.Chrestien5 was the first who—in more modern periods—
(about the year 1810) recalled the attention of practitioners to the
use of the preparations  of gold,  and after  him many physicians

  1 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 53.
  2 Op. cit. S. 440.
  3 Richier's Specielle Therapie, x. 504, Berlin, 1825; and Naehet, Art.  Or
in Diet, des Sciences Medicales, torn, xxxvii.
  4 Riecke, die Neuern Arzneimittel, S. 53.  Stuttgart, ]Q37.
  5 Recherches et observations  sur les effets des preparations d'Or du  Dr
Chrestien, &c. Paris, 1821. 
AURI  PRJEPARATA.
5.5
employed them, so that the published results of their observations
have furnished us with a considerable amount of evidence in rela-
tion to the therapeutical  properties of those preparations, and they
have  in consequence, been received  into many of the  modern
pharmacopoeias.1
   As the  different  preparations agree  in  their  effects  on  the
economy, it may be well  to  make a  few observations which apply
to all.

            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY  IN HEALTH.

   Orfila made many experiments to  discover the action of the
preparations of gold on animals.  Three  dogs, into whose jugular
veins he injected a small quantity of the  muriate of gold dissolved
in water, died speedily—death being  preceded  by difficulty and
rattling in breathing, cough, symptoms of suffocation  and  slight
vomiting; these results supervening immediately after the injection
had entered the bloodvessels.
   On dissection the lungs were found livid, engorged with blood,
and without any crepitating noise when  cut into; wrinkled, dis-
coloured, and  scarcely lighter than  water ;  the heart was  of  a
violet colour;  the left auricle and ventricle full of black blood, and
the right cavities empty and  contracted.  The  effect  of  the salt
supervened with such rapidity, that the blood of the crural artery—
which was opened a few minutes after death—was of a brownish
red,  almost black, colour.  In two  dogs, to which he gave the
muriate  of gold,  a  torpid  condition was induced, which termi-
nated fatally in a couple of days.  The mucous membrane of the
stomach was found inflamed and ulcerated.
   The  effects on  man of agents, so potent in appropriate doses,
have been investigated by many observers.  Experiments on ani-
mals had already exhibited the powerful influence, which they are
capable of exerting on the  organs and functions  of organic life.
One of the most prominent effects appears to be, an increase of the
various secretions ;  commonly, the  urinary secretion is largely
augmented, as well  as the  transpiration, and  the  intestinal and
salivary secretions.  Not unfrequently, under the  continued ad-
ministration of the gold, actual salivation ensues, which differs,
however, from  that induced by mercury. It is always  slow in
appearing, and is by  no  means so  exhausting as that caused by
mercury; nor do troublesome  ulcers occur;  whilst the  saliva is
thinner, and not so tenacious.   Like mercury, the preparations of
gold occasion  excitement in the  organism, which often ends in  a
true febrile condition : after they have been taken for some time in
moderate doses, there is generally a feeling of increased warmth in
the stomach, and an augmentation of the appetite.  The pulse is ren-

  1 See Art. Gold, in Encycl. Worterb. der medicinisch. Wissenschaft. B.
xv. S. 77.  Berlin, 1837. 
56
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
 dered fuller and more active, and the animal heat and vital activity
 are  augmented, so that in such as are predisposed to the affection,
 hemorrhage  is apt  to take place.   The  catamenia recur  sooner
 than usual under their influence,  and the quantity lost  may  be
 greater.1 Sooner or later, a regular attack  of fever not unfrequently
 supervenes,—as indicated  by shivering pains  in  the limbs, back,
 and stomach, which may continue for a few hours, but sometimes
 lasts for days, and at length ends by sweating, depositions in  the
 urine, and occasionally by salivation.
   In very large doses, the preparations of gold are corrosive poi-
 sons.  The symptoms, caused by their use, when they act as such,
 are—oppression in the region of the  stomach, nausea,  vomiting,
 pains in the abdomen and diaphragm, a metallic taste in the mouth,
 augmented secretion of saliva without the teeth or gums being
 affected,  pulse  excited  and breathing oppressed.2  As a  general
 rule, they are not esteemed  proper for impressible individuals ; on
 the  other hand, in persons of torpid constitutions they would  ap-
 pear to have exerted an excitant influence even on  the generative
 system.  Certain persons, according to Chrestien and Niel are not
 susceptible of this action ; and again there are some, according to
 Cullerier, Junr., who cannot tolerate them in any form.
   When too  large a dose  has been given, the remedy  should be
 entirely discontinued for some time, or the dose be diminished; the
 effects will soon disappear.  One of the greatest recommendations
 of gold over mercury, in the eyes of many, is, that it does not act so
 destructively on the  organism, and never  induces such a cachectic
 condition as the latter occasionally does.3

           EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY  IN  DISEASE.

   The diseases, in which the preparations of gold have been admi-
nistered, in modern times, are chiefly the following.
   1. Syphilis.—They  have been  occasionally used  in  primary
sores, but have  been mainly employed in  secondary syphilis, espe-
cially in old cases,  where a doubt  often   exists, whether there  is
more of mercurial cachexia or of syphilis in the case.  They are
given, also, where there  is  a  scrofulous complication, and  where
it is  desirable to exhibit some  other  remedy than mercury ; and
lastly, their use is indicated  where mercury has failed in removino-
syphilis.4  Many practitioners doubt whether the preparations  of
gold should be esteemed much inferior to  those of mercury.   Nu-
merous  experiments, instituted,  amongst  others,  by Chrestien5

  1 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 55.
  2 Grotzner, in Rust's  Magazin, xxi, 3.
  3 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 56.
  4 Eberle, Treatise on  the Mat. Medica, 2d edit, i, 247.
  6 Op. citat. S. 6.; see, also, Lettre a M. Magendie sur les preparations d'Or 
AURT  PR^EPARATA.
57
Cullerier, junr.,1 S. L. Mitchill,2 Niel, Biett, Lallemand,3 Wendt,4
and Legrand,5 have shown, that their employment has been most
advantageous in the different forms of syphilis, and that they have
rarely disappointed expectation.  Alibert  found them especially'
useful in syphilitic eruptions.   It must be borne in mind, however,
that  when they are given in syphilis, their operation is slow, and
that,  in the first instance, the symptoms may appear aggravated ;
they are not, therefore, adapted  for cases in  which it is important
to act speedily, so as to arrest the disease  at once, and prevent its
farther development.
   2.  Gonorrhoea.   In protracted cases of gonorrhoea, several physi-
cians6 have extolled  the preparations of gold ; others, as Wendt
and Ritter, have advised them for the sequelae of gonorrhoea (Trip-
pernachkrankheiten) it is not probable, however, that they could be
of much use in gonorrheal affections,  which,  as is well known, are
curable without any mercurial  preparations.
   3.  Scrofula.   The efficacy  of the  preparations  of  gold in
scrofula,  was deposed  to by Chrestien, Eberle,  Niel, Legrand,7
Herrmann, and Kopp.8   According to observation, it would appear
that it effects improvement in  the mildest  cases, and is beneficial
where there is much  torpor,  but that it  ought to  be avoided in
irritable subjects.   In  scrofulous ophthalmia,  and in .scrofulous
porrigo, it would seem to have  been most efficacious.
   Recently, the preparations of gold have  been  employed by M.
Baudelocque at the Hopital des Enfans  Malades, and  by M.
Velpeau at La Charite.9   At the former institution, they were given
in enormous doses.  M. Baudelocque gave the hydrochlorate and
the stannate in doses of from ten to  twelve grains,  without pro-
ducing any effect on the disease, and without any apparent injury
to the constitution of the children  subjected to  the  experiment.
The  oxide  of gold  prepared  by  potassa  was carried  as high as
twenty grains  during  the  day.  At La  Charite, Velpeau  gave
fifteen, eighteen, and twenty grains of the hydrochlorate and oxide
of gold during the day, and higher doses were not tried, solely on
account of the expense of the medicine.  These results are strongly
discordant from those of Orfila  and Devergie, the former of whom
affirms that  the hydrochlorate of gold is more  active than the
corrosive sublimate, and the latter states,  that in the dose  of one
tenth to one twentieth of a grain, it  produces more or less inflam-
mation of the lining membrane of the stomach and intestines.

  1 Diet, des Sciences Medicales, Art. Or.  Tom. xxxvii.
  1 Dyckman's Dispensatory, p. 201, and  Eberle, Op. cit.
  3 Journal Universel des Sciences Medicales, t. xxvii.
  * Rust's Magazin, Bd. xvi, St. 1.
  6 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Oct. 30, 1837.
  8 Grutzner, Op. cit.
  7 Bulletin Generate de Therapeutique,  No. xv, Aout. 15, 1837.
  8 Denkwurdigk. in der arztl. Praxis, iii. 351.
  6 L'Experience, No. lxxxvii.; and Lancet, March 23, 1839, p. 31. 
58
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
  4. Scirrhus and cancer.  The utility of the preparations of gold
appears to have been most decided in scirrhous  induration of the
tongue, according to the observation of Wendt, Helm, and others;
in such case, they are rubbed  on the tongue ; this, indeed, is the
most common form of administration-  H.  Hoffmann relates a case
of scirrhus of the pylorus, in which the muriate of gold  was entirely
successful; and frictions with  the  muriate,  or the oxide of gold
on the labia pudendi have been recommended by Hufeland,  Herr-
mann, M  issner. Grotzner, Gozzi,1 and others, in cases of scirrhus
and  cancer of the uterus.   In the  same affections,  Krimer has
advised them to be applied to the os uteri.  Scirrhosities, it is
affirmed, have  been dispersed through their agency;  and even in
open cancer marked improvement has been perceptible.
  5. In tumors  of the bones, and in  like affections,  the prepara-
tions of gold have been employed successfully by some practitioners,
and especially when the  cases originated in syphilis.
  7. Several forms of lepra have been treated with them by Ali-
bert, and A. T. Chrestien, and with the best effects.
  Lastly.   Wendt, Delafield, and Grotzner have administered them
with benefit as diuretics  in  dropsy.   With others, however,  they
have failed.  According to Riecke,2 the results of experience would
seem to show, that they  are especially adapted for dropsy, depen-
dent upon organic disease of some viscus.
  None of the  preparations of gold  are  much  employed  at the
present day.  Their expense is, indeed, a weighty objection—unless
there were striking advantages in adopting  them in special cases
of disease in preference to other articles of the Materia Medica.

                      T. AURI CYANIDUM.

Synonymes.  A. Cyanuretum, Cyanuret, Cyanide or Tercyanide of Gold.
French. Cyanure d'Or.

  The  mode of preparing this combination recommended  by M.
0.  Figuier,3 of Montpellier, is as follows.   He  decomposes the
chloride of gold by the cyanuret of potassium, but he states that
many precautions are necessary to procure it in a pure state.  The
chloride must be as neutral as possible, which can only be done by
recrystallising the  salt several  times.  The cyanide  must not be
alkaline, or contain any forrniate or  carbonate of potassa.  This
salt is  to  be  added to the solution  of the chloride of gold very
cautiously as long as  there is any  precipitate,  taking^care that
there is not the slightest  excess of the cyanide, as this  would cause

  1 Sopra l'uso di alcuni  remedii aurifici  nelle malattie venere.  Bologn.
1817; and  Omodei, Annal. Univers. di Medicin. vol v
  2 Op. cit. S. 58.
  3 Journal de Pharmacie,  and Amer. Journ. of Pharm. vi. 82   Philad
1833-4.  See, for another mode of preparing it. Deferre, in Bulletin General
de Therapeutique, Fevrier,  1838. 
AURI  PR.EPARATA.
59
a solution  of part of the  product,  and  the  formation of soluble
double cyanides.  The cyanide, thus  made, is  to  be well washed
with pure  water, and dried in a dark place.
  In some recent experiments Magendie1 found that the cyanide is
one of the  substances that promote the coagulation of the blood.
Where, consequently, it is desirable  to impress a modification on
that fluid in  chronic cutaneous and other affections, its administra-
tion might perhaps be found useful.
  M. Pourche, who has used it successfully  in  syphilis and scro-
fula,  recommends its administration  in  the  form of frictions  on
the tongue,  mixed  with  powdered  orris root,  well washed in
alcohol, and  dried.
                  5*.  Auri cyanuret. gr. j.
                     Pulv. irid. floreut. gr. iij.   M.
  In pills he prescribes it as follows:—■
                 &.  Auri cyanuret. gr. j.
                    Ext. mezereon. gr.  iij.
                    Pulv. althaea? q. s. ut fiat massa.
  Each pill  to weigh five grains.
  In children, the dose at first should never exceed one-fifteenth of
a grain.

                      II.  AURI IODIDUM.

  Synonymes. Iodide of Gold.
  French.  Proto-Iodure d'Or.

  According to the French Codex, this is made by adding a solution
of pure cyanide of potassium  to a  solution of chloride of gold,
collecting  the iodide of gold, which falls down, on a filter, and
washing it  with  alcohol to remove  the excess of iodine,  which
precipitates with it.   This has  been used in  the same  cases as the
other preparations of gold, in the dose of one fifteenth to one tenth
of a grain.

                  III.  AURUM METALLICUM.

  Synonymes.   Metallic Gold.
  French.   Or Metallique.
  German.  Metallisches Gold.

  Metallic  gold  is either administered in the form  of  the aurum
limatum, or  gold filings—formed  by filing the finest gold with a
fine toothed file—or iti that  of  the  pulvis auri, (Fr. Or  divise—
Germ. Goldpnlver,) which is obtained by amalgamating gold with
quicksilver, and driving off the quicksilver by heat.2 According to

  1 Lecons sur le Surg. &c.; and Translation, in Lancet, January 20, 1839,
p. 636.
  2 Jouidan's Pharmacopee Universelle, ii.  215.  Paris, 1828. 
60
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
Trommsdorf, a very fine gold powder  may likewise  be obtained
by precipitating the gold from a dilute solution  of the metal in
nitro-muriatic acid, by  means  of green  sulphate  of iron.   The
precipitate, thus formed, when washed and  dried, is of a brownish
colour,  but  when  polished  exhibits  the most  beautiful golden
splendour.1
  Chrestien  and Niel have  exhibited  metallic gold largely, and
they affirm successfully; but, according to Wendt, it has no action
on the economy.   It is not easy, indeed, for  us to conceive, that a
substance so difficult of oxidation can have much, if any, effect.
The former gentleman and Gozzi,  regard it as the mildest of the
preparations  of gold, but as equally efficacious with the others,
although more tardy in producing its effects.
  Metallic gold has been administered in the dose of from a quarter
of a grain to a  grain, three or  four times a day,  in  the form of
powder or pill; the dose being gradually increased: or it has been
rubbed daily upon the tongue, in  the quantity of from one to three
grains mixed with starch powder, or the powder of the lycopodium.
Where the condition of the tongue and of the interior of the mouth
does not admit of this, Niel advises that a blister should be applied
on the side of  the neck, and that  the  denuded surface should be
dressed with a mixture of  a  grain of  gold  amalgamated  with
mercury, and half a dram of  lard: gradually augmenting the quan-
tity of gold to two grains.   In syphilitic ulcers and excoriations,
metallic gold is applied externally, amalgamated  with the proper
quantity of  mercury, and united with  unsalted butter, lard, or
cerate, in the proportion of twelve grains to one ounce.  In syphi-
litic excrescences, frictions with gold powder, mixed with the saliva,
are said to have been serviceable.
  The following formulae are given by Riecke.2
                 5<.   Pulver. auri, gr. vj.
                     Amyli. gr. lxvj.
                     M. F. pulv. in part, xij aequales divid.
  A powder to be given four times a day.
                 B<.   Pulver. auri.
                     Sem. lycopod. aa. gr. ij.
                 M. F. pulvis.
  A powder to be rubbed once a day upon  the tongue.

                  IV.  AURUM MURIATICUM.

 Synonymes.  Aurum Chloratum, Chloretum Auri, Murias Auri, A. Oxydu-
  latura Muriaticum, Aurum Salitum, Chloruretum  Auri, Chloridum Ami
  Auri Terchloridum, Muriate of Gold, Chloride of Gold, &c.
 French.  Chlorure d'Or, Muriate d'Or.
 German.  Salzsaures Gold, Chlorgold, Goldchlorid, Salzsaure Goldoxydul.

  This preparation is received into several  of  the European Phar-

        1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimit. S. 58. Stuttgart, 1837
        2 Ibid. S. 59. 
AURI PR./EPARATA.
61
macopceias, and  is usually formed by digesting one  part of gold
leaf in three parts  of the  nitro-muriatic acid in a sand  bath, and
evaporating gently to dryness.   Magendie,1 however, recommends
the following method.
   Take one part of fine leaf gold, divide it into small portions, and
put it into a  vial of white glass,  pour upon it three parts of aqua
regia—formed of one part of nitric acid and two parts of muriatic
acid—and heat the whole in a  small sand bath, so arranged,  that
in case the retort breaks the fluid may be recovered  without  loss.
The solution of  the  gold will soon  take  place.   The fluid must
then be evaporated until the smell of chlorine is perceptible.   This
point can be readily determined, as after the  decomposition of the
aqua regia there  is a period during which the nitrous  acid is alone
given  off.   The  disengagement of the  chlorine indicates the com-
mencement of the decomposition  of the  chloride formed.   The
vessel must now  be removed from the fire  and  suffered to cool.
The chloride appears immediately as a crystalline  mass,  in  the
form of a multitude of beautiful yellow needles.   In this condition,
the chloride of gold  is as pure as  it need be: it contains no excess
of muriatic acid,  and is not deliquescent.
   It can be preserved in the same vessel in which it has been pre-
pared—by merely stopping it with  paper—without any  danger of
its undergoing decomposition.
   Wendt directs it to be formed in the following manner.
            i*. Auri puri quantum placet,
    Solve in
               Acid, nitric, part, j,
               ----  muriat. pur. part, iij,
  Deinde leni calore evapora ad siccum in vase vitreo.  Massam remanen-
tem saturatam dissolve  in aq. distill., solutam filtra et ad crystallisandum
sepone.  Crystallos collectos tere in mortario  porcellaneo  supra  arenam
calidam ad siccum.  Sal concretum statim, ne humidi quid attrahat,  in vitro
obturato serva.2
   Muriate of gold, prepared according to Magendie's formula, is
very acid,  but this  property is not  owing to its containing any free
acid.   The taste is also styptic and disagreeable.  It only attracts
moisture from the  air when it contains an  excess of muriatic acid,
as is the case in  Wendt's preparation.  It is  readily soluble  in
water with which it forms a solution of a beautiful yellow colour.
  Many animal and  vegetable substances, and  especially the epi-

  1 Formulaire.
  * Take of pure gold at pleasure,
  Dissolve in
          Nitric acid, one part,
         Muriatic acid, three parts,
Then evaporate with a gentle heat to dryness in a glass vessel.  Dissolve
the saturated remaining mass in distilled water, filter the solution and set it
aside to crystallise.   Rub the collected crystals in  a porcelain mortar over
warm sand to dryness. Keep the concrete salt in a well stopped glass vessel
to prevent it from attracting moisture. 
62
dunglison's new remedies.
dermis, are coloured by it of a purple violet when it is placed in
contact with them.  Exposed to a moderate  heat, it passes to the
state of protochloride. .  When heated to  a greater degree, in close
vessels, chlorine is disengaged and metallic gold left behind.
  Wendt's preparation, when dissolved, is very easily decomposed,
and it  has therefore to  be kept from the influence of light and air.
  The chloride  is one of the most active of the  preparations of
gold.  It  belongs  to the  class of corrosive poisons,1  and greatly
resembles corrosive sublimate in its operation on the economy.  It
must consequently be  administered with  caution—even a tenth of
a grain has been  known to induce unpleasant  irritation of the
stomach.2  It has  been given both  internally and  externally in
syphilis, dropsy,3 and glandular affections.
  The dose is from one sixteenth to one twelfth of a grain once or
twice  a day, being gradually but slowly increased.   In  the  like
quantity it has been  rubbed  upon the tongue and gums. Exter-
nally it has been applied  in the form of ointment  or watery solu-
tion—the last more particularly  in  ophthalmia, especially of the
scrofulous kind, in which Jahn found it very efficacious.
  The following are some of the forms in which it  has been pre-
scribed.
          Boli Antisyphilitici (Pharmacopoeia Batava.)

                      Antisyphilitic Boluses.
            5<.   Chloruret.  auri, gr. ss ad gr. ij.
               Extract, aconit. gr. vj ad gr. xij.  Fiantboli sex.

   Two of these to be  taken for  a dose, and repeated three times a
day.
       Pilula Chlorureti Auri,  (Ph. Amstelodamensis nova.)

                    Pills of Chloride of Gold.
             g(.   Chloruret. auri, gr x.
                Pulv. rad.  glycyrrhiz. giij.
                Syrup, q. s. ut fiant pilulae cl.
   Dose.—One daily, gradually  augmenting the quantity.
           5<.  Auri muriatic, gr i.
              Pulv. lycopod gr. xv.   M. fiat pulv. in part, xvi dividend.
   One of the  powders to be rubbed upon the tongue and  gums
 daily.                                           Chrestien.
   Gradually, the same quantity of the muriate may be divided into
 twelve and  ten parts,  and used  in the same way.

              1 Orfila, Toxicolog. i, 593.
              2 Magendie,  Formulaire.
              3 Wendt, in  Rust's Magazin, B. xxv. 
AURI PR^SPARATA.
63
                    Unguentum Auri Muriatici.

                   Ointment of Chloride of Gold.

                      5^.  Auri muriatic, gr. iv.
              Misce intime cum
                          Ung. rosat. Jj.

   For external use.                                   Wendt.

                    Collyrium Auri Muriatici.

                  Collyrium of Chloride of Gold.

                      V>.  Auri muriat. gr ij.
              Solve in aquae  distill, ^vj.
              F. collyrium.

   To be applied by means of linen  compresses, or dropped into the
eYe-                                                      Jahn.

           V.  AURUM MURIATICUM NATRONATUM.

Synonymes.—Aurum Mariaticum (Pharmac. Borussic), Aurum Chloratum
  Natronatum, Sodii Auro-Terchloridum,  Perchloruretum Auri  et Sodii,
  Chioretum  Auri cum chloreto  Natrii, Murias  Aurico-natricum, Chloru-
  retum  Auri et Sodii,  Chloride of Gold and Sodium, Hydrochlorate  or
  Muriate of  Gold and Soda, Auro-terchloride of Sodium.
French.—Hydrochlorate ou  Muriate d'Or et de  Soude.
German.—Salzsaures Goldnatrum,   Chlorgoldnatronium,  Goldnatrium-
  chlorid.


   This  preparation is in the  Pharmacopoeias of Prussia,  Ferrara,
Sweden, &c.
   Figuier directs it to  be prepared in the following manner.1   Dis-
solve four parts of gold  in  aqua regia, and  evaporate  the  solution
to dryness ;  add thirty-two  parts of water, and one part of  chloride
of sodium, and evaporate to  one half.  On  cooling, crystals  will
form, which consist of 69.3 parts  of chloride of gold; 14.1 parts
of chloride of sodium, and 16.6 of water.
   The formula of the Prussian Pharmacopoeia is as  follows :—

          5<.   Auri, partes vj.
    Solve in
          Acidi muriatici, q. s.
    Acidi nitrici quantum ad auri solutionem requiritur, guttatim addendo.
Tunc admisce
         Natri muriatici. sice. part, x-
    Et post solutionem leni igne evaporando
in pulverem flavum redige.2


  1 Annales de Chimie Fevrier, 1822,  and Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel,
S. 63, Stuttgart. 1837.
  2 Take  of gold, six  parts:
    Dissolve  in a sufficient quantity of
      Muriatic acid,  adding as much  nitric acid  as  is  required to dissolve
the gold.  Then mix  ten part^ of dry  muriate of soda ; and alter evaporating
the soiution over a slow fire reduce it to a yellow powder. 
64
dunglison's new remedies.
   This preparation has a beautiful  yellow colour,  and appears
under the form of four-sided prisms.   It attracts moisture from the
air, but to a  less degree than the  chloride of gold  with excess  of
sulphuric acid.
   The Aurum Muriaticum Natronatum of the  Germans is milder
than the  preceding preparation, and is more frequently adminis-
tered, especially in Germany, than any of the preparations of gold.
It is used both internally and externally.
   The dose is about the same as that of the last preparation, but it
may be carried higher.
   Kopp affirms,1 that he has frequently employed this preparation
with advantage in  scrofulous tumefaction of the upper  lip, when
given in small doses.   He prescribed daily, and once or twice a
day, from  one twenty-fourth to  one thirtieth  of a grain of the
aurum muriaticum natronatum, reduced  to a  powder with  two
grains  of sugar, and  by means of the finger rubbed  on the inner
side of the affected  lip.   In  adults with scrofulous, thick, sensible,
and slightly inflamed nose, Riecke2 recommends the ointment given
below  to be  applied  to the nasal fossae, and three times a day a
powder composed of from one sixteenth to one twelfth of a grain
of the salt of gold to two grains of sugar (Milchzucker), to be rub-
bed on  the gums with  the moistened finger.  The salts of  gold,
according to Riecke,  appear  to  have a specific action on the or-
gans in the mouth, on the gums and the nose!

              Pulvis Perchlorureti Auri et Sodii.
          Powder of Perchloruret of Gold and  Sodium.
           5<.  Auri et sodii perchlorureti, part. iij.
               Irid. florent. in pulv. subtil, part. ix.
   Three grains of this  represent three  quarters of a grain of the
salt of gold.  These  three grains are divided into thirty frictions for
the weakest doses, and into three for the strongest.   Starch may be
substituted for the powdered orris root.              Legrand.

               Solutio  Auri  Muriatici Natronati.
             Solution of Muriate of Gold and Soda.
           5<.  Auri muriat. natron, gr. ij.
               Aquae distillat. §j.  M.

   Ten drops to be given every  two or three  hours, in cases  of
droPsY*                                         Groetzner.

       1 Op. cit. B. iii,  S. 351.
       2 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 442. 
                       auri pr^eparata.                    65

                Pilula Auri Muriatici Natronati.
                Pills of Muriate of Gold and Soda.
            5<.  Auri muriat. natronat. in aqua? distillat. q. s. solut. gr. iv.
                Extract, aconiti, Qss.
                ------ stipit. dulcam. 3j.
                Pulv. rad. althaeae, q. s. ut fiant pilulae Nro. Ixxx.
   Three pills to be taken  three times a day.        Grotzner.
                Pastilli Auri Muriatici Natronati.
              Lozenges of Muriate of Gold and Soda.
            5«.  Auri muriat. natron, gr v.
                Pulv. sacchar. alb. jfj.
    Misce exacte in mortar, vitreo.
                Mucilag. gum. arabic. q. s.ut fiant pastilli lx.
   Each of these will contain  about one twelfth of  a grain of the
salt*                                       A.  T. Chrestien.
                Pilula Auri Muriatici Natronati.
                Pills of Muriate of Gold and Soda.
            5*.  Amyli. solan, tuberos. gr. iv.
                Gum. arab. gj.
    In mort. vitr. exacte mistis adde terendo
                Aur. mur. natron.—in 3J aq. distillat. solut.—gr. x.
                Fiant pilulae cxx.
   Each of these contains about one twelfth of a grain.
                                           A.  T. Chrestien.
              Unguentum Auri Muriatici Natronati.
              Ointment of Muriate of Gold and Soda.
            £.  Aur. muriat. natron, gr. iij—iv.
                Axung. porcin. Jss.
    Misce exacte. Fiat unguentum.
   Used in friction.                                 Grotzner.
            £.  Aur. muriat. natron, gr. iiss.
                Adipis recent, ^iss.  M.
   The size of a bean to be placed in the  nasal fossae in  scrofulous
cases1 along with the iatraleiptic use of the powder before described.
                                                      Riecke.
              VI.  AURUM NITRICO-MURIATICUM.
Synonymes.  Auri Nitromurias.
German.—Saltpetersalzsaures Gold.

   The nitromuriate of gold has  been recommended  of late years
by Recamier, whose  attention  was  directed  to it by accident.
A worker  in  gold  had a cancerous tumor on the back, which, as
it  incommoded  him, he touched  frequently with the hand;  this

                          1 See page 64.
       7—a                                     dungl 5 
66
dunglison's new remedies.
 occurred whilst he was dissolving  gold  in aqua regia;  after this
 the tumour soon presented another appearance, and disappeared in
 a short time.  Recamier thought it probable, that the workman had
 received some of the  solution upon  his fingers, which had thus
 been applied to the tumour.   Under such impressions, he employed
 it in the case of  a  female, who was affected with an extensive
 cancer;  the disorganised  parts resumed  their natural texture, and
 completely healed, although  the  cancerous  dyscrasy  ultimately
 proved fatal.  In the case of a  female, with  fungus of the neck of
 the uterus, a  complete cure was effected by it; and in cancer of
 the uterus he found it very advantageous.
  Recamier prepares it by dissolving six grains of  pure muriate of
 gold in an  ounce of aqua regia: and he applies it like other corro-
 sive agents, taking care to confine it to the parts to be  acted upon.
 When the  object is to  cauterise, it must be applied  to the affected
 parts, until a  whitish  scab  or  crust is  formed, which  falls  off in
 three or four days ; after which the application may be repeated as
 often as  may be necessary.  The pain, caused by the operation, is
 generally insignificant and  in  cases where it is violent it can be
 allayed by  pledgets dipped in laudanum.

                  VII.  AURUM OXYDATUM.

 Synonymes.  Oxydum  Auri, Auri  Teroxidum, Oxide of Gold, Peroxide of
  Gold, Auric Acid.
 French.—Oxide d'Or.
 German.—Goldoxyd, Oxydirtes Gold.

  The oxide of gold prepared by calcination is the crocus solis of
 the Wirtemberg Pharmacopoeia.  The oxide is  received also into
 the Pharmacopoeias of Ferrara, and Hannover.
  Magendie1 recommends the  following as  one of the modes of
 preparation.
  Take any quantity of chloride of gold, put it into a flask of white
 glass and pour upon it six or seven times its  weight of boiling
 water, to dissolve the chloride;  then  add crystallised  baryta gra-
dually, until  the  liquid is no longer  acid, as shown by a strip of
litmus  paper.   The  liquid is  then boiled, permitted to cool, and
filtered.   The  precipitate  is  washed  several  times  with warm
 water ; the water of the various  washings is brought together and
evaporated  nearly to  dryness;  the saline  mass when cool is  then
dissolved in water, and in this  way more  and  more oxide of gold is
obtained, which may  be added to the other.
  The oxide of gold  is now washed with boiling  water, until the
water no longer affords a  precipitate on the addition of nitrate of
silver.   It is then washed once or twice with water acidulated with
nitric acid, to  remove  the small quantity of carbonate of baryta
formed during the operation, and which may remain mixed with
the oxide.  These  washings are repeated with cold  water, until the
Formulaire, &c 
BALLOTA LANATA.
67
instillation of sulphuric  acid  occasions no longer any white pre-
cipitate, which indicates that it is free from baryta.
  The oxide is then  dried at  a  heat of from 167° to 190° of Fah-
renheit, after which it. is kept in a cool and dark place in a well-
stopped bottle.
  The process recommended  by M. Cottereau  is the following.—
An excess of magnesia must be boiled with a dilute solution of mu-
riate of gold, till the solution loses its colour;  the whole is then to
be filtered, and the precipitate well washed ;  the result,  which is
aurate of magnesia, is to be treated with an excess of diluted nitric
acid, which removes all the  magnesia, and leaves  the oxide in a
pure state.  This  is to be again  well  washed  and  dried between
sheets  of bibulous paper, but  without compression or exposure to
light or heat.1
  In the French Codex it is directed to be prepared by boiling four
parts of calcined magnesia with one part of terchloride of  gold and
forty parts of  water.  Then wash, first with water to remove the
chloride of magnesium, and afterwards  with  dilute  nitric acid to
dissolve the excess of magnesia.2
  In the condition of a  hydrate, the oxide of  gold is of  a yellow
colour, but when  dried  of a blackish  violet.   It is  never entirely
soluble  in muriatic acid, always  leaving behind a small portion,
which is reduced to the metallic state during desiccation.  Neither
sulphuric nor nitric acid has an action upon it.
  The  oxide  of gold has been administered by  many physicians,
and especially by Westring, Neil, Chrestien, and  Legrand,3  in  the
same diseases  as the other preparations.
                    BALLOTA  LANATA.

Synonymes.  Leonurus Lanata.
German.—Wolliger Wolfstrapp.

  This plant belongs to the natural family Labiatas, and to the class
Didynamia, order Gymnospermia.  It grows exclusively and com-
monly in  Siberia, in dry mountainous regions.
  In its native country it has been long administered as a powerful
diuretic, especially in dropsy.   Both Gmelin and Pallas refer to  it
in this respect in their travels in Siberia. Within the last few years,
its use has extended elsewhere ; and it is now frequently employed
in Russia, Germany, and Italy.   It is  said to be often  adulterated

  1 Amer. Journ. of Pharm. 2d series, ii, 110.  Philad. 1837.
  * Pereira, Elements of Materia Medica, Pt. i, p. 424.  Lond. 1839.
  8 Op. citat. 
68               dunglison's  new remedies.

with the leonurus cardiaca, ballota nigra and marrubium;1  and it
is important, that the genuine Siberian plant should  be  used, as
the observations of Brera have shown the cultivated  plant to be
very powerless.  For medicinal purposes, the whole plant has been
employed, with the exception of the root.
  The diseases, in which the ballota lanata has been administered
abroad—for it has not been employed in  this country—are the fol-
lowing:—
  1. Dropsy.—Rehmann prescribed it several times with decided
advantage ;  and  where  organic disease  prevented the cure, the
urinary secretion was always largely augmented by it.  The che-
mical condition  of the  urine  was likewise strikingly changed
during its use ;  at first, it was whitish, afterwards darker, and ulti-
mately almost black or of a deep brown, like the darkest beer.   At
times, according to Rehmann, when the accumulation of fluid was
pretty well removed, a pain would occur in  the hypochondres, indi-
cating that the  use of the ballota should be  laid aside. Schilling, in
Werchny-Udinsk, asserts, that he cured several cases of dropsy by
it.  Rupprecht  and Muhrbeck administered it with the best effects,
and Brera3 found it extremely serviceable in hydropic conditions,
especially where  they had  been preceded by, or  were complicated
with, rheumatic or gouty affections.  Luzzato prescribed it with
equal success;  and Heyfelder who gave it according  to the pre-
scription of  the Russian  physicians, observed  the urine to be of a
blackish  yellow hue at  the commencement, and afterwards of a
very dark colour.  He  found, however, that to keep up the diuresis
it was requisite to combine it with other diuretics, or to change it
for  other agents.
  2. Rheumatism  and  Gout.—In these  diseases, the ballota  is
administered in Siberia.  Brera, as well as  his compatriots, Ghi-
della, Fontebuoni and Luzzato, have tested its efficacy  by repeated
trials.  The pains generally soon disappeared under its use, and a
cure took place without, a relapse.
  3. Adiposis.—In a case  of this  kind, it was  exhibited in  St.
Petersburg by Dr. Weisse.  The fatness was inordinate, and the
remedy   acted  most favourably.   It did not,  however, occasion
diuresis,  but under its use an hemorrhoidal flux returned,  which
had previously  been arrested.


                  MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  Decoction is  the  best form for administering the plant; from
gss to I] to  gviij of water ;—this  portion  to be divided into  two
halves, and  to be taken in  the course of  the day.  Rehmann boils
giss to §ij of the coarse  powdered plant in fbij of  water  down to

  1 Schmidt's Jahrbuch der in-  und auslandisch.  gesammt  Medicin   B
iv, S. 275, and Riecke, Op. cit. S. 68.
  * Antologia Medica, No. 2. Febbrajo,  1835. 
        BARYUM  IODATUM,  AND  BARYTA HYDRIODICA.      69

half;  to which he adds, according to circumstances, some diffusible
excitant or a few drops of laudanum.  Of this mixture he directs a
cupful to be taken morning and evening, gradually increasing the
dose.
                    BARYUM IODATUM.

Synonymes.  Baryi iodidum, Iodide of Baryum.
German.—Iodbaryum.
                             AND
                  BARYTA HYDRIODICA.

Synonymes.  Hydras Baryi Iodati, Hydriodas  Barytse, Hydriodate of Ba-
  ryta.
German.  Iodwasserstoffsaure Schwererde ; Hydriodsaurer Baryt.

  This preparation has been introduced quite recently.

                    MODE OF PREPARING.

  According to Tiinnermann, the iodide of baryum is prepared by
heating the hydriodate of baryta for a sufficient length of time, ex-
cluding the light;  by the admission of air, the iodide  is converted
into baryum and free  iodine.  As the  iodide of baryum, when it
comes in contact  with water—as is  commonly  the case,  in pre-
scriptions,—is immediately converted  into hydriodate of baryta, it
is simpler to employ the latter altogether.
  The hydriodate of baryta is obtained by boiling baryta earth in
a solution of iodide of  iron in water  (made by taking one part of
pure  iron  filings,  and  four  parts of iodine, pouring upon them
from six  to eight parts of water, agitating frequently and applying
warmth  gently until the fluid appears clear and  almost colourless),
or, what  is cheaper,  by boiling the solution  of iodide of iron with
carbonate of baryta, which must be added  in small portions so long-
as there is  any effervescence.
  The fluid obtained by either process, after filtering, must be clear
and neutral, and yield  no bluish or blue precipitate with the ferro-
cyanate of potassa; should it yield a precipitate,  the decomposition
of the salt of iron  is incomplete.   Should the solution, formed in
the  first  manner, have an alkaline reaction, the excess  of baryta
must  be  removed by exposing the mixture to the  air, whereby it
becomes  converted into a  carbonate, and falls to the bottom.  The
solution  is then evaporated until a pellicle  forms, the heat being
gentle;  the crystals are placed quickly  between  printing paper
(Druckpapier) and kept in  a well stopped glass vessel. They form
white radiated plates,  which  easily deliquesce in the air,  and on 
70
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
that account cannot be prescribed in the form of powder, but may
be dissolved in some aromatic water.

                  EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY.

  Jahn instituted  several experiments with the iodide of baryum
and the  hydriodate of baryta, both on plants, on  animals, and  on
man in  a  state of health  and disease.   In  considerable  doses, it
acts as a poison on  the organism, and  as one of the acrid class.
Administered in very small doses, and with great circumspection,
he found it to be serviceable in scrofulous and similar morbid con-
ditions,  and as an alterative in morbid growths,  hypertrophy,
chronic inflammation, &c, in which conditions it proved equally
useful  with  the  muriate of baryta, mercury, or iodine.1  Jahn's ob-
servations did not, however, lead him to speak positively regarding
its  advantages or  defects; and  he adds the caution—" Caute, per
Deos,  incede,  latet ignis sub cinere  doloso."  Jahn's observations
were published  in 1830, and,, according  to Riecke, he has  been
since silent on the  subject.   Rothamel administered the hydriodate
in a desperate case of scrofula, occurring  in a patient  twenty-one
years of age, with  great success.  He began with one eighth of a
grain three times a day, and increased the dose gradually during a
protracted  administration of the article, until three grains  were
taken four times daily.
  Biett has  administered it frequently in  cases of scrofulous swell-
ings, and at times externally, according to the following form.
           5<.  Baryi iodat. gr. iv.
               Axungiae, 3j.  M. fiat unguentum.
                        BERBERINA.

Synonymes.  Berberinum, Berberine.
German.  Berberin.

  The inner bark of theBerberis vulgaris  is of a yellow colour,
and a bitterish,  somewhat astringent, taste.  It is cathartic, and
was formerly used in jaundice; originally, perhaps, in consequence
of the "signature" of the  yellow  colour.2"  In more modern times,
it has been again recommended in the same disease on the faith of
experiments.3
  The bitter principle of the  root was discovered a few years a^o

             1 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 71.
             1 Ray's Historia Plant, ii, 605.
             8 Lond. Med. Repos., new series, i, 38. 
BERBERINA.
71
by Buchner and Herberger, and its properties have been investigated
by  Brandes.1   Buchner first recommended, at a meeting  of  the
German Association  of Naturalists and  Physicians  in  the year
1834, that it  should be received into the Materia Medica;  but
hitherto few experiments have been made with  it.

                   METHOD OF  PREPARING.

  An alcoholic extract of the  root of the berberis vulgaris is pre-
pared, to which water is added.  This throws down a pulverulent
brown substance; the fluid is then  poured off; and the  substance
dried ; it is then treated with alcohol, which takes up the  berberine,
leaving a small portion undissolved.   By evaporating the alcohol,
the berberine remains.2
  Thus  prepared, berberine  resembles  an extract;  it is of  a
brownish yellow  colour, translucent, and smells like  the root;
its  taste is a  pure bitter, and it becomes soft in  the air.   Buchner3
succeeded  in  obtaining the  bitter  principle  pure,  and  in  a
crystalline form.   Its reaction is neither alkaline nor  acid ; it is
soluble  in alcohol and  water,  but  not  so readily in the latter as
in the former.   When  crystallised, it requires  600 parts of water
for its solution;  whilst in alcohol,  at a medium  temperature,  it is
soluble in 100 parts.  It approximates  the alcaloids in  its nature,
as with certain acids it forms  crystallisable compounds.  It is not
soluble in ether.   The  brownish yellow solution formed by it, is
turned of a reddish brown by alkalies, like the infusion of rhubarb,
and acids restore  the colour.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  According  to  Buchner,  no  injurious  consequences  are  to be
apprehended from the administration of berberine  as a therapeutical
agent: of this he had an opportunity of satisfying himself both on his
own person and on others.  When  labouring under indigestion, he
took it with the best effects; not only was the  dyspepsia removed,
but also a yellow hue  of the  skin which had previously existed.
He recommends it, therefore, as an  excellent stomachic, especially
when there is disturbance of the functions of the liver.   In doses of
two, five or ten grains, it only aids  the appetite, but in larger doses
—fifteen  to twenty grains—it acts upon the  bowels without in-
ducing1  tormina, and  therefore not as a drastic.
  Within the last few years Koch has  published some observations
on  the  use  of the berberine.   He  treated several cases with it as
prepared  by  Buchner himself,  when he found all his results con-
firmed,  and that it merited a high rank amongst bitter agents.  He

  1 Archiv. der Apolheker Vereins,  ii, 29,
  2 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 442.
  3 Journal de Pharmacie, and Philadelphia Journal  of Pharmacy, vii,  328
Philadelphia, 1835. 
72               dunglison's NEW  REMEDIES.

gives two cases of marked disturbance of the digestive function, in
which the berberine afforded essential service.
             BIGNONIA CATALPA (SILIQJJ^).

 Synonymes.  Catalpa,  Catalpa Cordifolia, C. Arborescens, C. Arborea,
  Catalpa or Catawba Tree.

   The  Bignonia catalpa belongs  to  the  natural family Bigno-
niaceae ;  class Didynamia ;  order Angiospermia.   It is a tree well
known in this country, but is not applied to any medicinal use.
  According to Kampfer and Thunberg, the Japanese  physicians
consider the pods of the Bignonia catalpa to be a powerful remedy
in different asthmatic affections.   This gave  occasion to several
Neapolitan physicians—and especially  to Professor Antonucci—to
institute  experiments in  reference to its virtues, and their report
was decidedly favourable.  Brera also extols it in asthma.
  As to  the precise  mode in which  it acts, we have no  exact
information.   Dierbach and Richter, according to Riecke,1 place it
amongst the Acria;  whilst, according to the analysis of Grosso,2 it
seems more probable that its  active principle is of a fatty nature,
resembling the butter of the cacao.  We think it extremely proba-
ble, that  it possesses no other virtues than those of a simple demul-
cent, and that the properties ascribed to it have been mainly,  if not
wholly, derived from the  substances associated with  it.   Brera, for
example, administered it with the following additions :3
           B<.   Siliquar. catalp. ^ss.
               Aquae fontan. q. s. ad colatur. ^viij.
     Adde
               Oxymel. scillae, §ss.
     Or
           &.  Siliquar. catalp. ^ss.
               Senegas rad. 31J.
               Aquae fontan. q. s. ad colatur. ^viij.
     Adde
               Oxymel. scillae, §i.

  To be  taken by little and little.

             1 Op. cit. S. 72.
             2 Gazette Medicale de Paris,  1834, p. 8.
             8 Ricettario clinico, Pad. 1825. 
BOLETUS LARICIS.--BRAYERA ANTHELMINTICA.      73
                    BOLETUS LARICIS.

Synonymes.  Boletus purgans, B. albus, Agaricus albus, Fungus Laricis,
 Polyporus officinalis, Fungus of the Larch.
French.  Agaric blanc.
German.  Lerschenschwamm.

  This fungus grows on the stern and larger branches of the krch.
Formerly  it  was administered as a cathartic, but in this respect it
has become  obsolete.  Still it is retained in many pharmacopoeias ;
for  example, in  those of Amsterdam, Bavaria, Brunswick, Paris,
Ferrara, Geneva, Hamburg, Hanover, Oldenburg, Poland, Prussia,
Saxony, Sweden, Wirtemberg,  and Wurzburg.   Recently, it has
been administered frequently in the colliquative sweats of phthisis.
Barbut of Nismes made many trials with it,1 which  were favour-
able ;  and the experience of Andral was similar.2  By several  of
the German physicians equally  advantageous results have been
obtained—as by Toel and Trautzsch, so that, as Riecke3 suggests,
it  deserves,  perhaps, to be better known  and investigated.  Re-
cently, Kopp has added  his testimony in its favour.4
  Formerly, as a cathartic, half a dram to a dram of  the powdered
boletus  was given.   In profuse diaphoresis it is  administered  in
doses of from two  to six grains.   This dose, repeated for a few
evenings, according to Barbut, arrests the sweating ;—Riecke thinks
through its revellent excitation of the abdominal nerves, for which
reason he suggests, that the propriety of the union of opiates with
it, to prevent its purgative effect, may be questionable.
  Kopp gives it in  the  dose of three grains, morning, noon, and
night.   If it acts upon  the bowels, which is  rarely the case, the
dose must be diminished.
              BRAYERA ANTHELMINTICA.

  This plant is a native of Abyssinia,  and belongs to the family
Rosaceas Sanguisorbeae of Decandolle, Icosandria Digynia of Lin-
naeus.  It was first taken from Abyssinia to Europe by Dr. Brayer,
from whom it received its  name.  The flowers are the parts used
in medicine, and they yield, on examination, an extractive matter,

  1 Burdach, in Journal der praktisch. Heilkund. von Hufeland, Mar. 1830.
  2 Journal de Pharmacie, vol. xx.
  a Op. cit. S. 73.
  * Denkwurdigk. in der arztlich. Praxis.  Frankf.  1836, S.  344, cited by
Riecke. 
74
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
containing tannin, which  is most readily taken  up by hot water,
and, consequently, the decoction is the best preparation.
   In Abyssinia,  the flowers of the brayera are said to have been
employed with the greatest success  in tapeworm, but in Europe,
no experiments had  been  made  with them  until Dr. Plieninger,
having  become acquainted with a missionary from Abyssinia, and
heard his  description of their  wonderful  effects, obtained some of
the flowers from him,1 which  he subjected to his friend  Dr. Kurr,
who descried on examination the principles above mentioned.
   With the rest of the flowers Dr. Plieninger made  trial  in two
cases.   He took a handful of the blossoms, about §j  or giss and
boiled  them  in  gxvi  of water down  to  one half,  adding  to  the
strained  liquor as  much honey as counteracted, in  some measure,
the objectionable taste.  This decoction  was taken by  a delicate
woman  about 30  years of age, who had previously taken the  ex-
tractum filicis maris  in pilular form, according to Peschier's plan,
without success.   In  the  course of the day  she  passed  numerous
fragments of taenia,  mixed with  mucous discharges,  without  ex-
periencing any striking inconvenience from the remedy.  From
this time, she remained free from the parasite.
   A robust man, 38  years of age, who had  taken large  quantities
of tartar emetic in consequence  of  violent inflammation  of  the
lungs whilst  he  lay  sick  of this disease,  discharged a great many
portions  of taenia, without having  previously  experienced  any
inconvenience from the presence of the entozoon.   In July, 1834,
he took the same decoction.  Since then he has had no appearance
of the tasnia in his evacuations.
  Although but few cases  have occurred in which the  brayera  has
been administered  in European practice,  Dr. Plieninger considers,
that it is a valuable addition to the  materia medica, inasmuch as
it can  be  administered  to delicate persons  and  children, without
violence being done  to the whole organism, as is the  case with
many of the true anthelmintics. The article has not been imported
in sufficient quantities into Europe to admit of the  necessary trials
for fully testing its efficacy.  In this country—so far as we know-
it  has not yet been seen.
                        BROMINUM.

Synonymes.  Bromium, Brotninium, Muride, Bromine.
French.  Brome.
German.  Brom.

  This elementary substance was  discovered in 1826, by Balard
of Montpellier.   In its chemical properties it is allied'to chlorine

                    1 Riecke Op. cit. S. 73. 
BROMINUM.
75
and iodine.   Balard  detected it whilst occupied in some investiga-
tions  on the water of saltponds, and gave it the name bromine—
from  /S^/xo,-,  "a stench or smell"—on  account of its disagreeable
odour.  It is met with  chiefly in sea water, and in certain animal
and vegetable substances  that live therein.   It has  likewise been
found in  many mineral waters, of this and other countries, and
especially in the salt springs—as of  Salina,  by Professor Silliman,
and of Kenawha, by Professor Emmet.

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  Balard's mode of preparing Bromine consists in passing a current >
of chlorine through bittern, after which ether is added, and the two
liquids are strongly agitated.   The chlorine  decomposes the hydro-
bromate of magnesia—the form in which the bromine exists in the
bittern—and converts the hydrobromate into a muriate of magnesia,
setting the bromine free.   The ether  dissolves the evolved bromine,
the mixture  assuming a hyacinth red colour.  The  ethereal solu-
tion is agitated with caustic potassa, by which hydrobromate of
potassa is generated ; the  ether becoming colourless and pure, and
fit to  be used for dissolving  fresh portions  of bromine.  When a
sufficient  quantity of the  hydrobromate has  been obtained, .it is
mixed in  a retort with peroxide of manganese, and acted  on by
dilute sulphuric acid,  by  which the bromine  is  given off.   The
sulphuric acid sets  free  the  hydrobromic  acid, which,  at the
moment of its  disengagement, is deprived of  its hydrogen, by the
oxygen of the peroxide of manganese, and  is thereby converted into
bromine.   The bromine passes over in reddish  vapours, and is
made  to  condense  under  water,  contained in  an  appropriate
receiver.
  M.  Bussy1 prefers the following form.   The mother waters of
kelp (Soude de Varecq),  after iodine has been  precipitated from
them  by  means  of chlorine, contain  bromine  in the state of a
metallic bromide, when care is taken to add  no more  chlorine than
is required to precipitate all the iodine.  To  1250 parts of these
mother waters, 32 parts of peroxide of manganese in powder, and
24 of common sulphuric  acid at 66° are  added.   The mixture is
then put into a tubulated glass retort, to which  a tubulated receiver
is adapted, and  to  the latter a tube, which dips into a flask.   The
retort and receiver as well as the tube must be ground so as to fit
accurately without lutes or corks, which  would be  destroyed by
the chlorine.
  Every thing  being arranged, the retort is heated until the liquid
is made to boil, when the bromine condenses in the receiver under
the form of red oily striae, with a small quantity of water.   The
operation  must be arrested when the  red  vapours  cease  to  be
produced.

             " • Journal de Pharmacie, Janvier, 1837. 
76              dunglison's  new remedies.

  By slightly heating the  receiver, without dismounting the appa-
ratus, the bromine may be made to pass over into  the flask, in
which it will condense on cooling.
  The  mother waters  used in  this preparation  should  not be
rejected, until it is  evident  on  the addition of a fresh quantity of
sulphuric acid and oxide of manganese, that they contain no more
bromine.
  Bromine,  at the ordinary temperature, is a .fluid of a blackish
red colour,  when  regarded in  quantities,—but of a  hyacinth red
when placed in a thin layer between the eye and the  light.  Its
smell  is strong and disagreeable, resembling that of chlorine.  Its
taste is strong.  It colours the  skin  yellow—the  colour gradually
disappearing of itself.  Its specific  gravity is 2.966.  It is readily
set  free; and, when  volatilised,  assumes the  form  of dark  red
vapours.  It boils at 117° ; is soluble in water, and the solution is
of a yellow colour.  In its chemical relations  with  other bodies,
bromine, as before observed, resembles chlorine  and iodine;  but
the chlorine appears to have more power, and the iodine less, than
the bromine, as the bromine is separated from all its combinations
by the chlorine, whilst it decomposes the compounds of iodine,  and
assumes the place  of the latter.  It forms acids both  with oxygen
and hydrogen.


            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

  Experiments have been instituted to discover the influence of
bromine on the  animal economy, and especially by Barthez.1  In
this respect, also, bromine resembles iodine, and like  it belongs to
the class of irritant poisons. Twelve grains of bromine, dissolved
in water and injected into the jugular vein of a dog, destroyed it
almost  instantaneously.   Cough occurred;  the  respiration  and
circulation  were accelerated;  the pupils dilated;  the male organ
was erect;  and  these signs  were  followed  by  involuntary  dis-
charge of the excrement, and at times stiffness of the  upper  and
lower extremities.  On dissection, Barthez found the cavities of the
heart full of coagulated blood,  and the lungs gorged with the same
fluid; in the venae cavae there were  dark coagula; and, in the
stomach and intestines, small,  bloody,  blackish cylinders, similar
to cylinders of lunar caustic.
  The same quantity introduced into the stomach caused death in
three or four days, when the oesophagus was tied ; when, however,
the animal was able to vomit, fifty to  sixty drops were requisite.
The poison  acts less intensely when it is given in conjunction with
aliment; it  produces coughing, excitement, nausea and vomiting:
constant sucking  of the  tongue was noticed,  with  frequently
extraordinary restlessness and  anxiety, and debility gradually auo--

  1  De Paction du Brome, &c. (These) Paris, 1828.  See, also Fournet in
Bulletin Generate de Therapeutique, Fevrier, 1838. 
BROMINUM.
77
menting until death.   On opening the body the stomach has been
found contracted ;  the mucous membrane  wrinkled, at times soft-
ened, and frequently  the seat of roundish ulcerations of an ashy
green colour.  Near the pylorus, Barthez found black spots, which
could be readily scraped off with the back of the scalpel, and left
gangrenous ulcers exposed.   Barthez recommends magnesia as an
antidote to  bromine, but he rests his recommendation on a single
observation  only.   Butzke obtained similar results from his experi-
ments.  In  one case, only, in which  a dog died a few hours after a
dose of three drams of bromine, he found the intestines unchanged,
and death  could only be ascribed to the paralysing influence of
the poison on the nervous system.1


             EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

   Pourche first used both the pure bromine and the hydro-bromate
of potassa for therapeutical purposes.  He found it very efficacious
in scrofula, especially in dispersing strumous swellings, both when
given internally and applied externally.2
   In a case of very large goitre it was highly serviceable. Accord-
ing to Pourche's  observation, it excited  heat  in the face, headach,
dryness  of the throat, &c., which, however,  soon disappeared.
Pourche gave  the bromine  internally, diluted  with  forty parts of
distilled water, beginning with five or six drops of this mixture, and
gradually raising  the dose.  It has also been added in a dilute state
to  lotions  and cataplasms.   The remedy is not, however, much
used.
   Magendie frequently administered the bromine,  but more com-
monly some of its preparations. He  prescribed it in cases in which
the iodine  did not appear to exert the proper efficacy, or where the
patient had become accustomed to its use.  The cases in which he
used it were chiefly scrofula, amenorrhoea, and hypertrophy of the
ventricles of the heart.
   More recently, it has been administered by M. Fournet,3 in cases
of chronic  arthritis, both internally and externally; but his facts, as
he himself remarks,  were too few  to enable him to deduce any
general conclusions as to  the therapeutical  value of the remedy
in those affections.  He always gave it in a pure state, in the form
of mixture, with a solution of gum; externally, it was applied in the
form of alcoholic mixture to the affected joints.
   The dose was  at first two drops in four ounces  of the vehicle ;
and the dose was  gradually increased by two drops at a time, until
as  much as sixty drops were given in the twenty-four hours.
   The alcoholic  mixture, used by M. Fournet as  an external ap-

      1 Christison on Poisons,  3d edit. p. 186.
      2 Bulletin Generate de Therapeutique, No. 14.   Juillet 30, 1837.
      3 Bulletin Generale de Therapeutique, Fevrier,  1838. 
78
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
plication, consisted, at the commencement, often drops of the bro-
mine to an ounce of alcohol:  this was augmented daily by five
drops until it reached one hundred and twenty drops.
  The preparations of bromine are described in other parts of this
volume.
                          BRUCINUM.

   Synonymes.  Brucina, Brucia, Brucium, Brucine.

   This alkaloid was discovered by Pelletier and Caventou in 1819,
 in the bark of the false angustura (brucea antidysenterica).  It is
 found also in small  quantities in the nux vomica, and in St. Igna-
 tius's bean.
                    METHOD OF PREPARING.
   An alcoholic extract of the false angustura  bark is  prepared,
 which is dissolved in a large quantity of cold water, and filtered, in
 order to separate the fatty  matter.
   The colouring matter is precipitated  by acetate of  lead,  the
 excess  of this is thrown  down  by sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas,
 and  the brucine by an alkaline base, for which purpose mag-
 nesia may  be employed.   The  precipitate  from  the magnesia
 is then washed, dried, and treated  with  alcohol, which lays hold
 of the  brucine :  this is obtained  by evaporation.   As  the bru-
 cine is somewhat soluble, the  precipitate of the  magnesia ought  not
 to be washed too  much.   The brucine thus obtained is coToured,
 but it may be procured colourless by forming an oxalate of brucine,
 and  treating it with  a mixture of equal parts of aleohol and ether.
 The oxalate is thus deprived of its colouring matter; after which it
 is decomposed by magnesia,  and  the brucine  is thus  obtained
 wholly pure and devoid of colour.
   Pure brucine is of a white colour, and  forms regular crystals in
 the form of  oblique prisms, having a  base representing a parallelo-
 gram; it has a pearly lustre, tastes very bitter, and is soluble  in 500
 parts of boiling water, and  in 850 parts of cold.  In alcohol it dis-
 solves readily, from  which solution it is obtained in the crystalline
 form.  When exposed to the  influence of heat, it melts at a tem-
 perature very  little  above  that  of boiling  water.   At a  higher
 temperature it  is  decomposed, and affords  the same products as
 vegetable substances  that do not  contain  azote.  With the acids
 brucine forms neutral salts, which differ from the salts of strych-
 nine.  The sulphate of brucine crystallises in very fine needles
and  resembles  the sulphate of morphine, but  has a much more
bitter taste.  The nitrate of brucine does not crystallise, which con-
stitutes  an essential  difference between  brucine and strychnine
With an excess of nitric acid, the salt  has a beautiful pearly (nacre) 
BRUCINUM.
79
                   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   Brucine acts energetically on the animal economy in the same
manner  as  the false angustura, but much more  strongly.   It is
similar, in  its  operation, to strychnine,  but is  considered  to  be
weaker in the proportion of one to ten,  according to Pelletier; one
to twelve, according to Magendie ;* and  one to twenty-four, accord-
ing to Andral.2
   It requires four  grains of brucine to kill a rabbit, whilst half
a  grain  of  strychnine is sufficient.   A tolerably strong dog, to
which three grains of brucine.had  been given,  was affected with
symptoms resembling tetanus, but did not succumb.
   Pelletier  is  of opinion that  brucine, or rather the alcoholic ex-
tract of the false angustura, might be substituted  in practice for the
extract of mix vomica; its operation  is nearly the same, whilst
there is no danger of its acting  too violently.
   Andral has  frequently prescribed brucine, and  his  deductions
are, that we have it far  more under our  control than strychnine.
Like strychnine, it has been given in cases of paralysis with vary-
ing success.  It would  appear to have acted  most beneficially in
paralysis resulting from lead poisoning.   Magendie administered it
iu two cases of atrophy, one of the  leg, and the other of the arm,
with success.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   Brucine, according to  Magendie,  may be given either in pills or
tincture;  gradually augmenting the dose.  Andral raised it  from
half a grain to  five grains.   Magendie  recommends, that the  alka-
loid  should  always be that obtained  from the false augustura; the
brucine of the nux vomica being mixed with a portion of strychnine,
which adds to  its activity, and renders  it difficult to determine the
dose.   The following formulae  are recommended by him :—
                        Pilula Brucina.
                        Pills of Brucine.
            *.  Brucin. pur. gr. xij.
               Conserv. rosar. gss.  M. exactiss. et fiant pilulae xxiv.
   One pill to be begun with—twice  a day.
                      Tinctura Brucina.
                 (French,  Alcool de Brucine.)
                      Tincture of Brucine.
            *.   Alcohol (36° Areom.) |j.
               Brucin. gr. xviij.   M.
   Of this tincture, from six  to  twenty-four drops may be given, in
the form of mixture, in any vehicle.

         1 Formulaire, &c. des Nouveaux Medicamens, &c.
         2 Journal de Physiologie de Magendie, iii, 267, Juillet, 1823. 
80
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                    Mistura Brucina.
                    Mixture of Brucine.
                    Potio Slimulans.
         9<.  Brucin. gr. vi.
             Aqua? distillat. %iv.
             Sacchar. alb. £ij. M.
Dose.—A table-spoonful night and morning.      Magendie.
                      CAINCiE  RADIX.

Synonymes.—Rad. Chiococcae,  Cainanae,  Caninanae, Cahincae, Kahincae,
  Serpentaria? Braziliensis ; Cainca Root.
Portuguese.—Raiz Crusadinha, R. Preta.
German.—Caincawurzel.

  The plant, which furnishes the root introduced into Europe of
late years, and which has since become known as a remedial agent,
is the Chiococca auguifuga,  of the  family .Rubiacece,  sexual sys-
tem, Pentandria Monogynia.1  The shrub grows wild in the forests
of Brazil, especially in the province of Minas Geraes, and the root
is  used there against the bites of  serpents.   This root is of the
thickness of the finger, round, and knotty ; the surface smooth or
irregularly wrinkled; the  wood tough and  of a whitish colour;
the smell disagreeable, especially that of the fresh root; and the taste
at first like that of coffee, but afterwards nauseous and pungent.
The bark of the root alone possesses  efficacy, the woody portion
having no action.   The bark separates readily from the wood ; it
is thicker on the root itself than on  its branches : and on the out-
side, is of an amber or brownish yellow green  colour; yellower and
brighter  on the youngest parts: the  epidermis is not easily sepa-
rated.  According to the chemical  investigations of Pelletier and
Caventou,2 the following are found to  be'the  constituents of the
bark:—1. A bitter principle, crystallisable in small,  white, silky,
shining needles ;  inodorous, and very soluble  in hot alcohol, which
communicates to the whole plant a degree of  astringent bitterness,
and at the same time has an acid reaction on litmus  paper.   In
order to  separate this acid, which has been  termed by those che-
mists the Acidum Cahincicum, in a pure state, the  alcoholic ex-
tract of the root must be dissolved  in water, filtered, and precipi-
tated by lime, until the  fluid  loses  all bitterness; the  precipitate  is

  1 Art Chiococca, in Encyclopad.  Worterb. vii, 521. Berl.  1831  and Von
Martius, Spec. Mat. Med. Brasil, i, 18.
  * Journal General de Medecine, Mai, 1830, and Phil. Journ of Pharmacv
iii,  165. Philad. 1831.                                            " 
CAINCJE  RADIX.
81
then decomposed by oxalic acid  and boiling alcohol ; or the acetic
or muriatic acid may be dropped into an  aqueous decoction of the
bark of the root, and,  in  the course of  a  few days, the acidum
cahincicum  will separate in the form of small crystals.  With the
cahincic  acid, prepared  in this way,  however,  some  colouring
matter is  still  united.  2. A fatty, green,  nauseous  smelling  sub-
stance,  which communicates  to the plant  its'smell.  3. Yellow
colouring matter, and 4.  A viscid colouring matter.1

                   EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY.

   The  effect of the cainca root  seems to  be especially exerted on
the digestive and urinary organs.  It occasions watery evacuations
and diuresis.   From  the experiments,  however, of Albers2, made
on a great number of dropsical  patients, in  the  Charite  at Berlin,
he was induced to deny its diuretic powers, and to place it amongst
the drastic purgatives, by the side of the helleborus.niger.  Wolff
was of the same opinion. According to Von Langsdorf.3 it is a highly
efficacious emmenagogue,  possessing also—to use  his  own  lan-
guage—considerable   resolvent  virtues, and hence  employed  in
diopsies,  that are  connected  with obstructions  in  the  abdomen.
Riecke,4 asserts, that he had occasion to employ it in two  cases of
ascites  complicated  with induration of  the  liver.   He had no ex-
pectation of effecting a radical cure, but it afforded  no. palliation ;
diuresis was not excited, whilst  nausea, colic, and diarrhoea super-
vened, so that he discontinued it:  he gave it in decoction.  Others
have observed the same inconvenience from its use, or have found
it wholly ineffectual; for example, B. Heyfelder, Reinhardt, Bar-
tels,5 and others.  Riecke suggests the possibility, in these cases, of
adulteration  of the drug.   On the other hand, the cainca has  been
highly extolled by Francois, Ribes, Wagner, Solieer, Lbwenstein,6
(fee.  but particularly by Von Langsdorf.
   The  main diseases in which  the cainca is  recommended, are.
First. Dropsies, in which many favourable trials have been made by
Von Langsdorf, Spitta,7 Guddoy,  Engler, Francois, Wagner, Solieer,
Robredo,8 &c.   Secondly. Intestinal worms, against which it ap-
pears to act like other drastics.   Thirdly.  In obstructed menstrua-
tion  ; on this subject, however, farther trials are needed.   When it
operates as an emmenagogue it is probably altogether like cathartics

  1 Journal de Pharmacie, xvi, 465.
  2 Medicin. Zeitung. No. iv. Sept. 1832.
  3 Hecker's Litter. Annal. B. iv.  S. 395, and Rust's Repertorium, B. xiv.
S. 458.
  4 Die neuern Arzneimittel. u. s. w.  S. 84.  Stuttgart, 1837.
  5 Grafe und  Wallher's Journal der Chirurgie, u. s. w. xxiv, S. 470.  Ber-
lin. 1836.
  9 De radice Caincae ejusque in morbis hydropicis virtute. Berol. 1828.
  7 Hecker's Litterar. Annal. iv. 396.
  8 Journal de la Academia deMedicinade Megico. Oct. 1836, and Brit.and
For. Med. Review, p. 562, Apl. 1838.
       7—b                                      dungl 6 
82               dunglison's new remedies.
 that act more especially on the lower part of the bowels, that is, by
 contiguous  sympathy.  Fourthly. M.  Francois has recommended
 it highly in catarrhus vesica;, but the experience of others has not
 confirmed this.1  It may be mentioned, that in its native  country,
 it is used for rheumatic pains, in a  peculiar kind of pica experi-
 enced by the negroes  of South America ;  and, as already remarked,
 against the bites of serpents.

                   MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

   The  Cainca is  given in various forms—powder, infusion, and
 decoction ; and, besides these, a tincture and an extract have been
 made of it.   A syrup and a wine  have also  been recommended.
 To form the latter, one ounce of  the powdered root is infused in a
 pint of wine ; the  tincture is made with one part of the root and
 eight parts of alcohol  at 20°.   The alcoholic extract is considered
 to be the mosmniform in  strength, and has therefore been preferred
 by many.  The syrup is  formed  by dissolving 3iiss of the extract
 in a little alcohol, mixing  this with a pint of hot simple syrup, and
 allowing it  to  boil for  some time, in  order that the alcohol may
 evaporate. The dose of the powder is from  £i to 3ss in the twenty-
 four hours.   It appears, however, to be the most objectionable form,
 and to give  rise  to unfavourable symptoms  more frequently than
 the others.   Opinions vary as to whether the infusion or the decoc-
 tion should be preferred.  According to Caventou and Pelletier,
 boiling  extracts very well the efficacious  parts of the root, and
 there are cases in which the decoction has rendered  essential ser-
 vice after the infusion had been administered without  success.  Of
 the decoction, from 3j to 3iij are given in the day.  Of the extract
the dose, in  the twenty-four  hours, is  twenty to thirty grains ; of
 the tincture  3j to  3ij.2
   The decoction, used by Spitta and others, was made as follows:

                  Decoctum Radicis Cainca.

                   Decoction of Cainca Root.
           fy.  Rad. caincae, gij.
    Coque cum aquae commun. ffiiss ad dimidiam partem, et cola.
   Dose.—A table-spoonful three times  a day.   Von Langsdorf.3
   By others, the following form has been employed.
           ft.  Rad. cainc.  gj.
               Aqua? commun. ftij.
    Coque ad dimidiam partem et cola.
  Dose.—Two table-spoonfuls three or  four times a day. Engler.

  1 Bulletin General de Therapeutique, No.  13, Juillet, 1837.
  1 Journal de Chimie Medicale, Mai, 239-242. Paris, 1827.
  s Hufeland und Osann's Journ. B. Ixii, St. 2. 
CALCIS CHLORIDUM.
83
  Dr. John H. Griscom,1 of New York, considers there is a remark-
able analogy between the  cainca  and the apocynum cannabinum,
  The Acidum Cainca, described above, is said to possess  tonic.
cathartic  and diuretic powers, and has been used  successfully in
some cases by Francois, in the dose  of  six grains  gradually in-
creased to fifteen.
                    CALCIS  CHLORIDUM.

 Synonymes.  Calcis Hypochloris,  Oxychloruretum Calcii, Protochlorure-
  tum Calcii; Chloruretum Oxydi Calcii, Bichloruretum Calcis, Oxymurias
  Calcis, Calx Oxymuriatica, C. Chlonnata, Calcaria Chlorata, Chlorum
  Calcarise. Chloretum Calcaria?, Calcaria Chlorica, Chloride or Chloruret
  of Lime,  Tennant's Bleaching Powder.
 French.—Protoxichloiure de Calcium, Oxichlorure de Chaux,  Chlorure
  d' Oxide de Calcium, Bichlorure de Chaux, Oximuriate de Chaux, Muriate
  Suroxigene ou Oxigene de Chaux, Chlorate ou Souschlorate de Chaux,
  Poudre de Blanchement, Poudre de  Tennant.
 German.—Kalkchlorid, Chlorkalk.

   Chloride of lime is a compound of chlorine and calcium.

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.
   It may be prepared either in the dry or moist  way.   In the for-
 mer case,  the  chloride is  made  to act on the hydrate of lime in a
 pulverulent form ;  in  the latter, the chlorine, in a gaseous state, is
 passed into lime water.  For technical purposes, the latter is most
 used; for pharmaceutical, the former.  In  the London pharmaco-
 posia, it is directed to be  prepared  as follows :—" Take of hydrate
 of lime a  pound, chlorine as  much  as  may suffice; send in the
 chlorine to the lime in  a proper vessel, till it is saturated.  Chlorine
is  very easily  evolved from binoxide of manganese, mixed with
muriatic acid, by a gentle heat.2
  The chloride is generally however obtained from large chemical
establishments.
  Chloride of lime  has the appearance of a white,  loose powder,
of a sour, bitterish  and somewhat  biting taste,  exhaling a marked
smell of chlorine, and  dissolving  with tolerable facility in water,
at  the same time giving off much chlorine gas.3

                   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.
  The action of the chloride  of lime is generally esteemed to  be

  1 Amer. Journal of the Medical  Sciences, for May, 1833, p. 55.
  2 Brande's Dictionary of Materia Medica, p. 135.  Lond. 1839.
  3 Link, Art. Chlor,  in Encycl. Worterb.  der Medicin. Wissenschaft. vii,
579. Berlin, 1831. 
84
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
analagous to that of the liquid chlorine;  Hufeland, however, assi-
milates it to that of the muriate of lime.   The data have been con-
sidered  as  scarcely, perhaps, sufficient to determine  its  precise
operation.   It appears to us, however, to act main.y by means ol
its chlorine, which,  being loosely combined, is readily disengaged ,—
all acids, even  the  carbonic, occasioning its separation.   It is not
much employed internally, but according  to Cima, who gave it in
scrofulous  affections, it  occasions  slight  pains in  the abdomen,
burning in the stomach, and at times diarrhoea.
  As to its internal  administration Cima, it has been observed, gave
it in cases of scrofulous  swellings.   By Cloquet it was used both
internally  and  externally, in gangrenous ulcers; and by  Grate,
Deschamps, and Graves,1 in cases of foetor oris.
  In a case of pectoral disease, with  great fetor of the breath and
expectoration, it was administered by Drs. Graves and  Stokes with
remarkable benefit.  A pill  of three grains of the chloride with one
of opium being given  three times a day, and the quantity being
increased to twelve grains a day: the bed was also sprinkled with
a solution  of the chloride.
   By Reid2 it was administered in dysentery, and in a bilious typhus
occurring in summer ;  by Dr. Copland3 in the last stage of typhus
fever, when the evacuations were highly offensive, given in draughts
of aromatic water  with mucilage;  by Groh, Cohen, and Schlesier4
in phthisis, and by Grafe in gonorrhoea.   In none of these cases is it
presumable, that the chloride of lime possesses virtues not contained
in liquid chlorine.
   For external use it has been adopted in various cases, and espe-
cially in ulcers.  According to Trusen, an aqueous solution of the
chloride is  proper  for  torpid ulcers of almost all  kinds—the pha-
gedenic, the scrofulous,  (fee.  In syphilitic ulcers it appears to be
of use when the chancre is sloughing, and eats deep into the flesh.5
   Trusen employed the solution formed by rubbing from 3iij to 3iv.
of chloride of lime with a pint of water, pouring off the supernatant
fluid after it had  stood a quarter of an  hour, and  applying it by
 means of  pledgets  of lint to the ulcer,  renewing  the application
 whenever the  lint became dry.   In this way he found the profuse
ichorous secretion from old  ulcers diminish,  the offensive  odour
abate,  and fresh  and  healthy  granulations  spring up.   By the
 same kind of treatment, phagedenic, herpetic, and scrofulous ulcers
 generally  cicatrised speedily and permanently.6
  1 Dublin Hospital Reports, vol. v.
  * Transactions of the Association of Fellows and Licentiates  of  the
College of Physicians in Ireland, vol. v. 1838.
  3 Houlton's Appendix to translation of Magendie's Formulary, p. 163.
  4 Casper's Wochenschrift fur die gesammte Heilkunde, No. 37, 1838.
  s Dr. Mene, in Gazette Medicale, Feb. 11, 1832.
  8 See, also, Houlton's Appendix to Magendie's Formulary, p. 162. 
CALCIS CHLORIDUM.
85
  Trusen  employed, at the same time,  the  antimonium crudum
with cathartics; and in all cases he directed strict repose and regu-
lated diet.
  Trusen's observations have been confirmed  by many modern
physicians,  amongst whom may be mentioned Labarraque,  Lis-
franc, Ekl, Lemaire, Heiberg, and Kopp.  In ozsena good  effects
were  observed from it  by Horner,1  Awl,2 Heron,3 and Strathing:
and a solution of it, in the form of injection,  was found serviceable
in fistula, by Trusen  and Ricord.   Even in cancerous  ulcers,
recourse has been had to it  by Heiberg, Labarraque, (fee:  and in
all  cases it corrected  the offensive odour, and,  at times, the ulcer
itself assumed a more favourable appearance.
  Dr. Frohlich4  used it with advantage in a cancerous affection of
the face, in the strength of one part  of the chloride to sixteen parts
of water.
  In  such cases it has  been  recommended, in  order to have the
concentrated action of the chloride, that it should be formed into a
paste by admixture with water, and  be applied in this manner.
  It has been used, also,  in  cases of ulceration of  the mouth, by
Kopp, Angelot, Heiberg, (fee, applied either in the form of solution
or of a soft paste.
  In  cases of wounds the application of a solution of the chloride
has  been recommended by many, as by Trusen, Ekl, Lisfranc,5 to
promote cicatrisation after the inflammation  has subsided.
   In  a case of punctured wound, received in dissecting, and when
the inflammation was proceeding up the arm  with alarming rapidity,
and the pain and tension were extreme, the patient experienced
immediate relief from a solution  of the chloride used as a lotion,
combined  with the free use of leeches.6
   Gubian7 has proposed  to  apply a solution of it to prevent the
pitting from small-pox.   The maturated pustules are to be  opened
and washed with a weak solution ;  desiccation takes place  very
promptly, and, it is said, no marks or pits are left.
  On account of its antiseptic properties,  the  chloride has  been
applied  in  cancrum oris  by Labarraque,   Richter, Berndt,   and
numerous others, and  in  the sloughing affections  of the  female
organs of generation of an  analogous nature, by Labarraque and
Ekl; in hospital gangrene by Percy, Labarraque, Siedmogrodzki,
Delpech, and Renard;  in  gangrene of the   scrotum, as  well  as in


  1 Amer. Journ. of the Medical  Sciences, No. xi.
  2 Ibid. No. xxii. for Feb. 1833,  p. 543.
  3 Ibid. Nov. 1836, p. 271.
  4 Medicin. Jahrbiicher des k. k. Osterreich. Staates. B. xvii. S. 168. Wien.
1834.
  5 Bulletin Generale de Therapeutique, Juillet, 1838.
  6 Alcock, Essay on the use of  the Chlorurets, &c.  London, 1827.
  7 Journal de Cbimie Medicale, vi. 315. 
86               dunglison's new REMEDIES.
ordinary gangrene, by Heiberg and Trusen, in all of  which cases
it has been of decided efficacy.1
  In such cases it may be  applied either in the form  of the paste
above mentioned, or in strong solution—gij. to ffej- of water.
  In  burns of the second and third  degree, when they  are  not
spread over  too great a surface  of the body, a solution  of the
chloride  of lime, according  to Trusen, markedly diminishes  the
pain,  moderates the too great suppuration, and excites, especially in
the second degree, sound granulations, and in the third, speedy sepa-
ration of the dead portions, and in both cases a smooth  and firm
cicatrix.   Either a solution of  the  chloride united with mucilagi-
nous  substances,  or a liniment prepared of the chloride  may be
applied.
   Lisfranc's  observations2 entirely accord with  those of  Trusen.
Lisfranc applies compresses spread with cerate over  the burnt
parts; the compresses having holes in them so that the burnt places
are exposed ; they are then covered with lint soaked  in a solution
of  chloride of  lime,  which is kept in situ and moistened as  it
becomes dry.
   A solution of the chloride of lime, as well as of the chloride  of
soda, may be applied, indeed, with advantage in the first stage of a
burn or scald; and Mr. Holt3 affirms that he "knows nothing so effica-
cious in a " black eye."
   Dr. Chopin,4 too, affirms, that in wounds produced  by contusion,
laceration, or by the explosion  of gunpowder, where there is much
pain, speedy and  certain relief is produced  by  the chloride of lime,
the dressings being kept  constantly wet with a solution of it; he
found it, as well  as the chloride  of soda, very serviceable also  in
cases of sore nipples.
   In chilblains the chloride has been used, both in the form of solu-
tion  and of liniment  with advantage; and not only in  ulcerated
pernio, but where the skin  was unbroken, by Trusen, Lisfranc, Grafe
and others.  In many cases, however,  it has  been  found  advan-
tageous  to diminish the inflammation by the application of leeches
before it was  employed.    In cases of deeper frost bites  than
those which produce pernio, the chloride has likewise proved bene-
 ficial.
   In salivation, caused by mercury, this  agent has been found
valuable,5 especially when administered at the beginning of the
 increased secretion. When the ptyalism has proceeded to a greater
 extent,  Trusen uses, at the same time, sulphureous baths.  A col-


   1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. Stuttgart, 1837.
   2 Gazette  Medicale,  Mars 21,  1835.   See also Bulletin Generate  de
 Therapeutique, Juillet, 1838.
   3 Lancet, April 6th, 1833.
   4 Gazette Medicale, Oct. 31, 1835.
   5 Elliotson, in  Mr. Houlton's Appendix  to translation  of Magendie's
 Formulary.  Amer. edit. p. 162.  Philad. 1834. 
CALCIS CHLORIDUM.
87
Iutory of the chloride of lime not only diminishes the excessive
secretion from the salivary glands, but speedily mitigates the sense
of burning in the mouth ; induces the healing of the erosions of the
mucous  membrane, and corrects  the mercurial  fetor.  In such
cases, we have frequently employed it and with advantage, although
the affection is not much under the control of medicine.
  In offensive odours from the mouth, arising from carious teeth,
Regnard  employed a solution of the chloride, but it excited  the
salivary glands  in a disagreeable manner.  On the other hand, E.
Grafe recommends it strongly in this very case, and even in caries
itself,  both inwardly and  externally  as a  collutory and tooth
powder.  In the latter  form it is said to remove speedily the tartar
and yellow depositions on the teeth.   By Chevallier and Kluge the
chloride is strongly recommended  for cleansing  the mouth.  The
latter gives a formula for a collutory, which will  be found amongst
the prescriptions at the  end of this article.   It effectually cleanses
the mouth, whilst it does no injury to the enamel.
   In  scarlatina, a solution of the chloride may  be employed most
advantageously as  a gargle,  and  in the form of  ablution to  the
surface.1
   In  scrofulous swellings  of  the  glands, the  chloride of lime,.
according to Cima, may be applied with advantage in the  form of
ointment, and by Grafe  it is recommended in swellings of the joints.
It has likewise been used successfully by  Werneck in  goitre.
   In several  chronic eruptions, it has been  much extolled—as in
herpes,  by Kopp; in  the  itch, by Heiberg, Derheims,2  Cluzel,
Fantonetti,3 Hospital,4 and  Wittzack5; in pruritus pndendi mulie-
bris,, by Darling ; and in tinea, by Trusen, Roche, Cottereau, Kopp
and Ebermeier.  In  the last disease, it is applied in the form of
liniment;  in the others, in solution, but  in the  itch often  also in
the  form  of  ointment.  Michaelsen  recommends the following
method  of treating  the itch.   Take of the chloride  of lime from
two to four ounces,  according  to the degree in which the disease
exists, and the length of time it has been in the system; put this in
a common flask or  bottle  full  of rain or river water, so  that as
much as possible may be dissolved.  In using it, the  patient must
shake the bottle well, in  order that some of the undissolved lime
may be taken up.  With this, he washes the parts affected with
  1 Dr. Copland, in  the Appendix  to Houlton's edition of Magendie's
Formulary, p. 163.  Dr. S. Jackson, of Northumberland, (now of Philadel-
phia,) in Amer. Journal of Med. Sciences, xii. 261 and 550, and Ibid, for
May, 1838, p. 56.  (Dr. J. uses the chloride of soda.)
  2 Journal de Chimie Medicale, ii. 575.
  3 Bulletin de Therapeutique, 1833, and American Journal of the Medical
Sciences, August, 1833, p. 533.
  4 Amer. Journal of the Medical Sciences, Nov. 1834, p. 240, (extracted).
  5 Casper's Wochenschrift, Feb. 4, 1837, S. 79, 
88
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
the itch  three  or four times a day.   Every third or  fourth day,
when the skin becomes somewhat rough or irritated, the patient is
made to take a  tepid bath, or to wash himself with warm soap and
water, and this  until  the  cure is  accomplished.  The  internal
management is the  same as in other plans of treatment.   In the
case of young children, the mixture must of course be weaker,
about one ounce to a pound of water.   By this plan, the patient, it
is said, is entirely cured, without any unpleasant concomitants, in
from seven to ten days.
  The  chloride  of lime has likewise  been applied  in purulent
ophthalmia.  Varlez1 cured contagious blennorrhoea of the eye, by
dropping upon it a solution of the chloride.  Colson,  Delatte, and
Reynaud,2 also saw good  effects from it, both in acute purulent
ophthalmia, and in chronic ophthalmia with granulations, obscurity
of the cornea, and especially in copious  secretion from the meibo-
mian glands.  Guthrie3 applied a solution of the chloride suc-
cessfully in three  cases of ophthalmia neonatorum; and Pereira4
advises a weak solution in the same cases. Farvagnie used  it bene-
ficially in scrophulous and catarrhal ophthalmia.5
  The chloride has  likewise  been  employed  advantageously in
other blennorrhoeas besides the one mentioned, and especially in the
gonorrhoeal.6  Grafe, of Berlin,7 affirms that he succeeded with it
when copaiba and cubebs had failed.   He used it both in the form
of pill, made as described hereafter, and of injection—the injection
being made  by dissolving gr. xxiv.  in  §vj. of water,  and adding
5ss. of wine of opium.
  But one of the  most important of the applications of the chloride
is as an antiseptic and disinfecting agent.8   It is admirably  adapted
for  preventing and  checking putrefaction,  and  for correcting the
offensive odour of parts already putrefied:9 and  hence its applica-
tion is most useful in anatomical investigations.10  Some time before
dissection, the  body may be enveloped in  a cloth  wetted with a
solution  of the chloride, which  must be kept wet by  sprinkling it
from time to time with  a solution made of !$j. of the chloride to a
pint of water;  in this manner the offensive  odour  is  speedily
corrected.   The  chloride is equally well adapted for purefying the

  1 American Journal of Med.  Sciences, i. 459.
  2 Journal fiir Chiiurgie, u. s. w. B. xiv. H. 4.
  3 Medical and Physical Journal, Nov. 1827.
  4 Elements of the Mat. Med. pt. i. p. 354.  London, 1839.
  5 Verhandlung der vereinigt.  arztlich.  Gesellschaft. der Schweiz.   Jahr
1829.  Zurich, 1830.
  6 Alcock,  Essay on the use of Chlorurets, &c.  London, 1S27.
  7 Amer. Journal of Medical Sciences, and Amer. Journal of Pharmacv  2d
series, vol. ii. 86.  Philadelphia, 1838.
  8 Labarraque, on  the use of the Chlorides of Soda and Lime, translated bv
Jacob Porter.  New Haven, 1829.                                  J
  9 Alcock, Op. cit.
  10 Magendie, Formulaire, &c. 
CALCIS CHLORIDUM.
89
air of the wards of hospitals, jails,  ships;  a little of the solution
being sprinkled from  time to time on the floors ; or shallow vessels,
containing the chloride, being placed in different parts of the room.
It is used, moreover, for neutralising contagious miasmata dispersed
in the air or contained in clothing,  furniture, &c. care being taken
in all these  cases that due ventilation be practised.
  It has been doubted, however,1 and even denied,  that its use is
productive of any advantage in  preventing  the spread of infectious,
contagious,  or epidemic diseases.   Nay,  it  has been  affirmed to be
positively injurious,  by  deteriorating the atmosphere,  and in this
there may be truth,  unless  the  precautions we have mentioned be
taken.   In  various cases, in which  such diseases have prevailed,
it has destroyed all offensive odour,  but the  extension of the malady
has not been prevented.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  The chloride of lime  has been given internally both in the form
of solution and of troches, the dose  being from gr. j.  to grs. vj. four
to six times a day.  Externally, it  is generally applied in  solution
of different  strengths, (from 3j. to 3iv. to eight ounces of water)—
the solution being decanted to  remove  the particles of lime  from
it, unless where it  is considered advisable to employ the  turbid
solution.
   In cases of very offensive evacuations  from the bowels, ten or
fifteen  grains  may be added to a  common enema.   It is likewise
applied in the form of ointment and liniment, and  also of a  paste
made by admixture with water.
   The following forms have been given for its administration.2

                   Trochisci Calcis Chloridi.

                  Lozenges of Chloride of Lime.

                  i*.  Calcis chlorid. ^ij.
                     Sacchar. alb. ^viij,
                     Amyl. 3j.
                     Gum tragac. 3j-
                     Carmin. grs. iij.
                 M.  Fiant  trochisci.  pond. gr. iij.

   One of these to be taken  three or four  times a day, and allowed
to dissolve in the mouth,  in cases of fetor  oris.
                                                 Deschamps.


  1 Observations on the chlorides and chlorine as "disinfecting agents," and
as preventives of cholera.  By H. Bronson, M. D.  Boston,  1832. See, also,
American Journal of the  Medical  Sciences, for Feb.  1833, p. 481;  Dr.
Albers, in London Med. Gaz. viii. 410, as to its inefficacy in cholera; and
Pereira, Op. cit. p. 352.  London, 1839.
  a Riecke, Op. cit. S. 94. 
90               dunglison's new  remedies.

                    Mistura. Calcis Chloridi.

                  Mixture of Chloride of Lime.

                 5<.   Calcis chlorid. £j.
                     Emuls. amygd. j|vij.
                     Syrup, gummos. ^j. M.
  A table-spoonful every three hours internally, in gonorrhoea.
                                                 E. Graefe.1

                     Pilula Calcis Chloridi.

                    Pills of Chloride of Lime.
                 St.  Calcis chlorid. gj.
                     Ext. opii, gr. ix.
                     Mucilag. gum. arab. q. s.
                 Divide in pilulas liv.

  Dose.—One every two or  three hours in gonorrhoea, gradually
increasing the dose until eight, ten, or  twelve are taken every hour.
                                                      Graefe.
                  Collutorium Calcis Chloridi.

                  Collutory of Chloride of Lime.
                 5<.   Calcis chlorid. grs.  xv. ad £ss.
                     Mucil. gum. arab. %j.
                     Syrup, cort. aurant. ^ss.  M.

  A little  of this solution to be  applied  by means of a  mop of
charpie to the ulcers in the mouth.                   Angelot.
                 **.  Calcis chlorid. giij.
                     Aquae distillat.
                     Alcohol, aa. ^ij.
                     01. rosar. gtt. iv.
             Solve et filtra.

  A tea-spoonful of  this solution is mixed  with a glass of water,
and used in fetor oris.                           Chevallier.
  According to Riecke,2 an  analogous nostrum has  been sold at a
high price under the name—Pneumokatharterion.
           &.  Calcis chlorid. £j.
           Solve leniter terendo in
               Aquae distillat. ftvi.
           Tunc adde
               Alcohol, puriss. (.830) pond. spec.  ^viij.
  Mist, reponatur in loco frigido per horas xxiv ; tunc filtretur et reserv. in
lagena bene obturata.  ("Let the mixture  be put aside in a  cold  place for
twenty-four hours; then let it be filtered and kept in a well stopped  vessel.")

  It has  been recommended that the  mouth should be rinsed with
this after the teeth have been brushed.   Freyberg von Kluge.

  The Pharmacopoeia  of  Sweden has an antiscorbutic collutory,
called  Linctus ad stomacacen seu oxymuriatis calcici, which  is
formed as follows:
1 Journal fur Chirurgie, u. s. w. B. xiv. St. 2.
* Op. cit. S. 94. 
                      CALCIS CHLORIDUM.                     91

                 £.  Solut. calcis chlorid. ^ss.
                     Aqua? fontan.
                     Mellis, aa. ^vj.  M.

                 5«.  Calcis chlorid. gss.
                 Solve exactiss. trituratione in
                     Aq. fontan. §ij.
                 Et post limpid, clarificat. admisce
                     Alcoholis, ^ij.
                     01. rosar. gtt. iv.  M.

  The mouth is rinsed in cases of salivation with a mixture made
by  adding  a tea-spoonful of  the  solution to  a glass of water.
                                                      Trusen.

                     Solutio Calcis Chloridi.

                   Solution of Chloride of Lime.

              ?v.  Calcis chlorid. ^iij.
              Solve in
                  Aquas distill. Kj.
              Adde
                  Tinct. opii crocat.
                  vel Vini opii, 3j ad £ij.  M.

   Applied to frostbites.                                Trusen.

              **.  Calcis chlorid. ^ss.
              Tere invicem et sensim aliunde
                   Aq. font, (seu rosar.) Bj.
              Et post clarificat. limpid,  admisce
                   Mucil. gum. arab. (seu sem. cydon.) gij.

   Applied by means of linen rags in cases of burns.
                                                       Trusen.

              5<.  Calcis chlorid. gij. ad ^iij.
                   Aquas. Bi.  Solve.

   To be applied by means of rags kept constantly  wet, in cases ot
 hospital gangrene ; the mixture being shaken.
                                              Rust and Kluge.

   The disinfecting liquor of Labarraque, Liqueur desinfectante
 de Labarraque, is^made by adding  ten parts of water, to one part
 of the chloride of lime  divided in a mortar;  suffering the solution
 to settle, and then filtering.

                    Collyrium Calcis Chloridi.

                   Collyrium of Chloride of Lime.

                   !*.  Calcis chlorid. gr. iv. ad vj.
                      Laudan. liquid.  Sydenham. 9ss.
                      Mucilag. gum. arab. ^iss.
                      Aq. rosar. gij.   M. et filtra.

    To be dropped in the eye  in cases of catarrhal  and  scrofulous
 ophthalmia.
                                                    Farvagnie. 
92
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                Cataplasma Calcis Chloridi.

               Cataplasm of Chloride of Lime.
               5j.  Calcis chlorid.
                  Sodse muriat. aa. ^ss.
                  Aqua; distill. Ibss.
                  Farinse sem. lin. q. s. ut fiat cataplasma.

Used in cases of scrofulous swelling of the joints.    Graefe.

                Unguentum Calcis Chloridi.

               Ointment of Chloride of Lime.

               &.  Calcis chlorid. gj.
                  Axungise, §j.  JVI. fiat  unguentum.

To be rubbed in, in  cases of scrofulous swellings.       Cima.

             5<.  Calcis chlorid. gss.
                Axung. porcin. gj.  M. F. unguent.
Used in goitre.                                   Werneck.

             9<.  Axung. §j.
                Boracis venet.
                Calcis  chlorid. aa. £j.  M. exactissime.
In cases of chilblains.                               Trusen.

             5<.  Flor. sulphuris, ^iss.
                Calcis  chlorid. bene tritur. ^ij.
                Axungiae, §x.   M.

In itch, morning and evening.                     Hospital.

              Linimentum Calcis Chloridum.

               Liniment of Chloride of Lime.
           5<.  Calcis chlorid. ^ss.
           Tere in mortario  vitreo et sensim aliunde
               Aq. rosar. (seu fontanae,) gj.
           Et post, limpid, clarificat. admisce
               01. amygd. dulc. ^j.

To be applied by means of a pencil in cases of tinea  capitis.
                                                   Trusen.
                CALENDULA OFFICINALIS.

Synonymes.  Calendula Sativa, Caltha Sativa, Verrucaria, Crysanthemum,
  Sponsa Solis, Single Marigold, Garden Marigold.
French.  Souci, S. Ordinaire.
German.  Ringelblume.

  This  plant  belongs  to the  family Synanthereae,  and  in the
Linnsean system to Syngenesia necessaria.  It is much cultivated
in the gardens of southern Europe more especially, and grows wild
there.   The whole plant has a feeble aromatic  smell, which is not, 
CALENDULA OFFICINALIS.
93
however, unpleasant.  The taste is bitter and somewhat pungent.
It was examined chemically by Geiger and Stoltze,1 who found in
it a  peculiar glutinous matter,  readily soluble in  spirit of wine;
insoluble in ether, and in ethereal  or volatile oils, and  but  little
soluble in water ; to this they gave the name calenduline.


                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  The term officinalis indicates, that the calendula was formerly
received into the lists of the Materia Medica as  an " officinal;" but it
had become entirely obsolete,  when  Westring,2  a  Swedish physi-
cian, in 1817, recalled attention to it.  He recommended it particu-
larly in  cases  of cancer  of the breast and uterus, having noticed
its  good effects by accident.   Visiting  an  aged female, who had
suffered, for a  long time, under an extremely painful induration of
one mamma, he found she  was able to  allay the burning pain by
the application of the fresh plant.
   This induced him to try it in several  cases of cancer, and  from
the results  he was led to infer, that it is  perhaps the best agent that
can be employed  in  that frightful  malady.   He never,  however,
employed  the  calendula  alone, but associated with it other active
remedies, so that  but little attention  was paid to his recommenda-
tion ;—a great portion of the efficacy of the agents  employed, being
—it was thought  probable—ascribable to the  associated articles.
   Some time after Westring's  publication, the remedy was used by
others, and his observations were confirmed.   Rudolph3 employed
it with advantage internally, in a case of induration of the mammae
in  a young female ;  but  the  acetate of  iron  was at the  same time
applied externally in solution.  Fehr4  found it highly useful not
only in  incipient, but in advanced, scirrhus.  Stein praises it in
cancer of the  integuments  (hautkrebs).   He forms the  expressed
juice of the young plant and flowers into an ointment with fresh
butter, and applies^it once or  twice a day by means of lint, having
previously washed the ulcers with a decoction of the plant.  Inter-
nally, the  calendula is prescribed in  the form  of  decoction,  made
with milk or water, or of a mellago prepared from  the fresh juice,
dissolved in an aromatic water;  or made  into pills.   When the
salve  is applied,  a sense of burning arises,  which soon becomes
absolute pain.  This soon, however, abates ;  and  almost wholly
disappears,—if too violent, more butter may be added ; the ichorous
discharge  becomes improved; the  offensive  odour corrected, and

  1 Berlin. Jahrb. d. Pharmac. B. xxi. S. 282.
  2 Erfahrung uber die Heilung der Krebsgeschvvure,  u. s. w.   Translated
from the Swedish into German by K. Sprengel.  Hal. 1817.
  3 Hufeland und Osann's Jour, der prakt. Heilk. B. lviii. St. 1. S. 119.
  4 Verhandlungen  der verein. arztlich. Gesellschaft. der Schweiz.   Jahrg.
 1831, and Dierbach, in Heidelberger  Annalen, B.  x. H. 4. S. 501. Heidel-
berg, 1834. 
94
dunglison's new remedies.
in from fourteen to twenty-one days, the ulcer is converted into one
of a benign and readily cicatrisable character.
   Rust also  frequently administered  the extractum calendulas in
cancerous  ulcers and as a discutient in chronic  indurations, in
combination, however, with other efficacious  agents.   Schneider
affirms, that he prescribed the extract of calendula with the best
effects in induration of the stomach, and in tumefaction and decided
induration of the glands and  uterus.  A decoction of the flowers
and plant, he employed in  cancer of the uterus, and found it an
excellent  soothing, and discutient agent.   Muhrbeck1 used  the
extract with  eminent success in  chronic  vomiting;  Carter2 in
extremely obstinate vomiting; and De Camp in a case of cardialgia,
where the excitability  of the  stomach  was so  great,  that every
remedial agent was rejected before it had opportunity to act.  Fehr
also extols it as an  emmenagogue, for which property it was cele-
brated with the older  physicians.
   As Riecke3 has remarked,  the amount of experience with  the
calendula is  yet small—too small for us to  pronounce whether it
merits a fixed place in the lists of the  materia medica.

                 METHOD OF  ADMINISTERING.

   The  extractum calendulse is contained in the  Hannoverian and
Saxon pharmacopoeias ; in the latter it is directed to be prepared in
the following manner:

       Take of the calendula officinalis, 1 part.
       Water,                          8 parts.

  Macerate  for  twenty-four hours; then boil  for a quarter of an
hour, and strain forcibly; boil the remainder with four parts of
water;  mix the  two  liquors,  and, after twenty-four  hours'rest,
evaporate to the proper consistence.4
  The  dose of the extract is different according  to different obser-
vers.   Muhrbeck gave four grains, five times a day.  Fehr allows,
3ij. to  3vj.   Phoebus directs  the dose of the  extract, prepared
according to  the Prussian Pharmacopoeia,  to  be eight  to sixteen
grains, gradually increasing it to  3ss.  and more, from two to  four
times  a day.  It may be given either in the form of pill or mixture.
Externally, the extract is used in  solution, to moisten the dressings
of ulcers, and to form  ointments.
  The dose of the decoction of the fresh plant is §j. to gij.
  The Sardinian Pharmacopoeia has a conserva fiorum calendula,
made by beating together one part of the flowers and two parts of

  1 Hufeland's Journal  der prakt. Heilk.  B.  lxii. St, 5, S. 128.  Rust's
Magazin. dergesammt. Heilk. B. xi. S. 350.
.  2 London Med. Rep. April, 1826, p. 347.  See,  also,  Link and Osann in
art. Calendula in  Encyc. Worterb. u. s. w. B. vi. S. 520.  Berl  1831.
  3 Op. cit. S. 101.
  4 Pharmacopee Universelle, &c. par Jourdan, ii.  536. 
CARBO ANIMALIS.
95
powdered sugar.  It  has, also, an acetum florum calendula, made
of one part of the petals digested in four parts of vinegar; and the
Wirtemberg Pharmacopoeia has an unguentum florum calendula,
made of four ounces of the petals boiled in a pound of fresh butter,
until the mixture is entirely evaporated.   This is used as an emol-
lient and resolvent.

                      Pilula Calendula.

                       Pills of Calendula.

                     5t  Ferri oxydat. fuse.
                        Herb, calend. pulv.
                        Extract, calend. aa. 3j.
               Mucilag. gum. arab. q. s. ut fianc pilulae xc.

   Dose.—Five  to eight three times a day, as a soothing agent in
cancerous ulcers.                                       Rust.

            5<  Hydrarg.submuriat.9ss.
               Sulphur, aur. antim. 9j.
               Extr. calendul.
               ----conii rnacul. aa. 9ij. M. f. pil. pond. gr. ij.

   Dose.—Five  pills, three times a day, as  a discutient in chronic
indurations.                                           Rust.

                   Lotio Extracti Calendula.

               Lotion of the Extract of  Calendula.

                 &  Extract, calend.
                     -----  cham.  vulg. aa. gij.
                  Solve in Aq. lauroceras. ^ij.
            Adde
                     Tinct. opii. simpl. 3j.

   As a wash (Verbandwasser) in cancerous ulcerations.  Rust.

   It is obvious  that the precise agency of the calendula cannot be
tested in  any of these formulas,  the substances associated  with  it
being themselves active agents.   In this country, we do not believe
it is ever  used.
                     CARBO ANIMALIS.

Synonymes.—Carbo Carnis, Animal Charcoal.
French.—Charbon animal.
German.—Thierische Kohle ; Fleischkohle, Thierkohle.

  Animal charcoal is an ancient remedy, which has been revived
amongst us.   The older physicians used several kinds, and recom-
mended them in various diseases, but  without having  any fixed 
96
DUNGLISON 's NEW REMEDIES.
principle ; the circumstances, indeed, that suggested their exhibition
in many cases, are entirely unintelligible to us of the present day.
In the old Wirtemberg Pharmacopoeia, we find the Erinaceus com-
bustus, or •'• burnt hedgehog," as an antihydropic ; the Sericum tos-
tum,  or  "burnt silk," and the Hirundines combusta, or "burnt
swallows,"  as antiepileptics;  the Lepus combuslus, or  "burnt
hare," as an antilithic ; the Reguli usti, or " burnt wrens," advised
in nephritis and  in calculous affections; and the Talpa combusta,
or " burnt moles," at one time much extolled in erratic gout,  lepra,
scrofula, ulcers and fistulas !   All have properly fallen, however,
into oblivion with the profession, although there may yet be  some,
who cling with pertinacity to these relics of ancient ignorance and
superstition.  The cancer remedy of Cosme, into the composition
of which burnt shoe soles entered, appears to have kept up the em-
ployment of animal charcoal ; as well as the "burnt sponge," Spongia
usta,  in which, however, the charcoal is of but little efficacy com-
pared with the iodine it contains.  These  were perhaps the only
forms in which animal charcoal was used at the time when Weise,
a German physician, revived its employment; and many physicians
soon came forward to attest favourably in regard to  it.
                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  Weise gives the following method  of preparing it.  Cut ribs of
veal, with the flesh attached, into small pieces, and  put  them in a
drum for roasting coffee :  turning the drum  constantly whilst it is
placed over the fire.   When inflammable air begins to pass  off,
which is distinguished by the flame playing around  the  drum, the
combustion must still be kept up a quarter of an  hour longer.  If
it be continued so  long as any inflammable air is disengaged, the
preparation is inefficacious.  The  substance, most commonly met
with under the name of Animal Charcoal, is obtained by burning
bones.  The  residue, when reduced to powder, is the well known
substance  bone black or ivory  black}  This generally contains
more or less phosphate of lime according to the kind of  bone from
which it has been procured.  This is directed in the London Phar-
macopoeia to be purified by digestion in dilute hydrochloric acid as
follows : Take of animal charcoal, a pound; hydrochloric acid and
water, each twelve  fluid ounces.  Mix the hydrochloric acid with
the water, and gradually pour it upon the charcoal ; then digest
for  two days in a gentle  heat, occasionally agitating.  Set aside,
and pour off the supernatant liquor;  then wash the  charcoal with
repeated portions of water, till no  traces of  acid are perceptible;
lastly, dry it.2   Charcoal, prepared in this way, should  be a com-

  1  See Art. Carbo Animalis, by Dr. F. Bache, in Wood and Bache's Dis-
pensatory, 3d edition, p. 161.
  2 Brande, Dictionary of Materia Medica, p. 151.  London, 1839. 
CARBO ANIMALIS.
97
bination of carbon, carbonate and phosphate of lime, hydrogen, and
azote.  From an analysis, which Meurer made of animal charcoal,
prepared  according  to  Weise's formula, it  contains also muriate
and a little carbonate of soda, as well as a portion of iron.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  In the case of a young man of scrofulous  diathesis, WTeise saw a
tumour, of  the  size of a hazelnut,  and   very painful,  situate
under  the  nipple,  disappear under  the use of animal charcoal.
According to him, its  efficacy is strongly  exerted on  the uterus
and  mammas.   Rothamel and Hohnbaum extol it in dyspepsia
and  gastricism, as well as in cases  of diarrhoea.   In  obstinate
chronic glandular indurations, especially of the  mammary glands,
Weise affirms it to  be a certain remedy;  he, at the  same time,
however, considers a regulated diet to be indispensable.  Scirrhus
of the lips,  he says,  also  disappears  under its use,  and  even
scirrhous goitre when the charcoal is associated with burnt sponge.
On cartilaginous polypi,  it  is said  to  have exerted  a beneficial
agency, and to  have  diminished the tendency of mucous polypi to
return after operation.  Even open cancer,  it is  asserted, has been
healed by it.1 On these recommendations of Weise, animal charcoal
has been used by several German physicians, especially by Wagner,
Kopp, Pitschaft, Radius, Rothamel, Hesselbach, Gumpert, Hohn-
baum, Fricke,  Michaelsen, and Siebenhaar; and as a general re-
sult of their observations it would seem not  to be devoid of thera-
peutical  agency; although many of the experimenters failed in
noticing any sanative effect from it.   Fricke, for example, did not
observe the least benefit in the very cases  mentioned by Weise.
He gave it also in the way of experiment, in several other cases, but
without detecting the slightest influence on the  organism.   Other
physicians saw advantages from its use in open  cancer, but these
were  only  transient.   On  the  other   hand,  the  experience of
Wagner, Kopp, Michaelsen,  and Rothamel  would seem  to  show,
that it was effectual in  removing incipient scirrhus of the mammas.
Kopp employed it successfully in scirrhous goitre, and Pitschaft in
a case of what he terms struma varicosa.  Radius dispersed under
its use a considerable  swelling  of the  submaxillary glands.  In
scrofulous  affections, especially in scrofulous indurations of the
glands, it proved  useful in  the  hands  of  Kopp, Rothamel and
Speranza.   Pitschaft, in a delicate, strumous woman,  who was
suffering constantly under ozssna, found it of eminent service after
other remedies had failed.   Radius thought  it aided the absorption
of a disintegrated cataract, and Siebenhaar saw good effects from it
in induration of the  pancreas.
  Riecke2 suggests, that further trials might show that it might be

         1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 104.
         2 Op. cit.
       7—c                                    dungl 7 
98
dunglison's new remedies.
used in the place of iodine, which it appears to resemble in its
action  on  the economy,  whilst it  affects  the  organism  less in-
juriously.  It  is extremely doubtful, however, whether the proper-
ties of the two substances can be regarded as at all analogous, and
whether  the  charcoal  is possessed of any  other properties than
those usually ascribed to the prepared charcoal.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   The carbo animalis is given in doses of from half a grain to three
grains twice a day, commonly in the form of powder  with sugar,
or with powdered liquorice root.  Weise advises  it to be sprinkled
on the hard edges of cancerous ulcers, and  Speranza  extols an
ointment made of charcoal and oil or simple cerate as a discutient
in scrofulous swellings.

                  Pulvis  Carbonis Animalis.

                 Powder  of Animal Charcoal.
             &.  Carbon, animal,  gr. ij.
                 Pulv. rad. glycyrr. gr. v.
           F. pulvis.
   A powder to be given morning and evening.
             5<.  Carbon, animal, gr. vi.
                 Spong. marin. ust. gr. xij.
                 Pulv. rad. glycyrrhiz. Jss.
             M.  F. pulv. in partes vi sequales dividendus.
   A powder to be taken night and morning in scirrhous goitre.
                                                    Riecke.
               5*.  Pulv. carbonis animal, gr. iv.
                  Pulv. rad. glycyrrh. 9iv.  M. et divide in pait. viij.
   One of  these  to  be taken dry, morning and evening, a  little
water  being drunk afterwards, in cases of scirrhous indurations of
the mammas.   After the eight powders  have been taken, the dose
may be  increased gradually  by half a grain, until  it  ultimately
attains four grains.  At the same time, abirritating, and spare diet
should be inculcated.

                    Boli  Carbonis Animalis.
                  Boluses  of Animal Charcoal.
               9*. Pulv. carbon, animal, gr. iij.
                  Ammon. muriat. pulv. 9j.
                  Ext. conii macul. gr. ij.
                  ----glycyrrhiz. q. s. ut fiat bolus.
   One of these to be given three times a day ;—in cases of swell-
ing and  scirrhus of  the prostate, and of the mucous  membrane of
the urethra.                                      Magendie. 
CARBONIS SESQ.UI-IODIDUM--CETRARINA.         99
               CARBONIS  SESQJJI-IODIDUM.

Synonymes.  Carbonis Sesqui-ioduretum, Sesqui-iodide, or Sesqui-ioduret
  of Carbon.

  This preparation is made by mixing concentrated alcoholic solu-
tions of iodine and potassa  until the former loses its colour.  A
solution is obtained, from which the  addition of water will  throw
down a yellow precipitate—the sesqui-iodide of carbon.
  This substance is soluble  in alcohol and ether, but insoluble in
water.  The ethereal solution yields  large yellow crystals by slow
evaporation.   It has a sweet taste, and a strong saffron-like  odour.
Mitscherlich1 considers the taste very disagreeable.
  Fifty grains given by Dr. Cogswell,2 to a strongly made  terrier
dog, proved fatal; and, on dissection, the large vessels  were found
congested; the inner  membrane was  closely corrugated, and the
apices of the rugae were of a rose red  colour.

            EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  Dr.  Litchfield3 used it with advantage in five cases of enlarged
glands; in two of lepra, and three of porrigo, in  the form of oint-
ment composed of 3ss of the powder to 3vj of simple cerate.
                        CETRARINA.

Synonymes.  Cetraria, Cetrarine.
French.—Cetrarin.

  This  substance  has been  extracted, of late, from  the lichen
islandicus or  cetraria islandica, by M.  Herberger,  a pharmacien
at Kaiserslautern.4

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

  The coarse powder of the  lichen  is boiled for half an hour in
four times  its weight of alcohol at .883; it is left at rest  until
vapours cease to be given off, to avoid the  loss of the alcohol ;  it is
then strained and pressed.   Three  drains of hydrochloric acid pre-
viously diluted  with water are now added to each pound of the
lichen ;  this is mixed with from four times and a  quarter to four
times and a half its bulk of water, and the  mixture is left at rest for

        1 Traile de Chimie, traduit par Valerius.
      .  2 Essay on Iodine, p.  122.  Edinb. 1837.
        3 Lond. Med. Gaz. Aug. 1836.
        4 Buchner's Repertorium, B. viii. H. 1.  1837. 
100
dunglison's new remedies.
a night  in  a closed flask.   The  next day, the deep yellow fluid,
which swims  above the  copious deposite obtained, is poured  off:
this deposite is the impure cetrarine, the colour of which is more or
less  greenish.  It is  now  collected on a filter (chausse), left to
drain as  little as possible and subjected to pressure.  To purify it,
it must  be  divided into small fragments, and washed whilst  still
moist with alcohol or ether, which deprives it of colour; it is then
treated with two hundred times its  weight  of boiling alcohol, in
which the  inorganic matter, which has hitherto  accompanied it, is
scarcely  soluble.  The greater part of the cetrarine is gradually
precipitated on the  cooling of the  alcoholic solution.  The portion
which still remains in solution, may be separated  by the evapora-
tion of the alcohol.
  Pure cetrarine  is at times in the state of a white  powder, resem-
bling magnesia; at others in small globules  united in the form of
arborisations, which do not present—even under the microscope—
any crystalline texture.   When gently compressed, it has a slight
silky splendour.  It is light, unalterable in the air, inodorous, and
has a very intense bitter taste, especially in the alcoholic solution.
Its best solvent is absolute alcohol, one  hundred parts dissolving
1.70 of it at the  boiling  temperature, but only 0.28 at 14° centig.
(58° Fahr.)  Alcohol, at 0.830 dissolves 0.44 when boiling, 0.28 at
25° cent. (77° Fahr.) and only 0.04 at 14° cent. (58° Fahr.)  It i*
still  less  soluble  in boiling  and in  cold water, the essential oils,
creosote,  &c.  It  is somewhat more soluble in ether, but insoluble
in the  fixed oils.1

            EFFECTS  ON  THE  ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

• M.  Muller, a physician of Kaiserslautern,2  details two cases in
which he  has administered the cetrarine.  One  of these was  a
quartan,  the other a tertian intermittent.  The effects appeared to
be exerted  more slowly than those of quinine, but it seemed to him
not to  affect the stomach  as much.[?]  Its price must be much less,
as M.  Herberger succeeded in obtaining from a pound of lichen
135 grains of very pure cetrarine.
  It has  not been given, so far as we know, in  this  country.

                 METHOD OF  ADMINISTERING.
  Miiller gave it in the form of powder according to the following
prescription :—
               B<.  Cetrarin.
                   Gummi arabic. aa. gr. ij.
                   Sacchar. alb. J}ss.   M. et fiat pulvis.
  Dose.—One of these every two hours during the apyrexia.

  1 Journal de Pharmacie, xxiii, 505, Paris, 1837, and  Bulletin General de
Therapeutique, No. 18, Sep. 30, 1837.
  2 H. Bruck, in Bulletin General de Therapeutique, No. 17. Sep. 15 1837. 
CHIMAPHILA.
101
  H. Bruck,1 suggests, that if dissolved in spirit of wine, its action
may be incomparably more potent, and that it may more speedily
arrest the paroxysms of an intermittent than when given in powder.
                   CHIMAPHILA (FOLIA.)

 Synonymes.  Chimaphilae vel Chimophilse UmbellatEe Folia; Pyrola; Um-
  bellatae Folia, Winter Green, Pipsissewa.
 French.—Herbe a pisser, Pyrole en Ombelle.
 German.—Die Blatter des holdenbluhtigen Wintergruns.

   This plant is not new  to us; but  numerous trials have been
 made with it recently in Europe.   It is admitted into the Pharma-
 copoeia of the United States, is a beautiful evergreen, and  is indi-
 genous in the northern parts of Europe, Asia, and America.   It
 belongs to the natural family of heaths, Ericeas;  and,  in the Lin-
 nasan System, to Decandria Monogynia. A good description of it is
 given  by Barton.2
   The leaves have a  bitter-sweetish taste, with  some degree  of
 ^stringency.  The taste of the stems and roots is, in addition, con-
 siderably  pungent.   Boiling water  and alcohol extract  the  virtues
 of the plant.  The constituents, so far as ascertained, are bitter ex-
 tractive, tannin, resin, gum, lignin and saline matters.

            EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  The leaves of the Chirnaphila were long used by the Indians  of
 this continent, and from them the American physician was induced
 to employ them.   The first regular treatise respecting  the  plant is
 said to have  been a thesis of Dr.  Mitchell,  published  in the year
 1803.3  In Canada it is said to have been  Jong used in diseases  of
 the urinary passages, especially in calculus, dropsy, and in  chronic
 gout  and rheumatism; its effects  appearing to resemble—but not
to exceed—those of the uva ursi.  Somerville4 and Barton  extol it
 as an excellent diuretic in different forms of dysuria, and in drop-
sies, especially such as succeed to acute  diseases ;  in nephralgia  as
 a palliative,  especially  when  the paroxysms  are occasioned by
gravel which has accumulated in the  kidn«y ;  and even in vesical
calculus.   During its use the appetite improved, and the digestive
powers augmented ;  the  patients  often experiencing—immediately

  1 Op. cit.
  2 Medical Botany, i. 17; see, also, Art. Chirnaphila, in  Wood & Bache's
 Dispensatory, 3d edit. p. 193.
  3 Barton's Collection, ii, 2.
  4 Medico-chirurgical Transactions,  v, 340. 
 102             dunglison's NEW REMEDIES.

 after it was taken—an agreeable sensation in the stomach, and in
 the region of the kidneys.
   Radius1 found it especially serviceable in dropsy, gout and rheu-
 matism ;  and in inordinate activity of the secretory function of the
 mucous  membranes—chronic catarrh, phthisis pituitosa, &c.  Ac-
 cording  to  him, it is contraindicated when  there is  much fever,
 disposition  to  diarrhoea, gastricism, and  great debility  of the
 stomach.   Heyfelder  affirms,  that, the  chimaphila appears to be
 advantageous in the debility of the digestive organs attendant upon
 dropsy, but its diuretic effect is  not considerable or enduring, so
 that it requires  to be associated with other more powerful agents.
   Experiments, which have been  made recently in the Biirgerhos-
 pital at Pesth, and which have been collected by St.  Rochus and
 published by Windisch, the director of the hospital, are extremely
 favourable to the chirnaphila.  Within two years, nearly two  hun-
 dred  dropsical  cases  are said to  have been  radically cured by it.
 Windisch recommends it most strongly to the attention of his col-
 leagues ;  he asserts it to be one  of the best  diuretics  we possess;
 that it does  not impair digestion ;  moderately accelerates the circu-
 lation ; gently encourages the action of the bowels, and powerfully
 augments the urinary secretion ; that the patients willingly take it,
 and that it induces no nausea.  It  was administered with advantage
 in dropsies  unaccompanied  by fever, and not dependent  upon or-
 ganic  mischief, upon "corruption of the humours or paralysis of
 the lymphatic textures."  In febrile conditions and inflammatory
 diatheses, it is said to have been always injurious, as well as when
 it was administered prior to the resolution of obstructions remaining
 after  long protracted intermittents ;  but when  these are removed,
 and  no excitement exists, more,  according to Windisch, is to be
 expected from  it than from any  other  agent, and  he strongly ad-
 vises, that careful trials should be made with  it in the proper cases.
 He advises, also, that its use should be persevered in, in order that
 good  effects may be derived from  it.
   We have frequently administered the chimaphila in public  and
 private practice,  and have  found  it serviceable,  where  a tonico-
 diuretic was indicated.

                  MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

   The chimaphila is given either in infusion, or, what is preferable,
in decoction ; the dose in the  day being from half an ounce to an
ounce.  Where it does not act sufficiently on  the  bowels, Radius
advises, that a few senna leaves should  be added.   In affections of
the chest, he found the addition of the sweet  spirit of nitre advan-
tageous.   Generally,  however,   he  gave  the chimaphila  alone.
 Windisch found a combination of it with tartar emetic, liver of sub

  1 Auserlesene Heilformeln zum Gebrauche fur  praktische  Aerzte und
Wundarzte, u. s. w. Leipz. 1836. 
                          CHLORINUM.                       103

phur, sal ammoniac, squill, and, in very great  weakness, cinchona
and  preparations  of iron, serviceable.  Radius often administered
also  the aqueous or spirituous extract.

                    Decoctum Chimaphila.

                    Decoction of Chimaphila.

            !*.  Chimaphil. umbellat. 3j.
            Macera per horas xij. in aquas font. BSij. (ffiiss Ph. Lond.)
               Coque ad colatur. Bbj.

   To be used daily  in dropsy.                   Somerville.

            9<.   Chimaphil. umbellat. gss ad gj.
      Coque cum aquae font, ^xij, ad reman. §vj.
      Coctione finita adde
                Spiritus frumenti. (gin, malt spirit or whisky) gij.
                Digere frigide per horas vj, et cola.

   Dose—Two  spoonfuls to be taken four times a day in dropsy
 and gout.                                            Radius.

            !*.   Chimaphil. umbellat. 3vj.
      Coque cum aq. font. ,§xij  ad reman. 3vj.
      Sub finem  coctionis adde
                Fob senna? gij, et cola.

   Dose—A spoonful to be taken every two hours.      Radius,
CHLORINUM.
Synonymes.  Chlorum, Chlorine, Murigene, Acidum Muriaticum Oxygena-
  tum, Acidum Marinum Dephlogisticatum, Spiritus Salis Marini Dephlo-
  gisticatus.
French.—Chlore.
German.—Chlor, Chlorgas.


  Uncombined chlorine is employed  medicinally not only in the
gaseous but  liquid state.  Of each of these we shall treat in suc-
cession.
  The forms for evolving it  in  the gaseous state, as well as the
gaseous chlorine itself, have had various names assigned them ex-
pressive of their chemical or medical properties.  They have been
termed, respectively, Acidum muriaticum oxygenatum ad contagia ;
Fumigatio muriatico-oxygenata; Pulvis ad fumigationes muriati-
cus ; Species pro vaporibus superoxydi muriatici; Suffitus oxymu-
riaticus; S. chlorini; Alexiterium Chloricum, Fumigation de  chlor,
F. de Guyton, F. Guytonienne, F.  Hygienique, &c. 
104             dunglison's new remedies.
                     MODE OF  PREPARING.

   Chlorine  is obtained from  muriatic or hydrochloric  acid.  For
this purpose, one  part of well pulverised peroxide  of  manganese
with five or six parts of concentrated  muriatic acid is put into a
retort, to which heat is applied  and the gas received over water.
Or, it may be  obtained from a mixture of one  part of manganese,
four parts of kitchen salt, two parts of concentrated sulphuric acid,
and four parts of water.
   Chlorine  is  a greenish yellow gas; of a peculiar, strong, disa-
greeable, stifling odour.   The flame of a lighted taper introduced
into it  becomes at first pale, afterwards  red, and is  ultimately ex-
tinguished.  It remains  unchanged  in the highest temperatures.
It has  a great affinity for hydrogen, so that it abstracts this gas
from every substance that contains  it, and forms with it muriatic
acid.   Hence  it decomposes all  the gases that contain hydrogen,
and all organic colouring matters, as  well  as—it is conceived by
many—miasmata and contagious matters.

                   EFFECTS  ON  THE  ECONOMY.

   Chlorine  when  diluted,  and received  into the lungs, occasions
coughing, and symptoms of suffocation, to which a  protracted
catarrh often  succeeds ;  not  frequently,  too, we observe in those,
who are compelled to be  exposed to the gas, bronchitis  and pneu-
monia.  Animals soon die when  they are immersed  in it.1
   In Mr.  Broughton's experiments,  mice exposed  to it fell dead
in  less than  thirty seconds.   On opening them, the  heart  was
found palpitating ;  the peristaltic motion of the intestinal canal con-
tinued, and  could  be kept up by irritating  it with a probe.  The
vessels of  the  brain were collapsed.  The^lungs  were tinged with
the yellow  colour of the  gas, and the peculiar odour of chlorine
was perceptible throughout their structure.  Coagulation  of  the
blood took place as under ordinary circumstances.  A  rabbit, two
or three weeks old, was immersed in chlorine, and died in less than
half a minute.   On opening the thorax, the  heart was found acting
freely and on puncturing the aorta, the blood jetted  out forcibly to
a  considerable distance.    The  peristaltic  motion  of the  bowels
was also going on.  The vessels of the  brain were  in a collapsed
state.   The  lungs  were very much distended,  tinged yellow,  and
when removed from the chest to a distance, emitted the odour of
chlorine.  The right ventricle of the heart was distended with
dark blood.  The eyes were much glazed in each experiment.   "It
has been generally thought," adds Mr. Broughton, " that chiorine
is incapable of passing the epiglottis" (the glottis), but from  the
above observations it is evident  that this gas enters the bronchial
tubes in the act of inspiration.  A portion of it probably circulates

        1 See Christison on  Poisons, 3d edit. p. 736. Edinb. 1836. 
CHLORINUM.
105
through  the brain, suspending the cerebral functions without di-
rectly  destroying  the action of the involuntary organs,—contrac-
tility  remaining long  after the destruction of animal  life, as is
evinced by the activity of the heart and of the  intestinal canal."1
  These very facts,  however, seem to show that but little of the
gas enters  the lungs;  probably no more  than  what passes imme-
diately preceding the closure of the  glottis by the forcible contrac-
tion of the arytenoidei muscles.  When inhaled in  a dilute state,
it is absorbed, and, according  to Mr. Wallace, the urine acquires
bleaching properties.  It would appear also, that, in  manufactories,
the chief consequences, resulting from exposure to  an atmosphere
of chlorine, are acidity and  other  stomach complaints, which the
men generally remove by taking chalk:2  this fact is confirmatory
of the view, that acidity of the stomach is  usually, if not always,
dependent  upon excess in the secretion  of the  gastric  acids,  the
most  important of which is the  hydrochloric.  Where chlorine is
inhaled,  it is reasonable to suppose that more  of the hydrochloric
acid  may be secreted in the stomach.

                    METHOD OF EMPLOYING.

   1. By inhalation.—In  the way of inhalation,  chlorine gas is
never  administered in a state of purity,  but always  diluted with
atmospheric  air; often,  too,  it is united  with watery  vapour.
Gannal  affirms that the workmen  in  a  bleaching  establishment,
who suffered  under diseases of the chest,  were visibly improved,
and  ascribed  the amelioration to the  inhalation of  air containing
chlorine.  He, therefore, instituted various experiments on  con-
sumptive individuals, from which good results, he  conceived, fol-
lowed.   Sir James Murray3 also mentions that a friend of his  had
observed similar effects among his workmen exposed to the inhala-
tion  of watery vapour strongly impregnated with chlorine.
  The experiments, however, which were instituted at La Charite,
in Paris, on this mode of treating phthisis, were by no means en-
couraging;  and the same  may be  said of those at the Hotel Dieu
of that city, instituted by Rullier.4
  In  many cases,  indeed,  the  disease appeared to be aggravated.
Bayle  likewise  thought the  inhalation of  chlorine generally  un-
favourable,  although he asserts that he cured  a case of tubercular
phthisis  thereby.  Recently, it has been again  recommended by
Cottereau.
  Professor Albers,5 of  Bonn, who  administered it repeatedly,  and

  1 Journal of the Royal Institution, from Jan. to June, 1830.
  8 Pereira, Elements of Materia Medica, pt. i. p. 107.  Lond. 1839.
  8 A Dissertation on the Influence of Heat, &c, Lond. 1829; cited in the
Dublin Journal of Medical Science for March, 1839, p. 96.
  4 See, also, Pereira, Elements of the Materia Medica, pt. i. p. 108. Lond.
1839.
  ' Hannoversche Annalen, 1836, and Br. and For.  Rev. for July, 1837, p.
215. 
106
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
carefully watched its effects, conceives that it acts as  a  stimulant
when applied to the  membrane, but that, when it  gets into  the
blood, its effects are antiphlogistic; and he is  of opinion that, when
there is no hasmoptysis, or violent local irritation present, chlorine
inhalations may be  used  in  diseases of the lungs and air passages.
Its  stimulant effect gradually diminishes, and,  after  a time,  the
mucous surfaces of the lung  become less  sensible  to  its exciting
influence.   In tubercles of the lung, in chronic catarrh, in  chronic
inflammation and ulceration of  the bronchial mucous membrane,
and in dilatation of the bronchi, he found it of no service,  and, in
most cases,  k could not be borne in consequence of the irritation it
induced ;  but its operation was  very salutary in pure ulceration of
the lungs or vomica.   It had  always, however, to be administered
cautiously and experimentally.
  Dr.  Stokes always found  chlorine  inhalations  prejudicial  in
phthisis, producing, in every case, increase of bronchial irritation,
dyspepsia, and arrest of the  pulmonary secretion.  In  his  trials of
the remedy  in gangrene of the lungs,1 he  found it decidedly bene-
ficial, correcting the  fcetor  of the  breath  and expectoration, and,
therefore, calculated to obviate not only the local but the constitu-
tional symptoms.
  Sir Jarnes Clark2 is of opinion that the inhalation of chlorine
has only produced  relief in persons  whose  lungs have been  dis-
eased to a very limited extent.
  Dr. Pancoast informs the author, that a case of aphonia, occur-
ring in  a young lady, in which there was but little voluntary power
over the diaphragm, was cured by the inhalation of chlorine, after
the galvanic plates and  the electro-magnetic apparatus had been
used in vain.
  The  chlorine may  be inhaled from a common dish or inhaling
apparatus, by dropping any of the acids on a mixture of chloride
of lime, so  that the acid may be disengaged slowly, but the best
method of inhaling it, as well  as  iodine, is that recently recom-
mended by  Dr. Corrigan.3   He properly remarks that, in order  that
inhalation may have a fair trial, it  is requisite, first.  That  the
apparatus should be  simple in its construction, and easily kept in
order.   Secondly.  That it should  be capable of keeping up a sup-
ply of vapour for any length of time, and that the evolution of the
vapour should be steady and easily regulated.   Thirdly. That it
should  also furnish a  sufficient supply of aqueous vapour to prevent
any irritation of the larynx, or  lining membrane of the air tubes;
and, fourthly, and  most important of all, that  its employment should
entail neither trouble  nor fatigue on the invalid.
   To  fulfil these  objects, Dr. Corrigan advises the apparatus re-


  1 Dublin Hospital Reports, vol. v.
  2 Treatise  on Tubercular Phthisis, p. 84, Lond. 1834; also  Amer  edit.
Philad.  1835.
  8 Dublin Journal of Medical  Science, March, 1839, p. 94. 
CHLORINUM.
107
presented in the margin. It consists of alight open iron-wire frame,
about eighteen inches high,  at
the bottom of which is a spirit
lamp, A:  at  the proper height
above it is an evaporating  por-
celain dish, about six inches  in
diameter, B: above  this  is  a
glass globe,  C, with  its neck
downwards.    In  the neck  of
the globe  is  a cork,  D, bored,
and through the  opening  is
drawn, moderately tight, a short
plug of cotton wick, such  as is
used in  a spirit lamp: in the
glass globe at E, opposite the
neck,  is drilled a  pin-hole,  to
allow air to pass in,  according
as the fluid within drops out
through the  neck.   To use  it,
the porcelain dish is filled with
hot water, the spirit  lamp  is
lighted, and as soon as the water
in the dish has begun  to  boil, the glass globe containing the chlo-
 rine, (if this be the substance used,) is placed as shown in the mar-
 ginal illustration.  The rate, at which the fluid in the globe shall
 percolate the cotton wick  and drop into the hot water beneath, is
 easily regulated.  If it do not drop with sufficient rapidity, one or
 two of the threads of the  cotton may be removed.   If it drop too
 rapidly, this is corrected  by pressing  in the  cork more  tightly, or
 introducing  one or two additional threads  of wick.
   In employing the chlorine, eight ounces of saturated  solution of
 chloride of lime may be poured into ihe glass globe  ; and  into
 the water of the porcelain dish, two ounces of  the dilute sulphuric
 acid of  the pharmacopoeia.   As the solution of the chloride drops,
 the acid seizes on the  lime, and the chlorine is evolved in connection
 with the aqueous vapour.1
    Chlorine  is but little used in this form, and  can only  be adapted
 for cases in which the pathological condition of the bronchial mucous
 membrane, or neighbouring parts, requires the exhibition of an ex-
 citant.2   In this way, it may be occasionally serviceable in chronic
 bronchitis ;  but its administration requires great caution.3  In cases
 of poisoning  bv the  hydrocyanic acid, as well as by sulphuretted
 hydrogen, chlorine is a most efficacious  agent.  The chloride ot
 lime may be used for  this purpose.

   1 Lond. Med. Gazette, April 6, 1839, p. 49.
   2 Toulmouche, in Revue Medicale, Avnl, 1834.             ,
   8 Archives Generales, Avril, 1834; and a recent communication on the
 excellent effects of chlorine vapour incatauh, in Gazette Medicale de Pans,
 June, 1838. 
108
dunglison's new  remedies.
  2. By Fumigation.—Fumigations of chlorine  have been parti-
cularly recommended  by Wallace, of Dublin.1   They appear to
resemble, in their action, the nitrous and nitro-muriatic acid baths,
and  have been  especially employed in liver diseases, unaccom-
panied by inflammation, but in which there is disturbance of the
biliary secretion.   According  to Wallace, fumigations of  chlorine
are more certain than ablutions and baths of niiro-muriatic acid,
and they have the advantage, that their application subjects the pa-
tient to less  inconvenience.   The  good  effects of  chlorine, in such
cases, have  likewise been tested by Zeise,2 in his bathing establish-
ment at Altona.   When the  chlorine is,  in this way, brought into
contact with the skin, it soon occasions  a  pricking sensation ; in-
crease  of transpiration ; great afflux of fluids  to the surface of the
body, and sometimes a pustular  eruption ; increased secretion of
saliva, urine, and bile; slight inflammation of the mouth and fauces,
and impeded respiration and circulation.
  Wallace  found  chlorine fumigations serviceable not  only in
hepatic diseases with disordered secretion of the liver, but in several
other morbid conditions, as  hypochondriasis,  cachexia, and in all
affections in which a prolonged excitation of the skin, and a resto-
ration  of its suppressed or impaired functions could  be esteemed
serviceable,—hence, in old cases of syphilis, scrofula,  chronic ca-
tarrh,  and rheumatism : generally, cathartics were combined with
the fumigations, and the  evacuations were constantly observed to
present a highly bilious character.
  In chronic cutaneous affections, as in lepra, psoriasis, and sca-
bies, these  fumigations have been  found useful; but, generally,
fumigations of sulphurous acid are employed by preference, in con-
sequence of the greater facility with which they can be prepared.3
  Injections of chlorine gas  have been employed for the radical
cure of hydrocele by  M.  Deblois, of Tournay, and M. Deconde.4
The chlorine gas is contained in a bladder,  to which is attached  a
pipe and stopcock adapted to the canula of the trocar, into which  it
is fixed after the fluid  is evacuated:  the stopcock is then  turned,
and the bladder pressed so as  to force the gas into the tunica vagi-
nalis.  When this is distended, the pipe  and bladder are removed,
and the thumb is placed over  the mouth  of the trocar, so as to pre-
vent the  issue of the gas  for  the space  of  two minutes: it is then
allowed to escape, and two or three repetitions of  the injection are
made,  which are sufficient for the cure.  It would appear, that risk
must be incurred from the injection of such an acrid substance, but
M. Deconde says not.
  Fumigations of chlorine, with the view of destroying the matter

  1 Researches respecting the Medical Powers of Chlorine, &c. Lond 1822.
  2 Nye Hygea udgived af C. Otto, 1825, and Hufeland  und Osann's Journ.
der prakt. Heilkund. B. lxiii. St. 1.
  2 Green on Diseases of the Skin.  American Library edit., Philada 1838
  4 Bulletin Medical Beige, Janvier, 1836. 
CHLORINUM.
109
of contagion, and of preventing the spread of contagious diseases,
have long been used.1   As  long  ago as the year 1773, they were
proposed by  Guyton de Morveau, and hence they have been called
the "Guytonian," or the "Guyton Morveau fumigations."  They
are the best agents for the purpose that we possess.
  In  fumigating  the  extensive  general  penitentiary at Milbank,
Westminster, Dr. Faraday adopted the following method. One part
of common salt was intimately mixed with one part of the black
oxide of manganese;  the mixture was placed in a shallow earthen
pan, and two parts of oil  of vitriol, previously diluted with two
parts by measure of water, were  poured upon it|—the whole being
stirred with a stick.   Chlorine was liberated for four days.  The
quantities of  the ingredients employed were 700 pounds of common
salt, the same quantity of the oxide of manganese, and 1400 pounds
of sulphuric acid.2
   When chlorine is evolved  in the manner described, it is liable,
like all  the acid gases, to the objection that it is extremely irritating
when respired.   It cannot, therefore,  be used in the sleeping apart-
ments of the sick, although it may be employed beneficially after
they have been withdrawn, and the object is to disinfect the cham-
ber.  It ruins all polished surfaces, but this can be  effectually ob-
viated by painting them over  with a compost of starch.  The chlo-
rides are not liable to the same objection, as they exhale the chlorine
slowly.3
                       CHLORINI AQUA.

Synonymes.   Aqua Chlorinii,  Liquor Chlori,  Aqua Chlori, Aqua Oxymu-
  riatica, Liquor Acidi Muriatici Oxygenati,  Aqua Oxygenata Muriatica,
  Aqua  Oxygeno-Muriatica, Liquor Alexitereus Oxygenatus, Solutio Alexi-
  teria Oxygenata, Solution of Chlorine, Liquid Oxymuriatic Acid.
French.—Chlore Liquide, Eau de Chlore.
German.—Chlorwasser.

   This preparation is  contained  in many of the pharmacopoeias. It
is in those of Austria and Anvers; and in the Batavian, Bavarian,
Belgian, Danish, Dublin, Parisian, Finnish, Hannoverian, Polish,
Prussian, and Swedish.4   It  has been more  extensively adminis-
tered on the continent of Europe than in this country, or in Great
Britain.

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

   The Prussian Pharmacopoeia directs chlorine gas, made after the
manner before described, to be passed into the bottles of a Woulfe's
apparatus filled  with distilled water, until two-thirds of the water

  ' Link, Art. Chlor, in Encyclopad. Worterb. der medicin. Wissenschaft.
B. vii. S. 575.  Berlin, 1831.
  2 Pereira, Op. cit. p. 107.
  8 See the author's General Therapeutics, p. 509.  Philad. 1836.
  4 Pharmacopee Universelle, i. 405.  Paris, 1828. 
110
dunglison's new remedies.
are displaced;  the  bottles are corked  under water, and the water
is  agitated until it  takes up the gas.   The  liquid is then drawn
off into small  bottles,  which are well  filled, and kept in a dark
place.   In  this way, liquid chlorine may be  kept  for a long
time undecomposed. ' In its preparation, some little muriatic acid is
formed, so that it has at times to be  purified  by treating it with a
solution of nitrate of silver.

           EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN  HEALTH.

   From experiments made by Orfila1 on dogs, it appears that con-
siderable doses of a moderately concentrated solution of chlorine
prove fatal, by exciting sooner or later inflammation of the stomach,
accompanied with great languor; and when death takes place very
rapidly, signs of organic alteration are  met with in the stomach.
In its action on the economy, chlorine is closely allied to the acids,
and  especially  to the muriatic.   Introduced into the  stomach in
moderate doses, the solution of chlorine excites an agreeable feeling
of warmth,  which  soon  spreads over  the  whole of the body: in
strong doses, according  to L. W. Sachs,  a  kind of intoxicating
stupor is induced by it, soon succeeded by prostration.  It has been
conceived to act equably as  a  moderate excitant on the nervous
system, and thereby to moderate inordinate action in any part, and
is, to a certain extent, antiphlogistic,  without  possessing any of the
debilitating qualities of the antiphlogistics proper.  In  the opinion
of some of the  German pathologists, it exerts a powerful stimula-
tion on the organic  actions, especially on the lymphatic and glan-
dular systems, moderating inordinate secretion.  Its antiseptic pro-
perties are likewise  considerable.  It would appear,  however, that
the number of observations  has not been sufficiently great—al-
though they have  been  by no  means few—to allow of any com-
prehensive appreciation of its exact modus operandi on  the human
organism.2

           EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY  IN  DISEASE.

   Although the solution of chlorine is properly no new remedy, it
is only of late  years, that it has been frequently administered.  At
the present day in some  countries, it is in  common use.  It is not
long since Meurer  maintained, that  it is impossible to  administer
chlorine internally,  and that in every case  in  which it was believed
to have been given,  the article really  taken was the hydrochloric or
muriatic acid ;  for, owing to the  affinity of chlorine  for hydrogen,
whenever any  union takes  place between it and organic matters,
the chlorine he affirmed disappears, and muriatic acid alone exists,
as he had proved by repeated experiments.   In this assertion, how-
ever, he was opposed by many  observers.  Herzog and Barmann

  1 Toxicologic Generale, i. 141.
  2 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 30.  Stuttgart, 1837. 
CHLORINUM.
Ill
came forward with experiments to show that  Meurer had gone too
far in his deductions ; and from all the experiments, it would ap-
pear, that in  prescribing the aqua chlorini many mistakes had been,
and—we may add—still are, committed.  From Barwald's experi-
ments it would appear, that if water which has rested on aromatic
or other vegetable substances be chosen for the dilution of the aqua
chlorini instead of distilled water, a difference is produced in the
rapidity of the decomposition. In a mixture of aqua chlorini, distilled
water, and simple syrup, the decomposition takes place tardily ; but
if in the place of the syrup, a mucilaginous juice be substituted—for
example, thesyrupus althasas—acids are speedily formed ; as well as
when  a decoction  of althasa  is  substituted for distilled  water;
whereas a mixture of the decoction  of salep (gr.  v to water gj),
syrup, and  the aqua chlorini in well stopped bottles remained
undecomposed  above twenty four hours.  In these  experiments,
however, the persistence of the smell and taste of the chlorine ex-
hibited, that  the whole of the chlorine  had not been converted into
muriatic acid.  In the same manner as in the case of the decoction
of marshmallows, the addition of the infusum sennas and infusum
Valerianae, as well  as of solutions of extracts, and especially  of
liquorice, destroyed the  smell of the aqua chlorini instantaneously,
even when the taste of chlorine could still  be detected.   When
the  solution was  combined  with  remedial agents, that  contain
much  colouring matter,  the decompostion  took  place with great
rapidity.  From  the  results of these experiments, Barwald advises
the aqua chlorini to be given in admixture with distilled water and
simple syrup, as in  this  way only can  we be sure, that the patient
has  taken the chlorine  undecomposed.  Herzog lays it down as a
rule, that  the  solution of  chlorine should  only be mixed  with
colourless transparent substances—water,  simple syrup, gum arabic
or the decoction of salep.
  In respect to its administration in disease, we shall speak first of
its internal use, which in several morbid conditions  seems to  have
rendered good, and in some cases eminent, service.  The following
are the diseases in which  it has been chiefly recommended.
  1. Irritative fever, as  in  the  violent irritative fever that occurs
during the period of  dentition ;  in which it has been administered
with great success by  Kopp,  Mehlhausen,  Goden, Trusen,  and
Riecke.1   Dangerous determinations to the head, have been, in this
way obviated, along with the unpleasant complications which are
apt to be occasioned  thereby.  Toel2 exhibited it  in convulsions,
during dentition, which were accompanied by too great activity of
vessels, and he affirms,  that he has  prescribed no remedy, which,
in all respects, answered so well.
  2. Nervous fever, especially when tending to  the  putrid  charac-
ter.   In  the  plague, according to Wagner, it  is of no avail ; but  in

      1 Op. cit. S. 30.
      8 Archiv. d. med. Erfahrung, Marz und April, 1825. 
 112             DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.

 putrid fever, according to Kopp, it is highly useful.   Spangerberg
 observed good  effects from it in an  epidemic  typhus with hepatic
 derangement.   It is likewise extolled in typhus  by Wolf, Braun,
 Hufeland, and others ; and by Sacco in the fever called petechial,
 itself a typhus.   Of late, it has been much used in Germany in
 the typhus  abdominalis, which  corresponds to our typhoid fever,
 to oppose the origin and development of the intestinal ulcerations;
 but when the disease is farther advanced it has been found useless.
 It is  especially recommended in this disease  by Clemens, but he
 commonly  premises the  use of an  emetic.  Trusen considers the
 emetic unnecessary.  He first applies leeches to  the epigastrium,
 and  then prescribes immediately the aqua oxymuriatica  in con-
 siderable doses ;—in lighter cases, a dram every two  hours ; and if
 the disorder  of the head be already great, the  tongue  chapped
 (rissig), and the peculiar expression of countenance present, he
 gives two drams  every two hours.   Bartels is less  satisfied with
 the action of chlorine in  abdominal typhus. It raises, he says, the
 sinking powers very speedily, but often excites  the  sanguiferous
 system, and not unfrequently increases the abdominal symptoms so
 palpably, that the physician is compelled to have recourse to other
 agents.  Riecke1  thinks, however, that  it may be of essential ser-
 vice in this disease, which so frequently mocks the best directed
 efforts of the  practitioner; and he  suggests,  that farther  experi-
 ments are highly desirable, especially as  those instituted by Trusen
 and  others are not  free from objections, by reason of their having
 combined with the chlorine substances that quickly decompose  it.
  3. Carbunculus malignus (Milzbrandkarbunkel).—In the variety
 of malignant anthrax caused by handling the skins of cattle,  the
 internal  and  external use of chlorine has been found of essential
 service by Ettmiiller, Herbst, Stumpf, and Hoffmann.
  4.  Scarlatina.—Pfeufer, Wendt,  Kopp, and  Trusen extol  it
 highly in this disease, for which, on theoretical grounds, it would
 seem to be appropriate, by reason of the great turmoil in the san-
 guiferous system, as indicated by rapidity of pulse and  inordinate
secretion of heat, bearing but little  direct ratio  to  the  degree of
vital energy.  Braithwaite, who, it is asserted, was one of the earliest,
 if not the earliest, who advised chlorine  in scarlatina, supposed that
it acted as  specifically as the bark  in intermittent, or mercury in
syphilis ; and Trusen asserts that it may be advantageously used in
 cases where other remedies have been found ineffectual.  It is espe-
cially recommended by Braun and Spiritus in malignant scarlatina.
  5.  In other  febrile  exanthemata, small-pox,  measles, rubeola,
&c, it has been prescribed with advantage. In putrid  dysentery,
 (faulige Ruhr,) it is extolled by Nysten and Kopp; and in inter-
 mittent,  by Kopp  and  Krefschmar.   Trusen   recommends  it
 in the irregular,  and especially in  the  anticipating forms, where
 there  is danger  of their  becoming continued.   Under its  use,
1 Op. cit. S. 33. 
CHLORINUM.
113
 he found the paroxysms became regular, with  perfect apyrexias, so
 tnat the ordinary febrifuges could be  advantageously given.  In
 gastric fever, Trusen  trusted to it solely for the removal of the dis-
 ease : he found that it corrected the morbid  secretions  from the
 mucous  membrane of the digestive tube.  Other  physicians have
 also derived equally favourable results from its administration in
 that disease.
   6. In gastromalacia, it has been prescribed  by Rhades, Blasius,
 and Winter,  but  as Riecke,1 from whom this  detail of the experi-
 ence of the German practitioners has been chiefly taken,  properly
 observes, farther  observation is necessary before we can decide as
 to its efficacy in such cases.
   7. In erysipelas, especially of children, it has been  recommended
 by Kopp.
   8. In inflammation of  the liver,  favourable results  were  obtained
 from it in the Children's Hospital of St. Petersburg;  and it exhibited,
 in these cases, the analogy to calomel in its action, which has been
 pointed out by many observers.
   9. In hydrophobia, it  has been  used both  internally and exter-
 nally as a preventive, especially by  the Italian physicians Brera,
 Previtali,2 Ghisaldoni, Agliati, Arrigoni, Narcisi, and Anelli, whose
 experience is  in its favour.   Wendelstadt and  Ruppius have like-
 wise published favourably  regarding it.  It is obvious, however,
 that much  fallacy may arise as to the  precise agency of reputed
 preventives.   Every one,  for example, who may be  bitten by a mad
 dog is  not attacked with  hydrophobia;  and, unless  great caution
 be used, any  article may  be regarded  as a preventive.  This is the
 main reason  why  we have so many preventives of hydrophobia and
 other diseases.
   10. Again :—the solution  of chlorine  has been advised  by Rup-
 pius and Mertzdorf in dropsy, especially such as supervenes on the
 acute exanthemata.
   11.  In the diathesis  phthisica.  it  has been  recommended by
 Gbden,  and has been affirmed to moderate  the hectic  in phthisis,
 and  to make the remissions  more  marked.   In these cases, it re-
 quires to be given in large doses, and to be exhibited for  a consi-
 derable time.
   12. In  many cases of chronic cutaneous affections, with dimi-
 nished plastic energy, it has been used with success by Kopp.
   13. Lastly : in noma, or cancrum oris, and in foetor of the mouth,
 it has been recommended  infernally as well as  topically;  and, ac-
 cording to the experiments of Persoz, Nonat, and others, it renders
 eminent service in cases of poisoning by the hydrocyanic acid.
   Externally, it is used either pure,'diluted with water, or  in com-
bination with  oil.  Godier affirms that he cured strumous swellings

        1 Op. cit. S. 34.
        2 Pratiche Osservazioni  sull Idrofobia, &c.   Milan,  1820.
       7—d                                      dungl 8 
114
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
of the glands by a cerate of chlorine.   Eisenmann, Cullerier,  and
Blache"recommend it at times pure, at others diluted, in the way of
injection, in gonorrhoea  and leucorrhoea.  It  is employed, also, in
flabby, putrid, and offensive ulcers, in the carbunculus malignus,
in chronic cutaneous affections, as tinea capitis, itch, (Deimann,)
herpes, (Alibert,) cancrum oris, asthenic aphthas, (fee.
  Lastly: ablution with a solution of chlorine, or of the chlorides,
has been advised as a preventive of  venereal infection.   In can-
cerous ulcers, it corrects the unpleasant odour, and  excites a new
action in the part; causing the secretion of a better pus:  farther
than this, we cannot expect much from it.  Baths of chlorine are
recommended by Wagner as an excellent means for preventing the
plague.   Schonlein advises that, in scarlatina, the whole surface of
the body should be washed with  a mixture  of aqua chlorini  and
water, which he prefers to ablution with cold  water.
  Finally;—the aqua chlorini is occasionally sprinkled in the sick
chamber to purify the atmosphere during the  prevalency of conta-
gious or other diseases.


                  MODE  OF  ADMINISTERING.

  As already remarked, whenever the aqua chlorini is prescribed,
its facility of decomposition must  be  borne in mind.   It is, for this
reason,  best to prescribe it with  water only, or at most with the
addition of simple syrup, for internal administration.   For external
use, water alone should be associated with it.  As  to the precise
mode in which chlorine is affected by fatty substances, we have as
yet no accurate knowledge; it may be calculated,  however, that a
part undergoes decomposition.  Such combinations  have, notwith-
standing, been found very useful.
   The solution  should never be prescribed in quantity larger than
is necessary for twenty-four hours, as by frequently opening the
vessel in which it is contained, decomposition  readily ensues.  The
vessel should be put into a dark place, and be  surrounded by black
paper.
   The average dose for an adult, in the twenty-four hours, may be
fixed at an ounce, although much larger doses may  be given with-
out inconvenience.  It  is scarcely necessary to say that the precise
dose must vary with the degree of concentration.

        Unguentum Oxygenatum ex te?npore parandum.

                     Ointment of Chlorine.

                 $>.  Aquae chlorin. p. j.
                    Adipis, p. viij. M.
Used in the itch.
Pharmacopceia  of Austria. 
                         CINCHONINA.                      115

                  Linimentum Aqua  Chlorini.
                      Liniment of Chlorine.
                 5*.  Aqua? chlorin. jj.
                    Olei olivar. ^j.  M.
   Externally in obstinate itch, tinea capitis, and herpes.
                                                   Deimann.
                 5*.  Cerae albas, *5ij.
            Leni calor. liquef. adde
                    01. amygdal. q. s.
            Ut fiat linimentum cui refrig. adde
                    Aq. chlorin. ^iss.  M.
   Used externally in cases of ulcers.                  Ludwig.

                  Gargarisma Aqua Chlorini.

                       Gargle of Chlorine.
                 3c  Pulv. tragac. gr. xij.
                    Aqua? ^iv.
                    Aquae chlorin.
                    Syrup, aa. ,§ss. M.
  To be used as a gargle in ulceration and  chronic  inflammation
of the mouth and  fauces.                            Ratier.1
                        CINCHONINA.

 Synonymes.  Cinchonia, Cinchoninum, Cinchonin, Cinchonine.

   Although  Duncan,  of   Edinburgh,  Reuss,  of Moscow,  and
 Gomez,2 of Lisbon, had endeavoured to separate  the active prin-
 ciple of the cinchonas,  and had  given  the term  cinchonine to a
 resinous extract obtained  in their investigations  ; the  honour  of
 discovering both cinchonine and  quinine and of applying them  to
 practical purposes  belongs  to the French chemists—Pelletier and
 Caventou.3
   Cinchonine is commonly obtained from the gray or pale varieties
of cinchona; the yejlow furnishing  the quinine, and the red both
cinchonine and quinine.  It is an alkaloid  strikingly analogous  to
the quinine in its  chemical and  medical relations, but  is not as
much used.


  ' Formulaire pratique des h6pitaux  civils de Paris,  3me. edition.  Paris.
 1827.
  2 Richter's Specielle Therapie, B. x. S. 325.   Berlin,  1828, and Magen-
die's Formulaire.
  3 Anuales de Chimie et de Physique, xv. 289 and 337. 
116
dunglison's new remedies.
                     METHOD OF PREPARING.

   Cinchonine is obtained by boiling  the  bark in alcohol, until it
 loses all its bitterness ;  the alcoholic solution is then evaporated to
 dryness in a water bath ; the extract, thus obtained, is dissolved in
 boiling  water, strongly acidulated  with muriatic acid; an  excess
 of calcined magnesia is added, which, after a few minutes' boiling,
 will fix all  the red  colouring matter, and  render the liquid  clear.
 When  cold, the liquid is  filtered,  and the  magnesian precipitate
 washed with cold water;  it is  then  dried in a stove;  and  all the
 bitterness separated  by repeated digestions in boiling alcohol;  the
 alcoholic liquors are mixed, and the  cinchonine crystallises as the
 fluid cools.   The cinchonine, thus obtained, still contains a green
 fatty matter, which  may be separated  by solution in a very weak
 acid.   If the acid be too strong, it will dissolve a part of the fatty
 matter, and the intended object will be thus defeated.1
   Cinchonine may  also be  obtained  by  treating pulverised  pale
 cinchona by weak sulphuric acid, precipitating the solution by
 means  of lime in excess;  collecting  the  precipitate  on a filter,
 washing it, and treating it, after drying, with boiling alcohol.2
   Cinchonine is  white,  translucent, crystallising  in  needles; re-
 quiring, for its  solution, 700  parts of cold  water,  according to
'Magendie;  according to others, 2500  parts  of boiling water.   On
 account of  its very sparing solubility in water it has but a slightly
 bitter taste.   In alcohol, it is readily  soluble, and  the solution is
 extremely bitter,  as well  as  the  salts formed by its union with
 acids, which resemble the salts .of quinine.   It does not dissolve
 readily in fixed or volatile oils,  or in ether.  At a certain  tempera-
 ture, it volatilises; a great part, indeed, is destroyed by the opera-
 tion, yet a sensible portion escapes the decomposing  power of the
 caloric.
   In medicine, pure cinchonine, as well as  the sulphate and acetate,
 are prescribed.   The sulphate is soluble in 54 parts of water, and
 in 6.5 parts of alcohol, (s.  g. 0.815); it is not soluble in ether.  It
 forms crystals and  tastes bitter.  The acetate, on the other hand,
 does not crystallise ;  and is less  soluble in water than the sulphate ;
 but an excess of acid facilitates the solution.

                   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   It is not necessary to say much on the application of  cinchonine
and  its  preparations  to  disease, as  they have  been  almost wholly
 superseded  by the quinine and its salts.  It is a weaker article, and
 therefore requires to be  given in larger  doses; Magendie  and
 Gittermann assert, that it has been found ineffective as a lebrifuge.

          1 Magendie, Formulaire,  &c.
          2 Pharmacopee Universelle, i. 414.  Paris, 1823. 
CINCHONINA.
117
Bally,1  Chomel,2 Mariani,3  Wutzer,4 and others, however,  have
exhibited it successfully.5  Dufresne6 frequently prescribed it, and
he assigns it this claim to preference, that it is almost tasteless, or
at least  that the bitter taste is but  tardily developed ;  and that it
needs  not to be  given  in combination with acids, as the acid con-
tained in the gastric secretions will render it soluble.7   He gave it
in intermittents during the apyrexia in the quantity of from six to
twenty grains, and  he found  it,  moreover, of marked use in the
cases of gastralgia with formation of acid, which are so often met
with  in  young females, and are  not unfrequently associated  with
leucorrhoea, hypochondriasis, melancholy, &c.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  The  following formulas  have  been recommended, but, as was
before remarked, they are rarely  used, the preparations of quinine
being now almost universally prescribed.

                      Syrupus Cinchonina.
                       Syrup of Cinchonine.
               5<.  Sulphat. cinchonin. gr. xlviii.
                   Syrup, simpl.   Bj.
   Used  in the same cases  as  the syrupus quininas, a tablespoon-
ful for a dose.                                      Magendie.

                       Vinum Cinchonina.
                      Wine  of Cinchonine.
                    $<.  Sulnhat. cinchonin. gr. xviij.
                        Vini Maderens.   Bij.
                                                   Magendie.
                      Tinctura Cinchonina.
                    5«.  Sulphat. cinchonina;, gr. ix.
                       Alcohol (34° or s. g. .847.) gj.  M.
                                                   Magendie.
   Magendie  recommends that  this tincture  should  be used  for
preparing, extemporaneously, the wine of cinchonine,  by adding
two ounces of  the tincture to a pint  of the Madeira wine.

  1 Nouv. Biblioth. Medicale. ix. 189.
  2 Nouv. Journ. de Medecine,  Mars, 1821.
  3 Osservaz. sulla Pratica del solfato de Cinconina, &c.
  4 Rust und Casper's Krit. Repert.  B. xxi. Bulletin  des Sciences Medic.
Sept. 1827.
  5  Art. Cinchonine, in Merat and De Lens, Diet, de Mat. Med.
  6 Bibliotheque Universelle, Mai, 1831, p. 89.
  7  See, also, Ganz, in Bulletino delle Scienze Mediche di Bologna, Agosto
et Settembre, 1836, p. 121. 
118              dunglison's new remedies.

                       Boli Antifebriles.1
                       Febrifuge Boluses.
                   &.  Sulphat. cinchonin. gr. iij.
                      Mica? panis,
                      Mellis,
                      Glycyrrhiz.  aa. q. s. ut fiat bolus.
  Dose,—one of these to be repeated every two hours.
                                                     Brera.

                     Mistura Cinchonina.
                    Mixture of Cinchonine.
               &.   Sulphat.  cinchonin. gr.  vi to xlviij.
                   Potassa? acetat.
                   Sacchar.  alb. aa. 5ss.
    Solve  in
                   Aquas chamaem. ^vj.
  Dose—A table-spoonful every two hours, in intermittents.
                                                  Sundelin.
                          CODEINA.

Synonymes.  Codeinum, Codeia, Codeine.
German.—Kodein.

  Although opium had been repeatedly examined by the chemists,
and certain of its active  constituents separated from it,  it was not
until within the last few years, that the article, whose name is at the
head of this paragraph, had been obtained  from it.  It  was disco-
vered by Robiquet in 1832,2 and as it has been exhibited  as a thera-
peutical agent, it requires notice.

                   METHOD  OF PREPARING.

  According to Winkler,3 this new alkaloid may be prepared in the
following manner.   The morphine is first  thrown down from a
solution of opium  made in  the cold by means of ammonia; the
meconic acid is precipitated by the muriate of lime; for the removal
of the colouring matter, the fluid is  then treated with the extract or
subacetate of lead ; and the extract of lead,  contained in the fluid
poured off from the precipitates, is afterwards decomposed by sul-
phuric acid; the fluid, separated from the sulphate of lead, is now

  1 Ricettario Clinico di Brera. Padov. 1825.
  * Journal de Pharmacie, xix. 91 and 162. Paris, 1833.
  s Buckner's Report, xlv, p. 459, cited in Journal de Pharmacie, xxi, 251.
Paris, 1835. 
C0DE1NA.
119
treated with an excess of caustic alkali; the mixture is exposed to
the air until the  excess  of free alkali has attracted carbonic acid
from  it; it is  then agitated and  digested with ether, and left to
evaporate spontaneously, after which a yellowish, highly  transpa-
rent, but not crystalline compound remains, which forms with mu-
riatic acid a crystalline salt, and resembles  exactly the codeine of
Robiquet.
   Merck1 procures  the  codeine in  a  very simple  manner.   He
treats morphine precipitated by soda with cold alcohol;  the spiri-
tuous tincture is carefully saturated with sulphuric acid; the alcohol
drawn off, and the residue treated with cold water as long as it is
turbid ; it is then filtered, and the filtered liquid evaporated until it
has  the  consistence of syrup: on cooling,  ether is  poured over'it
in a large flask;  caustic alkali is added in excess, and the whole
strongly agitated.  The sethereal mixture is then so saturated that
the codeine crystallises  from it  in  a  few hours.   By evaporating
the ether, and treating  the  residue with alcohol, the codeine  is
obtained by degrees wholly pure, and separated from an oily matter,
which is a great  obstacle to crystallisation.
   Codeine, according to  Pelletier consists of 31 parts of carbon;
40 parts  of hydrogen; 5 parts of oxygen,  and 2  of azote.   It  is
an alkaloid,  soluble in  water,  alcohol  and ether; but not so in
alkaline  solutions.  It  unites  readily with acids,  and  with the
muriatic acid  especially forms a salt, which crystallises with great
facility.   When  the  crystals of codeine are heated on a plate  of
platina,  they   burn with  a flame  without leaving any residue.
Heated in a  tube,  they melt at about  150° centigrade;  and, if
allowed to cool immediately, they form a crystalline mass ; if, how-
ever, the heat be continued, the oleaginous  fluid  rises along the
sides of  the tube, appearing  to shun the heat;  but it does not vola-
tilise.  When dissolved in water, codeine communicates to it deci-
dedly alkaline properties.  1000 parts of water at .60° Fahrenheit,
dissolve 12.6 parts of codeine ; the same quantity at 100°,  37 parts,
and at 212°, 58.8 parts.   If more codeine be added to boiling water
than  can  be taken up, the surplus melts, and forms, like the meco-
nine, an oleaginous layer on the bottom of the vessel. This aqueous
solution, by careful refrigeration, affords a translucent and uncom-
monly well defined metal.  The tincture of galls forms a copious
precipitate with a solution of codeine, in which respect, the latter
differs essentially from  morphine, as it does in many other of its
properties.

                  EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

   As morphine  does  not represent the whole of the activity  of
opium,  Robiquet concluded, that other  substances  might concur
thereto, and  he conjectured that codeine  might be one  of those.

   1 Journal de Pharmacie, cited  in Amer. Journal of Pharmacy, new series,
i,  171. Philad. 1835. 
120
dunglison's new remedies.
Under this idea, Kunkel1 instituted experiments  with it on rabbits
and dogs, from which he obtained the following results.
  First.  Codeine differs from morphine in this, that  it does not,
like the latter, paralyse the lower extremities.  Secondly, Codeine
appears to exert a powerfully excitant action.   It occasions convul-
sions of the limbs, and of the muscles of the neck, and when it pro-
duces death, this seems to be owing to its action on the cerebellum
and medulla  oblongata;  twice he noticed symptoms of backward
progression under Its use, and those parts after death were found
turgid with blood.   To  judge from the condition of the heart and
lungs it affects likewise the circulatory  organs.  It occasions in-
flammation of the tissues, with which it comes  into immediate con-
tact. Its action is more energetic, when introduced into the cellular
membrane, than into the stomach.  It seems, also, to exhibit a
special  action on the urinary organs, for animals  to which it is
given never  evacuate their bladder as long as  they are under its
influence.  Thirdly. The action  of codeine  differs from that of
the watery extract of opium, in not paralysing the hinder extremi-
ties; but it approximates it in this, that  it acts, as  has been  said,
more  powerfully when introduced into the cellular membrane than
into the stomach, and accelerates the respiration and circulation.
  Kunkel, however, remarks upon the results of his experiments,
that they demand repeated trials for confirmation, as he was only
able to experiment  with  a very small quantity of  the substance.
Robiquet observes that Kunkel's experiments have led to the in-
ference, that  when  codeine is combined  with acids, it loses much
of its efficacy—the  very opposite, by the way, to the inferences of
Magendie.
   Barbier2 has taken considerable pains  to fix the value of codeine
as a remedial agent.  He prescribed it  in the dose of one or two
grains in a syrup, prepared with the aqueous  solution of the alka-
loid, of such strength, that a table-spoonful or half an ounce con-
tained one grain of  codeine.   In his  opinion, it exerts a  peculiar
agency on the nerves of the ganglionic system, whilst it appears to
possess but little influence on the hemispheres of the brain, and to
make  no impression upon the  spinal  marrow.   In the epigastric
region, he remarks, the agency of codeine is powerfully manifested;
and here  in  the centre  of  the ganglionic system, its effects may be
investigated, and their  extent  and magnitude appreciated.  If a
spoonful, or,  at an interval of from one to two  hours, two spoonfuls
of the syrup  of codeine be administered to one affected with the
symptoms to be described immediately, we shall find, that it ex-
hibits a considerable and  remarkable effect upon the economy.   If
the person complains of pain  in the epigastric region, beneath the
lower extremity of the sternum, and stretching to the sides and
back ;  and if, with  these  symptoms, there is combined a feeling of

           1 Journal  de Chimie Medicale, ix, 223.
           * Gazette Medicale, Mars 8, 1834. 
CODEINA.
121
 heat,  indescribable  anxiety,  marked debility, paleness,  decided
 alteration of the features;  a sense of painfnl traction sometimes on
 one side, at others in the other  side of the epigastric region, with
 tendency to syncope,  frequent  sighing, despondency, and  more or
 less sensibility to pressure  in the epigastric region, &c.   Barbier
 considers  the  seat  of  the  disease  to be  the  epigastric  nervous
 plexus;  and in such cases, he says, he has  found no remedy supe-
 rior to the syrup of codeine. He has observed it afford decided relief
 where the coats of the stomach were  manifestly in a state of degene-
 ration.  A common  effect of the codeine is sleep;  which  is never
 accompanied  by heaviness of  the head, or by  determination of
 blood to the brain.  When the  persons awake from the sleep pro-
 duced by codeine, the countenance  is bright and lively, and there
 is a tendency to  laughter.  Barbier  was led to  believe, that it does
 not affect the nervous cords connected with the vertebral  portions
 of  the centre of  the nervous  system. In  his  observations at the
 hospital  of Amiens,  he  often noticed the neuralgic affection of the
 abdomen above mentioned to be accompanied by pains in the head,
 loins, and limbs,  and whilst the  codeine relieved the abdominal un-
 easiness, it left the others  untouched—a singular circumstance if
 true, but requiring fresh observation before we can esteem it to be
 established.  He remarks farther, that almost all the patients that
 were benefited by the codeine had used laudanum  unsuccessfully.
 Codeine, he adds, occasions no manifest  change in  the  circulation
 and respiration ;  it does not disturb  the digestive function  ; seems
 merely to diminish  the feeling  of hunger^ and occasions  no con-
 stipation.  During its use, itching of the surface is frequently ex-
 perienced.   When  applied to   the  skin, it induces  no   striking
 phenomena.   When applied, in  the dose  of two grains, to a surface
 abraded  by a  blister,  it excites a painful  sensation of burning,
 without  any other change appearing to supervene ; the neuralgic
 pains,  for the removal  of which it may have been  thus employed,
 not appearing to  be modified by it.
  Mr.  Gregory made experiments upon  himself and  some of his
 pupils  with the nitrate of codeine.  None of them experienced any
 effect from  a dose of three grains and  under; from four to six
 grains, however, occasioned striking symptoms—quickness of the
 pulse, sense of  heat  in the head  and face,  remarkable excitement,
 like that  following the use of intoxicating  liquors ;  agreeable, and
 apparently permanent,  stimulation,  accompanied by  considerable
 itching,  which began at the head and extended over  the whole
 body.  To this succeeded, in the course of a few hours, a disagree-
able sense of relaxation, with nausea, and  often vomiting.   None
of the  experimenters felt the  slightest inclination  to sleep, until
after the  supervention of the feeling of relaxation.
  Riecke1 thinks, that these experiments confirm Kunkel's obser-

     1 Die neuern  Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 140.   Stuttgart, 1837. 
122             dunglison's new remedies.

vations, that the codeine loses its  efficacy  when  combined  with
acids.
  In the year 1834, M. Martin Solon, at one of the sittings of the
Academie Royale de Medecine, when the experiments of Barbier
with codeine were the subject of discussion, confirmed his views
regarding its soporific  property.  It appeared to him to allay the
cough  of  the consumptive.  He remarked,  however, that he had
not observed the effects on the ganglionic nervous system, which
Barbier had  witnessed.
  Magendie2 took a grain of codeine, dissolved it in a little water,
and injected it into the jugular vein of a middle sized dog, which
was immediately thrown into a profound  sleep—readily broken,
however,  by any  strong noise made in the  vicinity  of the ani-
mal ;  but  the  interruption was of brief  duration,—sleep  soon
recurring.   This condition  persisted for several  hours  without
being accompanied by any unpleasant symptoms.  The effect was
not the same with the  muriate of codeine;  a single  grain  of this
salt introduced in the same manner into the  organism suddenly
induced deep sleep, but after the animal had  slept five or six hours,
it died.  Several similar  experiments afforded a like  result.  Ma-
gendie administered the codeine in the  Hotel Dieu to different
patients.   He found that one grain, given once or twice, succeeded,
in many cases, in inducing a quiet and soft sleep, to which no con-
fusion succeeded the next day, as is commonly the case  with  mor-
phine.   As  respects  intensity of action, he  compares  one grain of
codeine to half a grain  of  morphine.   Two  grains often excited
nausea, and even  vomiting.   Magendie  found the muriate to  be
decidedly  stronger than the pure codeine.  Two grains commonly
induced, besides sleep, vertigo, nausea and even vomiting; but this
dose succeeded like a charm, in cases  of neuralgia faciei and in
sciatica, which had resisted the most valued  agents.2
  Dr. Miranda, of the Havana, has  published3 the results of his ex-
perience with codeine in  what he calls powerful nervous irritations
of the mucous membrane of the stomach, and he affirms, that  he
cured elevencases by the syrup of codeine alone.
  He began with a dram of  the syrup night and  morning, and
gradually increased  the  quantity to an  ounce in  the twenty-four
hours.  His success was  so striking that he  is  induced to " regard
the discovery of codeine  as  fortunate for humanity, especially  for
climates like that of the  Havana, in which  gastrites are so multi-
plied."
  The syrup of codeine,  syrupus codeina,  is directed by M. Cap4
to be prepared in the following manner :—

  1  Formulaire pour la preparation et l'emploi de pleusieurs nouveaux medi-
camens.  Edit. 9me. Paris,  1836.
  8 Gully's Translation of the 8th edit,  of Magendie's Formulaire.  Lond.
1835.
  3 Journal de Pharmacie, xxiv, 145. Paris, 1838.
  * Ibid, xxiii, 418. Paris, 1837. 
colchicum  autumnale.
123
               it. Codein. gr. xxiv.
                  Aquae distillat. %'w.
                  Sacchar. purificat. ^viij.
  Reduce the codeine to an impalpable powder in a glass or porce-
lain  mortar.  Triturate with  one third  of the water, allow  it to
settle and decant.  Treat  the residuum with another third of the
water, and again with the remainder.   Put  the whole into a small
mattrass, covering the opening  with  a piece of moistened  parch-
ment perforated with  a  pinhole.  Heat  in a water bath until the
codeine has entirely  disappeared.  Remove the mattrass from the
fire to add the sugar ;  cover the opening again ; agitate, and put the
vessel again in  the bath, until the sugar is completely dissolved.
  Each ounce of the syrup contains two grains of codeine.
  The muriate has been used  in this city, but it has not been found
to possess any virtues which the salts of morphine do not; whilst
its price is enormous—as  much, we are informed, as four dollars
the dram.
                COLCHICUM AUTUMNALE.

 Synonymes.—Colchicum, Meadow Saffron.
 French.—Colchique, Tue-Chien, Mort aux Chiens, Safran des Pres, Safran
  Batard, Vieillotte.
 German.—Herbstzeitlose, Zeitlose, Wiesensafran, Herbstblume.

   The meadow saffron  is a  well-known plant in the temperate
 parts of Europe, where it grows wild in  moist  meadows.   It be-
 longs to the family Colchicaceas ; and, in the Linnean system, to the
 class Hexandria, order Trigynia. The plant is avoided by cattle; and
 its active poisonous properties have been  long known ; fatal cases,
 indeed, still occur every now and then from its employment, not only
 in animals, but in consequence of its too free use in the treatment
 of gout. A case is given of a man who took, by  mistake, an ounce
 and  a half of the tincture, and  died in  forty-eight hours, after much
 suffering from vomiting, acute pain  in the stomach, colic, purging,
 and delirium.1  The cases of two children are also on record, who
 were poisoned by a handful of the seeds, and who died  in the course
of the day, death being preceded by violent vomiting and purging.
In the  bodies of these children, considerable redness of the mucous
coat  of the stomach and small intestines was found  ; in other cases,
no morbid  appearance has been detected.2
  Colchicum is not of modern introduction.  It is, indeed, the Her-
modactyl of the ancients.  It  had,  however, almost wholly fallen
into  neglect, when its use was revived in Great Britain, in the first

         1 Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journal, xiv. 262.
         2 Christison on Poisons, 3d edit. p. 791.  Edinb. 1836. 
124              dunglison's new remedies.
quarter of the present century, as an excellent  agent in  rheumatic
and gouty affections.  That it is highly esteemed as a therapeutical
agent is shown  by the number of officinal works into which it has
been  admitted.   Amongst others,  it is  in  the pharmacopoeias of
Austria, the United States, Amsterdam, and Anvers,  and  in the Ba-
tavian, Belgic, Brunswick, Danish, Dublin, Spanish, Edinburgh,
Paris, Ferrara,  Geneva, Hamburg, Hannoverian, London, Lisbon,
Russian, Saxon, Swedish, and Wirtemberg.
  Several chemists have  investigated the composition of the plant.
Pelletier and Caventou  believed that they had found veratrine in
it; but, from  the examination of Geiger and Hesse, it appears that
the alkaloid, discovered by those gentlemen, was not veratrine, but
a peculiar principle, colchicine, which is found in every  part of the
plant; crystallises in  slender needles, is  inodorous, and of a very
bitter, and afterwards biting taste.  Introduced into the nose, it
does  not  occasion  sneezing like  veratrine.   It has but a  feeble
alkaline reaction ; but neutralises acids completely, and forms with
them crystallisable salts, which  have also  a  bitter  pungent  taste.
It dissolves with tolerable facility in water.
  For therapeutical purposes, the root or bulb, (cormus,) as well as
the flowers and seeds of the colchicum have been administered.
The fresh root has a somewhat disagreeable smell,  and  a bitterish
acrid taste.   When chewed for any length of time, it excites the
secretion of saliva and thirst;  destroys the feeling of the tongue;
causes a sense  of burning in the mouth and  lips;  constriction of
the fauces, hiccup, violent pains in the abdomen, vomiting, diarrhoea,
and  discharge of blood upwards and downwards.
  By drying, the bulbs lose somewhat, of their efficacy.   The seeds
have of late come much into use.  They are inodorous, but of a
very acrid  taste.  Their agency is like that of the bulb, and—some
think—they are more equable in their effects.  To ensure this, how-
ever, they  must be gathered wholly ripe, when they first become
entirely black.   They have been highly recommended by Dr. Wil-
liams and others.
  The flowers are the mildest part of the plant.  They have like-
wise been successfully administered by several English physicians.


             EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

  In its effects,  colchicum resembles  digitalis in ono thing, that it
renders the pulse less  frequent,1 according to Thomson and Wallis;
but,  in other respects, Osann and Riecke2 think it agrees more with
the squill.  In moderate doses, the different parts of the plant that
have been mentioned act as diaphoretics, diuretics,  and  cathartics.


  1 Art. Colchicum, Encyc.  Worterb. der med. Wissensch. viii.  136.  Berlin,
 1832.
  2 Op. cit. S.  142. 
COLCHICUM AUTUMNALE.                125
On the digestive organs, they are conceived to  produce less debili-
tating effects than the squill.
  Sir Everard Home ascribes much of the griping and nausealing
effect, that sometimes follows Jhe use of the vinous and  other tinc-
tures of colchicum, which  have not been  carefully filtered, to the
sediment which forms in them, and which may be removed without
injury to the specific effect of the medicine.1
  Several experiments were made with the colchicum on healthy
individuals.  In the first  case, 160 drops of the vinous tincture of
the seeds were taken in 24 hours by a young  man,  aged 18: the
first dose being 50 drops,  the last 60.  Seven copious evacuations
were produced, with loss of appetite  and debility, for 24 hours. In
the second  case,  a youth, 17 years old, took 170 drops in 9 hours,
in doses of 70, 30,  and 40 drops; nausea and  vomiting, and six
copious evacuations followed.  Third case ; a youth, aged 15, took
130 drops in 10 hours, and in four doses;  the first of 40 drops, and
the last three of 30: vomiting and only one stool were  the  result.
Fourth case; a youth, aged 12,  took 60 drops in two doses, after
an interval of eight hours: nine copious watery evacuations were
produced.  Fifth case ; a youth, aged 17, took 40 drops at bed-time,
30 drops next  morning, and 30 drops seven hours after—in  all, 100
drops in  19 hours :  vomiting and faintness, and five copious evacu-
ations were the result.  The same boy afterwards took 70 drops at
one dose, which were followed by vomiting and headach, but not by
purging.   Sixth case ; a boy, aged 10, took 80 drops in 24^ hours,
in four doses, of 20, 15, 25, and 20 drops: great sickness and vo-
miting, and nine evacuations resulted.

            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

   The diseases in which colchicum is recommended, are as follows:
   In gouty and rheumatic cases, it has been supposed to be almost
a specific.   Numerous  practitioners have  testified to its valuable
agency in such affections; among these may be named Mr. Want,
Dr. Johnson, Dr. Williams, Mr. Battley,  Dr. Armstrong, Sir  Eve-
rard Home, Sir  C. Scudamore,  Mr. Haden,   Dr.  Copland, Dr.
Graves,  Sir Henry Halford,  Dr. Wallis,  Dr.  Barlow,2 and Mr.
Wigan,3  in  England;  and  Locher-Balber,   Kahleis,  Gumpert,
Plasse, Weber, Klokow, Biermann, &c. in Germany.4

  1 Brande's Dictionary of Mat. Med. p.  189.  Lond. 1839.
  2 Art. Gout, in Cyclopaedia of Practical Medicine.
  3 Lancet, and Med. Gaz. June 30,  1838.  In rheumatic gout, Mr. Wigan
gives it in the dose of eight grains every  hour, until "active vomiting, pro-
fuse purging, or abundant perspiration takes place, or at least until the sto-
mach can bear no more."  Thus administered, he pronounces it lo be " the
most easily managed, the most universally applicable, the  safest,  and the
most certain specific (?) in the whole compass of our opulent Pharmaco-
poeia."
  * Riecke, Op. cit. and Richter's Specielle Therapie, x. ISO. Berlin, 1828. 
126
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
   Colchicum is presumed  to be the active  ingredient of the cele-
 brated  gout remedy—the  Eau medicinale  d'Husson—which  has
 been considered to be formed of two ounces of the colchicum root,
 macerated in eight ounces of  Sherry wine; the dose being  from
 twenty to eighty drops.
   In acute rheumatism, as well as in various  inflammatory affec-
 tions, colchicum was proposed  by the  author's friend, Mr. Charles
 T. Haden,1 as an excellent sedative to  reduce  the excited  organic
 action,  which he conceived it capable of effecting to such an ex-
 tent, that blood-letting  might generally  be rendered unnecessary in
 febrile and inflammatory disorders;2 yet, in the  very cases in which
 it was esteemed so appropriate by Mr. Haden  and by Carminati,3
 it is regarded unadvisable  by others.   Thus, Riecke,4 speaking of
 its use  in  acute rheumatism, says that it was at one time given
 in that disease under the most  opposite circumstances, but that it
 was soon  found necessary to  restrict its employment within nar-
 rower limits, and to pretermit it when any considerable febrile con-
 dition existed.
   We have often exhibited the different preparations of colchicum
 in gout, and  frequently with decided advantage;  but very often it
 has failed altogether.   In our own person, it has never appeared to
 prevent or to modify the paroxysm.  In acute, and the same may be
 said of  chronic rheumatism, its advantages have not been by any
 means clearly marked  in our experience, yet many physicians tes-
 tify most strongly in its favour.  Like other acronarcotics, as the
 actasa racemosa, when pushed to the extent of slightly affecting
 the system, as shown  by nausea, with  some cerebral confusion, it
 has at times  effected a revulsion, which has broken in  upon  the
 morbid chain in cases of acute rheumatism. In chronic rheumatism
 it has exhibited less marked results: yet there is no agent, perhaps,
 which is so much employed in rheumatic cases  in general.
   In none  of these  cases, according to most observers,  need any
 sensible  evacuation be produced  by it, although some, we  have
 seen, have  affirmed—and such  is the result  of our  observation—
 that it is more efficient when it evinces its influence upon the skin
 or alimentary canal.5
  The vinous tincture of the seeds has been extolled in the tetanus
of warm climates, by  Dr. W. G. Smith,6 of Port-au-Prince.   He
begins with 5ss. and increases the dose every half hour,  repeating

  1 Practical Observations on Colchicum Auturanale  in Inflammatory Dis-
 eases. Lond. 1820
  2 See, also, Dr. Lewins, in Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journal for April, 1837,
 and in Brit, and For. Medical Review, for Oct. 1837, p. 565.
  3 Memor. dell' Instituto  del Regno Lombardo-Venet. 1819.
  « Op. cit. S. 143.
  6 See Wood and Bache's Dispensatory, Art. Colchicum; and Lewins,
 Op. citat.
  6 Amer. Journ. of the Med. Sciences, for Nov. 1535, p. 66. 
COLCHICUM  AUTUMNALE.
127
it until emesis or catharsis has been produced. The remedy is then
discontinued.
  In dropsy, colchicum was used of old with good results; and it
has been employed in modem  times.  Carminati gives the details
of a case of dropsy supervening in scarlatina,  and Plasse, one of
hydrothorax, in which it was advantageously prescribed.   In such
cases, it may be well to push the remedy until it affects the bowels.
  In chronic bronchitis it has been given by many physicians, and
especially by Drs.  Armstrong1 and Hastings,2 with advantage.   By
Ritton3 it has been advised as an  extremely efficacious remedy in
leucorrhcea, in the dose of five grains of the powder three times a
day;  and in several  spasmodic diseases it lias  been  extolled by
Raven.  Mr. Tait4 speaks in exalted terms of it in scarlatina—the
dose, to children from four to six years of age,  being  three or four
drops of the vinum colchici every three or four hours. Mr. Fosbroke
advises it in ischuria;  Elliotson  saw  favourable  effects from it in
obstinate prurigo ; Bullock gave it in  erysipelas ;  and by Chisholm
and Baumbach5 it was exhibited successfully against tapeworm.
  The colchicum  is sometimes applied  externally as a liniment to
rheumatic joints, in  the form of the tincture of the seeds or bulb.q
Of late, it has been recommended  by Mr. Wansborough in gout;7
two drams of the tincture of the seeds  being added to §iv. of a spirit
lotion.  It is affirmed, however, that the local use of morphine had
the same effect,8—the part being  bathed in hot water for a minute,
and then lint being  applied, spread with simple cerate, on which
about three grains of acetate of morphine were distributed.
  Still more  recently, Mr. Laycock9 has advised the tincture of the
root as an external application in rheumatism,  alone or combined
with the tinctura  camphoras.  It  has  been used in  the author's
clinique at the  Philadelphia Hospital, and  often with advantage;
but whether much or any of the benefit was produced  by the col-
chicum, the author was unable to decide.

                  MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

  Colchicum is not so frequently given  in substance, although we
often prescribe it in this form.   The dose of the  powdered  root is
from three grains to ten, given several times in  the day.   The offi-

  1 Pathology of Consumptive Diseases.   Lond. 1822.
  2 Inflammation of the Mucous Membrane of the Lungs.  Lond. 1821.
  * Lancet, August 2, 1834.
  4 American Journal of the Medical Sciences, May, 1838, p. 205.
  6 Rust's  Magazin, B.  xxi. S. 270;  and Osann,  in art. Colchicum, in
Encyclopad. Worterb. der medicin. Wissenschaft. B. viii. S. 136.  Berlin,
1832.
  6 Dictionnaire de Matiere Medic, par MM. Merat & De Lens, ii. 361.
  » Lancet, July 29,  1837.
  8 Ibid. August 5, 1837.
  • Lond. Med. Gaz. March 16, 1839. 
128
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
cinal  preparations of this country  and  Great Britain  are;—the
acetum colchici (United States and London);  the oxymel colchici
(Dublin); the syrupus colchici (United  States and  Edinburgh);
the vinum colchici  radicis (United  States and London); and the
extractum colchici aceticum  (London).   These are made from the
bulb.
  The officinal preparations from the seeds are the tinctura semi-
num  colchici (Dublin);  and  vinum  colchici  seminis  (United
States).1   The London Pharmacopoeia  has, likewise, a spiritus se-
minis colchici ammoniatus or tinctura colchici composita, which
is much used by the English physicians;  and is formed  by mace-
rating two ounces and a half of bruised colchicum seeds in a pint
of aromatic spirit of ammonia.  Battley recommends an Extractum
colchici e succo bulborum recenter expresso, and such a prepara-
tion is in the  Pharmacopoeia of Austria.2  The dose is two grains
every two hours.
  Dr. A.  T.  Thomson recommends a saturated vinous tincture,
made by macerating an ounce and a  half of the dried bulb in twelve
ounces of white  wine.  From thirty to sixty minims to be given to
gouty patients when in pain.
  The dose of the powdered  root or seed is, as we have said, from
three  to ten grains; of the acetum colchici, from thirty minims to
one fluid drachm; of the syrupus colchici, from one fluid dram to
half a fluid ounce;  of the vinum colchici radicis, from fifteen  mi-
nims  to one  and a  half fluid  dram; and of  the vinum colchici
seminis, from one to two fluid drams.
  Dr. Copland3 suggested the use of the  fresh flowers in the form
of vinegar, tincture, &c, as milder than the seeds or bulbs, and yet
equally efficacious in rheumatic and other affections;  but they are
not employed.

                      Mistura Colchici.

                    Mixture of Colchicum.
                 5*.  Magnes.  sulphat. £j to ^ij.
    Solve in
                    Aquae menth. crisp. 5x.
    Adde
                    Acet. colchic.  |j ad giss.
                    Syrup, croc. Jjj.
                    Magnes.  Bviij.  M.

  To be well shaken.  Three table spoonfuls  to be  administered,
so that from four to six evacuations may be produced in twenty-four
hours.  Given in paroxysms  of gout.
                                        Sir C. Scudamore.

  ■Dunglison's General Therapeutics, Philad. 1836; and Dispensatory of
Messrs. Wood and Bache.
  8 Jourdan's Pharmacopee Universelle, i. 436.  Paris 1828
  3 Lond. Med. Repos. 1823. 
             CORTEX ADSTRINGENS BRASILIENSIS.          129

                   Gutta Colchici Composita.
                Compound  Drops of Cholchicum.
                 &.  Extract, aconit. ^i. to ^ss.
    Solve in
                     Vin. sem. colchic. gss.  M.
  Fifteen, twenty, thirty, or forty drops to be given three  times a
day*                                                Weber.
               **.   Tinctur. sem. colchic.
                   ------guaiac. simpl. aa. giij.  M.
  Dose—Thirty or forty drops three  times a day, in chronic rheu-
matism.                                             Blasius.
               &.   Tinct. sem. colchic.
                  ------digit, aa. ^ij.
                  Sp. aether, nitric £j.  M.
  Dose—Twenty drops on sugar.              Hildenbrand.
                        Pilula Colchici.
                      Pills of Colchicum.
               &.  Pulv. colchic. gr. iij.
                  Saponis medic, q. s. ut fiat pilula.
  Dose—Three daily, increasing the quantity to five or six.
                                                    Ritton.
              Linimentum  Colchici et Camphora.
       &.   Tinctur. rad. colchic.
          Camphoras, aa.  partes asquales.  M.
                                                  Laycock.
         CORTEX ADSTRINGENS  BRASILIENSIS.

   This bark was introduced into Germany, in the year 1818, by
 Schimmelbusch,  a  merchant, who carried it  from Brazil, where it
 had long been used internally as well as externally, as an excellent
 astringent.1 According to Von  Martins,2 it is the bark of the acacia
jurema,  but this is not certainly determined.3  Merrem4  affirms,
 that the genuine  bark is in more or less flat pieces, at,times in half,
 or complete rolls, from four to twelve inches long; from an inch to
two inches and a half broad, and from one to four lines thick : these
are more frequently straight than crooked. The bark may be sepa-
rated into two parts, an outer, which is rough, and an  inner rind

  1 Von Schlectendal, in Encyclop. Wurterb. dermedicin. Wissenschaft. B.
viii. S. 538.   Berlin, 1832.
  2 Reise, ii. 788.
  "Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 146.
  4 Ueber den Cortex adstringens Brasiliensis.  Koln, 1828.
       8—a                                     dungl 9 
130
dunglison's new remedies.
of a smooth fibrous character: the two are but loosely connected
together.  The outer bark is of a grayish brown colour,  traversed
by longitudinal and transverse furrows, having, here and there,
white and  grayish  white crusty growths, covered with a  foliated
lichen.  The inner bark is of a dark  red  brown on its outer sur-
face, and, after the outer  bark has been  separated, is  somewhat
smooth : on the inner side, it is of a brighter reddish brown, and,
probably owing to the laceration of the woody splinters, somewhat
fibrous.  The younger bark is smooth in the fracture, and of a dull
splendour.   The older bark, which is thicker, is unequal, and may
often be separated into fibrous layers, which are readily lacerable.
When chewed, it has a tolerably strong astringent, somewhat bitter
and  disagreeable taste, but it does not excite nausea, or leave any
arriere-gout.  It has scarcely any smell.  In its chemical relations,
it resembles the ratanhy.1

                  EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

  Merrem, who made numerous experiments with this bark, affirms,
that whilst it possesses the properties of astringents in general, and
to a high degree, it is rather sedative than exciting, agrees with
the digestive organs, and aids the peristaltic action.   He employed
it, first, with  more or less success, in hemorrhage—in epistaxis,
haemoptysis, and metrorrhagia; and Giinther2 found it very effica-
cious in profuse menstruation arising from atony  of the uterus.
Secondly ;  in  mucous discharges, as leucorrhcea, blennorrhcea, &c.
Thirdly;  in  inflammatory and  exanthematous affections—as cy-
nanche, urticaria, and in periodical erysipelas of the face. Fourthly;
in nervous diseases, especially when combined with disturbance of
the menstrual function, and  leucorrhcea: and, fifthly; in weakness
and catarrhs of the genital organs, bladder, and rectum.  The  In-
dians consider, that the bark  affects especially the generative appa-
ratus, and, from the experiments of Merrem, it would seem, that  its
agency is more particularly exerted in  cases of leucorrhcea ; and in
many, after the cinchona had been administered without effect.3

                   MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

   Merrem prescribed it in various forms.   He gave the powder  in
doses of from  9j to 3ss, three or  four times a day, mixed with
water.  It appeared to him to act most beneficially  in cases of mu-
cous discharges unaccompanied by disorder of the  digestive func-
tions ; and he found that the powder was better  borne by some

   1 See  the analysis by  Hofrath Trommsdorff, in Brande's Archiv.  B.
xxxiii. S. 260;  and Dierbach in  Heidelberg. Annalen, B. x. H.  3. S. 357.
Heidelb. 1834.
   2 In Harless Rhein-Westphal. Jahrbiichern,  B. viii. St. 1, S. 72;  and
Brande's Archiv. Band xi. S. 200.
   * Osann, in Encyc. Worterbuch der medicin. Wissensch. viii. 541. 
CRE0S0T0N.                      131
 than the decoction, which is somewhat singular, as the woody matter
 is  more apt,  in  such cases, to disagree.  He rarely gave it com-
 bined with aromatics, and never found the combination of use.  To
 form the decoction, an  ounce of the coarsely powdered bark was
 boiled with sixteen ounces of water, down to gviij;  and to this an
 ounce of syrup was added.   The dose was from one to two spoon-
 fuls every  two hours.   Merrem also prepared an extract, and a
 tincture, in the same manner as these preparations are made of the
 cinchona;  of the former he took from one to  two drams, dis-
 solved it in six  ounces  of an aromatic water, and added ^ss of
 syrup.   Of the mixture,  a spoonful was given every hour.
   Externally, the  decoction  was  injected  three  times  a  day in
 leucorrhoea, and in  blennorrhoea;  or,  in  the former disease, a
 sponge imbued with the decoction, was introduced, and kept there
 for some time.  It has been applied, also, as an astringent to ulcers.

          Mistura Corticis Brasiliensis Adstringentis.
            Mixture of the Astringent Bark of Brazil.
            it.  Decoct, cort. adstring. Brazil, gvij.
               Copaib. cum vitelli ovi q. s. subact.
               Tinct. ferri pomati aa. jij.
               Syrup, balsam. §j.  M.

  Dose.—A spoonful every two hours, in obstinate gonorrhoea and
 leucorrhoea.                                        Merrem.
           5*.  Cort. adstring. Brasil. gss.
           Coque cum aquas fontan. q. s.
           Sub fin. coction. adde
               Herb, sabin. Jss.
               Colaturae Jviij. adde
               Syrup, cort. aurant. 3j.
  Dose.—A spoonful every hour, in cancer of the uterus,  and in
the  hemorrhage thence arising.                      Merrem.
                        CREOSOTON.

Synonymes.—Creosotum, Kreosoton, Kreosotum, Creasoton, Creosote, Cre-
  asote, Kreosote, Kreasote.
German.—Kreosot.

  This substance was first discovered, a few years ago, by Reichen-
bach, of  Blansko, and is  extensively employed as a  therapeutical
agent.  Its marked  chemical properties suggested, that it might be
possessed of a decided influence on  the  economy, and numerous
experiments were immediately instituted to test the accuracy of the
notion.   These were of the most opposite character,  and it  is not 
132
dunglison's new remedies.
surprising, as in every similar  case, that  there should have been
great discrepancy in the results, and in the opinions deduced there-
from.   There can be no doubt, however, that  the creosote  forms a
valuable addition to the list of our remedial agents.


                    mode  of preparing.

   The process  given by Koene,1 is esteemed one  of  the  best for
preparing it on a large scale;—almost the only way in which it is
formed : we consequently meet with it only in commerce;—being
rarely made in  the shops.
   Tar,  derived from pit-coal, is distilled in a retort  provided with a
long tube, having a  large mouth.   Under this is placed a receiver.
The oil, which comes over first, swims on water;  and it  is neces-
sary to  remove, from time to time,  the products of the distillation,
until an oil is obtained, which  sinks in water.  WThen this is the
case, the product is collected.   The heavy oil, obtained during the
distillation, condenses not only in the receiver, but in the tube of
the retort, where it unites with the naphthaline, forming a butyra-
ceous substance.  By applying a  gentle  heat, the  mass will  drop
into the receiver.  The product is now allowed to remain in a cool
place for some hours, after which it is  pressed.   The expressed
naphthaline still contains oil, which is separated by heating it with
its own weight of  acetic acid, until it  melts.  After allowing it
to cool, the crystallised naphtha is pressed, and the acid  adhering
to  the  creosote is saturated with  subcarbonate  of potassa.   The
creosote is now to be shaken for  a quarter  of an  hour with  phos-
phoric  acid,  the proportions  being half  an ounce of the acid to
twenty ounces  of the oil.  The mixture ought then to be  agitated
with its bulk of water, and afterwards be  distilled with a graduated
heat, care being taken to separate the oil  which floats on  the sur-
face.   The rectified oil is now to be dissolved in its own volume of
a hot solution  of caustic potassa. s. g. 1.120.  When it  has  been
allowed to cool for half an hour, the supernatant oil is again  re-
moved, and the heavy oil again treated with  caustic potassa, only
a fourth part of the solution being, however, employed this  time.
On uniting the solutions of potassa, a slight excess of diluted phos-
phoric  acicl is added, and the free creosote, which floats on the sur-
face,  is separated.  It is again rectified ; and the first product—
which  is  chiefly  water—being rejected,  the  creosote comes over
pure.   M. Koene recommends the substance,  thus  prepared, to be
preserved in  bottles, covered with black paper.
   A protracted and complex  process, like the above, necessarily
makes  the drug expensive, especially as the quantity obtained is

   1 Annales de Chimie et  de  Physique._  Juillet, 1835.  See Cormack on
Creosote, p. 36.  Lond. 1836; or  the Amer. edit,  in Dunglison's American
Medical Library  ; also, Turner's Chemistry, 5th edit. p. 872. 
CRE0S0T0N.
133
 but small.   M. Koene  procured by it ten drams from thirty-two
 ounces of tar.  M. Lemere, one of the first Parisian pharmaciens
 who made pure creosote, obtained from  eight hundred pounds of
 tar about six pounds of creosote.
   Reichenbach generally prepared it from the tar of the beech by
 six distillations; dissolving it afterwards  in a solution of caustic
 potassa three times, setting it free successively by sulphuric acid.1
   Giordano2 has  recommended  the following  simplified mode for
 obtaining it.   Distil wood tar from the willow, at an elevated tem-
 perature, from a tinned  copper retort, until the residue has the con-
 sistence of a soft  pitch.   Re-distil the liquor passed  over  till its
 residue resembles the  former.  The liquor, neutralised by subcar-
 bonate of potassa,  or lime-water,  is re-distilled till  all the oil of creo-
 sote has passed over.  The  oil is dissolved in caustic potassa, from
 which, after simmering  a little, in a porcelain  vessel,  and cooling,
 the  eupione, which floats, is easily separated.   The  same  opera-
 tion is repeated with the eupione, to remove all the oil that is  united
 with it.  The saponaceous liquor,  treated with dilute sulphuric
 acid, is distilled into water,  from which the creosote is separated,
 and the water saturated with creosote  is kept for external use, or
 re-distilled  for a concentrated acetic acid of a pungent and most
 agreeable odour.
   Creosote is a colourless, transparent  fluid.  Its refractive  power
 is very great, and  in angular  glass vessels  it  is  beautifully  irides-
 cent.  Its odour is penetrating, and disagreeable,  but not offensive:
 many compare it to that of castor.  It  adheres to every thing, and
 is somewhat permanent. Its taste is at first very burnino- and
 caustic to the tongue; but on admixture with the saliva, it becomes
 somewhat sweetish.   It has an oleaginous feel, and  is of about the
 consistence of oil of almonds.  Its specific gravity, at 68°  Fahr.,
 is 1.037.   It boils at 397°,  and  at—17° does not congeal.   When
 placed on  paper, it forms  a greasy  spot, which,  however, dis-
 appears after a while, and can be removed by the application of a
 heated body, without any residue. It is a non-conductor of electri-
 city.   Writh water at 68°, it  unites in  two different proportions;—
 one of the combinations consisting of J| parts of creosote and 100
 of water;  the other of 10 parts of water and 100 parts of creosote.
 The taste of the first mixture—creosote water—is very burning at
 first,  and  afterwards sweetish, like that  of pure creosote, but of


  1 For an account of this and other  products of the destructive distillation
of vegetable matter, see Cormack, Op. cit.  Reiehenbach's observations and
experiments  are contained  in a  work entitled •' Das Kreosot in chemischer,
physischer und medicinischer Beziehung, von Dr. K. Reichenbach, u. s. w.
 Zweite mit Nachtragen und Zusatzen von  Schweigger-Seidel verm. Aus-
gabe. Leipz. 1835;" and Annates de Chimie, liii. 325. Paris, 1833.
  2 Annali di Medicina, Aprile, 1835,  and  Br. and For. Med. Rev. July,
 1836,  p. 283.  For the process  of Calderini, see Edinb. Med. and  Surg.
Journ. for Oct. 1834; and for that of  M. Cozzi, see Journal de Chimie Me-
dicale, and American Journal of Pharmacy,  Jan. 1839, p. 339. 
134
dunglison's new  remedies.
course weaker.   A drop of creosote in 10,000 parts of water pro-
duces a marked  impression on the tongue, and has a smoky smell.
Litmus and turmeric paper are not in the  least changed  by it;  so
that it has neither an acid nor an alkaline reaction.  At both poles
of the galvanic battery, it furnishes numerous  and striking combi-
nations.  It  does not possess the property of the ordinary empy-
reumatic oils, of becoming  yellow  and inspissated.   It  dissolves
iodine, phosphorus, and sulphur. Acetic acid at 1.070, and alcohol,
dissolve it in  all  proportions.  Ether and petroleum likewise com-
bine with it in all proportions.   With potassa, it forms  two or three
combinations, one of which crystallises. Resins and resinous bodies
either decompose creosote, or it  decomposes them.  With  balsams,
fixed  and volatile oils,  camphor,  and the vegetable alkaloids it
unites readily.   It coagulates albumen, and  its antiseptic property
is most remarkable,  whence  its name,  from «§£«?, flesh,  and ffu{u,
I preserve:—cnwro?, "preserver."  Fresh meat, placed in  creosote
water  for half  an   hour or an  hour,  and  then taken  out and
dried, may be exposed to the heat of the sun without undergoing
putrefaction.   Nay, when flesh has begun  to be putrid, the process
ceases after it has been washed  with creosote water, and if suffered
to remain immersed in it  for an hour, it does not subsequently pu-
trefy.   There can be but little doubt, consequently, that creosote is
the main antiseptic and conservative principle of the pyroligneous
acid, and of tar water.  From the experiments made by Reichenbach
to determine  the exact components of the flesh on which the creo-
sote acts, he arrived  at the following  results.  It unites  with the
albumen and red particles of the blood in the flesh, which it coagu-
lates,  without acting on the fleshy fibre, which serves merely as the
frame-work  for  the coagulated matters ; and it is well known that
dried  albumen does  not  putrefy, but  becomes  hard, brittle, and
transparent.

           EFFECTS  ON THE  ECONOMY IN  HEALTH.

  Reichenbach has  properly remarked that the  excessive burning
pain in the tongue, which creosote causes, must have at once sug-
gested it to  be  a poisonous substance.   It was soon found that
plants, sprinkled with creosote water, died; that fish placed in it
were  convulsed; and that small animals, as wasps and  flies, died
when  touched  with pure creosote.  If a small  quantity of it  be
spread upon  the hand, and washed off a  minute afterwards, the
place  is found to present a white appearance, but without pain or in-
flammation.   In the  course  of a few days, the place  becomes dry,
and the cuticle  desquamates.   When creosote is applied to a part
where the epidermis  is deficient, or to a wound, instantaneously  an
extremely violent burning pain is experienced, which continues for
eight  or ten minutes, but if the part be carefully washed, it gradu-
ally ceases.   The cause of this is  conceived to be the property
which creosote possesses of  congulating albumen;  and,  where 
CREOS0T0N.
135
blood is flowing, of arresting it.  If the rapid disturbance, which it
excites,  affects  important  organs,  death results  sooner  or later
according  to their importance in the economy;  relief, however,
may be afforded by those substances that dissolve coagulated albu-
men, as  caustic alkalies, acetic acid, <fec.  It is probable, however,
that the poisonous properties result from its acrid character.
   To appreciate the physiological  effects of creosote, experiments
have been  undertaken by many individuals.  Miguet gave a  young
dog, for  eight days, an  ounce a day of distilled  water  containing
four drops of creosote, without  any effect.   When, however, he
doubled  the dose, nausea, languor, subsultus tendinum and tremors
occurred, followed in the course of a few days, by marked emacia-
tion.   On  discontinuing the creosote, the  functions gradually re-
sumed their pristine condition, and the animal recovered its flesh.
To another dog, he gave  at once two drams in half an ounce of
water, and immediately thereafter great prostration of the muscular
system ensued—vertigo, fixed eyes, stupor, dyspnoea, accumulation
of mucus in the air passages, spasmodic  cough, discharge of large
quantities of foamy saliva,  with  vomiting of a  milky  matter, al-
though the animal had taken nothing of the kind.  After two hours
of suffering, the animal died of convulsions.  The body was im-
mediately opened ; all the tissues, except the liver, exhaled a strong
smell of creosote ;  the whole of the mucous membrane of the intes-
tinal canal was inflamed.   The matters contained in the stomach
coagulated when placed in  contact with albumen.   When heated,
they yielded a thick smoke, and a marked  smell  of creosote.  In
the heart and  large vessels  the blood was more firmly  coagulated
than usual : the lungs were gorged with blood ;  in the brain there
was no evidence either of congestion or hemorrhage.
   In another dog, into  whose  carotid equal portions of water and
creosote  were  injected, death resulted with similar phenomena, but
more rapidly.   The precise quantity of creosote used in this ex-
periment is not stated.
   Simon, in his experiments, found that when ten drops of creosote,
diluted, were injected into a vein, scarcely any effect resulted.
   Reiter and  Midler, who likewise made experiments on animals,
agree with Simon, as to the  result of injections of creosote into the
veins ; no special symptoms were induced by it, but this appeared
to be owing to the blood being  instantaneously coagulated by it,
which not only prevented  the farther progress of the creosote, but
also of the blood,  hence no evil  consequences resulted ; and it is
probable, as Riecke has suggested,1 that the weaker the  solution of
creosote, within certain limits,  the greater may be  its effect  on the
mass of blood.
   Corneliani,2 an Italian physician, has also instituted a series of


  1 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u.  s. w. S. 153.
  2 Giornale delle Scienze Medico-Chirur<riche, No. 8. Febrajo, 1835; Brit.
and Foreign Med. Review, p. 265,  Jan. 1836,  and Journ. de Chimie Medi-
cale, Fev. 1836. 
136             dunglison's new remedies.
experiments with creosote on lambs, rabbits, &c. All these animals
bore  small doses of creosote—however unwillingly it might be
taken—without any remarkable results,  and without loss of appe-
tite.  Large doses, however, immediately occasioned general torpor,
sudden inclination  to pass the urine, paralysis—especially of the
lower extremities—with or without convulsions, and frequently the
ejection of a bloody foam.   When the doses  were large, and it was
but little diluted, death took place in a few minutes, and on exami-
nation, the inner lining of the stomach was generally found  cor-
roded, yet not so constantly as to allow of death being ascribed to
that circumstance.
   It followed, farther, from his experiments, that pure creosote ap-
plied to a denuded nerve, or injected only in small quantities into a
vein, may occasion death suddenly, and that the application of the
creosote  to extensive wounded surfaces in the same  animals may
be ultimately followed  by  fatal consequences.
   Where a very large dose of creosote was administered, immediate
death was produced without organic lesion.
   In the trials  made with it by Dr. Elliotson,1 he found no action
produced upon the bowels; but it sometimes augmented the quan-
tity of urine.   He once saw it, in doses of a minim three times
a day, cause  micturition nine times in an hour.  In another case,
in doses  of three minims, it produced severe strangury.
   According to Simon, when applied to the  muscles, it destroys the
surface like a caustic. Muller and Reiter, in their experiments, found
that it speedily rendered the muscular fibres of a dirty whitish ap-
pearance, and readily lacerable.  When  applied to  the fresh blood
of the hog, it converted the  colour in an instant to an ashy gray ;
after which it became black and quickly coagulated.    Mixed, either
pure, or  diluted, with  blood,  it thickens it,  the mixture assumes
a brown red colour,  and it is found studded with  small white
points, which are nothing  more than  coagulated  albumen.   Oh
exposing the coagulum to  the air,  it  assumes a  yellowish  red
colour.   Reich, on  the other hand,  who appears  to  have made
many experiments with creosote, both in internal and external dis-*.
eases, affirms, that he has never observed  any caustic effect from it;
from which assertion, as Riecke has  remarked,2 the only inference
to be deduced is, that he must  always have applied it  largely
diluted.  Fremanger likewise asserts, that  when pure creosote is
applied to the  epidermis, it does not  destroy it;  but merely occa-
sions more or  less redness of the skin.  When applied to a suppu-
rating surface, it caused, instantaneously, the formation of a white
pellicle,  owing to its coagulating the albumen  contained  in the
secretion from the wound.  Adventitious tissues, with which it is
brought in contact, are destroyed by it.   When placed  between the
lips of a wound it prevents healing by the first intention, by coagu-

       1  Medico-Chirurg. Transact, vol. xix.  Lond. 1835.
       2  Op. cit. S. 154. 
CRE0S0T0N.
137
lating the albumen, and, consequently, it may be employed  in all
cases where it is desirable to prevent the growing together of parts.
Fremanger is, indeed, disposed to refer all its efficacy to the action,
which it exerts on albumen.
  Its long continued use often occasions an inflammatory condition
which, as Dr. J. L. Da Luz1 observes, has nothing in common with
the disease, for the  cure of  which it may  have been  prescribed.
In a  case of porrigo  favosa  treated by  it recently by the  author,
febrile irritation supervened, and the  head was covered by an arti-
ficial eruption, which induced, however, a new action in the  inter-
mediate system of the scalp, and after its subsidence, the porrigo
was cured.
  Dr. Cormack, of Edinburgh, has likewise instituted various ex-
periments on  the lower  animals to test the  physiological effects of
creosote.2  In three experiments, about  twenty-five  drops of pure
creosote  were injected  into the venous system of dogs.   All the
animals died.   In  every case of poisoning by it, which he has ob-
served, Dr. Cormack found the following to  be the symptoms:—Its
first deleterious action was a powerful one of sedation on the heart ;
the vital energies of that organ seeming to be instantaneously para-
lysed.  In some instances, hurried  and sonorous respiration  went
on for more than a minute after the  heart had ceased to beat.  In
general, one or two  convulsions, resembling the tetanic, preceded
death ; and, almost invariably  before expiring, the animal  uttered
one or more shrill cries.  In every instance, the atony of the heart
immediately after death was very striking.
  From other experiments it appears, that when creosote is injected
into  the  arteries the deleterious effects are of a much milder cha-
racter, and if the dose is not large, the animal may experience but
little inconvenience ; a circumstance,  which proves the importance
of a thorough admixture with the blood before the poisonous article
reaches the heart; such admixture not taking place, to the neces-
sary extent, when the poison is injected into the veins, but  being
readily effected when injected  into the arteries, and consequently
distributed through the capillary or intermediate system.
  When  taken for any length of time, the urine acquires a blackish
hue,  and in some cases it can be recognised  in the urine.3

           EFFECTS  ON THE  ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  Creosote has been  administered in  various diseases,  and the fol-
lowing may be esteemed a summary of the therapeutical experi-
ments made with it.
  1.  Hemorrhage. The discovery of creosote happened at a time,
when the Aqua binelli enjoyed  more confidence as a styptic than it

  1 Jornal  da Sociedade das Sciencas Medicas de Lisboa. torn. v. Lisboa,
1S37 ; reviewed in Zeitschrift fur die gesammte Medicin. Oct.  1838, S. 224.
  2 Op. cit. p. 66.
  8 Dr. Macleod, in Medical Gazette, xvi. 599, and xvii. 653. 
138
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
does  now;  and the fancied  probability, that the nostrum was in-
debted to the creosote for its  properties, gave rise to many experi-
ments with the latter in  cases of hemorrhage. One of the first, who
instituted experiments with it on rabbits, was G. Simon. Not being
able to obtain any striking results from the aqua binelli, he tried
the creosote, pure, as well as  in the form of creosote water, and of
an  emulsion prepared  with  gum arabic ;  and from the results of
these  he  was led to affirm, that although creosote  occasioned the
coagulation of the albumen  of the blood, it acted  no better as  a
styptic than cold water.   With the aqua binelli he was not iible to
coagulate albumen.  The rapid separation of the albumen in the
form of a reddish gray coagulum under the influence of the creo-
sote, he found to be of no advantage, as the mass remained soft and
pulpy; and the wound  in the vessel could  not close, but was im-
mediately opened by the stream of blood.  Neither did he esteem  it
adapted for  arresting  trifling  hemorrhages; for, when very much
diluted, it is  still too exciting to  the injured parts, and markedly
delays their  union.   This, indeed, might,  he thinks, be expected
from the  fact, that pure  creosote, when  placed on the skin for ten
or twenty minutes, induces superficial inflammation.
  The experiments of other physicians have been  decidedly more
favourable.   Muller and Reiter,1 for example, in theirs, found that
creosote was far more efficacious  than the aqua binelli, for, when
the latter was prescribed, it was always  necessary to have recourse
to other agents, before the hemorrhage was  arrested.   In their ex-
periments on  dogs, they  found the  hemorrhage  from  a divided
crural vein quickly cease, when a compress  of cotton, wetted  with
creosote,  was placed on  the vessel, with a moderate degree of pres-
sure.  Three  days  afterwards, the crural artery  was exposed on
the same dog, and divided; but it was  afterwards necessary to tie
it, as  the creosote, in consequence  of the excessive  hemorrhage,
could not be brought into immediate  contact with  the vessel, but
merely acted on  the superficial layer of blood, and therefore did not
arrest the hemorrhage.
  The crural artery of a young and tolerably strong dog was cut a
short  distance above its division,  compression being  at the same
time exerted  upon the trunk.  The artery did not bleed.  Nine
minutes  afterwards, a compress of cotton soaked  in creosote was
applied immediately to  the divided extremity of the artery, with
some  degree of pressure.  When the compress was removed, the
bleeding  was entirely arrested, and  the wounded surface was dry,
and had an ashy gray hue. In  an old dog, hemorrhage from a divided
crural artery was arrested by the same means, but not so speedily.
When the artery was examined, it was found to be wholly closed,
having a navel-like depression at the extremity, which disappeared
when the vessel  was pressed upon, and  ultimately became conical.

  1 Schmidt's Jahrbuch, cited in  Encyclographie  des Sciences Medicales,
Mars,  1837. 
CRE0S0T0N.                      139
Within the vessel was a conical coagulum, which could be readily
detached ; and for the space of a line, the artery appeared inflamed
through its coats.
  In arteries that had been  divided  for a longer time, the union
was likewise complete; but there was this  difference,  that the in-
flammation at the end of the vessel had disappeared, and a pointed
fibrous  caruncle was  observed in the vessel, which was doubtless
the fibrinous portion of the previous coagulum.
  From their experiments, Muller and Reiter were led to confirm
the hasmostatic properties of creosote, both when the  hemorrhage
occurs from veins and from arteries.   The arteries divided were of
considerable size, larger  than  the radial  artery of an  adult male.
They consider pressure indispensable to occasion the creosote to act
immediately on the artery; and the arrest of the hemorrhage, they
ascribe,—not alone  to the coagulation of  the blood, but to the con-
traction of the arteries.   In parenchymatous hemorrhage, the aqua
creosoti was  generally sufficient; as well as in  tolerably extensive
wounds of the surface.
  Horing, also, obtained  satisfactory results from his  experiments
on animals.   He exposed, on an  old cat, the crural artery and vein
of the right side; made a small incision into the latter, and pressed
upon it to stop the copious  flow which ensued : he then applied
over the wound, for two  minutes, a small  compress of lint, wetted
with a solution of creosote—two drops to one hundred of water—and
the bleeding ceased.  The artery was now opened, and a similar
compress placed upon it  with the same  result.  Two days after-
wards,  a second experiment  was made of the  same kind,  except
that, owing to the  struggles of the animal,  a larger opening was
made into the crural artery.  In this case, it was necessary to apply
the compress for four  minutes before the hemorrhage  ceased.   In
another cat, a large transverse incision was made on the inner sur-
face of the right thigh, above the middle,  by which muscles, arte-
ries, veins,  and nerves were divided.  Two large  compresses  of
lint, wetted with a solution of creosote, were then  pressed on the
parts for five minutes, and the bleeding entirely ceased.   The like
result was obtained in the case of an old horse, whose jugular vein
was opened.   But the creosote solution did not  succeed in wholly
arresting the  hemorrhage in  the same horse, when an opening was
made into the crural vein and artery.
  To these experiments on animals may be added some that were
instituted on  the human subject,  and which testify, more or less, to
the efficacy of creosote as a hasmostatic.   Hahn applied it in some
insignificant cases, but saw no better effect from  it  than  from cold
water.   Most found it  speedily arrest slight hemorrhages from small
vessels. Horing applied it successfully in a case of epistaxis, which
had obstinately resisted other agents,—two plugs of lint, dipped in a
solution of creosote being inserted in the  nostrils, after which the
hemorrhage soon ceased.  Fichtdauer employed it with  equally
advantageous results  in  violent bleeding from leech  bites,  after 
140
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
several hemostatics had been used in vain ;  and Heyfelder extols
it for arresting hemorrhage from large wounded surfaces.
  Berthelot differs with Fremanger and Simon, who affirm that union
by the first intention is prevented  by it.  The results of his obser-
vation were entirely opposite.  Miguet applied it successfully as a
hasmostatic in fresh wounds on man and animals.  Both pure creo-
sote  and a solution of it were, however,  unsuccessfully used by
Bardili in hemorrhage from  the arteria  tibialis postica, which he
ascribed to the blood having  lost its albumen, owing to the exces-
sive  discharge.  Reich and  Hauff found injections with creosote
water very useful in haemorrhagia uteri.  Schneider had a case of
hemorrhage that had continued  for seven hours in  a man  eighty
years old, and which proceeded  from the gums of the upper jaw;
the blood oozing as from the pores of a  sponge.  He  directed  the
man  to take as much aqua creosoti into his mouth as he was able;
and  after  three  repetitions  the  hemorrhage  ceased, and did  not
recur.
  Kbhler1 endeavoured to test the hasmostatic operation upon him-
self.   He made an incision in his forearm an inch  long, and three
or four lines deep, to which  he  applied  creosote water.  A lanci-
nating pain was felt in the wound, but no other sensible effect.   A
drop  of pure  creosote was  now  let fall between  the lips of  the
wound : this was followed by a sensation of burning and drawing;
for a moment, coagulated flakes of a whitish gray colour covered
the wound,  and there was  a temporary cessation to  the flow: it
soon, however, recurred.  After a  time the hemorrhage ceased ;  but
not sooner—Kbhler thinks—than  if cold water had  been  applied.
The feeling of burning and drawing continued, however, for some
time; the edges of the wound were somewhat swollen, and oede-
matous, and,  in  about four hours, were covered with a yellowish
brown lymph; but there seemed to be no delay in the cicatrisation.
  J.  L. da Luz2 found it  an excellent styptic in capillary hemor-
rhage ; but in hemorrhage from great vessels it does not prevent a
recurrence of the bleeding.
  In  hasmoptysis, too, the internal use of creosote has been  found
beneficial.  Santini3 prescribed it in a desperate case with complete
success, and with  Schmalz it was equally effective; on the other
hand, it was of little avail in Guitti's hands.
  2. Burns.—Most used creosote with  decided relief in burns of
the second and third degree, applied by  means of rags wetted with
creosote  water.   Berthelot also cured two  cases quickly with it;
the slightly  burnt places becoming desiccated ; the  more severe
healing by the formation of  a crust.  Guitti applied both  creosote
water and creosote ointment with advantage in burns which  had
proceeded to profuse suppuration ; hence, it  has been advised,—

  1 Neue wissenschaftlich. Annalen, u. s. w. B. i. H. 3. S. 285. Berlin, 1835.
  2 Op. cit.
  3 Gazetta Therapeutica di Verona, Mars, 1834;  and Amer. Journal of the
Med.  Sciences, Feb. 1836, p. 502. 
CREOSOTON.                      141
  3. In profuse suppuration, on the authority of Levrat and Ber-
thelot, but according to J. L. da Luz,1 it has no marked influence
on the secretion of pus, and is therefore useless in suppurating ab-
scesses.  In otorrhoea it has been especially beneficial.
  4. Lesions of the integuments.—According to Reichenbach,
creosote is of essential service in the intertrigo of children, as well
as in the excoriation induced by lying.  In the latter case, Guitti
used it with success.  Halm also frequently employed it.  In cases
where ulceration had not taken place, he washed the parts several
times a day with creosote water, and was of  opinion that  he had
prevented, in some  cases,  the  occurrence of ulceration.  Where
ulceration  had already taken place,  he covered the parts with linen
rags folded two or three times, which he soaked in creosote water,
and fixed  them on by means of adhesive straps.  The superficial
ulcers soon healed;  and the deeper were  transformed into hollow
surfaces, secreting a homogeneous serous fluid, but no pus.
  Horing employed creosote water  with advantage in sore nipples;
and in sprains and contusions, the  creosote  ointment has been re-
commended by Dr. Fife.3
  5. In chilblains, whether ulcerated or  not, Hahn3 used creosote
washes successfully;—the  affection yielding  in a  few days: and
Dr. Herndon4 regards the creosote ointment as the best remedy in
that affection with which he is acquainted.
  6.  Ulcers.—Fissures of the skin  and superficial ulcers, according
to Hahn, were changed, under the  application of the creosote water,
into a blackish  brown scab, which adhered for  a  long time,  and
when  it fell off, left the parts healed ; or by occasioning too  much
shrinking of the parts, gave rise  to fresh inflammation and suppu-
ration.  Deeper ulcers were affected in the same manner as those
caused by long lying.
  The efficacy of this agent in  atonic and varicose ulcers,  espe-
cially of the  leg, has  been attested  by Levrat, Berthelot,  Rossi,
Hechenberger, and  others; but Guitti,  Heyfelder, and  Schmalz
were less satisfied with it.   Very recently, a case of indolent ulcer,
between the knee  and ankle,  accompanied  with  a good deal of
inflammation, was cured,  in  five  weeks, by  the application of a
solution  of creosote  (ten drops to  the ounce of water), with me-
thodical  compression to the limb, by means of a bandage.5  Meister
found the application of creosote water, in cases of carious, scrofu-
lous, syphilitic, fistulous,  and sanious ulcers, to be striking, and
almost uniformly useful.  Heyfelder, likewise, found it extraordi-
narily useful in scrofulous ulcers,  and Dr. Cormack6  states,  that
he  had  recently an  opportunity  of seeing a case of this kind
treated  by Dr.  Shortt, in the  Royal  Infirmary of  Edinburgh,

  1 Op. cit.
  2 Lond. Med. Gazette, April 7, 1838,  p. 66.
  3 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Dec. 1834.
  4 American Med. Intelligencer, for March 15, 1838, p. 425.
  6 Boston  Medical and Surgical Journal, July 3, 1839, p. 332.
  6 Op. cit. p. 106. 
142             dunglison's new REMEDIES.

where an  extensive  scrofulous ulcer  of the hip,  after resisting
a variety of treatment, at last yielded to creosote, and was ulti-
mately completely cicatrised.  On the  other  hand, Otto tried both
the pure  creosote and the watery  solution  in  ulcers  of various
kinds, especially in  the scrofulous; the  ulcers very generally put
on, in the course of twenty-four hours, a cleaner appearance;  still
they did not cicatrise, on which account Otto prefers, in  old ulcera-
tions  at least, the use of a solution  of chloride of lime; for notwith-
standing creosote diminished  and improved the  character of the
suppuration from scrofulous ulcers, and rendered them cleaner, it
did not ameliorate the general condition ; after the diminution of
the suppuration, local pains, loss of sleep, and slight febrile move-
ments generally supervening.   On these accounts,  Otto does not
think creosote applicable to scrofulous ulcers in general.
  In scrofulous caries, many observers depose to the good effects of
creosote.  Among these may be mentioned Hahn, Coster, Ritgen,
Fremanger,  and Hauff.   In fistulous ulcers—also of syphilitic
origin—several physicians have employed it  beneficially.
  Dr. Fife,1 of Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  found- it useful  not  merely
in obstinate but in malignant  ulcers.   In no  case of ulceration, he
affirms, in which he tried it, did it disappoint his expectations.   In
a sloughing carbuncle,  the alcoholic solution,  (thirty drops to the
ounce,) mixed with carrot poultices, was applied with advantage
by Dr. Herndon,2 of Culpeper C. H., Virginia.
  In  scurvy and in scorbutic ulcers, M. Coen3 found its use followed
by excellent results, and he refers to cases in which it has been ad-
ministered internally  with very great advantage.
  J. L. da Luz4 considers it an excellent cleansing remedy in atonic
ulcers, but its prolonged use,  he thinks, retarded cicatrisation.   In
hospital gangrene, he esteems it the best antiseptic,  and the most
powerful means for checking  its terrific progress.
  In  gangrenous or sloughing ulcers, Hahn used it.  Several times
a day he penciled the slough  with pure creosote, and, in the inter-
vals,  fomented it with creosote water.   According to Reichenbach,
two offensive affections of the labia  pudendi—the consequences of
infiltration of blood—were cured by it; and  Reich and Sir Francis
Smith5 treated with success cases of cancrum oris, and the former,
one of scorbutic ulceration of the gums.
  In  herpetic ulcers,  Horing and Berthelot observed  favourable
effects from the creosote water; and it has  been found especially
useful in carcinomatous and  syphilitic  ulcers, in which  it has been
often employed.
  In  cancer of the uterus, Wolff injected creosote water,  in  two
cases, into the vagina.   In one, the  pain  was so  great,  that, on the

  1  London Medical Gazette, April 7, 1838, p.  65.
  2  Amer. Med. Intelligencer, March 15, 1838, p. 425.
  3  Giomale per servire &c.  di Venezia,  1836.
  4  Jornal  da  Sociedade das Sciencas Medicas de Lisboa, T. v. Lisboa,
1837; noticed  in Zeitschrift fur die gesammte Medicin. Oct. 1838, S. 224.
  6  Dublin Journal of Med. Science, for May, 1837. 
CREOSOTON.
143
ninth day, after six  pints of creosote water had  been used, it was
obliged to be discontinued.  In the other case, the treatment was
continued twenty-six days, and sixteen pints were used : in it, also,
the pain was sensibly aggravated.  The secretion was not improved
in either  case;  nor was metrorrhagia prevented  by it; for one ot
the patients  died immediately after an attack of this kind : the other
lingered a long time.
  Heyfelder  found  injections  of  creosote water,  in conjunction
with the extractum calendulas, of no  use in cancer uteri.   On the
other hand, in  a case  of superficial ulceration of the os uteri with
copious discharge of a puriform mucus, which  had been treated
unsuccessfully  by other agents, for several months, Hahn found an
injection of creosote water effectual in fourteen days.  Tealier  has
likewise given  a case of superficial ulcerations around the os uteri,
to which  nitrate of  silver  had been applied  at least  twenty times
without inducing a  cure.  By touching the ulcers with lint fixed
upon  the  end of a probe,  and dipped in a mixture of one part of
creosote and three parts of water,  excessive pain  was induced, but
this gradually passed away, and in six days the signs of ulceration
had disappeared.  It  is more than  doubtful, however,  whether
either of the two last cases was carcinomatous.
  In  a case of cancer  of the breast, a solution of creosote  was ap-
plied  by the same gentleman.  This excited, instantaneously, vio-
lent pain, but after a time the pain ceased, and relief was obtained.
  Rossi saw a  cancerous ulcer of the face healed by creosote oint-
ment, but it soon  broke out again.  The same gentleman cured a
fungous tumor on the  alveolar margin of the right os maxillare—
which had occasioned  the loss of all the teeth of that side except
one, and which even the actual  cautery  had not prevented from
returning—by  a collutory of six drops of creosote in  six ounces of
water.
  Heyfelder saw creosote used without effect in a case of cancer of
the skin, and Cormack2 in a case of lupus of the nose.   On  the
other  hand,  Guitti cured an ulcer, in appearance cancerous, by the
application of pure creosote, for which, at  a later period, the solu-
tion was substituted, and Marchal  ha* published a case of cancer of
the lip in  which he believes  he accomplished a cure by means of
creosote.3
  Garbiglietti cured a fungous ulcer with caries of  the fibula by
creosote, but it is  questionable whether the  ulcer was carcinoma-
tous ; and Meisinger saw a cancer of the face improved by the use
of creosote ointment.
  It has been before remarked, that Meisinger used creosote with
advantage in syphilitic ulcers.  Hahn also  applied creosote water


  1 Revue  Medicale, Fevrier, 1834.  For similar cases, see Dr. Friese, in
Berlin, medicin. Zeitung, Nro. 13, 1837.
  2 Op. cit. p. 115.
  8 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Fev. 1S35. 
144
dunglison's new remedies.
in primary syphilitic sores;  the small, superficial ulcers healed soon,
the larger and deeper remained stationary.  In a phagedenic ulce-
rated bubo, the spreading was arrested, but this was all. According
to Heyfelder,  creosote—probably the pure—excited, in a case of
primary syphilitic  ulcer, in a plethoric individual, violent inflam-
mation, and so much  sensibility, that it was  obliged to be discon-
tinued.   Berthelot  cured a chancre, which had  resisted caustics
and other cicatrising agencies, in a few  days, by creosote water.
Rehfeld, also,  treated secondary syphilitic ulcers successfully with
it, giving, however, at  the  same time, the corrosive sublimate, in-
wardly.   Chronic venereal ulcers  have in some cases yielded to it,
after they had resisted  every other kind of treatment.1 Dr. Biirkner,
of Breslau,2 reports a case, which, after having proved rebellious to
every kind of general and local management that could be devised,
at length yielded  to the application of pure creosote, by means of a
camel's hair brush. The character of the  secreted  pus immediately
improved; the wound  began to heal by granulations from the base,
and, at the end of four weeks, Dr. Biirkner found  his patient quite
well. In condylomata  it  has been equally successful. By the appli-
cation of creosote water,  Hahn found them contract and disappear;
but the more obstinate required to be penciled with pure creosote.
Heyfelder, Reich,3 Fricke, and Coen,4 also found the creosote effica-
cacious in these cases.  The last gentleman but one  had the most fre-
quent opportunities for observation : by him the creosote, in a dilute
state, was applied to the top of the condyloma by means of a pencil.
In cases of small condylomata, touching  them once or twice was
sufficient for their removal; in larger, it had to be more frequently
repeated. In  some obstinate cases, it required two or  three weeks
before the condylomata disappeared; but  when once  they fell off,
they did not return.
   7.  Gonorrhaa and  Fluor albus.—Most extols creosote water as
a remedy in gleet.  He applies it either in the way of injection or
by small tents wetted with it and introduced into  the urethra.   In
fluor albus, he strongly recommends both the internal and external
use of it. Reich  injected creosote water  in a case of gonorrhoea,
and in one of  malignant fluor albus ;  yet its agency in these cases
was doubtful as copaiba  was given at the  same time.   Hahn5 also
used injections of creosote water in the  second state of gonorrhoea,
and in gleet; but  he did not think that the discharge ceased sooner
under its agency than under the ordinary  means  ; whilst in some
cases, the inflammation  was even  augmented.  In two  cases  of
benign fluor albus, after many other remedies had  been employed
in vain,  Schmalz saw good  effects from  the  use  of a solution of

  1 Cormack, Op. citat. p. 107.  See, also, Kunchel, in Bulletin Gener. de
Therapeutique, p. 313. Paris, 1833.
  2 Casper's Wochenschrift, Sepr. 9, 1837, S. 583.
  3 Hufeland's Journal, Jan. 1834, and Revue Medicale, Mai, 1834.
  4 Giornale per servire a progressi della patologia, &c. di Venezia, An. 1836.
  6 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Dec. 1834. 
CRE0S0T0N.
145
creosote;  but in a third case it afforded no relief.  Dr. Elliotson1
gave it internally to a female labouring under gonorrhoea, at first,
in the  dose of two minims to an ounce of water, and afterwards in
the dose of four, six, and even eight minims, but  no good resulted
from its use.
   We have administered it  not unfrequently in  leucorrhcea and
other mucous discharges, and when persevered in, it has at times
appeared  to be of decided service.2
   Recently Dr. Robert Dick,3 of Glasgow,  has called the attention
of the  profession  to its use in the chronic stage of gonorrhoea, and
in gleet.  He thinks its  beneficial effects are more obvious than
those of copaiba.  He administered it in doses of two drops with
loaf sugar beaten  in a syrup with  water.
   8. Chronic cutaneous affections.—Reich treated a case of crusta
lactea externally by creosote,  and internally by  calomel and the
black sulphuret of mercury.  The result was favourable.  In the
itch, it was recommended by its discoverer.   Wolff, too, saw  three
cases of not very recent itch, cured in eight days by lotions of creo-
sote water.  Reich  and Coen4 likewise extol  the  water and the
ointment  in  inveterate itch.  J.  L. Da Luz5 also considers  it as
valuable as sulphur, but Otto did  not find the  water particularly
efficacious.   He  gives strong testimony, however, in its favour, in
herpetic eruptions;  in a very short time, it  induced evident im-
provement, and  often  removed the affection in from eight to four-
teen days.  When the cases were more chronic, a longer time was
of course  required for the cure. He never administered it, however,
without attaining his object.  His rule was, to bathe  the affected
parts twice a day with  creosote  water, and in  particular cases he
directed, in addition, general baths of  warm water.   The eruption
generally disappeared very rapidly under  this management, but it
readily recurred unless general bathing was used  at the same time.
It again yielded, however, very readily to creosote water.  Grand-
jean, Reich, and Koehler, also  employed the  water successfully in
herpes ; aud Guitti  found  both the water and  the ointment most
serviceable in herpetic  affections  when combined  with appropriate
internal treatment.  Heyfelder recommends that  alterative drinks,
as the decoctum  sarsaparillas, should  be combined with  them.
Even  in  herpes exedens, the external  application of creosote was
found  effectual by Ritgen, Grandjean, and  Rossi.   W7olff6 cured a
case of ancient impetigo in about eight weeks,  by a solution of
creosote (3ss. to  gv. of distilled  water.)  At first, the application
caused so much  heat and  inflammation, that in eight  days it was

   1 Lancet, for Dec. 1835, p. 435.
   2 See, also,  Coen, in Giornale per servire, &c. di Venezia, 1836.
   3 Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journ. Apl. 1838, p. 602.
   4 Op. cit.
   6 Jomal  da  Sociedade das Sciencas Medicas  de Lisboa, torn. v. Lisboa,
 1837, noticed  in Zeitschrift fur die ejesammte Medicin. Oct. 1838. S. 224.
   6 Medicin. Zeitung,  u. s. w. No. 30. 1834.
        8—b                                     dungl 10 
146
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
obliged to be discontinued, and afterwards it was alternated with
fomentations of warm water from day to day until  the cure was
completed. Dr. Herndon of Culpeper  C. H.," Va., derived much
benefit' from the ointment  in psoriasis.
  In a case  of acne rosacea of  seven years' standing, accompanied
with headach, nervousness, thirst in  the morning and acid eruc-
tations, for which the patient was put under treatment for a month
without  success,  Dr. Elliotson1  determined  on  trying  creosote.
The advantage was soon manifest, as in three  days the  eruption
was evidently diminished.  At first,  she took  two  minims three
times a day ;  this was gradually augmented to twenty  minims;
the farther increase of the dose being prevented by the supervention
of giddiness and tremors. At the end of seven months, she was dis-
charged ; the eruption being scarcely perceptible, and the dyspeptic
symptoms entirely removed.   In a chronic  pustular  disease,  not
curable  by  antiphlogistics,  the same  gentleman observed better
effects than  from any previous remedy.2 Dr. Copland, it is affirmed,
found  a  saturated solution in  water  answer  well as a lotion  in
porrigo favosa.3 We have often used in porrigo, both  creosote water
and creosote ointment (see the formulas at the end of the article);
they have always  appeared to us sufficiently strong, and when the
quantity  of creosote was increased, so much inflammatory irritation
was induced that they had to be discontinued for a time.
  9. In a case of chronic inflammation of the free edge of the eye-
lids, with several ulcerated spots, a cure  was effected by Coster,  by
the use,  twice a day, of a dilute solution of creosote, (gtt. xij  ad
aquas destillat. §ij) applied by means of a camel's hair pencil. The
cure was effected in ten days.   In different  kinds of ophthalmia,
M.  Sanson used the  creosote, but never observed the disease to be
modified by the treatment.4
   10.  In a case of prolapsus vagina, Schlesier tried the external
use of a solution of  creosote.   After astringent,  injections, and the
application of the decoctum  ratanhias by means of a sponge had
been used in  vain,  he injected  diluted  creosote for seven weeks,
omitting it only at the time of menstruation.  It excited a burning
sensation of a few minutes' duration.  At the expiration of the time
mentioned,  the prolapsus  had strikingly diminished, and the great
sensibility of the prolapsed parts had disappeared. Owing, however,
to the supervention of irritation in the  urinary bladder, it had to be
discontinued when there was every prospect of ultimate success.
   11. Dr. Buttmann,5of Vietz, circle of Landsberg, has given the case

  1 Lancet, July 4, 1834, p. 459.
  2 Medico-Chirurg. Transact, xix. 237. Lond. 1835.
  8 Gully's Edition  of Magendie's Formulary, p. 204. Lond. 1835.  See,
also, Sir F. Smith, in Dublin Med. Journ. for  May, 1837, and J. L. Da Luz,
Op. cit.
  4 Compt rendu des  Seances de la Societe de  Medecine, Seance du 7
Mars, 1834.
  * Beitragen zum  Sanitats-Berichte des Frankfurter Regierungs-Bezirks:
and Medicinische Zeitung, Dec. 7, 1836, S. 252. 
CREOSOTON.
147
 of an old lady, upwards of seventy years of age, who had laboured
 for several years under adema of both legs to such an  extent as to
 interfere materially with progression.  She experienced lancinating
 pains in both feet, and irregular paroxysms of fever. Many external
 and internal remedies had been  used in vain, when Dr. Buttmann,
 by way of experiment,  applied  cataplasms of creosote, soon after
 which  the swelling, very much to  his astonishment, gradually dis-
 appeared, and with it the febrile attacks.
   12. In toothach from carious teeth,  creosote  has often been
 used, being applied to the hollow of the  tooth  by means of a
 pencil, or of cotton imbued with  it.   The testimony in  its  fa-
 vour has been  very great,—Coster, Reich, Hahn, Kneisel, Hey-
 felder,  Fichtbauer,  Hauff, Otto, Guitti. Kbhler,  Meisinger,1 and
 numerous others.  Some have advised  a collutory of creosote, but
 this is more disagreeable, whilst it  is less efficacious than  creosote
 applied immediately to the carious tooth. It excites instantaneously
 acute pain  and  a considerable  secretion of saliva.  The pain  is
 often relieved by it,  but  it generally recurs; and perhaps the ad-
 vantage derived from  this agent  is not greater  than from the
 stronger essential oils.   As a palliative it is very useful.  In rheu-
 matic toothach,  the  insertion of a  little cotton, imbued with creo-
 sote,  in the ear of the same side, has been found serviceable.2
   13. In deafness, apparently owing to a deficient secretion from
 the meibomian follicles,  advantage has been  found from the use of
 the creosote, after the ear had been syringed.   Perhaps as good a
 form as any is that recommended by Mr. Curtis,3 which consists of
 one dram of creosote to four drams of  lard.   A little of this oil  is
 inserted into  the meatus night  and morning, with a camel's hair
 pencil.   He considers the preparation contra-indicated  in cases of
 otorrhosa, where there is any pain or inflammation.

   So far we have spoken mainly of  the external use of creosote.
 Reference has been  made to its  internal administration in  cases of
 hasmoptysis and fluor albus only.   In the following diseases, it has
 been  chiefly given internally:—
   14. Phthisis.—Reichenbach  excited  considerable expectations
 from  the use of creosote  in phthisis,—pulmonary,  laryngeal, and
 bronchial;  and  as in so  intractable  a  disease every suggestion is
immediately and eagerly embraced, numerous trials were instituted
with it, the results of which were by no means accordant.   Reich4
affirmed, that he gave it both in  laryngeal and tubercular phthisis
with distinguished success.  In   a  case in which  the  disease ap-
peared to be considerably advanced, the offensive expectoration was
changed into one of a tasteless, mucous character, although the fever

  1 Medicin. Jahrbuch.  des k.  k. usterreich.  Staates, B.  xv. S. 553.  Wien,
 1834.
  2 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 167.
  3 London Lancet, vol. i. p. 328, 1838-9 ; and Mr. Wright, ibid. p. 580.
  4 Hufeland's Journal, Jan. 1834; and Revue Medicale, Mai, 1834. 
148
dunglison's new remedies.
and the night sweats experienced no modification.   Subsequently,
hasmoptysis supervened, with violent fever; on which account the
dose of creosote was diminished.  Under the use of the remedy the
condition of the patient appeared to improve.—except  the cough,
which was not  mitigated ;  an anodyne was consequently substi-
tuted  for the creosote ;  under which, his patient—a female—im-
proved so much, that Reich was  led to believe she might be saved,
although the cough still remained severe and frequent.  In another
case,  the creosote allayed  the  hectic fever, and  transformed  the
purulent Expectoration into one of a mucous character: yet, al-
though the general condition of the patient seemed to be improved,
the cough and uneasiness of the chest continued almost unchanged.
Grandjean also had a case of phthisis in the third stage, the expec-
toration of  which was soon diminished; the pain in the side re-
moved ; the appetite, sleep,  and strength restored, under  the admi-
nistration  of creosote;  but the  result  of the case is  not known.
Levrat asserts,  that  he  found creosote highly useful in chronic
bronchitis, and in some kinds of phthisis. Hechenberger saw good
effects from the inhalation of creosote in the form of vapour in a
case of ulcerated lungs ; five, ten,  or fifteen drops of creosote,  ac-
cording to the degree of tolerance of the lungs, being dropped  into
hot water in an appropriate vessel, and the vapour received through
the tube of an inverted funnel.   Hechenberger was of opinion, that
this mode of  exhibiting  creosote  prevented  the disagreeable effects
apt to be induced by its internal use ; and farther experiments have
confirmed  his view.  In the chronic mucous affections of the lungs
of old people it appears to have been  especially useful.  On  the
other  hand. Elliotson1 derived no favourable results from his trials
with creosote m  phthisis; even inhalation of the vapour was gene-
rally unattended with any advantage ;  yet,  he is  of opinion that it
may be useful where there are only one or two ulcers in the lungs,
and there  is  no  tendency to their  farther production,  as  well as
where there is much  secretion  from the bronchial mucous mem-
brane. Either no advantage, or an injurious influence was derived
from its use in  phthisis, by Rehfeld,  Haupt, Treumann, Gunther,
Schmalz, Meisinger, Otto, Kohler,2 and  others.
   The published experiments by Wolff, in the Charite at Berlin,
cannot be esteemed more favourable.  It was tried in eleven cases
of phthisis tuberculosa,  of which one was in  the  first,  eight were
in the second, and two in the third  stage.  In  two cases, there was
scarcely any advantage after the  remedy had been  given  for four-
teen days.  In one case, it had to be discontinued on the eleventh
day, owing to the supervention  of obstinate vomiting.   The  case
ultimately terminated  unfavourably.  In  six cases, the  symptoms
appeared to be aggravated, and the patients died  soon afterwards.
In two cases, in which the  disease  was in its second stage, death

       1 Medico-Chirurg.  Transact, xix. 221; Lond. 1835.
       2 Hecker's neuen wissenschaft. Annal. B. i. H. 3. 
CRE0S0T0N.
149
supervened unexpectedly early, on the  fourth and seventh day of
the treatment,—in one case by suffocation ; in the other, by sudden
hydrothorax.  The pulse, according to Wolff,  was generally in-
creased under its use ; the hectic augmented ; the urinary secretion
diminished;  the  expectoration  neither changed in quantity nor
quality;  the  cough not  mitigated; or the dyspnoea diminished:
on the other hand, they were, in four cases,  manifestly increased :
once epistaxis occurred, and twice hasmoptysis.
  From the results of all his trials, Wolff is disposed to think, that
creosote should be banished from our list of agents employed in
phthisis ;  both as respects the radical and the palliative treatment ;*
but although  they may not sanction  us in placing much value on
creosote in the treatment of  phthisis, it may be  improper to ostra-
cise it altogether,* as according to  the testimony of others it would
seem  to have  rendered essential  service.  Rampold  and  Spath
assert, that they have  derived  advantage from it, in confirmed
phthisis  where no inflammatory complication  was present;—the
expectoration  and colliquative  sweats being diminished under  its
use.
  M.  Petrequin3 from his trials  with it considered its effects to be
more  beneficial—as might be presumed—in  incipient than in  con-
firmed phthisis ; but in  no case did he observe any thing approach-
ing the radical cures described by some.  He indeed gives the pre-
ference to the  tar water, (see  Aqua Picea.)
  15. In bronchorrhaa or that state of the bronchial mucous mem-
brane, which consists in a profuse secretion without inflammation,
the inhalation of creosote has been found of essential service.4
  16. Rheumatism and Gout.—The success, obtained by Reich5
from a tincture of soot in  gouty and rheumatic  affections, and the
probability that the efficacy might depend chiefly on the creosote it
contained, induced him to prescribe this remedy internally in those
diseases.  He  made the first trial upon himself.  After exposure to
cold he was attacked with  lancinating pain in the whole  of the
right  leg, for the removal of which the ordinary remedies were em-
ployed in vain ; it  yielded  to  the use  of creosote  given  for nine
days.   He relates another case of rheumatism  and one of atonic
gout,  in which creosote was equally successful.  Marcus, of Ha-
dersleben, recommends  it in cases of rheumatism, unaccompanied
by excitement of the  vascular  system,  or tendency to  congestion
and febrile reaction.  It is  proper, however, to observe,  that he
combined other agents with it, so that  his experiments are by no
means decisive as to the efficacy of the creosote. Of the three patients,
to whose cases he refers, one only was cured ; the other experi-

  1 See, also, Kohler, in Rust's  Magazin, B. xlvi. and Amer. Journ. of the
Med. Sciences.  Feb 1837,  p. 497.
  2 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 170.
  3 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Nov. 1836.
  4 Elliotson, in Med. Chirurg. Transact, xix. 221.  Lond. 1835.
  s Hufeland's Journal, Jan. 1S34, and Revue Med. Mai, 1834. 
150
dunglison's
NEW  REMEDIES.
enced  improvement.   Karsten found none of the advantages, de-
scribed by Reich in rheumatic and gouty cases,  from its use.   In
a  case of rheumatic  headach, Tschepke found surprising  advan-
tage from frictions with creosote, and plugging the ear with cotton
dipped into it.  The  creosote immediately excited acute pain, and
some rubefaction of the skin ; and as the burning ceased, the pain
ceased along with it.
   In Most's experience, lotions of creosote water greatly alleviated
the pain of the joints in rheumatism and atonic gout.
   17.  In  vomiting not arising from inflammation or other  organic
disease of the stomach, Elliotson1 found creosote very  efficacious.
Even in the Asiatic cholera and in sea sickness, it appeared to allay
the  vomiting.  In various affections of the  stomach, as in cardi-
algia and  gastrodynia, it may be found useful.2  In cases of vomit-
ing from nervous excitability it has been affirmed to excel all known
medicines.3  After Dr. Elliotson had recommended it,  Dr. Shortt
tried it in about a dozen cases, and found it equally successful, as
did also Prof. A. T.  Thomson of London, Dr. Bodington of Er-
dington in Warwickshire, and  many others. Dr. John Walker of
Glasgow,  in a case published by him4 does not appear  however to
have been equally fortunate, and with Dr. Paris it entirely  failed.5
Our own success has been  by  no means as great as that of Dr
Elliotson.  In  many  cases, indeed, it has developed irritability <
the stomach, where it did not previously exist.
   Dr.  Elliotson admits that in large doses it seems to excite vomr
ing,  and that when given in such quantities with a view to checi
it, no good, but evil,  results  from giving a large  dose.   As a pre
ventive of sea sickness it has been highly extolled by Dr. Elliotson,
and  by Mr. A. B. Maddock.6
   It has been administered also as an  excitant to relieve gastrodynia
and flatulence, and where hydrocyanic acid and creosote have been
separately tried unsuccessfully,  Dr.  Elliotson  recommends,  that
they should be combined.
   18.  Several portions of tania having  been observed to  be dis-
charged after the administration of creosote, Kraus was induced to
prescribe it as a powerful anthelmintic.   This he  did in numerous
cases, and with the best success; from  five to eight drops being
given  to adults with oleum ricini ; or where  the  bowels were not
freely opened with half a drop or a drop of croton oil.
   19.  In  diabetes mellitus,  creosote was first  given by Berndt,7
and  with striking success.   One or two cases of the same kind are

  1 Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, vul.  xix. and Lancet, Aug. 20, 1836.
  2 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 172.
  3 Cormack, Op. cit. p.  133.
  4 Lancet, Dec.  19, 1835, p. 447. See also Mr. Taylor, Ibid, Aug. 15, 1835,
and Dr. Macleod, in Lond. Med.  Gazette,  xvi. 598, and xvii. 653.
  6 Pharmacologia, 8th edit, append. Lond. 1838.
  6 Amer. Journ. of the Med. Sciences, Feb. 1838, p. 496.
  7 Kleinert's Repertorium, Jan. 1835, and  Lancet, July 18, 1835. 
CREOSOTON.
151
 re a ted by Gadolin ;  but Rehfeld used  it without advantage.   Dr.
 Elliotson  agrees with Berndt in the opinion, that it is sometimes
 o use in diabetes, and may even be greatly instrumental in accom-
 plishing a cure.1
   20. Dr. Elliotson2 tried creosote in  nervous diseases.  In some
 cases of epilepsy, the paroxysms appeared to be rendered less fre-
 quent and more  mild ; but in the generality of cases, they  returned
 with fresh violence.  In soma cases, the remedy had no influence
 on the disease ;  in others it appeared to aggravate it.  In neuralgia
 great advantage  was at times derived from it, although, here, again,
 it was frequently of  no service.   Dr. Elliotson also' observed good
 effects from it in hysteria, where there was no inflammatory com-
 plication ;  in spasmodic erethism of the  nervous system, and in
 palpitation ;   and Dr. Herndon,3 of Virginia, used  it  with  much
 benefit as an  inhalation in hysteric croup (thirty drops to the quart
 of hot water).
   In asthma, dependent upon morbid excitability of the bronchial
 mucous  membrane, Dr. Elliotson4 found its inhalation  to be often
 useful.
   21. In two cases of chronic glanders, the  same gentleman5 ac-
 complished a cure in the course of a  few  weeks, by the sedulous
 use of an  injection of a dilute solution of creosote (gtt. 1 ad  aq.
 gj.) thrown up the  affected  nostril; combining  the  treatment, in
 one of the cases,  with the internal use of the remedy ;  and a similar
 case of success is given in a  recent number of a British  medical
 periodical.6

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   The dose for internal use is one or two drops, given several times
 a day, in gum water.7 In cases of tapeworm, the dose should be
 larger.   Some give  it in emulsion, but this  form is objectionable
 on account of the disagreeable taste. It  is best administered in pill.
 Externally, it is at times applied pure; at others diluted,—com-
 monly with water, with or without the addition of spirit of  wine,
 or in the form of ointment.   Carminati8 affirms, that oil and mu-
 cilage, when  combined with it, render  it milder,  but  that  vinegar
 increases its  action.  Dr. Cormack,9 however, doubts the assertion
 in regard to vinegar.  In three comparative experiments, which he
 made with  a  view of testing the justice of Carminati's conclusion,

  1 Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, xix. 132-135.  Lond. 1835
  2 Op. cit.
  3 Amer. Med. Intelligencer, Mar. 15, 1838, p. 425.
  4 Op. cit.
  6 Lancet, for June 20,  1833.
  6 Ibid, Jan. 20, 1839, p. 145.
  7 It may be well to remark, that the fluidram contains one hundred  and
fifty drops of creosote.
  8 Op. citat.
  9 Op. citat. p. 88. 
152             dunglison's new  remedies.

there was no apparent difference  in the  activity of creosote when
given with acetic acid or alone. He was led to believe, however, that
the addition of albumen  caused it to act more powerfully, which, if
true, is singular.
  The inhalation of creosote vapour may be accomplished by dif-
fusing a few drops  of creosote through water,  or a mucilaginous
liquid, in  an  ordinary inhaling vessel, or  in the mode described
under the head of Chlorine.1

                        Pilula  Creosoti.

                        Pills of Creosote.
              5<.  Creosot. gj.
                 Succ. glycyrrhiz.
                 Gum. galban. aa. *5ss.
                 Pulv. lad. althaea;, ^ij.
              Fiat massa in  pilulas cxx. dividenda.

  Dose.—Six pills four times a day.   In  consumption.   Reich.
              it.  Creosoti,
                 Succ. liquirit. aa. %i.
                 Pulv. rad. althaea?, gij.
              Fiat mass, in pil. cxx. dividend.

  Dose.—Five pills morning and evening, in atonic gout.
                                                       Reich.
                       Haustus Creosoti.

                       Creosote Draught.
              it.  Creosot.  m,,. iv. ad x.
                 Misturas camphorae,
                 Infus. gentian, compos, aa. f. Jvj.
              M. fiat haustus.
                                                    Brande.2
                        Mistura  Creosoti.

                      Mixture of Creosote.
              5<.  Creosot. gtt. v.
                 Mucilag. gum. arab. Jiij.
                 Syrup, althaea?, Jj. M.

  Dose.—A spoonful every three hours in haemoptysis.
                                                    Santini.
                 Tinctura Creosoti pro Gingivis.

               Tincture of Creosote for the Gums.
              it.  Creosot. sjj.
                 Spiritus vini rectificati, ^ij.  M.

  As much  of this to be added to cold water as  is necessary to give
it a piquant taste, with which the teeth  may be washed  and the
mouth rinsed.   Used in  cases of foetor of the mouth  from carious
teeth, and to limit the caries.                         Buchner.

      1 See page 107.
      2 Dictionary of the Materia Medica,  p. 201.  Lond. 1839. 
            creosoton.

rjt.  Creosot.
   Alcohol, aa. gss.  M.
153
  To be applied to carious teeth.                      Radius.

             it.  Creosot. p. i.
                 Alcohol, p. viij.  M.

  This is the ordinary strength of the tincture.  Used where frac-
tions of a drop of pure creosote are prescribed.

                        Lotio Creosoti.

                      Lotion of  Creosote.

             it.  Creosot. ^ss.
                 Aquae destillat. 5 v. M.

  Used as a lotion in impetigo sparsa and itch.         Wolff.

  The author  has occasionally found a lotion composed of f. 3ss
of creosote to Oj of water too irritating.

             it.  Creosot. gtt. xij.
                 Aq. destillat. |ij.  M.
  To be applied  by means of a hair pencil twice a day to inflamed
eyelids.                                              Coster.
             it.  Creosot. gtt. iv.
                 Aq. destillat. §ij.  M.

  In irritation  of the gums.                      Fremanger.

             it.  Creosot. gss-
                 Gum. arab. ^iss.
                  Aquae camphor, ^xss.  M.
  Used every  two hours  in  cases of aphthous ulceration  of the
mouth.                                           Magendie.

              it.   Creosot. gtt. x.
                 Aceti, 3ij.
                  Aquae fontis,  ^ij.  M.
  Used in cases of phagedenic ulceration, and to chancres ; applied
by means of a camel's hair pencil.                   Shortt.1

                      Unguentum Creosoti.

                      Ointment of Creosote.

             it.  Cerati,
                 01. amygdal.  dulc. aa. ^j.
                  Creosot. gtt. xxx.  M.

  A dressing in scrofulous caries.                Fremanger.

   The Unguentum Creosoti of the London Pharmacopoeia is com-
posed of half a fluidram of creosote to an ounce of lard.3
1 Cormack, Op. cit. p. 112.
2 Brande, Op. cit. p. 202. 
154              dunglison's new remedies.

                    Linimentum Creosoti.
                    Liniment of Creosote.
             it.  Creosot. gtt. v. — xx.
                01. olivar. gss.  M.
  To be rubbed two or three times a day on the diseased  parts, in
chronic herpes.                                Corneliani.
                          CVBEBM.

Synonymes.  Piper Cubeba, P. Cubebarum, P. Caudatum, Cubebs.
French.  Poivre a queue, Cubebe.
German.  Kubebenpfeffer,  Schwanzpfeffer.

  Cubebs are the fruit of the piper cubeba, which grows in India,
Java, Guinea,  &c.  Sex. System, Diandria Trigynia ;  Nat. Ord.
Piperaceas.  The corns of this plant have been long known in the
shops; and  in the old Wirtemberg  Pharmacopoeia, they figure as
calefacient, inciting, discutient, antinervous, and carminative agents,
which seem to have a specific action in vertigo; hence they ob-
tained the name "Schwindelkbrner" or "grains for vertigo." They
had  however fallen into oblivion, until they were re-introduced in
modern times  into practice, especially by the English  physicians
and  surgeons.
  The shell of the dried berry has a weak taste, but smells  agree-
ably ; the kernel has a bitter aromatic flavour which is biting at first,
but afterwards cooling.   The corns were analysed  by Tromms-
dorf and  by  Vauquelin ;l  but  the most  recent  analysis is by
Monheim.2  He found, in  100 parts,  of lignin 64.0 ;  of extractive
matter 6., of Kubebin 6, of a matter like wax 3, of green volatile
oil 2.5; of yellow volatile oil 1.0, of balsamic resin—which, accord-
ing to Vauquelin, is very analogous to the balsam of copaiba—1.5,
and of chloride of sodium 15.5. [?]  The woody matter  reduced to
ashes contained much carbonate and muriate of potassa and soda.
The  kubebin appeared to Monheim  to be identical  with the pipe-
rine,  but to be united with an acrid soft resin.

                  effects  on  the economy.

  In addition to the general excitant properties of the peppers, the
action of cubebs is exhibited on  the urinary and genital organs.
Under their  use, the secretion of urine is augmented, and it becomes
of a darker colour, and assumes an aromatic odour.   Cubebs have
been advised,  in  modern  times—first, in cases of gonorrhea, in
1 Memoir, du Museum, vi. 225.
1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 176. 
CUBEB^E.
155
which they have been esteemed  a  specific  by many.  Yet  that
which applies to the copaiba is equally applicable to the cubebs.
Although the revulsive effect induced by both on the kidneys  may
mitigate the inflammatory condition  of the lining membrane of the
urethra, which  constitutes gonorrhosa—in  violent  inflammatory
cases, and in the early stages of ordinary cases, they may be inju-
rious,  and there  are  many cases  on record in which  bad conse-
quences appear to have resulted from their improper administration.
Still,  there are many physicians  who administer  both  them and
the copaiba in every stage of the  disease.   Of 50 patients, treated
by Mr. Broughton1 by the cubebs, 10 were cured  in from 2 to 7
days;  17 in from 8 to 14;  IS in from 15 to 21 ;  1 on the  55th
day ;  and  in 4 only was no success  obtained.
  In  the chronic stage of gonorrhosa, M.  Ricord2 prescribes the
cubebs in combination with  the peroxide of iron, and in addition
the patient is directed to inject, four times a day, a  solution com-
posed of aq. destillat. §viij. argent, nitrat.  gr. ij.
  It has been affirmed, that different  evils  have ensued from the use
of cubebs; which ought to suggest care in their administration: for
example,—ardor  uriiioe,  fever, inflammation of the urethra, blad-
der and testicles^ retention of urine,  cutaneous eruptions, &c.3
  In  the blennorrhoea of females the cubebs are equally extolled
by many practitioners, as well as  in  leucorrhoea.4 Secondly, Spitta
found them very efficacious in old and obstinate  cases  of coryza,
when given in the form of lozenges :  they are said, likewise, to have
been  administered  with advantage  in  defective audition,  caused
by a  catarrhal affection of the Eustachian tube.   Thirdly. Rosen
found the chewing of cubebs very serviceable in cases of aphonia.
Fourthly.  They have  been prescribed  successfully in  cases of
chronic rheumatism.  Fifthly. Piil5 gave them with striking ad-
vantage in  intermittent fever.  Sixthly.  In India, they are re-
garded to be aphrodisiac.6
  According to Dr. Paris, it is important to keep the bowels open
during their use,  for when hardened fasces are allowed to accumu-
late, the spice insinuates itself into the mass, and  occasions exco-
riations in the rectum.7

                  MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

  Cubebs are commonly given in  the form of powder, and in doses
of from 1 to 2 and even 4  drams,  repeated once or oftener in the

  1 Medico-Chirnrgical Transactions, xii. 1.  Lond. 1822.
  2 La Lancette Franchise, No. 33.  Paris, 1838.
  3 Lond. Med. and Physical Journal, Mar. 1832, and Merat & De Lens,
Diet. Univers. de Matiere Medicale, &c.  Art. Piper Cubeba.
  4 Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journal, xviii. 319.
  s Recueil de Med. Chirurg. et Pharm. Militaire, xvi.
  6 Merat & De Lens, Art. cit.
  7 Brande, Dictionary of Materia Medica, p. 205-  Lond. 1839. 
156             dunglison's new REMEDIES.

day.  Lozenges,  boluses, and electuaries, are likewise  prepared of
them, and  by some a tincture has  been recommended.   In conse-
quence of the disorder at times induced by them in the digestive
function, Velpeau proposed that they should be given in the form of
glyster, to  the amount of one or two drams of the powder,  sus-
pended in five or six ounces of an oily  vehicle, and this  method has
its  advantages.1  To attain the same   object, M. Dublanc, Junr.,
prepared an oleo-resinous extract, one-sixteenth part of the weight
of which possessed equal virtues with  one  part of the cubebs;  five
grains, three times a day, acting  like the ordinary quantity of the
powdered cubebs.2

                   Electuarium  Cubebarum.

                     Electuary of Cubebs.
             it.  Piper cubeb. pulv. ^ss.
                 Mellis despum. q. s.
    Fiat electuarium.
  Dose.—A tea-spoonful three or  four times a  day, in  Catarrhus
vesicas, C.  urethras, &c.                               Radius.

             it.  Balsam, copaib. ^ivss.
    Subige cum
                 Vitello ovi unius, et
    Adde
                 Pulv. cubebar, ^ivss.
                 Conserv. rosar. ^ss.
    M. fiat electuarium.

  Dose.—A tea-spoonful three or four  times a day.       Vogt.

             it.  Balsam, copaib.
                 Pulv. cubeb. aa. ^ij.
                 Aluminis, ^j.
                 Extract, opii, gr. v.   M.
  Dose—A dram night and morning in the pulp of a prune.   The
quantity  may be  rapidly increased to  two  drams morning  and
evening.
                     Trochisci Cubebarum.
                     Lozenges of Cubebs.
             it.   Pulv. cubeb. gij.
                 Balsam, tolut. gr. vj.
    Admisce
                 Syr. balsam, peruv.
                 Succ. glycyrr. aa. ^j.
    Gum. arabic. q. s. ut fiat massa in tiochiscos pond. gr. x. dividenda.
  Used in  coryza.                                   Spitta.
1 Archives Generates de Medecine, xiii. 47.
** Journ. de Chimie Medicale, iii. 491, and Journ. de Pharmacie, xiv. 40. 
CUBEB^E.
157
                       Boli Cubebarum.
                       Boluses of Cubebs.
              it.  Balsam, copaib.
                 Gum. arab. pulv. aa. gij.
                 Aquae flor. aurant. 9ij.
      Terentlo bene mixtis adde
                 Cubebai. pulv. 3'j-
      Misce, et fiant boli No. vj.
  Dose—One, three times a day.                   Henschel.

  M. Labelonye1 has recently proposed  the following method for
separating all the principles of the cubebs from the ligneous matter.
  The cubebs, reduced to a coarse powder, are placed in an appa-
ratus for displacement and exhausted by ether, which dissolves the
wax, volatile oils and balsamic resin.   The residue is submitted to
the action of hydro-alcohol at 20° (.935), which dissolves the ex-
tractive principle and chloride of sodium.  The alcohol  and  ether
are separated  by distillation in part, and  separately.  Evaporation
of the hydro-alcoholic solution is then carried on in a water  bath
until  it possesses the  consistence of a soft extract, to which the
ethereal product is added ; the evaporation being continued  for a
short time, the ether is completely volatilised, and  a  strongly aro-
matic extract  is obtained,  as  consistent  as honey.  This it is im-
proper to subject any longer to the action of heat, on account of the
contained volatile oils; the presence of which in  all cases interferes
with  complete desiccation.  One part of  this extract is  conceived
to be equal to five of the cubebs.
  This extract can  be readily mixed with water by means of mu-
cilage, and can be administered in potions, injections, &c.
   The best  form of exhibition, according to M. Labelonye  is in
lozenges, or in an emulsive syrup.

    Trochisci Extracti Hydro-alcoholici atherei Cubebarum.
    Lozenges of the ethereal hydro-alcoholic extract of Cubebs.
            it.  Ext. hydro-alcohol, aether, cubebar. ^viij.
                Alcohol, Oij.
    Solve et adde
                Sacchar. alb. in  pulv. ten. Sj.
                01. mentha? pip. gtt. xviij.
  Pour  the  mixture into flat vessels upon a stove, and allow the
alcohol to  evaporate at a moderate heat.   When the mass is com-
pletely desiccated, reduce it to fine  powder, and add a sufficient
quantity of mucilage of gum  tragacanth to form lozenges—18, 12,
9, or  6  grains each.   Most persons, he says, can  swallow  with
facility those weighing eighteen grains,  and  containing six grains
of the extract;  ten of these are equivalent to half an ounce of the
powder.

  1 Bulletin General  de Therapeutique, and  Amer. Journ. of  Pharm. 2d
series, vol. 2. p. 316.   Philad. 1837. 
158              dunglison's new remedies.

     Syrupus Extracti Hydro-alcoholici atherei Cubebarum.
     Syrup of the ethereal hydro-alcoholic extract of Cubebs.
            it.  Ext. hydro-alcohol, asther. cubebar. ^iij.
    Suspende ope mucilaginis in
               Aq. menthae pip. ftj.
    Adde
               Sacchar. alb. ffiij.  M.
  Four ounces of this syrup  contain two drams of extract, equi-
valent to ten of powdered cubebs.
  Dose—A tea-spoonful.
  M. Labelonye, envelopes the extract also in sugar, as in the ordi-
nary sugar-plumb.
                        DELPHININA.

Synonymes.  Delphininum, Delphininium,  Delphinia, Delphium, Delphia,
  Delphinine, Delphine.
German.—Delphinin.

  This alkaloid was discovered in  1819, by MM. Feneulle and
Lassaigne,1 and, almost at the same time, by Brandes,2 in the seeds
of the Delphinium Staphisagria, in which it is united with acetic
acid.   As a therapeutical agent, it has been  chiefly recommended
by Turnbull; but he did not employ it in its pure state.

                   method  of preparing.

  The plan recommended by Magendie3 is to boil a portion of the
seeds of the delphinium, cleared  of their coverings, and reduced to
a fine paste, in a little distilled water; to pass the decoction through
a linen  cloth and  filter.  Pure  magnesia is  now added, and it is
boiled for some  minutes ; the filtration is repeated ; and the resi-
dues washed carefully and  digested in highly  rectified  alcohol.
On  evaporating the alcoholic tincture, the delphinine is obtained
in the form of a white powder, having some crystallised points.
  This  is esteemed the most simple mode ; but if a large quantity
be required, the  following plan is advised—on account of the time
and patience necessary to decorticate the seeds.
  Submit the uncleaned seeds, when well bruised, to the action of
weak sulphuric acid.   Precipitate the liquor by ammonia, and re-
dissolve in  alcohol  the delphinine, which  is still slightly coloured.

  1 Annales de Chimie, torn. xi. xii.  and Journal de Pharmacie, vi. 47 and
366.
  2 Schweigger's Journal der Chimie, xxv. 369.
  3 Formulaire, &c. 
DELPHININA.
159
 To purify it, draw off the alcohol  by distillation, dissolve the resi-
 duum in muriatic acid, and boil with magnesia.
   The plan recommended by Couerbe, and adopted by Turnbull,1
 is to evaporate a saturated tincture of  the seeds to the consistence
 of a thin extract, and then to treat it with water acidulated by sul-
 phuric acid.  This solution, when filtered, is to be precipitated by
 ammonia.   The precipitate—after  being freed from its water—is to
 be taken  up with alcohol, and again  reduced to the consistence of
 an extract,  which is likewise to be dissolved in acidulated water ;
 to this solution, filtered, a small quantity of nitric acid  is to be
 added, as long as any precipitate  is thrown down.   The liquid,
 freed from this precipitate, is again to be subjected to precipitation,
 by ammonia, and  the powder dried.  This is the delphinine of
 commerce; but like  veratrine, it  is a compound substance,  and
 consists of  resinous matter, staphysagrine and delphinine ;  the
 delphinine  is obtained by treating the powder with ether, which
 takes up the delphinine, and leaves the staphysagrine.
   When in  a state of  purity, delphinine is white, pulverulent, and
 devoid of smell ; but  like veratrine, when applied to the mucous
 membrane of the nose, it occasions sneezing, along with an abun-
 dant secretion of mucus.   Its taste is at first bitter, and afterwards
 acrid,  and it acts upon animals in the same manner as—but more
 energetically  than—the  seeds  whence it is prepared.   It is very
 sparingly soluble in  water, but yet in sufficient quantity to com-
 municate a  bitter taste to the fluid.  In alcohol and ether it dissolves
 readily, and these solutions  have  the  property of rendering syrup
 of violets green, and of restoring the  blue  colour of litmus, when
 reddened  by  acids.  It  combines  readily with  acids, and  forms
 neutral salts, which are possessed of much bitterness and  acridity,
 and it may  be precipitated from solutions of these in the form of a
jelly by the addition of an alkali.

                  EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

   From the experiments of Orfila2  with this substance,  it appears
 to belong to the class of acro-narcotic poisons. In the dose of about
 five grains  it proves  fatal to dogs; and the fatal result  is more
speedily induced when the delphinine  is dissolved in weak acetic
 acid ;  the animal, in the latter case, dies in the space of  from forty
to fifty minutes.  When diffused through water introduced into the
stomach of  a dog, and retained there by a ligature placed around
 the gullet, efforts to vomit supervened, with restlessness,  giddiness,
immobility,  slight convulsions,  and death  in  two or three hours.
In this case, the  mucous membrane of the  stomach was generally
found  injected.

  1 On  the Medical Properties of the Natural Order Itanunculaceae, chapter
2. Lond. 1835.
  2 Nouveau Journal de Med. x.; and Toxocologie Gen. i. 739. 
160
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
   From his  administration of delphinine  and its salts, Turnbull
concludes, that the pure alkaloid  has little effect on  the mucous
membrane of the stomach  and bowels.  It may be given, he says,
in some cases, to the extent of three or four grains a day, in doses
of half a grain each, without exciting vomiting;  in  this quantity,
however, it sometimes  operates upon the bowels,  but  causes very
little irritation.   In most instances it acts as a diuretic, and occa-
sions a considerable flow of pale urine.   When taken to the extent
of a few  grains, it induces heat and tingling in various parts of the
body, similar to those produced by rubbing it upon  the skin ; and
its other effects are very nearly the  same as those of the  salts of
veratrine.
  The preparations of delphinine have  been used in  the same
diseases  as those of veratrine, and they appear to exert a similar
action  : the test laid down by Turnbull, in the case of the veratrine,
applies equally to the delphinine;—namely, that unless a solution
of delphinine in alcohol, in the proportion of four grains to a dram,
occasions a distinct  sensation of heat and pricking, when rubbed
for three or four minutes on the forehead,  the  specimen ought  not
to be used, as no beneficial effect would arise from its  application.
When  rubbed upon the skin, it gives rise to a sensation of burning,
not unlike that which manifests itself a short  time  after the appli-
cation  of a blister, but  not to an unpleasant degree, unless the fric-
tion has  been carried too far.   The effects of the  delphinine differ
also from those of the veratrine in  being  generally more powerful
and durable.
  The diseases in which the delphinine has been chiefly used, like
the veratrine, are—tic douloureux, paralysis, and rheumatism.  In
the first of these,  when the affection is seated  in the tongue, or at
the point where the  infra-orbitar  nerve escapes from  its foramen,
the use of delphinine,  according to Turnbull, is  to be  preferred,
because it can be  applied to the tongue, or rubbed  on the gums,
without occasioning irritation of the mucous membrane. He thinks
it, also, upon  the whole, better adapted for the treatment of paralytic
cases than veratrine, but principally on account of the property it
has " of exciting the circulation in the diseased part."

                  MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

  The manner of applying delphinine is  the  same as that recom-
mended for veratrine.   It may be used either  in the form  of oint-
ment or in solution in alcohol, and the proportions to be employed,
in either case, may vary from  ten  to thirty or more grains to  the
ounce,  according to the severity of the affection, for  the  treatment
of which it is prescribed.  The  duration  of the  frictions  should
also be the same, or until the pungent sensation, produced  by the
rubbing, exhibits itself. 
DIOSMA CRENATA.                   161
               DIOSMA  CRENATA, (FOLIA.)

Synonymes.—Barosma  Crenata,  (folia;) Agothosma Crenatum  (folia;)
  Bocchoe, Bocho, Boocho, Buchu Leaves.
German.—Buccublatter; Duftstrauchblatter.

  This plant is indigenous at the Cape of Good Hope.   It belongs
to the natural family Rutaceas ;  class Pentandria, order Mono-
gynia.
  The smell of the leaves  is penetrating  and peculiar, but re-
sembling that  of rue and camphor.  By  some, it has been com-
pared to that of the oil of juniper.  The name appears to be derived
from the smell,—S^, "divine," and aa^, "odour."  The taste of
the leaves is aromatic, somewhat pungent, and, in  the opinion of
Buchner, resembling that of peppermint;  without  any particular
bitterness, yet disagreeable.  According to  the analysis of Buchner,
the  most  important constituents appear to  be a volatile oil of a
greenish yellow colour, a peculiar principle—diosmine,and a semi-
resinous substance.   The diosmine is a  very  tenacious adhesive
matter, similar to the Peruvian balsam, and can be drawn out in
fine threads.   It has the same smell as the leaves, only somewhat
weaker ;  the taste is pungent and bitter.   The semiresinous matter
has a resinous lustre;  is of a dark brown  colour, becomes fluid
when heated, and burns with  a flame. Its  odour is not remarkable:
the taste is somewhat pungent and sourish.1

                 EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

  The Hottentots have  long used the leaves  of several varieties of
diosma both internally and externally; but they give the preference
to the diosma crenata.   Through them its virtues became  known
to the European settlers.  It was first brought to the notice of Bri-
tish practitioners by the notorious Richard Reece, who is more
known for the part he took  in the  farce of Joanna Southcoat than
for any thing else.  In  Germany, it was  chiefly promulgated by
Jobst, who published an extract from  Reece's observations in the
Repertorium of Buchner.2

           EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY  IN  HEALTH.

  Bardili instituted experiments for testing the action of the remedy
on the healthy organism.  It first acts as  an excitant  on the  sto-
mach, whence arises a feeling of increased heat in that organ,  and

  ' See Journal de Chimie Medicale, iii. 13, and Journal de Pharmacie, xiii.
106.
  2 Band. xxii. S. 51.
       8—c                                   dungl  11 
162
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
the appetite becomes augmented ;  from the stomach, the excitement
spreads to the vascular system; the heat of the body is increased;
the pulse becomes more frequent,  and the transpiration is  favoured.
It acts, likewise, on  the urinary secretion ;  the urine is separated in
larger quantity, contains flocculi, deposites a purulent (?)  sediment,
and exhales an aromatic odour. On the digestive function, it seems
to  produce  somewhat  of  a constipating effect.   Bardili  thinks,
that he has also witnessed some narcotic operation in  his experi-
ments.
  The same results were produced by the diosma on animals.


           EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  The inhabitants of the Cape administer this agent as a stomachic,
and the Dutch physicians give it with success in indigestion.  It is
said, also, to have  afforded essential service in chronic cases of
rheumatism and arthritis.   Autenrieth extols it in rheumatic pains,
which have had their foundation in repelled itch ;  and its  utility in
chronic rheumatism has been confirmed by Jackson and others. It
has been extolled, moreover, in hasmaturia, calculous pains, and in
irritated and  suppurative conditions of the bladder, ureihra,  and
prostate.  We have repeatedly administered it, but have  observed
no other effects than those of a moderate excitant and tonic.  Reece
found  it efficacious in incontinence of urine, and in   catarrhus
vesicas ; and  he gave it—united with tincture of cubebs—in spas-
modic stricture of the  urethra, gonorrhosa, swellings of  the pros-
tate, and impotence.
  By the inhabitants of the Cape  of  Good Hope, the buchu leaves
are often applied externally, both  in the form of liniment and of
baths, in luxations and rheumatic pains,—as well as of fomenta-
tions and cataplasms, in wounds, especially the contused.
  It may be remarked, that this—like almost every other astringent
remedy—has been given in  cholera; and the Riga "physicians assert,
frequently with favourable  results.


                  MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  The dose of the  powder is 3ij in the day; this, at  least, is the
common dose at the Cape.  The infusion necessarily contains more
of the volatile oil than the decoction ; but, on the  other  hand, the
latter has more of the diosmine: as respects their action,  however,
there is not much difference. A vinegar, oxymel, liniment, extract,
and tincture of the diosma  have been advised.
  The Dublin Pharmacopoeia has an infusum, buchu, (gss of the
leaves to rbss of water); dose giss:  and a tinctura buchu (gij of
the leaves to jtbj of proof spirit); dose 3ij or  3iij. 
                      ELECTROPUNCTURA.                  163

            Infusum Diosma Crenata Compositum.

                 Compound Infusion of Buchu.
             5*.  Fob diosm. crenat.
                ----uvae ursi, aa. §ss.
                Aq. fervid. §viij.
      Digere leni calore in vase clauso per semihoram.  Colatura? adde
                Syrup, seneg. ^ss.

  Dose.—One or two spoonfuls every two hours, in  blennorrhcea.
and in atony and paralysis of the bladder.             Clarus.
                    ELECTROPUNCTURA.

 Synonyme.—Electropuncture.

   This  consists in a union  of acupuncturation with electricity,
 The idea of the conjunction appears to  have originated with Ber-
 lioz ; but Sarlandiere was, doubtless, the  first who put it in practice,
 although J. Cloquet has contested the priority with him—a matter,
 by the way, as in all such cases, of extremely small moment.  The
 operation consists in employing acupuncturation in the usual way,
 either with a single needle,  orwith two or  more; and  making  a
 communication between them and the prime conductor of an elec-
 trical machine; or they may be made to form part of the circuit in
 the discharge of a Leyden jar.  In this way, the electrical influence
 may be graduated from the simple aura to a full shock.  Sarlandiere
 appears to have employed electropuncture with  great success,  but
 he restricts its use to rheumatic or neuralgic pains, uncomplicated
 with organic mischief or inflammation : when such complications
 exist, he advises bloodletting and general antiphlogistics to  be pre-
 mised.1
  Guersent thinks it better, in  all these  cases, to use simple acu-
 puncturation, and only to employ electropuncture, when the  first
 proves to be inadequate, as in paralysis, and in tremors produced by
 the immoderate use of mercury;—in all cases, indeed, in which the
 malady depends on a diminution of the nervous energy.   A case of
 success from its  use, in paralysis of the right arm, in which volun-
 tary motion and sensibility were destroyed,  has been recently pub-
 lished.2  The patient was, in the first instance, subjected to the use
 of blisters and moxas along the course of the radial nerve,  from
 which he obtained some advantage.  The remedy which succeeded

  1 E. Grafe,  Art. Electropunctura,  in Encyclopad. Worterb.  der medi-
 cinisch. Wissensch. x. 550.  Berlin, 1834.
  2 La Lancette  Francoise,  Dec. 20,  1836; and American Med. Intelli-
gencer, Oct. 16, 1837, p. 265. 
164
dunglison's new remedies.
best,  however, was electropuncture  along the nerves  from the
shoulder to the hand.   At first, the punctures were but little felt,
but afterwards they were very painful.  The sensibility, mobility,
and  strength of the fingers  and hand gradually returned ; and,
three months after his admission, the patient left the hospital com-
pletely cured.
  Magendie affirms, that he  has treated many cases of incomplete
amaurosis  with great  success  by  this agency.   He employed it,
however, in the form of what has  been more properly termed gal-
vanopuncture ; by fixing a needle in the frontal nerve, and another
in the superior maxillary, and making these communicate respec-
tively with the poles of a  galvanic  pile of twelve  pairs of plates,
each six inches square.   Whenever the contact was made, the pa-
tient experienced  a painful  commotion in the course of the nerves,
and at the bottom of the orbit;  the light became better appreciated,
and the pupil contracted.
  We have  frequently used  both  electropuncture and  galvano-
puncture in rheumatic and  neuralgic affections; but do not  think
the advantages were more marked than those of  simple  acupunc-
ture, whilst the suffering from the operation was  certainly greater.
  In  cases of asphyxia, galvanopuncture has been  proposed to
arouse the dormant energies.   The  effect of electricity, in the dif-
ferent forms in  which it is adopted in medicine, on the functions of
sensibility and  muscular contraction, could not  fail to suggest it
early to observers as a fit agent for  this purpose; but  it is rarely
at hand, and, therefore,  seldom available.  J. P. Frank, Thillaye,1
and others  have highly recommended it;—the latter gentleman, on
the strength of numerous experiments on animals.  As the object,
in these cases, is to arouse  the respiratory muscles to action, the
electric  shock may be passed  through the shoulders  or the chest in
any direction. Neither common nor galvanic electricity is possessed
of any power to restore the action of the involuntary muscles.  We
have frequently attempted to re-excite the action of the  heart, in-
testines, fibres of the uterus, &c.  soon after  the cessation of re-
spiration and circulation, by means of the galvanic stimulus, but
without the  slightest success, although  the voluntary muscles re-
sponded to  it energetically.    Besides, were the  action of the heart
re-excited by it, this  could be but momentary.   A necessary stimu-
lating agency to that viscus is distension  by the  proper fluid, and
unless the respiratory movements were restored, and conversion of
venous  to arterial blood effected, so that the latter could reach the
left heart, the action  of that organ could not be maintained.  Every
attempt, therefore, is properly made  to  restore the action  of the
respiratory  muscles, so that hasmatosis may be accomplished.2

  1 Archives Generates de Medecine, xii.
  2 Art. Asphyxia, by the author, in the American Cyclopasdia of Practical
Medicine, part x. p. 486, Sept.  1836. 
ELECTROPUNCTURA.
165
  M. Leroy d'Etioles1 has suggested galvanopunclure in a manner
which, at the first aspect, appears most formidable;  but which is
really less so than it seems to be,  in consequence of the impunity
with which fine needles can be made to penetrate, as we have seen,2
even the most  important organs.   He introduced an acupuncture
needle on each  side between the eighth and  ninth  rib,  until it
reached the fibres of the diaphragm.  He then established a gal-
vanic current between the  needles by means of a pile of twenty-five
or thirty pairs of plates, an inch  in diameter.   The  diaphragm  im-
mediately contracted, and  an inspiration was accomplished.  He
then  interrupted the circle, when the diaphragm, urged by  the
weight of  the  abdominal  viscera, and aided  by  gentle pressure
made on the abdomen by the hand,  returned to its former position,
and  an expiration was effected.   In this way, the  two respiratory
acts  were made  to succeed each  other,  and regular  respiration was
reinduced.   A continuous  current was likewise employed in some
cases, but the respiratory movements were irregular, and nothing
like  natural respiration resulted.
  Leroy tried his method on animals asphyxied by submersion, and
when they had not been  under water more than five minutes, they
were often restored.
  These experiments were witnessed by Magendie.3  On different
occasions, M. Leroy asphyxied  animals of the same kind, and ap-
parently of  the  same strength, and  whilst those that  were  left to
themselves  perished, those that were  treated by galvanism reco-
vered.
  As an aid, therefore, to pulmonary insufflation, and an important
one,  galvanism,  combined  or not  with acupuncturation, might be
advantageously employed  in asphyxia, but as has been already re-
marked, it can  rarely be available.  Certainly no time should be
lost  in adopting the  other energetic and  indispensable measures
that  are demanded.4   It has been recommended, that as only a very
small apparatus is  necessary, batteries, consisting of a  few plates,
might be kept wherever there are station-houses for the reception
of persons in a  state of asphyxia.5  The suggestion is good ; and
they  might  also with propriety form a part of the cabinet of appa-
ratus of the private practitioner ;  but whilst an assistant is preparing
the apparatus for action,  the practitioner should  be  assiduously
engaged in applying other  means of resuscitation.6

  1 Magendie's Journal de  Physiologie, torn. vii. 1827; torn. viii.  and torn.
ix;   also Recherches  Experimentales sur 1'Asphyxie, Paris,  1829;  and
Bourgeois,  Observations sur la possibility du retour a la vie dans plusieurs
cas d'Asphyxie.  Paris, 1829.
  2 See Art. Acupuncture.
  3 Journal de Physiologie,  ix.
  4 See Art. Asphyxia, Op.  cit. p. 486.
  6 Kay, in Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journ. xxix. and in his work on Asphyxia.
Lond. 1834.
  6 See Most, Art. Galvanismus, in  Encyklopad. der gesammten  medicin.
und chirurgisch. Praxis, u. s. w. 2te Auflage. Leipz. 1836. 
166
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                          EMETINA.

Synonymes.  Emetinum, Emetia, Emeta, Emetine.
German.—Emelin, Brechstoff.

  In  the  year  1817, MM. Pelletier and Magendie,1 by a series of
chemical and physiological experiments, discovered, that the various
kinds of ipecacuanha are indebted for their emetic properties to a
peculiar substance to which they gave the name Emetine.
  This substance possesses the emetic power in a very concentrated
state,  and has neither the disagreeable smell, nor the nauseous taste
of the ipecacuanha.  They considered, therefore,  that it might be
advantageously substituted for ipecacuanha on all  occasions.
  There are two varieties of the active principle—the coloured and
the pure, which, as  Magendie  remarks,2 bear the  same relation to
each other as moist sugar does to the white and crystallised.  Ipe-
cacuanha,  derived  from the cephaelis ipecacuanha,  contains  the
most emetine.
  Emetine has been received into many of the Pharmacopoeias, as
the Parisian, Batavian, Hannoverian, &c.

                     MODE OF PREPARING.

  1.  Coloured  Emetine.—Powdered ipecacuanha is digested with
ether  at 60° (.720) to dissolve the fatty matter, whence it derives its
disagreeable odour, and which  possesses no emetic virtue.   When
the powder yields  nothing more  to the ether, it  is exhausted by
means of alcohol, the alcohol  is  then evaporated  in  a water-bath,
and the residue is dissolved in cold  water.  It thus  loses  some of
the wax, and a little fatty matter, which still adhered  to  it; it is
then  only  necessary to mix it with  the  carbonate  of magnesia,
whereby it loses its gallic  acid,—to redissolve it  in alcohol, and to
evaporate to dryness.
  By a similar process, M. Boullay obtained from  the roots, leaves,
flowers, and seeds of the viola odorata, an active, alkaline, bitter
and acrid principle, similar to emetine from ipecacuanha, which he
denominates  emetine of the violet, indigenous emetine or  violine.
According to Orfila, it  possesses highly poisonous qualities.3
  2. Pure emetine.—This is  obtained  by  substituting  calcined
magnesia, for the carbonate used in the  process just described, in
such quantity,  that the acid existing in the liquid may be neutral-
ised, and that  which is associated with the  emetine be separated
from it.
  The precipitate of magnesia and emetine must  now be  washed

  1 Journal de Pharmacie, iii. 145, and Magendie's Formulaire pour la pre-
paration de plusieurs nouveaux medicamens, &c.
  2  Op. cit.
  3 Journal de Pharmacie, Janvier,  1824. 
EMETINA.
167
 with a little very cold water, to remove the colouring matter, which
 is not combined with the magnesia;  and after being carefully dried
 it must be treated with alcohol, which dissolves the emetine.  The
 emetine, obtained by the  evaporation of the  alcoho.l, must then be
 dissolved in a dilute  acid, and treated  with pure animal charcoal.
 After this purification, the emetine must be precipitated by a salifi-
 able base.
   The waters, used to wash the magnesian precipitate, still contain
 emetine, which may be separated by a second series of operations.
   Coloured emetine  appears in  the  form of  reddish brown, trans-
 parent scales;  is  almost inodorous,  and of a bitter, but not nau-
 seous taste.  It can  withstand the heat of boiling water without
 experiencing change; is  very deliquescent,  soluble  in  water, and
 not crystallisable.
   Pure emetine has a white and frequently a somewhat yellowish
 appearance; is  pulverulent, and does  not  deliquesce,  like the
 former, in  the  air.  In cold water, it is but little soluble ; more so
 in  warm.   In  ether  and  alcohol  it  dissolves readily.   Its taste is
 feebly bitter.  It has an alkaline  reaction, is dissolved by all the
 acids—diminishing their acidity, but without wholly neutralising
 them. With the acids it forms crystallisable compounds, from which
 it may be  precipitated by galls, which are the best  agents for ob-
 viating the effects of emetine, when given  in too large a dose.

             EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

   According to Magendie,1 from half a grain  to two or three grains
 of coloured emetine  given  to dogs  and cats, excited vomiting, at
 times followed  by a long sleep.  In  larger doses, ten grains for ex-
 ample, it occasioned, in dogs, repeated vomiting, after  which the
 animal fell asleep, and generally died in  twenty-four hours.  On
 dissection,  violent inflammation was  found in the lungs, and in the
 mucous membrane of the  stomach  and  bowels throughout their
 whole extent.  The effects were the  same when the emetine was
 injected into the jugular vein, or  absorbed from  any  part of the
 body.  In  a healthy  man, two grains of  coloured emetine, taken
 fasting, produced  repeated vomiting, to  which succeeded decided
 disposition  to sleep.   Even  a quarter of a grain  at times induced
 nausea and vomiting.  It acted also on the bowels.
  The effects of pure emetine are analogous, but more powerful;
 two grains  were sufficient to kill a  strong dog.

            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.
  The same effects are induced on  the morbid as on the healthy
economy.
  Magendie recommends the administration of the coloured eme-
tine—as the pure is  much  too  dear—in every case where it is
1 Op. citat. 
168
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
desirable to excite vomiting, and especially where ipecacuanha is
indicated.  It has not,  however, been much used, except  by Ma-
gendie himself.  Lerminier, who prescribed it,  says that  one  or
two  grains of coloured emetine are equal in  strength to  from
ten to twenty of ipecacuanha ; but that he  observed no difference
in their operation.   The obvious advantages it possesses are—the
convenient and agreeable form under which it maybe administered,
and  the  circumstance, that  several spurious sorts of ipecacuanha
are frequently passed off in commerce, and occasion, in consequence,
considerable disappointment in the mind of  the practitioner.  The
employment of the active principle of course precludes these incon-
veniences.1
   Prollius, of Wolfhagen, has  frequently administered  the  pure
emetine, which  he recommends as a substitute for  ipecacuanha,
on the grounds above mentioned; and he properly adds, that the
price is  not  a matter of so much moment as  it might seem  to
be by reason of the very small  quantity required to produce the
desired effects.

                  MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  To produce vomiting, three grains of the coloured emetine may
be dissolved in any vehicle, and given  in divided doses, at short
intervals.  Of the pure emetine,  Magendie found, in a man eighty-
five years of  age, one-sixteenth of a  grain sufficient to induce vo-
miting.  He remarks, however, that the man was easily made  to
vomit.  Prollius found  the  medium dose of the pure emetine,  for
an adult, to be from two-sixteenths to three-sixteenths of a grain;
sometimes  it was requisite to give another sixteenth.   Very rarely
was  it  necessary to give more than  four-sixteenths, or one-fourth
of a  grain.  As, on account of its sparing solubility, pure emetine,
when  given  alone, might be  restricted in  its  operation, Prollius
adds an equal portion of tartaric acid and a  little sugar.

                 Mistura Emetina Vomitoria.
                  Emetic Mixture of Emetine.
             it. Emetin. colorat. gr. iv.
                Infus. fob aurant. §ij.
                Syrup, flor. aurant. §ss.  M.
   Dose.—A dessert-spoonful every half hour; to excite  vomiting.
Any simple distilled water and syrup may be substituted for those
of the orange flowers.                            Magendie.
                 Pastilli Emetina Pectorales.
                 Pectoral Lozenges  of Emetine.
              it.  Emetin. colorat. gr. xxxij.
                 Sacchar. alb. §iv.
           Mucilag. q. s. ut fiant pastilli, pond. gr. ix sing.
1 Clinique Medicale, vol. i.  Paris. 1823. 
                     EUPHORBIA LATHYRIS.                 169

   These lozenges are commonly coloured red, to distinguish  them
from those of ipecacuanha.  A little carmine may be added  for
this purpose.
   Given in cases of catarrh, hooping-cough, chronic diarrhoea, (fee.
   Dose.—One pastile occasionally.                 Magendie.
                  Pastilli Emetina Vomitorii.
                  Emetic Lozenges of Emetine.
              it.  Emetin. colorat. gr. xxxij.
                 Sacch. alb. ^ij.
                 Mucilag. q. s. ut fiant pastill. pond. gr. xviij.
   Dose.—One of these lozenges taken fasting is generally enough
to make a child vomit: three or four are  required for an adult.
                                                  Magendie.
            Mistura Emetina Purificata Vomitoria.
              Emetic Mixture of Purified Emetine.
              8*.  Emetin. purif. in pauxil. acid. nitr. solut. gr. j.
                 Infus. flor. tiliae, ^iij.
                 Syrup, althaeas, 3j.  M.
  Dose.—A dessert-spoonful to be given every quarter of an.hour,
until vomiting is induced.                          Magendie.
                  EUPHORBIA LATHYRIS.

 Synonymes.—Cataputia  Minor,  Lathyris, Tithymalus  Latifolius, Caper
   Spurge, Garden Spurge, Mole Plant.

   The oil of this  plant, which is  indigenous in France, and is
 monoecious, has been recently recommended in medicine. Although
 the euphorbia is not a native of this country,  it  is sometimes  met
 with  in  situations where it has the appearance of growing wild.
 It is easily cultivated,  and in  some  parts of New Jersey, where it
 has been introduced, is found  in abundance.1
   The oil, obtained  from  the seeds,  resembles  in colour the oleum
 ricini, but is  less dense.   It  has no odour when newly prepared,
 and no perceptible taste.  It is soluble in sulphuric ether, insoluble
 in alcohol, and forms a soap with the alkalies.   Its s. g. is .920.

           EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

   Dr. Charles Calderini found, that, in the dose of from  four to
eight  drops, it acted  as a cathartic on the adult, without occasioning

  1 Scattergood, in Philad. Journ.  of Pharmacy, iv. 124, Philad. 1333. See,
also, Journal de Chimie Medicale, ii. 178. 
170
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
colic or tenesmus.   In half the quantity,  it proved  cathartic to
children.   He gave it in sugared water, or in the form of an emul-
sion ;  and was of opinion that it might  be advantageously substi-
tuted for castor oil, especially for children.
  After him, it was employed by M. Grimaud, and subsequently by
M. Bally,1 who carried the dose as far as ten drops.
  Louis Frank2 has suggested its employment in cases of tasnia,
hysteralgia, ascites, (fee.
  It would appear from the remarks of Mr. Scattergood, that the
oil, obtained from the beans grown in this country, does not  possess
the  mild qualities ascribed to the European article.  Six, eight, ten,
and twelve drops were given to several  individuals as a cathartic;
and, although administered  in  conjunction with aromatic oils, and
in one or two cases with an  alkali in the form of soap, it invariably
produced nausea, and  even vomiting.   Mr. Scattergood adds, that
he has been informed by the manufacturer, Mr. Thomas Bellangee,
of Crosswicks, New Jersey, that when administered in small quan-
tities, and  repeated at  intervals of half an hour or an hour, it ope-
rates on the bowels freely as a cathartic, without producing much
nausea.
  Pichonnier3 has proposed the  following formula for  a cathartic
mixture.
                   Mistura Olei Euphorbia.
                Mixture of the Oil of Euphorbia.
              it.  Olei euphorb. lathyr. gtt. viij.
                 Pulv. gum. arab. 3j.
                 Sacchar. 3;ij.
                 Aquae distillat. §iij.  M.
                   FERRI PRiEPARATA.

  Synonymes.  Preparations of Iron.
  French.—Les Preparations de Fer.
  German.—Eisenpraparate.

                  I. FERRUM  ARSENIATUM.
  Synonymes.  Arsenias Ferri;  Ferrum Arsenicicum Oxydulatum.
  French.—Arseniate de Fer.
  German.—Arsensaures Eisenoxydul, Arseniksaures Eisenoxydul.
  This preparation has  been recommended by  Mr. Carmichael,4
who often applied it externally in cases of cancerous ulcers.   Na-

  1 Journal Uoiversel des Sciences Medicales, xli. 254.
  2 Journal de Pharmacie, xi. 273; and Merat & De Lens, Diet, de Mat.
Med. iii. 183.  Paris, 1831.
  'Journal de Chimie Medicale.  Paris, 1827.
  4 An Essay on the Effects of the Carbonate and other Preparations  of
Iron upon Cancer, 2d edit.  Dublin, 1809. 
FERRI PR.EPARATA.
171
turally, it presents itself in  small, clear, bluish green crystals, of a
regular octaedral shape, and is called scorodite.   Artificially, it  is
formed by double decomposition.

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

   Glaser gives  the  following formula for its preparation.   Eight
ounces of semivitrified white arsenic, sprinkled  with a little spirit
of wine and reduced to finepowder, are mixed with as much puri-
fied saltpetre.   The mixture  is placed in an  uncovered  Hessian
crucible, which should only be half filled with it, and then be placed
in a wind furnace.   At first, a slight degree of heat is applied, under
which the mass soon melts, giving off copious red fumes, the inha-
lation  of which should be carefully avoided.   The process had
better, therefore, be  carried on in the open  air,  or in a laboratory
that has a chimney with a good draft.  When the mass  no longer
gives off red  fumes, and flows tranquilly, the  crucible must  be
carefully removed from  the fire, the contents  be suffered to cool
somewhat, and boiling distilled water be poured upon them :  under
active boiling they will  dissolve altogether.   Hot water, sufficient
to fill the crucible, is now added,  and  the whole is allowed  to
remain at rest for  twenty-four  hours; at the expiration of which
time a considerable quantity of beautiful crystals of acid arseniate of
potassa is found on the sides of the crucible.  The  fluid, holding
the salt in solution, is now filtered into a clean porcelain  or glass
vessel; the crystals are collected,  dried carefully in the shade, and
put away amongst the poisons as the Arsenias potassa acidus.
   The fluid poured  from the  crystals and filtered is now diluted
with distilled water, and a solution of pure sulphate of iron added
thereto so long as  any precipitate is  thrown down.  The bluish
green  precipitate, insoluble in water, is  the ferrum arseniatum,
which must be collected on  a filter, washed and dried in the shade.
The process must  be  conducted  with the greatest  care,  and the
vessels used be cautiously cleansed or broken, for fear that  mischief
may arise.  In these chemical operations, the acid of the saltpetre
is decomposed by being heated with  the  arsenious acid  or white
arsenic, a part of its oxygen is taken by the latter, and arsenic acid
is thereby formed, which unites with the potassa of the  saltpetre
and forms acid arseniate of potassa ; the nitric acid being converted
into nitrous acid is given off in the form of red  fumes: by admix-
ture of a solution of sulphate of iron with the solution of  the acid
arseniate  of potassa, a double decomposition ensues, the  result of
which is the formation of sulphate of potassa and arseniate of iron,
which last, being insoluble,  falls to the bottom of the  vessel.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   According to Carmichael, this preparation  acts more powerfully
on the vitality of cancerous formations than any other agent, and 
172
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
the dead slough caused by it is much deeper  than  that caused  by
the application—which was at one time so much celebrated—called
"Plunket's caustic."   He allows, however, that the greatest caution
should be observed in its use. Of late, he has employed a compound
of the arseniate of iron with phosphate of iron ;  half a dram of the
former to two drams of the latter.   This mixture must be applied
very thin by means of a camel's hair pencil, and not over the whole
surface of the ulcer when  it is extensive.

                  MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

   The compound just mentioned may be  applied in the form of
ointment, in the following manner:

           Unguentum Ferri Arseniatis Compositum.
           Compound Ointment of Arseniate of Iron.
                     it.  Ferri arseniat. gss.
                        ----phosphat. gij.
                        Ung. cetacei. 3 vi.  M.
   This ointment must be  spread on lint and  applied to the  ulcer.
Werneck gives  it the preference over all the usual arsenical prepa-
rations.  The arseniate of iron has likewise been administered  in-
ternally in cancerous affections.  The following formula may be
used.

              Pilula Ferri Arseniati Composita.
             Compound  Pills of Arseniate of Iron.
                   it.  Ferri arseniat. gr. iij.
                       Extract, gentian. 3 j.
                       Pulv. glycyrrhiz. 3ij.
                       Syrup, cujusvis q. s. ut  fiat
      Massa, in pilulas xlviii dividenda.
   Dose.—One, three times a day.

                  II. FERRUM BROMATUM.

Synonymes.—Bromated, or Bromide of, Iron ;—in  solution, Hydrobromate
  of Iron, Ferri Hydrobromas.
French.—Bromure de Fer.
German.—Bromeisen.

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

   This preparation is made by heating equal  parts of bromine and
iron filings under water.   As soon as the fluid becomes of a greenish
color it is filtered, and evaporated to dryness:  the reddish residue—
again dissolved in water and evaporated—is the bromide of iron. 
FERRI PR^PARATA.
173
 It has a brick-red colour; dissolves readily in water, is deliquescent
 in the air, and has a very styptic taste.1

   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY AND MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   Magendie has prescribed it successfully in cases, in which the
 preparations of bromine have been  indicated.   (See Brominum, p.
 88.)   He recommends the following formula.

                     Pilula Ferri Bromati.
                     Pills of Bromide of Iron.
                  it.   Ferri bromat. pulv. gr. xij.
                      Confect. rosar. gr. xviij.
                      Gum. arab. gr. xij.
       Fiat massa in pilulas xx dividenda.
   Dose.—Two, morning and evening.              Magendie.

                 it.  Ferri bromat. 3j.
                     Extract, glycyrrhiz..
      ut fiat massa in pilulas lx dividenda.
   Dose.—One or two,  morning  and  evening, in cases of scrofula
 and hypertrophy—of the uterus especially.          Werneck.

        III. FERRUM CARBONATUM  PR^ECIRITATUM.

 Synonymes.—Ferri  Carbonas Praecipitatus, F. Subcarbonas, Ferrura Car-
  bonicum  Oxydulatum,  Oxydum  Ferri  Fuscum, Deuto-Carbonas  Ferri
  Fuscus, Crocus Martis Aperiens, Ferri Sesquioxydum, Subcarbonate of
  Iron, Sesquioxide of Iron, Peroxide of Iron.
 French.—Souscarbonate de Fer, Safran de Mars Aperitif.
 German.—Kohlensaure Eisenoxydul.

  This preparation,  which  is officinal  in the  British, American,
 and  other pharmacopoeias, is formed  by adding a solution of car-
 bonate of soda to a solution of sulphate of iron:  the precipitate is
 the carbonate, or subcarbonate,  or—as  it is  now called  in  the
 London  Pharmacopoeia—the sesquioxide of  iron, which  must be
 washed with water, and dried.

                  EFFECTS  ON THE  ECONOMY.

  The precipitated carbonate of iron possesses the properties of
 the chalybeates in general, and has  been highly recommended as a
 tonic, wherever such  remedies are indicated. We introduce it here,
 mainly on  account of the favour  which  it has  received, of late
 years,  as a remedy for neuralgia.  Thirty years ago,  its  use  was
strongly advised in  cancer and  carcinomatous ulcerations  of the

  > Magendie, Formulaire pour la preparation, &c, de plusieurs  nouveaux
medicamens, derniere edit. 
174
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
uterus, by Mr. Carmichael j1 and, subsequently, by Rust, Voelker,
and Kopp;  as well as in a case of lupus of the ala nasi, by Key f
but, in similar cases, it proved unsuccessful in the hands of Clarke,
El. Von Siebold, Meissner, Richter,  and others.3   In  chronic ner-
vous diseases, of a spasmodic nature, and especially in tic doulou-
reux of the  face, it  was  first highly  extolled by Mr. Benjamin
Hutchinson, about twenty years ago,4 who published several cases
of cure effected  by its agency.  Soon afterwards, cases, equally
fortunate in their termination, were published by various observers,
by Drs. A. T. Thomson,5 Stewart Crawford,9 R. Macleod,7 Mr. J.
E. Beale,8 and many  others, and  its  efficacy is now almost univer-
sally admitted.   Dr. Rowland9 has often witnessed the most happy
results from its exhibition, even  after various powerful medicines
had been tried in vain.
  Dr. Elliotson10 published several cases, in which the remedy, in
large  doses,  had  been efficacious;  and  he  remarks, that  true
chronic neuralgia, not arising from  cold, and coming on in a vio-
lent, stabbing, plunging form, aggravated by the least shake of the
patient, and  by touching  the  surface, is  best treated by the sub-
carbonate of iron.  He observes, however, in a recent  publication,11
that he does  not recollect  that he ever cured  the disease,  but in
almost every case  improved  it,  and caused  it to disappear for a
time.   In one of the  severest cases of neuralgia, under the form of
hemicrania, which we ever witnessed, and which  had rendered the
patient's life miserable for years, the  subcarbonate of iron, in large
doses, proved, in our  hands, entirely successful.   The patient had
been bled repeatedly; and when we saw  her, she was under the
most  favourable circumstances for  the exhibition  of the remedy,
with  the  surface pale  and  cool;  the pulse  small;  complaining
much of debility, and yet suffering  under  the  most intense head-
ach, which the least  light  and noise rendered  almost intolerable ;
yet, after she had persevered in the use of the remedy for  a month,
in large  doses, the symptoms  gradually disappeared, and she has
since remained entirely well.   It need  scarcely be said, that where
plethora exists, or febrile irritation  supervenes, it must  be re-

  1 An Essay on the  Effects of the  Carbonate and other  Preparations of
Iron upon Cancer, 2d edit.  Dublin, 1809.
  2 Lancet, xiv. 92.
  3 Osann. in  Encyclopad. Wurterb.  der  medicinisch. Wissenschaft. x. 424.
Berlin, 1834.
  4 Cases of Tic Douloureux successfully treated.  Lond. 1820.
  6 Medical and Physical Journal, Feb. 1823.
  6 Ibid.
  7 Ibid. June, 1823.
  8 Ibid. Sept. 1823.
  9 Treatise on Neuralgia, by Richard Rowland, M. D., p. 84. Lond. 1838;
and the reprint in the editor's American Medical Library.
  10 Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, xv. 161.
  11 Principles and Practice of Medicine, &c. by John Elliotson, M. D.;
with Notes, &c. by Nathaniel Rogers, M. D. p. 507.  Lond. 1839. 
FERRI PR.EPARATA.
175
moved; the subcarbonate rarely,  however, disagrees with the sto-
mach,  and where it does,  the inconveniences are removed by the
addition of an aromatic, or the administration of a cathartic.
  The subcarbonate  of iron, in  large doses,  has,  likewise,  been
found a valuable agent in a kindred  condition of the nervous sys-
tem—chorea.   Dr. Elliotson1 affirms, that he has had—he should
suppose—forty cases,  in  succession,  all cured by it; but  perseve-
rance in its use is demanded, the affection generally disappearing
when the remedy has been given  about six weeks or two months;
but in  some obstinate cases, it has been necessary to continue  it for
twelve weeks.
  Like other  tonics,  it  has  been prescribed in intermittents, and
not  long ago,  M. Gimon,2  physician  at Thouars,  published two
cases,  elucidative of the effects of large doses in long protracted
intermittents,  complicated with  ascites and enlargement of the
spleen.   One  of these occurred in a boy nine years old,  and the
other in a young man of twenty-one.  Both had taken the sulphate
of quinine in large doses,  but ineffectually.   To the  former, he pre-
scribed twelve grains of the subcarbonate in the twenty-four hours,
augmenting the dose by six grains daily. The treatment was  com-
menced in the latter end of July, 1835, and the quantity taken in
the day was pushed  progressively to one ounce.  In six  months,
the traces of ascites and  splenocele had disappeared, and the  cure
was complete.  The medicine was discontinued by gradually  dimi-
nishing  the  dose.  In the  second case, the same  dose  was pre-
scribed, in the first instance,  and it  was ultimately carried to six
drams, with complete  success.
  More recently, still. Dr. Steyman3 has recommended the carbo-
nate of iron for the  treatment of hooping-cough,  in the dose of
half a  grain at the least, to be taken  every three hours with sugar,
and increased to as many grains as, and more than, the number of
years of the child's age.   It should not, he advises, be administered
in the  first stage of the disease; and, in all cases, should  be pre-
ceded by an emetic.
  The great efficacy of this preparation—as of every tonic—in
diseases that are paroxysmal, appears to consist in the new impres-
sion which it makes upon the nerves of the stomach, and, through
them, upon those of the whole system;  but to effect the  revulsion
to the requisite extent, it appears to  be necessary—as in the  cases
of the  artemisia and the indigo in epilepsy—to keep up the  effect
of the  remedy  by gradually  increasing the dose.

                  MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

  The dose of the subcarbonate of iron, in cases of neuralgia and
chorea, should be  large.  Mr.  Hutchinson  prescribed  it in the

  1  Op. citat. p. 515.
  2  Journal des Connoissances Medico-Chirurgicales, Mai, 1837.
  3  Medicin. Correspondenz-Blatt, and Gazette Medicale de Paris,  June 20,
1838. 
176
DUNGLISON S NEW  REMEDIES.
quantity of 3ss to 3ij  twice a day;  but where it fails to remove
the complaint in those doses, Dr. Elliotson recommends, that it
should  be increased gradually to one or two  ounces.   We have
never found it necessary to carry it so high.  The best vehicle  is
molasses.   The following formulas have been recommended.1

  Pulvis Ferri Sesquioxydi—(P. Ferri Carbonati Pracipitati.)

                 Powder of Sesquioxide of Iron.

              it.  Ferri sesquioxydi, gr. x.
                 Pulv. cinnam. comp. gr. v.
            M. fiat pulvis mane et meridie sumendus.

                    Boli Ferri Sesquioxydi.

                 Boluses of Sesquioxide of Iron.

              it.  Ferri sesquioxydi, gr. x.
                 Pulv. Valerianae, Jss.
                 Syrup, zingib. q. s.
            Fiat bolus.

                   Pilula Ferri Sesquioxydi.

                   Pills of  Sesquioxide of Iron.
              it.   Ferri sesquioxydi,
                  Extract, anthemid. aa. gss.
      Misce et divide in pilulas xij, quarum sumat binas ter quotidie.

              it.   Ferri sesquioxydi, *5j.
                  Pilul. aloes cum myrrha, £ss.
      Misce et divide in pilulas xviij: duse bis terve indies sumendse.

                 Electuarium Ferri Sesquioxydi.

                Electuary  of  Sesquioxide of Iron.
              it.   Ferri sesquioxyd.
                  Confect. aurant. aa. 5jj.
                  Syrupi zingib. q. s.
      ut fiat electuarium cujus sumatur cochleare minimum bis vel tei die.

                 IV.  FERRUM CARBURETUM.

Synonymes.—Ferri Carburetum,  F.  Carbonatum,  F. Supercarburetum;
  Graphites, Plumbago, Carbo mineralis.  Black Lead, Carburet of Iron.
French.—Carbure  de Fer,  Graphite, Crayon noir, Plombagine.
German.—Kohlenstoffeisen, Graphit, Reissblei.

  This  well  known   substance  was formerly considered  to  be
slightly astringent and desiccative.  By Weinhold,2 it has been ad-
vised strongly in certain cutaneous affections, but although it has
been received into various pharmacopoeias of continental Europe,
as the Antwerp, Bavarian,  Brunswick, Spanish, Parisian, Finnish,

  1 Brande, Dictionary of the  Materia Medica, p. 248.   Lond. 1839.
  2 Der Graphit als ein neu entdecktes Mittel gegen Flechten. Leipz. 1809. 
FERRI PR-ffiPARATA.
177
Prussian, Saxon, and Swedish, it has  never been recognised as a
therapeutical agent in this country or in Great Britain.

                      MODE OF PREPARING.

   As crude graphite is  frequently very impure from the attached
matrix, the Prussian Pharmacopoeia  has a formula for its purifica-
tion, the product of which bears the name  graphites depuratus.
With  this view, the graphite must  be very finely pulverised ; a
pound of it is boiled in a proper quantity of  common  water, for an
hour, the water is then decanted, and two ounces of nitric acid and
of  muriatic acid, and eight ounces of  common  water are poured
upon the graphite.  This mixture is digested  for twenty-four hours.
frequently shaking it ; the acid fluid is then poured off. and, after
the residuum  has been washed by an appropriate quantity of com-
mon water, it is dried.

                  EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

   The  internal use of  graphite produces no perceptible  change
on the organic functions, except that  according to Weinhold, under
its protracted use, the urinary secretion is  augmented, and a dispo-
sition to micturition  excited.   He found, however, that in herpetic
and other cutaneous  affections, it occasioned  a very favourable
modification in the  eruption, and wholly  removed it.  In  conse-
quence of the  results of his observations, he published a monograph
in which he recommended the graphite  to physicians in those affec-
tions.  He  employed it as well internally as externally. The urine,
he  asserts, after its  administration, commonly began to make a de-
posite, and this continued until some change   in the  cutaneous
affection announced  its approaching cure.
  In cases of complication of  herpes with other affections,  Wein-
hold combined  it with  other  remedies ;  in syphilitic eruptions
adding corrosive sublimate, &c.
  The  efficacy of the  graphite  in herpetic  and  other  cutaneous
affections, has also been attested by many  other  respectable  physi-
cians, as Horn, Heim,  Ruggieri, Brera,  Bernstein,  Hildenbrand,
Richter, Hufeland, Marc,1 &c.   This  gave occasion to its admis-
sion into the Prussian  Pharmacopoeia, yet it has not the confidence
of physicians, even  in those countries  into the  pharmacoposias of
which it has been received, and is consequently  but little used.
  Its use in chronic cutaneous diseases is said  to  have been sug-

  1 Riecke,  Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. Stuttgart, 1837, S. 214; see,
also, Weinhold, in Hufeland's Journal, B. xxxiv.  St.  i. S. 118;  Heim, in
Horn's Archiv. 1810, xii.  326,  and  Ibid, 1811, B. 1. S.  91; Huber, in Med.
Chir. Zeitung, 1811, No. 68, S. 282 ; Hufeland, Journ. der prakt. Heilkunde,
B. xxxviii. St. 6; Bernstein, Ibid, B. xli.  St. 5 ; Mayer,  Ibid, B. Ix. St. 2,
and Osann, in Encyclop. WOrterb. der Med. Wissensch. x. 434.  Berlin,
1834.
       8—d                                    dungl 12 
178
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
gested by the circumstance, that, in Venice, the makers of crayons
are speedily cured of any such affections  under which they may
labour.1

                 METHOD OF ADMINISTERING.

  Internally, graphite is given in doses of from five to fifteen grains,
from  two to four times daily; and  the dose may be augmented,
according to circumstances, to a dram in the day.   It is given in
powder,  or  in  the pilular form.  Externally, it  is applied in the
form of ointment  or  plaster—from 3ij to 5vj of  the graphite to an
ounce of the constituent.

                    Pulvis Ferri Carbureti.

                  Powder of Carburet of Iron.

                it.  Ferri carburet, pur.
                   Sacch. alb. aa. gss.  M.
    Divide in partes aequal. vi.

  Dose.—One  every two hours—in  lichen leproides.
                                              HlLDENBRAND.

                 Electuarium Ferri Carbureti.

                  Electuary of Carburet of Iron.

                it.  Ferri carburet, pur. §ss.
                   Mellis despumat. §ij.   M.
    Fiat electuarium.

  Dose.—A coffee-spoonful morning and evening.  Weinhold.

                    Pilula Ferri Carbureti.

                    Pills of Carburet of Iron.
                it.  Ferri carburet, pur.
                   Extract, dulcamar. aa.  gj.
    M. fiant  pilulae, pond. gr. ij.

  Dose.—Six,  three times a day.                    Maerker.

                it.  Ferri carburet, gij.
                   Flor. zinci. 3ss.
                   Axung. porcin. §j.  M.
Mayer.
Unguentum Ferri Carbureti.

Ointment of Carburet of Iron.
Ferri carburet, pur.
Sulphur, depurat. aa. gij.
Axung. porcin. q. s. ut fiat unguentum.

                                   Brera.
' Merat & De Lens, in Diet, de Mat. Med. Art. Carbone. 
FERRI PR^PARATA.
179
                 Emplastrum Ferri Carbureti.
                   Plaster of Carburet of Iron.
               it.  Ferri carburet, depur. gij.
                   Emplast. sapon. 3iv.
    Misce intime.
                                                  Weinhold.

                 V. FERRUM  CYANURETUM.

Synonymes.—Ferri Cyanuretum,F. Cyanogenatum, F. Oxydulatum Hydro-
  cyanicum, F. Borussias, Ferro Sesquicyanidum, F. Percyanidum, Ferro-
  cyanas OxydiFerri, Ferri Ferrocyanas, Ferrum Zooticum, F. Borussicum,
  Coeruleum Borussicum, C. Beroliuiense, Prussiate of Iron, Cyanuret of
  Iron; Prussian Blue.
French.—Trito-hydro-ferro-cyanate de Fer;  Deutoxicyanure de  Fer Hy-
  drate; Tritohydrocyanate Ferrure de Fer, Prussiate de Potasse et de Fer,
  Bleu de Prusse.
German.—Cyaneisen, Blaustoffeisen, Blausaures Eisenoxydul, Eisenblau-
  saures Eisenoxyd, Eisencyanurcyanid, Berliner Blau, Pariser Blau.

  In commerce, this preparation with us bears  the name " Prus-
sian blue," but in Germany it is called " Pariser Blau."  It  is not
in a state of purity, and, consequently, that which  the apothecary
prepares is best adapted for internal use.

                      MODE OF PREPARING.

  The form given by Buchner is as good as any.  The ferrocyanate
of potassa, as commonly met with in commerce, is dissolved in warm
distilled  water, and to the clear filtered solution is gradually  added,
in a glass vessel, a solution of chemically pure sulphate of iron so
long as  a precipitate is  thrown down.  After the precipitate has
fallen to  the bottom of the vessel, and the supernatant fluid,  which
contains  sulphate of potassa, has been poured off, the precipitate is
first digested with dilute sulphuric or muriatic acid, in order  to dis-
solve the excess of oxide of iron ;  the beautiful dark blue precipitate
is then  collected on a filter, carefully washed with boiling  water,
and dried.
  The cyanuret  of iron is  of a beautiful deep blue colour, and de-
void of odour and taste.  It is decomposed by heat, and is insoluble
in water, alcohol, ether, oils  and dilute  acids.  Potassa  and soda
decompose it.  According to Zollickoffer it adheres  firmly  to the
tongue, which Riecke thinks, though  erroneously,  is owing to its
containing argil.

                   EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

   Of the effects of the cyanuret of iron on the human economy in
health we have no evidence.  Coullon gave  it to various animals,
but observed no action from it.   It has been given, and not without 
180
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
success, in several  diseases;  and Dr. L. W. Sachs, who has not
unfrequently administered it, considers it one of the most important
chalybeates with which we are acquainted.   He thinks it probable,
that the hydrocyanic acid has not much agency; yet it certainly
seems to differ from all the other preparations of iron.
  It has been especially recommended in epilepsy by Kirckhoff1 of
Ghent.  In very obstinate cases, not dependent upon organic mis-
chief, he succeeded entirely with it; with the adult he commenced
with half a grain daily, and  raised the dose gradually to three
four,  and even  six  grains  and upwards.   When  the  patient
was plethoric, he premised bloodletting,  or applied  leeches, from
time to time, to the temples.   Hildenbrand and Gergeres confirm
its efficacy in epilepsy.
  In intermittent fever Zollickoffer2 found  the cyanuret of iron so
efficacious, that he even gave it  the preference over the  cinchona;
and his experience has been confirmed by that of Eberle,3 Hosack4
and others.   Wutzer, in  Germany, also exhibited it  successfully;
and. Stosch gave  it  advantageously, in combination with cinchona
and rhubarb, in a case of obstinate intermittent.  Sachs likewise
tried it frequently, but  as often without as with success.  When it
has proved efficacious in intermittents the dose has been by no means
large.   Some have given six  or eight grains every  four hours
during  the apyrexia, and even as much as  a scruple  has been ad-
ministered.  Sachs  found it several times efficacious when four
doses of two  grains each were taken.  Riecke5 affirms that his
father obtained essential service from it in the leucophlegmatic con-
ditions resulting from intermittent fever.
  Zollickoffer extols the  cyanuret also in remittent fever, and there
may doubtless be periods  when it may be administered with  benefit,
but it is not often used.  He recommends it also in dysentery,6 when
the inflammatory condition has  passed away, either spontaneously
or under the efforts of art; and Sachs remarks, that in those atonic
conditions of the intestinal canal, which supervene on dysentery, it
may doubtless be of great service.  Gergeres administered it suc-
cessfully in  chronic diarrhoea.  L. W. Sachs enters into  a long
theoretical disquisition on the precise action of the remedy, in which
there is doubtless much  that is  speculative.   He used it, he says,
with success, in many cases which it would be difficult  to  classify
under  any formal nosology; their common  bond,  however, was,
that they were dependent upon "nervous disorders, especially of the
plastic functions of the abdominal organs, the mischief appearing
first of all to be gastric."  In such affections, he found a combina-
tion of the cyanuret of iron with rhubarb especially serviceable. He

  1 Journal de Chimie Medicale, iii. 285.
  2 American Medical Recorder, v. 540.
  3 Materia Medica, 2d edit. i. 233.
  * New York Medical and  Physical Journal, 1823.
  6 Op. cit. S. 217.
  6 Chapman's Philadelphia Journal, Aug.  1823. 
FERRI PR^EPARATA.
181
gave in not less  than two grains for a dose, which  he gradually
augmented to six grains three times a day.  Dr. Moll saw decidedly
good effects from its use in a case of immoderate menstruation from
atony of the uterus with general elevation of the nervous excitability,
after he had employed the remedies commonly recommended  un-
successfully.  He found it also extremely beneficial  to  children of
a strumous habit, and great torpor.
  Stosch found it serviceable in a case of scrofula, in which hasma-
tosis was imperfectly accomplished, and Dr. Bridges1 found great
advantage  from  it  in a case  of severe  and protracted  facial neu-
ralgia.
  Externally, the cyanuret of iron has been used  in  the form of
ointment, in cases  of ill  conditioned, torpid and foul ulcers, and
even  of noli me tangere.  Stosch applied it in a case of fungous
ulcer with marked advantage; forming it into a paste  with  water
and applying it in that form.

                   MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

                    Pulvis Ferri Cyanureti.
                   Powder of Cyanide of Iron.
            it.  Ferri cyanuret.  gr. iij ad  xxxvj.
               Sacchar. alb. gij. M. et divide in pulveres vj.
   Dose.—A powder two  or three times  a day, in  epilepsy.
                                                 KlRCKHOFF.
            it.  Ferri cyanuret. gr. j, iv, vj  ad xij.
               Sacch. alb. &j.
    Fiat pulvis, in partes xij aequales dividendus.
   Dose.—A powder every two hours, in epilepsy.
                                              HlLDENBRAND.
            it.  Ferri cyanuret.
               Pulv. guaiac. aa. £j.
    Misce et divide in chartulas  xij.
   Dose.—One three times a day.—Employed successfully in inter-
mittents.2
                    Pilula Ferri Cyanureti.

                     Pills of Cyanide of Iron.
            it. Gum. amnion.
               Rad. rhei,
               Ext. taraxac. aa. gj.
               Ferri cyanuret. gr. xviij ad xxxvj.
    M. et fiat massa in pilulas lx dividenda.
   Dose.—Four to six, twice  a day, in disorder of  the ganglionic
system.                    Radius, according to L. W. Sachs.

          1 Wood & Bache's Dispensatory, Art. Ferri  Ferrocyanas.
          2 Ellis's Formulary, 5th edit. p. 161.  Philad. 1838. 
182              dunglison's new  remedies.
                 Unguentum Ferri Cyanureti.
                  Ointment of Cyanide of Iron.
           it.  Ferri cyanuret. 3j.
               Unguent, cetacei, 3j.  M. et fiat unguentum.
  Applied to foul ulcers.

                   VI.  FERRUM IODATUM.

Synonymes.—Ferri Iodidum, Ferri loduretum,  Iodated Iron, Iodide of Iron,
  Ioduret of Iron, Protoioduret or Protoiodide of Iron.
French.—Iodure de Fer, Protoiodure de Fer.
German.—Iodeisen.

                              AND

                  FERRUM  HYDRIODATUM.

Synonymes.—Ferri Hydriodas, Ferrum Hydroiodicum Oxydulatum, Hydrio-
  dated Iron, Hydriodate of Iron, Hydriodate of Protoxide of Iron.
French.—Hydriodate de Fer.
German.—Hydriodsaures Eisenoxydul.

  Although attention had been directed,  several years ago, to this
preparation, it was not much used, until Prof. A. T. Thomson,1 of
the London  University,  recommended  it  strongly in  a  special
monograph a  few years since.   It has been lately received into the
London Pharmacopoeia.

                     MODE OF PREPARING.

  The following method is  recommended by Dr. Thomson.   One
part of iron wire  should be rubbed  in a porcelain or  wedgwood
mortar, with about three or four parts of iodine, gradually adding
distilled water, until fifteen parts of the fluid  have been used :  the
whole is then  to be introduced into a Florence flask, with an addi-
tional portion of wire and of distilled water.   This excess of iron
is a matter of indifference in the preparation of the hydriodate, and
in that of the iodide it is necessary for preserving the combination
from decomposition during the evaporation of the solution.  These
materials are  next to be boiled  together,  until  the fluid acquires a
pale greenish  colour, when it must be filtered.   This solution con-
tains  a hydriodate of the protoxide of iron ; and, if the exact quan-
tity of the iodine be previously ascertained, so as  to enable us to
procure the solution of a definite strength, it may be kept in  this
state for medicinal use.   In general, however, the solution is evapo-
rated to dryness, and for this purpose it may be poured into a clean
flask, containing a piece of iron wire sufficiently long to reach from

  1 Some observations on the preparation and medicinal employment of the
Ioduret and Hydriodate of Iron, 8vo. pp. 64.  Lond. 1834. 
FERRI PRjEPARATA.
183
the bottom  to the surface of the fluid, and the boiling  should be
continued until the bulk of the solution be reduced to one third.
It must then be filtered, after which the evaporation should be con-
tinued to dryness.  It is necessary to break the flask as soon as the
mass is cold, in order to obtain the  solid iodide, which should be
immediately transferred to a dry  bottle, accurately fitted with  a
ground stopper.  The bottle should not hold more than two ounces
of the preparation ; for  when  it is large  and not full,  the iodide
deliquesces  nearly as  rapidly as when it is exposed to the free action
of the atmosphere.   When the flask  is broken, and the iodide  bot-
tled before  the mass is  cold,  deliquescence also  takes place,  a
peroxide of the metal is formed, and iodine is evolved.
  The plan proposed by Mr. Durand,1 of Philadelphia, after that
by MM.  Baup and Caillot,2 for preparing the solution of the proto-
iodide of iron (hydriodate of protoxide of iron) is the following :—
  Take of  iodine 3x, iron filings,  perfectly pure and unoxidised,
3v", distilled water gxiiss.   Put the iodine into a porcelain capsule,
with one half the quantity of water,  add the  iron  filings by small
portions, stirring the  mixture with a glass rod.   The combination
soon takes place ; heat is evolved with the disengagement of a small
quantity of  vapour of iodine, and  the mixture acquires an orange
colour, which gradually deepens to a dark red.  When the whole
of the iron  has  been  added, the capsule is put in a sand bath or
over the flame of a spirit  lamp  and  heated slowly; continuing to
stir the liquid.   An iodureted hydriodate of iron  is first  produced,
which, under the action of heat, soon passes to the state of a simple
hydriodate.   This point is indicated by the entire discoloration of
the solution.  In this state it is filtered ; and the dregs and filter
are carefully washed  with  the remaining half of the distilled water,
previously heated to the boiling point.   In this manner, a solution
forming  twelve  and  a half fluid ounces is afforded, one ounce of
which represents one dram of iodide of iron.
  The solution, which is  at first colourless,  acquires  a deep  red
colour by standing, and precipitates some oxide of iron ; by which
it is reduced to the state of an iodureted hydriodate of iron ; but  it
may be easily restored to its former state by heating it again with a
small quantity of iron filings, until the liquid becomes colourless.
  The iodide of iron is obtained  by evaporating  to dryness the fil-
tered solution, taking  care, towards  the end, to stir incessantly with
an iron spatula, and to detach the salt from the bottom  of the cap-
sule as it forms.  The  heat  must  be  managed most  carefully,
diminishing it gradually, and removing the capsule quickly from
the fire as soon as the odour of iodine is evolved.   The solution of
this salt,  when  the iodide is well  prepared, is of a light orange
colour, and  deeper in proportion to  the decomposition which some
parts may have undergone towards  the end of the operation.

          1 Philad. Journ. of Pharmacy, iv. 287.  Philad. 1833.
          2 Ibid, i. 201. 
184
dunglison's new remedies.
   The iodide requires to be well secured from the influence of the
 atmosphere, both on account of its deliquescent property, the rapid
 oxidation which the  metal undergoes when deliquescence occurs,
 and the consequent decomposition which takes place.   It  is im-
 portant to prevent this, as the peroxide of iron is  inert as a medi-
 cinal agent; whilst the free iodine extricated during its operation,
 according to  Dr. Thomson,  alters altogether  the virtues  of the
 medicine.  This partial decomposition  of the iodide is rendered
 immediately  apparent on dissolving  it in twenty times its weight
 of distilled water, and filtering: instead of a permanent, clear, very
 pale greenish  yellow, we obtain an ochre-coloured, completely in-
 soluble precipitate.   Much of the iodide, usually prepared, is  of
 this description, and to this may, doubtless, be referred some of the
 disappointment and discrepancy  amongst  practitioners as  to the
 operation of the medicine in cases apparently similar.  Even when
 the iodide has been  carefully prepared, it often  contains a little
 free iodine; but, according to Thomson, it is  chiefly owing  to the
 carelessness of assistants and apprentices in compounding prescrip-
 tions, by frequently exposing the iodide to the air,  that its proper-
 ties, and, consequently, its medicinal  powers, are impaired :  hence,
 it is preferable to keep it in solution, or in the form of hydriodate,
 which it becomes, whenever  water is added to it.
  If the solution be prepared with a definite quantity of iodine, f
 described, it will keep  without changing its characters ; but as it
 usually made,  by dissolving the iodide in distilled water, it require
 to be rendered  neutral by the following means:—Introduce  into .
 flask the  solution of any given  strength,  and place in it two o>
 three doubles of clean and soft  iron wire, sufficiently long to ex-
 tend to the surface of the fluid ; boil it for a few minutes, and then
 leave it at rest, until the solution  becomes clear, after which it may
 be either decanted off  from the precipitate which forms, or filtered:
 no farther change takes  place in a solution thus treated,  provided
 it be kept in a blackened or a green bottle, however long it may be
 preserved.  In this process, the wire affords  iron  to saturate any
 free iodine present in  the solution, or that may have  been extri-
cated by the formation of the peroxide of iron in the iodide;  and a
 perfectly neutral solution being thus  obtained, by the immediate
conversion of  the newly formed  iodide into the hydriodate  of the
protoxide, no subsequent change takes place so long as the solution
is kept secluded from  the light.   The best proportions,  according
 to Dr.  Thomson, for  forming the medicinal  solution, are three
grains  of the dry solid iodide to each fluidrarn of distilled  water.
If the  water be not either distilled or filtered rain water, perfectly
free from foreign ingredients, and particularly  if it contain  any
earthy or saline carbonates, decomposition instantly  takes place,
iodine  is extricated, and a carbonate of iron, which rapidly  passes
into the state of a peroxide of that metal, is precipitated.
  When iodide of iron is carefully prepared, it is  of an iron gray
colour, foliated  texture, brittle, and exhibits a  crystalline arrange- 
FERRI PR^EPARATA.
185
ment similar to metallic antimony, except that it is darker.   In the
dry state, it is inodorous;  but, when moist, it smells somewhat of
iodine: the taste, when dry, is simply styptic;  when moist, some-
what acrid, before it impresses the  gustatory organs.  At ^50° of
Fahrenheit it  fuses ;  and,  at  a  higher temperature,  is  decom-
posed,—the iodine being volatilised,  and the iron remaining in the
state  of oxide.   It dissolves  in  all  proportions in water,—the
changes supervening, which have  been  already indicated.   It is
decomposed by chlorine, the mineral acids, oxide of arsenic, me-
conic acid—consequently  by opium and  laudanum—gallic acid,
and tannin, the  pure and  carbonated  alkalies, different metallic
salts,  and by  the infusions  of digitalis, belladonna, hyoscyamus,
tobacco, amylaceous  substances, &c:  such substances  ought not,
therefore, to be given in combination with it.


            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

   From experiments made on his own  person, Dr. Thomson states
the following to be the physiological effects of the  hydriodate  of
iron.
   When taken in doses of from three to five grains, it makes no
sensible impression on the stomach,  although it sharpens the appe-
tite, and improves the digestive function: it seems to stimulate
moderately  the digestive  canal through  its entire  length ; for it
opens the bowels; and, whilst it produces the black colour of the
alvine discharges characteristic of all  the preparations of iron, it
corrects their  foetor.  When it does  not affect the bowels, it  aug-
ments the action  of the kidneys, increasing the flow of urine ; and
if the solution  be taken two or three times a day, for several days
successively, the  presence of both the iodine and the iron can  be
readily  detected in the urine.   The temperature of the skin is mo-
derately elevated, and the insensible perspiration increased.  On
one occasion, having taken ten grains for a dose, it almost imme-
diately caused  an  uneasy sensation at the epigastrium, accompanied
with nausea that  continued for several  hours, and a slight degree
of headach.  These symptoms were relieved by a copious evacua-
tion, which  was perfectly black.  Two hours after taking  the me-
dicine, a large  quantity of urine was discharged ; which, on being
tested, displayed the presence of both the iodine and  the iron.
   The  experiments on animals, made  by Dr. Cogswell,1 induced
him to infer:—
   1. That the iodide of iron acts as a local stimulant,  possessing
the power of effecting peculiar disorganisation.
   2. That its  action is more particularly directed to the tract  of
the alimentary canal.
1 Essay on Iodine, p. 132.  Edinb. 1837. 
186
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
  When added to blood out  of the body, the iodide of iron  pro-
motes its coagulation.1

            EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  From the chemical composition of the iodide of iron, Dr. Thom-
son considered it might be specially adapted for  cases  in  which
augmented activity of the  capillary, or intermediate system,  with a
tonic effect, might be indicated, and particularly in scrofulous affec-
tions, tabes mesenterica, chlorosis, incipient scirrhus, rickets, ame-
norrhoea, bronchocele, atonic dyspepsia,—indeed,  in all cases ac-
companied by debility.  In such affections, he conceives the iodide
will act more efficiently than  any of the other preparations of iron.
In secondary  syphilis,  it  may  be combined,  he  suggests, with
iodide of potassium;  and  in incipient cancer, its efficacy, is aided
by the administration of arsenic at the same  time.   Dr. Thomson
has found it serviceable in atonic gastric dyspepsia, when com-
bined with bicarbonate of  potassa, and taken  at the moment of ad-
mixture, in the dose  of from three to  eight  grains or more.2  A
great advantage it possesses is its ready solubility, owing to  which
it can enter the circulatory system  with  facility,  and modify the
condition of the fluids.  In chronic  scrofulous cases,  it produces
all the good effects of the  preparations of  iron, without any of the
concomitant and subsequent symptoms that  are so apt to  super-
vene, especially in  impressible  individuals.   Where the case is
accompanied by vascular  erethism,  or fulness,  they must  be re-
duced before the iodide can be esteemed appropriate.  In chlorosis,
occurring in strumous habits, it has  been found most serviceable.
Its efficacy  in  cancer is  elucidated  by Dr.  Thomson, by the de-
tails  of  a case of scirrhous  mamma, which, after  protracted and
fruitless  treatment  by other  agents—as by other preparations of
iron combined with conium—ultimately yielded to a combination
of the hydriodate of iron and conium.
  Some cases are also detailed in which the hydriodate of iron was
very effective in removing old syphilitic affections,  especially of the
skin.
  Prior to the publication of Thomson,  Pierquin  had given  the
iodide in cases of leucorrhoea and amenorrhoea, and Eager3 had re-
commended it in scrofula.  Ricord4 found  the very best  effects
from its internal use in cases  where tonics required  to be combined
with antisyphilitic remedies,  especially  where any  scrofulous vice
(lymphatisme) constituted  a complication.   He administered it like-

  1 Magendie, Lecons sur le Sang, &c. 1837; and translation in the  Lancet,
Jan. 26, 1839.
  2 London Dispensatory, and Brande's Dictionary of Mat. Med.  p.  252.
Lond. 1839.
  3 Dublin Journal of Medical Science, 1834; also, Cogswell on Iodine, p.
138, Edinb. 1837.
  4 J. J. L. Rattier, in La Lancette Frangaise, Fev. 4, 1837. 
FERRI PR.ffiPARATA.
187
 wise with great success, to  remove the consequences of syphilis,
 and  found it  advantageous in atonic  ulcers of the legs and  in
 spreading ulcers of the throat, which  had been aggravated or had
 not yielded to mercury.  The strength of M. Ricord's solution was
 half  a dram of the  iodide to gviij of water, given, we presume, in
 the twenty-four hours.
   M. Ricord1 also uses it in  the form  of injection in cases of blen-
 norrhea.  Wherever, indeed, tonic astringent injections are needed,
 the iodide, in his opinion, should occupy the first rank.  Its use, he
 thinks, can only be contra-indicated when there is much inflam-
 mation or pain in passing the urine, or when cystitis  exists.  The
 strength of the injection  should be three grains to the ounce  of
 water.
   In consequence of its promoting the coagulation of the blood out
 of the body, Magendie2 prescribed it recently in  the form of injec-
 tion (3i to ftjij of water)  employed several times a day in a case of
 severe uterine hemorrhage.  The hemorrhage ceased.
   We have frequently given this remedy in public and private
 practice, and have considered it especially adapted for those  cases
 in which there appears to be torpor in the system of nutrition, as
 in cases of asthenic dropsy,  old visceral engorgements, and indeed
 of hypertrophy of any kind,  accompanied by deficient action in the
 intermediate  system  of  vessels.  In  oligasmia, where  there  is
 paucity of red globules in the blood, and" the fluid is  altogether
 too thin, it would seem to be  especially indicated, from its property,
 mentioned above,  of promoting the  coagulating  of the blood, and
 therefore, of inspissating it.  Hence in all cases  of scorbutic, hy-
 dropic and other dyscrasies, and in hemorrhages  occurring in such
 pathological conditions of the system, we have prescribed it largely
 and with  the very  best  effects.  It appears to  us,  indeed, to be
 the best remedy we  possess wherever  a sorbeficient and  tonic are
 indicated.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   The dose of  the iodide of iron, administered in the cases above
referred to, was generally three or four grains two or three times
a day.
                      Liquor Ferri Iodidi.
                    Solution of Iodide of Iron.
                    it.  Ferri iodidi, gr. xxiv.
                        Aqua: destillat. gj.   M.
   Dose.—An ordinary tea-spoonful contains about three grains.
                                             A. T. Thomson.

  lJ. J. L.  Rattier,  in La Lancette Francaise, Fev. 16, 1837;  see,  also,
Revue Medicale, Janvier, 1838, and  American Med.  Intelligencer, Sep. 15,
 1838, p. 195.
  2 Op. cit. 
188             dunglison's new  REMEDIES.
   The following formulas are recommended by Pierquin :l
                      Vinum Ferri Iodidi.
                     Wine of Iodide of Iron.
                 it.   Vin. Bordegalens. Ibj.
                     Ferri iodidi, ^ss.  M.
   Dose.—A spoonful morning and evening.
                     Tinctura Ferri Iodidi.
                   Tincture of Iodide of Iron.
                 it.  Ferri iodidi, gij.
                     Alcoholis,
                     Aquae, aa. ,§ij.  M.
   Dose.—A spoonful morning and evening.
                     Trochisci Ferri Iodidi.
                   Lozenges of Iodide of Iron.
                 it.  Ferri iodidi, 3j. (3ss.)
                     Croci pulv. §ss. (3ij-).
                     Sacchar. alb. gviij. (Siv.)
    M. fiant Trochisci No. 240, (120.)
   Dose.—Six to ten daily.
    Solutio Ferri Iodidi. (French,  Eau tfHydriodate de Fer.)
                    Solution  of Iodide of Iron.
                 it.  Ferri iodidi, §ss.
                     Aquas, B5ij. M.
   Added to enemata, lotions,  and injections.
                 it.  Ferri iodidi, ^ss ad ^ij.
                     Aquae  destillat. ftj.  M.
   To be  added to a general  bath  in cases of leucorrhcea, ame-
norrhoea, &c.                                      Pierquin.
                    Unguentum Ferri Iodidi.
                   Ointment of Iodide of Iron.
                 it.  Ferri iodidi, £iss.
                     Adipis suillae, 3j.  M. ut fiat unguentum.
   A piece of the size of a  hazelnut to be  rubbed, morning  and
evening, on the inner part of the thigh, in cases of leucorrhoea  and
amenorrhcea.
1 Journal de Chimie Medicale, p. 310, Mai, 1831. 
FERRI PR^EPARATA.
189
                  VII.  FERRUM NITRATUM.

Synonymes.—Ferri Nitras, Nitrate of Iron.

            LiaUOR FERRI  PERSESQ.UINITRATIS.

Synonymes.—Liquor seu Solutio Nitratis Ferri, Liquor Ferri Nitrici Oxy ■
  dati, Solution of Persesquinitrate of Iron, Solution of Nitrate of Iron.

                     MODE OF PREPARING.

  This preparation, which has been introduced within the last few
years into practice, may be formed in the following manner.
  Take of small chips or pieces of iron wire, an ounce and a half;
nitric acid, three ounces by measure; water twenty-seven ounces;
muriatic acid, one dram.  Put the iron into an earthenware vessel,
and pour on the nitric acid, previously diluted with fifteen ounces
of the water.   Set the vessel aside  till the whole of the acid has
united with the iron, so as to form a persesquinitrate, then decant
the liquid  from the  portion of iron,  which remains undissolved;
strain and filter.   Add the muriatic acid with the remainder of the
water, or  with as  much of that  liquid as will increase the whole
solution to thirty ounces.
  When the process is finished—which  takes  some  hours—the
liquid has a red  colour, so dark, that  when  viewed by  reflected
light, it seems almost black.
  Three ounces of nitric acid of the  usual strength (1.4) generally
dissolve an  ounce of iron, so that  when  the process is  completed, a
portion of the metal remains undissolved.   The solution then con-
sists entirely of the persesquinitrate  of  iron ;  and, if speedily de-
canted,  it may be preserved in that  state, but if allowed  to stand
for  a few  hours  longer  on  the  iron, it  will undergo a further
change, becoming gradually converted  into  pernitrate and  pro-
tonitrate of  iron.  The first of these is  insoluble, and renders the
liquid turbid ; and the latter, which remains dissolved, has not the
medical properties that render the persesquinitrate valuable. When
the solution contains  nothing but nitric acid and  peroxide  of iron,
it slowly undergoes decomposition on standing, so that, at the end
of a few weeks, the  whole liquid begins to become turbid.  The
addition of some muriatic acid prevents this decomposition, and the
quantity sufficient for this purpose is too  small to affect the medi-
cinal powers of the persesquinitrate.   The solution, when  properly
prepared, is of a beautiful dark  red colour,  when  viewed with
transmitted  light.  Its taste  is   very astringent, and  not at  all
caustic.1

  1 Mr. Kerr, in American Journal of  the  Medical Sciences, for May, 1832,
cited from Edinb. Med. and Surgical Journal. 
190
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
           EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN  HEALTH.

  This preparation greatly resembles the solution of the muriate of
iron in  its medicinal properties.   Mr. Kerr  considers,  that to an
astringent power, it unites  the  property of diminishing the irrita-
bility and  tenderness of the mucous  membranes  with which it
comes in contact.
  Kopp administered it with the greatest success  in  many cases
of chronic diarrhoea  that  had resisted every  approved  remedy.
The fasces were blackened by it, as  by the preparations of iron in
general.   He remarks, however, that it must be continued for some
time.  The dose he gave was  ten drops  several times a  day  in
oatmeal gruel, and this was gradually raised to twenty and twenty-
five drops.  When the cure was accomplished, the remedy  was
gradually diminished, until it was left off altogether.
  Dr. Graves1 speaks in equally high terms of the persesquinitrate
in these cases; and very recently Dr. T. C. Adam  of Lenawee
county, Michigan, has recorded the remarkable assistance, which he
has derived from its use in  the  treatment of several diseases, espe-
cially diarrhoea, and other affections  of the mucous  membranes
accompanied  by  discharges.2  In chronic  diarrhoea  depending
mainly on an excess in the  sensibility of the organic nerves  which
supply the digestive tube, Dr. Adam rarely orders less  than  fifteen
drops at the commencement, and  after  a few days' employment of
the remedy, he increases the quantity to  twenty, twenty-five  and
thirty drops.
  In leucorrhoea occurring in such as are pale, exanguious, feeble
and languid, the  internal, conjoined with the external, use of the
persesquinitrate has been found very advantageous.  In these cases,
Dr. Adam adds such a quantity of water  as a diluent  as will  still
leave in the vagina a gentle degree of heat or  smarting.
  Dr. Adam  recommends it also  in  cases of aphthous sores;  and
he affirms that its application has  afforded relief in toothach.
  It is doubtless  a powerful  astringent,  but  it  is  questionable
whether it possess any advantage over  the solution of the  muriate
of iron.

           VIII. FERRUM  OXYDATUM HYDRATUM.

Synonymes.—Hydras Ferricus, Hydro-oxide of Iron, Hydroxide of Iron,
  Hydrated Oxide of Iron, Hydrated Peroxide of Iron, Hydraled Tritoxide
  of Iron.
German.—Eisenoxydhydrat.

  The hydrated oxide of iron  has been recently introduced  into
practice as an antidote to white  arsenic. Dr. Bunsen,of Goettingen,
had already made  frequent experiments  with  it, which  satisfied

  1  Clinical Lectures, Amer.Med. Library Edition, p. 128.  Philad.  1838.
  2  American Journal of the Medical Sciences, May, 1839, p. 61. 
FERRI  PR^EPARATA.
191
him that  it was an  efficacious agent,  when,  along with Dr. Ber-
thold,1 he subjected it to fresh  trials.   The results of their inves-
tigations were published, and since then it  has received due atten-
tion every where.


                     METHOD OF  PREPARING.

   The best mode  of preparing it, according to Dr. Bunsen,  is to
take a solution of pure sulphate of iron, increase its dose of oxygen
by treating it with  nitric acid, and precipitate the oxide by adding
pure ammonia  in excess, washing the  precipitate.  In order not to
deprive  the precipitate of its water, and to diminish  its loose  state
of  aggregation as  little as possible,  it is  not filtered, but is put
aside for a few  days,  until  the  precipitate is wholly deposited,  after
which the supernatant fluid is  poured off.  It is then kept in  well-
stopped  vessels.
   Riecke2 has added the formula  for pharmaciens, which is recom-
mended by Von Specz.

  it.  Vitrioli ferri puri crystallizati libram ; teratur in pulv. subtiliss. et
detur in vas. porcellan. aut murrhinum, impositum balneo arenas, dein adde
acidi nitrici concentrati ftss; terantur ope baculi vitrei usque  dum massa
resolvitur in  pultem; nunc, igne  animato, massas pultaceae calidae affunde
sensim terendo, sensim acid,  nitric, concentrat. q. s. donee nullum amplius
evolvatur gas nitrosum.   Massa tunc leni igne evaporetur ad siccitatem
et solvatur demum in aq. destill. q. s. *,  solutioni filtratse instilletur  am-
moni&pura q. s. donee  precipitatio  cesset; stent  nunc per horam unam
alteramve et liquor limpidus  a sedimento  bruneo decantetur; massae resi-
dua? fundum petenti adfunde aq.  destillat. ftiij  et  agitentur;  nunc  filtra,
et prsecipitatura  in  filtro aq. destill.  q. s. edulcora donee aqua  insipida de-
fluat.   Prascipitatum  bene edulcoratum in  umbra  siccatum convertat. in
pulv. subtilissim. qui  servetur  base vitreo bene clauso.3

   Lassaigne  advises  it  to be prepared  as follows:—Take  iron
filings;  pour gradually upon them four  times their weight of the
nitric acid of commerce in  small portions.   Heat  is thereby de-


  1 Das Eisenoxydhydrat, ein Gegengift  der arsenigen Saure.  Getting.
1834.
  2 Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 227.   Stuttgart, 1837.
  3 " Take of pure crystallised sulphate q/"j>oreapound : rub it into a subtle
powder, and place it in a porcelain or glass vessel in a sand-bath;  then add
half a pound of  concentrated  nitric acid; stir them  with a glass rod until
the mass is resolved  into  a soft paste; then—the fire being  raised—pour
gradually on the hot pultaceous mass concentrated nitric acid, until no more
nitrous gas is evolved.  Let the  mass  be evaporated by a gentle  heat to dry-
ness,  and at last be  dissolved in  a  sufficient quantity  of distilled water.
Into the filtered solution drop pure ammonia as long as  any precipitate oc-
curs ; let it now stand for an hour or two, and then pour off the limpid
liquor from the brown sediment.  On  the residuary mass, remaining at the
bottom, pour three pounds of distilled water, and shake them together: filter
and wash the precipitate on the filter with distilled water, until the water
is tasteless.  The well-washed precipitate dried in the shade forms a subtle
powder, which may be kept in a  well-closed vessel." 
192
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
 veloped, and deutoxide of  azote, which is transformed  by the
 atmospheric air into nitrous acid vapours.   When the evolution of
 gas has ceased, ten or twelve parts of water are added ;  the mix-
 ture is then filtered, and ammonia added until  the  mixture begins
 to  exhibit  an alkaline  reaction.   The precipitate,  thus formed, is
 the hydrated oxide  of iron,  which is collected on  the filter, and
 washed with boiling water until it is tasteless, and ceases to exhibit
 any alkaline characters.
   The  mode of preparation, recommended by Majeste, agrees with
 this, except that he boils one part of iron filings with four of nitric
 acid and four of muriatic acid.

                  EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

   If a solution of arsenious acid be decomposed by fresh precipi-
 tated oxyhydrate of iron suspended in water, traces of arsenic can
 no longer be detected in the filtered liquid, made acid and tested by
 a stream of sulphuretted hydrogen gas.  To throw down one part
 of arsenic, in this manner, requires a quantity of the  oxyhydrate,
 which contains at least ten or twelve parts of oxide of iron.   Yet,
 even where a smaller quantity is employed, the arsenious acid is
 almost wholly separated, as a stream of sulphuretted hydrogen gas
 affords only very slight traces of sulphuret of arsenic in the filtered
 and acidulated liquid.  When the substances are previously heated,
 or the arsenious acid is exposed  in small portions  to  the  precipi-
 tating agent, the reaction is  still slighter.   If a few drops of am-
 monia be added to water in which the oxyhydrate of iron is sus-
 pended, and the mixture be digested with finely powdered arsenious
 acid, an insoluble arsenite of  iron  is formed ; a circumstance,
 which would encourage  the belief—even had it  not been sanc-
 tioned  by  experience—that freshly  prepared oxyhydrate  of iron
 may serve  as an antidote  to  arsenic: the union between it and
 arsenious acid forming—as we have seen—an insoluble compound,
devoid of all poisonous influence on  the economy, and only ex-
citing gastric oppression, when given  in large doses.
  Accurate microscopical  investigation in the experiments on ani-
 mals that had taken arsenious acid in the  solid form  mixed with
the oxyhydrate,  exhibited to the discoverer of  the  antidote, that,
under the influence of the animal heat and the peristaltic motion,
it had become completely converted into  the arsenite of iron, and
thus rendered innocuous.  Such was the  result of the observations
of  Boulet,1 Orfila, Chevalier, Lassaigne, Soubeiran  &  Miquel,3
Nonat, Borelli & Demaria,3 Lesueur, Boulay tils,4 Monod5, and

  1 Gazette Medicale de Paris, 1834.
  2 Bullet. General de Therap. Dec. 1834.
  s Br. and For. Med. April, 1836, p. 594.
  * Journal Hebdom. des Progres des  Sciences Medic. Mars 14, 1835.
  6 Gazette Medicale, Aug. 22, 1835, and Annales d'Hygiene, &c. xiv. 134. 
FERRI PR^EPARATA.
193
 Specs.   On  the other hand, the experiments of Brett,1 Reginald
 Orton,2 and Cramer, were unfavourable;  but  Messrs. Bnnsen and
 Berthold  remark,  that the experiments of those gentlemen could
 not be expected to be successful, as they were  made with  doses of
 arsenic of from two to nine  grains; and the stomach of the rabbit
 cannot  retain more than  from one-ninth to one-half the quantity of
 the antidote prepared according to  their  formula, which is  neces-
 sary to  neutralise that quantity of the poison.
   Messrs. Burisen and  Berthold,  from the results they have ob-
 tained,  recommend  the  oxyhydrate as the chief antidote in all
 cases of poisoning by arsenic ; and they advise emetics to be asso-
 ciated with  it—along with the  agents  hitherto employed—first,
 when the quantity of the poison taken has been considerable, and,
 therefore, a  very  large  quantity  of  the  antidote  is  demanded;
 secondly, when, at the same time, substances containing tannin, as
 infusion of green tea, or sulphuretted hydrogen, developed after
 the eating of eggs, may be suspected in the alimentary canal ; as
 these substances are closely related to the antidote, and may weaken
 its action;  and, thirdly, when,  prior to taking the  poison, the
 stomach has  been overloaded with food, and is,  therefore, capable
 of receiving  only a small quantity of the antidote.
   But,  whether vomiting may be excited  or not, recourse must be
 had to the oxyhydrate as speedily as possible.  Tepid mucilaginous
 drinks may also be given to envelope the particles of. arsenic  that
 may exist in the compartments  of the stomach.  If the quantity of
 the poison taken be unknown, the antidote may be administered in
 a  considerable dose, and  if the  patient should  vomit, it may be ex-
 hibited  afterwards in smaller quantity.  But, if no vomiting should
 arise, it is recommended that  he should  continue  to take the
 oxyhydrate until the arsenite of iron formed has had time to pass
 into the intestinal tube;  and even  after this it may be persevered
 with in  small doses for a  time, as portions of arsenic  may possibly
 remain  behind unchanged.   With the same view,  the  oxyhydrate
 may be  thrown up in the  way of clyster, whenever it is presumable
 that the compound formed by the oxyhydrate and the  arsenic has
reached the  lower  portion of the  bowels.  To aid this, cathartics
may be  administered.   Of these, castor oil, which would first sug-
gest itself, might interfere, it has been couceived, with the opera-
tion of  the antidote.  *The  sulphate of magnesia, or any of the
neutral salts,  should have the preference.
   The  antidote may  be  given  suspended in water.  Experience
has shown Messrs. Bnnsen and  Berthold,  that  from  ten  to twenty
parts  of the  hydrated oxide  of iron  are  more than sufficient to
convert one part of arsenious acid into the basic salt of iron.
   As  the quantity of arsenic in  the  stomach and  intestines  can

                  •Lond. Med.  Gaz. xv. 220.
                  2 Lancet, Nov. 8, 1834.
       9—a                                   dungl 13 
194
dunglison's new remedies.
scarcely ever be appreciated, it is considered  by them advisable to
allow the patient to take as large  doses of the oxyhydrate as the
stomach can  tolerate;  and it is of essential importance that it
should  be taken as hot as it can be  borne.   When the arsenious
acid has been swallowed in the  undissolved state—in  the form of
powder, or in larger or smaller pieces—it  is necessary, in order to
aid its  solution, and to effect a speedy union with the oxide of
iron, to add a small quantity of pure ammonia to the antidote, until
a slight alkaline reaction is evinced.' As  the  ammonia does  not
enter into the  composition of the salt formed, and, consequently,
only plays a secondary part, ten  or  twenty drops may  be sufficient
for the purpose.
   The various experiments that have been instituted  on animals
have shown the protective power of the hydrated peroxide;  it must
be borne in mind, however, in all such experiments made on  dogs,
that they readily reject the  poison by vomiting; but if the poison be
retained in the  stomach  by a ligature passed round the  oesophagus,
it exerts its accustomed  deleterious effects.1  It would seem, also,
that the same result occurs if the dose of the arsenic be too small to
induce vomiting.  The  animal may then die  of the poison.2
   It would  appear, that cases have occurred, in  which this anti-
dote has saved  the lives of some who might  have been  destroyed
without its agency.   Buzorini3 had a case in which about thirty-
five grains of arsenic had  been  swallowed, and where it was suc-
cessful,  although twenty-four hours had  elapsed since the poison
had been taken ; but this cannot be regarded as very satisfactory,
inasmuch as the patient might probably have been saved by ordi-
nary means.   In  another case, which  was also  treated  by  the
antidote at a late period, marked  alleviation of the  sufferings was
induced.  Three cases are, also, related by Majeste, two  by Bineau,4
one by  Benoist, and one  by Geoffroy,5  of  Paris,  which  were
treated  successfully  in  the same  manner.  The  subject  of  the
last was a  hair-dresser,  thirty-five years of age,  who, in a  pa-
roxysm of  delirium tremens, swallowed  a  dram  and a half of
arsenic.  Half  an  hour  afterwards the antidote was  given, sus-
pended  fn  water.   He  drank, in twelve  hours, all the tritoxide
produced  by the decomposition of five ounces and five drams of
the tritosulphate of  iron.  He had no violent-colic ; and, twenty-
four hours afterwards, experienced scarcely any uneasiness.

  1 MM. Miquel  and Soubeirain,  Bullet. General de Therapeutique, Dec.
1834. See on this subject, Dr. Joseph E. Muse, in Amer. Med. Intelligencer,
for April 2, 1838.
  2 Dr. Robert B. Hall, in Amer. Med. Intelligencer, for Sept. 15, 1838, p.
181.
  3 La Lancette Franchise, Nov. 17,  1835.
  4 Journal des Connaissances Medico-Chirurg. Nov. 1835.
  5 Journal de Med. et de Chirurg. Pratiq. Sept. 1835; and Br. and For.
Med. Rev. April, 1836, p. 572. 
FERRI PRiEPARATA.
195
   A successful case  has, also, been related  by Mr. John Robson,
 house surgeon to the Warrington Dispensary.1
   Dr  Richard H. Thomas, of Baltimore,2 has published a case, in
 which  it was believed  that  twenty grains  of arsenic had been
 taken, and which  was relieved by the hydrated peroxide, adminis-
 tered six hours after  the poison was swallowed: there was no vo-
 miting; but thirst, burning pain, and exquisite tenderness at  the
 epigastrium existed, denoting  eso-gastritis.  Half a fluid ounce of
 the hydrate,  which was in  the wet state, and about the consistence
 of thick cream, was given in a tumbler of cool water,  and the dose
 was directed to be  repeated every ten or fifteen minutes in two
 ounces of water:  eight ounces of the suspended hydrate were
 taken in the twenty-four hours, after which the patient seemed free
 from disease.  " The length of time—six hours"—says Dr. Thomas,
 "before any very  severe  symptoms supervened, and before  the
 antidote was administered, at first caused  me to think that the pa-
 tient might have been deceived.  Professor Von Specs, of Vienna,
 however, asserts,  -that a dram of arsenic, in powder,  does not pro-
 duce its deadly effects on the system in less than six or eight hours,
 while the same quantity, dissolved in warm water, destroys  life  in
 a  much shorter time.'   In the present instance, it was swallowed
 in a dry state, covered with sugar.   The  prompt relief, which  fol-
 lowed the exhibition of  the peroxide, is  also  confirmatory of the
 impression that the poison was really taken."
   More recently, a case has been published by Dr. Deville,3 which
 was treated  by this remedy, but as the  patient  vomited much, and
 the vomited  matters  were  not examined, it is doubtful what was
 the agency of the  oxide.   Between five and  six hours elapsed  be-
 fore it could  be procured.
   It has been recommended by Meuser, Riecke, and others, that
 the hydrated peroxide should be kept in the shops,  ready mixed
 with a definite quantity  of water, in order  that it  may be always
 at hand, so  as to  be  administered without delay; and the recom-
 mendation is good.  Even  if not to be trusted to alone, the evi-
dence is quite sufficient to show, that it ought to be regarded as an
important element  in the treatment of every  case in which arsenic
 has been taken.
  Instead of the pure hydrated peroxide, Von Specs4 employed sub-
stances in which the peroxide is known to exist in considerable quan-
tity, and which require no previous preparation, as rust of iron, and

  1 Lond. Med. Gazette, Nov. 5, 1836; also, Amer. Journ. of  the Med. Sci-
 ences,  p. 222, May, 1837.
  2 American Medical Intelligencer for July 16, 1838, p. 167.
  3 Revue Medicale Franc,  et Etrangere, Sept. 1838; see, also, Br. and For.
 Med. Rev., and Johnson's Medico-Chirurgical Review for April, 1839; and
American Journal of the Medical Sciences, May, 1839, p. 243.
  4 Med. Jahrbiicher des k.  k. o. St. B. xix. S. 621. Wien, 1836; and Ibid.
B. xx.  S. 149. Wien,  1836.  See, also, Br. and For. Med. Rev., July, 1837,
p. 237; and Amer. Journ. Med. Sciences, Feb. 1838, p. 519. 
196
dunglison's new remedies.
hasmatite, (red  iron ore,)  and,  from his experiments, he is led  to
conclude, that although these substances do not prevent all  the bad
effects of arsenic on the system, they may—in the  absence of the
hydrated peroxide—be employed as antidotes to that poison.  The
rust of iron has the advantage of being readily procurable.
                         FILIX  MAS.

Synonymes.  Aspidium Filix Mas, Athyrium Filix Mas, Polypodium Filix
  Mas, Ma e Fern.
French.  Fougere Male.
German.  Farrenkraut, Johanniswurzel.

  The  root of the male fern has  long  been celebrated—since
Dioscorides indeed—as an  anthelmintic;  and  especially for  the
destruction of taenia.1  For these  properties, it has been introduced
into most of the Pharmacopoeias. It was the basis of Madame Nouffer's
celebrated remedy for taenia, which was purchased by Louis XVI.
in 1775,  for 18,000 francs.  We notice it here, on  account  of the
proposition  of Peschier,2  of Geneva,  to administer  the ethereal
extract, which has since  been carried into effect, and apparently
with the best results.   It appears to possess the advantage of being
by no  means  unpleasant  to the taste, and to be accompanied by
none of the disagreeable effects, that are associated with the action
of most of the other vermifuges.
  To prepare the extract,  the root is cut small, and digested for ten
or twelve days, in  the cold, in a sufficient quantity of sulphuric
ether,—the  tincture is then pressed, concentrated by  distillation,
and the ether  thereby fully removed.
  From a pound of the root, about  eighteen drams of  a brownish
green,  thick extract are obtained, which possesses the repulsive
odour of the plant, and has an acrid  taste.
  In Germany,  the extract is  geneially prepared according to the
formula of the Prussian Pharmacopoeia, which is as follows—Take
an ounce  of the powdered  root,  and pour thereon eight ounces of
the sulphuric  ether of commerce ;  close the vessel, shaking it occa-
sionally, and  let it stand  until the fluid has acquired a yellowish
colour; then  separate the fluid as before described; distil off the
sulphuric ether until only a third  remains, and evaporate  the
remainder,  in a water bath, until a thin brownish yellow colored
extract remains.
  This extract contains  not only the volatile oil  of the fern, but

  1 Merat & De Lens, Diet,  de Mat. Med. Art. Polypodium.
  ■ Nouvelle Bibliotheque Medicale, Sept. 1828, p. 151, and Biblioth.
Univer. xxxi. 324, 1826. 
FILIX  MAS.                       197
also a fixed oil, tannin, acetic and gallic acids, a muco-saccharine
matter, green and red colouring matter, and a semi-resinous sub-
stance.   By some it is called the Oleum Filicis Maris.   The active
constituents of the fern  are highly concentrated in it; and as the
result of numerous trials, it was found, that from eighteen to twenty
grains, given  at  night, and the  same quantity in the morning fast-
ing  destroyed tasnias, so that on the administration of a cathartic,
the  parasite  was discharged—often  in  the form of a ball.  Not
unfrequently,  indeed, it was voided before the cathartic was given.
   In Germany, this new preparation has been chiefly recommended
by Hufeland, who  maintained, that in rapidity, certainty and gen-
tleness  of action, it  exceeds all known means, and  many other
physicians have testified  to the accuracy of this opinion.  Radius,1
who frequently prescribed it, says he never gave it without bring-
ing  away large   pieces  of  the  worm,  but  frequently the  head
remained behind.2
   Buchner3 thought,  that  the  extract  might  be prepared  with
alcohol, but many physicians have objected to  this menstruum,—
that it does not dissolve the fixed oil.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   The  extract is commonly given in the  form  of pill; emulsion
does  not answer, because  the  active constituents are apt to  be
enveloped and masked  in  this form.  In  Geneva, it  is now fre-
quently united with castor oil, this renders  it unnecessary to give a
cathartic  after it.  For the  cathartic when needed, they advise in
Bern, infusion of senna with epsom salts,  manna, and aniseed.4   To
children it may be given in  syrup.

                      Mel Filicis  Maris.
                   Honey  of the Male  Fern.
               it.  Ext. aether, filicis maris, 3ss.
                   Mellis rosat. Jss.  M.
   Half of this to be taken on going to bed; the other  half early in
the morning fasting.                                  Radius.

  1 Auserlesene Heilformeln, u. s. w. Leipz. 1836.
  2 See, also, Ebers, in  Hufeland &  Osann's Journal,  Ixvi. St.  1. S. 43,
and Gazette de Same, Sept. 25, 1828.
  3 Repertorium fur Pharmacie,  xxiii. 433, xxvii. 337,  and Funk,  in
medicin. Zeitung, Mai, 17, 1837, S. 102.
  4 Hufeland und  Osann's Journal, lxiv. St. 1. S. 133.
r 
198              dunglison's new remedies.
                      FUCUS CRISPUS.

Synonymes. Lichen Carrageen; Chondrus Crispus, Sphasrococcus Crispus,
  Ulva Crispa, Chondrus Polymorphus, Irish Moss, Carrageen or Corigeen
  Moss.
French.  Mousse d'Irlande, Mousse Perlee.
German.   Krauser Tang, Seetang.

  Although  the  carrageen or Irish  moss has long been used in
Ireland, it was but little  employed in other parts of Europe, or in
this country,  until within the last few years.   Of late, it has been
used  precisely in  those cases in which the Lichen  Islandicus, or
Iceland moss has been deemed appropriate.  In Germany, the first
trials were made with it in the year 1833, by Von Grafe of Berlin,
and the results were given to the world in his report for that year1
of the Clinical surgical  and ophthalmic  Institute, attached  to  the
Frederick William University.
  The fucus crispus,  which  belongs to  the  natural  family algas,
exists in the Atlantic Ocean, on the coasts  of England, Ireland,
western  France, Spain and Portugal, and  as far as the tropics.   It
is also a native of the United States.  It  is met with more abund-
antly, however, in Ireland, where it is used by the poor as an article
of diet.  It is thrown on the shore by the waves, and is gathered at
the time of the ebb.
  The Irish  moss, when fresh, is green,  and somewhat resembles
the Iceland moss ; but  when  dried,  as we  meet with it  in com-
merce, it  is of a  bright yellow, and  resembles laminas  of horn,
crisped, translucent and frequently containing small  shells, calca-
reous concretions, and grains of sand.  It has not much taste ;  the
smell seems to betray iodine, which, however, has not been detected
in it.  When  the moss  is  chewed, it feels like  so much cartilage,
but, by the moisture and warmth of the mouth, it soon  loses its
brittleness.   It contains  little sea salt, but a good deal of sulphate
of soda.2
  The jelly obtained from it is transparent and colourless; its taste
is by no means disagreeable; it keeps several days,  and is not con-
verted by muriatic  acid  into  mucus, like the jelly which  is  ob-
tained from  land  plants.  In its nature it is esteemed to be nearly
allied to  animal  mucus.3   It is easy of digestion, is readily borne
by weak and irritable stomachs, and exerts a  soothing influence on
the air passages and the intestinal canal.
  In order to obtain if, the  moss is cut small, carefully cleared from
impurities, boiled  with the selected vehicle, and strained. Von Grafe

  1 Bericht uber das klinische chir. augenarztliche Institut. der  k. Friedr.
Wilh. Univers. fur d. J. 1833.  Berl. 1S34.
  2 E. Grafe  in Art.  Fucus, Encyclopad.  Worterb. der medicinischen
Wissenschaft. xiii. S. 1. Berlin, 1835.
  3 Lucae, in Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 234. Stuttgart,  J837. 
                        FUCUS CRISPUS.                     199

obtained, from nine ounces of  milk boiled with half a dram of the
moss, five ounces of jelly; and as much from a dram and a half of
the moss  and twelve ounces  of water.  The formula, commonly
used  by him,  is given  below.  To  this jelly may be added  any
dietetic or remedial agent, which  may be considered indicated in
the particular  case.1

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   The fucus crispus is used in the affections that are considered to
be benefited by the Iceland moss.  As a diet, it is given in con-
sumptive  cases, and wherever there is erethism in the respiratory
or digestive apparatus.   In diarrhoea it is sometimes given along
with  astringent or other remedies.   The jelly has been advised as
a diet in scrofulous cases.
   Von  Grafe affirms  that  he has often found it serviceable in
hoarseness, in dry spasmodic cough, consumption,  diarrhoea, and
dysentery, in the intestinal pain, which remains after inflammation
and ulceration of these parts, and after poison has been taken ; in
diseases accompanied by much emaciation, and in the prostration
ensuing on serious diseases and operations.   In similar affections
it  has been extolled by Hufeland.2   On the other hand, Heyfelder
affirms that not only he, but many physicians of his  acquaintance
have used the moss without either good or evil results in  phthisis,
as well as in erethism of the respiratory and digestive organs ; and
Riecke3 remarks, that  as  it  makes a very agreeable jelly, when
boiled with milk, and with  the  addition of a  little of the aqua
laurocerasi, it may do  for cases where we must  prescribe  " ut
fecisse aliquid videamur.
   The truth  is that it can render no more service than other sub-
stances which contain a similar principle, and  accordingly but few-
prescribe  it with  any other view  than as a demulcent and nutri-
tious aliment, in cases where  such is needed.

                   MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

                    Decoctum Fuci Crispi.

                    Decoction of Irish Moss.
                  it.  Fuci crispi elect, et concis. ^ss.
                     Lact. vaccin.  recent. §ix.
                     Coq. ad remanent, colatur. 3 v.
    Adde
                     Sacchar. alhissim. §ss.ad^i.
                     Aq. amygdal.  amar. concentr. 9i.
    To be taken in the course of the day.          Von Graefe.

   1 See L. Feuchtwanger, in Philad. Journ. of Pharm. vi. 204. Philad. 1833-4.
   2 Hufeland und Osann's Journ.  der practisch. Heilkund. B. 77,  St.  5,
 p. 135.
   3 Op. cit. S. 235. 
200              dunglison's new remedies.

                  it.  Fuci crispi elect, et concis. 3iss.
    Coq. cum aq. font. ^xij. ad remanent, colat. §v.
                     Syrup, rubi. itlaei oiss. ad ^ij.
                     Aq. amygd. amar. concentr. 9j.

   To be used through the day. When employed as diet Von Grafe
allows from ten to eighteen  ounces of the jelly in the day.

                 it.  Fuci crisp, (elect, et concis.) gss.
    Coque cum aq. font. q. s. ad reman, %v}.
    Colatur. adde
                     Sodae phosphat. ^iss.
                     Syrup opii, ^ij. ad ^iij.

   Dose.—A  spoonful every two  hours  in  cases  of hasmoptysis,
between  the attacks.                                  Clarus.

                 it.   Lactis vaccini, §xxiv.
                     Fuci crisp. 9iv.
                     Sacch.  alb. §j.
                     Cort. cinnam.  cont. 9j.
    Coque per minut. x. leni igne;  filtr. et exprime.
                                                      Beral.

                 it.  Fuci crisp,  (elect, et concis.) gij.
                     Coque cum lactis ftj. ad consist, gelatin.
             Tere cum
                     Sacch. alb. ^ij.
                    Amygdal. amar. No. 2.

  To be  used in the course of the  day, and daily.    Hufeland.
                            FULIGO.

Synonymes.—Fuligo Splendens, F. Ligni, Soot, Woodsoot.
French.—Suie.
German—Glanzruss, Spiegelruss, Kaminruss, Ofenruss, Russ.

   The discovery of creosote, and  its extensive application to the
treatment of  disease,  gave  occasion to  the  resuscitation of  this
article—much employed by the ancients,  but subsequently fallen
into oblivion.
   The older   physicians  frequently  used soot as  an  exciting,
diaphoretic  agent in cachexia of every kind, in chronic rheuma-
tism, cutaneous affections, and especially in the evil results of their
sudden repercussion;  in glandular indurations,  rickets, exostoses,
&c.  It  has also  been employed as a domestic remedy, in colic,
and in the simple and dysenteric diarrhoea, and cholera of children.
Several modern recommendations—as  by Schiilte and Weisenberg
—remained unheeded until  the attention of physicians was recently 
fuligo.
201
drawn to it, especially by Blaud.1   He is of opinion, that the costly
—and by  no  means  easily  prepared—creosote  may be  wholly
replaced by soot.  Both  are  products  of  the  dry distillation of
organic substances;  their odours  are  analogous, and as  soot is
much  cheaper and more easily obtained, it deserves,  he thinks, to
be tried more extensively in therapeutics.   The soot  has a nause-
ously empyreumatic, more or  less bitter and acrid, saline taste.

                   EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

  Bland2 has exhibited the soot in different diseases,  especially in
the form  of ointment, or in  decoction, with excellent  and rapid
effects, in  herpes, itch, tinea, gutta rosacea, and pruritus vulvas;
and he asserts, that he even  healed a cancer of the breast by fre-
quent  ablution with a tepid decoction of it, and an  ointment  com-
posed of equal parts of lard and soot with one eighth part of the
extract of belladonna ; but the same applications were of no benefit
in a case of cancer of  the nose,  and in one of cancer of the uterus.
He  also cured a scabby  eruption of the mucous membrane of the
nose by an ointment of soot.  In diphtheritis, he used,  in two cases,
a decoction of soot as a mouth-wash with the best effects.
  In confirmation of Blaud's remarks, Voisin asserts, that he cured
a case of cancer of the face by the soot ointment.
  Dr. J. R. Marinus3 has found it very efficacious in chronic erup-
tions  (dartres), and in  tinea.
  Carron du Villards4 advises a collyrium prepared  from soot in
cases of strumous ophthalmia.  He infuses two ounces of soot in
boiling water, filters and evaporates  to  dryness; the shining resi-
duum is then infused in very strong boiling vinegar,  and to every
twelve ounces of the liquid, twenty-four grains of extract of  roses
are added.   A few drops of this solution, in a glass of tepid water,
form  an  excellent  resolutive  collyrium, which  may  be made
stronger or weaker at  pleasure.  He  has, also, in cases of spots on
the cornea, used soot—either  blown into the eye alone, or mixed
with  powdered su^ar-candy,  and  has  seen good effects  from it.
United with butter it  forms an  eyesalve, not  inferior, he says, per-
haps to any other.  As, in the treatment of specks on the cornea by
dropping laudanum into the eye, the organ quickly becomes accus-
tomed to it,  Carron  du  Villards advises,  that  the  eye  should be
excited to a more lively action by means of the combination of soot
and tincture of opium given  below.   It is, he  says,  an  energetic
agent and may be applied by means of a pencil  to the granulations

  1  Revue  Medicale, Juin,  1834, et Janvier, 1835, and Dr. E. Grafe, in
Grafe  und Walther's Journal, xxiii. 310.  Berlin, 1835.
  2  Journal des Connai^sances Medico-Chirurs*.  Mai,  1834.
  3  Bulletin Medical. Beige, Nov. 1838, p. 289.
  *  Gazette  Medicale, Janvier, 1831  ; see,  also,  Baudelocque, on its use in
Scrofulous  Ophthalmia, in  Bulletin General  de  Therapeutique.  Mars,
1834. 
202
dunglison's new remedies.
on the cornea.  He likewise recommends a decoction of soot as an
injection in discharges which are the  consequence of chronic in-
flammation of the vagina.
  Recently, M. Andre Gibrin1 has detailed to the Academic Royale
de Medecine of Paris, six  cases  of chronic inflammation  of the
bladder in which soot was beneficially used in the  way of injection.
He took from the chimney two ounces of compact  soot, broke it up,
washed it, and  boiled it in a pound of  water.  The decoction was
filtered through  paper, and injected into the bladder twice a day.
The good effect supervened so closely on the administration of the
remedy, that  there  could be  no doubt  as to  the cause.  The pain
ceased, and the  patient  obtained sleep  to  which  he had been for
some time a stranger.  The  urine gradually became clear, and
recovered its natural appearance.
  To these remarks it  may be added,  that,  according to Schiitte,
an ointment composed of two parts of fresh butter or hog's lard, and
one part of soot, is a popular and  efficacious  remedy on the Rhine
for cases of porrigo, itch, and herpes ;  not more than a dram being
rubbed in at a time.  Weisenberg ascribes to the  soot a protective
power against  contagious affections of the skin, and recommends,
especially, lotions of soot water,—partly as a  preventive agent, and
partly as a therapeutical application in itch.
  But the soot  has not been used, of late, externally only; its in-
ternal use, in the form of the old tincture of soot, has been revived.
This was  long  known under the name of  "soot drops" and "fit
drops," and was employed  as an antispasmodic in hysterical and
other affections;  but its employment has been  extended, and it is
given in chronic rheumatism, chronic  affections of the chest, sup-
pressed  cutaneous  eruptions, in  many cases under precisely the
same notions that prevailed years  ago.   From thirty to sixty drops
*">f the following tincture are given several times  in the course of
the day.


                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

                      Mistura Fuliginis.

                 Tinctura  Fuliginis (Clauderi.)

                       Mixture of Soot.

               it.  Fulig. splend. §ss.
                   Potassae carbonat. 3 iss.
                   Ammonias carb. gij.
                   Aq. sambuc. §ix.
    Digere leni calore.  Filtra.

  Dose.—From thirty to sixty drops several  times a day.
1 Bulletin de 1'Academie, 15 Mars, 1837. 
FULIGO.                          203
                      Lotio Fuliginis.

                       Lotion of Soot.

             it.  Fulig. splend. manip. maj. ij.
  Coque cum aq. font. Bj per semihoram.  Cola cum expressione.

Used as a  wash, several times a  day, in herpetic, psoric and
syphilitic ulcers
Blaud.
                   Unguentum Fuliginis.

                      Ointment of Soot.

              it.  Fulig. splend.
                 Adipis, aa. §ss.
                 Extract, belladon. 5j.  M.  exacte,

To be spread upon lint or tents in cases of cancers.    Blaud.

              jjt.  Axung. porcin.
                 Fulig. splendent, aa. ^ij.
  Coque leni igne per horas vj.

As a dressing in cases of tinea, and of foul ulcers.    Blaud.

              it.  Carbon, pulv.
                 Sulph. depur. aa. §j.
                 Fulig. splend.
                 Cort. Peruv. flav. aa. gss.
                 Cerati simplicis q. s. ut fiat unguentum.

A dram to be rubbed in, once or twice a day, in cases of tinea.
                                      Carron du Villards.

              it.  Opii, gij.
                 Caryoph. arom. gj.
                 Fulig. splend. loti, ^ss.
                 Aq. cinnam. ifviij.
                 Alcoholis, ^iv.
  Digest in a gentle heat for six days; filter and express the residuum.

Applied in cases of specks on the cornea.
                                      Carron  du Villards.
Tere simul.
it.   Fulig. gij.
    Album,  ovi, No. vj.
It  is the Pommade resolu-
  As a dressing for herpes and tinea.
Zive of Sainte Marie.1

                it.  Fulig. ^iss.
                   Zinci sulphat. ,*$vj.
                   Adipis, |iv.  M.

  Applied in cases of tinea.   It is the Pommade contre la teigne,
of Bories.2
1 Nonveau Formulaire Medical et Pharmaceutique.  Paris et Lyon, 1820.
2 Formulaire de Montpellier.  Montpellier, 1822. 
204
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
      GALEOPSIS GRANDIFLORA  (SUMMITATES.)

 Synonymes.—Galeopsis Ochroleuca, G. Villosa, G. Segetum, Herba Side-
  ritidis.
 German.—Grossbliithigen Hohlzahns, Grossblumigte Hanfnessel.

  This plant, which belongs to the natural family Labiatas, and in
 the Linnasan system to  Didynamia Gymnospermia, grows in  the
 western part of Germany, in sandy cornfields.1

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  The fresh  plant has a  peculiar,  feeble, balsamic smell,  and a
 somewhat  bitter  and saltish taste, and  has  been considered, in
 Germany, to be worthy of a distinguished place amongst the "bitter
 resolvents."
  It has been much sold as a nostrum, under the name of " Blank-
 enheimer. Tea," (Blankenheimer Thee), or "Lieber's  pectoral and
 phthisical  herbs," (Liebersche  Brust  oder  Auszehrungskrauter),
 and enjoyed  great repute.   In the Ardennes, also, particularly in
 the district of Malmedy, it has been long employed as  a popular
 remedy.   In the  year 1828, Lejeune2  directed  attention  to  the
 therapeutical importance of this plant.   According to his observa-
 tion, it is very useful in diseases of the  mucous membrane of  the
 respiratory and digestive organs, and especially in chronic pulmo-
 nary catarrh,  even  when it exists to such a degree as to merit  the
 name Phthisis mucosa (Schleimschwindsucht.)  In actual phthisis
 the affection seemed to him to be diminished by it; the hectic being
 moderated, the expectoration rendered easier, or the cough  assuaged.
  Lejeune  generally boiled half an ounce of the plant in a pint of
 water down to half;  sweetened the decoction with sugar  or honey,
 and directed the whole to be taken in the twenty-four hours.  In
other cases, in which a milk diet  was appropriate, the  decoction
 was  made  with an  equal  quantity  of  milk.   Wesener3 found it
 advantageous in phthisis   mucosa,  and  in  chronic  pulmonary
 catarrh.  Giinther, who had many opportunities for observing  the
action of the  remedy, affirms,  that  the Lieberschen  Krauter  not
unfrequently produced some amelioration in  phthisis, especially in
scrofulous  phthisis, but he never  saw  any actual  recovery there-
from.  It seemed to him  to moderate the colliquative  sweats, and
to facilitate and diminish the expectoration.  In one case especially,
of scrofulous  phthisis,  in  the last  stace, it appeared  to  be of
essential service, and to prolong life; and from all his observations
he is disposed to infer, that  if it is not the sole or the main remedy

  1 Von Schlechtendal, in Encyclopad. Worterb. der medicin. Wissenschaft.
 xiii. 115.  Berlin, 1835.
  2 Annales  Generates des Sciences physiques, p. 331.  Sepr. 1820.
  3 Hufeland und Osann's Journ. der pract.  Heilk. 1823 and 1824. 
GALEOPSIS GRANDIFLORA.
205
to be employed in every stage of phthisis, it may be used  with
advantage throughout the disease as a supporting agent..
  Riecke1 asserts, that he  has seen many  cases in  which  the
Lieberschen Krauter  were  of great service in  thoracic affections
threatening phthisis.   In one  case, which promised to terminate
unfavourably in a short time, owing to the complication  of violent
haemoptysis with  hectic fever, and in which an experienced phy-
sician had exhausted every effort of art, they were given with the
best effect.   The thoracic  affection  ceased,  and at this  time—a
period of five or six years since the use of  the remedy—the patient
—an officer—is capable of  performing his  military duties without
difficulty.   On the other hand, Richter affirms, that in two cases
in which he administered the galeopsis,  no benefit resulted from it.
In this country it has not been employed; so that we can only judge
from the testimony afforded by the German writers.   This, as they
themselves admit,2 is not yet sufficient to enable them to lay down
any positive rules as to the exact  indications and counter-indica-
tions that  must  regulate its employment.   It is probably of  no
farther service than as a mild bitter, and its  place may, therefore,
be supplied, perhaps  advantageously, by many of the  tonics that
are  admitted into the lists  of our remedial agents.   Geiger3 sub-
jected it to  analysis, and found  in it 2.765 parts of fatty matter,
wax and chlorophylle;  Q.247 of a brown bitterish resin,  insoluble
in ether ; 0.312 of a yellowish stimulating and bitter resin, soluble
in ether; yellow bitter extractive  matter, soluble in ether, and a
brownish matter insoluble therein ; phosphate and malate of lime ;
salts of potassa;  muco-saccharine matter and fecula, and  65.882
of ligneous matter.

                  METHOD  OF ADMINISTERING.
               it.  Summitat. galeopsid. grandif. ^j.
    Boil in a pint of water for a quarter of an hour  and strain.
  To be used in the twenty-four hours.              Wesener.
               it.  Summitat. galeop. grandifl.
                   Rad. althasae, aa. ^j.
                   ---glycrrhiz. ^ij.  M.
    The fourth part of this to be boiled in a pint and a half of water.
  To be used daily in chronic  catarrh, and in the  expectoration
produced by the softening of pulmonary  tubercles.     Radius.4

   The galeopsis versicolor, and the galeopsis villosa, which have
also been examined by Geiger,5 appear to be possessed of the same
virtues as the galeopsis grandiflora.6
  1  Die neuern Arznemittel, u. s. w. S. 241.   Stuttgart, 1837.
  2 Op. cit. S. 241.
  3 Magaz. fur Pharmacie, ix. 134.
  * Auserlesene Heilformeln, u. s. w.  Leipz. 1836.
  5 Allgem. med. Annalen, S. 1141. 1825.
  8 Richter's Specielle Therapie, B. x. S. 397.  Berlin, 1828. 
206
dunglison's new remedies.
                        GENTIANINA.

Synonymes.—Gentianeina, Gentiania, Gentia, Gentianeine,  Gentianinum,
  Gentianin, Gentianine.

  This peculiar bitter principle of the root of the gentiana lutea, or
yellow  gentian, was  discovered  at  the  same time  by M. Henry,1
Chef de la Pharmacie centrale  of Paris,  and  by  M. Caventou.
Their results, indeed, were so identical,  that it almost seemed as if
they had acted in concert,  and  they therefore agreed to furnish
them conjointly.  According to these gentlemen, the  gentiana lutea
contains—1. A  very fugacious  odorous principle;  2.  A  yellow
bitter principle, (gentianine;)  3. A matter identical with birdlime ;
4. A fixed  oil; 5. A greenish substance;  6. A  free organic acid;
7. Uncrystallisable sugar; 8. Gum;  9. A yellow colouring matter;
and, 10. Woody fibre.2   Schrader discovered, in addition, a resin-
ous  and narcotic principle, and  M.  Planche affirms, that  he de-
tected the latter.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  Powdered gentian is digested in water in the cold.   At the end
of forty-eight  hours a yellowish green tincture is obtained, which
must be filtered, and the liquid be sufficiently concentrated by ex-
posure  to heat in an open  vessel.   It  then forms,  on cooling,  a
yellow  crystalline mass,  which  possesses strongly  the taste  and
odour of gentian.  This mass is  digested in alcohol, until it ceases
to yield a lemon colour.   The products of the  washings are added
together, and exposed to a slight  heat; the yellow crystalline mass
reappears,  which, towards  the  end  of  the  evaporation, becomes
solid.   The mass is  very bitter.  It is then redigested  in  weak
alcohol, which redissolves  all, except  a certain  quantity of oily
matter.   This last alcoholic solution contains,  in addition to the
bitter principle of the gentian, its odorous matter, and also an acid
substance.   By evaporating the  liquor to dryness,  dissolving the
residue  in water, adding a little well burned and washed magnesia
thereto, and by  boiling  and evaporating  in  a water  bath,  the
greater  part of the odorous matter of the gentian may be driven off.
The bitter acid is also taken up by the  magnesia, and the  yellow
bitter principle remains partly free,  and partly combined with the
magnesia, to which it gives  a  beautiful yellow colour.  The greater
part of the  bitter principle may then be obtained pure and  isolated,
by boiling the magnesia in ether, and evaporating the  solution.   If
it be desirable to separate still more of the bitter principle, which
the ether has failed to take  from  the magnesia, this may be done

  1 Journal de Pharmacie, torn. v.
  1 Journal General de Medecine, torn, lxxiv,  and Magendie's Formulaire. 
GENTIANINA.
207
by digesting in  enough  oxalic acid to make the liquor acidulous.
The acid unites with the magnesia, and the bitter principle which
is set free may be obtained by the means above mentioned.
  Gentianine is yellow, inodorous, and possesses very strongly the
aromatic  bitterness of gentian,  especially when dissolved in an
acid.   It is very soluble  in ether and in alcohol;  and may be sepa-
rated from them by spontaneous evaporation,  in  the form of very
small, yellow, needle-like crystals.   It is much less soluble in cold
water, which it  renders, however,  very bitter.  Boiling water has
more action on it.  Its colour is much deepened by the dilute alka-
lies,  which  dissolve rather more  of it than  water  does.  Acids
weaken its yellow colour.  Concentrated sulphuric acid carbonises
it, and destroys  its bitterness.   When  exposed in a  glass tube to
the heat of boiling mercury,  it is  partly decomposed, and partly
sublimed, in the form of small, yellow, crystalline needles.  It does
not sensibly change the  colour of litmus  paper,  either when  blue,
or reddened by an acid,  but seems  to  be neutral.  Henry  and
Caventou esteem it an acid;  Richard, an  alkali.
  It would seem that the experiments of MM.  Trommsdorf and
Leconte have demonstrated  decisively, that  gentianine,  prepared
according to the process of M. Henry, cannot be regarded as the
active part of gentian.1 Professor Dulk, of Konisberg, recommends
the following process for separating it:—The coarse powder of the
root is treated with  alcohol; the alcohol is  distilled off,  and the
residuum  dissolved in water.  The solution is filtered;  and the
undissolved matter, treated with ether, furnishes a clear tincture,
from which,  by spontaneous evaporation, is procured  the  gen-
tianine of M. Henry, entirely insipid.  The aqueous solution has
a very bitter taste, and is  fermented to separate the sugar, which
cannot easily be done in any other manner.   The liquid is then
precipitated by  the neutral acetate of lead; and the precipitate is
separated: into the bitter liquid filtered is poured  basic acetate of
lead, and a little ammonia, to precipitate  the  combination of vege-
table matter with the oxide of lead; but care must be taken not to
add  too much ammonia, because the latter, as a stronger base, will
withdraw the vegetable  matter from the  oxide of lead.  A yellow
precipitate is obtained,  which  is  washed in small quantities of
water,  as in  a  larger quantity the combination  is decomposed.
The precipitate is dissolved in water, and decomposed by a current
of sulphuretted  hydrogen gas.  It is filtered, and the solution eva-
porated, at a moderate temperature,  to  dryness:   the  residue is
treated with alcohol, s. g. .820; filtered, and by evaporation a mass
is procured, which presents no trace of crystallisation.
   This  gentianine is a brownish yellow matter.   Dried  and  tritu-
rated, it affords  a yellow powder, and possesses  the  bitter taste of
the root in the highest degree. It is hygrometric ;. almost insoluble
in absolute alcohol; more soluble  in common  alcohol,  and very
1 Journal de Pharmacie, Dec. 1838. 
208
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
soluble in water.   It reddens litmus paper ; heated, it melts, swells
up, and  burns without any residuum.  It contains  no azote.  In
its reaction and relation to bases, it approaches the acids.

                  EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMV.

  Gentianine, according to the experiments of Magendie, is not
possessed of any poisonous qualities.   Several grains, injected into
the venous system, produced no apparent effect.  He himself swal-
lowed two grains dissolved in alcohol, and the only inconvenience
which he experienced, was an extremely bitter taste,  and a slight
sense of  heat in the stomach.   It does not seem to possess any ad-
vantages over the gentian itself.

                  MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  Magendie  recommends a tincture and a syrup.   Either of them
may be substituted for the officinal tincture  of gentian, wherever
the latter is considered to be indicated.   The  syrup he regards as
one of the best bitters that  can be prescribed in scrofulous affec-
tions, and he asserts, that he has observed permanently good effects
from it.   He does not give the  dose  of the gentianine,—which
Radius1 fixes at from one to  four grains twice a day.

                     Tinctura Gentianina.
                    Tincture of Gentianine.
             it.  Alcohol. 24° (.903) gj.
                Gentianin. gr. v.
    Digere.
                                                 Magendie.
                     Syrupus Gentianina.
                     Syrup of Gentianine.
              it.  Syrup, simplic. B5j.
               • Gentianin. gr. xvj.  M,
                                                 Magendie.
             GRANATUM (CORTEX RADICIS).

Synonymes.  Punica Granatum, Malogranatum, Pomegranate, (the bark of
  the root.)
French.  Grenadier, Balaustier.
German.  Granatbaum. (Granatwurzelrinde.)

  The Punica Granatum appears to be a native of the northern
coast  of Africa, whence it was transported to Italy at the  time of

           1 Auserlesene Heilformeln, u. s. w. Leipz. 1836. 
GRANATUM.
209
 the Carthaginian  wars.   It is  now cultivated  in  all  civilised
 regions, where the climate is sufficiently warm to allow the fruit to
 ripen.   It belongs tothe natural family Myrtacese, and, in the Lin-
 nasan system,  to the class Icosandria, order Monogynia.           \
 .  All the parts of the plant contain more or less tannin.   The bark
 of the root is  externally of a yellowish gray or ash colour ;  inter-
 nally it  is yellow, and has an  astringent  taste. According  to
 Latourde Trie,1  it contains wax, chlorophylle, a considerable quan-
 tity of resin, gallic acid, tannin, fatty matter,  and a peculiar matter
 called Grenadine,—in German, Granatin.
   This grenadine is, in its pure state, of a  white colour ; inodorous,
 and  of  a sweetish  taste ; so much so  indeed, that,  according  to
 Magendie it might be presumed to be a variety of sugar, except that
 it differs from ordinary sugar  in  being devoid  of the property of
 fermenting.  According to the degree of its purity, it crystallises  in
 grains, tufts or stars.  When thrown on red-hot coals, it consumes
 without any residuum, and smells like burnt  bread.  It is fusible,
 and by a moderate heat may be  almost wholly sublimed. It neither
Teacts as an  acid  nor  an  alkali, and is  readily soluble in water.
 Cold alcohol dissolves only traces of it, but boiling alcohol dissolves
 it readily,—a  property, which is  to be taken advantage  of in the
 formation of crystals.  In ether  it is insoluble.  Nitric acid, with the
 assistance of heat, converts it into oxalic  acid.  An ounce of the
 bark yields six  grains of the grenadine; but  it is not  settled,
 whether it contains the whole oflhe medical properties of the  bark.
 Cenedella,2 from whom we  have  the most recent analysis of the
 bark of the pomegranate root, also found the grenadine discovered
 by Latour.  This substance is readily prepared.   The bark  in
 powder is treated with  ether, and afterwards  with boiling alcohol,
 and the fluid is evaporated to the consistence of a soft  extract.  By
 treating this extract with water, the grenadine is dissolved without
 difficulty, and  it  may be purified by suffering it to crystallise fre-
 quently from alcohol.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   The therapeutical properties of the  different parts of the pome-
 granate  tree were known  to  the writers of antiquity.  They
 employed not  only the bark of the root as a remedial agent, but
 also the.  flowers (Flores Balaustiorum,  Balaustes,  Balaustia,)
 " Balaustine Flowers,"  the  whole fruit (Poma Granati, Malo-
 Granata,  Granata, Mala Punica, Fr.  Grenades.)  " Pomegra-
nate ;"  the rind  of  the fruit (Malicorium, Malichorium,  Mala-
corium,) and the seeds.  Dioscorides, Pliny, Celsus and Marcellus

  1 Journal de Pharmacie, Fev. 1828, p. 109.
  2 Giornale di Farmacia, Agosto, 1831, p. 55.   See, also, Journal de Phar-
macie, ix. 219;  x.  352; and xvii. 503; and Prof. Dierbach, in Heidelberg.
klin. Annalen, B. x. H. 3, S. 365.  Heidelb. 1834.
       9—b                                     dungl 14 
210
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
Empiricus speak of the employment of the bark of the root in
tasnia.1  In  more modern times,  the Punica granatum  had been
greatly neglected, although the juice of the fruit was recommended
by Frederick Hoffman against worms in children.  In India, it has
been long held in great estimation as a remedy in  cases of tape-
worm, and its efficacy having been noticed by some English physi-
cians, it was recommended to the attention of European physicians,
especially by Buchanan,2 Fleming and Breton.3 About the same
time, a monograph was published by Gomez, a Portuguese physi-
cian, which appears to have had considerable agency in  extending
the reputation of the remedy, especially in Germany, where  his
monograph was translated into the Journal of Gerson and Julius.4
Gomez directs two ounces of the fresh rind  of the root to be boiled
in a pint and a half of water down to a pint;  and of this decoction
two or three spoonfuls to be taken for a dose ; the first early in  the
morning fasting, and then every half hour until the whole is used.
The efficacy of  the preparation  he tested  on fourteen cases, from
which it appeared, that the worm could not withstand the action of
the remedy more than forty-eight hours.   .He  found it to exert
most  efficacy, when portions of the worm  were perceptible in  the
evacuations, a period  when  the patient generally suffers most in-
convenience.  If the exit of the worm did  not take place on the
first day, after the use of the agent, the decoction was continued on
the second  day, when the worm was generally discharged.  Did
this, however, not happen, a farther continuance of the remedy was
of  no avail;  and  he thought  it better to  intermit it  until  the
appearance of fresh portions  of the  worm in  the evacuations.
Gomez also administers the dried rind in pills.  If the dose be too
large, or  the appropriate dose be too frequently repeated, nausea,
vomiting and diarrhoea at times supervene; should this be the
case,  the proper course is obvious.
   In countries,  where  the  fresh  rind  can be  obtained,  Gomez
advises, that it should be used ;  in colder countries, the  dried rind,
which  is obtained  from more southern  regions, will have to be
employed.
   According to Breton, the latter acts more  powerfully; the dried
rind  loses more  than half its weight, and two ounces of it may
be esteemed equal to three of the fresh.
   The strong testimony, adduced in  its favour by Gomez, gave
 occasion  to numerous trials with it in  England, France, Germany
 and  Italy, which were generally attended  with  favourable results.
 Such favourable testimony has  been afforded by Boiti, Marchese,
  1 Merat & De Lens, Diet, de Mat. Medical. Art. Punica Granatum.
  * Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journal, iii. 22, 1827.
  3 Medico-Chirurg. Transact, xi. 3t.
  4 Magazin, u. s. w. vi. 427, and Journal Complementaire des Sciences
Medicales, xvi. 24, 1823. 
GRANATUM.
211
Calabro, Majoli,  Chevallier, Deslandes,  Merat,1 Pichonnier, Man-
drux,  Claret,  Bayle,   Delaporte,  Gendrin, Grimaud,  Chapotin,
Bourgeoise, Housson,  Goupil,  Ferrus,  Wolff,  Kostler, Meisinger,
Berthold, and others.2   On the other hand, Keibel3 complaius of its
uncertainty; and, in the  Polyclinical Institute  of the University of
Berlin, it was given without advantage; but Osann, in his report
of that Institution, is disposed to refer the want of success to some
imperfection  in the rind employed, which, he remarks, is found to
vary  greatly  in  its  character, as met   with in  the shop  of the
apothecary. It would appear, also, that it is not  unfrequently mixed
with  the rind of the  root of the  Boxtree,  and the Guelder  rose
(Wasserhollunder.)
   To introduce more precision on this matter,  Wolff recommends
that the druggists should  purchase  the bark  of the root of the
genuine  East India, or at all events the Portuguese, tree.  Boiti4
advises that the root should be obtained from mountainous regions,
where the tree grows wild ; that it should be taken only from young
trees, and that it should not be more  than an inch thick, that it
should be carefully separated from the  woody  portion, and be col-
lected in the spring of the  year, when the  tree has most sap, and
be dried in the shade.   Chevallier5, also  advises, that only the rind
of the root of the wild  tree should be used.  Gendrin, Montault
and Pichonnier all affirm, that the fresh rind was alone certain in
its operation ; the dry frequently disappointing them.  According
to Breton, the rind of the trunk is to be preferred to that of the  root,
because  it preserves  its virtues  longer.  Chevallier recommends,
before the decoction of  the pomegranate tree bark is administered,
that a gentle cathartic of castor oil  with lemon juice should  be
premised.  This may  be taken the evening  before, the patient
fasting during the following day.  The  decoction he directs to be
made of two  ounces of the rind macerated for twenty-four hours, in
two pints of water, and  then  boiled until  a pint of the strained
liquor remains.   This  must be divided  into three portions, which
are taken in  half hourly doses.   The first  and second doses with
many persons excite vomitiug, but this  need not prevent the ad-
ministration  of the third, as it rarely  produces the same effect.
This  quantity of the decoction  commonly occasions three or  four
evacuations, preceded by slight colic pains;  at other times, but one
evacuation is produced, with which the worm  is usually expelled.
The period that elapses between the administration of the last  dose
of the remedy and the commencement  of  its  operation is from a
quarter of an hour to a whole hour—rarely  longer.
  Cenedella advises that the bark of the root should be macerated

  1 Du Taenia  &c. et de sa cure radicale par l'ecorce de la racine de Grena-
dier.  Paris, 1832;  and Merat & De Lens. Op. cit.
  2 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 247.
  9 Rust's Magazin, xvi. St. 3. S. 566.
  * Revue Encyclop. xxxii. 234.
  6 Journal de Chimie Medicale, i. 378; 1825. 
212
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
before  boiling;  that the decoction should be made in earthen, not
in metallic, vessels, and that it should be filtered or strained whilst
hot, different constituents—which are probably efficacious—being
deposited as the liquor cools.
   According to Constant, the rind is commonly prepared in France
in the following manner.
   The rind of "the fresh root—or the bruised  root dried—is mace-
rated  through the night in from a pint and a half to  a quart of
water; the  liquor is  then  boiled to one half, strained, and in the
morning, a third part is  taken lukewarm, fasting,  and repeated
every three hours until the whole has been administered.   The
quantity of the rind, used  for  the decoction, is, in  the case of the
adult, gj; of children, from six to fifteen years old, 3yj ; and of those
under six years of age, gss. At times, however, it  has been ad-
ministered  in much  larger doses.  A  girl, twenty-four years of
age, had suffered from tasnia from her infancy and had  frequently
passed fragments  of  worms in her evacuations.   She  took  two
ounces of the bruised bark of the pomegranate root, boiled in  two
pounds of  water,  at  thrice, with half  an  hour's interval between
the doses,  but  without effect.  The dose  was now  increased to
three ounces, and two tapeworms were expelled;  so that in  two
days, and  without any abdominal disturbance, the patient took the
decoction of five ounces of the bark of pomegranate root.1
   To ensure the proper action of the decoction, it must be given as
directed above,  without the addition  of  sugar or syrup, which
changes its properties. During its operation,  the patient  should
drink  nothing, except when the tormina are  urgent, and then a
little of any aromatised water, without sugar, may be taken.  The
remedy should be given only on days  in which portions of taenia
are evacuated, or  on  the  following morning; and the alimentary
canal should be free from every evidence of inflammatory irritation.
By some, as by Latour de Trie, and Ferrus, an infusion of the rind
has been found serviceable ; and  Deslandes recommends an Ex-
tractum spirituosum, and an Extractum aquosum corticis radicis
granatorum.
   Ferrus,  Berthold, Goupil, and others,  have published cases in
which, along with the expulsion  of  the  tasnia, various neuroses
were removed  under  the  use of the rind, and accordingly it has
been thought, that it might be usefully employed in such affections
where no tasnia exists ;—in epilepsy and hysteria, for example.

              Decoctum Corticis Radicis Granati.

              Decoction of Pomegranate Root Bark.
             it.  Corticis radicis granati, gij.
               Aquae, Ibij.
    Boil to a pint and a half.

   1 Professor Forget, in Gazette  des Hdpitaux. Fev. 19, 1839, and Lond.
 Med. Gazette, Apl. 20, 1839. 
GUACO.
213
  Dose.—gij every half hour.   Three or four doses are usually
sufficient to expel  the  worm.1  The formula, quoted by Dr. Paris2
from Dr. Ainslie's  Materia Medica of Hindoston, directs the decoc-
tion to be prepared with gij of the fresh bark,  boiled in a pint and
a half of water, until only three quarters of a pint remain.

             Electuarium Corticis Radicis  Granati.

              Electuary of Pomegranate Root  Bark.
            it.  Extract, spirit, cort. rad. granat. gvj.
               Aquae florum tiliae3
               Succi. citr. aa. giij.
               Gum. tragac. q. s. ut fiat electuarium.
   Dose.—One half, from half hour to half hour.    Deslandes.

          Mistura Extracti Corticis Radicis  Granati.
               Mixture of Pomegranate Root Bark.
            it.  Extract, spirit, cort. rad. granat. Jvj.
               Aquae menthae,
               Aquae flor. tiliae3
               Succ. citr. aa. gij.  M.
   To be divided into four parts,  one of which  may be taken every
 quarter of an hour.                               Deslandes.
                           GUACO.

Synonymes.—Huaco, Eupatorium Huaco.

  It would appear, that owing to  some extracts in the Allgemeine
Zeitung, the attention of the German physicians had been directed
to this article as an important  agent in the cure of epidemic cho-
lera;  and various testimonials have  been brought  forward iri  its
favour, which, as Riecke4 properly suggests, may not be  confirmed
by farther experience, and  yet  the circumstance may have  led to
the introduction of a valuable  article into the catalogue of medi-
cinal agents.
  Many species  of the genus  Eupatorium,  and  of the kindred
genus Mikania,—which has been recently separated from  it, be-
longing  to  the  natural  family  Compositse,  (Synanthereas, sub-
division  Corymbiferas,) and,  in  the  Lynnasan  system, to Syn-

  1 Jourdan's Pharmacopee Universelle, i. 638.  Paris, 1828
  2 Pharmacologia, Beck's American Edition, p. 380.  New York, 1831.
  3 Any simple aiomatic water may  be substituted for this.
  4 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 250.  Stuttgart, 1837. 
214
dunglison's new remedies.
genesia iEqualis,)  have been prized in various parts of America,
especially in cases of the bites of serpents.  This is especially the
case with the Eupatorium ayapana, (E. triplinerve.)  According
to Martius, a quantity of the bruised leaves is applied to the scari-
fied wound, and the application of fresh leaves is renewed, over
and over again, until the patient is freed from the dangerous symp-
toms, and especially from the violent suffering.   At the same time,
a few spoonfuls of the expressed juice are administered every now
and then.   The Mikania opifera, (Eupatorium crenafum,)—in
Brazil termed  Erva da cobra—and the Eupatorium satureja-
folium, (Mikania saturejafolia,) also belong to the  many Synan-
thereae, which, in South America, are reputed specifics against the
bites of serpents.   The most important species appears to be that
called, in Peru, Guaco, or Huaco, which is held there in high con-
sideration, as well as in Colombia, New Grenada, and Venezuela,
not only in these cases, but in the prevention of  hydrophobia.1
This is presumed to  be the mikania guaco of Humboldt.
   The guaco was  made  known to us,  forty or fifty years ago, by
Mutis,2 who refers to its effects in cases of the bites of serpents.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   Of the  efficacy  of the guaco  in the  Indian  cholera,  M. E. de
Chaniac,  Officier de Sante in the French navy, and Dr.  Chabert,
physician to the  military hospital in  Mexico, have  published the
results of their experience.  When the brig Adonis, on her voyage
from Havana to Mexico, in  the year 1833, arrived at Vera Cruz,
some of her crew were attacked with the cholera, which  prevailed
at the time in Mexico.   Of all the remedies employed,  the guaco
was found the most beneficial; its effects, indeed, were so wonderful,
that it was regarded  almost as a specific.   Its action is chiefly ex-
erted on  the  heart  and the circulation, which it  renders more
energetic.  All  the patients, to whom it was exhibited in the  com-
mencement of the disease, were saved, and even of those, in whom
the cholera had already reached a certain stage, the greater part
were  saved, as  soon as a free  and complete  reaction was  esta-
blished.
   Dr. Chabert, who first  administered the guaco in cholera, as well
as in yellow fever, observes on its use in  the  former disease:—In
simple cases, a small  tea-cupful of a warm decoction of guaco was
given  every half  hour,  until a  general  diaphoresis and proper

  1 See W. R. Johnson, in Silliman's Journal,  xxiv. 279 and 388, New
Haven, 1833; and Ibid, xxvii. 17J, New Haven,  1835; also, Dr. Hancock,
in Quarterly Journal of Science, &c. from January  to June, 1830, p. 333.
Dr. Hancock affirms, that the names  Guaco and Bejuco de Guaco were
given—in the parts of America where he sojourned—to different  species of
Aristolochia.
  2 Virey, in Bulletin de  la Societe de Pharmacie, vi. 241;  and Riecke,
Op. cit. 251. 
GUACO.
215
warmth of surface supervened, which was kept up for some days,
when the remedy was gradually discontinued.  To allay the thirst,
the decoction was given, diluted with two-thirds, or half, water.  In
dangerous cases of cholera algida, with coldness, loss of pulse, &c,
a spoonful of the spirituous tincture was mixed with six or eight
spoonfuls of water, and, every quarter of an hour, a spoonful of this
mixture was given alternately with a small cupful of the decoction.
When the pulse returned, the warmth  became restored, and the
perspiration re-established; the tincture was omitted,  and the de-
coction continued alone at longer intervals.  In the majority of
cases, after the  cessation of the cholera  symptoms, pain was expe-
rienced in the epigastrium,  with burning  thirst, which yielded
when  the decoction  was  diluted with  half or  two-thirds water.
When the decoction could not be retained by the stomach, it was
given  in  clyster.  Bloodletting, general and local, was employed
along with other external  means,  but nothing was given internally,
except the guaco.  To make the decoction;—two drams of the
stalks, and half a dram of the leaves, were  boiled in two  pints
of water,  down to one.   The  tincture was prepared  like other
tinctures.
   In consequence of the communications of Chabert and De Cha-
niac,  as  well as of the parallel  drawn by Harless,1  between the
cholera and the effects of  the bites of serpents, Professor Beckers,
of Miinchen, recommended that experiments should be made with
the guaco; and it was accordingly tried in Miinchen, but not with
as favourable results as had been  expected.  Romerio asserts, that it
was given in the stadium asphycticum, in the  form of infusion,
made of half an ounce of the stalks, but with uncertain results.   It
appeared  to combine the effects of the valerian and ipecacuanha, yet
it excited less vomiting than the  latter.   The  tincture appeared to
render greater service.   It  was given in  the  dose  of a coffee-
spoonfuf every  half hour, and, subsequently, every hour, and every
two hours.   It would appear, that in  the district of Prague,  its
administration  was attended  with very favourable consequences.2
To account for the different results, it is affirmed, that different
drugs are met with in commerce  under the name guaco.  Riecke
says, that M.  Jobst had  sent  him  two kinds,  which were evi-
dently from different  plants; the one  variety  was obtained from
Hamburg and  Bordeaux, the  other from Paris; descriptions of
which are given by Riecke.  The truth, probably, is, that this, like
most of the cholera specifics  which have been brought  forward, is
efficacious in  certain  cases of the disease, but that its efficacy has
been egregiously exaggerated.

          * Die  Indische Cholera u. s. w. Braunschweig, 1831.
          2 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 256. 
216
dunglison's new  remedies.
              HIPPOCASTANUM, (CORTEX.)

Synonymes.—iEseulus  Hippocastanum, Castanea Equina, C.  Pavina,
  Horse Chestnut, Buck Eye, (the Bark.)
French.—Marronier, Marronier d'Inde.
German.—Rosscastanien, (Rinde.)

  The tree, whence this  bark is  derived, is  the JEsculus Hippo-
castanum,  or Horse Chestnut—of the  natural  family Hippocas-
taneas;  in  the  Linnsean system,  class  Heptandria, order Mono-
gynia—which is wild on the mountains  of Asia Minor and Persia,
and  grows  in  this country, as  well as  in  Europe.    The  bark
has  a  very astringent taste, is somewhat bitter, and contains  a
great deal of tannin.  Canzoneri  thinks  he discovered.a peculiar
principle in it, which  he  calls JEsculine, but the existence of this
is contested.

                 EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

  The cortex hippocastani has long been advised as an astringent,
but without receiving much attention.1   In  modern  times, it has
been proposed  by Zannichelli, Hufeland, Voigtel, and others, as
the best substitute for  the cinchona. These recommendations  have
caused  the  bark  to  be more  frequently administered of late, in
Europe, by which means it has been discovered  to accord  almost
entirely in  its effects  with  the willow bark; the latter, however,
appears to be more effective, and to agree better v/ith  the digestive
organs.  In the wars of Napoleon, when bark was very scarce,  it
was  much employed.
  Hufeland and Voigtel recommend it, especially in intermittents.
Sinogowitz2 advises that  it should  be given  after the removal of
intermittents by the  quinine, to  prevent a relapse;  and, also, in
combination-with diuretic  agents,  in the  cases of dropsy which
often succeed that disease.  Krugelstein found it  always extremely
efficacious  in atonic gout,  and in removing  the weakness of the
digestive apparatus  that  remains  after attacks of gout.   The
Austrian, Brunswick,  Danish, Russian,  and Saxon  pharmaco-
poeias3 have an aqueous  extract of the bark, which Voigtel admi-
nistered with good results in intermittent fever, and which he often
found serviceable in chronic discharges from the mucous mem-
branes.   It agrees better with the stomach than the  powder or the
decoction.   Externally, the decoction has  been advised as a  good
astringent.

         1 Merat & De Lens, Art. iEsculus  Hippocastanum.
         2 Rust's Magazin, B. xxix. H. i. p. 84.
         3 Pharmacopee Universelle, ii. 14.   Paris, 1828. 
HIPPOCASTANUM.
217
                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

                Decoctum Corticis Hippocastani.

               Decoction of Horse Chestnut Bark.

             5*.  Cort. hippocastan. giss.
Coque cum aquae commun. gxviij. ad reman, colat. gix; cui refrigerat. adde
                 Spir. sulph. aether. 3j—ij.
                 Syr. cort. aurant. gj.  M.

   To be used during the apyrexia.                   Voigtel.

                    Pulvis China Factitius.

                   Factitious Powder of Bark.
             it.  Cortic. hippocast.
                 ---salic.
                 ---gentian, rubr.
                 Calam. arom.
                 Caryophyll. aa. 3ij.
           Misce et fiat pulvis.

   Hufeland1  affirms, that this  powder is an adequate substitute for
the cinchona in three cases out of  four.
                  Hufeland, and Prussian Pharmacopoeia.

                   Decoctum China Factitia.

                  Decoction of Factitious Bark.
              it.  Pulv. gross,  cort. salic.
                 -------------hippocast. aa. §ss.
                 Rad. calam.
                 Caryophyll. aa. gij.
           Coque cum aq. fontan. ^xvi. ad reman, colat. ^viij.
                                  Prussian Pharmacopoeia.

                Decoctum Hippocastani Acidum.

               Acid Decoction of  Horse  Chestnut.
             it.  Cort. hippocast. pulv. ^vj.
           Coque cum
                 Acid, sulphur, dilut. &j et
                 Aquae font. §x.
           Ad colat. ^vj.

   Used in the after treatment of intermittents.    Sinogowitz.

              Electuarium Corticis Hippocastani.

               Electuary of  Horse Chestnut Bark.

             it.  Cort. hippocast. pulv. ^ss.
                 Rad. calam.  aromat. gss.
                 Roob. juniperi, ^iij. M. fiat electuarium.

   A tea-spoonful to be taken  every hour, or every two hours, in
dropsies supervening on intermittent fever.        Sinogowitz.
1 Aimenpharmacopoe. 4te Ausgab. Berl. 1825. 
218
dunglison's new remedies.
              HYDRARGYRI PRiEPARATA.

Synonymes.—Preparations of Mercury.
French.—Les Preparations de Mercure.
German.—Q,uecksilberpr&parate.

                I. HYDRARGYRI BROMIDUM.

Synonymes.—Hydrargyrum Bromatum, Bromide of Mercury.
German.—Bromquecksilber.

  Mercury unites with bromine in more than one proportion.  A
solution of hydrobromate of potassa produces, with a solution of
nitrate of protoxide of mercury, a white precipitate, which resembles
calomel; and appears to be  a bromide of quicksilver, answering to
the protoxide ;  (Hydrargyrum Bromatum, Hydrargyri Proto-
bromidum; German, Quecksilberbromur.)  On the other  hand,
the bromide which is formed by the direct union of bromine with
mercury, corresponds probably to the peroxide.  A white substance
results, which can be sublimed by  heat, is soluble in water, alcohol,
and especially in ether ;  is coloured red or yellow by the alkalies,
and  exhibits considerable  resemblance to corrosive sublimate;
(Hydrargyrum perbromatum,  H. perbromidum, II. deutobromi-
dum.  German, Quecksilberbromid.)

                  EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY.

  The effects  of these  preparations  on the sound and  diseased
organism are  not yet well known.  They have,  however, been
employed by some physicians.   The protobromide strongly resem-
bles calomel in its properties.  In  the dose  of one or two grains, it
produces no effect in health, even  when taken  fasting.  In a higher
dose—four or five grains,  and  upwards—it  purges  moderately,
augmenting, at the same time, the secretion of urine.   When used
in recent syphilitic affections, in  the way of friction on the gums,
or internally, in the form of pill, it cures them like calomel; but it
does not seem  to  affect the mouth as speedily or as severely as
calomel.1
   The deutobromide resembles the bichloride  of  mercury in its
action,—producing, in too  strong a dose, vomiting and  purging,
with colic and  cramp of the stomach; affecting the mouth,  and
exciting violent salivation.  Werneck, of Austria, has administered
it frequently in syphilis.  In recent cases,  he prescribes the deuto-
bromide in the form of pill, beginning with the one-twentieth of a
grain.  This dose he increases by two twenty-fifths every two days;
the chancres being  covered  at the same time with  compresses,
wetted with a solution formed of six grains of the same substance
1 Bulletin General de Therapeutique, No. 14, Juillet 30, 1837. 
HYDRARGYRI CYANURETUM.
219
to a pint of distilled water.   After  a few days' treatment,  he re-
marked, that the sores assumed a  better  appearance; and from
twenty to thirty days were sufficient to effect their entire cicatrisa-
tion :  the total quantity of the bromide administered was about five
grains. It was rarely necessary to carry it as high as ten or  twelve
grains.  It has been believed that the deutobromide of mercury is
less liable  to  affect  the  salivary glands than the deutochloride of
mercury, and to affect less severely  the stomach and chest.1
   Desorgues has recommended the second (?) preparation as a pro-
phylactic and curative  agent in syphilis.   It was, doubtless, also,
Riecke suggests—the second preparation, which was  administered
with  excellent effects  by Prieger, in porrigo  favosa, of an obsti-
nate  character.  He terms the preparation bromas mercurii, but
the true bromate is probably insoluble in ether.2  The first of the
following formulas is recommended  by Prieger.

                Gutta Hydrargyri Perbromidi.
                Drops of Perbromide of Mercury.
        it.  Bromatis mercurii,  (vel potius hydrargyri perbromidi,) gr. vj.
   Solve in
            iEther. sulphuric, giij. M.
   Dose.—Ten to  twenty drops, according to the age of the patient,
daily, in water.
              it.   Hydrargyr. deuto-bromid. gr. j.
                  iEther. sulphuric. £j.  M.
   Dose.—Ten to twenty drops in barley water, a short  time after
taking dinner ;—in  syphilis.                        Werneck.

               II.  HYDRARGYRI CYANURETUM.

 Synonymes.—Hydrargyri Piussias, H. Bicyanidum,  H. Borussias,  Hydrar-
   gyrum Cyanogenatum,  H. Hydrocyanicum,  Cyanide, or Prussiate,  or
   Hydrocyanate, or Bicyanide of Mercury.
 French.—Cyanure ou Hydrocyanate ou  Prussiate de Mercure.
 German.—Cyanquecksilber, Blaustoffquecksilber, Blausaures Quecksilber.

   This mercurial preparation is contained in  the  pharmacopoeias
of the United States, Dublin, London, Belgium, Paris, Ferrara, &c.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   According to  Proust and Gay-Lussac, two parts  of good and
finely powdered  Prussian blue must be  boiled  with one  part  of
deutoxide of mercury and eight parts of water,  until the mixture
acquires a bright  yellowish tint. It is then filtered; and the filtered

       1 Bulletin General de Therapeutique. No.  14, Juillet 30, 1837.
       2 Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 261.  Stuttgart, 1837. 
220              dunglison's new  remedies.

liquor, which  is the hydrocyanate of deutoxide of mercury—con-
taining, however, some iron—is digested or boiled with an excess
of the deutoxide of mercury, whereby the oxide  of  iron  is  com-
pletely precipitated.  As, however, the  hydrocyanate is combined
with an excess of the oxide of mercury, this must be saturated with
free hydrocyanic acid, and the  solution be evaporated to induce
crystallisation.  In this mode the cyanide is formed.
  The  formula  of the Pnarmacoposia  of the United States, into
which the cyanuret has been introduced to serve in the preparation
of the hydrocyanic acid, is the same as that adopted  in the Codex
Medicamentarius of Paris, which was recommended  by Berzelius.
It is as  follows :—
  Take of red  oxide  of mercury, three ounces;  ferrocyanate of
iron, (Prussian blue,) six ounces ; distilled water, three pints.   Put
the oxide of mercury and the ferrocyanate of iron,  previously pow-
dered and thoroughly mixed together, into a glass vessel; and pour
upon them two pints of the distilled water.  Then boil the mixture,
stirring constantly, till  it becomes of a yellowish colour ;  after which
filter through paper.  Wash the residue in  a pint of the distilled
water, and filter as before.  Mix the  solutions,  and evaporate by
the  fire  till a pellicle appears; then set the liquor aside that crystals
may form.   To  purify the crystals, dissolve  them again in dis-
tilled water;  filter; evaporate the solution,  and  set  it aside to
crystallise.1
  The former of these methods is, doubtless, the best, as it ensures
uniformity, whilst the Prussian blue of commerce being of variable
strength, the cyanuret, made after the  latter formula, must  be so
likewise.
  Schrader directs it to be prepared  by mixing a solution of the
red oxide or deutoxide of mercury with hydrocyanic  acid, filtering
and evaporating.2
  The cyanuret of mercury forms white, opake, four-sided prisms.
It is inodorous, and its taste is extremely disagreeable and metallic.
It is decomposed by heat; is readily soluble in water, and becomes
converted thereby into hydrocyanate  of mercury.   It is  insoluble
in alcohol.
  The cyanuret of mercury contains, at times,  ferrohydrocyanate
of potassa, proceeding from  the Prussian blue, with which  it has
been prepared.3

            EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

  According to Coullon, the  poisonous  action of the cyanuret of
mercury is as rapid as  that of the hydrocyanic acid; but,  in the

  'Wood and  Bache's Dispensatory, Art.  Hydrargyri  Cyanuretum; see,
also, Mr. Ellis,  in Journal of the  Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, vi. 24.
Philad. 1834-5.                                            "
  2 See  a new  process for its preparation, by MM. Chevallier and  Deles-
champs,  in Journ.  de Chimie Medicale, Janv. 1830.
  3 Orfila, Toxicologie, i.  331. 
HYDRARGYRI CYANURETUM.              221
dose of from two to five grains, M. Ittner found it produce on dogs
only signs of indisposition, tremors,  &C.1   It  is one  of the sub-
stances which Magendie,2 in his experiments, found to promote the
coagulation of the blood.

            EFFECTS ON  THE  ECONOMY IN DISEASE.
  Parent,3 who frequently used this preparation, prefers  it  greatly
to corrosive sublimate, in  consequence of its greater solubility, and
the capability of more readily affecting the organism by it.   In his
experience, syphilis yields more readily under its  use  than under
that of any of the  mercurials.  He  did not observe  pains in the
abdomen  accompanying its protracted  employment, which he so
frequently witnessed when the  sublimate was taken.   Another ad-
vantage which it possesses, is, that it  is not so readily decomposed.
No salt, no alkali—not even caustic alkali—disturbs it; neither do
substances that contain azote or gallic acid, which speedily con-
vert the sublimate into calomel. Moreover, the cyanuret of mercury
appears to  act on the animal textures  differently from sublimate.
When the latter is placed in  contact with flesh, it becomes  quickly
changed,  in part, into calomel; whilst the cyanuret preserves the
flesh equally well, without being  decomposed.   The hydrocyanic
acid appears to play no important  part in the action of the remedy.
According to Olivier's experiments.4 the cyanuret,  like.the corro-
sive sublimate, acts as a powe/ful  excitant to the tissues on which'
it is applied.  He saw a man destroyed by inflammation of the in-
testines, who had taken twenty-three grains of it.
   The cyanuret of  mercury was first, perhaps, recommended in
Italy,  (Brera), and Spain.  Mendoza especially made many trials
with it, from which  he was induced to conclude, that it is  the best
agent  we possess  in venereal affections—an opinion  in which he
was joined by several of his professional brethren in Malaga.  He
advises, that laudanum should be added to it, on account of its lia-
bility to excite vomiting.  When too large doses were administered,
or  when  the patient  was unusually impressible, Mendoza found
that the nervous system became especially disordered—as indicated
by   syncope,  oppression,  anxiety, and convulsions.  Chaussier,
likewise, as well  as  Thaer  and Horn proposed the cyanuret as a
remedial  agent at an  early period.  On the other hand,  Wendt,
Cullerier, and Plisson  complain of its little efficacy; whence it has
been inferred that the  preparation  must differ; when  prepared, in-
deed, according to the first form, it always contains more or less iron.5
  Neumann6 advised it in chronic inflammation  of the lungs, and

  1  Merat & De Lens,  Diet, de Mat. M d. Art. Cyanogene.
  2 Lecons sur le Sang;  and translation in  Lond. Lancet, Jan. 20th, 1839,
p. 636.
  3 Journ.  de Chimie Medicale, viii. 473.
  * Ibid. i. 269.                                      *
  5 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 264.  Stuttgart,  1837.
  6 Hufeland und Osann's Journal, lv. 66. 
222
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
of the membranous organs of the chest, abdomen and ovaries.   In
particular cases, its use has to be soon pretermitted, in consequence
of its powerful action, even in small doses—as one eighth of a grain
three times a day—on the salivary glands.   In other cases, it can
be continued long without the supervention of any unpleasant con-
sequences.   In the Charite, at Berlin, it was used with advantage
in a case of obstinate cephalalgia, the origin of which was syphi-
litic.
  Biett has  employed  it externally—in the  form of the ointment
given below—in cases of humid tetter, accompanied with inflam-
mation and  itching.  Parent recommends it  to be applied  in cases
of chancre, and Brera uses it in  solution, as a gargle, in syphilitic
ulceration of the fauces.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

  The cyanuret of mercury may be given in pills or in solution ;
Horn gave it in powder, but  this form is less  appropriate.   The
dose is from one sixteenth of a grain to a grain several times a day.
As  a gargle, half a grain to a grain may be dissolved in §j of wa-
ter ; as an ointment from one and a half to two grains to 3j of lard.
Chaussier used it in friction on  the soles of the feet, in the same
way as the corrosive sublimate.

                Solutio Hydrargyri. Cyanureti.
                Solution of Cyanide of Mercury.
         (Synonyme.—Liqueur Antisyphilitique de Chaussier.)
                it.  Hydrargyri cyanuret. gr. viij.
                   Aquas distillat. B5j.
  Each ounce contains half a grain of the cyanuret.
                                   Chaussier1 and Parent.
                it.  Hydrarg. cyanuret. 9ss.
      Solve in
                   Aq. distillat. Ibj.
      Adde
                   Tincturae opii, 3j.  M.
  Dose.—Morning and evening a spoonful, in a decoction of sar-
saparilla or barley.                   Mendoza and Parent.
                Pilula Hydrargyri Cyanureti.
                  Pills of Cyanide of Mercury.
                it.   Hydrarg. cyanuret. gr. v.
                   Opii puri, yss.
                   Mica; pan is, £j.
                   Mellis, q. s. ut fiant pilulas xcvj.
   Dose.—One to four, three times a day.              Parent.

  1 Rattier, Formulaire  Pratique  des Hdpitaux civils  de Paris, 3eme edit.
Paris, 1827.                                          ' 
HYDRARGYRI  PROTO-IODURETUM.
223
             Gargarisma Hydrargyri Cyanureti.
                 Gargle of Cyanide of Mercury.
               it.  Hydrarg. cyanuret. 9ss.
                  Decoct, len. sem. lini, (vel rad. althaeas), flsj.
     M. et fiat gargarisma.
                                                    Parent.
               it.  Hydrarg. cyanur. 9ss.
                  Decoct, hordei, Bj.
                  Mellis rosati, %].  M. et fiat gargarisma.
                                                      Brera.
               Unguentum Hydrargyri Cyanureti.
                Ointment of Cyanide of Mercury.
               it. Hydrarg. cyanur. gr. xij.
                  Adipis, |j.  M. et fiat unguentum.
                                                      Brera.
               it. Hydrarg. cyanuret. gr. xvj.
                  Adipis, |j.
                  01. limonis, gtt. xv.  M.
  From half a dram to a dram,  to be rubbed in, in cases of tetter.
                                                       Biett.

          III.  HYDRARGYRI PROTO-IODURETUM.

Synonymes.—Hydrargyrum Iodatum flavum, H. Iodidum, H. Iodidulatum,
  H. Iodatum (in  contradistinction to the Periodatum), Iodidum Hydrar-
  gyrosum,  Hydrargyri  Proto-iodidum,  Proto-iodide  or Proto-ioduret of
  Mercury.
French.—Proto-iodure de Mercure.
German.—Gelbes Iodquecksilber, Gelbes Q,uecksilberiodid, Protoiodur des
  Q,uecksilbers, Q,uecksilberiodidul, Iodquecksilber im Minimum des Iods.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  According to Tiinnermann,  the best  method  of preparing the
Proto-ioduret is the following :—Take of the nitrate of protoxide
of mercury, (not  tinged yellow by the  admixture of the nitrate of
peroxide) 28.25 parts, and 16.5 parts of Iodide of potassium;  rub
them together  for some minutes in  the  dry state, and afterwards
with  a little distilled water, gradually  adding the water so as to
dissolve the saltpetre formed.   The mixture is then passed through
the filter, and the yellowish green precipitate of iodide of mercury
is well washed, and then dried by a gentle heat.
  The objection to this process is the difficulty of  obtaining the
mercurial salt  at a minimum of oxidation, and the consequent lia-
bility of the resulting compound to contain uncertain quantities of
the deuto-iodide.  M.  Boutigny1 to  avoid these disadvantages re-
commends the following form.

  1 Bulletin General de Therapeutique, and American Journ. of Pharmacy,
2d vol. 2d series, p. 326.   Philad. 1837. 
224              dunglison's new remedies.
               it.  Hydrarg. proto-chlorid. giij & 3V-
                   Potassii iodidi, §ij & giv.
  Pulverise the iodide in a glass mortar, and add the calomel; place
the mixture in a porcelain capsule, and pour over it ten or twelve
ounces of boiling distilled  water.  After cooling, decant  the fluid,
collect the precipitate  on a filter, and wash  with distilled water.
Dry in the shade and keep in a well-stopped bottle.
  The proto-iodide, thus prepared, may, according to M. Boutigny,
sometimes contain a minute portion of  mercury or its protochloride,
but the quantity of either is so small as to be of no moment.
  In the new  London  Pharmacopoeia,  it is prepared  by rubbing to-
gether an  ounce of mercury and five drams of iodine, adding gradu-
ally as much alcohol as may be sufficient until globules are no longer
visible.   The  powder is dried immediately by a gentle heat, access
of light being excluded, and it is kept in a well stopped vessel.1
  The proto-iodide, according to Thomson, consists of 250 parts of
mercury,  and  156 parts of iodine.  It has a greenish  yellow colour,
and is a preparation holding the same relation to iodine and mer-
cury, that calomel holds to chlorine and mercury ; it is more vola-
tile, however,  than calomel, but like it  is almost insoluble in water.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  This preparation  has been less used than  the  deuto-ioduret, to
be  described next.  Tiinnermann  remarks, as the results of  his
experience,  that its action  in respect to the mercury, is analogous
to that of calomel, except that it appears to excite more the lympha-
tic  and glandular systems.  When given in  conjunction  with a
generous animal diet, he found it very efficacious in a case of scro-
fulosis, where colliquative sweats had appeared;  and  in a second
case, also, it rendered essential service. In one of the cases, he gave
it internally in  the  dose of from one  twelfth  to one  half a grain
three times  a day ;  in the other of from one half a grain to a grain.
He directed it also  to  be  rubbed, in the form of ointment, on  the
tumefied glands of the  neck.  Pelletan likewise found it serviceable
in the cure of obstinate glandular swellings, when used in the form
of ointment in combination with morphine,  as well as in cases of
obstruction  of the liver.   Biett  recommends  an ointment of  the
protoioduret in the treatment of chronic venereal ulcers, the cica-
trisation of  which  it expedites;  Lugol2 advises it in phagedaenic
scrofulous ulcers, which present a syphilitic aspect;  and Poiret3 re-
commends it strongly in cases of psoriasis; the patient using at the
same time  simple alkaline or vapor baths alternately.   According
to the experience of Ricord,4 in the syphilitic affections of children,

  1  Brande, Dictionary of Materia Medica,  p. 289.  Lond. 1839.
  2  Essays on  the effects of Iodine in scrofulous diseases, &c. by  Dr.
O'Shaughnessy, p. 170.  Lond. 1831.
  3 Gazette des H6pitaux, Juillet 20, 1837; see, also, Bulletin  General de
Therapeutique, Juillet, 1837.                          •
  * La Lancette Franchise, No. 65., 1834. 
               HYDRARGYRI  PROTO-IODURETUM.            225

especially  of a cutaneous character, it is to be preferred  to  other
forms of mercurial, and is not apt to be followed by the bad effects,
which in adults, often supervene on the use of other preparations.1


                  METHOD OF  ADMINISTERING.

   On account of  its insolubility, it is  given only in the form of
powder or pill, to the extent of from  one-twelfth to half a grain,
twice or thrice a day.  Externally, it is applied,  for the same rea-
sons, in the form of ointment only.


         Pilula Hydrargyri Iodidi.—(Pharmac.  Londin.)

                  Pills of the Iodide of Mercury.

              it.   Hydrarg. iodidi, gj.
                  Confect. rosae caninas, giij.
                  Zingiberis contritae, gj.   M.

         Pilula Hydrargyri Proto-Iodureti Composita.

           Compound Pills of Proto-iodide of Mercury.

              it.   Hydrarg. prolo-iodur. gr. vj.
                  Extract, opii, gr. iv.
                  Lactucarii, gr.  xxiv.
                  Ext. guaiac. gr. xlviij.
      M.   Fiant pilulas xlviij.

   Dose.—For a child, half a year old. one pill; for older  children,
two, three, or four.   In the syphilis of children.        Ricord.

            it.  Hydrarg. protc-iodur. gr. j.
                  Ext. junip. gr. xij.
                  Pulv. glycyrrhiz. q. s.
      Divide in pulv. viij.

   Dose.—At first, two, morning and evening; afterwards, three or
four.                                  Magendie and Biett.

               Pulveres Hydrargyri Proto-lodureti.

             Powders of the Proto-iodide of Mercury.

              it.   Hydrarg. proto-iodur. gr. i, (iv, vj, vel viij.)
                  Magnes. alb. 3j.
      M.   Et divide in part. xij.

   Dose.—A powder three times a day.

             Unguentum Hydrargyri Proto-Iodureti.

             Ointment of the Proto-iodide of Mercury.

               it.  Hydrarg. proto-iodur. gr. vj.
                  Morphin. acetat. gr. viij.
                  Adipis, ^j.  M.

   In obstinate glandular swellings.                 Pelletan.


           1 Cogswell's Essay on Iodine, p. 158.  Edinb. 1837.
       9—c                                     dungl 15 
226
dunglison's new  remedies.
             it.  Hydrarg. proto-iodur. 9j.
                 Adipis, ^iss.1  M.
  In old venereal ulcers.               Magendie and Biett.
             it.  Hydrarg. proto-iodur. 9ij. (vel iij, vel iv.)
                 Adipis, §ij.  M.
  As a dressing to phagedasnic and scrofulous ulcers.    Lugol.
  When this salve is first prepared, it is of a canary yellow, some-
times of a greenish,  colour. By time, it becomes of an orange hue,
when it must be thrown  aside, as, owing to the formation of the
deuto-ioduret, it  has become as corrosive as the ointment of  cor-
rosive sublimate.
             it.  Hydrarg. proto-iodureti, gj.
                 Adipis, |j. M.
  To be rubbed morning and evening on the parts affected.
                                                     PoiRET.
        Unguentum Hydrargyri Iodidi.—(Lond. Pharm.)
                 Ointment of Iodide of Mercury.
             it.  Hydrargyr. iodid. §j.
                 Cerse albae, §ij.
                 Adipis, gvj,   M.

           IV.  HYDRARGYRI DEUTO-IODURETUM.

Synonymes.—Hydrargyrum Iodatum Rubrum, H. Biniodidum, H. Perioda-
  tum,  Iodidum Hydrargyricum, Deutoiodide of Mercury, Biniodide  of
  Mereury.
French.—Deuto-Iodide de Mercure, Periodure de Mercure.
German.—Rothes  Iodquecksilber, Iodquecksilver im Maximum,  Q,uecksil-
  beriodid, Deuto-Iodiir des Q,uecksilbers.

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

  According to  Tunnermann, this  beautiful preparation may  be
obtained by double decomposition, by mixing 137 parts of corrosive
sublimate  with 165 parts of iodide of potassium, rubbing them
together, for a time,  in the dry state, and afterwards with water, to
dissolve the chloride of potassium formed.   To  prevent a solution
of the precipitate in" this salt, the mixture is put into a glass vessel,
and agitated with a  considerable quantity of water, until the super-
natant  liquid  appears entirely clear,  for  which  purpose  a  few
minutes suffice.  It is now filtered; the residue on the filter  well
washed, and  gradually dried by warm air.  By this process, the
potassium unites with the chlorine of the mercury,  and  the mer-
cury with  the  iodine in  the dry way; the water is only useful  in
removing the chloride of potassium.
  The following is the process recommended in the London Phar-
macopoeia :—An ounce of mercury and ten drams of iodine are to
1 Tunnermann uses only ^ss. 
HYDRARGYRI DEUTO-IODURETUM.            227
be rubbed together, alcohol  being gradually added until  the  glo-
bules are no longer visible.   The powder is  to  be  dried  with a
gentle heat, and kept in a well-stopped vessel.
  The deuto ioduret of mercury is a  beautiful vermilion-coloured
powder, which, when  moderately heated, becomes yellow, but, when
exposed  to  the air, is gradually restored to red, and is volatilised.
When volatilised,  it  crystallises  in  beautiful  rhomboidal  leaves,
which, at a  higher  temperature, are of a golden  yellow hue;  but
at the ordinary temperature of a shining red.  The deuto-iodide is
insoluble in water; but soluble in alcohol  and ether.   Ir contains
250  parts of mercury,  and 312 of iodine.

                  EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

  This preparation, which  was  introduced into practice  by  the
French physicians, has been  particularly recommended in  syphilis
complicated with scrofula.  Biett  found it very efficacious  in scro-
fulo-venereal ulcers, in syphilitic swellings of the lymphatic  glands,
and  in inveterate  itch.   He administered it also internally,  dis-
solved in alcohol or ether, in scrofulous affections complicated with
syphilis, and with advantage.  In its  effects, it resembles the  cor-
rosive  sublimate,  whilst the  proto-ioduret  resembles  calomel.
Rayer,1 indeed, considers the deuto-iodide more active  than  the
corrosive sublimate.  Paillard found it very efficacious in chronic
cutaneous eruptions.   He dipped a camel's hair  pencil in  a weak
solution of the deuto-ioduret in ether, and penciled  the parts with
it three or four times a day.   In this way, he cured several squa-
mous, tuberculous, and other eruptions, exciting scarcely any pain.
As, however, this mode of applying it often failed,  he employed 3j
mixed with gj of oil of almonds in the same manner.  If the  cor-
rosive action was considerable, a sense of heat soon arose in  the
part, which gradually terminated in  burning pain.   The neigh-
bouring parts were also  hot, painful, and tumefied; and, in  the
course of an hour,  an effusion of serum took place; but,  in four
or five hours,  the pain  always  disappeared.   If applied  on  the
cheeks or lips, salivation at times ensued suddenly.  Scabs formed,
which fell  off in a few  days, and exposed a  red surface, much
disposed to cicatrise.   Wheji frequently  applied, symptoms  oc-
curred, which  were  probably the consequences  of  its being  ab-
sorbed, namely, fever, colic,  diarrhosa, and dysentery.  Breschet2
applied it, in the form  of  ointment, with great success, in a case of
obstinate ulceration, presumed to be carcinomatous, at the angle of
the eye.  Blasius recommends it internally and  externally in lupus.
Tunnermann used it with advantage, in the form of ointment, for
the removal of furuncular inflammation  of the glands of the neck.

  i Treatise on Skin Diseases,  by Dr. Willis, p. 79.   See, also, Puche,
Journal des Connaissances  Medicales, Oct. et Nov.  1838, & Janvier, 1839.
  2 Lugol's Essays on Iodine, by O'Shaughnessy, p. 204. 
228
dunglison's new remedies.
Riecke,1  likewise, employed it  as  a discutient, (gr. xvj to §j of
lard,) in a case of ganglion in the region of the knee—whence vio-
lent pain proceeded along the nerves when it was pressed upon—
and in two cases of goitre, with  great success.  Whenever it  has
to be  applied over an extensive surface, as in the disease last men-
tioned, it has generally to be discontinued soon,  in  consequence of
the supervention of inflammation of the cutaneous surface.
   In  the  form of a weak ointment—composed of the deuto-iodide
gr. ij, cerate 9ij, almond oil  Bj—it has been used in opacity of the'
cornea.2
   Recently, Kopp has published some favourable cases of the the-
rapeutical application of the deuto-ioduret.  The ointment, given
below, he found very efficacious in  luxuriant, chronic, scrofulous,
and  syphilitic sores, as  well as  in condylomata,  and venereal
blotches.  Not less useful did he find it in many  other skin dis-
eases, and particularly  in herpes.   In  one case, in which he ad-
ministered it in the last affection,  he  found a coexistent goitre,
which had been there for several  years, almost wholly disappear;
and  he, consequently,  afterwards prescribed it  frequently for the
latter affection.   He also used it, with  excellent effect, in  ophthal-
mia  tarsi, and, where there  was a  disposition to the formation of
hordeolum,  a little of the second ointment, given hereafter, was ap-
plied at bed  time to the edges of the  eyelids.   Lastly, he advises
friction with the first ointment in chronic rheumatic pains, and in
cases of induration of the glands, especially of the liver.   After the
friction has  been continued for some time, an eruption occasionally
appears.
   We have frequently administered the deuto-ioduret in public and
in private practice, in cases where  an active sorbefacient appeared
to be needed, and where a  combination of remedies so potent as
mercury and iodine suggested  itself.  In chronic  glandular en-
largements,  especially of the liver and spleen, and  in habits where
the use of mercury was not contra-indicated, both the deuto-ioduret
and  the proto-ioduret have, in  our  hands, proved extremely ser-
viceable.  Perhaps there are no  preparations belonging to the class
of sorbefacients. which, under the circumstances in question merit
more attention.

                   mode of administering.

   The deuto-ioduret of mercury is given internally in the form of
powder or pill, or dissolved  in alcohol or ether, in the dose of one
sixteenth to  one fourth of a grain daily.   Externally, it is applied
in the form  of ointment.

   1 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 270.
   2 Grafe und Walther's Journ.  fur Chirurg. Bd. xiii, cited by Pereira, Ele-
ments of Materia Medica, pt. i, p. 483.  Lond. 1839. 
               hydiCargyri  deuto-ioduretum.            229

              Pilula Hydrargyri Deuto-Iodureti.

              Pills of the Deuto-ioduret of Mercury.

            it.  Hydrarg. deuto-iodur. in syrup, commun.
    pauxill. terendo bene distribuend. gr. v.
               Micae panis alb.
               Pulv. sacch. alb. aa. q. s. ut fiant pilulae Ix.

  Dose.—Two, morning and evening, drinking afterwards a cup-
ful of oatmeal gruel.   The dose to be raised gradually.
                                                     Blasius.

              Tinctura Hydrargyri Deuto-Iodureti.

              Tincture of Deuto-ioduret of Mercury.
            it. Hydrarg. deuto-iodur. 9j.
               Alcohol 36° (.837) ^iss.  M.

  Dose.—Ten to  twenty drops in  a glass of distilled water.
                                       Magendie and Biett.

      AZther  Sulphuricus cum Hydrargyri Deuto-iodureto.

         Sulphuric Ether with Deuto-ioduret of Mercury.
            it. Hydrarg. deuto-iodur. 9j.
               iEther. sulphur. §iss.  M.

  Administered like the last.           Magendie and Biett.

            Unguentum Hydrargyri Deuto-Iodureti.

              Ointment of Deuto-ioduret of Mercury.
            it.  Hydrarg. deuto-iodur. subtiliss. trit. gr. vj.
                Adipis, 3vj.   M.
                                                        Kopp.
            it.  Hydrargyr. deuto-iodur. subtiliss. pulv. gr. h to i.
                Adipis, 9ij.
                Cerae albae, gr. ij.
    M. fiat unguentum.

   For an eye salve.                                     Kopp.

            it.  Hydrargyri deuto-iodur. gr. xv.
                Adipis, ^ss.
    M. exactissime. Fiat ung.
   As a dressing in lupus.                            Blasius.

            it.  Hydrarg. deuto-iodur. gr. xv.
                Adipis, gij.
                01. bergamot. gtt. x.   M.
   To be rubbed on the parts in chronic cutaneous affections.
                                                       Biett.

            it.  Hydrarg. deuto-iodur. 9j.
                Adipis, §iss.  M.

   To be spread thin on lint in old venereal ulcerations.
                                                       Biett. 
230              dunglison's new remedies.
                          INDIGUM.

Synonymes—Indicum, Indicus Color, Pigmentum Indicum, Indigo.
German.—Indig.

  This well-known  colouring material  is obtained from  several
species of  the genus Indigofera,  (I. tinctoria, I. anil, I. disperma,
I. argentea, and I. hirsuta,) belonging to the  natural family Legu-
minosas, and, in  the Linnasan system, to the class Diadelphia, order
Decandria.  As  we receive it, it is  in small, solid, brittle masses, of
a deep azure colour, without smell or taste, and assuming a coppery
lustre on being rubbed.   It  is entirely soluble  in  sulphuric acid,
and is wholly consumed  on burning  coals.  According  to  the
analysis of Chevreul, 100 parts of the Guatemala  indigo of com-
merce contain only 45 parts of pure indigo,  or indigo-blue—with
which no therapeutical experiments  have as yet been  made ;  the
greater part of the residue  consists  of  a green matter  soluble in
spirit of wine, (indigo-green ;) and a red resin, (indigo-red;)  the
rest is extractive matter, gum, and some carbonate  of lime, oxide
of iron, argillaceous  and siliceous earth.   With  hydrogen, pure
indigo forms isatic acid, which has considerable resemblance to  the
hydrocyanic.

                  EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

  The natives of the countries where the different kinds of indigo
grow, employ it occasionally as a therapeutical agent, especially in
diarrhoea and intermittent fever.  It is  only within  the  last few
years that attention has been paid to it in Europe.  Professor Von
Stahly,1 of Ofen, appears  to have  first employed it with success in
various spasmodic diseases,  especially in epilepsy.   To  these cases
Lenhossek alludes, in detailing certain trials which  he himself had
made with it.  In 1833, Grossheim2 made known a case, in. which
he  found it extremely useful.  A  lady,  twenty-eight years of age,
had suffered  for eleven  years with violent  hysterical  convulsive
attacks, for which she had employed almost  every remedial agent.
The attacks began with a feeling of heaviness over the whole body,
with slight convulsive twitchings of the limbs, which extended to
the trunk, and were followed by total, or almost total, loss of con-
sciousness : this, after an uncertain period, terminated in  a coma-
tose state, from which she was gradually restored—but in a languid
condition—to  perfect  consciousness.   Under  the use of indio-o  for
half a year, with pediluvia, which had  been previously employed
without advantage, she completely recovered.
  These results gave occasion to the  institution of experiments,

         1 Hecker's neue Annalen, B. i, H. 1. Berlin, 1835.
         2 Mediscinische Zeitung, No. 51, 1833. 
INDIGUM.
231
touching the remedial properties of indigo, in the Charite at Berlin,
the results of which have been given  by Roth.1   In most of the
cases, the indigo excited nausea, and even vomiting, preceded by a
metallic taste on the tongue.  At times, the vomiting was so violent
and prolonged, that it was necessary to discontinue  it; but gene-
rally, on continuing the  use of the indigo, the vomiting ceased in
three or four days, and diarrhoea took its place.   All the patients
did  not  vomit,  and  many escaped the  diarrhoea.   When  once
diarrhoea occurred, however, it commonly persisted so long as the
indigo was used.   The evacuations were seldom entirely fluid, but
usually semifluid, and of a  dark  bluish-black colour.   While the
vomiting and  purging continued, more or less uneasiness was ex-
perienced in the digestive apparatus.   The vomiting and diarrhoea
were frequently accompanied by pains in the stomach and bowels,
which were commonly mild, but occasionally so violent  that the
indigo had to  be discontinued.  In every  patient at the Charite, the
urine was of a dark violet hue.  Stahly affirmed, that the perspira-
tion was coloured  blue, but this Roth  never observed.   He  re-
marked, moreover, that after the use of  indigo for several weeks,
certain patients were easily thrown into slight convulsions, similar
to those  caused  by  the use of the nitrate of strychnine, and that
they were affected with slight subsultus tendinum.  Almost all the
patients, indeed, who took  indigo, were  at  first  more frequently
attacked with spasms than prior to the use of the  remedy.   In the
beginning, the attacks of the disease were,  in all cases, stronger,
but of less duration, than  previous  to  its employment.   These
changes continued  for one, two, three, and  even  as  long  as eight
weeks, whether the  patients took small  or  large doses of indigo.
At the expiration of  this  time,  all the  epileptic symptoms were
diminished  in intensity and duration, until  the  last attacks were
mere premonitions.
   The number of epileptic cases, treated  by indigo, which Roth
had an opportunity of observing in the Charite, was twenty-six ;  of
these, nine were cured, eleven improved,  and six  remained un-
cured.
   Dr. Ideler,2 who instituted the experiments at the  Charite, has
also given publicity to the results ;  and his  testimony accords with
that of Roth.   It is proper  to observe,  however, that of the nine
cases  cured,  three experienced  relapses in from eight to twelve
months ; but  from causes,  according  to  Riecke,3 which,  of them-
selves, might  have induced epilepsy.
   Dr. Strahl,4 of  Berlin, likewise experimented  with the indigo,
but his results were by no means favourable. In ten cases of old

   1 Hecker's neue Anrialen, B. i, Heft. 1. Berlin, 1835.
   2 Medicinische Zeitung, No. vi. and Lancet, June 6, 1835.
   5 Op. cit. S. 276.
   4 Hecker's Neue wissenschaftliche Annalen, 1836; and Edinb. Med. and
Surg. Journal,  1837. 
232
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
standing epilepsy, the indigo was not of the slightest service, and
the same may be said of two cases of St. Vitus's  dance.  In  four
cases of  hysteria, it excited  violent nephralgia* and in one of the
cases only, after the affection of the kidney was removed, was the
patient cured.   The indigo acted, however, signally on the uterus;
in two cases of spasmodic affections complicated with amenorrhoea,
the latter derangement was removed, whilst the spasms, even after
the recurrence of the catamenia, still continued.  In the Charite of
Berlin, the purest Guatemala indigo of commerce  was used, and it
may be a question, whether Strahl did not employ one  of feebler
powers.  It is  worthy of remark,  that he observed  a dark green
colour of the urine during its use, whilst in the cases in the Charite,
a dark violet hue was constantly noticed.
  Favourable  cases are also detailed  by Drs.  Mankiewicz,  of
Nackel,"  and Hohnhorst, of Frankfort.2
  Dr. Noble, of Versailles.3  administered it in three cases, in which
the disease had  continued  for four, twelve, and twenty years re-
spectively.   At the time of making  known the results, a month had
elapsed in the  first  case and two months in  the second, since an
attack  had been experienced, and  the last case he considered en-
tirely cured.  In the first patient, who was eighteen years old,  four
drams occasioned vertigo, slight deprivation of vision, and convul-
sions similar to those  produced  by strychnine ; and  in both  the
other cases, diarrhoea was induced,  which ceased, however, as soon
as the  indigo was discontinued or the dose reduced one half.   He
gave it in the dose of one dram gradually increased lo four drams
daily.
  The observations of Rech, of Montpellier, were not as favourable
to the indigo.   In none of the epileptics to whom  he  gave it  was
there any thing more  than  a slight amelioration.   In  the Hospice
d'Hommes  Incurables du Faubourg St. Martin,  trials were  also
made with it by Dr. Blanche.  Often cases five were either cured
or improved.  One of these had existed for  three  years, and  the
paroxysms  recurred every five or six days ;  but after the administra-
tion of the indigo, he had no return at the expiration of five months;
in a second case, a youth fifteen years old—who had been epileptic
from birth, and had regularly one or two paroxysms a day, from
the 19th  of July, when the exhibition of the indigo was begun with
until the middle of August,  when the results were published—had
only two insignificant  attacks.  The improvement in the other
three cases was not as marked, yet it was  unquestionable.  The
other five children  experienced no  improvement, yet no inconve-
nience was sustained, although the indigo  was given in doses of
four, six, and eight drams in the day.  It was administered in  wa-
ter or in  a tisane; and in one or two cases it excited vomiting but

           1 Medicin. Zeitung. Mai 31. 1837, S. 109.
           2 Ibid. S. 110.
           3 Bulletin General de Therapeutique, 1836. 
INDIGUM.
233
after having been discontinued, it was borne subsequently.  In all
it induced tormina, and acted upon the bowels, but did not interfere
with the appetite or any of the other functions.
  Very recently, Dr. Benjamin F. Hardy,1 one of the senior resident
physicians at the  Philadelphia Hospital, has published  the  results
of some trials made with the indigo, which, so far as they go, con-
firm its antiparoxysmal power.   Two of the seven cases reported
were apparently cured, two ameliorated, and three without any de-
cisive  results—the medicine not paving been continued perhaps
for a sufficient length of time.  In these cases, the indigo was com-
menced in  the  dose of 3j, which was usually doubled  daily until
the patient took giji daily, which quantity was  persevered in for
some weeks.   In  some of the  cases the fasces, urine, and perspira-
tion were all  coloured blue.
   In other trials,  instituted in  the same excellent  charity, with the
indigo, the results were not as  favourable.  It is obvious indeed,
that  a  wide difference must  exist amongst cases of epilepsy, and
that  where  the organic modifications  are considerable, as indi-
cated by concomitant mania or  idiocy, but little  can be expected
from any remedy; but even in such hopeless cases, the number of
paroxysms appears to have diminished  under its  use.  Where the
cerebral affection  is slight and  more functional than organic, the
indigo, like the artemisia and other  remedies extolled in epilepsy,
may be useful.  Its main efficacy,  perhaps—as  we have  said of
the Ferrum  Carbonatum Prascipitatum (p. 175)—consists in  the
new impression which it makes, in adequate doses, upon the nerves
of the  stomach, and through them upon those of the whole system ;
but to  effect the revulsion to the proper extent, it is necessary that
the dose should be augmented day by day, and the remedy be con-
tinued in large doses for a sufficient length  of time.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   As the indigo is extremely light, the powder is too bulky for ad-
ministration ; it is taken with disgust, and is apt to excite vomiting.
On this account,  the form of electuary was selected in the Charite.
It was generally combined with  the pulvis aromaticus, or  the pulvis
Doverif As to the dose, Roth  advises, that it  should be commenced
in grains but be elevated to drams, nay even to one or more ounces
in the  day.   In the Charite the  following formulas were  generally
employed:—
                         Pulvis Indigi.
                       Powder of Indigo.
           it.  Indig. subtilissim. pulver. gss.
               Pulv. aromat. gr. v. M. et fiat pulvis.
   A powder  to be given four times a day.

      1 American Medical Intelligencer, for July 15, 1839, p. 122. 
234              dunglison's new remedies.

                     Electuarium Indigi.
                      Electuary of Indigo.
           it.  Indig. pulv. aquae guttis nonnullis subact. §ss.
               Pulv. aromat. 3ss.
               Syr. simpl. ,gj.
    M. et fiat electuarium.
  To be used in the course of the day.                Ideler.

                               s
                          IODINUM.

Synonymes.—Iodinium, Iodium, Iodum, Iodina, Iodine.
French.—lode.
German.—Iod.

  Iodine was accidentally discovered, in the year 1812, by Courtois,
a manufacturer of saltpetre at Paris, but it was chiefly through the
labours of Gay-Lussac and Sir Humphry Davy,1 that the chemical
relations of this elementary body were appreciated.  The discoverer
first detected it in the mother waters of soda  obtained from sea-weed;
and as it was found to exist chiefly in several of the sea-weeds, and
especially in  the  sponges, it  struck Coindet,2 that  experiments
might  be made with it  in goitre ; from  these  he obtained  such
valuable results  that its reputation soon  spread abroad, and it was
employed in various  other diseases,—often with the  most marked
advantage.
  By experience, too, the injurious effects which it  is generally
considered  capable of inducing were appreciated, so that  it could
be administered  more satisfactorily than at an earlier period.
  By the continued investigations of the chemist, iodine was found
to be more largely distributed  than was at first imagined.   It was
discovered in  many of the  marine mollusca, in  sea-water, and in
several mineral waters.

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

  Iodine is  obtained from the mother waters of the soda derived
from  sea-plants, in  which  it exists in the form of hydriodate of
potassa.  The  waters are procured by burning different  kinds of
weeds  which grow on the sea-shore, lixiviating the ashes, and con-
centrating the liquor.  To  obtain  the iodine from this liquor, an
excess of concentrated sulphuric acid is added to it, and the  whole

  1 Annales de  Chimie, lxxxviii.  xc. and torn.  xci. and Philos. Transact.
1814 and 1815.
  2Bibliotheque Universelle, Juillet, 1820, p. 190. 
IODINUM.                       235
is  boiled gently in a glass retort furnished  with a receiver.  The
sulphuric acid lays hold of the basis of the hydriodic salt, and of the
hydrogen of the hydriodic acid ; whence result sulphate of potassa,
water, sulphurous acid and  iodine;  the last  passing over into the
receiver in  violet fumes with a little acid, and there becoming con-
densed.  To purify the iodine, it may be washed with water, con-
taining a little potassa, and be redistilled.1
   Iodine is solid at the ordinary temperature, of a foliated appear-
ance, metallic lustre ;  of a grayish black colour  similar to that of
plumbago,  and friable.  Its taste is  hot, notwithstanding its sparing
solubility in water.  It is soluble in  7000 parts of that  fluid, and
the solution  has an orange yellow colour.    Its specific gravity is
4.946 at  62° of Fahrenheit.   Its smell is similar to that of chlorine,
with which it accords in its property of destroying vegetable colours.
It possesses,  in  a  high  degree,  electro-negative  properties.   It
colours the skin yellow,  which  colour  gradually disappears.  It
fuses at  220°  Fahrenheit.   The vapour is  of a beautiful violet
colour, whence its name (<*•$•«, 'blue').  It is soluble in ether and in
alcohol ; forms an acid both with oxygen and hydrogen, and enters
into numerous chemical combinations.2

             EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

   Soon  after the discovery of iodine, and  the  accurate investiga-
tions of  Gay-Lussac,  Magendie3 instituted a series of experiments
in order  to appreciate  its action on the  animal organism.  It was
injected  into the veins without any apparent effect.   Several dogs
were made to swallow it; they vomited, but  it exerted no farther
effect.  He himself swallowed a coffee-spoonful of the tincture, and
perceived no other result than a disagreeable taste, which continued
for several  hours, but gradually disappeared.   In larger doses, how-
ever, the effects were markedly injurious. Orfila4 likewise  instituted
several experiments  on dogs,  from  which  he concludes :—that
iodine, introduced into the stomach in moderate quantity, acts as a
gentle stimulant, but may excite vomiting:—that in  the  dose of a
dram, it  almost always killed the animal in four or five days, when
the oesophagus had been tied to prevent vomiting, and that in the
part of the mucous  membrane  with which it came in contact,
ulcers were gradually  formed :—that when administered in the dose
of from  two to  three  drains, when the oesophagus was not tied, it
excited vomiting for several hours, even when a part of the poison
had been evacuated by the bowels;—that it  seldom caused  death

  1 For the  method employed by Soubeiran, see  Journal  de  Pharmacie,
Janvier, 1837;  for that by Barruel, see Bussy, Ibid.
  2 See, on Iodine and its combinations, Mr. Duhamel, in Philad. Journal of
Pharmacy, vi. 101. Philad. 1823--4.
  3 Formulaire pour la preparation, &c. de plusieurs  nouveaux Medicamens.
  * Toxicologic, i. 556. 
236
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
when given in the dose of one or two drams, the animal rejecting it
by repeated vomiting ;  that it  does  not  destroy life when applied
externally,  and that it must be  classed amongst the irritant poisons.
Dr."Cogswell,1 in repeating one of  Orfila's experiments, in which
seventy-two grains of iodine were introduced into a wound on the
back of a dog without much effect on the health of the animal, did
not attain  exactly the  same results.  He introduced  a  scruple of
iodine into  the cellular tissue of the thigh of an adult rabbit, through
a small opening  made in  the skin.  The animal  manifested  no
symptom of pain, and was able to make use of the limb as freely as
before the  operation, but, in the course of a fortnight, it gradually
lost flesh, exhibiting  an emaciated  look, and  the  hair dropped off
from  many parts  of the  head. At the end  of  this time, thick
adhesive pus  was found distending  the  cavity of  the wound, from
which the iodine had entirely disappeared.  Dr. Cogswell properly
suggests, however, the possibility,  that the  irritation of a large
abscess  might have been the  sole origin of the animal's unhealthy
appearance.
  To discover the effects, which it induces on man, Orfila took two
grains fasting.  An extremely disagreeable taste, with some nausea,
was the only consequence.   On the next day, early,  he took four
grains, when  he immediately experienced a sense of constriction
and heat in the throat,  which  continued for a quarter of an hour;
soon  afterwards he  vomited  a liquid yellowish matter, in which
iodine was  easily perceptible.   Except a slight  degree of oppression
felt during  the day, he  observed no change in any of the functions.
On the second  day  thereafter,  he  took six  grains fasting,  after
which,  he  soon experienced  a sense of heat, constriction of the
throat, nausea, eructation, increased flow of saliva, and pain at the
pit of the stomach ; ten minutes afterwards, he was attacked with
copious bilious vomiting, and  slight colic pains,  which continued
for  an hour, and  were removed by two emollient glysters.  The
pulse which,  prior to the experiments, beat, sixty times in the
minute, became more frequent, beating from eighty-three to ninety,
and  was much stronger.   The breathing was tolerably free; but
from  time  to  time, there appeared to be a great obstacle to the
dilatation of the chest on inspiration.  The urine  was higher
coloured.   All the symptoms  were  removed by the copious use of
gum water as drink,  and of emollient glysters.
   Dr. Gully says, that he  has given as much as three drams of
the tincture daily, and  did not  observe any effect.  Dr. Kennedy,2
of Glasgow, exhibited, within  eighty days, nine hundred and fifty-
three grains of iodine  in the  form of tincture,  the doses having
been so proportioned, that, towards  the  last, the patient—a girl—
did not seem to be in any way particularly affected.

  1 Experimental Essay  on Iodine and  its compounds.  Bv C. Cogswell,
A. B. M. D. p. 21.  Edinb. 1837.
  2 Lond. Med. Repository for 1822. 
IODINUM.
237
                •
   Dr. Buchanan' has given half an ounce of the iodide of potas-
sium within twelve hours, without any unpleasant result, provided
diluents were largely taken at the same time.   It has  been  con-
ceived, that  where iodine proves mischievous,  it is  owing to its
being in a free state, and that it then operates as  a corrosive poison.
The  tincture of iodine, and the ioduretted hydriodates, are esteemed
to be objectionable on this account.2
   From experiments, instituted  by Jbrg3 on himself and on other
healthy individuals, it  appeared to him, that iodine, first of all,
acts  as  a stimulant on the intestinal  canal ; soon afterwards, it
excites, also, the different glands in the  cavity  of  the mouth and
stomach, the pancreas, the liver, and even the urinary and genital
organs.   An  afflux  of blood to  the  respiratory organs likewise
ensues, which extends  even as far as the Schneiderian membrane.
There is no doubt whatever that the iodine  enters into  the blood,
and,  in this way, doubtless produces its modifications  on the system
of nutrition.   Two drams, according to  Dr. Buchanan,4 were given
to a young man labouring under gonorrhoea,  and,  as soon as the
medicine made its appearance in the urine, blood was drawn  from
the ami.   On examining it, both the serum and the crassamentum
were found deeply impregnated  with iodine.   The same dose was
given to a boy affected  with dropsy of the knee-joint. About five
hours after the dose had  been  taken,  a very small  puncture was
made into the joint, and upwards of twelve ounces of  synovia
drawn off by a cupping-glass.   The synovia contained  iodine in
abundance.   To an old man, who had  a very large hydrocele, two
drams of iodide of potassium were given over night, and the  same
quantity the following morning: on tapping him some hours  after
he had taken the last dose, more than thirty ounces of serum  were
drawn off, containing a large quantity of iodine.5
   Dr. Giirduer5 observed the action of iodine on the human  body
when administered  in  particular  doses, and pointed out  the dis-
advantages attendant upon an improvident use of the article.  The
tnht striking inconveniences were induced in the digestive organs:
it excited diarrhoea,  and, at times, obstinate constipation;  gastro-
dynia and violent vomiting, especially when food was received into
the stomach.
   The emaciation  occasioned  by it,   is, according to some,  a
striking phenomenon;  and may attain an incredible extent; yet


   1 Lond. Med. Gazette, July, 1836.  See, also, Fuster, in  Bullet. General
 de Therap. Fev. 1837, & Sep. 1837.
   2 Biatide's Dictionary of the Materia Medica, p. 323. Lond. 1839.
   3 Materialen zu einer kiinft. Heilmittellehre, u. s. w. i. 473. 1824.
   * Op. cit.
   6 Brande, Op. citat. p. 321,  Lond. 1839.  See, also,  M. Cantu, in Journal
 de Cnimie Medicale, ii. 291 & 394 ; and Bennerscheidt, Ibid. iv. 383.
   ' Essay on the Effects of Iodine, &c. Lond. 1824.
t 
238
dunglison's new remedies.
it is proper to remark, that Lugol.1 in his frequent employment of
iodine in scrofula, never  observed  this result: he affirms,  indeed,
that  emaciated  patients became stronger  under its use ; that the
stout did not grow leaner, and that they who held the medium po-
sition, in these respects, acquired strength under its employment,—
results which  have been confirmed  by others, and which would,
therefore, seem to show that this, as  well as some of the other un-
pleasant effects  ascribed to iodine, may have been owing to an in-
cautious  use of the article.
  In addition to  the above  effects, Gairdner  noticed anxiety, de-
pression of spirits, and other symptoms similar  to those of hypo-
chondriasis; obscurity of vision; hardness of hearing ;  palpitations;
and  tremors of the  limbs, particularly of the hands, which last
symptom  indicated the  full  effect of iodine on  the  constitution.
Dr. Gairdner found, however, that the remedy was extremely vari-
able  in its effects; and that it  might frequently be given  in large
doses, for a long time, without disadvantage, whilst, at other times,
the unpleasant symptoms  supervened rapidly;  indicating  that
much must depend upon the peculiar impressibility of the indi-
vidual.
  Coindet,2  who,  as we have remarked, first used the iodine as a
therapeutical agent, speaks of many of the above-mentioned phe-
nomena as resulting from the  administration  of iodine; these he
considers evidences of the saturation of the organism, as the effect
on the mouth is an index of the same thing  in  the  case of mer-
cury.  It appears, however, to  be never  necessary,  in the admi-
nistration of iodine,, to induce a saturation of the organism in order
that  the full sanative influence of the remedy shall be elicited. On
the contrary, it seems to be advisable to avoid such saturation;
and, accordingly, whenever there are the slightest indications of it,
the dose of  the iodine should  be diminished, or it  should be dis-
continued for  a  time;  after which—according to the results of
numerous cases—its curative agency, when  it is  resumed, is  ex-
erted afresh,  and more decidedly.   Several physicians,  indeed,
advise that frequent intermissions should be made in the use of the
agent, in order that its action may  be more certain.
  According to the  observations of  Coindet  and Formey, iodine,
when administered internally,  occasions increase of  appetite; but
no influence is  perceptible on the condition of the bowels and uri-
nary  organs;   or on the perspiratory apparatus.   On the  other
hand, when breathed for a few instants, the vapours of iodine twice
caused in M.  Chevallier3 violent  colic,  which  readily yielded to
gum  water  and laudanum.  Raspail, however, under  analogous

  ■ Memoire sur l'emploi de l'lode dans les Maladies scrofuleuses.  Paris,
1829; and Observations on the  Effects  of Iodine, p.  17, Johnson's trans-
lation. Lond. 1824.
  2 Bibliotheque  universelle, Mars, Avril, Mai, et Septembre, 1821.
  3 Journ. General de Med.  ciii. 336. 
I0DINUM.
239
circumstances, experienced no other inconvenience than a disagree-
able taste in the back part of the mouth.  According to Lugol, the
vapour  disengaged from tincture of iodine poured  into the water  •
of a bath, is liable to induce a state of " iodic intoxication," and
even of cerebral congestion.  He affirms, that it exerted a power-
ful diuretic influence  on all  his patients,  the  urinary  secretion
being so much  augmented, that  many of them,  contrary to their
usual habit, were compelled to rise from bed several times in the
night to  discharge their  urine.  In  upwards  of a  third  it had  a
cathartic effect, producing six  or seven evacuations  in the day, and
occasionally tormina.  In several, ptyalism  ensued.  Others, and
especially females, complained of gastrodynia, which was always
removed by the wine of  cinchona, of which  two or three ounces
were taken shortly after the iodine.
   Dr. Manson,1 who used the  tincture of iodine, occasionally found
it  produce sickness  of stomach, and Mr. Delisser affirms, that, in
two months, he gave one  thousand and nineteen grains  of iodine
to a female  affected with cancer of the mamma,—the doses, at cer-
tain periods, amounting to thirty grains in the twenty-four hours.
The consequences  were anorexia, quick pulse, ulceration of the
mouth, and foetor of the breath, of a different kind,  however, from
that which arises from mercury.
   It would  appear, that the effects of the remedy vary according to
the form in which it is administered, and it is  proper to observe, in
viewing the different results obtained by Lugol and Coindet, that
the latter commonly gave the tincture of  iodine, whilst the former
prescribed the solution  in water,  with a little  muriate of  soda.
Lugol also observes, that the appetite of his patients was  very
much  increased by  it.   Eager,  who  likewise  administered the
watery solution, but rarely observed diarrhoea and emaciation ; and,
in general, indeed, the appetite and nutrition improved under it.  At
times,  ulceration took  place  in  the mouth,  whereby the breath
assumed a mercurial foetor,  and salivation  has  been  observed
from it, according  to  Manson,2  Winslow,3 Ely,4  Mackall,5 and
others ;  but Riecke6 suggests,  that this, perhaps, only occurred in
those, who, along with the use of iodine internally,  had employed
the ioduret of mercury externally.   On the genital organs, Eager
found it to act as an excitant; it  augmented the  activity of the
uterus, and  rendered the catamenia more abundant.   It is asserted,
too,*to have increased the sexual appetite, but this is questionable;
during  its  use, indeed,  the testes in men,  and the mammas in


      1 Medical Researches on the Effects of Iodine. Lond. 1825.
      2 Op. citat. p. 61.
      3 Lond. Med. Gaz. for 1836, p. 401.
      * Ibid. p. 480.
      6 Medico-Chirurg. Review, Jan. 1836.
      6 Die neuern Arzneimittel,  u. s. w. S. 282. 
240              dunglison's new  remedies.
women, have  been observed to disappear j1 but this, as we shall
see, is certainly not a common occurrence.2  On the  other hand, it
has been imagined to cause sterility.  Two cases are detailed  by
Dr. Robert H. Rivers,3 in which barrenness succeeded to its admi-
nistration.  Magendie, on giving it as an emmenagogue to a young
lady of unsuspected virtue, brought  on abortion.4
  Krimer  several  times  observed,  even  when  the  tincture was
given in small doses, considerable  metrorrhagia, epistaxis, hasmop-
tysis, obstinate diarrhoea, leucorrhoea,  &c. supervene  under  its
use.   Cases of suppression of the hemorrhoidal flux are asserted to
have been restored by it.5
  Jahn6 found, in the bodies  of two  persons, who had  long made
use of iodine,  wasting of the fat;  softness and laxity  of  all the
organs and tissues; diminution and disappearance of the glands,
and  glandiform  bodies,—the mesenteric glands; suprarenal cap-
sules, &c,—and the cellular tissue appeared  to exist  in smaller
quantity.   In  the case of a female,  who died  from  the excessive
use of the tincture, Zinck7 found the bowels inflated  with gas ;  in
some parts highly inflamed;  in others, exhibiting an approach  to
sphacelation, both within  and without:  the inner membrane of the
stomach displayed redness, growing deeper from the cardiac to-
wards the pyloric orifice, where the organ looked  as  if it had
undergone corrosion;  the liver was large and  reddened; and
there  was ecchymosis of the  spleen.   Dr. Christison8 is of opinion
that iodine is capable of inflaming the latter organ.
  From the testimony  of many observers, it  can scarcely  be
doubted that the iodine disease, or iodosis, or iodism, as it has been
termed, may become dangerous  to life : generally, however, it is
not really so much so as it appears,  and is considered  to be, and
the evil consequences may be readily avoided by proper foresight.
Cases, however, have occurred, in which its use has been followed
by fatal results ;9 hence the necessity of circumspection  in the em-
ployment  of so energetic a therapeutical agent.
  To avoid  evil  consequences,  Wutzer  advises that  the  iodine
should  be immediately discontinued, whenever a feeling of in-
creased heat in the  pharynx and stomach  is  experienced  imme-
diately after it is taken; but as this  evidence cannot  be  available

  ■Christison, Treatise on Poisons,  p.  180; Cogswell on  Iodine,  p. 47;
Edinb. 1837.
  2 Pereira, in Lond. Med. Gaz. vol. xvii; and Diet, de Mat. Med., par
Merat & De Lens, Art. lode.
  3 American Journal of the Medical Sciences, Aug. 1831, p. 546.
  4 Formulary, Gully's edit. p. 105.
  5 See Ashwell, in Guy's Hospital Reports, vol. i.; and Cogswell, Op. cit.
p. 43.
  6 Archiv. fiir medicin. Erfahrung, i, 342, 1829; and Journal Complement.
du Diet, des Sciences Medicales, xxxv. 362.
  7 Journ. Complem. du Diet, des Sciences Medicales, xviii.  231.
  8 Treatise on  Poisons.
  » Sir B. Brodie, Lancet, Mar. 30, 1839. 
IODINUM.
241
in small  children, attention should  be paid,  whether, after  the
medicine  has been taken, the temperature of the skin  becomes
more elevated; the pulse quicker, and whether  there  is any evi-
dence of pain when pressure is made on the epigastric region. He,
moreover, advises, that it should not be given internally to children
at the breast.
  It has been affirmed, that if the  iodine be combined with small
doses of opium, all the disadvantages, immediate and remote, may
be avoided; and  it is always more advisable  to give  it  in  small
doses for  a longer, than  in very large  for a shorter,  period.  At
times,  it will  happen, that in chronic  affections—in  which it is
chiefly used—its beneficial agency may not be decidedly manifested
until after the  lapse of four or five months ; and it is important to
bear this in mind, as both practitioner and patient are apt to become
dissatisfied, unless the remedy exhibits its action  more  speedily.
When the iodine acts beneficially, the appetite is augmented, or is
not deteriorated;  digestion improves,  so that the patient is able to
take more food, and experiences less inconvenience therefrom :  the
secretion  of the bile is increased,  and  the evacuations are more
copious, and of a  yellower hue; the peristaltic action goes on more
energetically, and the patient  gains strength.   Such, at least,  are
the signs  that are considered  by many to indicate that the iodine
agrees ; but the absence of all disagreeable consequences is a suffi-
cient index.
   To remove the symptoms of iodine disease, or iodosis, (iodkrank-
heit,) general  or local  bloodletting  has been  employed;  with
warm  bathing, the use of milk, emulsions of gum arabic, and  the
like, with  rigid diet and  rest.   The  preparations of hydrocyanic
acid have also been given with advantage in  the palpitation,  tre-
mours, and other nervous symptoms that sometimes follow the  use
of iodine.
   Precaution  is requisite in the case of impressible, and also—it
has been conceived—in robust persons,1 for fear  of the supervention
of hyperemias.  It is advisable, too,  during its administration, to
let the diet be sparing, and devoid of all heating qualities.  Kolley'
remarks, that iodine occasionally exerts a most unfavourable influ-
ence on the nervous system, so that in those,  who are easily  ex-
citable, unusual pains may be brought on by the use of even three
or four drops of the tincture;—these pains, at times, ending in vio-
lent spasms.   Such persons exhibit the impressibility, even under
very minute doses, by fidgetiness,  or  restlessness of the limbs,  so
that they  can scarcely be  kept quiet:  after a time,  numbness and
heaviness in all the limbs : heaviness of the head, and a species of
inebriation3 succeed, with violent  cephalalgia,  spasms,  tremors of

  1 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 284.
  2 Journal Complementaire, xvii. 307.
  3 Giddiness was observed by Dr. Manson,  (Researches  on the Effects of
Iodine,  p. 61, Lond. 1825;) Ashwell, (Guy's Hospital Reports, i. 136;)  and
       9—d                                    dungl 16 
242
dunglison's new remedies.
the limbs, paralysis,1 prostration, spasms, depravation of vision, and
disposition to  lamentation and  distress.  Some of these nervous
symptoms we  have occasionally noticed, when the dose of iodine
has been rapidly augmented.  Where the person is liable to gastric
uneasiness, caution is requisite in the use of the remedy, as it  not
unfrequently occasions dyspepsia and violent  gastrodynia.   All
febrile and purely  inflammatory diseases, according to Kolley,
forbid its use.
   Of late, Dr. Andrew Buchanan2 affirms, that  he has never wit-
nessed any of the  unpleasant symptoms that have been ascribed to
the iodine. He asserts, that he has never seen its use " followed by
wasting of the testicles or mammas, by palpitations, faintness, ex-
cessive debility, hurried,  anxious breathing, dinginess of the sur-
face, copious clammy sweats, increased menstrual discharge,  or an
oily appearance of the urine, which are enumerated  amongst  the
symptoms  characterising  the  supposed affection, termed iodism."
As regards the wasting of the mammas and testicles, Mr. Pereira
suspects it to be  very rare!  He has seen iodine administered, he
remarks, in some hundreds of cases,  and  never met  with one in
which atrophy of either organ occurred.  Magendie, also, remarks,
that he has never witnessed these effects, although they are said to
be  frequent in Switzerland.3   Our own experience accords with
that of those gentlemen.   We have prescribed,  and  seen  it pre-
scribed, largely,  both in public and  in private ; yet no such results
have ever supervened.   In  the Philadelphia Almshouse,  great
attention was paid to the condition of the testes, in several cases in
which it was administered, yet no clear case of atrophy occurred.4

           EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY  IN DISEASE.

   Iodine exhibits itself as a most efficacious remedy in a variety of
diseases, in which it is desirable to  augment the activity of the ab-
sorbent'system.  In referring  to its  use in the following diseases,
the remarks apply not only to the pure iodine, but to the hydrio-
dates of  the  alkalies, especially the  hydriodate of potassa;  the
medical properties of which accord with those of iodine.
   Bronchocele.—The very first experiments  made  with iodine
were on goitre.   Coindet recommended it strongly in  that affec-
tion, and  Formey5 first introduced it into Germany. Coindet gave,
in the first instance, the tincture internally, and he remarked,  that
about a week after the commencement of its use, the skin over the

Lugol, (Essays on the Effects of Iodine in Scrofulous Diseases, O'Shaugh-
nessy's translation, p. 73, Lond. 1831.)
  1 Sir B. Brodie. Lancet,  1832; Manson, Op. citat.; and Sir A. Cooper,
Lancet, ii. 147.
  2 Lond. Med. Gaz. July 2,  1836.
  3 Pereira, Elements of Materia  Medica, pt. i. p. 114. Lond. J839.
  4 Dr. A. M. Vedder, in American Medical Intelligencer, for Sept. 1, 1838.
  6 Bemerk. uber den Kropf, u. s. w. Berlin, 1820; and Hufeland's Journal,
B. Ii. St. 4, S. 91. 
IODINUM.
243
goitre generally became less tense, the substance of the tumour felt
softer, without the tumefaction having'abated;  the particular por-
tions of the gland became more distinct,  and separated  from each
other; and  less and  less hard, until gradually a diminution was
perceptible.   Frequently the goitre disappeared completely,  in  the
space of from six to  ten weeks,  under the  continued  use  of the
remedy.   At an after period,  he employed the iodine externally, in
which form of administration, the evil  consequences,  sometimes
induced  by it, are less to be apprehended;  and  often its internal
and external administration were combined.
   The efficacy of iodine in bronchocele, has  received the most am-
ple confirmation.  Cases have been published by Hufeland, GraTe,
Baup,  Helling, Ziegler, Vollmer, Reiss, Paulitsky, Hirsch, Ulrich,
Jager, Barchewitz, Meissner, Vogel, Wutzer,  Seiler. Ficinus, Nieu-
stadt, Hoffmann, De  Carro, J.  Reid, Manson,  Elliotson, Lugol, and
numerous others.1  We have administered it  in fifteen cases of soft
goitre, and in  every one the  disease was  removed.   In  two of the
cases, it recurred, but the hypertrophy was  again dispersed under
the use of the remedy.
   It has been recommended by somewhat its exhibition should be
preceded by a bleeding ;  and as the abstraction of blood facilitates
absorption, this may be advisable, especially where but little, if any,
effect seems to be induced by  it, after it has  been administered for
some time.  Reid advises, that we should commence with  its ex-
ternal  administration; and, at a later period, conjoin with it the
internal.
   Although cases have  been  published, in which iodine has  not
answered the  purpose  of the prescriber,  there  can be no  ques-
tion, that it is  the most efficacious agent in goitre, that we possess,
but  when the tumour has  acquired  a cartilaginous hardness, al-
though it may be diminished under the use  of the remedy, it can
rarely, or never, be wholly removed.   Under such circumstances,
however, every other remedy would be found equally fruitless.
   Glandular  affections.—Besides the  affections of the thyroid
gland, there  are others  of different glandular  bodies, in  which
iodine  exhibits  itself efficacious.  Jahn  used  friction with it
in  induration  of the liver,  with advantage.  Wutzer  gave it in
two cases of induration  of the  spleen, but  no precise  deductions
could be made as to its individual  efficacy, owing to  its having
been combined with  other remedies.   Milligan relates three cases
of enlargement of the liver or spleen in children in  which he gave
the tincture  with  success, after mercurials had been used ineffectu-
ally.  M. Eusebe de Salle2 and Jahn  employed it with success in
enlargement of the testes; Riecke,3 too, found it of essential service
in a case of great induration and enlargement of the testicle, which

  1 Richter's  Specielle Therapie.  Berlin,  1528, S. 214, and Dictionnaire
de Maliere Medicale, &c. par MM. Merat & De Lens, Art. lode.
  2 Journal Complement, xix. 193, and Journal Universel, xi. 346.
  3 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 286. 
244
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
in the opinion of several  physicians would require  an operation.
Jahn  found it useful in a case-of strumous induration of the sub-
maxillary gland, and  in  one of tumefaction  of the  prostate, the
consequence  of  mismanaged gonorrhoea.  Krimer  employed  it
beneficially in cases of tumefaction and induration of the mesen-
teric  glands;  and  Cerchari1 found an ointment, composed of a
scruple of iodine and  an  ounce of  unguentum  rosatum, very effi-
cacious in the cure of enlarged tonsils.  He applies it to the tonsils
morning and evening,  by means of a small brush ; and he asserts
that under its use the tonsils will in  two months be restored to their
natural dimensions. Any inflammation must be subdued before
the ointment is had recourse to.
   Sir B.  Brodie2 has used it sucessfully in similar cases; the en-
larged tonsils being touched  every day with a camel's hair pencil
dipped in the tincture.
   Of its  administration in other glandular affections, mention will
be made  presently.
   Scrofula.—Soon after the introduction of iodine into the materia
medica, it was used externally in scrofulous affections;  and at an
early period was prescribed by Gordon, Sir A. Halliday,3 and others,
in such diseases, especially when combined with mercury.  Their
observations were confirmed by Magendie, Baup,4 Sablairoles, Ba-
ron, Brera, Manson, and others.  Wutzer  used  it in many cases of
scrofula, and found it especially useful in  the lymphatic  (pastosen)
form.  In irritable  cases, he was cautious of employing it as well
as in hyperasmic conditions; and he found that  when  aggravation
of the symptoms occurred, some concealed inflammatory disposition
was the cause.   More  recently, Lugol5 has contributed to the more
extensive employment of iodine in scrofula, and has especially re-
commended the watery solution of iodine  internally, and baths of
iodine externally.  The fortunate results of his  trials, in the Hopi-
tal St. Louis, were corroborated by a committee appointed for the
purpose, by the  Royal  Academy of Sciences.   It afforded  eminent
service in the different forms  of scrofula; but in  scrofulous caries it
merely induced improvement, never entire cicatrisation.  Lugol
regards iodine as the most efficacious remedy we possess in scrofula.
Eager, in speaking of Lugol's method of managing scrofula, pro-
perly lays great  stress on the accompanying regimen—nutritious
diet, cleanliness, bathing and exercise in the open air—which he re-
gards as indispensable to a fortunate issue.  He prefers the watery
solution of iodine  internally to all other remedies.   Lugol and
Eager unite, with the internal use of iodine, the external, in the form
of ointment or  solution;  for example in  fistulas they employ it as
an injection.   To  excite ulcers to cicatrisation, after appropriate

       1 American Journal of Pharm. 2d series ii. 83.  Philad. 1837.
      2 Lancet, Mar. 30, 1839, p. 38.
      8 Loud. Med. Repos. Sept. 1821.
       * Bibliotheque Universelle, Dec.  1821.
       s Essay on the Effects of Iodine, &c. p. 48. 
IODINUM.
245
pressure and injections have failed, Eager recommends that the
skin, which has separated, at the margins of the  ulcers, from the
subjacent parts, should be destroyed by caustic or removed by the
knife, but  that this should not be practised  until the scrofulous
tendency has been somewhat got under.   As a caustic, Eager re-
commends, pulv. calcis viv. 3vj ; potass, caustic. 3v, to be  made
into a paste with spirit of wine, and to be applied a few lines thick;
the skin will be destroyed in about five minutes.  According to the
same observer, iodine has exhibited its efficacy in various  cases of
periostitis,  scrofulous swellings  of  the  joints,  and necrosis.   In
scrofulous  ophthalmia, it was less beneficial.   In scrofulous dis-
charges from the nose and ear, iodine injections were commonly of
service.  Baudelocque1 likewise extols the preparations of iodine in
scrofula; but in  scrofulous affections of the bones, and especially
in  caries, as well as in  scrofulous diseases of the skin, it appeared
to  him  to  be inefficacious.   Many  cases have been  related  by
Zinck,   Maunoir,  Manson, Weihe,  Benaben,  Bayle,  and  others,
in which white  swellings of the joints, of a scrofulous character,
have been  removed by its use.   Wutzer  has  likewise  offered
favourable testimony in  regard  to  it in affections of the bones,
some of which were of a strumous nature.   In several cases, so
much  disorganisation had occurred,  that the  loss of  the whole
limb was to be apprehended, yet the  iodine arrested  the  destruc-
tive process,  and the limbs  were preserved.  In various scrofulous
affections,  the tincture  of iodine was given by  Dr. Kiihne2 with
great success, and without any evil consequences.  He made it,
however, of  half the usual strength, beginning with  three drops,
and  gradually   increasing  the dose to fifteen.   In  tumefaction
of  the  joints,  the iodine,  administered  externally, has  afforded
essential service.  Wutzer was of opinion,  that  the  tincture of
iodine might frequently be applied externally with  greater advan-
tage than the ointment; the alcohol  readily evaporating and leav-
ing the iodine on  the skin ; for which reason  he recommends that
the tincture  should be applied repeatedly by means  of a camel's
hair pencil.
    Tubercles.—The efficacy of iodine in scrofulous affections gave
rise to  the belief, that it might be serviceable  in tubercles.  Brera
and Calloway administered  it frequently in mesenteric tubercles
with great success, and  the observations of  Krimer, referred to
above, correspond with theirs.  It has also been given with advan-
tage in cases of pulmonary  tubercles.  It was suggested, in such
affections,  by Dr. Baron,  and a case is related by Mr. Haden of ap-
parent  tubercles in which it was markedly useful ;3 similar examples
are detailed by Jahn, Waldack, and others ; and Berton affirms, that

  1 Etudes sur la Maladie  Scrophuleuse. Paris, 1834; and London Lancet,
May, 25, 1839, p. 350; see, also, Cogswell on Iodine, p. 75.
  2Medicinische Zeitung, No. 34. 24 August, 1836.  Berlin.
  3 Formulary—the Author's edition, p. 37.  Lond. 1824. 
246
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
he has found inhalations of the vapour of iodine of decided efficacy
in confirmed phthisis, as well as in certain forms of catarrh.
  It has likewise been advised in the form of vapour by Sir James
Murray,1 and by Sir C. Scudamore2 in phthisical affections.   The
addition of a little tincture of conium was found by the latter gen-
tleman to be beneficial in  subduing the irritating  qualities of the
gas.  His formula is the following: iodin. gr. viij, potass,  iodid.
gr.  iij,  alcohol,  gss,  aquas distillat.  gvss. M.  Of this  solution,
from one dram to six, and  from twenty  to thirty-five minims of a
saturated tincture  of conium are used in each inhalation, which is
continued from half an hour to forty minutes.  Sir  Charles con-
siders it better to add the conium at  the  time of employing the in-
halation.  At  the  temperature of 90°,  the  volatile  properties of
iodine are given  off very sensibly, but the  conium requires more
heat, and that of  120° is  not  too much for the iodine.  A learned
reviewer in the British and Foreign  Medical Review,3 affirms, that
his own  experience leaves him no doubt as to the great value of
the  practice as a palliative in  phthisis, and as an important remedy
in bronchitis.  It  is true, however,  he adds, that the  relief has
often been as great from the simple aqueous  as from the medicated
inhalation.  Our  own experience has  not  been favourable to it,
and Mr.  Pereira4 says he  has repeatedly tried it in  phthisis as well
as in other chronic pulmonary complaints, but never with the least
benefit.  The inhalation  may be  practised in the  method recom-
mended under the head of Chlorine, (page 107.)
  The inhalation  of iodine has been dreaded, because, in some in-
stances, troublesome irritation of the larynx has followed its use;
but Dr. Corrigan5  considers, that  this injurious effect has  resulted
from the defective means of  inhalation hitherto  employed.  Used
in the manner he has recommended, and which we have described—
under the article referred to above—gradual in its evaporation, and
ultimately combined with a large portion  of aqueous vapour, its use,
he says, is positively free  from any injurious irritative effects.   The
vapour he found to diminish most remarkably the profuse and wast-
ing purulent expectoration of phthisis.   The effects of iodine, thus
used, on the digestive function were also  very gratifying. In all the
cases in which Dr. Corrigan employed it, the appetite and state of the
intestinal canal were improved. It acted as a most useful tonic to the
digestive organs,   without any of the irritation, which  its internal
use, in the ordinary form, at times produces.   It likewise greatly

  1 On  Temperature, Aliment, &c. 1829.
  2 Cases illustrative of the efficacy of various medicines administered by
inhalation in pulmonary consumption, 2d edit. Lond.; and Lond. Med. Ga-
zette, Feb. 17, 1838,  p. 804.
  3 April, 1838, p. 606.
  4 Elements of the Materia Medica, Pt. i. p. 120.  Lond.  1839.
  6 Dublin Journal of Medical Science, for March, 1839, p. 103; and Lond.
Med. Gaz. for Apl. 6, 1839, p. 50. 
10DINUM.
247
alleviated the cough, so that the patient  was  enabled  to obtain
hours of sound and refreshing sleep; and  he consequently con-
siders, that even should its use be of little avail against the destruc-
tive  scrofulous ulceration, which  constitutes phthisis, the palliative
good, which is derived from  it, renders it a valuable addition to our
list of remedies.  Dr. Corrigan has had his apparatus at work from
eight to twelve hours in the twenty-four ; and his mode of managing
it  is as  follows:—at night,  when the patient is settling  to sleep,
the apparatus is  suspended  from the roof of the bed ; and, when
once arranged, it continues its work quietly and silently for four or
five  hours, while the patient, asleep, is all  this time inhaling the
medicated air.   In the morning, for  three or four hours  before the
patient  rises, it is again at work ; and, if necessary, in the midday,
while the  patient reclines on the  bed, with the curtains  drawn
round three of the sides.  The rate of evaporation, which generally
gives a sufficiently strong  impregnation to the air, is when the   ,
tincture of iodine drops from the cotton wick at the rate of  from
six to eight drops per minute.  At this rate, about six drams of the
tincture will be evaporated in an hour, and  as every particle of the
iodine is diffused in watery vapour through the air, there are thus
diffused in the minutest state of division through the air, in every
 hour, about thirty grains of iodine.   "If we suppose the patient to
inhale only one twentieth of the iodine evaporated he will inhale
in each hour, and  apply to the  diseased surfaces, one grain and a
 half of iodine in a state of the most minute division or solution."
 "This  quantity we  know"—adds Dr. Corrigan—"is  quite  suffi-
 cient to exert a  decided action upon scrofulous ulceration ; for we
 find on reference to Lugol's valuable work on the employment of
 iodine  in scrofula, that in external scrofulous ulceration, the prepa-
 ration  of iodine  which is found beneficial, is a solution  which  con-
 tains only about three grains of iodine in each pint of fluid.   The
 duration of the inhalation can, of course, be extended at pleasure."
   Fontana affirms, that he has observed decided benefit from iodine
 in a case of phthisis mucosa; when given  in  the form of the sy-
 rupus  iodatus, and combined with the external  application of the
 ointment of  tartarised  antimony.   Duverney  has communicated
 some cases, which appeared favourable to the prophylactic agency
 of iodine in incipient or threatened phthisis,  but he himself con-
 siders,  that his observations have not been sufficiently numerous to
 effect the demonstration.  We have  frequently administered iodkie,
 in various forms, in pulmonary  tubercles, but it must be confessed,
 not with that decided advantage, which the well known sorbefacient
 virtues of the remedy,' and the recorded observations  of others,
 might  seem to promise.  We have  never witnessed, on the other
 hand,  the evil, which Riecke1 mentions, that it may under particu-
 lar  circumstances, occasion the speedy development of phthisis,

   1 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 289;  see, also, Gunther, in Har-
 less's Neue Jahrb. B. xii. St. 3. S. 161. 
248
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
where tubercles exist in the lungs. He refers to a case by Haser, as
corroborative of his opinion. A woman, fifty years old, was affected
with anchylosis spuria, for which an ointment of iodine was recom-
mended ;  but it had not been employed more than three weeks, and
not more than a dram of the hydriodate of potassa had been rubbed
in,  when  symptoms of phthisis tuberculosa rapidly supervened,
which, in  half a year, terminated in death. There does not appear,
however, in this case, to have been any thing  more than a coinci-
dence.
  In  tubercles of the  liver iodine has  been  regarded worthy of
special consideration.1
  Dropsy.—Many trials have been made with iodine in cases of
dropsy, owing to its powerful sorbefacient agency.2   Bradfield and
Bardsley exhibited it frequently  with success  in hydrothorax and
ascites ; and Kissam, in a case of dropsy, dependent probably upon
induration of the  liver.  Dr. Coster3 says he  has  removed many
dropsies by giving internally from six to  fifteen drops for a dose of
a mixture composed of iodin. gr. iii., potass, hydriod. gr. vi., aquas,
§j.   Aided  by an  ointment composed  of fifteen grains of iodine,
with double the quantity of hydriodate of potassa, to an ounce of
lard.   This to be placed inside the thighs  after  removing the
cuticle by a blister.  The armpits and soles of the feet were also
rubbed with the ointment.
  The same plan is recommended by Dr. Osborne.4  Jahn regards
iodine as one of the  most important agents  of modern discovery,
and as an extremely valuable antihydropic.5   He first used it in a
case of hydrocele, in which it was doubtful whether degeneration
of the testicle had not been a precursor.  The effect of the ointment
of hydriodate of potassa left nothing to be desired; and, accordingly,
he afterwards employed it in  all  cases of hydrocele of the tunica
vaginalis,  which he met with, even in the new born,  united with
mercury or extract of cicuta, and in every case, which was not of too
chronic a character, it exhibited its sanative powers.  The only
unfavourable effects induced by it were a temporary disappearance
of the testicle; in some cases; and a humid cutaneous eruption of the
scrotum.  He also found the iodine extremely useful in hydrotho-
rax and ascites ; especially in those cases of  dropsy which succeed
to exanthematous diseases, and that it  acted more speedily and
powerfully when combined with some diuretic.
  He found, farther, that the  iodine  was  followed by the  most
beneficial  results in the hydrocephalus of children—as well chronic
as acute—especially when the  latter form  had attained  its full

  1 Riecke, Op. cit.  S. 290.
  2 Dr. Wm.  Stokes, in Amer. Journal of the  Med. Sciences, May, 1834, p.
543, from London Med. and Surg. Journal.
  3 Journal de Pharmacie, 1834.
  4 On the Nature  and Treatment  of Dropsical  Diseases, 2d edit. p. 48.
Lond. lt-37; and Amer. Med. Library edit.  Philad.  1833.
  • Elliotson, in Lancet, 1830—31. 
IODINUM.
249
development, that  is, when the inflammatory stage was over, and
the accumulation of fluid was the prominent condition.  In these
cases, he commonly used the iodine in the form of the hydriodate
of potassa, made into an ointment, and rubbed  on the head.   Fre-
quently, however,  he  gave the iodine also internally, in combina-
tion with calomel and digitalis; but  it  may be objected to this
combination, that  iodine with  calomel forms corrosive sublimate
and the proto and deuto-iodurets of mercury, so that, in very small
doses, it might  affect the stomach too violently.1  M. Ricord2 em-
ployed the ductule of iodine with  success in five  cases of hydro-
cele;—the tincture being diluted with distilled water, and applied
by means of compresses wetted with  it, and in which  the scrotum
was enveloped.  He uses it of four different strengths—3j, 3ij, 3iij5
and 3vj of the tincture, to giij of water.
   In hygroma, or dropsy of the  bursas mucosas of the joints, an
ointment of the iodide of potassium  (3ij ad axung. §j)  has  been
most successfully used by M. Reynaud.3   The  limb is kept at rest,
and morning and evening, or three times a day, friction is made
with this  quantity of ointment; after which  the  knee—the joint
commonly affected—is  covered  with a  large flaxseed  poultice.
From some trials made with  the iodide of lead,  there was reason to
believe it more efficacious than the iodide of potassium.  The  treat-
ment was generally successful in about a fortnight.
   As to its efficacy in nervous  diseases, the testimony is somewhat"
discordant.  Manson4 and Elliotson5 found it  useful in  paralysis,
but Dr. Bardsley failed with it.   Chorea was removed by Gibney0
and Bardsley;  and Franklin,7 by very large doses,  relieved a case
of epilepsy.
   The intimate affinity between iodine and the urinary organs, has
given occasion to  its employment in
   Incontinence of Urine.—Corter cured  two cases by the tincture
of iodine.
   Cutaneous Diseases.—Cases of dry,  scaly  tetter were treated,
commonly, by  Tunnermann, with an ointment made of the iodide
of potassium, applied to the affected  parts  three  or  four times a
day. For the most part, an increase of the evil  was at first a pretty
sure harbinger of a radical cure ;  when this attained  a certain de-
gree, a change in the organic  actions of the skin succeeded ;  the
remedy was then  pretermitted, and  the  parts were washed a few
times with soap, when the eruption faded away, and disappeared.
   In moist tetter, Tunnermann  applies only  a very weak salve,
with which the parts are touched daily two  or  three times: in the

      " Riecke,  Op. cit. S. 291.
      2 Journal des  Connoissances Med.-Chirurg. Janvier, 1833.
      3 Cabissol, in Bulletin General de Therapeutique, Fev. 1838.
      * Op. cit.
      6 Lancet,  1830-31.
      6 Ibid. 1S27-8, p. 54.
      7 Lancet,  1830, and Cogswell, Op. cit. p. 24. 
250             dunglison's new remedies.

intervals, he envelopes them in dry linen rag.   The pain, which is
always induced by the application, soon passes away.  Magendie,
Gimelle,  and  Jeffray1 have likewise applied it successfully  in
tetter.  In chronic cutaneous diseases, in general, the various pre-
parations of iodine are valuable remedies.  They enter, as we have
seen, the mass of blood, modify the condition  of  that fluid, and, in
this manner,  exert a  new impression upon the capillaries of the
diseased portions of the dermoid system. We have often employed
them in these  cases with  success, and similar testimony has been
afforded by MM. Biett, Gimelle, Kolley, Locher-Balber, and others.
Brehme succeeded in removing, rapidly and completely, a case of
inveterate porrigo favosa, and ophthalmia thereon  dependent,  by
an ointment  of iodine.
  Amenorrhea.—According to Coindet, iodine is a powerful em-
menagogue, and the possession of this property has likewise been
ascribed to it by Brera,2 who frequently administered it successfully
in amenorrhoea; and Formey and Nieustadt  confirm his observa-
tions.  Sablairoles cured three cases by frictions with iodine oint-
ment on the breast, conjoined with the internal use of iodine.  It
was necessary, however, to give it in  large doses, and  for a long
time.   Locher-Balber3 found the iodine, at times, of use  in those
troublesome cases, which occasionally precede the establishment of
menstruation; as well as Golis, who was,  however, often deterred
from its use, in such  cases, by the evil consequences it produced on
the respiratory organs,—such as dry cough, or cough accompanied
by bloody sputa.
   Degeneration  of  the  Ovaries.—Rbchling observed  a  marked
effect from the use of iodine in induration  of the  ovary.  Jahn
cured, by an ointment of iodine  and mercury,  an  enormous dege-
neration of the ovaries, which gave rise to two tumours,  each of the
size of the  head; and Messrs. Thetford,4 Klaproth,5 Jewel,6 and
Ashwell7 were equally successful.   Baron  employed  the iodine
beneficially in a case of dropsy of the ovarium.
   Of hypertrophy of the 'mamma, Delfiz8  details a case which
resulted  favourably;  and in hypertrophy of the thymus  gland—
the asthma  thymicum of Kopp—iodine baths  have recently been
advised by Dr. Fingerhuth.  In  hypertrophy of the  ventricles of
the heart, Magendie  long ago recommended it.
   In  scirrhus of the uterus, mamma, &c, it has been  advised
by Heun, Klaproth, Hennemann, Von  dem  Busch,9 Ullmann,

   1 Cogswell, Op. cit. p. 80.
   2 Saggio Clinico sull' Iodio.
   3 Hecker's Litter. Annal. i. 275;  and Cogswell on Iodine, p.  77.
   4 Transactions  of the Dublin College of Physicians, v. 510.   Dublin,
 L828.
   6 Revue Medicale, Mars, 1824.
   6 Op. cit.
   7 Guy's Hospital Reports, vol. i.
   8 Froreip's Notizen, B. xiii. No. 5, S. 73.
   9 Hufeland's Journal, B. Ix. St. 2, S. 81. 
I0DINUM.
251
Hill, Benaben,  Magendie, Bermont,  Hammer, Elwert; and, from
the recorded  observations,   it would  seem  that  great efficacy
ought  to  be ascribed  to  it,  both when internally and externally
administered.   Jahn extols  it  much in incipient scirrhus  of  the
stomach,  when combined  with  the application of  leeches, and
Riecke1 asserts, that his father found an ointment of  iodine  ex-
traordinarily useful in a case of induration of the pancreas; and,
also, in a case of scirrhus of the  pylorus.   In  induration  of  the
female mammas, not of a malignant nature,  he likewise found it
frequently of essential  assistance.  Magendie extols it in cancer of
the tongue ; and Benaben and Triistedt employed it successfully in
stricture of the urethra,  supervening on  badly managed  gonor-
rhoea.
   In several cases of  chronic disease of the liver, attended with
jaundice, Dr. Abercrombie2 found an ointment composed of 3ss of
iodine, and  an ounce  of lard, of  great benefit; and Dr. Milligan
prescribed it, in the form of tincture, with good effect in  three cases
of hypertrophy of the  spleen.3
   Leucorrhaa.—A Parisian physician made  the observation, that
during the employment of iodine in goitre, obstinate and protracted
leucorrhoea  disappeared ; this induced  him  to try the remedy in
the latter  disease,  and  he found it very efficacious.   Goeden and
Broglio, likewise, observed it useful in malignant fluor albus; and
Benaben, Richond,4 De Salle, Caswall,5and Broglio, in gonorrhoea.
The last two individuals gave it especially in  those cases, in  which,
without any marked inflammation, a deeply  rooted gonorrhosa ex-
isted, with ulcers in the urethra and prepuce, not apparently of a
syphilitic character. In chronic fliror albus, it was used by Midler6
with marked success.   A young female had long suffered under
this affection, which had reduced her strength, and did not yield to
any of the means that had been employed, when the ointment of
hydriodate of potassa  was rubbed—morning and evening—on  the
inner  surface of the thighs. After this plan had been continued
for four weeks, the disease entirely  ceased.  MM.  Gimelle and
Jewell are also advocates for it.
   In  discharges from the  nose, iodine, in the form of  hydriodate
of potassa,  has been  used with advantage by Dr. Elliotson8 and
by Mr. George  Fayrer9—given internally, as well  as employed in
the form of injection. (Bj ad aquas  giv.)

   1 Op. cit. S. 292.
  2 On the Stomach, Edinb.  1828; and Amer. edit. Philada.
  3 Cogswell, Op. cit. p. 83.
  * Archives  Generates de Medecine, vol. iv.
  5 Lond. Med. Gazette for 1834.
  6 Wochenscrift fur die gesammte Heilkunde, No. 40, S. 633.  Oct.  1836.
  7 Revue Medicale, vii.  249; and Practical Observations on  Leucorrhcea,
&c. by Geo. Jewell, p. 80. Lond. 1830.
  8 Lancet, Feb.  JO,  1838, p. 725.
  9 Ibid. Feb. 24, p. 786. 
252
dunglison's new remedies.
  In secondary syphilis, iodine has been recommended by Tyrrel,
Saville, De Salle,  Schlesier,1  and numerous others;—especially
when the disease  is complicated  with scrofula, and the  effects
of mercurials.   Wallace2 has  likewise communicated some  for-
tunate results from  the  administration of the  hydriodate  of po-
tassa in secondary syphilis, and Ebers3 has  confirmed his  obser-
vations.  More  recently,  Mr. Bullock4 has reported the particu-
lars of eleven cases of secondary syphilitic  diseases,  of  a  formi-
dable character,  relieved  by  the  hydriodate  of  potassa,  given
internally, in doses of  eight grains three times  a day, in  camphor
mixture.  The symptoms were:—destruction of the uvula and soft
palate, or nodes, with  nocturnal pains in the  tibia,  ulna,  frontal
and malar bones, and affection of the bones of the nose,  or rupia
and other tubercular eruptions.  The period of cure was from one
to two months.  Mr. Mayo5 has described it as efficacious  in cer-
tain disorders, which are  the consequence of syphilis, as emacia-
tion, with  ulcers of the skin; ulcerated  throat, affections  of the
bones, &c, occurring in those to whom mercury had been given.
  An iodine suppository appeared to Mr. Keate6 to be beneficial in
enlarged prostate.
  In different forms of rheumatism,  iodine  has been given with
success by  Dr. Clendenning,7  in the Mary-le-bone Hospital,  and  a
series of cases in which it was employed has  been published by
him.   Sir  B.  Brodie8 twice relieved  rheumatism by the tincture,
although, in one of the cases, only temporarily.   Cases of acute
rheumatism,  treated successfully by the iodide of potassium, used
internally and externally, have been published by Dr. Mackay9 and
Mr. Wardleworth.10
  In gout, too, it  has  been prescribed.  Jahn  found it extremely
effective in dispersing gouty  tophi.   Valentin  found, that when
iodine was given  in a case of goitre, complicated with  gout, the
tumefaction of the joints and the depositions gradually disappeared.
Adopting the hint,  he gave it in  several cases of gout, with the
effect of always mitigating the disease, and, at times, of completely
curing  it.   Gendrin used the iodine not only in  chronic gouty
swellings with success, but also in acute cases.   Ebers likewise
confirms the efficacy of iodine in gout.
   In coxalgia, Buchanan  recommends the tincture of iodine to be
applied by means of a small  brush, as well  as in a case of false

  1 Casper's Wochenschrift. Feb. 4, 1837, S. 78.
  2 Treatise on the Venereal Disease. Lond. 1833.
  3 Medicinische Zeitung, Oct. 5, 1836, S. 201 and 207.
  4 Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 2, 1837.  See, also, Cogswell on
Iodine, p. 80 ;  and Laycock, Lond. Med. Gazette, Mar. 2, 1839, p. 821.
  5 Lond. Med. Gaz. xi. 249.
  6 Lancet, for 1832-3, p. 672.
  7 Lond. Med. Gazette,  May, 1835.
  8 Lancet, for 1832-3.
  9 Ibid. Mar. 2, 1839, p. 830.
  10 Ibid. Mar. 30, 1839. 
IODINUM.
253
joint, of which he has detailed a successful instance. A similar case
has also been given by Treusen.
  In adiposis, Von Grafe1 prescribed it, and  not  without advan-
tage.   The case was accompanied  by great voracity and sense of   *
suffocation.  Bleeding and cathartics were premised.
  In stomacace, or a scorbutic state of the gums, the use of iodine
has been recommended by Friedrich ;  as well as in mercurial sali-
vation, by  Kluge, Knod,2  Klose,3  Graves,4  and  others ; yet its
efficacy appears to be somewhat doubtful in  the  last affection.
Heyfelder found it of no value in three cases.
   In cases  of hydrocele, Velpeau5 prefers  a  solution of iodine to
wine as an injection.  He employs the tincture in the proportion
of from one to two drams to an ounce of water.  He treated suc-
cessfully twenty cases by this method.  Mr. J. R. Martin,6 of India,
appears, however, to  have anticipated him in this application of the
remedy.  Up to the time of the  presentation  of his  paper to  the
Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta, (January,  1835,) he had
used it successfully  in  upwards of ninety cases.   More recently,
he has communicated to the Medical and Physical Society of Cal-
cutta the results of his subsequent experience.  The number treated
since March,  1832, at the Native Hospital, was seven hundred and
seventy-seven : of these, seven hundred and sixty-six had  a solu-
tion of tincture of iodine injected.
   In order to ascertain whether  it  was by mere stimulation that
the cure by the tincture of iodine was obtained, Mr. Martin treated
ten  cases  with a common  urethra syringeful  of undiluted  Port
wine, and one with diluted tinctura lyltas, in  the same proportion
as that of iodine,  3ij  to water §vj.  Of this, two drams were inject-
ed and retained ;  the pain during twenty-four hours  was excessive,
and the inflammation, although not proportionate to the pain, was
much longer  in subsiding than when the tincture of iodine  solution
was used :  this was also remarkably apparent in the cases treated
with the undiluted Port wine.
   Of the seven hundred and sixty-six cases treated, it does not
appear that more  than four failed.7
   For hydroceles containing from six to thirty ounces of fluid, two
drams of the  solution of tincture of iodine are sufficient;  for those


  1 Walther und Grafe's Journal fur Chirurgie. B. ix. St. 3. S. 367.
  2 Gazette des Hdpitaux, July 18, 1837.
  3 Medicinische Zeitung, No. 34,  1836.  See, also, Amer. Journal Med.
 Sciences, Feb. 1834, p. 533.
  4 Dublin Journal Med. Science, Jan. 1834.
  6 Archives Generates de Medecine, Jan. 1837; La presse  Medicale, Mai,
1837.  See, also, Amer. Med. Intelligencer, July 15, 1837, p. 138;  and Oct.
 16, p. 263.
  8 Amer. Journal of the Medical Sciences, Nov. 1837, p. 238.
   7 Quarterly Journal of the Calcutta Med. and Physical Society, for Jan.
 1837; cited in Amer. Journal of the Med. Sciences, for Feb. 1839, p. 485. 
254              dunglison's new  remedies.
containing from thirty to sixty ounces, three drams ;  and for those
of a larger size, four to five drams.  When the hydrocele contains
less than three ounces, 3j of the injection is sufficient.1
  The cure is effected much  sooner by the iodine ; and if any in-
filtration takes place, it is readily absorbed.
  Highly favourable  results  have  also been obtained  by MM.
Oppenheim2  and Fricke,3 and  the method has  been largely  em-
ployed iri this country, and with equal advantage.  Two successful
cases are likewise reported by Dr. Stewart.4
  It is  said  by Coindet  and  Formey to have been efficacious in
cases of impotence; and, lastly,  Mr. Key5 regards  it as one of the
most efficacious remedies we possess in checking or controlling the
ulcerative process—the most active phagedenic ulcers  often yield-
ing in a surprising manner to its influence, and assuming a healthy,
granulating appearance.
  With regard to the relative value of the preparations of iodine,
Dr. A. Buchanan6 is inclined to place them in the following order :—
Iodide of starch, hydriodic acid, (iodine,) and iodide of  potassium;
although he admits, that the superiority he ascribes to the first is,
perhaps, owing to his having  prescribed  it most  frequently.   The
action  of all  of these  is, however, similar.   The  only mode, he
thinks, of explaining the similarity of action  on the  body of sub-
stances so dissimilar in nature, is by considering the hydriodic acid
as the active principle; free  iodine being immediately converted
in the1 stomach into hydriodic acid.
  In the Glasgow Infirmary,  they are in the habit of preparing  a
liquid hydriodic acid ; by dissolving three hundred and thirty
grains of the iodide of potassium in  giss  of  distilled water;  and
two hundred  and sixty-four grains of tartaric acid in  a like  quan-
tity: the solutions are then mixed, and when the bitartrate of po-
tassa  has subsided, the fluid is filtered.  Water enough is then
added to make gvj and 3ij.  Each dram of this liquid  acid contains
five grains of iodine.  The acid, thus prepared, is, however, very
liable to change,  and necessarily variable in its effects.7
  Lastly; from his researches on the effects of the various prepa-
rations of iodine, Dr. Cogswell8 infers, 1. That iodine and hydrio-
date of  potassa act  very much in the same way,  but  that there is
still a difference,  not merely in point of power, but  of specific pro-
perties.   2. That, whatever be  the proper action of  (he iodide of
sulphur, its facility of decomposition gives  it  a  resemblance to

  1 Dujat, in Gazette Medicale de Paris, Sept. 1838.
  2 Zeitschrift  fur die  gesammte Medicin. August, 1838, S. 389.
  3 Ibid.  S. 405.
  * India Journal of Medicine, May, 1836.
  8 Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, xix.
  6 Med. Gazette, July 2,  1836.
  'Guibourt, in Revue Medicale, Aout,  1837; and Bulletin General de
Therapeutique, Sept.  1837.
  8 Essay on Iodine, p. 167.  Edinb. 1837. 
IODINUM.
255
 iodine.  3. That the iodides of carbon, so far  as examined, have
 an  action peculiar to themselves : and, 4. That,  in those metallic
 iodides which were submitted to examination, the  preponderance of
 power is on the side of the bases.

                  method of administering.
   The iodine is  not  easily given internally in substance—in the
 form of pill or powder; neither are these forms to  be recommended.
 Coindet preferred it in the form  of tincture; and  this is one of the
 most common modes in which it is administered.  When, however,
 the tincture is taken with water,  a great part of the iodine is thrown
 down, and, it has been conceived, may thus  exert a noxious influ-
 ence on the stomach ; but in the small doses in which  it is taken,
 such an effect can scarcely be anticipated.  It  would  seem, how-
 ever, that, in the generality of cases, when iodine  has disagreed, it
 has been in the form of tincture.  For  this  reason,  of late yea*rs,
 iodine has been given  more in watery solution : and, to promote the
 solution,  the iodide of potassium, (q. v.) is  added;  or  a little salt,
 according  to Lugol's prescription.  An ethereal solution is also pre-
 scribed.  Externally, it is applied in the form of tincture, ointment,
 or  watery solution, or in baths, or fumigations.   Frictions with
 iodine readily occasion a considerable  irritation of the skin, which
 commonly soon passes away, when the friction is  suspended for a
 time.  After bathing a part, painful rubefaction of the  skin often
 ensues, which is usually followed by perspiration  and sleep. The
 iodine is given internally, in the dose of one-eighth of a grain to a
 grain, twice or thrice a day.
   The following are some of the forms  in which the pure iodine is
 administered internally and externally.
                        Tinctura Iodini.
                       Tincture of Iodine.
              (Synonyme.—Tinctura seu Alcohol Iodii.)
               it.  Iodini, gr. xlviij.
      Solve in alcohol 35° (s. g. .842) 3j.
  To  be  given in some  mucilaginous  or saccharine fluid, or  in
 wine and water.                    Coindet and Magendie.
  Mr. Durand,an  able pharmacien of Philadelphia, finds, that forty
 grains of the iodine and 3x of rectified spirit  form  a saturated solu-
 tion.   Based on this  fact, the following formula  has been given,
 which does not seem, however, to possess any advantages over the
 simple tincture.
               *.   Iodin. optim. 9ij.
                   Spirit, vini rect. gj.
                   Spirit, lavand. comp. gij.
  Dose.—Ten to  twenty  drops  twice  a day, gradually increasing
it to forty.1                                                   *
1 Ellis's Medical Formulary, 5th edit. p. 91.  Philad. 1838. 
               dunglison's new remedies.

                Tinctura JEtherea Iodini.

                Ethereal Tincture of Iodine.

  Synonymes.—Tinctura lodii iEtherea.  (French.—Ether iodure.)

             it.  ./Ether, sulphuric. £i.
                Iodini, gr. vj.  M.

Dose.—Eight or ten drops, two or three times a day.
                                                Magendie.

         Decoctum Cinchona cum Tinctura Iodini.

       Decoction of Cinchona with Tincture of Iodine.

             it.  Decoct, cinchon. ^x.
                Tine, iodin. gtt. xc.  M.
Dose.—Two spoonfuls, three times a day.  In scrofulous ulcers.
                                                      Rey.

                      Mistura Iodini.

                     Mixture of Iodine.

             it. Iodin. gr. v.
                Alcohol, ^ij.
    Solve et adde
                Aq. cinnam. §iiss.
                 Syrup, simpl. §iss.  M.

To be taken in  the twenty-four hours, in dram doses.

                      Syrupus Iodini.

                      Syrup of Iodine.

              it.  Tinctur. iodin. gr. vj.
                 Syrup,  simpl. §ij. M.
                                                    Henry.

    Solutio Iodini. (Lugol's.)    (French.—Boisson iodee.)

                      Solution of Iodine.
5<-
                                             Solve.

                      (2. For external use.)

                                 A.      B.      C
               it.  Iodin.         gr. ij.    gr. iij.  gr. iv.
                  Aq. distill.     ffij.      Bj.     ttj.
                                             Solve.

  Lugol gives  formulas for  the solution of the  three different
strengths above.
(1. For internal use.)	
A. B. Iodin. gr. $. gr. §. Sodse muriat. gr. xij. gr. xij. Aquse distill. ftj. Kj.	C. gr-j-gr. xij »j.
 
IODTNUM.
257
                      Unguentum Iodini.

Unguentum Iodatum, Ointment of Iodine.   French.—Pommade
                 d'lode.   German.—Iodsalbe.
               it. Iodin. gr. iij.
                  Adipis, 3ij.  M.

                      Linimentum Iodini.
                      Liniment of Iodine.
Linim. sapon. comp. §j.
Tinct. iodin. £j.  M.
Manson.
                      Cataplasma Iodini.

                      Cataplasm of Iodine.
               it.  Tinct. iodin. §ss.
                  Pulv. sem. lin. %j.
                  Farin. avenae, §iij.
                  Aquae destillat. q. s. ut fiat cataplasma.
  Used as a cataplasm in scrofulous tumours and goitre.

  The Iodide  of  Starch, Iodidum  seu   Ioduretum  Amyli,
Amylum  Iodatum;   French, Iodure  d'Amidon;  German,  Iod-
starkmehl, Iodstarke, Starkmehl- oder Satzmehliodure, has been ex-
tolled by  Dr. Andrew  Buchanan,1 of  Glasgow.  It is prepared of
iodine gr. xxiv.; starch,  in  fine powder, gj.   The iodine  is first
triturated  with a little water, and the starch  is  gradually  added,
the trituration being  continued till the compound  assumes a uni-
form  blue colour.  The iodide is then dried with a heat so gentle
as not to drive off the iodine, and it must be  afterwards kept in a
well stopped bottle.
  Iodine,  in  the  usual forms of exhibition; cannot in  general  be
safely given in larger doses than four or six  grains daily, whilst, in
the above formula, Dr. Buchanan has given as much as seventy-
two grains daily.
  Professor Forget, of Strasbourg, has published the case of a youth
seventeen years of age, who took in 48 days, 139  ounces, or  nearly
nine  pounds, of this  iodide, containing 3336 grains, or nearly six
ounces, of iodine,—being nearly sixteen grains a day.2

  An Iodide or Ioduret  of Quinine,  Iodidum Q,uininas,  is
formed  by precipitating sulphate of quinine by means of hydriodate
of potassa.   It is a yellow precipitate, soluble in alcohol, and crys-

  1 Lond. Med. Gazette, July 2, 1836; see, also, Soubeiran, in Revue Medi-
cale, Aout, 1837.
  2 Gazette des Hopitaux, Fev. 19, 1939, and  Lond. Med. Gaz. April 20,
1839, p.  127.
     ]0—d                                     dunglYl 
258              dunglison's  new remedies.
tallises from  this solution in quadrangular prisms.   It has been
employed for  the cure of scrofulous tumours, in cases where iodine
and tonics are indicated.1

   The Iodide or Ioduret of Sulphur, Iodidum seu Ioduretum
Sulphuris—prepared by mixing 125 parts of iodine with 16 of sul-
phur, and  then  gently  heating the mixture over  a slow fire  or
spirit lamp, until they fuse into one  mass—has been strongly re-
commended in tinea capitis; in the proportion often grains of the
iodide to an  ounce of lard.   A  writer, in an  English periodical2
affirms, that  he was induced to  make trial of  it in some obstinate
cases, and  was much astonished at  the remarkable  power it pos-
sessed over the disease.  He rubbed it on the head night and morn-
ing, and increased the strength  of the ointment according as  the
affected part was able to bear the stimulus, until the iodide bore the
proportion of half a dram to the ounce of lard or spermaceti cerate.
   Fumigations of  iodine and  sulphur  have  been  used advan-
tageously in certain atonic ulcers, and chronic  cutaneous diseases.3
With this view, the sulphur and the iodine may be combined extem-
poraneously—say half a dram of the iodine to an ounce of sulphur.

   The other  preparations of iodine are contained in different parts
of this volume.
                      LACTUCARIUM.

Synonymes.  Lettuce Opium, Thridace.
German.  Lattich-Opium.

  The ancient Greek and Roman physicians were well aware of
the hypnotic  property of  the  common  garden  lettuce (lactuca
sativa), the  milky juice  of which  contains the lactucarium.  It
would appear, however, that Dr. J. R. Coxe, of Philadelphia, was
the first to propose the use of the  inspissated  juice in medicine.4
Dr. Duncan, Senf., of Edinburgh,  subsequently paid  particular
attention to  the  subject,  and recommended  it as a  remedy  in
phthisis, in place of opium.5  The properties of the juice have also
been investigated by M. Francois,6 a French physician.

  1 Journal de Chimie Medicale, Mars, 1836.
  2 Lond. Med. Gazette, for Sept. 9, 1837, p. 879.
  8 London Lancet, vol. i. 1838; and Encyclographie des Sciences Medi-
cales, Aout, 1838.
  4 Wood and Bache's Dispensatory.
  6 Observations on Consumption, 2d edit. Edinb. 1816.
  6 Archiv. General, de  Medecine,  1825.  Journal  Univer. xl. 254, and
xli. 147. 
LACTUCARIUM.
259
                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  There are three kinds of lactncarium.   The first  and best, but
the most costly, is  obtained  from incisions made into the stalks,
whence the juice exudes, which is subsequently dried in the air.
This preparation has a bitter taste, soon becomes of a brown colour
and solid, has a gummy fracture, but absorbs moisture from the air,
becoming soft  and clammy.
  The  second variety is  obtained by expression of  the selected
stalks, and subsequent desiccation  of the  obtained fluid, either in
the air  or  by  artificial  warmth. This, is said  to  be the variety
most commonly met with in commerce ;•  and the third variety is
prepared  in the  same  manner  as  any common  extract, from all
parts of the plant.  This is the Thridace of some.
  The  first is the strongest and most uniform, and therefore to be
preferred.
  Chemical examination  shows that the lactncarium  contains
neither morphine nor narcotine, as had been supposed.


                  EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY.

  To investigate these, Rothamel2 instituted experiments  with the
Paris lactucarium.  Half  a grain to a grain produced no effect.
From   three to  five grains occasioned a peculiar  indescribable
feeling of lightness over  the whole body, without  any narcotic
symptoms or  modification  in the pulse :  from six to eight grains
increased this sensation, and caused dilatation of the  pupils.   The
same doses, repeated at intervals of  three or four  hours, through
the day, diminished the number of pulsations of the heart, and the
sleep was disturbed.   From ten to fifteen  grains caused  more in-
disposition, nausea, oppression in  the epigastrium,  cold sweats,
anxious respiration,  cold  sensation  in  the  chest, great dulness,
vertigo, considerable dilatation of the pupils, yawning and stretch-
ing, slow pulse,  disturbed sleep, general prostration  ;  the tongue
to be coated with mucus; disagreeable taste; loss of appetite; pains
in the shoulders and bones, and uncertain gait; all which symptoms
were speedily  removed by a few drops of acetic ether or a glass of
Rhenish wine.  Coffee was much less efficacious.
  The  lactncarium  has been extolled by  numerous  physicians as
equally effective with opium, whilst it is not—they assert—followed
by the signs of narcosis and other inconveniences, so often induced
by the  latter.   Accordingly it is frequently given  where a  pure
sedative is  needed—to allay cough,  and where much  nervous
excitement is present.

  1 Riecke, Die neuren Arzneimittel, S. 313.  See also Merat & De Lens,
Diet, de Mat. Med. art. Lactuca Sativa.
  2 Ferussac's Bulletin des Sciences Medicales, xxii. 101.  Paris, 1830. 
260
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                  MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

  The lactucarium is  given internally, either in the solution  or
pill, in the dose  of from one third of a grain to three grains.  Ex-
ternally, it has been applied in the form of plaster or of ointment.

                      Mistura Lactucarii.

                    Mixture of Lactncarium.
                 it.  Lactucar. 9j.
                    Mucilag. gum. aca\ q. s. i.d subactionem.
                 Perfecte unitis adfunde
                    Aq. fontan. §vj.
                    Syrup, rub. idasi, ^ss.  M.

  Dose.—Two  spoonfuls  every two  hours, in  spasmodic  cough,
sleeplessness and hysteria.
                                              HlLDENBRAND.

                 it.  Acid, boracic. 3ij.
                    Lactucarii, 9j.
    Solve in
                    Aq. destillat. ^vj.
                    Syrup, papav. ss.  M.
  Dose.—A small spoonful—in cases of "spastic hasmoptysis."
                                                 Rothamel.
                          MAGNES.

Synonymes.—Magnet.
French.—Aimant, Pierre d'Aimant.

  The natural magnet was employed of old both externally and
internally, and in the most diversified forms and affections.1   The
artificial magnet has been  used  within the last century only, and
always with a view to its magnetic action.
  It is generally on the  diseased part, or around it, that the magnet
is applied, and the application is made for a longer or shorter time
according to circumstances—being at times drawn along the nerves
of the affected part, at others applied in a more prolonged manner.
  It is on the  nervous system—and chiefly through the influence
of the imagination—that the magnet exerts its efficacy.  Accor-
dingly, the class of diseases in which it has been found most bene-
ficial  are  those  termed  "nervous and  spasmodic."2  This  is


  1 Art. Aimant, in Diet.  Univers.  de Matiere Medicale par Merat & De
Lens.
  2 See the Author's General Therapeutics, p. 58. Philad. 1836. 
MAGNES.
261
strikingly shown by the published observations of MM. Andry and
Thouret,1 Commissioners of the Societe Royale de Medecine, ap-
pointed to examine into this matter. In cases of spasms, palpitations,
convulsions,  epilepsy,  tremors, cramps,  neuralgia, rheumatism,
&c. the only agent employed  was the magnet, and it was wholly
successful.  These gentlemen, however, were disposed to infer that
the magnet exerts an incontestable magnetic action on the nervous
system, to which, in part  at  least, the curative agency must  be
ascribed, and their conclusions were thought to be corroborated  by
cases  observed by Alibert, Cayol, Chomel, Recamier, &c.  The
celebrated Laennec,2 who employed the magnet in the manner  re-
commended by  Halle, that is, by establishing a magnetic  current
through  the diseased parts  by means of several magnetised plates,
affirms, that he frequently found it moderate the pain in pulmonary
neuralgia,  diminish the oppression  in nervous  asthma,  suspend
spasmodic hiccough, and exhibit its utility in simple neuralgia of
the heart, and in angina pectoris.  In the last disease, the applica-
tion of a small blister under.the anterior plate  appeared to render
the effects of the magnet more marked.
   It is not many years since  considerable  interest was excited in
London  by the success, said to have been obtained in the treatment
of neuralgia, toothach,  and other affections of the nerves, by  the
application of the  ordinary magnet  or mineral magnet, as it was
termed by Dr. Blnndell who employed it.3
   It would  appear, too, that  owing to a considerable  demand  for
loadstone, the conductors of the Bulletino delle Scienze Mediche,4
of Bologna, were led to make  inquiries concerning the  uses  to
which it was put.   From these it appeared, that the Ex-Bey of
Algiers, whilst at Leghorn, in 1831, mentioned to a Catholic dig-
nitary, Father Campagnoli, who was suffering under gout, that  the
application of the loadstone was an oriental remedy for the  disease,
and of certain efficacy.   He immediately procured a piece of  load-
stone, as he had been subject to regular and frequent  attacks of
gout since  1805, and  its application removed the next paroxysm.
Since this  time, he has always had  recourse to the  same remedy,
and has found, that the attacks come on less frequently and severely,
and that they invariably yield, so that he has rejected all his former
plans of treatment.   On  the  first symptom he goes to bed, and
places the  loadstone in close  contact with the pained part; he pre-
sently falls asleep, and awakes  free from  pain, and able to walk.
The loadstone he uses weighs five pounds, and has smooth  sides.

   1 Mem de la Societe Royale de Medecine de Paris, pour 1776, p. 531,  and
Thouret,  Art. Aimant, in Encycloped. Method. Partie Medicale, i. 421.
Paris, 1786.
  2 Traite de l'Auscultation Mediate, 2d edit. torn. ii.
  3 See Lancet for 1833, and  American Journal of the Medical  Sciences,
Nov. 1833, p. 247.
  4 Marzo el Aprile,  1835; and British and  Foreign Medical Review, July,
1836, p. 246. 
262
dunglison's new  remedies.
He has  recommended this plan to other gouty individuals, who
have experienced similar relief.
   We  have witnessed the application of the  mineral magnet re-
peatedly,  in  nervous diseases in persons of highly  impressible
habits;  but except in such, and apart from the effects of the imagi-
nation, we have seen no beneficial results..
                        MANNITUM.

 Synonymes.  Saccharum Manna*, Mannila, Mannite.
 German.  Mannit, Mannazucker, Mannastoff.

   This principle, which was first discovered  by Proust, belongs to
 the varieties of sugar that are not  susceptible of fermentation, and
 constitutes the chief ingredient of manna.  Its presence is not con-
 fined, however, to that  substance.  It is met with in several other
 vegetable juices—cucumbers, melons, celery, beets, &c.   Yet in
 these it  is first found  after  fermentation, so that  chemists have
 been disposed to regard it as a product of fermentation.1

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   Mannite is  commonly procured from manna.   Manna  in  la-
 chry?nis, as it is obtained  in  commerce, is  treated with  boiling
 alcohol, filtered, and suffered to crystallise ;  by rest and refrigera-
 tion mannite  is precipitated  in small  beautifully  white needles.
 The manna in tears consists almost wholly of mannite.  Common
 manna, on the other hand, contains  but little  thereof, and in  its
 place has a yellow extractive matter to which cathartic  proper-
 ties have been assigned; the  coarse manna consists almost wholly
 of the latter.   To obtain the mannite, the manna in tears is conse-
 quently selected.
   Should the administration of  mannite,  as  a remedial  agent,
 become more  common, it  may be worth the trouble  to enquire,
 whether it might not be advantageous to prepare it from the vege-
 table juices above mentioned.
   Mannite, prepared in the above manner, is of a white  colour;
 soluble in five parts of  cold water, and in almost every proporion
 in boiling water; it  seems  to be entirely insoluble in cold absolute
 alcohol ; is somewhat more so in boiling alcohol, and still more so
 in boiling alcohol  which  contains water.   At from 22l° to 230°
 Fahrenheit, it  melts  into a  colourless,  adhesive  fluid, and crystal-
 lises on  cooling.  When  more strongly heated, it burns, and is
decomposed like sugar.  From its alcoholic solutions  it separates
1 Art. Mannite, in Merat & De Lens, Diet, de Mat. Med. 
MANNITUM.
263
on cooling, in white, silky, shining, needle-shaped crystals, collected
in stelliform roundish masses.
   When mannite is dissolved in an equal weight of boiling water,
and the fluid is evaporated by a strong fire and  rapid  ebullition,
until a small portion  placed  on a cold glass plate rapidly becomes
solid, it may be poured out into shapes.
   The taste of the sugar  of  manna is feeble; but agreeably sweet;
it is inodorous, or  at  least nearly so.   According to Liebig, man-
nite consists of 40.0228 of carbon, 7.6234 of hydrogen, and 52.3537
of oxygen.
   The granatine of the pomegranate  root agrees so  much with the
mannite in its properties, that both may be regarded as the same
substance.

                  EFFECTS  ON THE  ECONOMY.
   According to Magendie,1 mannite may be advantageously substi-
tuted for manna; as it possesses the cathartic property without the
nauseous flavour.  The  dose is two drams for  children,  and, at
times, as much as  half an ounce; but, in the latter case, Magendie
always found the catharsis too active: for this reason he considers
the latter to be the best dose  for the adult.  He recommends, that
a syrup  should be prepared  from it, and that this should be pre-
scribed  both as a cathartic for children at  the breast, and as  an
addition to other articles in cases of pulmonary catarrh.
   M. Solon  has likewise spoken favourably of the therapeutical
advantages of the sugar of  manna.  He administered  it in three
cases of gastricism—in two of them  combined with castor oil-—in
which it'induced, in a few hours, critical evacuations; and in a
case of peritonitis, occasioned by obstinate constipation, its use was
followed  by the best  effects.   In  the last case, the inflammation
completely disappeared, without any  other agency, when the con-
stipation  yielded.   It  was found, likewise,  of essential service in
convalescence from bronchitis and pneumonia.  Only in two cases
of females—the  one  labouring  under  ascites—the other under
phlegmasia dolens, did  the  mannite fail to have any  aperient
ao-ency.   This, it  was presumed, was probably owing  to  both of
the patients having been habituated to the use of powerful cathar-
tics, and to there not being enough of the preparation to admit of
the administration of the appropriate quantity.
   According to Solon, mannite may be given in the dose of one or
two ounces dissolved in from two to  four ounces of a hot aromatic
water, the solution to be taken  warm, otherwise it forms a stiff,
adhesive mass; or it may be added to the ordinary cathartic  potions.
He  assigns it the preference over  manna and castor oil; first,
because it has an  agreeable saccharine taste, and secondly,  because
it is always equally good, whilst those substances are often  deterio-
rated, and on that account uncertain in their effects.  It appeared
1 Formulaire, &c. dein. edit. 
264
dunglison's new remedies.
to him to be peculiarly adapted for cases  in which it was desirable
to evacuate the intestines with as little excitation  as possible.
  Magendie in his recent  lectures on the blood, classes  mannite
amongst the substances that promote the coagulation of that fluid.1
                         MORPHINA.

Synonymes.—Morphinum, Morphium, Morpheum, Morphia, Morphine, Pa-
  paverine.2
German.—Morphin.

  The discovery of this  principle is ascribed  to  Seguin, and Ser-
turner. who were engaged in  the chemical analysis  of  opium
upwards  of  thirty years ago, and although the former may have
first detected it,  the latter deserves  the credit  of having  improved
our acquaintance with  it, and of having attracted to it the attention
of chemists and physicians.

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  The following is M. Robiquet's method3:—he boils a  very con-
centrated solution of opium with a  small quantity of magnesia—
ten grains of the latter to a pound of opium—for a quarter of an
hour.  By this means, a  tolerably  copious, grayish  precipitate is
formed, which is collected on the filter, and washed with cold wa-
ter.  The well dried precipitate is then digested with weak alcohol
for some time,  at a  temperature  short of ebullition;'  by which
means a  very small quantity of morphine, and  a considerable quan-
tity of colouring matter, are separated.   The liquid is then  filtered,
and the residue  washed with a  little cold alcohol.  It is then boiled
for some  time in  pure  alcohol, and  filtered again whilst  the  liquid
still boils. On cooling, the morphine is obtained, which, by repeated
crjrstallisation. may be freed from the attached  colouring  matter.
  The process  of Hottot is  greatly followed  in France.   It is a
modification of that used by Serturner, and similar to that adopted
in the Pharmacopoeia of the United States, and in the new London
Pharmacopoeia.
  In this, opium is exhausted  by tepid water, and  the clear liquid
is evaporated to a density of 2° of Beaume.  Whilst the liquid is
still tepid, a small quantity of ammonia is added, in order to render

  1 Legons sur le Sang, &c. &c.  Translation in Lond. Lancet for Jan. 26,
1839, p. 636.
  * Jahn's Handwurterbuch der Chemie, B. iii. S. 150.
  9 Annales de Chimie et de Physiq. v. 276. 
MORPHINA.
265
it neutral or even slightly ammoniacal.  In this manner, a brown,
resinoid precipitate is thrown down, which contains only traces of
morphine and narcotine.  The liquor  is filtered, and by the addi-
tion of a fresh quantity of  ammonia  to it when  cold, crystalline
morphine is thrown down, which, when  collected, dissolved in
alcohol, and evaporated, is set aside to  crystallise.1
   Dr. F. Bache regards the process of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia,
as an improvement upon the last, and  as being essentially the same
with  that of  Dr.  Edward  Staples, which  was  published  in  the
Journal of the Philadelphia  College of Pharmacy.2
   Mr. Brande considers the process  proposed  by Robertson  and
Gregory to  be the simplest  and the best.3  Chloride of calcium is
added to a strong aqueous solution of opium to precipitate the acids
by which the  alkaloids are  held in solution ; it is then  filtered  and
evaporated to the consistency of syrup, and set  aside to crystallise,
the crystals are strongly pressed to squeeze out the  mother liquor,
which contains narcotine and other impurities.  The pressed crys-
tals are then purified by solution, crystallisation, and the action of
animal  charcoal, till  they are obtained colourless; they consist of
the hydrochlorates of morphine and codeine ;  they are dissolved in
hot water, and ammonia is  added,  which throws down morphine,
and which, being  separated upon a  filter, may be redissolved in
boiling alcohol, and obtained in crystals.  The  liquor, from which
the morphine has been  precipitated, contains codeine, together with
hydrochlorate of ammonia,  and some  morphine; it must be evapo-
rated until  it crystallises, and the crystallised  mass  must be dis-
solved in a  small quantity of water, and  be decomposed  by excess
of a  solution of caustic potassa ;  codeine  is thrown  down, and,
when redissolved  in ether,  may  be  obtained in  crystals.   See
Codeine.
   Tilloy, Petit, and others, have obtained  morphine  on the large
scale from the domestic opium.4
   Morphine is composed of oxygen, hydrogen,  carbon, and azote.
The crystals are  completely white, translucent,  almost  transparent,
and slightly opaline ; they  are wholly inodorous.  In  the form of
powder, morphine is of loose texture, and as fine  as magnesia.  It
melts at a trifling degree of  heat, and very much resembles, in  this
state, melted sulphur;  but it  crystallises  again on  cooling.   It is
sparingly soluble in water; and in cold water scarcely at all so.
Boiling water, according to Choulant, dissolves one eighty-second
part; according to Jahn, only one four hundredth ;  and according
to Bally,5 it is even less soluble than strychnine, which, he says,

   1 Journal de Pharmacie, x. 479.
   2 Vol. i. p.  15: see the  excellent Dispensatory of the United States, by
Drs. Wood & Bache, 4th  edit.  Phil. 1839.  For Fame's process, see Journal
of the Philadelphia College of  Pharmacy, ii. 71.  Philad. 1831.
   3 Dictionary of Materia Medica, p. 383.   Lond. 1839.
   4 Art. Morphine, in Merat & De Lens, Diet, de Mat. Med.
   8 Memoire  de l'Academie Royale de Medecine, i. 99. 
366              dunglison's new  remedies.
requires 6000  parts of water for  its solution.  It  is more  readily
soluble in alcohol, and still  more so in ether, as well as in fixed
and volatile oils ;  the solutions have a nauseous, bitter  taste.  It is
alkaline in  its nature.   The crystals appear to be rectangular four-
sided prisms.  With all the acids it forms peculiar, readily soluble,
and very bitter salts, of which the sulphate, acetate, and muriate
are the most used.

            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

  Generally—it has been affirmed—morphine acts on  the nervous
system like opium, but does  not exert the same agency on the vas-
cular  system.   Magendie1 asserts, that it possesses all the advan-
tages  of opium  without any of its  disadvantages.   Bally2 took
especial pains  to  investigate the  effects of morphine on the organ-
ism, and the results he communicated  to the Academie Royale de
Medecine, of Paris.  The most, striking was its action on the brain,
which, when sufficient doses were administered, appeared to cause
death  by sanguineous apoplexy, as Bally  had  an opportunity of
observing in one  case,  on dissection.  In this there were no traces
of injection of the membranes of the brain,  whilst under the arach-
noid much  albuminous  serum was effused, and there  was  an ex-
travasation of blood into the left hemisphere of the brain.
  This result is especially to be apprehended in those persons who
have experienced an apoplectic attack previously.   Bally found,
moreover—which does not  accord with  our experience—that the
morphine was more soothing and soporific in small doses  than in
larger. It occasioned, in the latter case, cerebral confusion, vertigo,
perversion of the senses, and a feeling of electric agency, which com-
menced in  different parts of the trunk and  also in the extremities;
but no delirium supervened,  and the intellectual faculties experi-
enced no alteration.  In consequence  of these effects on the senso-
rium, the  energy of the  motory apparatus  suffered.   By long
administration, morphine, like opium, excited troublesome tremors.
The pupils Bally  found contracted  under  its  use,  when  larger
doses were given, which is entirely opposed to the ordinary effect
of narcotic agents.  Not unfrequently when  morphine  was con-
tinued, the  soothing and soporific effect was  preceded, for some
days,  by restlessness, and loss  of sleep.   Very often it  excited
headach.   On the vascular  system it did not act as an excitant—
neither  rendering the pulse quicker,  more frequent, nor tenser.
The opposite effect seemed, indeed, to be induced by it.  It has no
action, Bally affirms,  as an emmenagogue; produces no  diapho-
resis—which does not, by the way, at all accord with our obser-
vation—does not even augment the  animal  heat, or redden  the

  * Formulaire pour la Preparation, &c. de plusieurs nouveaux Medicamens.
  2 Revue Medicale, Fevriei, 1824, and Mem.  de la Societe  Royale de
Medecine, i. 142. 
MORPHINA.
267
face,  but frequently causes itching either over the whole  sur-
face of the body, or topically;  in  the latter case,  the  sensation
being chiefly felt in the face, neck, loins or genitals.  At times, the
itching is associated with an eruption of conical weals or bumps,
which are either red or  of the ordinary colour of the skin, and can
generally be  detected  more readily by the  touch  than the sight.
On the organs of respiration the morphine exerts no influence; and
as to its effects on the digestive organs, it.  may be remarked, that it
has no agency on the mouth, pharynx, or oesophagus, except that
ptyalism has  been observed to  result from it.  The tongue is not
made red or dry,  nor are the tonsils.   It does not excite thirst ; but,
at times, there is a sense of bitterness in the mouth, which is a fore-
runner of its  effects on the stomach.  The appetite i*s not diminish-
ed, except when the emetic properties of the morphine are developed
in a high degree.  Vomiting is  not caused by large doses only, but
in many individuals by small doses,  and it may be  very violent.
Commonly, morphine  causes  constipation, on  which,  at times,
diarrhoea supervenes.  Very frequently, also, colic is induced by it.
   Morphine possesses, according to Bally, vermifuge properties. In
men he found it to excite frequently ischuria, but not in women.
The urine, however, exhibited no  change of character.1
   Our own views of its action—when no  idiosyncrasy interferes
with  its ordinary operation—is that it exerts a decided sedative
influence on  the  nervous and sanguiferous systems;  and this ac-
cords with the experiments instituted on animals  by Mr, Blake.2
He found, when it was  introduced into the veins of an animal, that
it exhibited its  effects upon the  heart, by rendering its pulsations
slower and diminishing the pressure of the arterial system.
   As  in the case  of opium, the  system may, under excessive  pain
or long continued use, be so habituated to its action as to bear very
large  doses.   Mr. Lingen,3 of  Hereford,  has published  a case in
which  a  female,  under a  painful  affection, took  scruple,  and,
according to her own report, half dram doses  of the acetate;  and
Mr. Teevan,4 of London, one of a gentleman, labouring under a
disease of the spinal cord, attended  with violent spasms of the
muscles of the chest, abdomen,  and inferior extremities, who took,
on one occasion, twenty-five grains in the twenty-four hours.

            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY  IN DISEASE.

  Morphine, it is thought, may  often be  administered  advantage-
ously,  no! only where opium is indicated, but where it disagrees.
Riecke5 remarks,  that where diaphoresis  is  needed it cannot  sup-
plant  opium,  but in this we apprehend he is mistaken, at  least in

  • Richter's Specielle Therapie, 2te Auflage, S. 358.  Berlin, 182S.
  2 Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journ. April, 1839, p. 344.
  » Lond. Lancet, Jan. 26,  1839, p.  680.
  4 Ibid, for Feb. 9, 1839, p. 738.
  6 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 327. 
268              dunglison's new remedies.
febrile and inflammatory diseases. In such cases we have observed a
sedative dose of opium succeed in restoring the cutaneous transpira-
tion  more effectually than any other agent, by allayiwg the patho-
logical condition on which the suppression  of perspiration was
dependent.   With  many persons and  in  many cases it  possesses
decided advantages over opium, but we have often found where
opium disagreed, morphine and its preparations did so likewise.
  As a general  rule, it  may be said, morphine is  proper, where
opium, in sedative doses, is demanded ; hence it is had recourse to
in febrile and inflammatory diseases, where there is much pain or
sleeplessness—singly or  combined,  and  in  the various neurotic
affections.
  On account of the very sparing solubility of morphine in water,
it is  but seldom prescribed ; although Bally—in opposition to many
experimenters—asserts,  that  he has found it equally efficacious
with its salts.  As, however, this result  is doubtless owing to the
existence of acid in the stomach, and, consequently, is liable to un-
certainty, it is  advisable to  give the  salts  of morphine the prefer-
ence, which are administered  in nearly the same doses as the pure
morphine itself.

                 METHOD  OF ADMINISTERING.

  Pure morphine is only given internally in the form of powder or
of pill, beginning with from one sixteenth  to one fourth of a grain
once or twice a day, and gradually increasing the dose to one grain
and  a half.  If its  use  has been discontinued  for  some days, the
dose, when resumed,  must  be again  small,  and  be gradually
increased.

                     Haustus Morphina.
                       (Polio Narcotica.)
                     Draught of Morphine.
                    it.   Morphin. gr. \
                        Aq. destillat. gj.
                        Syrup, papav. 3j.  M.
   To be taken at bedtime.

                      Enema Morphina.

                       (Injectio Leniens.)

                     Injection of Morphine.
                    it.  01. amygdal. dulc.
                        01. lilior. aa. §ss.
                        Morphinas, gr. ij.

   To  allay pain in the  ear, the suffering in  acute  blennorrhag;a,
and  the tenesmus in hemorrhoids, (fee.                 Breka.1
1 Ricettario Clinico.  Padova, 1825. 
MORPHINE ACETAS.
269
                    MORPHINE ACETAS.

Synonymes.—Morphium Aceticum, Acetas Morphei, Acetate of Morphine.
French.—Acetate de Morphine.
German.—Essigsaures Morphin.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  The acetate  of morphine is obtained by mixing morphine and
acetic  acid in an appropriate vessel,  and gradually evaporating to
dryness, at  a temperature of about 90° Fahr.   This  mode of pre-
paration is required, owing to the difficulty of obtaining the acetate
crystallised,  in  consequence of its extreme deliquescence.  Crys-
tallised acetate  of  morphine may,  however, be  prepared by dis-
solving morphine in abcohol, saturating with acetic acid,  filtering
the solution, and evaporating  gradually in a vessel covered over
with thin rag.   The acetate crystallises in an arborescent manner
on the sides of the vessel.
  The acetate of morphine is  one of the substances, which, in the
experiments of Magendie,1 were found to promote the coagulation
of the blood.

                 METHOD OF  ADMINISTERING.

  The dose of this article is from a quarter of a grain and less, to a
grain or more.  Its strength does  not vary materially from that ot
pure morphine.

                   Liquor  Morphina Acetatis.
                Solution of Acetate  of Morphine.
             it.  Acetat. morphin. gr. xvj.
                 Aquae destillatae, ^vj.
                 Acid, acetic, gij.  M.
  This formula was proposed  by the author2 as a substitute for the
" gouttes calmantes" of Magendie,3 which permit the deposition of
the morphine when kept for a short time.   The dose is from six to
twenty-four drops.

             it.  Morphin. acetat. gr. xvj.
                 Aquae distillat. ^j.
                 Acid, acetic, gtt. iij vel. iv.
                 Alcohol. 3j.  Fiat solutio.
                                                  Magendie.

  1 Lecons sur le Sang, &c, and translation, in London Lancet, Jan. 26,
1839, p. 636.
  2 Formulary, &c, translated  from Magendie,  by C. T. Haden, Esq., 2d
edit., by Robley Dunglison, M. D. p. 14.  Lond. 1824.  Amer. edit. Philad.
1825.
  s Formulaire, &c. 
270              dunglison's new remedies.

                 Syrupus Morphina Acetatis.
                 Syrup of Acetate of Morphine.
             it.  Morphina? acetatis, gr. iv.
                 Syrupi simplic. Bj.
  Dissolve the salt in half a dram of water, acidulated with a few drops of
acetic acid; filter, and add it to the syrup.
  This syrup is recommended and  used  in Paris, in  place of the
syrupus papaveris.  It has the advantage of being always of uni-
form strength.                                   Magendie.
  The acetate of morphine has been much used endermically in
the diseases mentioned  under the head of Morphine.   A quarter
or half a grain or  more is placed on some part of the skin, whence
the cuticle has  been removed ; and it may be repeated,  as  the case
may require.   In  the  severer neuralgic  and  neurotic cases,  the
quantity applied in this way is sometimes very large.   In a case of
hydrophobia  reported by Dr. Burne,1 of  London, ten grains at a
time were sprinkled on a blistered surface, with excellent tranquil-
lising effects.   At  times, when applied to a blistered  surface  for
several days in succession,  a papular eruption  has been observed,
which quickly becomes vesicular, p-roceeding from the edges of the
blister, and gradually spreading over the entire surface.2
  It  has been  likewise proposed  to  inoculate with  morphine.  If
the point of a lancet, dipped  in an  aqueous solution of morphine,
be inserted horizontally, about one line in depth beneath  the epi-
dermis, and be allowed  to remain there a few seconds, the follow-
ing effects, according  to  M. Lafargue,  are  observed:—About a
minute and a half after the operation, a small pimple, with a diffuse
rosy areola, and slightly  itching:  in about twenty minutes, the
pimple becomes about four  lines in diameter, and one line  in  thick-
ness, and  is flattened :  its  colour  is somewhat deeper than that of
the skin ;  it is hard; the areola very red,  and about an inch  and a
half  in diameter; its heat is increased, but the sensation of itching
remains about the same.  During the first hour, the pimple and its
areola are at their highest degree of development, after  which they
gradually  disappear.
  The general effects, which M. Lafargue experienced  from thir-
teen  punctures  thus  made on the  anterior part of his  forearm,
were,—heaviness of the head,  frequent  yawnings, clamminess of
the mouth, and  an  invincible desire to sleep; yet the quantity of
muriate of morphine employed could not  have exceeded a quarter
of a grain.  He considers, that the  inoculation of morphine may
supersede the use of blisters and ammoniacal  plasters,  and that it
deserves  employment  more particularly  where the  object of  the
physician  is to  produce the local effects  of morphine.   Its effects

    1 Lond. Med. Gaz., April,  14, 1838.
    2 Dr. A. T. Thomson, in Lond. Lancet, for Jan. 19,  1839,  p. 622. 
MORPHINE  ACETAS.
271
as a rubefacient  are  marked, and  hence  its probable utility in
superficial neuralgia, and in chronic rheumatism.
  The experiments of Lafargue were repeated by M. Martin Solon,
with nearly  the same results.1
  The acetate may, also, be applied in the form  of ointment; and
it is frequently added to glysters, in cases of chronic diarrhoea.
Hildenbrand recommends the following ointment to be rubbed on
tiie pubes in cancer of the uterus.

                Unguentum Morphina Acetatis.

               Ointment of Acetate of Morphine.
              it.  Morphina1 acetat. gr. iv.
                 Ung. hydrarg. ciner.
                 --------simpl. aa. gij.
  A piece, the size of a pea, to be rubbed on the pubic region twice
daily.

  Dr. Francis Gerard, of Avignon, has found the acetate so highly
useful in Asiatic  cholera, that he prefers  it to all  other remedies.
Of  ninety-nine patients treated thereby,  eighty-one  were cured.
He found, when given early, that it especially checked  the vomit-
ing, and moderated  the  subsequent reaction,  after which the
other symptoms gradually ceased.   When, however, the resources
of art had been long postponed, the effects of the remedy were less
marked; the vomiting and  the other symptoms  persisted  longer;
the supervening  reaction was much  more tardy,  and  frequently
ended in a state of collapse, which, under  the most  trifling impru-
dence, produced an unfortunate result.  Gerard administered the
acetate at first in  the dose of one-fourth of a grain every  half hour,
until the serious symptoms were  removed, and he omitted  it as
soon as the spasms and  the diarrhoea and vomiting had  ceased, or
as soon  as reaction ensued.
  A solution of acetate  of morphine, which he terms liquor  opii,
has been proposed by Mr. Houlton.2  He  prepares it as  follows:—
Take two ounces and a half of the best Turkey opium ;  thirty-two
fluid ounces of Beaufoy's acid, the strength of  pickling vinegar:
maceratt* with a gentle heat for six days, frequently snaking the
vessel;  then filter, and evaporate the fluid to  the consistence of the
extracts of  the pharmacopoeia, finishing  the evaporation  by the
spontaneous method.  This  Mr. Houlton  employs under the natne
extractum opii aceticum.  To the above  extract he adds alcohol
five fluid ounces; distilled  water  thirty-five fluid  ounces; mace-
rating for eight days, and filtering.
  This  liquor opii is about the strength  of the tinctura opii in
sedative property, and Mr. Houlton affirms, from his observations,

   1 Bulletin de l'Academie Rovale de Medecine, Nos.  1 and  7,  1836-7.
  2 Lond. Med. Gazette, Aug. 12, 1837. 
272
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
that it is in no respect inferior to Battley's liquor opii sedativus,—
a secret preparation, which has been much used.
                  MORPHINE  SULPHAS.

Synonymes.—Morphium Sulphuricum.
French.—Sulfate de Morphine.
German.—Schwefelsaures Morphin.

                   METHOD OF  PREPARING.

  Morphine is dissolved in dilute  sulphuric acid.   The solution is
then evaporated by heat, and suffered to crystallise, which it does
in silken tufts.

                  EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

  The general effects on  the economy in health and disease re-
semble those of the acetate of morphine, to which it is perhaps to
be preferred  on account of its greater  uniformity.   There is an
advantage, however,  in  retaining both preparations in the materia
medica, as when  the system becomes accustomed to the one, the
other may be substituted.
  In his  experiments  on  the  blood Magendie1 found  that  the
sulphate of morphine—unlike the acetate and the muriate—opposed
the coagulation of that fluid.
  A syrupus morphina sulphatis, a liquor morphina svlphatis,
and an unguentum morphina sulphatis may be formed in the same
manner as with the acetate of morphine.
  The common form for the solution of sulphate of morphine is the
following:—2

                 Liquor  Morphina Sulphatis.

               Solution of Sulphate of Morphine.
                 it.  Morphin. sulph. gr. ij.
                    Aquas distillat. Jij.  Fiat solutio.

  Dose.—A  tea-spoonful (which is considered to be equivalent to
about twelve or  fourteen  drops of laudanum,) to be  repeated as
occasion may require.

  1 Lecons sur le Sang, &c.; and translation in  London Lancet, January
26,  1839.
  2 The Medical  Formulary, &c. By B. Ellis, M. D. p. 132.  Philadelphia,
1838. 
MORPHIN^E SULPHAS.
273
  The muriate' and the citrate of morphine are likewise occasion-
ally used;  but they possess no advantage over  the  preparations
described above.  The  former  is  officinal in  the last London
Pharmacopoeia.
  Many years  ago, Dr.  Porter, of Bristol, recommended a liquor
morphina citratis to be  prepared in the following manner :—Beat
four ounces of the best crude  opium in a mortar, with two ounces
of crystallised citric acid; mix well  with a pint of  boiling water;
filter after twenty-four hours'  maceration.   Dr.  Paris speaks well
of this preparation.2   Magendie recommends the substitution of the
following process:
                   it.  Morphin. pur. gr. xvi.
                      Acid, citric, crystalliz. gr. viij.
                      Aquae destillat. ,§j.
                      Tinct. coccinel. q. s. Fiat solutio.
  Dose.—Six to twenty-four drops in the twenty-four  hours.
  A tartrate of morphine was  suggested  by Mr. Haden3 as a sub-
stitute for the liquor opii sedativus, of Battley.   Mr.  Haden  made
it by macerating the dregs remaining after making the tincture of
opium  in a solution  of tartaric  acid.  Forty drops  acted  in  all
respects like twenty of the liquor opii sedativus.   It neither stimu-
lated nor induced costiveness.

  Of late the bimeconate of morphine has been brought before the
notice of the profession by  Mr. Squire,4 but he has not  given the
formula  for its preparation.    Impressed  with the idea that the
combination of the  active  principle of  opium, as  prepared  by
nature,  would prove  more  beneficial as a therapeutical agent than
the artificial salts, he  instituted a number of experiments, with the
view of procuring the  bimeconate as free from the other ingredients
of opium as possible^  and  he  asserts that  at  length he obtained a
tolerably pure salt, which,  from  the trials that  have been  made
with it, has  fully answered  his expectations as to its superior  medi-
cinal power over the other preparations of opium.  The salt is given
in solution,  made nearly of the same strength as laudanum.
  Dr. Macleod, who  made  trial of  it,  asserts, that it  appeared  to
him to  be a very mild and  efficient preparation,  rarely producing
headach or other  discomfort;  and that it repeatedly  answered,  in
the  most satisfactory  manner,  where opium  had  disagreed, and
succeeded in some cases  where the other salts of morphine—the
acetate and  hydrochlorate—had failed to give relief.
  1 For Dr. Wm. Gregory's mode of preparing  the muriate,  see Edinb.
Med. and Surg. Journ. for April, 1831; Amer. Journ. for Aug. 1831, p. 531;
and Philad. Journal of Pharmacy, Hi: 124.  See, also, Mr. M.  Robertson, in
Edinb. Med.  and Surg. Journ. April, 1832.
  2 Pharmacolos-ia, 4th  Amer. 7th Lond. edit.   By Dr. J. B. Beck, p. 439.
New York, 1831.
  3 Translation of Magendie's  Formulary, 2d edit.  By Robley Dunglison,
M. D. &c. p.  19.  Lond.  1824.
  * Lond. Med. Gaz. Mar. 9, 1839.
       10—e                                    duvgl 18 
274
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
  Equally strong testimony in  its favour is afforded by Dr. A. T.
Thomson, who details three cases—one of neuralgic pain of the
left side of the face; another of wakefulness, without any apparent
cause,  and a third of anomalous pain of the hip  and thigh, all
benefited strikingly by its use.
                         NARCOTINA.

Synonymes.—Narcotinum, Narcotine, Opiane, Matter or Salt of Derosne.
French.—Matiere ou Sel de Derosne, Sel Essentiel d'Opium.
German.—Narkotin, Opian, Derosne's Opiumsalz.

   On this substance, which is one of the immediate principles of
opium, and which  has attracted the attention of many chemists and
therapeutists,  much uncertainty exists with regard  to its  precise
properties.  It seems, that it has not  hitherto been found except in
opium.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   It is commonly obtained,  either from  the  aqueous  extract of
opium, by means of ether, which only dissolves the narcotine, and
consequently requires  but to be evaporated  to obtain it; or from
crude  opium, which has been exhausted by cold water;  it may
hence  be obtained from the  residue after the preparation  of the
aqueous extract of opium of the shops.
   With this view,  the  opium is twice treated with  boiling acetic
acid at 2° or  3° ;  it is precipitated by ammonia, and the washed
precipitate is purified by treating  it with hot alcohol at 40° and a
little animal charcoal; the liquid is then filtered, and the  pure nar-
cotine is precipitated on  cooling.
   It crystallises in very  white needles  ; is devoid  of  taste and
smell;  fusible in the manner  of resins, and very slightly soluble in
water; soluble, with the aid of heat in alcohol, and in the volatile
and the fixed oils ; very soluble in ether, which distinguishes it from
'morphine ;  very soluble also in cold acetic acid, whence it is precipi-
tated on heating the solution—another mode of separating it from
morphine.  It is coloured of a vivid red by nitric acid ; and  is ana-
logous, in some  respects, to the crystallisable resins  or sub-resins
of M. Bonastre.1

             EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

   These have been so  contradictory, that it has  been  conceived,

        1 Merat & De Lens, Diet, de Mat. Med. Art. Narcotine. 
NARCOTINA.                      275
the same preparations  cannot have been used  by different ob-
servers.1
   According to  Magendie,2  morphine is the  anodyne principle of
opium,  and morphine the exciting.   When a grain, of narcotine,
dissolved in oil was given to a dog, it produced a state of stupor,
which superficial  observers  might readily confound with  sleep;
but it differed evidently from sleep ; the animal's eyes were open ;
the respiration was not  deep as in sleep, and it was impossible to
arouse it from its  sluggish condition.  Death  generally took place
in twenty-four hours.  When combined with acetic aid, it produced
quite different effects.  Animals could bear a  dose of even twenty-
four  grains without dying, and whilst  under its influence, they
were agitated by convulsions like those which camphor induces—
exhibiting  the same signs of fright, the same backward motions,
foaming at the mouth, convulsions of the jaws, &c.   When mor-
phine and narcotine were both given at the same time, the different
effects of each occurred together.   A grain of morphine, for exam-
ple, and a grain  of narcotine dissolved in acetic acid, were  placed
in the pleura of a dog.   The animal soon became drowsy and  fell
asleep under the influence of the morphine, but a singular and re-
markable strife appeared to go on for an hour and a half, between
the stimulating  effects of the narcotine and the anodyne effects of
the morphine.  At length, however, the animal slept soundly, being
probably, Magendie  suggests, under the  influence of the morphine
alone.  His opinion is, that narcotine is injurious when not united
with an acid, and very  exciting when so united.
   M. Orfila—the celebrated toxicologist—it appears, has enter-
tained  various  views upon the action  of narcotine ; at one time
considering it inert, at  another to possess the same action as mor-
phine;  and, at another, to concur, when combined with morphine,
in the  properties of opium, but to a slight degree—since opium,
deprived of narcotine, is not less deleterious—and to possess another
modus operandi than opium, without, however, our being able to
regard it as the exciting principle.3
   Owing to all  these uncertainties connected  with it, narcotine is
little if at  all employed in medicine.  It  would  seem, however,
that  the exciting properties of opium do not appertain exclusively
to it; for, as has been elsewhere remarked, there are many persons,
who  are as disagreeably affected by morphine alone as they are by
opium which contains both  morphine and narcotine.

   1 Ibid, and Diet, des Sciences Medicales, xxxiv. 298.
   2 Formulaire pour la Preparation,  &c. de  plusieurs  nouveaux  Medica-
mens.
   3 Merat & De Lens, Op. cit., and Orfila, Toxicologie Generate, ii. 69. 
276
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                       NUX VOMICA.

Synonymes—Vomic Nut, Poison Nut, Bachelor's Buttons.
French.—Noix Vomique.
German.—Krahenaugen.

           EXTRACTUM NUCIS VOMICAE SPIR1TUOSUM.

Synonymes.—Extractum Nucis  Vomicae  Resinosum, E. Nucis  Vomicae
  Alcoholicum, Spirituous, Resinous or Alcoholic Extract of Nux Vomica.
French.—Extrait Alcoolique de Noix Vomique.
German.—Geistiges Extrakt der Krahenaugen.

  In the year 1809, Magendie discovered that one entire  class of
vegetables—the  bitter strychnos—has the power  of exciting  the
spinal  marrow,  without implicating, except indirectly, the  func-
tions of the brain.1  Since then, many have confirmed the observa-
tions of Magendie,  and have  attended especially to its agency in
various diseases.  The preparation of the strychnos most used—
if we except the active principle—has been the alcoholic extract of
the nux vomica.

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  Take any quantity of rasped nux vomica ; exhaust it by repeated
macerations in alcohol of 40° (.817), and evaporate it slowly to  the
consistence of an extract.  Alcohol  of less strength may be used,
but, according to Magendie, the product will be proportionably less
active.  A dried  alcoholic  extract is made by dissolving in  water
the alcoholic  extract made by means of  alcohol  at  36° (.837);
filtering and  evaporating in appropriate dishes, as in making the
dry extract of bark.

                 EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  According to Magendie, a grain of this extract, absorbed from
any part of the body, or mixed with food, promptly destroys  a dog
of considerable size, by inducing paroxysms of tetanus, which, by
their continuance, arrest the respiration sufficiently long to induce
complete asphyxia.   When the dose is much  stronger, the animal
appears to  die entirely from  the action of the nux vomica on the
nervous system.2
  If an animal be touched whilst under the action of the substance,
it experiences  a commotion  similar to  that  of a strong electric
shock, and this takes place each time the contact is renewed.  On
dissection no  morbid  appearances exist which can account   for
death.

  1  Examen de Paction de quelques vegetaux sur la moelle epiniere.  Paris
1809; and Formulaire, &c.
  2  Segalas, in Journal de Physiologie, par Magendie, Oct. 1822. 
NUX VOMICA.
277
  When introduced into the  frog's  stomach, Dr.  Lombard,1 of
Geneva, found that it produced  tetanic convulsions,  which, in a
few  hours,  caused death.   The contractions of  the  heart  were
sometimes strong and  complete, sometimes  irregular, tumultuous,
and  intermitting; always  diminished in frequency.  Applied to
the heart itself, it slightly stimulated it, rendering the pulsations
more energetic and frequent, whence  Dr. Lombard concludes that
the nux vomica cannot be used with advantage in any diseases of
the heart;  for, although  it  diminishes the frequency of the pulsa-
tions, it renders them irregular.
  The action  of  the extract on healthy man is the same as that
described by Magendie, and if  the dose be sufficiently  large, death
speedily follows  with  the  same  symptoms.2   In  those  that  are
affected  with  paralysis the effect is  also the same, but  what is
singular, it is particularly  manifested on the paralysed  parts by
tetanic convulsions, and  a feeling  of  creeping, which indicate  the
operation of the remedy ; a local perspiration is also often observed
to break out on some parts  of the body. When  administered in
cases of hemiplegia the contrast between  the two sides of the body
is rendered striking;  whilst the  sound side remains at rest, the
other may be violently agitated ; tetanic shocks may supervene and
a copious perspiration  break out.  In a female, Magendie  saw the
affected side covered by a peculiar eruption, whilst the other side
afforded no trace of it. There  is a difference even  between the two
sides of the tongue, a  decidedly bitter taste  being occasionally per-
ceived  on the one, whilst the other exhibits  nothing similar.
   If a much larger dose be given, both sides of the body partici-
pate, but unequally, in  the tetanic spasms, so that the patient is
sometimes thrown out of bed by the  violence of the contractions.
When  given  in  very  small doses, it  has not immediately any  per-
ceptible effects, and some days elapse  before its advantageous or
noxious properties can be appreciated.
   According to Magendie3 the extract may be given in all diseases
that are attended with debility, general or  local,  and in paralysis
of all kinds,  general  or partial.   He himself observed excellent
effects  from it in  marked cases of debility .of the genital organs,
incontinence  of  urine, &c.  He also used  it  in  several  cases of
partial atrophy of the  upper and lower extremities with advantage.
As regards its administration in cases of paralysis succeeding to
apoplexy, he remarks, that  it should  not  be  given until  some time
after the coup de sang in  the brain, which occasioned  the palsy ;
and that even then beneficial results can be  expected only when no
marked organic mischief exists ; indeed, in  the  latter case, he con-

  ' Gazette Medicale de  Paris, Oct. 10, 1835.
  1 See the details  of two cases of poisoning by nux vomica, in  Lond. Med.
Rep. xix, 448 and  456: Christison on Poisons, and Brande, Dictionary of
Materia Medica, p. 375.  Lond. 1839.
  3 Formulaire  pour  la Pr6paration, &c.  de plusieurs nouveaux Medi-
camens, &c. 
278
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
siders the disease irremediable, and that bad effects might  result
from  pushing the remedy.
   The efficacy of the alcoholic extract  of  nux vomica in various
forms of paralysis has been confirmed by many observers.   Even
before Magendie had employed it, Fouquier1 had given it in several
cases of paralysis, with the most satisfactory results.  Since then
we have  had the testimonies  of Chauffart,2 Gendron,3 Perrussel,
Recamier, Mauricet,  Baxter,4 Galli,  Hauff, Wenneis, Burkard,
Petrequin,5 Gellie,6 and numerous others in  its favour.
   Our own experience with it in cases of hemiplegia has not been
limited; yet although we have succeeded in  inducing tetanic move-
ments in the  limb, we have not been satisfied thqt much advantage
has been derived from it;7 nor are  the results  of  the experiments
and  observations of Jahn  by any means in accordance with those
of the practitioners just mentioned.   He  tried it in numerous cases
of paralysis, but  affirms, that he did not see any good effect from
it, and with the exception of two cases, did not notice the slightest
action, although the extract  was carefully  prepared according to
the formula given by Magendie.  Yet, he remarks,  he was by no
means sparing in the  dose.   In the two  cases in which a change
seemed  to be  induced,  there was an   evident increase of the
paralysis.
   This discrepancy, as well as other evidences  of the same contra-
riety of experience, must doubtless have  been  owing to difference
in the strength and quality of the preparation; and hence the  value
of the strychnine—its active principle—which  is not liable to the
same  uncertainty.8
   In  cases of partial  paralysis, as  in colica pictonum, amaurosis,9
palsy of the rectum,  &c, both the alcoholic extract  of  the  nux
vomica  and  its,active principle have been used  and  with  good
effect  (see Strychnina.)
   Cazenave gave the  extract successfully in a case of St. Vitus's
dance, which  had  resisted  every other  remedy.    Sir Charles
Scndamore found it useful in neuralgia, especially in  neuralgia
faciei. Vogt  gave it—not without advantage—in  cardialgia; Hil-
denbrand  in  epilepsy.; by  the Russian  and Polish  physicians it
was  administered advantageously  in choleric  diarrhoea;  and by
many it has been strongly advised in chronic diarrhoea and dysen-


  1 Bulletin de la Faculte de Medecine,  &c. vol. v. 1818.
  2 Journ. Gener. de Med. Oct. 1824.
  3 Journ. General. Nov. 1829.
  4 New York Medical Repos. vol. viii.
  6 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Nov. 3, 183?.
  6 La Lancette Franchise, Aout 29, 1837.
  7 See, also, Chauflari, in Op. cit.
  8 Richter's Specielle Therapie, u. s. w. B. x. S. 352. Berlin, 1828.
  9 Petrequin  & Miquel, in  Bulletin General de Therapeutique, Juilletr
1838. 
NUX VOMICA.
279
tery1 as well as in dyspepsia, in the varieties termed  pyrosis and
gastrodynia, especially when they appeared to proceed from morbid
irritability of the nerves of the stomach.2

                  MODE OF* ADMINISTERING.

  The  best form  for exhibiting the  alcoholic  extract of the nux
vomica, according to Magendie, is in  pill, when we are desirous of
inducing the tetanic  convulsions.  Each pill may contain a grain
of the  extract.  One or two  pills may be given at first, and the
dose be daily augmented until  the required  effect be induced.  It
may then  be discontinued to avoid accidents.  It is better, he
thinks,  to give the pills in the evening, as night is the most favour-
able time for observing the phenomena we are desirous of inducing.
It is sometimes necessary to increase  the  dose to twenty or  thirty
grains,  before the tetanic effects  supervene, but commonly from
four to  six grains are  sufficient.  Esquirol saw two cases, in one of
which death took  place  after  eighteen grains;  in  the other, after
five; the stomach and  bowels were found  inflamed.  Elliotson
began  with half -a grain of a  well prepared extract, and increased
the dose every day, or  every other day,  by a quarter  of a grain ;
but none of the patients bore a greater quantity than seven grains,
and few more than four.
   If from any cause the administration of the remedy has  been in-
terrupted  for some  days, it is  necessary to recommence with the
small doses, and to increase them again gradually as before.
   When it is  desirable  to produce  only the slow effects of the
remedy, a grain or half a grain daily is sufficient.
   Magendie directs  a tincture to be made from the extract—the
 Tinctura Nucis Vomica, T. Strychnos, T. Nucum Vomicarum,,
which  has been introduced into some of the pharmacopoeias.   It is
made  by taking  three grains of. the dried alcoholic extract  of the
nux vomica, and dissolving it  in  an ounce of alcohol at 36° (.837).
It is given by drops,  and in mixtures, in those cases,  in which the
alcoholic extract itself is indicated.
               Tinctura Nucis Vomica Composita.
               Compound Tincture of Nux Vomica.
            it.  Extract, nuc. vomic. spir. gr. xxiv.
               Camphorae, gj.
                Tinct. pyrethri. §j.  M.
   Dose.—Twenty drops, four  times a day, with arnica tea, in cases
of paralysis.                                            Vogt.

  1 Most's Encyclopadie, 2te Auflage, Art. Dysenteria, i. 573.  Leipz. 1836.
Geddings' N. American Archives, No. 2, Nov.  1834.   Dr. Roots, in St.
Thomas's Hospital Reports, No. iii. for April, 1836; and Hufeland, in Bally,
Bull. Gener. de Therap.  Fevrier, 1838.
  2 Mellor, in Med. Gaz. Mar. 4,  1837, p. 850.  Dr. H. S. Melcombe, ibid.
Mar. 25, 1837, p. 964;  and Amer.  Med. Intell. July 1, 1837, p. 124.  Dr. M.
Huss,  in  Zeitschrift  fur  die gesammte  Medicin. May,  1837, 393, and.
Amer. Med. Intell. Aug. 1, p. 162. 
280              dunglison's  new remedies.

            it.  Tinct. nucis vomicas,
               Tinct. cantharid.
             •  Napth. phosphorat.1 9ij.  M.
   Dose.—Thirty  drops,  three  or  four  times a  day, with arnica
tea, in the paralysis of torpid subjects.                    Vogt.

                    Mistura Nucis Vomica.

                    Mixture of Nux Vomica.
            it.  Extract, nuc. vomic. spirit, gr. ij—iv—vj.
               Aquas melissse, §vj.
               Mucilag. gum. acac. ^ss.  M.
   Dose.—Two spoonfuls, every two hours, in epilepsy.
                                               HlLDENBRAND.

   A similar form is recommended by Richter2 in dysentery.   Two
table-spoonfuls every two hours.

                     Pilula Nucis Vomica.

                      Pills of Nux Vomica.
            it.  Ext. nuc. vomic. spirit. 9j.
               Ext. glycyrrhiz. 9vij.
    Misce et fiant pilula? lxxx.
   Dose.—Two to six, two  or three times a day, in paralysis.

                    Pulveres Nucis Vomica.

                    Powders of Nux Vomica.

            5<.  Bismuth, nitrat. prsecip.
               Ext. nucis vomicas spirit, aa. gr. ss.
               Magnes. carbonat. gr. iij.
               Sacch. alb. gr. xv.
               01. menth. pip. gtt. ij.
    Misce, et fiat pulvis.

   Dose.—One, every three hours, in cramp  of the stomach.
                                                         Vogt.
             it.  Gum. arabic.
                Sacchar. aa. gr. xij.
                Pulver. nucis vomic. gr. iij.  M. et fiat pulvis.
   Dose.—One of these powders,  to be  repeated according to cir-
 cumstances in  the twenty-four hours, in diarrhoea and dysentery.
                                                   Hufeland.

                   Embrocatio Nucis Vomica.

                  Embrocation of Nux Vomica.
             it.   Tinct. nucis vomicae, §j.
                Liquor, ammon. caust. 3ij.  M.

   To  be rubbed on the paralysed limbs, and on  the surface in
 cholera.  See  Strychnina and its preparations.

   1 The Naphtha phosphorata, iEther sulphuricus phosphoratus, is made by
 dissolving twenty-eight grains of  phosphorus in  four ounces  of rectified
 ether.
   2 Die specielle Therapie,  ii. 133.  Berl. 1821. 
OLEUM CROTONIS.                   281
                     OLEUM CROTONIS.

 Synonymes.—Oleum Tiglii, Croton Oil.
 French.—Huile de Pignon d'Inde.
 German.—Krotonul.

   The seeds  of the Croton  Tiglium—a tree  indigenous  in  the
 Molucca  Isles, Ceylon, Java, <fcc. and  which  belongs to the class
 Monoecia, order Monadelphia of I innasus, and  to the natural family
 Euphorbiaceas—are characterised  by their acrid drastic properties
 —which, indeed, belong to the whole  family.   These  seeds were
 carried by the  Dutch to Europe, two centuries ago, and were ad-
 mitted into the old Pharmacopoeias, under the names Grana Tiglii,
 G. Tilli, G. Molluccae, &c. being prescribed  as a drastic caihartic,
 but owing to their too violent operation, which frequently induced
 unpleasant results, they fell subsequently  into  entire disuse. The
 oil of croton was also introduced into Europe  about the same period,
 and  was occasionally used internally.  It had, however, sunk into
 total neglect, when attention  was  recalled to it by Dr. Con well, a
 physician in the English East India Company's service at Madras,
 by whom its employment was reintroduced  into Europe;  and, in
 a short time, it acquired so much repute as an active cathartic, that
 it  was received into  various Pharmacopoeias.1
   Croton oil is a thickish fluid, of a honey yellow colour, has a
 disagreeable smell, and a very acrid burning  taste, so that it excites
 inflammation of the tongue and fauces.   It is a fixed oil, having a
 very acrid matter associated with it, which  appears to  have acid
 qualities,  and  is  probably  identical with  the iatrophic  acid.2   In
 absolute alcohol, it is almost  wholly  soluble; in common alcohol,
 only partly so ; and in ether and turpentine wholly so.

                  EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

   Croton  oil holds a distinguished place  amongst cathartics, inas-
 much  as  it can  be  given  in small  doses; and, in cases of great
 torpor of  the intestines, its action  is  very certain.   Even  a drop
 commonly produces eight or ten fluid  evacuations ; but at times, in
 unusual torpor of the canal, as many as  four or  five drops, and even
 more, have been given in the course often or twelve hours.  Like
 most of the drastic cathartics, it occasions tormina, but these  are
 less distressing than  the burning sensation it commonly excites in
 the pharynx, which  is least felt when  the oil is given in the form
 of pill  or lozenge.
   Not unfrequently,  also, it causes nausea, often ending in vomiting
in  delicate persons, or where the dose has been large,  but without

  1 Recherches sur les  proprietes medicinales et l'emploi de l'huile  du Cro-
 ton Tiglium, &c.  Paris, 1824.
  2 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 343. 
282
dunglison's new remedies.
interfering materially with  the  cathartic effect.   At times,  it  is
formed into a soap with  caustic soda—Sapo olei  crotonis—which
is given  in doses of from one to three grains.   This soap is said to
be less excitant and to occasion less  pain than  the pure oil, and it
has the advantage, that the dose can  be better apportioned.
   As with other cathartics, the incautious employment of the cro-
ton  oil  may occasion inflammation of the intestinal canal, and
therefore, it need scarcely be said, its use during inflammation of
the  canal is contra-indicated.   It does not appear  to  affect any
other secretory organs than those of the bowels, although some phy-
sicians affirm that  they  have  remarked an increase of the  urine
after its use.
   Like other active cathartics, it has been employed as an anthel-
mintic, especially in cases of tape worm, by Poccinotti, and others,
and with success.1
   Croton oil has likewise been employed externally as a revellent
or counter-irritant—at times  to induce a cathartic  effect, but in this
respect it is uncertain.2  Rubbed on the surface in small quantity,
it induces inflammation of the skin,  which gradually disappears of
itself.  When the friction is longer continued,  pustules are caused,
which, when they are numerous,  run together or are confluent, and
around the spot where the confluent eruption  is seated, papulae or
pimples  appear  over  a wider extent, which are  transformed into
pustules, and are surrounded by a red  base or areola.  When the
pustules  are discrete, they dry up more rapidly  than when they run
together;  and  in the  latter  case they  commonly forming scabs.
Friction  readily excites pustulation  on  the head,  face, neck, chest,
and on those parts of the extremities where the  skin is thin.  Where
it is thicker, the effect is of  course  induced with  more difficulty.
Commonly the  eruption  is perceptible  in twelve   hours after the
first friction, but at  times not till a later  period : very rarely is the
second friction  ineffectual.   In the  course  of  from  three to six
days the eruption again disappears.
  The pain usually commences in about an hour after the rubbing,
being  at  first nothing more  than a slight itching and burning,
which gradually, but markedly,  augments ;  yet the  eruption  is
never  so  painful as that  caused by the ointment of tartarised  anti-
mony, or by the plaster of the same agent, with which it is capable
of fulfilling the same  indications.
  These frictions with croton oil  are adapted for all cases in which
local counter-irritation is required.  They have been recommended
of late by many physicians—as by Andral,3 Elliotson, Hutchinson,4

  1 Richter's  Specielle Therapie, B. x. S. 248.  Berlin,  1S28.
  2 See a  case of Ileus cured in this manner, by Dr. Susewind, of Liitzerath,
in Casper's Wochenschrift fur  die gesammte Heilkunde,  Jun. 24,  1837.
S. 404.                                                         '
  3 Gazette Medicale, Janv. 1832, and Archives Generates, Aout, 1833.
  4 London Lancet, May, 1833,  and Dr.  Sauer, in Medicin.  Zeitung, Au".
10, 1836, S. 158, and Amer. Med. Intell., Nov. 1, 1837, p. 286. 
OLEUM CROTONIS.
283
 Short, Landsberg, Romberg, and others, in the following affections:
 In chronic inflammations, and such as have a  tendency to exsuda-
 tion ; in chronic rheumatic and  gouty diseases, in aphonia,1  and
 chronic  hoarseness,2 phthisical affections,  especially in incipient
 phthisis ; and in the neuroses—as spasmodic asthma, hoopingcough,
 paralysis, &c.
  The croton oil has likewise been used as a direct excitant. Cam-
 panelli3 gives a case of paralysis of the upper eyelid, which was
 promptly relieved by the application of four drops of croton oil to
 the affected lid, and the eyebrow.

                   MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

  Internally, the dose  is from one  eighth  to  one  fourth and one
 half a drop, given every three or two  hours, or more frequently, if
 necessary.  The dose  is rareiy carried higher except in desperate
 cases, and in mental affections,  for which it  is peculiarly appro-
 priate.
  It  may be  given either  in  the  form  of emulsion  or of  pill.
 Hahnemann4 and Hufeland recommended it  as  a substitute  for
 castor oil, which is expensive in Germany; advising, that a drop
 of the croton oil should be added to  an ounce of the oil of poppies,
 and that  the mixture should be called Oleum Ricini  Officinale.
 This preparation is well adapted for emulsions.
  When applied externally, to excite an eruption, from four to six
 drops or even more may be rubbed  in twice a day. In women and
 children, a single application may be  sufficient; but if the skin be
 thick and insensible, it will be well to rub it previously with flannel,
 or to apply first a rubefacient, especially when  it is desirable to pro-
 duce the effect speedily.  On the other hand, where the skin is ex-
 citable, the  croton oil  should be mixed with  an  equal portion of
 some mild fixed or  volatile oil before being used.

                    Emulsio Olei  Crotonis.
                    Emulsion of Croton Oil.
                it.  Olei crotonis, gtt. iij.
                   Olei amygdal. ^ss.
                   Gum. acac. Jij.
      Misce sensim terendo cum
                   Syrup, flor. aurant. %].
                   Aq. chamaem. %v.  M.
  Dose.—A  spoonful every two  hours, until it operates—shaking
the  vial.                                            Phoebus.5

  1 Romberg, in Wochenschrift fur die gesammte Heilkunde, 1835.
  2 Dr. Sauer, in Medic. Zeitung. Aug. iO, 1836, S. 158.
  3 Annali  Uuiversali di Medicina, July,  1835.
  * Apotheker Lexicon, B. ii. Abth. 1. S.  203.
  6 Handbuch der Arzneiverordnungslehre, Th. ii. Berlin, 1836. 
284
DUNGLISON S NEW REMEDIES.
                it.  Olei crotonis, gtt. i—ij.
                   Olei cham. simpl. gtt.  ij.
      Terendo misce cum
                   Mucilag. gum. arabic.
                   Syrup, amygdal. aa. ^ss.  M.

  Dose.—A tea-spoonful every two  hours—shaking the vial.
                                                  Lockstaedt.

                      Pilula Olei Crotonis.

                        Pills of Croton  Oil.
                it.  Olei crotonis, gtt. iv.
                   Micae panis q. s. ut fiant pilulas viij.
  Dose.—One, or two, or more.

                it.  Olei crotonis, gtt. v.
                   Saponis,
                   Gum. acacise, aa. 9j.
      Misce et fiant pilulae xx.

  Dose.—One to three.                              Sundelin.

                it.  Olei croton. gtt. ii.
                   Micas panis
                       vel
                   Saponis, £j.
      M. et divide in pilulas viij.

  Dose.—One to four.

                     Haustus Olei Crotonis.

                      Draught of Croton Oil.
                it.  Tinct. ol. croton. f. gss.
                   Syrup.
                   Mist, acaciae, aa. f. ^ij.
                   Aquae destill. f. £ss.  Fiat  haustus.

  After  swallowing a little milk, this  draught must be taken very
quickly,  and be washed down with the same diluent.    Nimmo.

                     Mistura  Olei Crotonis.

                Mixture or Emulsion of Croton  Oil.
                it.  Olei crotonis, gtt. ii.
                   Mucilag. acac. £ij.
                   Aquas, Ij.  M.

  Dose.—A fourth part, every two hours, until  the desired effect is
induced.

                Mistura Olei Crotonis Saponacea.

                Saponaceous Mixture of Croton Oil.
                it.  Olei crotonis, gtt. viij.
                   Potassa? purae, gr. vj.
                   Aquas destillat. 31J.   M.

  Dose.—Three to six drops.1
1 Ellis's Medical Formulary, 5th edit. p. 37.  Philad. 1838. 
oleum jecinoris  aselli.
285
                9*.  01. crotonis, gtt. ij.
                   Sacch. alb. £ij.
                   Gum. arab. 3ss.
                   Tinct. card. f. £ss.
                   Aquas destillat. gx.  M.
   Dose.—Two dessert-spoonfuls, to children ; to be repeated every
three or four hours if necessary.
                    Trochisci Olei Crotonis.
                    Lozenges of Croton Oil.
                B<.  Olei crotonis, gtt,  ij.
                   Sacch. alb. 3j.
                   Mucilag. gum. acacias, q. s. ut fiant
      Trochisci, non torrendi, No. viij.
   Dose.—One every two hours^until the desired effect is induced.
                                                     Seiler.1
                      Sapo Olei Crotonis.
                       Soap of Croton Oil.
                it.  Olei crotonis. partes ij.
                   Liquor, potassae, partem j,
  Triturate in the cold, and when the mixture has  acquired the proper con-
sistence, run it into moulds of pasteboard, and, in the course of a few days
remove it by slices.                                               '
   Dose.—Two or three grains in water, or in the form of pill.
                                                  Caventou.

   Pope2 recommends a Tinctura Granorum  Tiglii, or a tincture
of the seeds,  to be made of two ounces of the seeds from which the
rinds have  been  carefully removed, with one  ounce  of alcohol.
This is allowed to digest for six days, and is then filtered.  The
smallest dose for an adult is  twenty drops.   This  preparation, he
says, has the advantage of excluding the more acrid drastic matter
contained in the  epidermis and husk, whilst the kernel  afford?
cathartic material  enough to act powerfully and certainly.
                OLEUM JECINORIS ASELLI.

Synonymes.—Oleum Morrhuas, O. Jecoris Aselli, Codliver Oil.
French.—Huile de Morue, Huile de Foie de Poisson.
German.—Stockfisch Leberthran, Berger Thran, Gichtthran, Leberthran.

  The animal fat, which appears under this name in commerce, is
obtained from several of the fishes  belonging to the genus Gadusy

  1 Hufeland's Journal, B. lix.  St. 4. S. 134; und Rust's Magazin, B. xviii.
St. 2, S. 358.
  2 Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, p. i. vol. xiii. 
286              dunglison's new remedies.
 order  Malacopterygii thoracici, but especially from  the  codfish
 (Gadus morrhua); the  Torsk (Gadus callarias) ; the Coalfish,
 (Gadus carbonarius), and the Burbot (Gadus lota.)
   Several  varieties of the oil are met  with in  commerce, which
 differ from each other by their brighter or darker hue, and by their
 greater or less transparency.  The clearest sort is admitted  into the
 shops  of continental Europe, especially,  under the name Oleum
jecinoris aselli album  seu depuratum:  as a remedial agent it is
 more used than  the darker  variety, although  several  physicians
 affirm, that they have found the latter more efficacious.1

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   According to Riecke,2 the oil is obtained by exposing to  the sun
 the livers of the fishes above mentioned, cut in slices, and collecting
 the fixed oil  that  runs out.  That which  is first obtained  resem-
 bles fine olive or poppy oil, and is called the yellow codliver  oil—
 Oleum Jecinoris  Aselli   flavum  (German.—Hellblanker  Leber-
 thran.)  If the livers are running gradually to putrefaction, the oil
 becomes of a chestnut brown colour—Oleum jecinoris aselli sub-
fuscqflavurn—(German. Braunblanker Thran); and,  again, after
 the oil has been obtained by the above methods, some can still be
 procured by boiling the livers, which constitutes the Oleum jeci-
 noris aselli fuscum.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   The properties of codliver oil are said to  be different in the dif-
 ferent  varieties  met with in commerce.   The colour varies from a
 bright yellow to a reddish brown; and the oil  is sometimes clear,
 but, at others, more or less turbid.  The bright has the consistence
 if poppy oil ; the brown is  thicker.   The smell is weaker in the
 former; in the  latter, it resembles that of old salt herrings.  The
 taste of the brown  is an empyreumatic  bitter ; and resembles train
 oil; is  somewhat acrid, and remains for a time on the tongue;
 that of the clearer oil is much less disagreeable.   Litmus paper is
 feebly reddened by the clear ; considerably so by the brown  variety.
 Both sorts are soluble in alcohol and ether.
   Codliver oil has long been used as a popular remedy in northern
 Germany, especially in Westphalia—as well as in Holland and
 England;  but it is  only  of comparatively  late  years, that it has
 attracted the attention of physicians.  In  England, it  appears to
 have been first recommended  by  Percival,  and in Germany by
 Sehenk.3   When administered  internally, it  excites a disagreeable
 taste in the mouth, and nausea.   Yet patients soon become accus-

     1 See M. Taufflier, in Gazette Medicale de Paris, Aout 12, 1837.
     2 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 351.
     3 Hufeland's Journal, lv. 31. 
OLEUM JECINORIS ASELLI.
287
tomed to it;  and Riecke1 affirms that he has frequently seen child-
ren take it without repugnance. When the nausea is once overcome,
the oil does  not oppress the  stomach,  except  when  it is  embar-
rassed, or  the digestive powers are greatly enfeebled.   Nor does
it seem to destroy the appetite by continued use.   Yet many per-
sons, especially  adults—less   so  children—according to Kopp,
reject  it immediately.  It is necessary  for the digestive powers to
be energetic  when it  has to  be given for  any length of time.   To
those,  whose  digestive organs are very irritable,  Kopp  recommends
that Bourdeaux  wine should be taken after it.
  Codliver oil has  no manifest effect on any of the secretions, ex-
cept occasionally on the urinary and cutaneous depurations;  and
on the healthy organism it appears to excite no marked change. In
strumous affections, however,  its favourable influence is said  to be
striking, as well as  in rachitic, rheumatic, and gouty disorders.  In
such cases, it is  said,  by the German writers, to excite powerfully
the reproductive or nutritive  functions, when  administered  for a
proper length of time.2  The favourable effects  are, in general, not
rapidly exhibited ; and  to produce a cure, according to Kopp, the
remedy must be persisted in for at least  four weeks, and commonly
for some months.
  Kopp suggested, that owing to the similarity of the effects of this
oil to those of iodine, its efficacy might  be owing to its containing
the latter, and some chemical  investigations, made  by him in the
year 1836. confirmed the suggestion.3   The quantity is extremely
small,  but—Kopp supposes—like the steel in chalybeate waters, as
the iodine is commingled  naturally with the  oil,  it  may exert a
much  greater effect than if it were added artificially in the like
quantity.
  As respects its administration in disease, it has been employed—
especially in  Germany—as a domestic remedy in
  1. Rheumatism, in which  its  reputation has been  favourable.
In the year 1835, Brefeld wrote a monograph  on  the codliver oil,
in which, resting upon  numerous indigenous and  foreign experi-
ments, he maintained  it to be a remedy of great and specific efficacy
in every form of chronic and  actual rheumatism ; and since then
his  testimony has been  corroborated by that of Sehenk, Spiritus,
Moring, Schutte, Wesener,  Osberghaus, Giinther,  Volkmann, Sut-
tinger, Kopp, Rust,  and  Moll.4
  By many, its use has  likewise been advised in gouty affections;
but Brefeld esteems  it ineffectual in actual gout.
  2. Scrofula and Rickets. — In these diseases it would seem  to be
more efficacious than  in rheumatism.  Brefeld,  indeed, asserts that

  ' Op. cit. S. 352.
  2 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 352.
  3 Hufeland und Osann's Journal, 1836; Annalen der Pharmacie, xxi und
xxii.; and Bulletin General de Therapeutique, No. xx.  Oct. 30, 1837.
  « Richter's Specielle Therapie, x. 468.  Berlin,  1828. 
288
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
he has found  no remedy equal  to it, in cases where the osseous
tissue  is  permanently affected,—as in  the different shades  of
rickets,  arthrocace, spina ventosa, and  caries scrofulosa: next to
these, it has been extolled in  affections of the chyliferous vessels
and  internal  glands,  especially  when they  present  themselves
under the chronic form of atrophy.   In affections of the external
glands, its efficacy was less striking and rapid ; and  almost null in
scrofulous affections of the skin, ophthalmia, discharges from the
ear, &c., unless when  applied externally, in which  cases,  as well
as in external  glandular swellings of a scrofulous character, it was
especially useful.  The slighter  forms  of scrofulous eruptions dis-
appeared, without any unpleasant sequelae,  by simply  smearing
them with the oil; the more  obstinate forms, by the simultaneous
use of appropriate  internal agents,  of  which  Brefeld  prefers the
asthiops antimonialis to all others.  Scrofulous inflammation of the
eyes disappeared frequently  and rapidly by simply smearing the
eyelids with the oil.
  Kopp extols it in scrofula and rickets, both when  internally and
externally exhibited; and in porrigo, its  external application was
found by him  to be highly serviceable.
  Numerous trials with  the  remedy by  other physicians—as by
Sehenk, Schiitte, Von dem Busch, Gumpert, Fehr, Rosch, Schmidt,
Knod  von-  Helmenstreit,  Heineken,   Munzenthaler,  Beckhaus,
Spitta, Giinther,  Roy,  Gouzee,1  Taufflier,2 Jungken,3 and others,
confirm its great efficacy in scrofulous and rachitic affections.4
  Both Kopp  and Brefeld  recommend it highly in phthisis pulmo-
nalis of strumous origin, occurring especially in youth.
  The efficacy, indeed, of the oil in  scrofula suggested  its admi-
nistration in cases of—
  3. Tubercles—and,  accordingly, it  was exhibited  in  such cases,
by Hankei, whose experiments led him to advise a  further trial of
it.  Riecke* refers to a case of the kind  confirming Hankel's obser-
vations, which  occurred  to Dr. Pagenstecher, of Elberfeld; and
Richter,  of Wiesbaden,  Professor Alexander,  of  Utrecht,  and
Haser, of Jona,p seem to have experienced  equally  satisfactory
results.
  Carron du Villards'' extols the codliver oil in opacities of the
cornea,  whether  resulting from slight  ulceration,  or from infer-
lamellar effusion.  It is only applicable  after the  inflammation has
disappeared.   A drop or two of the oil is then placed on the cornea
with a camel's  hair  pencil.  Sometimes even the white  oil is too
stimulating: it is then necessary to dilute it with oil of sweet

       1 Bulletin Medical Beige, Janvier, 1838, p. 6.
       1 Gazette Medical de Paris, Aout  12, 1837.
       3 Lond. Med. Gazette, April 20ih, 1839, p. 126.
       4 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 356.
       5 Op. cit. S. 356.
       6 Hufeland's Journal, B. lxxxvi. 1838.
       7 Bulletin General de Therapeutique, Oct. 30, 1835. 
                   OLEUM  JECINORIS  ASELLI.               289

 almonds: in  other cases, the white oil  is not sufficiently stimu-
 lating : when the brown must be used.
   4. Chronic cutaneous diseases.—In these affections,  codliver
 oil has been given with advantage by Richter; and it is suggested,
 that the greater success obtained by him than by Brefeld, may have
 been owing to his having administered the remedy in much larger
 doses.  Richter's trials were numerous, and were  made through a
 period of three years;  they are, therefore,  highly deserving of
 attention.  He  says;—that  the  impure, yellowish brown,   and
 odorous oil should be selected, as it is the most  active;—that at
 least six,  and never more than ten spoonfuls should  be adminis-
 tered daily to adults ;—that it must be  continued  for a long time,
 as the first traces of a favourable impression  are generally some-
 what late in presenting themselves,—commonly four weeks, and, in
 very obstinate  cases,  later;—so  that-usually  from  six to twelve
 weeks are required for a cure: and, lastly, that the diet must be
 regulated, and  every thing difficult of digestion, flatulent,  fatty,
 strongly salted, or acid, be  carefully avoided.   In this  manner he
 treats tetters, inveterate  itch, and tendency  to the formation of
 boils.
   Kopp's experiments agree with those of Richter, as to the  internal
 use of the  oil in tetters; he esteems it to act by "improving the
 humours."  He found it, also, of use, in cases of dry tetter, when
 rubbed on  the  part.   In some troublesome affections of the  skin,
 especially of  the hands, conjoining the characters of impetigo, with
 erysipelatous  redness  and swelling, and  inducing the most severe
 suffering,  Dr. Marshall  Hall1 speedily succeeded  in restoring  the
 textures to a healthy condition by the external use of the  codliver
 oil, after all other remedies had been tried fruitlessly.  For rhagades
 and chaps, he  says,  it is a preventive, and a speedy cure; and it
 is productive  of great benefit in  eczema, and other diseases  in-
 ducing excoriation and fissures of the skin.
   5. In cases  of tumours of the mamma in young females, Kopp
 found the oil useful, when administered for some  time, conjoined
 with the application of leeches to the affected part.
   6. In the Charite, at Berlin, the oil was given with advantage in
 coxarthrocace, in doses of four ounces every morning;—the mouth
 being rinsed afterwards with peppermint  tea,  and a cupful of this
 tea or of coffee being drunk afterwards.
   7. Kopp also  affirms, that he cured a  case of chorea by it, which
 had supervened on an  attack of gout.

                 METHOD OF ADMINISTERING.

   The dose of the codliver  oil for an adult is from half a spoonful
to three spoonfuls, two or three times a day.  To children, it is
given by tea-spoonfuls.  Its unpleasant taste can  scarcely be cor-

                  1 Lond. Med. Gazette, Sept. 1832.
       10—f                                  dungl 19 
290              dunglison's new remedies.

rected by admixture with other agents;  for  which  reason,  many
prefer to give it in the pure state, taking  afterwards some pepper-
mint  lozenges.  It is also recommended  to be given united with
coffee, or with lemon juice, or in the form of emulsion.  Kopp pre-
scribes  it in the pure  state,  advising that the  mouth should  be
rinsed with water, and  that some dry bread should be eaten after it.

                  Mistura Olei Jecinoris Aselli.

                     Mixture of Codliver Oil.

              it.  01. jecinor. asell. £j.
                 Solut. potass, carb. -Jij.
                 01. volat. calami aromat. gtt. iij.
                 Syrup, cort. aurant. ^j.  M.

  Dose.—One or two tea-spoonfuls, morning and evening, in  cases
of rickets.                                               Fehr.
              it.  01. jecinor. aselli,
                 Syrup, cort. aurant.
                 Aquas anisi, aa. £j.
                 01. calam. .aromat. gtt. iij.   M.
  Dose.—A spoonful morning, noon, and  night; in gouty swellings,
rickets, &c.                                             Rosch.

                  Emulsio Olei Jecinoris Aselli.

                   Emulsion of Codliver Oil.
              it.   01. jecinor. asell. alb.
                  Vin. hungaric. (vel malag.) aa. §iv.
                  Gum. arab. 3j.
            Fiat emulsio, cui adde
                  Syrup, cort. aurant. §j.
                  Elaeosacchar. menth. pip. ^ij.1

  Dose.—Two table-spoonfuls, two or three times a day; shaking
the mixture.                                         Brefeld.

                  Syrupus Olei Jecinoris Aselli.

                      Syrup  of Codliver Oil.
              ic  01. jecinor. aselli, ^viij.
                  Gum. arab. pulv. ^v.
                  Aquae, 3xij.
                  Syrup, commun. %'xv.
                  Sacchar. albiss. ^xxiv.
  Make an emulsion of the four  first  ingredients; dissolve the sugar at a
moderate heat; clarify, and add
                  Aq. flor. aurant. ^ij.
                                                      Duclou.3


  1 The elaosaceharum or oleosaccharum menthai piperita is  officinal in
the pharmacopoeias of Austria, Denmark, Hanover, Oldenburg, Prussia, &c.
It is made by triturating eight drops of the essential oil of peppermint with
an ounce of sugar.
   'Journal de Pharmacie, Sept.  1837. 
                     oleum sinapis.                    291

             Linimentum Olei Jecinoris Aselli.
                 Liniment of Codliver Oil.
           it.  01. jecinor. aselli, §ss.
               Plumbi acetat. gij.
               Vitell. ovor. (seu adipis,) ^iij.  M.
For external  use in cases of ulcers, fistulas, &c.
                      OLEUM SINAPIS.

Synonymes.—Oleum  Ethereum seu Volatile  Seminum  Sinapis.  Oil of
  Mustard Seed.
French.—Huile Volatile de Moutard.
German.—iEtherisches Senful.

  This preparation has been recently recommended to  the notice
of practitioners in  Germany, by Dr. Meyer, of Minden,  especially,
at whose  suggestion, numerous  experiments were made with it at
the  Charite, in Berlin, the favourable results of which have  been
published by Dr. Wolff.1

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  M. Faure, in France, and M. Hesse, in Germany, found that if
bruised mustard seed be placed in a still with cold water, much
more essential oil is obtained than if hot water or steam had been
employed at once.   M. Hesse, indeed, advises, that the seed should
be macerated  with  cold water for  several hours before the distilla-
tion is commenced.  It would  seem, too, that  acids, alcohol,  &c.
exercise the same influence in preventing the  development of the
oil.

            EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN HEALTH.

  The volatile oil of mustard  is of a yellowish white colour.  It
exhales so  strong  a smell of mustard, that the attempt to  test its
odour instantaneously  excites  a violent pungent  sensation in the
nose, and tears in the  eyes.  Its acridity is so great, that its appli-
cation to  the sound skin immediately occasions a sense of burning.,
and intense redness and vesication on the parts with which it comes'
in contact.

            EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  Mustard seed oil may be applied either externally or internally.

                   • Schmidt's Jahrbucher, 1837. 
292
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
For  the first object, Dr. Meyer advises a solution in rectified spirit
(twenty-four drops to the ounce), or in oil of almonds (five or six
drops to the dram of oil of almonds).  In Berlin, the first of these
is used.  Even this  solution exhales so strongly the characteristic
odour  of the  mustard,  that simply smelling it induces a sense
of pungency in the  nose, as well as tears in the eyes.  Owing to
the great volatility of this oil,  its properties and efficacy are soon
lost;  and the strength of the spirituous solution becomes less and
less, when the fluid is preserved for a long time in vessels that are
not accurately closed, or are frequently opened  for the administra-
tion of the remedy and afterwards not carefully attended to.   It is
therefore advisable in practice, that only small quantities should be
prescribed at a time, and that  these  should be kept in well closed
vials, and in a cool place.
  The mode of external administration may be one of two—ac-
cording to the sensibility of the  skin, and the effect  it may be  de-
sirable to induce.  It may consist either in rubbing the  liquid on a
part of the surface,  or in applying strips of linen wetted with the
solution. The first method is advisable where the skin is delicate—
as in the case  of  women and children, and in those whose healthy
sensibility  has not  been  diminished—as  by paralytic affections.
The fluid,  when  rubbed on the skin, very quickly evaporates, in
the course of a few minutes, and excites a vivid sensation of burn-
ing,  with bright  redness of the surface, which disappears  in  the
course of a few hours, at the farthest.
  The augmented  sensibility, produced by friction with the solu-
tion  of the oil, continues generally for a longer period ; and, conse-
quently, if a fresh application be needed at a short interval—say in
from four to six hours—it must be made on the neighbouring parts,
avoiding those first  implicated.  It  is sufficient  to use the remedy
in this manner two or three times a day.
  The application of the oil by  means of strips of linen is adapted
for skins such as  those of men, which are thicker, and less sensible,
as well as for morbid  cases in which the healthy sensibility has
been depressed.   The size and  shape of the strips must he deter-
mined by  circumstances.  The linen  is dipped in  the solution,
placed upon the prescribed portion of the skin, and suffered  to dry,
which generally  happens in  about eight minutes.   Burning  pain
immediately succeeds the application, and is  often so  insupportable
that the  patients  object to wait until the linen is dry, and it has to
be  removed earlier.  Beside the more violent  pain, produced by
this mode  of applying the oil,  the  redness of the  skin  is much
greater, and in many cases vesication succeeds.
  If the  application  be made  twice a day, morning  and evening,
this is sufficient for the treatment of chronic diseases ; but the same
part of the surface cannot be rubbed on  the same day,  on account
of the severe pain and vesication, which would be induced.
   This method of  applying the oil is considered to be especially
proper in the case of the trunk and the extremities ; whilst the first 
OLEUM SINAPIS.
293
method is generally to be  preferred, where it is  desirable to use it
upon the face, behind the ears or on the neck.
   The oleum sinapis is indicated, wherever a counter-irritant or
local excitant is demanded.  Riecke1  advises it in  chronic eases
unaccompanied  by fever, as well as in light febrile affections, where
a gentle excitant may be needed; and in such  fevers as  are con-
joined with a torpid state of the system, and which require the use
of excitants.  He regards  its  powerfully excitant action as consti-
tuting it a most  useful article in our lists of antagonising or deriva-
tive,  as  well as of  excitant agents.   In the first relation,  Wolff
employed it with advantage both in subinflammatory diseases, and
in nervous affections not  of an inflammatory  character—as in
subacute rheumatism of the joints, aponeuroses  and muscles, and
in chronic rheumatism of those parts, where blisters  would be ser-
viceable, and for which it  may be substituted with advantage, in
consequence of its  not  being attended with the  inconveniences
occasionally produced by the latter on the  urinary organs.  He
employed it, likewise, in rheumatic neuralgias, otalgia, odontalgia,
prosopalgia, and ischias,—bloodletting being prescribed, or not, ac-
cording to circumstances;  and also as a palliative agent in chronic
neuralgia, in colic of the hysterical kind, and in gastrodynia.
   As an excitant, to arouse the  vital activity in debilitated parts,
Wolff used the  solution of the oil in paralysis, in the sequelas of
protracted rheumatism, and in neuralgia, which  was probably the
result of exudation into the neurilema, &c.
   He gave  it also internally several  times with good effect, in dis-
order of the stomach, (Verschleimung des Magens,)  accompanied
by too great a secretion of mucus, and  producing complete loss of
appetite.  Two  drops of the oleum sinapis were formed into a mix-
ture  of six ounces, by the aid of gum arabic and sugar; and of this
a table-spoonful  was given  every two  hours.
  In  cases of atonic dropsy, it has been conceived, that advantage
might, in many  cases, be derived from the internal use of this vola-
tile oil;  as in the majority of those to whom it was  given  inter-
nally, the urinary secretion was largely augmented by it.2  Kuhn,3
indeed exhibited it in a case of atonic dropsy as  a sequel of inter-
mittent fever with signal benefit.
  The oleum sinapis has already been received into the Hamburg
Pharmacopoeia.

        1 Die neuern Arzneimiltel, S. 341.
        2 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 343.
       3 Medicinische Zeitung, No. 38. Sep. 21,1S36,  S. 191. 
294              dunglison's new remedies.
                       PHLORIDZINA.1

SynoNyme—Phloridzinum, Phloridzine.
German.—P hlor idzi n.

  This bitter principle exists in the bark of both the trunk and the
roots of the apple, pear, cherry, and plum tree.

                   METHOD OF  PREPARING.

  The following  plan is recommended by  M.  de Koninck:—
The fresh bark of the root of the apple-tree is to be boiled for two
hours with sufficient water to cover the bark :  the decoction  is to
be decanted, and a second one made by the addition of more water.
On uniting the two decoctions, and permitting them to stand for
twenty-four hours, a deposition of phloridzine, in granular crystals,
takes place.  These are to be treated with distilled water and animal
charcoal  to  purify them.   An  additional quantity is obtained by
evaporating the mother waters to one-fifth.  At this degree of con-
centration, all the phloridzine is  deposited.  This method affords
about one part in three hundred.  Another plan yields  five per
cent.   It consists in digesting the fresh  root in weak alcohol, at a
temperature of 120°, for about eight or ten hours,  distilling off the
greater part of the alcohol, and crystallising the residue.2
  Phloridzine crystallises in silky spicula of a dead white colour
when in  masses, or in long slender prisms or tables when crystal-
lised with care.   One thousand parts of water, at a temperature
from 32° to 71°, only dissolve about  one  part; but at from 71° to
212° water dissolves it in all proportions.   It is also very soluble in
pure alcohol at ordinary temperatures, although but slightly so in
ether, even when boiling.  It has no action on test papers.   S. g.
1.429.

            EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  M. de  Koninck found, that from ten to fourteen grains given for
a dose, with a dram of sugar, produced the most  marked effect on
intermittent fever, where quinine had failed.  In  four  cases re-
ported by Dr. Van Mons,3 of Bruxelles, the disease was arrested by
the first sixteen grains; other cases required  sixteen grains a few
hours before the first paroxysm ;  twelve grains before the  second;
six before the third; and  four before  the fourth.   Five successful
cases are likewise  given by M.  Mathysen,4 eleve interne at the

  1 From  <I>*oo$, inner bark, and |»f<x, root.
  ■ Journal de Pharmacie,  & Amer. Journ. of Pharmac.  vol. ii. new series,
p. 240.  See, also, M. Boullier, in Gazette Medicale de Paris, 17 Juin, 1837.
  8 Bulletin Medical Beige, Mai, 1836.
  4 Bulletin Medical Beige, Oct. 1835. 
PIPERINUM.
295
Hospital St. Pierre, Bruxelles;  yet M. Leonhard1 is  satisfied, from
his various trials, that it does not possess any febrifuge virtue!

                   METHOD OF PRESCRIBING.

   It may be given  in the form of pill or of powder, like the  qui-
nine.  It was  administered  at  the hospital  at Bruxelles, in one
case, in the  way of lavement;—twenty-four  grains being given
in three lavemens.   The paroxysm returned, but was less violent.
In two days afterwards, the same quantity  was administered in
the same manner, and the fever did not  recur.
                          PIPERINA.

Synonymes.—Piperinum, Piperine.
German.—Piperin, Pfefferstoff.

  This substance was discovered by M. Oerstadt, in the year 1819,
in the black pepper, (Piper nigrum.2) It is found, also, in the Piper
longum, and it has been presumed to be the same, or an analogous
principle with the cubebine of the Piper cubeba.  M. Oerstadt at
first regarded it as a  vegetable alkali, but M. Pelletier  subsequently
analysed it, and proved it not to be such,  but to bear a consider-
able analogy to resins, and to be of a peculiar nature.3
  Piperine has not been much used, except in Italy:  it has been
highly  extolled  there in  the  cure of intermittents, by Meli4 and
many others.

                    METHOD  OF  PREPARING.

  Let two pounds of black pepper, bruised, be digested, at a gentle
heat, in three pounds of alcohol, at 36° (.837).  This mixture must
afterwards be raised  to ebullition, then suffered  to remain  at  rest,
and  grow cold;  when it must be decanted, and the  operation  be
repeated with fresh  alcohol.   The two  solutions must  then  be
mixed  together, and  two pounds of distilled water and three ounces
of muriatic acid be added  thereto.  The liquor becomes turbid, and
a precipitate, of a deep gray colour, is thrown down, which is com-
posed,  in a great measure, of fatty matter.  The deposit being
separated, crystals may be collected  on  the filter and sides of the

  1 Encyclographie des Sciences Medicales, Mai, 1838.
  2 Journal de Physique, No. 2, 1820, &, Gazette de Sante, Mai 25,  1820.
  2 Examen chimique du Poivre, par J. Pelletier, 8vo. Paris.
  4 Annali Univers. di  Medicina, xxvii. 161, & xxviii. 22. 
296
dunglison's new remedies.
vessel.  These  are  the piperine.   On  adding  water ryntil the
liquid is no longer rendered turbid, a fresh quantity is obtained.
   The  above process, which  is that of Meli, is the same as one
described by M. Pelletier.  He has likewise  procured it by the
following method :—After having exhausted the pepper by alcohol,
and evaporated the alcoholic tinctures,  a fatty or resinous matter is
obtained: this  must be subjected to the action of boiling water,
which must be added again and again, until it passes off colour-
less.  By dissolving this fatty matter—thus purified  by  washing in
alcohol—by the aid  of heat, and leaving  the solution to itself for
some days, a multitude of crystals are  obtained, which may be
purified by  solution in alcohol and ether, and by repeated crystalli-
sation.  The  alcoholic mother waters,  left to  themselves,  will
furnish fresh crystals.   This crystalline matter is piperine.
   Piperine  presents itself in the form of  four-sided  prisms, two of
which—parallel to  each other—are evidently broader  than the
others.  In the pure state, it is of a  white colour,  and translucent;
it is  frequently,  however,  coloured yellow by portions  of  resin
being combined with it.  It is inodorous, and of  a  feeble taste of
pepper; fuses readily by  heat; is not  volatile,  and  is  scarcely
soluble in cold  water, but somewhat more so in  hot.  In respect to
its solubility in alcohol,  testimony is  discordant.   According to
Magendie,  it  dissolves very readily therein ;  according to C. G.
Gmelin, it is soluble only in small quantity in cold, but  in tolerable
proportion in  hot alcohol, as well as in  ether and  in  the volatile
oils.
   The solutions taste acrid  and peppery, and do not react on vege-
table colours ;—which shows that it is not an alkaloid, as the dis-
coverer conceived.  With  acids,  it forms no  intimate  chemical
combinations;  acetic  acid, indeed, dissolves  it in considerable
quantity, but it is in great part precipitated by water, and by eva-
poration the whole of the acid escapes.

                 EFFECTS ON  THE ECONOMY.

   Piperine—as has  already been  remarked—has been  exhibited
chiefly by the Italian physicians for  the cure of intermittent fever.
Its employment was, doubtless, suggested by the  use of pepper
corns as a popular remedy in that disease.  According  to  Riecke,1
the antiperiodic virtue  of pepper is exhibited  upon the healthy
economy; a few pepper corns  taken before the expected appear-
ance of the menses, arrests them for several days.  Of this, he him-
self has had no experience ; but he  affirms that the females, in a
district  of  southern  Germany,  have  great  confidence  in  their
virtues.
   Meli,2 who  treated many cases  of   intermittent  with piperine,

  1 Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 361.
  8 Nuove Esperienze, &c, Milan. 1823,  8vo., & Annali  Universali di Me-
dicina, xxvii. 161, and xxviii. 22. 
PIPERINUM.                       297"
considers it as the best of all febrifuges,  the quinine  not excepted.
He forms twenty grains into ten pills, and  gives these at intervals
during tho  apyrexia.  The  efficacy of the oleum acre piperis in
the same complaint, he ascribes to the piperine it contains.
   The  febrifuge virtue of piperine has  been confirmed by many
other Italian physicians;  by Brandolini, Bertini, Gordini, Torelli,
and others.  According to Brandolini, from forty to fifty grains are
generally required to effect a cure.  Bertini gave it in three doses
during the apyrexia, to the extent of a scruple, made into pills with
a bitter extract: after two or three doses, the fever was generally
arrested.  Gordini  affirms,  that  relapses occurred less  frequently
after the use of  piperine than after that of the sulphate of quinine.
On the  other  hand, in  the hospital at Turin, Christin was  dis-
appointed in it, and such  seems to  have been the  result of the
trials made by Chiappa.1   In the year 1823, he administered it in
ten or twelve cases, but was unable to detect any great antiperiodic
property;  not  more  than a  fourth part of the sick experienced
benefit,  whilst, on the others, the cinchona acted like  a charm.   In
general,  a  burning sensation was experienced in the  stomach after
taking it, as well as in the throat, with  the  same kind of feeling
occasionally in the rectum, and in the whole abdomen ;  and in two
young individuals, the eyes were made red, and the eye-lids, nose,
and lips were swollen.
   Piperine  has, likewise, been employed by others besides the
Italian physicians.   Dr. Blom, of Utrecht, has given  it in inter-
mittents, but not with as much success as the quinine.   According
to him,  the remedy, soon after it is taken,  particularly in very im-
pressible persons, occasions a sense of internal  heat, especially in
the epigastric region, and not unfrequently it causes perspiration,
especially on the upper lip.   Blom is, however, doubtful, whether
these effects are ascribable to the piperine, or to  a  portion of the
resin  of the pepper remaining united with it.   He  is  of  opinion,
that both in general debility, and in debility of the digestive appa-
ratus, piperine  merits a preference over the  sulphate of quinine,
both because it can be better borne by the stomach, and because it
acts more tonically upon it.
   In  inflammatory intermittents, as well as in those with gastric
complications, the piperine is to be avoided.
   Magendie suggests that it should be  given  in  blennorrhoea, in
place of the cubebs.

                 METHOD  OF ADMINISTERING.

                       Pilula Piperina.
                       Pills of Piperine.
             it.  Piperin. gr. xij.
                 Extract, gentian, q. s. ut fiant pilulas xij.
   Dose.—One every hour during the apyrexia of fever.
1 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 361. 
298
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                        PLATINUM.

Synonyme.—Platina.

  The Preparations of Platinum are  not  given here, as they are
not used.   According to Magendie, they possess analogous proper-
ties to those of the salts of gold.  See Auri  Praparata.
                    PLUMBI IODIDUM.

Synonymes.—Plumbi Ioduretum, Iodide or Ioduret of Lead.
French.—Iodure de Plomb.
German.—Bleiiodid.

                    MODE  OF PREPARING.

  This preparation may be made by adding a solution of one hun-
dred parts of hydriodate of potassa to  a solution of seventy-five
parts of the acetate of lead.
  The iodide is a fine yellow powder, insoluble in cold, but per-
fectly soluble in boiling  water, from which  it is  precipitated,  on
cooling, in hexagonal plates, partially soluble in alcohol and acetic
acid.

                 EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  The iodide of  lead is  not an irritant, when applied even to a
denuded surface.1  M. Paton3 administered twelve grains of it to a
cat of moderate  size.  In four hours the animal did not appear to
experience any inconvenience;  twelve more grains were then
given ; in twelve hours the  animal  became uneasy, and constantly
refused every kind of food.   It appeared to suffer in  the kidneys;
subsequently, it was attacked with violent colic, which caused it to
jump to great heights.   Three days after taking the iodide, it died,
suffering dreadfully. The dissection was made twelve hours after-
wards, when no  traces  of irritation were perceptible.   M. Paton
examined the interior of the stomach chemically, but was  unable
to detect  any of the iodide, nor could any portion  of it be dis-
covered in the faeces.   He  then  boiled the  intestines and their
contained matters in distilled water; the liquid  was filtered and
decolourised by charcoal, but no effect was induced by the tests for
lead.  The matter remaining on  the filter was digested in dilute
nitric acid: the solution  was filtered, and a precipitate obtained on
pouring in a solution of chromate of potassa.  The liquid was eva-

  1 Eager, in Dublin Journal for 1834.
  2 British Annals of Medicine, Mar. 3, 1837; and Journal de  Chimie
Medical, Jan. 1837. 
PLUMBI TANNAS.                    299
porated; the residue calcined along with  what  was left by  the
evaporation of the water, and the whole brought in contact with
dilute nitric acid.   Nitrous gas was disengaged, and the solution
responded  to reagents like the solutions of the salts of  lead.   M.
Paton infers, that the iodide of lead introduced into the stomach is
partly absorbed,  and that it is this portion which causes death,—
the remainder passing into the intestines, and admitting of detec-
tion by the method described.
  When given internally, in the dose of a quarter or half a grain,
Velpeau thought that it occasioned, in one instance, irritation in  the
alimentary canal; but Dr. O'Shaughnessy thinks that this result
must have  been owing  to idiosyncrasy, as ten grain doses can be
borne with  perfect impunity.   The experiments of  Dr.  Cogswell1
show, that it is by no means an active agent.
  Owing to its not exciting cutaneous irritation—like  iodine, and the
iodide of potassium—the iodide of lead has been applied externally.
Velpeau2 treated three cases of enlarged  glands with very gratifying
success, although the patients had used frictions with other prepa-
rations  of iodine ineffectually.  Similar good effects  were observed
by Guersent, Roots, and others.

          Unguentum Plumbi Iodidi.   (Pharm. Lond.)
                  Ointment of Iodide of Lead.
             it.  Plumbi iodid. §j.
                 Adipis, § viij.  M.
  Applied to scrofulous and other indolent swellings in the way of
friction.
                     PLUMBI TANNAS.

Synonymes.—Tannate of Lead.
French.—Tannate de Plomb.
German.—Gerbstoff blei.

  Autenrieth3 has  strongly recommended the tannate of lead  in
cases of paratrirnma ad decubitum, that is, of sores produced by
lying, and its advantages have been confirmed by others.

                    METHOD OF  PREPARING.

  The tannate is formed by precipitating an infusion of oak bark
by acetate of lead, according to the following formula.

  1 Essay on Iodine, p. 142. Edinb. 1837.
  * Lugol, Essays on Iodine, &c, by O'Shaughnessy, p. 206.
  3 British Annals of Medicine, June 2, 1837;  and  Journ. de Chimie
Medicale, Mars, 1837. 
300
DUNGLISON'S  NEW REMEDIES.
              it.  Cortic. querc. gross, pulv. ;|j.
      Coque cum
                 Aquas commun. .^viij.
      Ad colaturas ^iv. admisce acetum plumbicum quamdiu praecipatum
inde oritur.  Liquor filtretur per chartam bibulam.  Prascipitatum in charta
remanens ad consistentiam unguenti tenuioris exsicca.1
  The ointment is used,  spread  upon lint, three times a day.

  More recently,  Dr. Tott has recommended the ointment in cases
of decubitus gangranosus, or sloughing sores produced by lying.2
In one case, in which it  appeared  to be inefficacious,  he took two
drams of the  dried precipitate,  mixed it  with an  ounce of ungu-
entum rosatum, and applied this  unguentum plumbicotannicum
with success.
                    POTASS.E CHLORAS.

Synonymes.—Kali Chloricum, Chloras Kalicus Depuratus, Alcali Vegeta-
  ble Salito-dephlogisticatum, Chloruretum Potassae Oxidatum, Haloidura
  Oxygenatum, Murias Potassae Hyperoxygenatum seu Oxygenatum, Oxy-
  geno-chloruretum Potassii, Potassas Euchloras, Chlorate of Potassa, Chlo-
  rate of Protoxide of Potassium.
French,—Chlorate de Potasse.
German.—Chlorsaures  Kali.
                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   In  the chemical  manufactories,  the chlorate of  potassa  is pre-
pared by passing chlorine gas into a solution of carbonate of po-
tassa.  In  this  way, chlorate of potassa is obtained mixed  with
more or  less muriate of potassa.  The salt  prepared in the labora-
tories, before it is adapted for medical  use, should  be purified by
recrystallisation.  It is to be observed, that when the   adequate
quantity of chlorine gas is not employed in the  preparation, the re-
sulting compound is analogous to the chlorides of soda and lime,
and in action  it agrees rather with  those  preparations  than  with
the true  chlorate of potassa.   This  may tend  to explain the dis-
crepancy in the experience of different physicians.
   The chlorate of potassa  crystallises in white leaves, having the

  1 "Take of oak bark, in coarse powder, an ounce; boil in eight ounces of
water, until, when strained,  four ounces remain:  add acetate  of  lead as
long as any precipitate falls:  filter the liquor through bibulous  paper, and
dry the precipitate remaining on the paper to the consistence of a thin oint-
ment."
  2 Grafe und Walther's  Journal der Chirurgie, B.  xxiv. S. 676, Berlin,
1836; and Gazette Medicale, Jan. 1837. 
POTASS^E chloras.
301
splendour of mother of pearl, or in four or six-sided tables, having a
specific gravity of 1.989.   It  is permanent in the air, and has a
cool,  saline, disagreeable  taste, similar to that  of saltpetre.  Six
parts are soluble, at the ordinary temperature, in  100 parts of water.
When exposed to  heat oxygen escapes, and chloride of sodium
remains.  AVhen  beaten forcibly  in  a mortar, it crackles, emits
light, and sparks.   When  rubbed  lightly with inflammable sub-
stances, or  when  struck, it  inflames  readily, and hence  its well
known employment in the formation of matches.

                  EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

   These have not been completely tested, in the  opinion of some
at least.1  L. W.  Sachs, who has frequently administered it, is of
opinion, that in the chlorate of potassa the direct effect of the alkali
is rendered  milder  by the chloric  acid, whilst the alkali  modifies
that of the acid ; in this manner, the caustic property of the alkali
is destroyed ; Whilst the liquifying or resolvent (fluidisirende) pro-
perty is moderated, but not removed.  On the other hand, by the
union of the chloric  acid with the alkali,  the  powerful  excitant
action on the nerves, which  the former exerts, is at the same time
markedly moderated, although certainly not destroyed; the mode
in which it is exerted, he thinks, is probably changed.
   By such a union, a medicine has been supposed to be formed,
which acts chiefly on the nervous system, and which is capable of
mitigating and  probably of removing any  morbid erethism therein,
with the hyperaesthesia thereby induced.
   Such is  the  opinion of certain  therapeutists.   Others imagine,
that it is capable of purifying the  mass of blood in consequence of
the chlorine which it contains ; but  a salt of chloric  acid is not
possessed of the same properties  as  chlorine;  and, accordingly,
when we have  found occasion to administer it, we have never wit-
nessed any of the effects ascribed to it; nor have we seen any evi-
dence  of the modus  operandi on  the nervous  system mentioned
above, or of its imparting oxygen to the  blood  as supposed by
some.2
   From its excitant  properties, and under the notion  that it may
act upon the blood, and through the  blood on the functions of nu-
trition as an excellent alterative, the chlorate of potassa has been
recommended in chronic cutaneous diseases in  general, as well as
in hepatic and  syphilitic affections.   It has also been occasionally
administered in cases of chronic asthenia.
   Kbhler3 employed  it in several cases of tubercular phthisis, and
although the general  results of his experiments were unfavourable,
he thinks it ought to be admitted into the number of those remedies

          1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 300.
          2 See  Stevens on the Blood, p. 296.  London,  1832.
         3 Rust's Magazin, B. xlvi. 
302
dunglison's new remedies.
that are useful in phthisis, although its stimulating action on the
circulating and  pulmonary systems cannot be denied.  Its use is
contra-indicated  where the fever runs high, and where there is any
sign of inflammation of the lungs, or tendency to haemoptysis.
  Sachs, in accordance with the views before  mentioned, in regard
to its antineuropathic properties,  has  advised  it in cases of proso-
palgia.  He affirms, that  in a  great many  instances  it  afforded
essential relief.   Chisholm appears to have been one of the earliest
to prescribe it in neuralgia faciei; and, after him, Herber, and sub-
sequently, B. Schaffer,  Jos. Frank, Meyer, and others, employed it
both as a curative and  palliative agent in that  disease.
  Recently, it has been advised in obstinate rheumatism of the ner-
vous kind,  by Knod  von Helmenstreit; and Eyr has extolled it in
ulceration of the mouth after violent salivation.
  Sachs  administered  it in the dose of from three to six grains,
three or four times a day, but some give it in  a much larger quan-
tity.  It  may be administered either in the  form of powder or of
solution.

                  Solutio Potassa Chloratis.
                 Solution of Chlorate of Potassa.
Synonymes.—Solutio Muriatis Potassas Oxygenati, Liquor ad Ulcera Atonica.
                j*.  Potassae chlorat. 3j.
                  Aquae destillat. 3xij.  M.
  To be applied to indolent ulcers, by  means of lin,t dipped in it,
or of a camel's hair pencil, to excite the tissues.
                                                 Swediaur.1
                   Potus Potassa Chloratis.
                  Drink of Chlorate  of Potassa.
     Synonymes.—Potus Oxygenatus. (French.—Tisane Oxygenee.)
                it.  Solut. potass, chlorat. &ij.
                  Aquae, ftiv.  M.
  Given internally, in cases of general asthenia.
  Dose.—One or two pints a day.                  Swediaur.

                  Mistura Potassa  Chloratis.
                 Mixture of Chlorate of Potassa.
                it. Potassae chlorat. sjiss.
                  Aquae destill. simpl. giv.
      Solve.
  Dose.—A spoonful every two hours.         Helmenstreit.

  Eyr dissolves twenty-five grains of the, chlorate  of potassa in
four ounces of distilled water, and administers a spoonful  three
times a day.
1 P^arm. Med. Pract. Bruxelles, 1817. 2de edit. 
                   potassae chloras.                  303

             it.  Potass, chlorat. &j.
                Aquae destillat. ^iv.
                Syrup, althaeae, %'].  M.

Dose.—A table-spoonful four times a day.          Koehler.
                  POTASSII BROMIDUM.

Synonymes.—Kalium Bromatum, Bromide of Potassium.  In  Solution,
  Hydrobromate of Potassa, Potassae Hydrobromas, Kali Hydrobromicum.
French.—Bromure de Potasse.
German.—Bromkalium, Kaliumbromid, Bromwasserstoffsaures Kali.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  According to  Liebig, this preparation  can be readily made by
dissolving  bromine  in spirit of wine, and  adding caustic alkali
until  the spirit begins to  change colour, then evaporating  and
heating to redness.   In the London Pharmacopoeia, the bromide is
directed to  be made by adding first an ounce of iron filings, and
afterwards  two ounces  of bromine to a pint and a half of distilled
water.  The mixture is set aside for  half  an hour, and  frequently
stirred with a spatula :  a gentle  heat is then applied, and when a
greenish colour is produced, two ounces  and a dram of carbonate
of potassa, dissolved in a pint and a half of water, are poured in :
what remains is filtered and washed with two pints  of boiling
distilled  water, and  again filtered.  The mixed solutions are then
evaporated, that  crystals may form.
  Liebig says it crystallises  in four-sided shining tables; according
to Balard,1  commonly in  tubes, and  at times  in long rectangular
parallelopipedons.   It has a pungent taste.   By heat it  crepitates,
and melts into a red  hot flux, without experiencing change.   It is
more soluble in hot than in cold water) producing, during its solu-
tion, evident cold, and becoming  converted into hydrobromate of
potassa.  It is also soluble  in alcohol, although in small quantity.
The solution of hydrobromate of potassa dissolves no more bromine
than  pure water.

                  EFFECTS ON THE  ECONOMY.

  The bromide of potassium excites the same phenomena  as  bro-
mine, but with less intensity.  From one  dram and a half to 3ij is
needed to kill a dog. The animal appears to suffer; is restless, and
gradually  falls into a state of prostration.    In  smaller  doses  it
appears to  act powerfully on the human stomach.  The bromide.
' Annates de Chimi^ torn, xxxii. 
304             dunglison's new remedies.

like bromine,, seems first to have been applied to therapeutical pur-
poses by Pourche.1  Two cases of scrofulous tumours are reported
by him to have been removed by friction with an ointment com-
posed thereof, and a cataplasm sprinkled with an aqueous solution
of it.   In a third patient,  chronic otorrhosa  and scrofulous tume-
faction  of the testicle yielded to the same agency, combined with
the internal use  of bromine.  A  very large goitre was reduced two
thirds by it.
   Pourche prescribed the bromide  internally in the form of pill,
in the dose of four to eight grains in the day.
   Magendie2 employed  the preparations of bromine in scrofula, in
amenorrhoea, and in hypertrophy of the ventricles of the heart.
Prieger  recommended  an ointment of the " Kali bromicum" in
inveterate  porrigo favosa as well as  in obstinate and malignant
tetter, and with good  success; and Dr. Williams3 in cases  of en-
larged spleen.   The last gentleman suggests, that it possesses
"unusual, if not specific  powers in the cure of diseases  of the
spleen !"  It was owing to these results that the  bromide was in-
troduced into the London Pharmacopoeia of 1836.4  Dr. Williams
also gave it with success in a case of ascites.

                  mode  of  administering.

                   Solutio Potassii Bromidi.

               Solution of Bromide of Potassium.
                    it.  Potassii  bromidi, gr. xviij.
                       Aquae lactucae destillat. §iij.
                        Syrup, althaeae, §j.  M.
  To be given in the course of the twenty-four hours: in table-
spoonfuls.
                                                 Magendie.
                 Unguentum Potassii Bromidi.
              Ointment of Bromide of Potassium.
                    it.  Adipis, gj.
                       Kalii bromat. gr. xxxvj.  M.
  Half a dram to a dram to be rubbed on scrofulous swellings.
                                                 Magendie.
  M. Pourche employs 3j  of the bromide to the ounce of lard.
                    it.  Axung. gj.
                       Potassii bromid. gr. xxiv.
                       Bromini liquid, gr. vi ad xij.   M.
                                                 Magendie.

  •Journ  de Chimie  Medicale,  iv. 594; see, also, Bulletin General de
Therapeutique, No. 14, Juillet, 30, 1837.
  2 Formulaire, Ed. cit.
  s Elements of Medicine,  i. 338.
  4 Pereira, Elements  of Materia Medica, Pt. i. p. 287.  Lond. 1839; and
Brande's Diet, of Mat. Med. p. 126.  Lond. 1839. 
potassii cyanidum.
305
                   POTASSII CYANIDUM.

 Synonymes.—Potassii Cyanuretum, Cyanide, or Cyanuret of Potassium.
 French.—Cyanure de Potassium.
 German.—Cyankalium.

   This preparation was proposed  by MM. Robiquet and Villerme,1
 as a substitute for the hydrocyanic acid.  It is, in their opinion, far
 more certain in  its effects than that preparation.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   The cyanide of potassium  is formed  whenever potassa is  cal-
 cined  with an animal matter, as in the preparation  of the Prussian
 blue.  It is commonly prepared,  after the process  of Robiquet, by
 exposing  to long continued heat the ferruginous  prussiate of po-
 tassa.   The cyanuret of iron is  completely decomposed, and that
 of the  potassium remains.  The residuum, after this strong calcina-
 tion, constitutes a solid, blackish mass, which consists wholly of
 the cyanide of potassium, soiled by the iron  and the charcoal be-
 longing to the cyanuret of iron.   The mass is dissolved in water,
 when  the  iron  and charcoal are  deposited; whilst the cyanide of
 potassium dissolves,  and  is  transformed  into  hydrocyanate of
 potassa.
   When the process has been well conducted,  the  solution is per-
 fectly  colourless, and  retains no  portion of iron.  M. Chevallier2
 considers this process to be  impracticable, as  the cyanide decom-
 poses water on coming  in contact with it.   The result, therefore,
 must be hydrocyanate of potassa;  and,  on heating  this, all the
 hydrocyanic acid escapes,  and the residue is merely potassa.  He
 prepares the salt  by calcining the  ferro-hydrocyanate of potassa,
 and then separating the cyanide from the quadricarburet of iron
 by pure alcohol, on distilling which  the  cyanide is obtained very
 pure.
  Pure cyanide of potassium is white and transparent; it may be
 fused in the fire  without being decomposed,  and keeps for an in-
 definite period, provided it be kept dry.

                   EFFECTS  ON THE ECONOMY.

  MM. Robiquet  and  Villerme performed  some experiments on
animals in the  presence  of Magendie.3  A tenth  of a  grain  de-
stroyed a   male  linnet  in a minute; less than a  grain killed a
guinea pig in  two or three minutes : a  small  drop of the  hydro-

  1 Bulletins de la Societe Medicale d'Emulation, Juillet, 1823.
  2 Journ. de Chimie Medicale, and Journal of Phila.  College of Pharmacy,
1832.
  3 Formulaire pour la Preparation &c. de plusieursNouveaux Medicamens,

       ] 0—g                                   dungl 20 
306
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
cyanate of potassa, containing only the hundredth part of a grain
of the cyanide in solution, caused  a linnet to drop down dead in
half a minute.  Half a dram, containing five grains of the cyanide,
killed a dog of large size in a quarter of an hour.
  Magendie proposes, that the cyanide of potassium should be dis-
solved in eight times its weight of  distilled  water, when it becomes
transformed into hydrocyanate of potassa.  To this  solution,  he
gives the name medicinal hydrocyanate of potassa,  and  advises,
that it should be given under the same circumstances, and in the
same doses, as the  medicinal hydrocyanic  acid, (see page  3.)
He farther suggests,  that, to render it  wholly independent of the
action of the small portion of alkali contained in the cyanide, a few
drops of some vegetable acid may be added, or  it may be prescribed
with an acid syrup.
   The dose of the cyanide is a quarter of a grain at first, gradually
increased to a grain  and more.  M. Bally  gave it to fifty-two indi-
viduals labouring under different diseases;  it produced no effect on
thirty-five ;  and, on the others,  the result was  neither  constant nor
salutary, so  that he is not inclined  to place more reliance upon the
cyanide than upon the hydrocyanic acid.
   By Dr. Lombard,1 of Geneva,  it has been applied externally,
with success, in some cases of facial neuralgia.  He uses it by fric-
tion, in the form of watery solution, or  of ointment,  according to
circumstances.   The  watery solution is in the  strength of from one
to four grains to the ounce of water; and the ointment is composed
of from two to four grains of the cyanide to an ounce of lard.  The
aqueous solution, however, is considered by Dr. Lombard to be the
most prompt in its effects.  Dr. Lombard regards the cyanide to be
contra-indicated, where the nervous affection  is complicated with
inflammatory action.   He has  found it, also,  a useful  remedy in
chronic  rheumatism.  In .sciatic neuralgia, it was not  successful.
In white swelling, attended with acute  pains, poultices, moistened
with the solution, gave great  relief.  Dr. Lombard, indeed, affirms,
that the soothing properties of the cyanide are superior to those of
any remedy known.  Lotions  of  hydrocyanic acid are not  to be
compared with  it,—the  acid being decomposed with facility, and
not devoid of danger.
   MM. Trousseau and Rullier2also recommend the cyanide, in the
proportion of four grains to an ounce of water, as a local  applica-
tion in various forms of neuralgia.
   M. Andral3 employed the  cyanide with complete  success  in  a
case  of most intense cephalalgia,  which, for  ten months,  had re-
sisted the most powerful remedies, as bleeding, a seton in the neck,
blisters and sinapisms.   It was employed in  solution, in  the pro-

   1 Gazette des H6pitaux, & Lond. Med. Gaz. Sept. 1831.
  2 Lond. Med. and Surgical Journ. Dec. 15, 1832;  and Amer. Journ. of the
Med. Sciences, May, 1833, p. 238.
   3 Gazette Medicale, Jan. 1832. 
                      POTASSII  CYANIDUM.                  307

portion of from six to eight grains to the ounce of distilled water;
and compresses, wet with the solution, were applied, for eight days,
to the forehead and temples.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

                   Mistura Potassii Cyanidi.

  Mixture of Cyanide of Potassium or of Hydrocyanate of Potassa.

                 (Pectoral Mixture, of Magendie.)

                it.  Potass, hydrocyan. med. £j.
                   Aquae destillat. Oj.
                   Sacchaf. purif. ^iss.  M.

   Dose.—About five drams  (a table-spoonful) night arid morning.

                        (Pectoral Potion.)

                it.  Potass, hydrocyan. med. gtt. xv.
                   Infus. hederi terrestr. ,§ij.
                   Syrup, althaeae, 3J.  M.

   Dose.—Five grammes (a tea-spoonful) every three hours.
                                                  Magendie.

                it.  Potassii cyanid. gr. $.
                   Aquae lactucae, §ij-
                   Syrup, althaeae, ^j.  M.

   Dose.—Five drams (a table-spoonful) every two hours.
                                                  Magendie.

                Syrupus Potassa Hydrocyanatis.

                Syrup of Hydrocyanate of Potassa.

                it.  Potass, hydrocyanat. medic. £j.
                   Syrupi, B>j.

   This syrup may be added to pectoral draughts, and may be sub-
stituted for other syrups.

                    Pilula Potassii Cyanidi.

                  Pills of Cyanide of Potassium.

                it.  Potassii cyanid.
                   Amyli aa.gr. iv.                  .
                   Syrup,  q. s. ut fiat massa in pilulas viij dividenda.

   Dose.—A pill night and morning, in  convulsions, dyspnoea, <fcc.
                                     Hospital of La Pitie'.1
' Ryan's Formulary, 3d edit. p. 392.  Lond. 1839. 
308
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                    POTASSII IODIDUM.

Synonymes.—Kalium Iodatum,  Kali Hydroiodinicum, K.  Hydroiodicum,
  Hydroiodas Kalicus, Potassii Ioduretutn, Iodide or Ioduret of Potassium.
  In solution—Potassae Hydriodas, Potassii Proto-hydriodas, Potassii  Pro-
  toxidi Hydriodas, Hydriodate of Potassa.
French.—Hydriodate de Potasse, Iodure de Potasse.
German.—Iodkalium, Iodwasserstoffeaures Kali.

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  According to  Tunnermann, the iodide of potassium is best  pre-
pared in the following manner:
  One part of pure iron  filings, with  four parts of  iodine, is  put
into a glass vessel—by many, into a  glass retort—and six  or eight
parts of water are poured thereon ; gentle warmth is then applied,
and the mixture is frequently shaken until the liquid  appears clear
and almost colourless.   In this way, hydriodate of protoxide of  iron
is formed, which is dissolved in the  water.  It is now filtered ; the
residuum washed several times on the filter  with  distilled water,
and, under the application of a moderate heat, a concentrated solu-
tion of potassa is added, by small  portions at a time, until a precipi-
tate  is no  longer thrown down.  In  this process, the potassium
separates the iodine from  the hydriodic  acid; the oxygen of the
former unites with the hydrogen of the latter; protoxide of iron  is
precipitated,  and carbonic acid given off,—heat being required for
its entire disengagement, to prevent  the formation of a carbonate  of
protoxide of iron  with  excess of acid, which would  be soluble  in
the water.   It is then filtered, the residue washed on  the filter  with
distilled water, and the liquid evaporated so as to form crystals.
  Those chemists or pharmaciens,  who are  not very accurate  in
their preparations, evaporate the  mother waters to dryness, satisfy-
ing themselves, that although the saline residuum  contains  car-
bonated alkali, it may answer for external use ; which is decidedly
objectionable.  To prevent the loss of the  iodide, owing to its ad-
mixture  with the carbonate of  potassa, in the  mother  waters,
Tunnermann finds it most advantageous to neutralize it with the
hydriodic acid,  which  may be prepared in  the following manner :
Dissolve about one dram of iodine in not  very strong spirit of wine,
and pass a stream of sulphuretted hydrogen into  the solution, until
it is wholly deprived of colour.  The hydrogen unites with the
iodine,—the hydriodic acid, thus  formed, remaining dissolved,
whilst the sulphur is precipitated.   The  liquor is then filtered, the
sulphur washed  with a little water,  and the spirit and superfluous
sulphuretted hydrogen gas are driven off by heating it in 'a glass
vessel placed in a sand bath.  The  remaining fluid is diluted  with
water, filtered, and a warm alkaline  ley added, until litmus paper is
only feebly reddened.  By evaporation, the iodide of potassium is 
POTASSII  IODIDUM.
309
obtained, which, by repeated solution in water, evaporation of the
solution, and filtration, is obtained entirely pure.1
  The  process of Turner is, to take any quantity of a solution of
caustic  potassa,  and to add to it gradually, at a gentle heat, iodine
sufficient  to neutralise the alkali;  then evaporating  to  dryness,
calcining strongly, dissolving in water, and crystallising.
  Dr. William Gregory2 suggested  an improvement on the process
of Turner, which has  been regarded one of the simplest.3  It  con-
sists in  adding iodine to a hot solution of potassa until  the fluid
assumes a yellowish brown colour, then  evaporating, and'heating
the residuum to low redness, in a  platinum  crucible.  The mass,
which at first consists  of iodide of potassium and iodate of potassa,
thus loses  all its oxygen,  and becomes converted into  iodide of
potassium.
  The  formula of Caillot  and Baup  is—to take  ten  parts of
iodine and  fifty of  distilled water;  put them into  a mattrass, and
add, in  small successive portions,  of pure iron filings, five parts,
shaking the vessel  each time.  The liquor is then heated until it
loses its colour, filtered, and the substance on the filter washed  with
boiling water, until  the liquid is  tasteless;  the  liquor,  and the
various liquids  used in the washings, are united, and the whole is
heated  in a sand bath.  When the temperature approaches that of
ebullition, enough of a solution of subcarbonate of potassa is added,
to precipitate all the oxide of iron ; it is then filtered, and the sub-
stance on  the  filter washed until  it is completely exhausted.  All
the liquors  are then united, tested by reddened litmus paper, and if
there be any excess of base, a little hydriodic acid is  added.  It is
then evaporated in a  sand bath, until  a slight pellicle forms; the
fire  is  now discontinued, and the salt is suffered  to  crystallise.
Lastly, the crystals are washed with a little water, and then dried.4
   The  iodide of potassium crystallises in beautiful cubes.  These
are readily  fused, and are volatilised at  a red heat.   They do not
decompose, even when heated with access of air.  They are readily
soluble in  water, and in alcohol, and the  addition  of the iodide
facilitates greatly the solution of the iodine.
   It would seem, that a  slight contamination of iodide of potassium
with carbonate  of potassa is exceedingly common, as it  can  with
difficulty be avoided in the manufacture of the salt; but Christison5
affirms, that he has examined specimens, where the carbonate, with
its accompanying water, amounted to 90 parts in  the 100.  " Can
we wonder, then," he asks, " that  practitioners should complain of
the  iodide of potassium, that they have given  it for months, nay,

  'Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 305.  Stuttgart, 1837.
  2 Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journ., xxxvi. 369, for Oct. 1831.
  3 Cogswell, on  Iodine, p. 85.
  4 Jourdan's Pharmacopee Universelle, i. 662. Paris, 1828;  also  the Lond.
Pharmacopoeia, and Brande's Dictionary of Materia Medica, p. 317.  Lond.
1839.
  6 Edinb. Med. and  Surg.  Journal, April, 1838. 
310
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
even for years, without observing any effect either on the constitu-
tion, or on the disease for which it was administered ?"

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  As respects the action of the  iodide,  and its  administration in
disease, it is scarcely necessary to do more than  refer to what has
been said under the head of iodine. On the whole, its effects appear
to accord with those of iodine; at least, no difference is perceptible
on the organism.  It has been supposed, that it  is to be preferred
to pure iodine, where  the object is to act especially on the urinary
organs.1   For external use, the iodide of potassium is usually pre-
ferred to pure iodine.  It is constantly given internally, and often
in combination  with  the latter; the solubility of which, as was
before  remarked, is  aided by it.   Many of the following formulas
contain both one and the other.
  Dr. Buchanan asserts, that he has given the iodide of potassium
in doses of §ss, and the only precaution  he observed was to make
the patient drink freely of diluents.  It was chiefly to determine
some physiological questions that he gave it in  such large  doses.
Two drams of it were taken by a young man affected with gonor-
rhoea,  and as soon  as the medicine made its appearance in the
urine, blood was drawn from the arm.   On examining the blood,
both the serum and crassamentum were found deeply impregnated
with iodine.2
  According to recent experiments of Magendie,3 the iodide is one
of the substances that promote the coagulation of the blood.

                 METHOD OF  ADMINISTERING.

               Liquor vel Solutio Potassii Iodidi.
                Solution of Iodide of Potassium.
(Synonymes.—Potio resolvens  ex  Iodio. Solution de Coindet, Coindet's
                           Solution.)
             it.  Potassii iodidi, gr. xxxvj.
                 Aquae destillat. ^j.   Solve.
  Dose.—Same as that of the tincture of iodine.
                                    Coindet and Magendie.
              it.  Potassii iodidi, 3j-
                 Aquas destillat. £j.   Solve.
  Dose.—Fifteen drops three times a day, gradually increased to
forty-five: in  cases of ovarian dropsy,—frictions with iodine oint-
ment being used at the same time.                  Elliotson.

  1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w.  S. 306.  See, also, Cogswell
on Iodine, p. 96.
  2 Lond. Med. Gaz. July 2, 1836.
  3 Lecons sur le Sang;  & translation in Lancet, for Jan. 26, 1839, p. 636. 
potassii iodidum.
311
       Liquor vel Solutio Hydriodatis Potassa Iodureta.

          Solution of Ioduretted Hydriodate of Potassa.
             it.  Iodin. 9j.
                 Potassii iodid. 9ij.
                 Aq. destillat. §vij.  Solve.

  Dose.—Six drops early in the morning, and in the middle of the
day, in a glass of sugared water.   In tetter, scirrhus, &c.
                                                       Lugol.

  Lugol has a solution of three strengths for internal use.

                               I.        II.       III.
             it.  Iodin.       gr. %.      gr.  i.      gr. Ii.
                 Potass, iodid. gr. iss.     gr.  ii.     gr. iiss.
                 Aq. destillat. §viij.      § viij.     jfviij.

  Dose.-—Two-thirds, daily,  at first;  afterwards, the whole.

  Lugol recommends this threefold solution in the same  cases as
his  threefold  solution of iodine;  the first  being continued from
fourteen days to three weeks  ; the  second, from the fourth or fifth
week of the treatment to its termination ; the third, the strongest,
he did not often use.  As Riecke has observed, it would be better
to have in the hospitals but one solution, which  might be prescribed
in varied doses.

  Liquor Potassii Iodidi Compositus.—(Lond. Pharmacopoeia.)

           Compound Solution of Iodide of Potassium.

              it.  Iodin. gr. v.
                  Potass, iodid. gr. x.
                  Aquas destillat. ^xx.  M.

   Dose.—f. 3ij to f. 3vj.

      Tinctura Iodinii Composita.—(Lond. Pharmacopoeia.)

                  Compound Tincture of Iodine.

              it.   Iodin. |j.
                  Potass, iodid. ^ij.
                  Sp. rectif. Oij.  M.

   Dose.—Ten minims.

             Mistura Hydriodatis Potassa Iodureta.

           Mixture of Ioduretted Hydriodate of Potassa.

              it.  Iodin. gr. ss.
                  Potass, iodid. £ss.
                  Syrup, papav. §ss.
                  Aq. destillat. ibss.

   D0Se.—Two table-spoonfuls three times a day; in complication
of  syphilis with scrofula.                            Tyrrel.
              it.  Iodin. gr. iss.
                  Potassii iodid. gr. iij.
       Solve in
                  Aquee menth. pip. %iv. 
                  dunglison's  new remedies.

   Dose.—A spoonful two  or three  times a day.   To  children, a
 tea-spoonful.   In cases of cancrum  oris ; also, in dropsy, in gleet,
 and leucorrhoea.  On renewing the prescription,  the dose of the
 iodine may be increased one half, and of the iodide one grain, each
 time.                               Coster and  Friedrich.

                     Mistura Potassii  Iodidi.

                 Mixture of Iodide of Potassium.
              it.  Potass, iodid. giv.
                  Aquae lactucae destill. ^viij.
                 ----menth. pip. 5>ij.
                  Syrup, althaeae, gj.  M.

   Dose.—A spoonful morning and  evening, in a  little water, in-
 creasing the dose to two spoonfuls.   In  cases of hypertrophy of the
 ventricles of the heart.                             Magendie.
              it.  Potass, iodid. giv.
                 Aq. destill. lactuc. §viij.
                 ----flor. naphth. gij.
                 Tinct. digit. £j. ad gij.
                 Syr. althaeae, §iss.  M.

   Dose.—Morning and evening, a spoonful, in a little  water.  In
hypertrophy of the ventricles of the  heart, with quickening of the
heart's action.                                      Magendie.
              it.  Lign. quassiae.
                 Rad. gentian, aa. gj.
                 Aquae fervent. §xvj.
           Macera per horam et colae.
           Liquor, colat. add.
                 Potass, iodid. gr.  xxxvj.
                 Potassas carbonat. ^ij.  M.

  Dose.—A table-spoonful three  times a day, in a glass of water.
                                                    Cumming.

                     Pilula Potassii Iodidi.

                  Pills of Iodide of Potassium.

             it.  Potass, iodid. gr.  xv.
                 Aq. destillat. q. s.
                 Pulv. spong. ust.
                Ext.  dulcamar. aa. gij.
                 Pulv. rad. glycyrr. q. s.
     Fiant pilulae clxxx.

  Dose.—Six, two or three times a day,  in scrofula,  goitre, (fee.
                                                        Vogt.

      Unguentum Iodinii  Compositum.—(Pharm. Lond.)

     Compound  Ointment of Iodine.—Ioduretted Ointment.
             it.   Iodin. gss.
                 Potass, iodid. gj.
                 Spirit, rectif. f. 3J.
                Adipis. |ij.
 Rub the iodine and iodide with the spirit; and mix with the lard. 
                       potassii  iodidum.                   313

                   Unguentum Potassii Iodidi.

                Ointment of Iodide of Potassium.

              it.  Potass, iodid. gss.
                 Adipis, ^iss.  M.

   Half a dram at first, and, subsequently, a  whole dram to be
rubbed in.  In goitre, scrofulous glandular affections, &c.
                                                  Magendie.

   This ointment is generally too weak, unless combined with the'
internal use of iodine in some form.

              it.  Potass, iodid. 9j.
                 Adipis. ^ss.  M.

   The wounded parts to be smeared with it two or three times a
day: in moist  tetter—serpigo.  Between the  applications, to be
dressed with dry lint.                         Tuennermann.

   In dry tetter, the ointment  applied is formed of 3j to 3iss of the
iodide to |j of lard.

      Unguentum Kali Hydroiodici. (Pharmacop. Borussic.)

                  Ointment of Hydriodic Kali.

               it.  Potass, iodid. 3j.
                   Magnes. carb. gr. vj.
                   Aq. destillat. guttas nonnullas
      M. terendo cum,
                   Ung. rosat. gj.  M.

    Or,

                it.  Potass, iodid.
                   Sodas carbon, depur. sice. aa. gss.
                   Ung. rosat. 3'iv ad -Jvj.   M.

   A piece of the size  of a small bean, to be rubbed in, morning and
evening.  In chronic enlargement of the testis.      Walther.

               it.   Potass, iodid. gss.
                   Ext. opii. Qss.
                   Cerat. gj.   M.

  As a dressing in malignant cancerous ulcers.

             Unguentum Potassii Iodidi Ioduretum.

           Ointment  of Ioduretted Iodide of Potassium.
               5*.   Iodin: gr. xij.
                   Potass, iodid. 9iv.
                   Adipis, ^ij.  M.

   In scrofulous ophthalmia, ulcers, &c.                 Lugol.
               it.   Iodin. gr. xv.
                   Potass, iodid. 3j.
                   Tinct. opii. ^ij.
                   Adipis, ^ij.  M.

  In painful scrofulous ulcers, white swellings,  &c.      Lugol. 
314              dunglison's new remedies.

            Emplastrum Potassii Iodidi loduretum.
            Plaster of Ioduretted Iodide of Potassium.
               it. Iodin.
                  Potass, iodid. aa. 9ss. ad 9j.
                  Emplaslr. hydrarg.
               Seu Saponis. §ij.
  Applied in syphilitic and gouty swellings of the bones.
                                                     Ebers.

              Lotio Potassa Hydriodatis Iodureta.
           Lotion of Ioduretted Hydriodate of Potassa.
               it. Iodin. gr. i. ad ij.
                  Potassii iodid. gr. ij. ad iv.
      Solve in
                  Aquae destillat. ^viij.
  This solution  was commonly used  by Lugol  externally, to be
injected under the eyelids in strumous ophthalmia, fistulas, &c.
                                                      Lugol.
               it.  Iodin. ^ss.
                  Potassii iodidi. §j.
      Solve in
                  Aq. destillat. §vj.
  This "rubefacient solution of iodine," may be used two or three
times a week, when the last  prescription  loses its effect, or when it
is desirous to stimulate more actively.  It is also added to baths—
three or four ounces to an ordinary bath—as well as to  poultices,
being mixed with an ordinary cataplasm.                Lugol.
               it.  Iodin. 3j.
                   Potass, iodid. ^ij.
      Solve in
                   Aquae destillat. §ij.
  This " caustic  iodine solution" has to be used when the last loses
its efficacy.   It occasions a crust on the parts.   Lugol employs it
chiefly, when the skin on the edges of  the ulcers is greatly hyper-
trophied, red, and fungous, as well as  in phagedenic or spreading
tetters.   It  may  be  applied two or three times  a week, or daily,
should the case require it.                              Lugol.

          Collyrium Potassa Hydriodatis loduretum.
         Collyrium of Ioduretted Hydriodate of Potassium.
               it.  Iodin. gr. ss. ad i.
                   Potassii iodid. Qss.
      Solve in
                   Aq. rosar. §iij.  M.

  To be applied four times a day, in cases of scrofulous ophthalmia,
with ulceration of the conjunctiva and  cornea.     Magendie. 
potassii  iodo-hydrargyras.             315
             POTASSII IODO-HYDRARGYRAS.

 Synonymes.—Iodo-Hydrargyrate of Potassium.  Iodhydrargyrate of Ioduret
  of Potassium.

  Dr. A.  Channing,1 who  has  highly extolled this  preparation in
 various diseases, affirms, that this, with other new  salts, was dis-
 covered by Bonsdorf, of the University of Finland, in 1826; and it
 is a fact well known to the chemist, that iodine, chlorine, &c. enter
 into combinations so as to form both acids and bases.
  By experiment, Dr. Channing ascertained, that a  solution of
 eight grains of the pure iodide of potassium in ten or fifteen minims
 of water, would combine with a fraction less than eleven grains of
 the deuto-iodide of mercury, maintaining the combination in solu-
 tion, when diluted with water or alcohol to any extent. If n.ore than
 eleven grains of the deuto-iodide be added, although  a small excess
 is dissolved in the concentrated solution, on diluting with water, it
 is promptly precipitated.  It would appear, therefore, as Dr. Chan-
 ning has remarked, that in preparing this salt for  administration,
 the labour of crystallising it, in order to obtain a solution of a de-
 finite strength,  is wholly unnecessary; inasmuch  as  a  solution,
 combining a fraction  more than eight grains of the iodide of potas-
 sium with eleven grains of the iodide of mercury, may be used as
 containing twenty grains of the iodo-hydrargyrate of potassium.
  If it be desirable to obtain the preparation in a crystallised form,
 it is important, that the definite proportions of the  two iodides be
 observed, and particularly that  there be no excess of the iodide of
 mercury; for the saturated solution of eight grains of the iodide of
 potassium will dissolve, and enter into combination with more than
 thirteen grains of the  iodide of mercury, forming similar crystals
 soluble in alcohol, but in water precipitating more than two grains
 of the iodide of mercury.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  These are similar to those of the  iodides  of mercury, but,  ac-
 cording to Dr. Channing, in a less degree.  The iodo-hydrargyrate
 is not,  however,  much employed, experience  seeming to have
 shown,  that it possesses no essential, if, indeed, any advantages
over those preparations.  Puche2  has recently recommended it  as
not  being so subject to produce salivation, or pains in the bones, as
the  other combinations of mercury and iodine.

  1 American Journal of the Medical Sciences, Feb. 1834, p. 388.
  2 Journal des Connaissances des  Medicales, Oct. et Nov. 1838, and Jan-
vier, 1839, and Annales de Chimie, Oct. 1838. 
316
dunglison's new remedies.
               method of administering.

          Mistura Potassii Iodo-Hydrargyratis.

        Mixture of Iodo-Hydrargyrate of Potassium.

           it.  Hydrarg. deuto-iodid. gr. iv.
              Potassii iodid. 9j.
              Aquas destillat. gj.   M.
Dose.—Five drops three times a day.             Channing.

          Tinctura Potassii Iodo-Hydrargyratis.

        Tincture of Iodo-Hydrargyrate of Potassium.

           it.  Potass, iodo-hydrarg. gr. j.
              Spiritus vini tenuioris §j.  M.

Dose.—Ten drops three times a day.             Channing.

       Solutio lod-Hydrargyratis Iodureti Potassii.

    Solution of Iod-Hydrargyrate of Ioduret of Potassium.

           it.  Hydrarg. biniodid. gr. viij.
              Potassii ioduret. gr.  viij.
              Aquae destillat. ^viij.

Dose.—f. 3ij to f. gij in twenty-four hours.           Puche.

        Pilula lod-Hydrargyratis Iodureti Potassii.

     Pills of Iod-Hydrargyrate of Ioduret of Potassium.

           it.  Hydrarg. biniodid. gr. viij.
               Potassii ioduret. gr.  viij.
               Sacchar. lact. gr. lxiv.
               Aquae gum.  q.'s. ut fiant pilulas xxxij.

Dose.—One to eight, daily.                         Puche.
                          aUININA.

Synonymes.—Chininum, Chinium, Q,uininum, Q,uinium, Q,uinia, Kininum,
  Q,uina, Sal Essentiale Corticis Peruviani.
French.—Quinine, Kinine.
German.—Chinin.

  Quinine is, doubtless, a most important gift from modern analy-
tical chemistry to medicine.   Not many years have elapsed since
the discovery of this substance,  and yet, by general consent, it is
now regarded  as  one of the  most valuable remedies in the cata-
logues of the materia medica.  The honour 6f the discovery—which
had been facilitated by the investigations of other chemists, as to
the composition of  the  cinchona barks—belongs to Pelletier and 
QUININA.
317
Caventou, (1820 ;*) and so rapidly and extensively was its efficacy
promulgated, that in the year 1826, in two laboratories in Paris for
the  preparation of quinine, fifty-nine thousand ounces of the sul-
phate—the form  best known, and most  frequently prescribed__■
were prepared. For this discovery,  the Royal Academy of Sciences
of Paris awarded  MM. Pelletier and Caventou  the Monthyon prize
of ten thousand francs.
   Quinine is obtained from the yellow bark by a similar process to
the  one described for the separation  of the cinchonine.2  In the
pure state, it is of a white colour,  and appears commonly in  the
form of powder; it crystallises, however, in silky, shining, tufted
needles.  In both  cases, it contains  from three to  four per cent, of
water.  By a gentle heat, this escapes, and  the quinine melts into a
transparent fluid, which, on cooling, is translucent, and similar to a
resin.   When melted in vacuo, it has a crystalline appearance.  In
a strong heat, it is decomposed.   It has a very  bitter taste; and is
soluble in two hundred  parts of boiling  water;  a portion being
precipitated  on cooling.  It requires a much  larger proportion of
cold water to dissolve it.   In alcohol, it is far more soluble than in
water.  It is, likewise, soluble in ether, and  somewhat so in oils.
It exhibits an alkaline reaction,—restoring  the  colour of reddened
litmus paper, and  neutralising the acids.
   The observations of Piorry and  Lavollee3  and of Quevenne4
show,  that the  quinine, as well as its sulphate, passes into the urine
of patients who use it in any considerable quantity.

                  effects on the  economy.

  Of the effects of quinine we shall speak at  some  length, under
the head of sulphate of q.uinine, with which it seems to accord
entirely in medicinal agency.  Several physicians, who have  ex-
perimented in regard to the efficacy of pure quinine and its salts,
have found the first in  no respect inferior  to  the  last.   Such was
the experience  of Niewenhuis and Elliotson, the latter of whom ex-
hibited the quinine in  large doses—as much as five grains every
four hours.   A French physician, Blegnie,5 even gives  the prefer-
ence to  the  pure  quinine—because it possesses,  he thinks, equal
efficacy, is cheaper, easier taken,  and better  borne than  the sul-
phate.   He advises, that after each dose an acidulous drink should
be taken, to render its solution in the stomach more rapid. Wutzer6


  1 Annales de Chimie et de  Physique, xv. 289 & 337.
  2 See page 116.
  3 Gazette Medicale, 1836, p. 73.
  4 L'Experience, Juillet, 1838.
  6 Riecke, Die  neuern Arzneimittel, S.  1J8.  See, also, Bally, in Ma-
gendie's Journal  de Physiologie, ii. 236.
  6 Isis, p. 441, 1829. 
318              dunglison's  new remedies.

and Harles1 have also recommended the more frequent use of pure
quinine.
  It may be given either  in  the form of powder or pill, or in alco-
holic solution.
                       Tinctura Quinina.
                      Tincture of Quinine.
             it.  Quinin. 9j.
           Solve in alcohol. §ss.
  Dose.—Twenty to forty drops every two hours.    Wutzer.
                     QUININiE ACETAS.

Synonymes.—Chinium  Aceticum, Acetas Chinii, Acetas Chinini, Acetas
  Chinicus, A. Quinjas, A. Quinse, A. Quinini, A. Quinii, A. Kinini, Ace-
  tate of Quinine.
French.—Acetate de Quinine.
German.—Essigsaures Chinin.

  This preparation has only recently been introduced  into practice,
but it is not much employed.
  It is prepared by  saturating quinine  with concentrated acetic
acid diluted with water, and  evaporating the neutral solution, by
gentle heat, to crystallisation.
  It appears in the  form of very  delicate, needle-shaped, snow-
white, satiny, and shining crystals;  tastes very bitter ; and is with
difficulty soluble in cold water, but readily so in  hot.
  Wutzer and Sundelin2 assert, that it acts like the  other salts of
quinine, but merits no preference.
                     QUININE CITRAS.

Synonymes.—Quinini  Citras, Quinias vel Quinse vel Quinii, vel Cbinini,
  vel Kinini Citras, Citras Chinicus, Citrate of Quinine.
French.—Citrate de Quinine.
German.—Zitronsaures Chinin.

                     mode of  preparing.

  This preparation is formed, like the acetate of quinine, from an
aqueous solution of citric acid and pure quinine, or by the decom-

  1 Heidelberg klinisch. Annalen, B. v. H. 4, S. 573.
  2 Isis, p. 441, 1829: also, Heidelb. klinisch. Annal. B. v. H. 4, S. 575. 
GtUINlN^E FERROCYANAS.
319
position of a hot solution of sulphate of quinine,  by means of an
acid citrate of soda.1
   It forms needle-shaped prisms, of a white  colour, which are by
no means readily soluble in water.

                   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   The acetate and the citrate of quinine have  been esteemed and are
adapted for those excitable persons with whom the sulphate does
not  seem  to agree.   The citrate has  been prescribed  by many
Italian physicians, and found  to be  very efficacious.2  Magendie
considers it, when it contains an excess of acid, advisable for those
cases, where the union of a tonic with an antiseptic property is in-
dicated.  He considers, that the following syrup may be substituted,
in certain cases, for the syrupus antiscorbuticus.3

                   Syrupus Quinina Citratis.

                   Syrup of Citrate of Quinine.
                 it.  Syrup, sacchar. clarif. Kj.
                    Quinin. acetat. acid. gr. xxxvj.  M.

   Dose.—Two spoonfuls in the twenty-four  hours.
                 QUININE  FERROCYANAS.


Synonymes.—Chinium Ferrocyanogenatum, Ferrocyanas Chinii, &c.
French.—Ferrocyanure de Quinine.
German.—Eisenblausaures Chinin.


                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

  This is obtained by the decomposition of sulphate of quinine by
means  of a solution of the ferrocyanate  of  potassa;  after which


  1 Guleani, in Annali Universali di Medicina, Luglio, 1832, and Heidelb.
Klinisch. Annal. B. x. H. i. S. 34.  Heidelb. 1834.
  2 Beraudi, in Bulletin General de Therapeutique,  Nov. 1838.
  3 This syrup is directed by the Codex Medicamentarius of Paris to be
prepared in the following  manner.  Take of the fresh leaves of the coch-
learia, water trefoil, cress, horseradish, and bittei oranges cut, of each  one
pound ;  cinnamon, an ounce and a half, white wine, four  pints.   Macerate
for two days in a  tin cucurbit, covered with a well  luted capital:  Distil, in
a sandbath, a pint of  fluid ; to which add two pounds of white sugar, and
make into a syrup. Pass through a cloth, without straining, what remains in
the cucurbit; let  the liquor rest, decant and boil to  the consistence of syrup,
with two pounds of white sugar. When cold, clarify and mix with the other. 
320              dunglison's  new remedies.
the impure salt is treated with warm  spirit of wine, and  the clear
solution is evaporated.1
  It forms needle-shaped, confused crystals, of a greenish yellow
colour, and very bitter taste, recalling  that of the hydrocyanic acid.
It dissolves  readily in spirit of wine,  not so in water; and is de-
composed by hot water.

                   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY

  In this  combination, the antifebrile  properties of the quinine are
said to be even superior  to those of the other preparations ; yet the
remedy has not got into  much use.  It has been employed mainly
by a few of the  French  practitioners.   Cerioli,2 an  Italian physi-
cian speaks in high terms of its efficacy in periodical diseases, even
where the sulphate has failed.   He gave it in the  dose of from two
to eight grains, in the day;  and Gouzee3 gives the history of three
cases  completely cured  by the administration  of a single  grain,
half an hour before the paroxysm.
                     QUININiE MURIAS.

Synonymes.—Chinium  Muriaticum,  Ch.  Salitum seu  Hydrochloricrjm,
  Hydrochloras Chinii, H. Chinicus.
French.—Muriate de Quinine.
German.—Salzsaures Chinin.

  Perhaps, next to the sulphate of quinine, this salt  has most fre-
quently been employed in practice.

                   METHOD OF  PREPARING.

  It is  obtained by  dissolving  pure quinine  in  dilute muriatic
acid, or by the decomposition of the  sulphate of quinine dissolved
in warm water by means of a solution of muriate of baryta, which
is added so long as a white  precipitate  is thrown down ;  the hot
mixture is then filtered ; the  precipitate washed, and the  clear fluid
evaporated, by a gentle heat, to crystallisation, so long as  crystals
shoot on cooling;  these  are  collected, washed in cold water, and
purified by repeated crystallisation.
  It forms fine, needle-shaped, white, silky crystals, of a  mother of

  1 See Bertozzi's Method, in Philad. Tourn.  of  Pharmacy, vol. 2, new
series, p. 82.  Philad. 1837.
  2 Annali  Universali di Medicina, Luglio, 1832, and Archives Generates de
Medecine,  Dec. 1832.
  8 Observateur Medicale Beige, Jan.  1834. 
QUININE PHOSPHAS.
321
pearl lustre; does not dissolve readily in water, but more so than
the sulphate.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  In this respect, the muriate agrees with the sulphate of quinine,
and in those of weak digestive powers is better borne.  Spielman1
asserts, that it is a more  speedy and effectual remedy for intermit-
tent fever than the sulphate, and it is more soluble.  It is, however,
more expensive.   The dose is generally considered to be the same
as  that of the sulphate.  It is  better given in solution than  in
powder.  Spielman rates the dose at from half a grain to a grain.
                     QUININE  NITRAS.

Synonymes.—Chinium Nitricum, Nitras Chinii, &c.  Nitrate of Quinine.
French.—Nitrate de Quinine.
German.—Salpetersaures Chinin.

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

   This salt is  obtained,  like the muriate, by the addition of nitric
acid to quinine; or by  the decomposition of nitrate of baryta by
sulphate of quinine.
   It is, at first, a fluid oil-like mass, which gradually becomes solid.
In union with  water,  it forms crystals.   It dissolves with difficulty
in water, but readily in alcohol.
                   QUININE PHOSPHAS.

Synonymes.—Chinium Phosphoricum, Phosphas Chinii, Ph. Chinini, Phos-
  phate of Quinine.
French.—Phosphate de Quinine.
German.—Phosphorsaures Chinin.

                    METHOD OF  PREPARING.

  In the mode of preparation it accords with the preceding forms;


  1 Allgemein.  medicinisch. Zeitung,  and Journal des Connais. Medic.
Fevrier, 1836 ; see, also, Prof. Dierbach, in Heidelb. klinisch. Annal. B. x.
H. i.  S. 33.  Heidelb. 1834.
       11—a                                   dungl 21 
322              dunglison's new remedies.

dilute phosphoric acid being added to quinine, or phosphate of ba-
ryta, to the sulphate of quinine.1
  It appears  in the  form of needle-shaped prisms, of a  moiher of
pearl  lustre,  which are, like  the  muriate of quinine, dissolved
readily  in water, and spirit  of wine.  Harles,2  however,  affirms,
that in the neutral condition it is soluble, with difficulty,  in water.
  The phosphate is regarded by some to stand next to the sulphate
in medicinal  efficacy.
                    QUININE  SULPHAS.

Synonymes.—Chinium Sulphuricum, Disulphas  Quinas,  Sulphas  Chinii,
  Sulphas Quinicus, Sulphate of Quinine.
French.—Sulfate de Quinine.
German.—Schwefelsaures Chinin, Chininsulphat.

  This preparation of quinine is by far the most frequently admi-
nistered.   It is in fine, silky, flexible needles, and, at times,' in rect-
angular columns.   Its taste is extremely bitter, and resembles that
of yellow bark.  Exposed to a moderate heat, it loses its crystalline
form, in consequence of the escape of its water of crystallisation.
It is  only  slightly soluble in cold water, requiring 470  parts of
water at  the ordinary temperature, and 30 parts of boiling water
for its solution.   In alcohol, if is very soluble, but only slightly so
in ether.   With sulphuric acid, it forms a supersulphate, which is
much more soluble in- water than the  neutral salt, and hence we
usually add a  few drops of dilute sulphuric acid to our mixtures of
the sulphate of quinine.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  This salt is generally prepared on a large scale in the chemical
laboratories of France ;  whence we obtain it.  A formula has been
admitted,  however, into the Pharmacopoeia of the United States,
which is taken from the process of M. Henry, junr.,3 for which he
received a prize from the Academie Royale des Sciences, of Paris.
It is as follows—Take of yellow  bark, in powder,  a  pound ;  lime,
in powder, four ounces; sulphuric acid, alcohol, animal charcoal,
distilled  water, each a sufficient quantity.  Boil the  bark for half
an hour with  eight pints of the distilled water,  acidulated with a

  1 Winkler, in Buchner's Repert. and Philad. Journ. of Pharmacy, new
series, vol. 2. p. 12.  Philad. 1837.
  2 Heidelb. klinisch. Annal. B. x. H. i. S. 36. Heidelb. 1834; and Journal
de Chimie Medicale, 1837.
  3 Journal de Pharmacie, vii. 296. Juillet,  1821 
Q.UININ-E SULPHAS.
3^3
fluid ounce of the sulphuric acid.  Strain the decoction thrc ugh
linen ; then boil the residue with the same quantity of acidulated
water, and filter as before.   Mix the filtered liquors, and gradually
add the lime, stirring constantly.   Wash the precipitate with dis-
tilled water, and having dried it, digest it in alcohol with a moderate
heat.   Pour off the tincture, and repeat  the digestion several times,
till the alcohol is no longer rendered bitter.  Mix the tinctures, and
distil  over the  alcohol, till  a  brown  viscid liquid  remains  in  the
retort.   Upon  this substance,  removed  from the  retort, pour  as
much sulphuric acid, largely diluted  with water, as may he suffi-
cient for its perfect saturation.  Then  add the animal charcoal,
and having evaporated the liquor sufficiently, filter it while hot,
and set it aside to crystallise.1
  It results from the calculations of Pelletier  and Caventou, that
from  a quintal  of cinchona,  two pounds, one dram and thirty
grains of sulphate of quinine  may be obtained, which  makes two
drams, sixty-six grains and a sixth per pound, or thirteen  grains
and two sixths  per ounce; and as  the sulphate of quinine is com-
posed of nine parts and nine tenths of sulphuric acid, to ninety and
a tenth of quinine, it follows, that if the dose  of cinchona in sub-
stance be two  drams, we should administer to the patient three
grains and nine  thirty secondths of a grain of the sulphate of qui-
nine ;  not taking into account a small quantity of sulphate of cin-
chonine, which  may be mixed with it.  Four grains of the salt are,
consequently, more than an  equivalent for the dose of the cinchona
often  prescribed in substance.   Those practitioners, therefore, who
prescribe thirty-six or  seventy-two grains of the sulphate, give the
representative of  about twenty-seven drams of cinchona  in  the
former case, and of fifty-four in the latter.2

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  The effects of the preparations of quinine on the healthy organism,
have not  been  much investigated.  According to Caventou, they
produce a general excitement,  similar to that caused by coffee, and
Wittmann affirms, that the sulphate induces an excitement similar
to that of a paroxysm of fever.  Hirschel,3 too, asserts, that in a
child, four years of age, to whom the sulphate  was given in a case
of intermittent, a general chilliness of some minutes' duration super-
vened immediately on the taking of the remedy, succeeded, in the
course of half an  hour, by general  heat, and this again by a gentle
perspiration, in all respects resembling a mild attack of fever.
  The excitant  action of the  salts of quinine formed  by the vege-
table  acids is said to be less  striking.
  The sulphate of quinine, in large doses, appears, in some cases, to

  1 Wood & Bache's Dispensatory, Art. Qu'nise Sulphas.
  2 Jourdan's Pharmacopee Universelle, ii. 375.  Paris, 1828.
  3 Hufeland's Journal, B. lxi. St. 6. S. 140. 
324
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
possess narcotic properties, yet it cannot be classed amongst poisons,
as it has been given to healthy individuals  in very large doses,
without any unpleasant effects.   Bally,1 for instance, gave it to the
extent of 110 grains in the day without any inconvenience.
   Dr. Thomas Fearn,2 who administered it largely, regards it to
be more narcotic than sedative,—usually, he thinks, stimulating in
small doses,  but in large doses the stimulant effects not being ob-
vious, but rather the reverse.
   When Mr.  Scott,3 a  medical  gentleman and a martyr  to dys-
pepsia, took the quinine in  very large doses, under  the idea that
his malady was intermittent neuralgia, he found several singular
phenomena induced thereby.  He was directed to commence with
two grains three times a day, until he arrived at twenty grains for
a dose, that is, a dram a  day.   Until  the doses were increased to
fourteen  or sixteen  grains,  he  did  not  experience any peculiar
effects, but he now began to feel heat of skin, dryness of mouth and
fauces, and obstinate constipation.  He likewise lost the power of
naming substantives;  was obliged for a long while to consider
what familiar things were called, and was unable to cast up a line
of six or eight figures correctly.   His perceptions of quantity were
likewise  impaired,  so  that in prescriptions he wrote ounces for
drams, drams for grains, &c. &c.   He still,  however, persevered,
with the quinine until he took £)j four times a day, but he was una-
ble to continue these excessive doses long, the untoward symptoms
augmenting, so that he was often unable to  stand, and fell several
times in the streets.
   In impressible individuals, the sulphate and  the muriate not un-
frequently induce a sense of anxiety, restlessness, vertigo, confusion,
depravation of vision, tinnitus aurium, and,  in many cases, tran-
sient deafness, all which  symptoms appear to  be of a neuropathic
character,  and,  it has  been  affirmed, occur more frequently in
females, especially in those who are  pregnant or suckling—and in
persons of slender  and delicate conformation.4  In  certain cases,
the quinine and its  salts seem to have caused ptyalism—the saliva
being inodorous, and the teeth firm;  and when  calomel has been
given along with it, it has been conceived, that ptyalism  has ensued
sooner than it otherwise might have done.
   The most striking agency of quinine and its salts, is in  cases of
periodical  diseases  of all kinds; and  especially  in intermittent
fever: they have now, indeed, almost wholly taken the place of the
cinchona, over which they possess many points of preference.  In
the first place, their bulk is  much less;  they therefore do  not op-
press the stomach so much, whilst the impression of the cinchona


   1 Revue Medicale, v. 244. Juillet, 1821.
  2 Transylvania Journal of Medicine, Oct., Nov., and Dec. 1836, p. 708, and
Amer. Med. Intell., June 15, 1837, p. 109.
  3 Lond. Med. and Physical Journal, March,  1833.
  4 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 120. 
QUININES SULPHAS.
325
on that organ not unfrequently interferes with its antipyretic pro-
perties. In malignant fevers, too, it is often impossible to introduce
the requisite quantity of cinchona into the organism, to prevent the
succeeding paroxysm, and  the life of  the patient is  consequently
placed in the greatest danger. In this case, the sulphate of quinine
is  invaluable;  possessing,  as it does,  the febrifuge virtues of the
cinchona in such a concentrated state,  that but a small quantity is
required to produce  equal efficacy with a  large quantity of the
powdered cinchona.  In such cases, indeed, the latter is apt to dis-
agree with, or be rejected by the stomach, before its full influence
can be exerted.  In these pernicious fevers, that occur especially in
Italy and Holland,  the sulphate of quinine  has supported life  in
innumerable cases where the cinchona, in substance, might have
failed, and has thereby best exhibited its  sanative  agency.1  In
these  cases, the quinine is  administered without regard to compli-
cations, which, in less urgent cases, might  be allowed to interfere
with its administration.   Another  advantage, ascribed to the qui-
nine,  is, that in cases of  paroxysmal fevers,  in which the attacks
follow each other so closely, that the second  commences before the
first has terminated, it may be given during  the paroxysm, a  time
at  which the cinchona would be apt to occasion  oppression of the
stomach and vomiting.   It has likewise been found advantageous
in large doses—twelve to  thirty grains daily—in engorgement of
the spleen, consequent on intermittent  fever.2 .
   Besides their  febrifuge property, the salts of quinine possess  a
tonic  virtue, which adapts  them  for  numerous cases in which that
class  of remedies is indicated.  Yet there are many who think that
the cinchona is better calculated  for  such cases than the quinine,
and who administer the latter to prevent the paroxysms of an inter-
mittent, but have recourse to the cinchona, when they are desirous
of fortifying the system to  prevent a relapse."  There are cases, too,
which resist the  quinine  and  its preparations, and which  sub-
sequently yield to the  cinchona  in  substance,  but  this may  be
owing to  the quantity of lignin, or woody matter  in  the  bark  in
substance,  aiding the quinine of the cinchona in  producing that
new impression on the nerves of the stomach, which is necessary
to  break in upon the paroxysmal catenation.
   In  its antiseptic virtues,  also, the sulphate  of quinine is inferior
to  the cinchona.   It has been doubted, indeed, whether it possess
any such virtues at all.
   Lastly:  there is an  advantage possessed  by the sulphate  of
quinine.—that  in irritable or impressible persons, it may be ex-
hibited endermically, and thus no  disorder  be induced in  the
digestive powers.  It need scarcely be said, that the cinchona is
not adapted for this mode of administration.

  1 Repertorio Medico-Chirurgica por J'anno 1822, Torino. No. 22.   Med.
Chirurg. Zeitung, B. ii. S. 137, 1823; & Richter's Specielle Therapie, B.
x. S. 326, Berlin, 1828.
 * Bulletin General de  Therapeutique, Nov. 30, 1837. 
326
dunglison's new remedies.
                  MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

  The sulphate of quinine may be administered internally in the
form of powder or pill, and in solution in water, alcohol, or syrup.
The average dose in the twenty-four  hours of apyrexia, is from
four to  ten  grains; yet it has been  given frequently to a much
greater extent.  As in the case of the cinchona, it has also been
advised that a large dose should be  given  immediately before the
expected paroxysm,  so as to render the  frequent administration
during the apyrexia unnecessary; this dose need not be so great as
the combined  doses would amount to, so that  there may be eco-
nomy in  the plan.  Dupasquier, Elliotson,1 ourselves, and many
others, have found this course eminently successful;  but some ob-
ject, to it.
  A case of severe  remittent has been detailed by  Dr.  Thomas
Fearn,2  in  which  he  gave, at one  dose,  three  tea-spoonfuls
—weighing thirty-two grains.  At  the end of an hour,  there
was a diminution in the  frequency of the pulse—"the invariable
effect of  large doses of quinine, when its operation is favourable."
The dose was repeated, and at the end of another hour, it was again
given, making ninety-six grains in two hours. Dr. Fearn remarks,
that his usual  practice in remittent fever had been to give three
doses of twenty grains each, with an  interval of an  hour between.
  Generally, between the paroxysms, several doses are administer-
ed; and, according to the particular case, the efficacy of the salt of
quinine is attempted to be increased by the addition of antimonials,
laxatives, carminatives, &c,  and  in  pernicious or malignant in-
termittents especially, of opium or morphine.
  By many, a combination of the quinine with  moderate doses of
the cinchona is highly recommended.  Chapman advises its union
with piperine: a combination with  the  alcoholic  extract of cin-
chona has also been advised.   Mr. Sherwin,3 of Hull, affirms, that
a piece of apple, chewed for a moment, immediately annihilates the
bitter taste left by the sulphate of quinine.
  The sulphate of quinine may be used in the way of enema, and
endermically, when the condition of the stomach forbids its internal
employment. As an enema, four grains or more may be mixed with
starch, and be thrown up a short time  before  the paroxysm, or at the
inception of the same.  In this way it has been found efficacious.4
  In administering the  sulphate, or  muriate of quinine endermi-
cally, a space  on the surface of  the  body is deprived of its cuticle
by means of a blister, and on this denuded portion the  agent is
applied either in the form of powder  or of ointment.   In testimony
of the efficacy of this mode of administering the salts of quinine,


     1 Medico-Chirurgical Transactions,  xii. 543, Lend. 1824.
     ! Op. cit.
     3 Lond. Med. Gazette, April 1, 1837.
     4 Richter, Op. cit. S. 331.   Berlin. Medicin. Zeitung, Jan. 4, 1837. 
QUININE SULPHAS.
327
many observers have  come forward,—Lesieur, Lembert, Martin,
Wesche, Lehmann, Reilingh, Stratingh, Lieber, and others.  From
four to eight grains may be placed on the denuded part once or
oftener in the day.  Dr. Lieber, of Berlin, seems to have prescribed
the salt  most frequently in this way: he mentions, that of sixty
cases, in which he employed it, only eight or ten were unsuc-
cessful ;  and there was reason to believe,  that  in  these  cases the
internal administration of the sulphate of quinine would have failed
also.  In the case of adults, he applies a blister in the evening—of
the size of a dollar—over  the epigastric region: in the morning,
during the apyrexia, the blister is cut; the cuticle removed,  and
five or  six grains—in children two grains—of the sulphate are
sprinkled over the  denuded surface.  The whole is then covered
with adhesive plaster, which must extend to the breadth of a finger,
over the edges of the blistered  part.
   The  sprinkling  of  the sulphate  always occasions  a violent
burning sensation, but if it be applied in the form of ointment this
evil is avoided, or at least diminished.  The pain, however, speedily
disappears.  Some  hours after the application of  the  remedy, op-
pression is felt in the stomach, with  a desire to vomit, without,
however, vomiting supervening; borborygmi, or uneasiness in the
bowels, and frequently fluid dejections, with augmented secretion
of saliva, which, in some cases, continues for several days.
   In the course of from twelve to twenty-four hours after the appli-
cation,  a very bitter  taste is  generally perceived over  the whole
tongue, similar to that of the quinine; and if  the application has
been made sufficiently long before  the anticipated paroxysm, it may
be entirely prevented, or be rendered much milder.  After the effect
has been produced, the adhesive  plaster  may be kept applied for
some days,, and, if the sore is  not  healed, it may be dressed with
simple applications.  In only  two  cases did Dr. Lieber observe any
extensive or offensive suppuration ; and both  healed under simple
dressings with dry lint.
   Rubbing the quinine on the  gums has, likewise, been occasionally
recommended,  as well as  frictions with the  alcoholic  solution on
these as well  as other portions of  the surface of the  body—the
thighs, groins, and pit  of the stomach ;• and it  has been  advised in
cases of intermittent cephalalgia, and in iralgia, to be snuffed up
the nostrils.2

  ' Dr. Schuster, cited in Amer. Journ. May, 1832, p. 242; and Antonini,
Journal des Connoissances, Oct. 1838.
  2 B. St. Hilaire, in Gazette Medicale de Paris, Mars 26, 1836. 
328              dunglison's new remedies.

                 Syrupus Quinina Sulphatis.

                 Syrup of Sulphate of Quinine.

       it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. xvj.
           Syrup, simplic. §viij.  M.
  Dose.—A spoonful.                             Magendie.

           Syrupus Quinina Sulphatis Compositus.

            Compound Syrup of Sulphate of Quinine.
       #.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. xvj.
           Acid sulphur, dilut. gtt. v.
           Syrup, limonis, 3viij.  M.

  Dose.—Same as the last.

                 Tinctura Quinina Sulphatis.

               Tincture of Sulphate of Quinine.
       it.  Quinin. sulph. gr. vj.
    Solve in
           Alcohol. 34° (.847) gj.

  Dose.—3j or 3ij, immediately before an attack of fever.
                                                 Magendie.

               Gutta Quinina Sulphatis et Opii.

           Drops of Sulphate of Quinine and Opium.
       it.  Quinin. sulphat. (seu acetat.) gr. xij.
    Solve in
           Spirit, vini rectif. (seu liq. anodyn. Hoffman.) ^ss.
    Adde
           Tinct. opii simpl. gtt. xij.

  Dose.—Morning  and evening, twenty drops,  in  the  summer
fevers of Europe.                                   Schmidt.

                 Pulveres Quinina Sulphatis.

               Powders of Sulphate of Quinine.
       it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. iij. ad. xij.
           Sacchar. alb. ^ij.
    Misce etfiat pulvis in partes vj. asquales dividendus.

  Dose.—A powder morning and evening,  in nervous debility and
in intermittents.

  Radius1 advises, that the powders should be taken in coffee, by
which means the bitter taste is almost wholly counteracted.
                                                    Radius.

       Pulveres  Quinina Sulphatis et Soda  Carbonatis.

     Powders of Sulphate of Quinine and Carbonate of Soda.
       it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. j.—ij.
           Sodse carbonat. gr. iv.—v.
           Sacch. alb. 9j.
    Misce et fiat  pulvis.

           1 Auserlesene Heilformeln, u. s. w.  Leipz. 1S36. 
                       auiNiN^E sulphas.                   329

   Dose.—A  powder, morning  and  evening,  in  scrofulous oph-
thalmia.                                         Von Ammon.

      Pulveres Quinina Sulphatis et Antimonii Tartratis.

    Powders of Sulphate of Quinine and Tartarised Antimony.
       it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. x.
           Potass, et antim. tartrat. gr. iij.
           Sacchar. alb. gr.  xxiij.
    Misce exacte, et divide in partes sex sequales.

   Dose.—One, every two  hours, during  the apyrexia, in cases of
obstinate intermittents.                                 Gola.1

             Pulveres Quinina Sulphatis et Opii.

          Powders of Sulphate  of Quinine and Opium.
       it.  Opii puri, gr. j.
           Quinin. sulph. gr. iij.
           Sacchar. alb.
           Gum acac. aa. gr. vj.   M. fiat pulvis.

   To be  taken a short time before the  paroxysm in malignant
intermittents.                                      Neumann.

      Pulveres Quinina Sulphatis et Morphina Sulphatis.

   Powders of Sulphate of Quinine and Sulphate of Morphine.
       it.  Quinin. sulph. gr. ij. ad vj.
           Morphina? sulph. gr. 4 ad j.
    Divide in dos. iv.
                                                 Magendie.

           Pulveres Quinina  Sulphatis Compositi.

          Compound Powders of Sulphate of Quinine.
       *.  Quinin. sulph. gr. j.
           Pulv. cinchon. optim. gr. xv.
           Pulv. rhei,
           Oleosacchar. menth. aa. gr. v.
   Misce et fiat pulvis.

  Eight of these to be given in cases of intermittent fever.
                                                  Naumann.
       it.  Quinin. sulph. gr. \.
           Chocolat. gr. vij.
           Sacchar. lact. gr.  ij.
   Misce. Fiat pulvis tertiis omnibus horis sumendus.

  In debility of the stomach.                            Kopp.

                 Pilula  Quinince Sulphatis.

                 Pills of Sulphate of Quinine.
       it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. v.—xij.
          Succ. glycyrrhiz.  jj.
   Misce et fiant pilulae xij.
  To be given, according to prescription, in nervous diseases.
                                                    Radius.
              1 Annali Univers. di Medicina, torn. 35. 
330              dunglison's  new remedies.

            Pilulce Quininoz Sulphatis Composita.

            Compound Pills of Sulphate of Quinine.

        it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. x.—xv.
           Acid, phosphoric, sice. 9ij.
           Pulv. rad. althseae, (vel rhei,) 5iv.
           Ext. centaur, minor, (vel gentian.) Bij.
    Misce et fiant pilulas lx.

  Dose.—Three to six pills, two  or three times a day, in cases of
nervous debility, with disposition to hemorrhage, as after abortion.
                                                     Radius.
        it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. xv.
           Pulv. cinnam. 3ss.
           Extract, cinchonas q. s. ut fiant pilulas xxx.

  Dose.—Four pills every two to four hours.        Henschel.
        5*.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. xij.
           Extract, trifol. 9j.
           Pulv. rad. calam. aromat. q. s.
    Fiant pilulse xij.

  Dose.—One or two, every two hours.         Hildenbrand.

                  Mistura Quinina Sulphatis.

                Mixture of Sulphate of Quinine.
        5c  Quinin. sulphat. gr. xij.
           Acid, sulph. dil. gtt. v.
           Aquae cinnam. simpl. ,§vj.
           Syrup, cinnam. f j.  M.

  Dose.—A table-spoonful.

         Pulvis Sternutatorius ex Quinina Sulphate.

          Sternutatory Powder of Sulphate of Quinine.
        it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. xv.
           Tabaci sternutator. com. ^j. M.

  To be snuffed up the nostrils in  the course of five or six days,
in cases of intermittent headach.
        it.  Quinin. sulphat. gr. vj.
           Pulv. sacchar. pur. jj.
           Pulv. rad. iridis, sjiss.  M.

  Small pinches of this to be snuffed up the nose at  night.
                                              B. St. Hilaire.

                Unguentum Quinina  Sulphatis.

                Ointment of Sulphate of Quinine.
        it.  Quinin. sulphat. ^j.
           Alcohol (38° ad 40°) q. s. (gij.)
           Acid, sulphuric, q. s. (gtt. lxxx.)
           Adipis suill. ^iv.  M.

  Half an ounce at a time to be rubbed on the groins in  malignant
intermittents.   It is likewise placed in the axilla.
                                                   Antonini. 
             QUININE, ET CINCHONINA, TANNAS.           331

                       Vinum Quinina.

                       Wine of Quinine.
       it. Quinin. sulphat. gr. xij.
          Vin. Mader. ffiij.  M.

  The wine  of quinine may also be made extemporaneously, by
adding two ounces of the tincture to each pint bottle of wine.
         QUININiE, ET  CINCHONINA,  TANNAS.

Synonyme.—Tannate of Quinine, and Cinchonine.

  Dr. Otto1 has recently drawn the attention  of physicians to  the
efficacy of the Tannates of Quinine and Cinchonine, as recom-
mended by Dr. Ronander, the  secretary to the Swedish Medical
Association.   He regards them as the most active ingredients in
the cinchonas ;  and affirms that  he has cured by  their agency
several cases of obstinate intermittent, which  had  resisted  the  use
of sulphate of quinine  and other  powerful remedies.  He found
them likewise very useful in typhus and in states of general weak-
ness and tendency to putrescency, where the sulphate of quinine
seemed  to  be ineffectual.   Dr. Ronander's experiments  establish
the belief that the tannin of the cinchonas may be instrumental in
developing their full febrifuge powers.2  The  tannate of quinine is
also a cheaper remedy than the  sulphate.
  On separating the quinine from cinchona by means of acids, a
resinous constituent of the bark remains behind, which affords no
more quinine, but  yet possesses considerable febrifuge power, and
on  that account has been much used  by the Dutch physicians.
Two grains of this residuum are said to act as well as one grain of
quinine.   Truessink adduces a series  of observations of different
physicians, all of which confirm this, and  he cites the experience
of American physicians with this residuum.  According to Chap-
man,3 a  grain of this may be  given every two hours during the
apyrexia, in the  form of pill.  Strathing ascribes its efficacy to the
quinine still contained  in it.   In  Italy, several physicians  have
found the  mother  waters or lees after  the  preparation of quinine,
when boiled to the consistence of syrup, very efficacious in inter-
mittehts; and Roux recommends  it highly for  practice amongst


  1 Dublin Journal of Medical Science, Sepr. 1836.
  2 Revue Medicale, Mai, 1837, and  Amer. Med. Intelligencer, Oct.  16,
1837, p. 270.
  3 Elements of Therapeutics, 6th edit. ii. 292.  Philad. 1831. 
332              dunglison's new remedies.

the poor.   Buchner advises the lees,  evaporated to dryness—
which he terms Chininum Resino-sulphuricum—to be introduced
as a cheap, and,  at  the same time, efficacious preparation of cin-
chona, which  may be used in charitable institutions, rubbed with
sugar as a powder, or dissolved in alcohol, in place of the sulphate
of quinine. These  experiments  and propositions,  as  Riecke1 ob-
serves, merit more consideration  than they have yet received;  for
the quinine, notwithstanding its price is much less than formerly,
is  yet  so  dear, that  its administration  does  not adapt it well  for
charitable institutions, whilst the  residue, which possesses valuable
properties, is generally thrown away, and in  this manner the price
of the quinine is enhanced.
  Serturner2 thinks he discovered, besides the quinine and the cin-
chonine, other alkaloids of cinchona, especially one, which he calls
Chinioidine, or Chinoidine, and which excels in medicinal properties
all the other preparations of cinchona.   Henry and Delondre—the
French chemists—affirm that the chinioidine is nothing more than
quinine, cinchonine, and  a peculiar yellow resinous matter, inti-
mately adherent to that alkaloid.   It appears, also,  from the experi-
ments of different physicians with the presumed new alkaloid, that
it  essentially resembles  the preparations already mentioned in its
medical properties.   A Resina Chinas Prasparata is recommended
by Plagge, which is  prepared from the mother waters or lees of the
quinine, by means of precipitation by a carbonated alkali, extrac-
tion by alcohol, and  removal  of the alcoholic  liquor by distillation.
It  is said, likewise, to possess markedly curative powers in inter-
mittents.
  The pharmacopoeia of the United States gives a formula under
the title Quinias  Sulphas Impurus, which consists in  evaporating
the liquor poured off the crystals of sulphate of  quinine  to the
consistence of a  pilular mass.   This has been known for years in
Philadelphia under the name of Extract of Quinine, and its active
ingredients appear to be sulphate of quinine and  sulphate of cin-
chonine,  which are  prevented   from  crystallising by a peculiar
resinoid substance united with them.
   Dr. Wood3 asserts, that  he  has  seldom found intermittents resist
twenty-four grains  of  the  impure  sulphate, given  between the
paroxysms; although  a larger  quantity may be  employed with
safety  and greater  certainty of success.   We  have never  pre-
scribed it.

  1 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w.  S. 130.
  2 Hufeland's Journal, Jan. 1829.
  3 Art. Quinias Sulphas Impurus, in Wood and Bache's Dispensatory. 
SALICINA.
333
                          SALICINA.

French.—Salicinum, Salicine, Salicin.
German.—Salicin.

  The tonic virtues of the bark of the willows have been known
for ages, and it has  been regarded as one of the best substitutes for
the cinchona in eleemosynary institutions. It was not much valued,
however, in more modern times, until the discovery  of an active
principle in it again attracted  to it the attention of practitioners.
This discovery if not made,  was perfected, by Leroux,1 an apothe-
cary at Vitry, in France, who  first obtained the salicine in a pure
state in 1828, after it  had been  procured in an impure  form by
some German and Italian chemists.2   It is prepared, by preference,
from the salix helix, but it is found likewise in the barks  of other
varieties of the willow—the Salix alba, S. vitellina, S.  purpurea, S.
lambertiana, S.  pentandra, S.  polyandra, S. fragilis, S. viminalis,
&c, and in the leaves and barks of several varieties of poplar,—the
populus tremula, P. tremuloides,  P. alba, and P. grasca.3

                    method of preparing.

  According to the method  of Leroux, three pounds  of dried and
powdered willow bark (salix helix) are boiled for three quarters of
an hour in fifteen pounds of water, to which four ounces of subcarbo-
nate of potassa have been added.   To the cold decoction are added
two  pounds of liquid subacetate of lead. The mixture is permitted to
settle, is filtered, treated with sulphuric acid, and the remaining lead
precipitated by a stream of sulphuretted hydrogen gas. The excess
of acid is neutralised by carbonate  of lime: it is then again filtered,
the fluid inspissated, and neutralised  by dilute sulphuric  acid.  It
is deprived of its colour by ivory black, and  filtered whilst boiling.
It is then twice crystallised—if still coloured after the first  crystalli-
sation—and dried in  obscurity.   This process yields about an
ounce of salicine.
  Braconnot4 obtains it by adding subacetate of lead to a decoction
of the bark, precipitating the excess of lead by sulphuric acid, eva-
porating the colourless liquid that  remains, adding near the end of
the  process a little animal charcoal previously washed, and filter-
ing the liquor while hot.  The salicine is deposited, on cooling, in
a crystalline form.5
  The  following plan  has  been  advised by Messrs. Fisher and

  1 Annales de Chimie, &c. xliii. and Journal de Chimie Medicale, torn. vi.
  2 Dictionnaire de Mat.  Med. par Merat & De Lens, art. Salicine.
  3 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 365.
  4 Journal de Chimie Medicale, Janvier, 1831.
  5 For Peschier's method, see Annales de Chimie, vol. xliv. and Amer.
Journ. Med. Sciences, May, 1831,  p.  256. 
334              dunglison's new remedies.
Tyson, of Baltimore.1   Willow  bark is boiled with caustic lime in
water; the decoction is filtered and sulphate of zinc added, so long
as it produces a precipitate.  The liquid, having been again filtered,
is  evaporated to  the consistence of an extract, and the residue is
treated  with alcohol.   The  tincture, thus obtained, if carefully
evaporated, yields crystals of salicine, which  may be  purified by
washing with a saturated solution of the same principle, in  cold
water.
   Salicine forms very fine  silky masses of white crystals, which
have the appearance of mother of pearl.   . It bears a distant resem-
blance to the sulphate  of quinine, yet it is not so loose and delicate.
It is permanent in the  air, inodorous, and  has a strong, enduring,
bitter taste, with a striking accompanying balsamic flavour, like
the bark of the willow.2  One hundred parts of cold water dissolve
six parts of salicine.  In warm water it is more soluble, and also in
alcohol; but it is not soluble either in ether or the essential oils.  It
exhibits no alkaline  reaction.   By admixture with sulphuric  acid
salicine acquires a beautiful red colour.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   The well known effects of the barks of the willows gave occasion
to the immediate employment of salicine in cases of  intermittent
fever.  Miquel3 appears to have been  one of the first—if not the
first—who instituted experiments with it; and he satisfied himself,
that it merits a distinguished  place amongst our febrifuge agents,
although  it requires larger doses than the quinine.  Soon after-
wards it was given by other physicians—by Husson  and Bally,
Girardin, Magendie, Blaincourt,  Graff, Linz, Stegmayer, Amelung,
Stam, Galama, Van Sneek, Blom, Grafe, Von dem Busch, Kromb-
holz, Pleischl, and others.
   The sentiments, respecting  its value, are discrepant; some class-
ing it far beneath the quinine, whilst others assign it even a higher
position.   Its general properties are certainly analogous to those of
quinine; but it in no respect  merits a preference,4 not even in the
article of  price: for, although an equal weight of salicine  may cost
less, it requires so much more to produce  the same effect, that the
cost is perhaps equal.
   Still as M. Pleischl,5 of Prague, has suggested, even  if the sali-
cine were much the dearer  of the  two, it  might be better to use it,

   1 Journal of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, iii. 214.
   2 MM. Pelouze and Jules Gay Lussac, in Annales de Chimie, vol. xliv.
   3 Gazette Medicale de Paris, Janv. 1830; see, also, Annales de Chimie,
xliii. and xliv.
   4 Richelot, in Archives Generates de  Medecine, Sepr. 1833:  see, also,
Prof.  Dierbach,  in Heidelb. klinisch. Annal.  B. x. H. 1. S.62.   Heidelb.
1834.
   6Medicinisch. Jahrbucher des k.  k. 0. Staat. 1835; and  Br.  and For.
Med. Rev. for Apl. 1836, p. 576. 
SALICINA.
335
because it is of home manufacture, and can be obtained in war as
well as in peace.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.
   The ordinary dose of salicine. in a case of intermittent, is about
four or six grains every three hours during the period of intermis-
sion ; in the febres larvatas, or masked fevers, smaller doses may be
given, but  in  the very violent fevers at Calvi, in  the Island of
Corsica, Levy found it often necessary to give from forty to  fifty
grains in the twenty-four hours.
   Of thirty cases  of quotidian and tertian intermittents, twenty
were cured by the use of the salicine; ten required afterwards the
sulphate of quinine.
   He  considers  it to be preferable to the sulphate of quinine in
intermittents that are accompanied by irritation in  the primas viae :
he never saw it rejected or produce  vomiting; and in cases of
manifest irritation of the digestive tube, it has  been  borne perfectly
well.1                                                  r      J
   Salicine is generally given in intermittents, in the form of powder.
In other affections, to obtain its febrifuge or tonic agency, one or
two grains may be given four or  five times a day—gradually aug-
menting the dose.                                             &
   In cases of asthenia  of the digestive organs, Von  dem Busch
prescribes a powder of salicine and sugar, with the addition of cin-
namon ; and  lozenges  of salicine, sugar, gum arabic, and oil of
peppermint.  In cases of copious secretion from the mucous mem-
branes, especially in chronic bronchitis and leucorrhcea, he directs
the salicine to be combined with a decoction of the polygala amara.
or of the lichen islandicus.  In intermittents, Stegmayer advises it
to be associated with small doses of tartrate of antimony and potassa.

                      Pulveres Salicina.
                      Powders of Salicine.
               5*.  Salicin. gr. xij.
                   Sacch. alb. Qij.   Misce
    et fiat pulvis in partes iv sequales dividendus.
   Dose.—One, three times a day.                 Krombholz.

                  Pulveres Salicina; Compositi.

                 Compound Powders of Salicine.
               it.  Salicin. gr. xv.
                   Antim. et potass, tartrat. gr. j.
                   Sacchar. alb. Qiiss.  Misce
    et fiat pulvis, in partes x a?quales dividendus.
   Dose.—A powder every two hours.            Stegmayer.

  1 Archives Medicales de Strasbourg, and Gazette Medicale de Paris, Fevr.
25, 1837. 
336             dunglison's  new remedies.

                      Mistura Salicince.

                      Mixture of Salicine.

              5<.  Rad. polygal. amar. sjvj.
   Coque cum aqua? fontanae ^xij. ad remanent. ^viij.
   Colaturae adde
                  Salicin. gr. viij. ad x.  M.

  Dose.—One or two spoonfuls every two hours.
                                           VON DEM BUSCH.
                     SAPO COCONEUS.

Synonymes.—Soap of the Cocoanut Oil, Sapo Cacaotinus.
French.—Savon de Cacoa.
German.—Cocosnussolseife.

  This soap has been much employed in Europe, of late years more
especially, as a cosmetic, and it seems  well  adapted  for the pur-
pose, except for its peculiar odour, which is by no means agreeable,
but may be masked by the addition of some sweet-scented oil.  Our
object in mentioning  it here is to  state, that the veteran Hufeland
extolled it  highly as an efficacious and innoxious application in
herpes, not only from numerous trials of it made by himself, but by
others, and he affirms, that when it does not effect a cure, it allays
the distressing burning and itching.
  The soap  is dissolved  in warm water, and the affected part
washed with it three or four times a day.
                       SAPO MOLLIS.

Synonymes.—Sapo Viridis, S. Niger, S. Kalicus, Soft Soap.
French.—Savon Noir, Savon Mou.
German.—Schmierseife, Griine Schmierseife.

  Under this name a soap is used, which is formed by a union of
oil with potassa.   It is the  "sapo ex oleo et potassd confectus" of
the London Pharmacopoeia, and has of late been  brought forward
in Germany as a remedial agent  in  cases of itch,1 and has  been
employed in many hospitals.

  1 Pfeuffer, Beobachtungen uber die Kratze und ihre Behandlung durch die
Schmier- oder griine  Seife.  Bamberg,  1833. 
SAPO mollis.
337
                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   The treatment of itch  by soft  soap is directed by Pfeuffer to be
carried into effect in the following manner.
   Attention is  paid to the general health of the patient for a day
before the soap is applied.  His whole body, with the exception of
the head, face, and  genital organs, is then besmeared with it, and
the application is repeated, morning and evening,  for  six days.
According to the extent of surface of the patient's body, at first two
rubbings, of from four to six ounces, are used; at  the  third and
fourth, from two to three  ounces, and from the  fifth to the seventh
inclusive, from half an ounce to an ounce ; but after this, the soap
is applied only to those parts which are affected with the eruption or
itching.   On the eighth day the  patient takes a bath of tepid soap
and water, and the body and bed linen, which have not been shifted
during  the cure, may now  be changed for cleaner.   In dry and
warm  seasons, the patient is able  to leave the infirmary on the
tenth day, cured;  but in  moist and cold, not until  the twelfth or
fourteenth.   The cure of  the eruption is generally effected in seven
days, that is, by fourteen  rubbings.   During the period of treat-
ment, the patient must remain in bed, avoid exposure to draughts
of air, and reside in a chamber whose temperature is from 73° to
77° of Fahrenheit.
   On account of the strong smell of the  soap,  not more than ten
patients ought to be permitted  to occupy the same  room.  A full
diet may be allowed them.
   From six to eight  hours after the first or  second  rubbing,  a
sense of tension  and pricking is  felt in the skin, which, at  times,
gradually augments  until it  amounts  to  a feeling of burning
heat.    About the fifth or sixth  rubbing, the  skin  appears  of  a
scarlet  hue,  without the  temperature  being  materially elevated.
In  several  cases, irritative fever  ensues, which disappears in the
course of twenty-four hours, with augmented  secretion of  urine.
Miliary vesicles  form in groups;  sweating takes place  freely; the
sleep which  may have been disturbed for  a  night or two recurs;
the skin desquamates, and the patient does not  find his strength in
the least exhausted.  Should  the inflammation  of the  skin  occur
earlier than the sixth  rubbing, the  friction  must be pretermitted.
Pfeuffer, however, never observed this to be the case.
  In scrofulous  and syphilitic dyscrasies, it may happen, that the
friction will have to be repeated once more, and that the patient may
have to remain from two to four weeks in the institution.
  It very generally happens, that this plan excites inflammation of
the skin and desquamation of the  cuticle: when  this is not the case,
no change whatever is produced in the eruption.
  In order to mitigate the distressing feeling of burning produced
by the  rubbing, one part  of flowers  of sulphur may be added  to
two parts of the soft soap.
  In those  cases, in which the disease  has existed for years, with
       11—b                                   dungl 22 
338
dunglison's new remedies.
greater or less intervals, and  in those who were  strumous in their
youth, or were  at a subsequent period affected with syphilis;—in
all cases, indeed, in which  the cutaneous affection has become, as
it were, habitual, Pfeuffer directs, that a cathartic  should  be pre-
mised, and that in  the course of the cure, a quart of the decoction
of the woods should be taken.
  This mode of treatment, according to Pfeuffer, is contra-indicated
by febrile conditions,  especially of the synochal kind ;  acute cuta-
neous  affections;  pulmonary and abdominal catarrhs ;  pulmonary
and  abdominal phthisis;  chronic  headach;  and  hereditary or
acquired tendency  to epilepsy.   In  such  cases, he  prefers the
internal and external  use of sulphur; and, after the cure, the esta-
blishment of issues.
  The great recommendation of this plan of treatment, in hospitals
and  infirmaries, is said to be its cheapness, although it strikes us,
that  there cannot be any  marked difference in this respect between
it and the treatment by sulphur, which is greatly used, on this very
ground, in many of the eleemosynary establishments of Germany
at this time.1
  The efficacy of Pfeuffer's plan of treatment has been confirmed
by numerous observers,—by  Graff,  Bermann, and Cramer, who is
said  to have first recommended the soap in scabies ; and  by Sicherer,
Seyffer, Cless and  others, all of whom agree as to  its  excellence;
they regard it as one of the best methods of treatment in use.
                   SECALE  CORNUTUM.

Synonymes.—Ergota, Clavis  Secalinus,  Calcar, Secalis Mater,  Secale
  Luxunans, Ustilago, Clavis Siliginis, Spurred  Rye, Corned Rye, The
  Spur, Ergot, Hornseed.
French.—Seigle ergotee, Ble cornu.
German.—Mutterkorn, Gebarpulver.

  The effects, which this substance is capable  of exerting on  the
uterus, are so well known as not to need any lengthened description.
Its employment in parturition having been first revived in this coun-
try, there  are but few who are ignorant  of its  reputed properties.
Certain  effects have, however,  been ascribed to it,  in  verv recent
times, which require mention.
  The spurred rye or ergot—the  latter being the common name it
bears from its "spurred" appearance2—is  generally considered to

»*' P'T62!"' VleheT, die Kmze und  ihre Behandlung nach der englischen
Methode, Osnabriick, 1836.  See,  also, American Medical  Intelligencer,
Aug. 15, 1839, p. 158.
  •"French, ergot, "a spur." 
SECALE CORNUTUM.
339
 be the result of a disease in rye, occurring most frequently when a
 hot summer succeeds a rainy spring.
    Decandolle, however, regards it as a parasitic fungus, and calls
 it Sclerotium clavus ; whilst Leveille esteems it to be a fungus giving
 a coating  to  the diseased grain—the medical virtues residing in
 the coating.   This fungus  he calls  Sphacelia segetum.  Brande
 refers it to  the natural  order, Fungaceoe, and  terms it Spermoedia
 clavus,  and in the  last edition of the  London  Pharmacopoeia, it is
 referred to the Acinula clavus of Fries;' but, according to Lindley,
 Fries has no such  plant in any of  his works, and  the  only species
 of acinula known,  acinula candicans, is found on  the rotten leaves
 of the common alder, and among melting snow; its organization is
 of another kind from that of the spermoedia; and Fries, who regards
 the other  as  a morbid state of the grain  of  certain grasses,~con-
 siders acinula as a  true fungus.2
   Recently, Mr. Smith  and Mr. Quekett have  maintained, that the
 ergot is  not a fungus, but a diseased state of the grain  occasioned
 by the growth  of a fungus not previously detected—to this fungus
 Mr. Q,uekett gives  the name Ergotastia3 abortans.4   By the micros-
 cope,  they discovered sporules, sporidia, or jointed bodies, which
 appeared to be the  reproductive particles of the fungus.


                  effects on the  economy.

   The effects  produced on the animal economy by the ergot, when
 eaten as food,  are extremely injurious: the  aggregate of the symp-
 toms has been termed  Ergotism.   At times,  they are  limited  to
 vertigo,  spasms and convulsions, with a peculiar tingling or  formi-
 cation in the arms and legs, which has given the affection the name
 among the Germans of Kriebelkrankheit,  or  "creeping disease."
 Most commonly, the limbs waste away, lose sensation and the power
 of motion, and separate from the body by dry gangrene—constitut-

   1 Syst.  Mycol.
   1 Brande's Dictionary of  the Materia  Medica,  p. 233, Lond. 1839.   See,
 also, Venus, Grundriss der medicin. Receptirkunst, u. s. w. S. 347. Weimar,
 1838.
   3 From ergota, and iwrtz, " cause."
   4 London Lancet, June 22, 1839, p. 465.  See, also, an abridgment  of a
 communication read by Mr. Q,uekett before the  Linnaean Society, Nov. 4,
 1S38, with illustrative woodcuts, in American Journal  of Pharmacy, for
July, 1839, p. 116.  For remarks on an insect met with  in the diseased grain,
 see a paper by Mr. Muller, of Butler county, Pa., with  comments by Dr.
 Carson, in Amer. Journal  of Pharmacy for Jan., 1839,  p. 269. M. De-
bourge considers, that  the ergot is an animal product from the telephorous
family.  The insect deposits a liquid of its own formation on a grain of
rye and produces the ergot- whence  it follows, he conceives, that the  ergot
may  be produced at pleasure by expressing this liquid upon all the grains of
rye that are within a certain period of their maturity.  Socieles Savantes,
in  Encyclographie des  Sciences Medicales, Avril, 1838. 
340
dunglison's new remedies.
ing gangrenous erethism or mildeio mortification}   These, how-
ever, are the toxical, not the therapeutical effects of the agent.2
  The extraordinary property, ascribed to the ergot, of assisting the
parturient efforts has long been credited in Germany.  Its old Ger-
man names, Mutterkorn ("wombgrain") and  Gebarpulver ("par-
turient powder"') are sufficient evidences of  this notion ; but, for a
long time, this was rather  a matter of popular than  of scientific
belief, although the " pulvis parturientis" of the Marburg Pharma-
copoeia consisted principally of ergot.
  About eighty years ago, it was recommended in this country by
Dr. John  Stearns, of Saratoga county, New York, and since that
time the weight of testimony, adduced in its  favour on both sides of
the Atlantic, has be<m overwhelming.  Still, there are many distin-
guished individuals, who deny it all power over the uterus both in
the unimpregnated and the impregnated state, and who affirm, that
it acts only indirectly on that viscus through the general disturbance
it occasions,  and that, therefore—like  every other internal agent
administered as an  abortive—it ought to be esteemed rather indi-
rect than direct in its action.   Such is the decided opinion of Jbrg,3
whose attention has  been directed to the effects produced by differ-
ent medicinal agents on the sound and diseased economy, and who
goes so far as to affirm, from his experiments and observations, that
there is no " farther connection between these degenerate grains and
the uterus, than the word  Mutter ('uterus') which is common to
both."
  From  his  various and varied experiments, Dr. Jbrg infers, that
the ergot, when given in small  doses, produces little  or no  effect
upon  the functions; but, when fresh dried  in an oven, and admi-
nistered in large doses, it oppresses the stomach, occasioning nausea,
vomiting, colic, liquid evacuations, destroys the appetite, and injures
the digestive powers;—these effects being accompanied by a sense
of weight in  the head, vertigo, cephalalgia,  and by general torpor
of the  system.   Under these circumstances, he  thinks, it is  not
difficult to understand, that the connection between  the foetus and
the uterus may be  modified, and  that abortion  may take place.
  Recently, the author has caused various experiments to be insti-
tuted on the use of the secale cornutum in doses of half a  drachm
and a scruple of the powder, and  in  the form of the oily matter
referred to below.    These  experiments were  made  on both males
and females; and  the general effects were  those described by  Dr.
Jorg;—when  the dose was  too  large, nausea  or vomiting often
resulted, with signs of narcosis.   They were made, at the author's

  1 See articles, Convulsio cerealis, and  Ergotism, in the author's Medical
Lexicon. Philad. 1839, and his Therapeutics, p. 272, Philad. 1836.
  2 See Christison on Poisons, 3d edit. chap. xl.
  3 Dass der Gebrauch inner Reizmittel zur Beforderung der Geburt des
Kindes  unniithig, fruchtlos, und gesunden Frauen sogar schadlich sei; u.
s. w. S.  40. Zeitz. 1833.  See,  also, the author's  General Therapeutics,
p. 271. 
SECALE cornutum.
341
desire, by Drs. Cottman and McKee,  resident physicians at the
Philadelphia Hospital.'
   Chemical  analysis  has  thrown  no light on the cause  of those
properties.  According to the analysis of Vauquelin,2 ergot contains
a colouring matter of a yellowish hue; a white oily matter ; a violet
colouring matter insoluble in alcohol; a free acid, which is in part
phosphoric;   a very  abundant  vegeto-animal matter,  which  is
greatly disposed  to putrefaction, and  furnishes much thick oil  and
ammonia on  distillation ;  and a small quantity of free ammonia,
which may be obtained at  the temperature of  boiling water.
   A more recent analysis  has been made by Maas",3 of  Hamburg.
He found it to contain  gluten; ammonia or a peculiar alkali; acetic
acid ; a violet colouring matter ; resin ; fixed oil; an alkaline acetate,
but neither starch, hydrocyanic acid, narcotine, nor phosphoric acid,
which some had discovered in it.4
   Its active principle is yet undetermined.
   Dr. Hooker, of New Haven,5 found, that when a quantity of pul-
verised ergot was macerated for several  days in sulphuric ether, and
the liquid evaporated in a glass vessel until it no longer afforded the
smell of ether, there remained at the bottom of the vessel a small
quantity of thick heavy oil, resembling in appearance fish oil ; above
this was a lighter oil,  much more abundant than the  former, of a
light reddish-brown  colour, and  of a sweetish  nauseous taste.  This
light oil  was found to  be possessed  of decidedly narcotic properties.
In two experimental cases,  the effects of the ergot continued apparent
for nearly a week ;  the pupils of the eye were dilated ;  the pulse,
respiration, and capillary action were very slow, and the skin livid,
—with loss of appetite, general  languor and lassitude, and rigidity
and soreness of the muscles; those of the thighs and other parts of
the lower extremities  being more particularly affected.  For  three
days the pulse continued below fifty,  with  a proportionate infre-
quency of respiration.5
   In the experiments  made with this substance by Dr. McKee,7  he
found that in every  case, when given in doses of from ten to forty
drops, it at first produced slight exhilaration of  the spirits with
increase  of circulation  ; but these symptoms were  soon followed  by
sedation, and in the  larger  doses by nausea also.
  Although the ergot is capable of producing the acro-narcotic effects
described above, their   supervention  is  not desired by those, who

  1 American Medical  Intelligencer, Sep.  1,  1839, p. 161.  See, also, M. Cor-
dier, in Journal General de Med. Avril,  1823.
  2 Memoir du Museum,  iii. 198, Paris, 1817.
  3 Bulletin des Sciences Medicales de Ferussac,  xix. 332; and  Merat  &
De Lens,  Diet, de Mat. Med. Art. Ergot.
  4 For Mr. Battley's Analysis, see Lond. Med. Gaz., Feb., 1831, and for
that of Mr. Wigger, Lancet, Nov. 10, 1832, from Allgem. Med. Zeitung.
  6 Boston Medical and Surgical Journal,  x. 298, Boston, 1837.
  6 See Amer. Med. Intelligencer, Dec. 15. 1837, p. 329.
  11bid. Sept. 1, 1839,  p.  161. 
342
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
regard it  to  be  possessed of  peculiar powers by which  it causes
contraction in the uterine fibres of the parturient  female, and who
administer it with that view.
   When  given  in appropriate and  properly repeated doses, the
uterine action, they assert, becomes more energetic, and the con-
tractions constant and almost unremitting;  but there is no accom-
panying disorder.  It has been largely  administered, and  in no
country, perhaps, more  than in this ; practitioners of the greatest
eminence—here and elsewhere—have placed the fullest reliance on
its powers to excite contraction of the uterine fibres, and although,
in many of the cases which fell under their observation, the  partu-
rient efforts might have recurred without  the agency of the  ergot,
this could scarcely have been the case with the remainder.   From
the results, therefore, of these cases, we  seem to be compelled to
admit, that the ergot is possessed of expulsive properties by which it
acts upon the parturient uterus; but that  it is capable of producing
any effect upon the unimpregnated uterus, or upon the impregnated
at any time, except when parturition has commenced, is denied by
many.  The result, however, of all  these  observations precludes
the belief, that the increased parturient efforts, resulting from its
agency, are produced indirectly by violence done to the constitution
of the mother, inasmuch as, in most of the recorded cases of benefit
accruing from its administration, no such  violence would  appear to
have been done by it.   Yet, admitting the  full power ascribed to
the ergot in these cases, it can be rarely necessary to have recourse
to it;  and it is doubtless often  employed, where the propriety  of the
administration of it, or  of any other  agent, is extremely  question-
able.
  But the effect produced by the ergot upon the mother has not been
the only topic of  interest in regard to its use in parturition.   It has
been maintained by many, that since its introduction, the number of
the still-born has  augmented, and that observation has sufficiently
shown, that where it is given  to expedite delivery, more or less
danger always accrues to the  offspring ;* either by the induction of
asphyxia, or of positive death, owing to the violence of the uterine
contractions, or  by  the  deleterious  agency  of the ergot on  the
foetus.2  But even were  we  to admit the  prejudicial effect of the
ergot  on the foetus in utero  to be true—and it has been deposed to
by many obstetricians—and that the number of the still-born is
greater than formerly—which is.  however, by no means the case
—its  influence could be but small, and could not account for the
statistical  differences that have been noticed.3
   In many cases, the ergot has been largely administered, and yet

  1 Chevasse, in  Transact, of the Provincial Medical  and Surgical Asso-
ciation, iv. 306, Lond. 1836.
  2 Mojon, in Gazette Medicale de Paris, Janv. 19, 1839.
  3 Avery, in Transact, of the Med. Society of the State of New  York, vol.
iii. Pt. 2. p. 185, Albany, 1837. 
SECALE CORNUTUM.
343
the child has been born alive.   Dr. James Paterson,1 of Glasgow,
details the particulars of a case in which the enormous quantity of
four ounces  was given, yet the movements of the child continued
lively;  and  he refers to an excellent  paper by Professor  Von
Busch,2 of Berlin, now before us, containing a reference to one
hundred and seventy-five  cases in which the secale cornutum was
given  on  account of deficient  labour-pains.  One hundred and
seventy-seven children were born; of these one hundred and forty-
two were born alive;  eighteen in a state of asphyxia which was
removed by appropriate treatment;  and seventeen still-born.  Of
the seventeen dead, seven had  evidently died before  labour, and
were more or less putrid ;  and ten during labour; of these, two lost
their lives from turning;  one from presentation of the breech; two
from prolapsus of the funis; one  from narrow pelvis and detention
of the head therein ;  one from the long duration of the fourth stage
of labour ;  one from a difficult forceps  case, which required perfo-
ration  afterwards; one from a peculiar deformity of the extremities ;
and one from no assignable cause: so that, of the one hundred and
seventy-seven cases, there was but one which could be referred to
the agency of the ergot, and there was no reasonable ground for
such reference.
   Dr.  Frank Ramsbotham3 who regards the secale cornutum  as
capable of exerting specific powers on the uterus at all periods  of
utero-gestation, and who  has recently  referred to several cases  of
premature labour induced in his own practice by its use, is disposed
to conclude, that although it may bring  on  labour without having
recourse to any operation, yet that it does not present a more likely,
or  indeed so probable, a  means of saving  the  infant as the older
method of  puncturing the  membranes;  and  he infers, from his
experience, that whatever might have been  the  quantity adminis-
tered, unless it exerted a decided influence over  the uterus, the
child suffered no detriment.4
   Dr.  Paterson5 and Mr. Heane6 have  likewise administered the
ergot successfully in large doses with the view of inducing prema-
ture labour.  The former of these gentlemen is disposed  to think,
that the abortive properties of the ergot are not exerted upon the
impregnated uterus at an  early period of utero-gestation, but that,
at a certain stage of development, the  uterine fibres are capable  of
being  excited by it so as  to expel the  foetus.  It would be strange
were its agency to be thus restricted.

  1 London Medical Gazette, June 1, 1839, p. 337.
  2 Die gebiirtshiilfliche Klinik an  der kuniglichen  Friedrich-Wilhelms-
Universitat zu Berlin, in neue Zeitschrift fixr Geburtskunde, u. s. w. B. v. H.
i. S. 107. Berlin, 1837.
  3 Lond. Med. Gaz. June 15,  1839, p. 420.  See, also, Ibid, for June 28,
1834.
  * See, on this subject, Dr.  J. J. Kelso, in  Lond. Lancet, June 22, 1839, p.
462; and Duparcque, in Revue  Medicale, Mars, 1838.
  6 Lond. Med. Gaz. June 1,  1839, p. 332.   See, also, Ibid. Sept. 1838.
  • Ibid. Jan. 26,  1839. 
344
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
   When ergot was found to be possessed of the power of exciting
uterine contractions, it was philosophical to employ it in retention
of the placenta, in after-pains,1 and in cases of uterine hemorrhage
and of convulsions2 in the parturient state, accompanied with atony
of the uterus.3  In  such cases, means of more speedy action  are
needed;  but still  cases  might arise in which  the administration
of ergot  might  be serviceable,  and  several such  cases, attesting
the services rendered by it, have been published.
  It  has  been strongly recommended, likewise, for  the prevention
of uterine  hemorrhage  by Stearns,4 Dewees,5 Bradley,6 Abraham,7
Kisch and others.
  Subsequently, the  employment of the  ergot was extended to
amenorrhoea8 and  to uterine  hemorrhage  in  the  unimpregnated
female, and many cases have  been published in confirmation of its
being possessed  of such virtues.   It was thought, also, that it might
be serviceable,—and was found so by Bazzoni,9 Negri, and  others,
—in leucorrhoea, and in gonorrhosa10, dysentery,11 &c, and again,
as it proved to be useful in uterine  hemorrhage, it  was conceived,
that it might exhibit like powers in other hemorrhages, and accord-
ingly it was given in cases of epistaxis, hasmoptysis, hasmaturia,
rfcc.   In  these last cases, it has been  rarely, however, employed.12
The narcotic or sedative property, which it exhibits  in certain cases
and doses,  and the sedative action, which it exerts in others, may
render it serviceable in these affections, whatever  may have been
the process of reasoning, which led originally to its  employment.13
  Dr.  Perrine14 has published some cases of periodical diseases, in
which the  powder of the secale  cornutum was administered with
advantage  during the intervals;  but no further results appear to
have  been  elicited.
  M. Payan15 thinks it demonstrated  that the ergot is primarily  and

  1 Hoffman, in Berl. Med. Zeitung, June 29, 1836.
  zDuparcque, Revue Medicale, Mars, 1838.
  3 Von Busch, Op. cit. i. 105.
  4 Philad. Journ. of Med. and Phys. Science, v. 44.
  B System  of Midwifery.
  6 Lancet,  April 15, 1S37.
  7 Ibid, April 22, 1837.
  8 Enriotti, in Repertorio Medico-Chirurgico del Piemonte, and  Journal des
Connoissances, Mars, 1838.
  9 Annali Universal! di Medicina, Feb. 1831, and Ryan, Medical  Formu-
lary, p. 264,  3d edit. Lond. 1839.
  10 Miiller  in Rust's Magazine,  B.  xl. H.  iii. and  Amer. Journ. of the
Med. Sciences, Feb. 1835, p. 527; and Ryan, Op. cit.
  11 Mojon, Op. cit.
  12 Duparcque, Op. cit.
  13 See some remarks on this subject, by the Author, in American Medical
Intelligencer, vol. i. p. 219.
  14 Amer. Journal of the Medical Sciences, Nov. 1833, p.  279.
  16 Revue Medicale, Fevrier et Mars, 1839; in Encycloorraph. des Sciences
Medicales, Avril, 1829. 
SECALE CORNUTUM.
345
essentially an excitant of the  spinal marrow;  and he conceives,
that its action on the uterus, bladder, and  muscles of the lower
extremities is but secondary, from a reflex action transmitted from
the spinal marrow to those organs through the nerves distributed
to them.   He  has given the details of  some cases  of paraplegia,
which seemed to be  relieved by the ergot; an  infusion  of fifteen
grains in  water  being given at first in the course of the day, and
the dose being gradually augmented.
   M. Allier fils,1 from having observed, as he believed, contraction
of the fibres of the bladder under the administration of ergot, has
recommended it  highly  in  cases of retention of urine ;  and feels
himself justified in inferring, from the results of varied  observation,
that it is capable of restoring to the bladder the contractility it may
have lost owing to immoderate distension  of its coats by accumula-
tion of urine :—that its action  has been evinced in cases in which
this kind of paralysis has resisted all known  therapeutical  agents ;
and that, owing to the fugacious character of its operation, it ought to
be administered  at short intervals,  in broken  doses, and these long
continued.
   M. Allier recommends, that it should be commenced  in the quan-
tity of a scruple, divided into six equal parts, that the dose should
be afterwards raised to forty grains, and then gradually diminished
to a scruple; and afterwards discontinued by degrees in  eight or
ten days after the cure, to consolidate it.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   The great difference that has been observed in the effects of the
secale cornutum has led  to the belief, that there must be much
difference in the article, and that every care must be taken to have
it good.   Dr. Ryan,2 indeed,  affirms that not  one  druggist  or
chemist in a hundred has it genuine.
   It must be recently pulverised, too, if we are desirous to count
upon its action when given in this  form.3
   When prescribed  with the view of augmenting  the parturient
energy, it is most commonly perhaps given in powder, in  the dose
of from ten to twenty grains, repeated every twenty minutes until
the effect  upon the uterus is elicited.  Professor Von Busch4 found
the best results when  it was given in the dose often grains at short
intervals—from  ten to fifteen minutes.  In one case it was requi-
site to repeat it eight  times ; in four cases, six  doses were sufficient;
in twelve, five;  in  thirty-three, four, and in  the remainder of the
one hundred and seventy-five  cases, three and  less;  the  smallest
quantity exhibited was a single dose often grains; the  largest, nine

  1 Journal des Connoisances Medico-Chirurgicales, Nov. 1838.
  2 Formulary, p. 264.
  3 Allier, Op. cit.
  * Op. cit. S. 106. 
346
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
doses of ten grains.  Dr. Ryan1 says the maximum dose is a dram
and a half; but it, obviously, cannot be thus limited.
  Dr.  Hooker, who considers,  that the  ecbolic and the narcotic
properties of the ergot may  be separated, recommends, in these
cases, the clear infusion, which possesses, he conceives, the former
property  only.  The powder of course contains both.
  Dr. Bishop, of New Haven,2 asserts, that  he has never seen but
once any unpleasant  effects from  the  use  of  the ergot, and then
he gave  it in powder; the labour was protracted and narcotism
induced.   In New Haven, he remarks, it is  the general practice to
administer the infusion, and in that form it is  considered safe and
effective in parturition.
  It is proper, however, to remark, that the form of infusion as
well as  of  decoction  was found  by Dr. Jbrg  to  be highly un-
pleasant  to  the stomach, and it  could not  be repeated in  his
experiments, which, it must  be remembered,  were  not  made on
the parturient female—in large  doses  for any length of  time,
without  irritating the  bowels,  producing  loss of appetite,  and
general impairment of the digestive  function.   Notwithstanding
this  we  believe both  the infusion and  decoction to  be desirable
forms of  administration, in the cases under consideration.
  As to the form of tincture. Mr. Battley affirms, that spirit will not
extract the active  property,  and  Dr. Ryan3 states,  that  he has
certainly found the tincture to fail in the majority of cases.   Mr.
Battley prefers the watery extract.
  For the purpose of  inducing premature labour, it has been neces-
sary to give it in larger doses.  Dr. Paterson4 gave it in the form
of the infusion below, until the  patient took six  drams  of  the
medicine.   The  infusion  was likewise given by  Dr. F. Rams-
botham,5 and the quantity each of his patients took varied from two
to twelve drams.
   When  the secale cornutum is given with other views, the usual
dose is 10 or 15 grains of the  powder given three or four  times a
day;  the results of the observations of Dr. Cottman6 have shown
however, that in 30 grain doses its sedative effects are more marked.
This,  too, was the  dose in  which it was administered  by  Dr.
Hooker.   In such cases, the tincture, and the light oil described by
Dr. Hooker may also  be prescribed: the latter in the dose of ten to
thirty drops.

  1 Op. cit.
  * American Medical Intelligencer, Dec. 15, 1837, p. 330.
  3 Op. cit. p. 266.
  4 Lond. Med. Gaz., June 1. 1839, p. 333.
  6 Ibid, June 15, 1839, p. 421.
  8 American Medical Intelligencer, Sept. 1, 1839, p .161. 
                       SECALE CORNUTUM.                   347

                   Infusum  Secalis  Cornuti.

                       Infusion of Ergot.

                it.  Secalis cornuti, gj.
                   Aquas ferventis, 3iv.
      Infunde.
   Dose.—One third, to be repeated every 15 or 20 minutes, in de-
ficiency of uterine contractions.

                it.  Secalis cornuti, gss.
                   Aquae ferventis, gxxiv.
 .  Colaturas adde
                   Syrup, simpl. 3j.

   Dose.—Two ounces every three  or four hours, to induce prema-
ture labor.                                        Paterson.
                it.  Secalis cornuti, Jss.
    Infunde per semihoram in
                   Aquae bullientis, §iss.  et cola.
   This quantity to be  taken  for a dose,  and repeated every  four
hours.                                      F. Ramsbotham.

                  Decoctum Secalis  Cornuti.
                      Decoction of Ergot.
                g<.  Secalis cornuti, §j.
                   Aquas, Oijss.
    Coque ad Oij. et cola.
   Dose.—A table-spoonful every quarter of an hour.

                   Tinctura Secalis  Cornuti.

                       Tincture of Ergot.
                it.  Secalis cornuti, ^ijss.
                   Spirit, tenuioris, Oj.
    Macera per dies quatuordecim et cola.
   Dose.—Twenty mimims to two drams, two or three times a day,
as a sedative agent.                          Guy's  Hospital.  ■

             Pulveres  Secalis  Cornuti  Compositi.

                 Compound Powders of Ergot.

               (Antihemorrhagic Powders.—Ryan.)

                it.  Secalis cornuti, 5ss.
                   Pulv. cinnam. comp.  9ss.
                   Sacch. purif. 3ss.
    M. et divide in chartulas x.
   Dose.—One every hour or  every second or third hour in active
hemorrhage from any outlet.  In leucorrhcea and gleet, one may be
given three or four times a day, and should they fail the following
may be substituted. 
348
dunglison's new remedies.
             &.  Secalis cornuti, 9ij.
                Pulv. cubebar. 3j.
                P. cinnam. c. Jss,
                Sacchar. purif. 3J-
 M. et divide in chartulas  viij.

Dose.—One, three or four times a day.               Ryan.
                   SODM  CHLORIDUM.

  Synonymes.—Soda  Chlorinata, Sodae Chloruretum, Chloruretum Oxidi
Sodii, Sodas Oxymurias, Natrum Chloratum, N. Chloricum, N. Oxymuriati-
cum, Chloride of Soda, Hypochlorite of  Soda, Labarraque's  disinfecting
Liquid ; Chloruret of Soda, Chlorite of Soda, Chlorinated Soda.
  French.—Chlorure de Soude, Chlorure d'Oxide de Sodium.
  German.—Chlornatron.

  This preparation resembles in almost all respects the chloride of
lime.  (See Calcis Chloridum p.  83.)  Both it  and the chloride of
potassa were associated by Berthollet under the common name
Eau de Javelle, or bleaching liquor, and it  has of  late generally
received the name of Liqueur de Labarraque.

                    METHOD OF  PREPARING.

  Labarraque1 recommended it to be prepared directly by passing a
current of chlorine into  a solution of subcarbonate of soda.
  The following is  the  formula in the last London Pharmacopoeia
for  the Liquor Soda  Chlorinata- the  Liquor  Soda Chloridi,
Aqua Natri Oxymuriatici, German, Oxydirt-salzsaures Natronwas-
ser,  or  Labarraque's  disinfecting liquid.  "Take  of carbonate of
soda, a  pound ;  distilled  water forty-eight fluid ounces; chloride of
sodium, four ounces; binoxide of manganese, three ounces; sul-
phuric  acid,  four ounces.  Dissolve the carbonate of soda in two
pints of the water; then put the  chloride of sodium and binoxide
of manganese, rubbed to powder,  into a retort, and add to them the
sulphuric acid,  previously mixed  with  three fluid ounces of water,
and cooled.   Heat, and  transmit the chlorine first through five fluid
ounces  of water, and afterwards  into  the solution of carbonate of
soda above directed."
  When the solution of chloride of soda is properly prepared, it has
a yellow  colour, a sharp,  saline,  and  astringent  taste,  and an
odour of chlorine.   By  careful evaporation, it yields  crystals which
produce the original liquid when  re-dissolved.   When the solution
1 Gazette de Sante, April 25, 1826. 
S0D/E CHLORIDUM.
349
is exposed to air, and allowed to evaporate spontaneously, it gives
out chlorine, and yields crystals of carbonate of soda.1

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   In its general remedial agency, the chloride of soda resembles the
chloride of lime, and has been administered both  internally and ex-
ternally in the same cases.  It is preferred, however, for internal,
whilst the chloride of lime is generally chosen for external, use.
   By  Bouillaud, Chomel  and  others it has  been given, with ad-
vantage, in  typhous fevers; and by Kretschmar,2 Lalesque, Colson,
and Gouzee3  in  intermittents :4 ten cases  are  reported by the last
named gentleman ; in two, the intermittent yielded immediately;
two others were cured after a slight return ; in one there were  four
attacks, gradually diminishing;  in two cases, the  severity of the
paroxysms  abated, but  it was  thought necessary to have recourse
to the sulphate of quinine; in two others no effect was produced,
and in one,  the disease  was aggravated.   Gouzee infers, that these
cases prove  the febrifuge properties of the chloride of soda to be less
marked that those of the sulphate of quinine, and, therefore, that it
ought not to be trusted to, except in the slighter  cases, and where
the  patients are  easily susceptible of the effects of  medicine,—as
women and children.
   In like manner, it has been found useful in scrofulous affections,
and in various diseases in which  the chloride of lime has proved
serviceable.   See Calcis chloridum.
                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   From ten  drops to a dram may be given  internally for a dose,
mixed with plain or sugared water.
    The form  in which  it was  prescribed  by  Gouzee, in inter-
mittents, was   a mixture, composed of half a dram of the chloride
to  four ounces of distilled water.   This was taken by spoonfuls
during the apyrexia;  so that the  last  dose  should be swallowed
shortly before the next paroxysm  was  expected.  The patients
 were  restricted  to  their  beds,  or at   least to  their chambers.
When applied externallv, it is  rarely used  pure or diluted  with
so little as one  half water, except in cases of asphyxia, and  gan-
grene, and  for dressing old ulcers, <fcc.  Most  commonly it is diluted
 with  five to  ten parts  of  water, and in  this strength is applied to
ulcers of various kinds, burns, cutaneous  diseases, &c.   When
 used as a disinfecting agent, itjis most commonly diluted with ten,
 twenty or thirty times its  weight of water.

   1 Faraday, Quarterly Journal of Science,  N. S. ii.  84, cited by Brande,
 Dictionary of the Materia Medica, p. 508, Lond, 1839.
   2 Venus, Grundriss der  medicin. Receptirkunst, S. 67. Weimar, 1838.
   3 Revue Medicale, Fevrier, 1836.
   4 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 334. 
350
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
                SPILANTHUS OLERACEUS.

 Synonymes.—Spear-leaved Spilanthus.
 French.—Cresson de Para.
 German.—Falsche Fleckblume.

   This plant, which is a native of South America, being an annual
 of very rapid growth, succeeds well in  the climate of the United
 States.   A tincture of  it has  been  much recommended in France
 and Germany, as an arcanum, in toothach.   Of late, its preparation
 has  become  known.    Riecke1 terms it the  Tinctura Spilanthi
 oleracei  composita, (Paraguay—Roux, Paratinktur.)   It  is  pre-
 pared in the following  manner.   Take of the leaves and blossoms
 of the inula bifrons—a species of elecampane growing in Italy and
 the southern Pyrenees—one part;  the  blossoms of the spilanthus
 oleraceus, obtained from South America, and from which  the Drs.
 Bahi  formerly made their  elixir odontalgicum, four parts;  roots
 of the anthemis pyrethrum, one part; alcohol at 33° (s.  g. .863)
 eight parts.   The solid matters  are divided into small pieces, and
 with the alcohol are placed in a flask for digestion, which is closed ;
 the mixture is suffered to digest  for  a  fortnight, at the expiration of
 which time it is filtered, and then preserved in closed vessels.2
   This tincture is said to relieve toothach instantaneously, when
 applied to the gums and tooth, and  Hufeland affirms,  that multitu-
dinous experiments in Berlin have proved  its value.  If the relief
be transient, the application must be repeated.   It contains nothing
narcotic, or which can injure  the teeth ; and  consequently  no
unusual precaution is requisite in its use.
  Heyfelder, who  often tried it, considered it very uncertain,—at
first affording relief, but afterwards none at all.
                       STRYCHNIN A.

Synonymes.—Strychninum, Strychnia, Strychna, Strychnine, Vauqueline.
French.—Strychnine.
German.—Strychnin.

  This alkaloid  was discovered by Pelletier and Caventou3 in the
nux vomica, St.  Ignatius's bean, upas tieute, and in the wood of the
strychnos colubrina; and  experiment has  shown, that these sub-
stances are indebted for their medicinal properties to it.4

         1 Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 395.
         1 Journal de Pharmacie, ix. 586.
         8 Annales de Chimie, Tom. viii. ix. & x.
         4 Magendie, in Annales de Chimie, x. 176, 1819. 
STRYCHNINA.
351
   In those different  substances, strychnine is found associated with
another principle analogous to it in its properties—brucine.1  In the
St. Ignatius's bean, there is less  brucine than in the nux vomica, so
that it is best adapted for the preparation of strychnine ;  but it is not
as  easily obtained,  and consequently the nux  vomica  is almost
always—if not always—used.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   A solution of liquid  subacetate of lead is added to a solution of
the alcoholic extract of nux vomica in water, until a precipitate is
no longer thrown down ;  the foreign matters being thus precipi-
tated, the strychnine remains in  solution with a portion of colouring
matter, and sometimes  an excess of acetate of lead.   The lead is
now separated by sulphuretted  hydrogen; and the fluid is filtered
and boiled with magnesia, which  unites with  the acetic acid, and
precipitates the strychnine.  The precipitate is next washed in cold
water, and re-dissolved  in  alcohol to separate it from the excess of
magnesia, and by evaporating the alcohol, the strychnine is obtained.
If it be  not perfectly white,  it must be re-dissolved in acetic or
hydrochloric acid, and reprecipitated by means of magnesia.
   Strychnine, obtained  by crystallisation from an  alcoholic solution,
which has been diluted by means of a small quantity of water, and
left to  itself, appears under the form of microscopic crystals, consti-
tuting foursided prisms, terminated by pyramids with four flattened
or  depressed  faces.  When  crystallised rapidly, it is white and
granular, is insupportably bitter to the  taste, and leaves an after
taste  similar  to that caused  by certain metallic  salts;  it has no
smell,  and is not changed by exposure to the air; is neither fusible
nor volatile;  for,  when subjected to the action of heat, it does  not
fuse until the moment of its decomposition and  carbonisation, and
it is decomposed by a degree of heat inferior to that which destroys
most vegetable substances.   When  exposed to  the  naked  fire, it
swells, becomes black, and  yields an empyreumatic oil, a little water,
acetic  acid, carbonic acid, and carburetted hydrogen.   Distilled
with deutoxide of copper, it gives out much carbonic  acid, and only
slight  traces of azote.  It is composed, therefore,  of oxygen, hydro-
gen and carbon.
  Although strychnine has so  strong a  taste, it is scarcely soluble
in water.   At 50° Fahr. 6667 parts of water dissolve but one of it;
boiling water dissolves  a little more than double, so that it may be
said to be soluble in 2500 parts  of boiling water.   It is remarkable,
however, that a solution, made  in the cold, and  containing, there-
fore, only eoVoth part of its weight,  may be diluted 100 times, and
still  retain a  very decidedly bitter taste.   It is  pretty soluble in
strong alcohol, little  so in weak, and not greatly so in ether or fixed
oils, although  they acquire a bitter  taste  from  it.   On  the other
1 See page 78. 
352
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
hand, it is very readily soluble  in volatile oils, and the hot  satu-
rated solution, on cooling,  deposits  crystals.  It  has an  alkaline
reaction, and forms, with acids, salts which are mostly crystallisable,
and  insupportably bitter, and  are more soluble than pure strych-
nine.1

       EFFECTS  ON THE ANIMAL ECONOMY IN  HEALTH.

  The effects  of strychnine on man and animals  resemble, on the
whole, those of the spirituous extract of nux vomica, except that they
are more intense.  According to Magendie. one eighth of a grain is
sufficient to kill a strong dog.   Pope, who  made experiments on
dogs, found, that TVth of a grain was enough to paralyse the lower
limbs of a small dog in four or five minutes, and in half an hour to
kill it.   Christison2 considers strychnine the strongest poison after
the hydrocyanic acid.  He  injected a solution of a third of a  grain
in alcohol  into the thorax of a  wild  boar, and  in ten minutes the
animal  died.   A  dog was destroyed by £th of a  grain in two
minutes; and  he believes that the same  effect would be  induced
on a man  by half a grain introduced into a wound.
  Lembert3 observed similar results  from placing a grain in the
thorax of  a small dog, and from three grains introduced into the
cellular tissue of a larger animal, on which tetanic spasms  were
induced in the thoracic muscles.
  Mr. Blake4  injected  a  grain  of strychnine, dissolved in a  small
quantity of acetic acid, into the  veins of a dog.  The first effect of
the poison was  to  induce general  convulsions  in  about  thirty
seconds after its injection, the action of the heart being at the same
time rendered irregular,  which  Mr. Blake presumes was owing to
the convulsive struggles of the  animal.   All external signs of life
ceased in about a minute and a half after the  injection of the poison
—the heart still continuing to beat.   He found, that when strych-
nine was  introduced into the circulation in  so  small a quantity as
not to produce  any general symptoms, it did not appear to  exert
the least influence on the heart.
  That the action of strychnine is  analogous to  that  of the nux
vomica, has been proved by the experiments of Segalas,5 Andral,6
Bardsley,7  Redlich, Sandras. Liiders,  Hennemann  and numerous
others.8  It affects especially the spinal marrow and  the  ganglionic
system,—less  strikingly  the brain;  small  doses  excite  the gan-

  1 Magendie's  Formulaire, &c.
  * Treatise on  Poisons, 3d  edit. Edinb. 1836.
  3 Essai sur la Methode  endermique, Paris, 1828,  8vo.
  4 Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, Apl. 1839, p. 338.
  5 Magendie's  Journal de Physiologie, ii. 4.
  6 Ibid, Juillet, 1S23.
  7 Hospital facts and observations, illustrative of the efficacy of  strychnia,
brucia, &c. Lond. 1830.
  8 Petrequin, Gazette Medicale de Paris, No. 44, Nov. 1838. 
STRYCHNINA.
353
glionic system; larger, the spinal marrow;  consequently, it has
been properly imagined, that it  might be an efficacious remedy in
nervous diseases, which are dependent  upon spasmodic disorder in
the ganglionic  system, or on diminished sensibility and torpor of
the nerves of motion.
   The following are the effects  observed by Oppler from the inter-
nal use of  the nitrate of  strychnine:—a sensation  of warmth and
itching in  the  epigastrium; eructation;  nausea;  vertigo;  slight
excitement like that of intoxication ;  great vividness, with  more or
less confusion  of mind; dull pain over the eyes; spots before the
same; dilatation of the pupils;  diplopia; tinnitus aurium;  difficult
articulation and deglutition ; slight trismus; sense of formication in
the paralysed parts; convulsive motions or twitchings, at times in
those parts, at others over the whole body, similar to electric  shocks;
tremors  of the muscles;  occasionally violent  spasms;  tetanus;
asthma; palpitations;  febrile heat; general sweating ;  prostration;
pale or livid countenance; pulse, sometimes  full and frequent, at
others small and contracted; great sensibility over the whole body;
involuntary laughter, succeeded  always  by difficulty of breathing
and convulsions.  The sleep was generally interrupted by convul-
sions; the  secretion of urine scanty, and occasionally suppressed.
These symptoms came on gradually, and disappeared  in the same
manner, when the dose was moderate, in the course of some hours.
Large doses induce death by a sudden shock to the nervous system;
smaller  doses,  when  continued for a  long time,  may destroy by
causing  apoplexy, of which Oppler saw many examples in his
experiments on animals.1
   Dr. Blumhardt, of Stuttgart,2 has  published  a case of poison-
ing by  strychnine, which  occurred  to him  in  Stuttgart,  and
which is perhaps the only fatal case on record, of which we have
the details.  He was called to  a young man, seventeen years old,
who had  swallowed two  scruples of  strychnine  after his dinner.
A short time afterwards, experiencing great restlessness, he  repented
of what he had done, and immediately took four grains  of tartar
emetic, which excited considerable vomiting.   When the physician
arrived,  about a quarter of an hour after he had taken the strych-
nine, he found  the patient on his back in bed, with his head thrown
back, rigid and incapable of motion, but with a constant inclination
to turn  towards the right side.   He could  only move the upper
limbs freely.   The countenance  was pale and haggard;  the tem-
perature of the skin natural, and the pulse quick  and contracted.
Consciousness  remained  unaffected ;   the  speech was  rendered
difficult  by an  occasional contraction of the muscles that move the
lower jaw;  but it could  not  properly be said  to be interrupted;
deglutition was untouched.  The trismus, however, became more

   1 See, also, Tanquerel des  Planches, Essai sur la  Paralysie de Plomb.
Paris. 1834.
   2Medicinisch.Correspondenz Blatt, in Encyclog. des Sciences Medicales,
Sept. 1837.
       11—c                                  dungl23 
354
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
and more frequent and violent, and the respiration thereby unequal
and suspended;  the pulse was small, suppressed and quick.  The
remedies—employed to save him—as the tincture of iodine and the
acetate of morphine were of no avail.  With the periodical trismus
was  now associated spasmodic  agitation  of  the  whole body, to
which—after a short interval—succeeded opisthotonos with violent
symptoms of suffocation;  the  trismus attained the highest degree,
and the upper extremities were deprived of the influence of volition.
With the increase of the  general tonic spasm, the respiration was
always  more difficult and oppressed, and for a time wholly ceased;
the pulsation of the heart and arteries became irregular, less distinct
and at length imperceptible.  In  this condition, the skin  acquired
a bluish appearance; the  countenance was puffed, and of a violet
hue ; the lips dark blue,  the neck swollen, the eyes protruded, fixed
and  directed  towards the right  side;  the pupils enlarged,  and
immovable,  and  the  conjunctiva  injected.   At  this period, the
patient was entirely unconscious ; but from this condition he awoke
once, and all the symptoms  became mitigated;  during this remis-
sion,  the  muscles,  influenced by the  spinal  marrow,  remained
cramped, except  the  upper extremities, which  could be moved
voluntarily.   In a quarter of an hour, the tetanic attack  returned
in its violence, with  intense commotion of the whole body; this
ended in asphyxia, from  which he again recovered to consciousness.
The same  thing happened in a  third  attack.  In the fourth, he
succumbed under the power of the poison.  The whole scene from
the taking of the poison to the occurrence of death lasted an  hour
and a half.
   During the last attack, as doubt existed whether he was  really
dead, the median vein  of the left arm, which was  turgid,  was
opened, and after the vessel was emptied of its thick, black  blood,
which resembled that of an animal, several bubbles of air,  from the
size of a pea to that of a small cherry, were forced out by pressure.
   The dissection was made  twenty hours after death.   In spite of
the elevated summer heat  there were no signs of putrefaction ; the
whole body was  uncommonly rigid.   The muscles of the  back
were  of a brownish  red colour, almost  like that of smoked meat.
On opening the spinal canal, a considerable quantity of thick, dark
coloured blood, like that of an animal, flowed out.
   The  plexus venosi spinales were turgid with the same kind of
blood, as well as the vessels of the pia mater.  Under this membrane,
especially in the cervical  portion, some watery fluid  was effused.
The upper portions of the spinal marrow were soft, even pappy in
some places, but lower down it became gradually harder.  Within
the cavity of the cranium, the same turgid condition of vessels existed;
all the veins of the dura mater appeared  as if injected; the veins of
the pia mater were likewise engorged ;  and the whole mass of the
brain indicated an unusual supply of  blood, so  that  the cortical
substance appeared  quite  blue.  The  cerebellum was softer than
usual.   In  the  cavities of  the  abdomen and  thorax, a striking 
STRYCHNINA.
355
 poverty of blood was  perceptible.  The heart was shrunken and
 empty, as well as the large vessels of the thorax.  The stomach was
 full ot solid food, which appeared to have undergone no change: its
 blood vessels contained a considerable quantity of blood, and the
 mucous coat exhibited marked redness over its whole surface; but
 it was especially concentrated about the cardia and the fundus; the
 small intestine was likewise  redder than  natural, as is  commonly
 the case in those who have died whilst digestion was going on.
   The liver  was  tolerably supplied with blood; the gall bladder
 empty.
   Wiien strychnine is used  endermically, as is not  unfrequently
 done, the course of the phenomena is somewhat different.   G.  H.
 Richter, employed  it in this  way in many cases of hemiplegia, in
 one of which  it occasioned symptoms  of actual poisoning.
   When the  dose  exceeded a quarter of a grain, a feeling arose in
 the part  to which  it was applied as if needles were  run  into the
 skin; this gradually spread over  the whole limb; the temperature
 of the body was augmented; the pulse quickened, full  and hard ;
 the breathing constrained; pain  was  experienced in the same side
 of the  head;  the  secretion of urine was increased, and a general
 perspiration broke  out, which persisted for  about an hour, after
 which the pricking of the surface, and the excitement of the vessels
 ceased.  To these symptoms—and seldom later than two  hours after
 the application of the  agent—convulsive movements succeeded in
 the paralysed limbs like  those induced by electricity, which aug-
 mented  in  violence and frequency with the  increase of the  dose,
 being strongest and most severe during the night, at which time the
 limbs were moved  involuntarily.   When  awake, a feeling of stiff-
 ness was  experienced in all the limbs, which  passed off  when they
 were used.  On digestion, defecation, and the appetite, the nitrate
 of strychnine seldom exerted any influence.   Only in one case__
 in which no effects  were induced  on the nervous system, when the
 dose was  gradually carried to three grains—was obstinate consti-
 pation produced.  In general, when it was begun with in the dose
 of one-eighth  of a grain, and on the next day one-fourth was given,
 on the third day one-half, and afterwards  the dose  was increased
 daily by the fourth of a grain, until one and a quarter was given,__
 the following  unpleasant symptoms supervened. The patient expe-
 rienced twitchings  earlier than before, and first in  the  paralysed
 limbs.  As  these became, from minute  to minute,  more violent, a
 penetrating pain was felt  in the occiput, with  vertigo  and  tinnitus
 aurium.   The twitchings now extended  over the affected  arm,
 and, subsequently, to the  sound side,  whereupon the  vertigo and
 headach augmented, and insensibility, with difficult and  stertorous
 breathing, ensued.   The  pulse now'became  very full, hard, slow,
 and  intermitting;  the  countenance  bluish  red  and  turgid; the
 paralysed  lower extremities  of a marbled blue;  the pupils  very
 much dilated and the mouth open : the convulsions being occasion-
ally so strong  as to toss him  to and fro on the bed.   When  these 
356
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
phenomena declared themselves, Richter  removed  the dressing,
from  the surface, which appeared inflamed, and still  contained a
quantity of strychnine, that had not been absorbed; the parts were
then washed, and sprinkled immediately—according to Lembert's
and  Lesieur's recommendation—with two  grains of the acetate of
morphine;  the face was washed with cold water, the  soles of the
feet brushed, and other excitants administered.1
  Morphine appears to be the most powerful antidote: under its use,
the dangerous symptoms rapidly disappear, consciousness returns;
the patient sleeps for some hours, and a general perspiration breaks
out,  after  which he awakes with a feeling of dulness, and with
stiffness of the  limbs, which soon, however,  vanish.   In respect
to the topical application of strychnine by the endermic method, A.
L. Richter2 remarks, that  the preparations of strychnine produce
much more powerful local effects than  those of morphine;  they
maintain the  abraded portions of the  skin in an  inflamed state,
promote suppuration more  than the morphine, and occasion  violent
itching and burning, with a feeling as if needles were  run into the
skin.
  Artus recommends, from his investigations, pure baryta (Aetzba-
ryt) as an antidote.   It forms an insoluble  precipitate  with strych-
nine, and he esteems it to be more, certain than the tinctures of iodine
and bromine recommended by Donne,3 the muriate of baryta, or the
infusions of tar and galls recommended  by  Raspail.4
  The  effects, referred to above,  were chiefly obtained from  the
administration of the nitrate of strychnine, but they may be es-
teemed applicable to all the preparations of strychnine, as we know
nothing of any difference in their agency.   It is probable, however,
that the salts of strychnine, owing to their greater  solubility, may
have more  action than the strychnine itself, although the muriatic
and  acetic  acids, which are almost always  present in the stomach,
it might be presumed, would readily unite with it.

           EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  The following remarks apply equally to the pure strychnine, and
its salts, and  to the  alcoholic extract of nux vomica, to which  the
reader is referred, (see page 276.) It has been administered in
  1. Paralysis, especially in that arising from the action of lead, in
which Bally, Lembert, Bardsley, Andral,  Rayer and  Tanquerel,5
have  employed  it beneficially.  In paraplegia and hemiplegia, it
has been prescribed by Lesieur, G. H. Ritchter, Romberg,  Bards-

  1 See some experiments, relative to the action of strychnine on the nervous
system, by Dr.  H. Stannius, in  Muller's Archiv. Heft. ii.  1837; and Brit.
and For. Med. Review for Jan. 1838, p. 221.
  * Die endermatische Methode, u. s. w. Berlin, 1835.
  8 Journal de Chimie Med. v. 494, Paris, 1829.
  4 Nouveau Systeme de Chimie organique. Paris, 1833.
  6 Gazette  Medicale, pour 1835, p. 383. 
STRYCHNINA.
357
ley,  Bally, Lafaye, Oesterlen,  Reinhardt,  Heyfelder,  Faye, Mart,
Schaible,  Raciborski,  A. T.  Thomson,1  Gellie,2  and  numerous
others.3
  From the results of their observations it would seem, that strych-
nine is most efficacious  in paraplegia; less so in hemiplegia, although
it has  often been given with advantage in  the  latter affection; but
its  administration in  hemiplegia requires  special  circumspection,
particularly when the  paralysis has succeeded to apoplexy.4
  Romberg affirms, that, as a general rule, in  cases of paralysis
dependent upon disease of the central organs of the nervous system,
he  has never seen any  striking effect from the endermic use of
strychnine, and that great care is needed lest it should  react inju-
riously on the  brain.   He considers it especially adapted  for cases
of paralysis, that are dependent upon some affection of the spinal
marrow induced by mechanical concussion; as well as for the local
paralysis  that  succeeds  rheumatism,  suppressed exanthems, &c.
Mr. Pereira5 has seen it very serviceable in that shaking or trembling
action of  the muscles,  which is produced by habitual  intoxication.
G. H. Richter cured a  case of aphonia by it, and it has been much
used, and  successfully,  in amblyopia and amaurosis, by Short. Liston,
Guthrie, Middlemore,6  Henderson, Mart,  Petrequin7 and  others. In
these cases, it is generally used endermically on the temporal region.
Dr. Stevenson,8 derived benefit from it—when applied in  this way—
in cases of amaurosis  of  many years' duration.   Half a grain was
repeated twice  a day until tremors of the limbs were produced.  He
employed it in the same  manner in other  cases of local paralysis.
In cases of amaurosis, Henderson advises, in addition, that a solu-
tion of strychnine should be dropped into the eye.   It has likewise
been  given successfully  in  cases of  paralysis of  the bladder by
Schaible,  Bally, Hennemann, Behrend8 and others,  and in  paralysis
of  the facial nerve.9
  In high grades of paraplegia, the internal use of the remedy is
to be preferred, but in  general the endermic administration is more
advisable.
  In paralysis of the limb,s, a spot is selected in the vicinity of the
spinal marrow.
  Strychnine is likewise given in other affections.   Very favorable
reports have been made as to its efficacy  in

  1  Lond.  Med. Gaz. April, 1831.
  1  La Lancette  Francaise, Aout 29, 1837.
  s  Petrequin, Gazette Medicale, Nov. 1838.
  4  See Bally, Considerations sur la Strychnine, &c.  in Bullet. General de
Therapeutique, Fev. 1838.
  6 Medical Gazette, Vol. xix.
  6  Midland Medical and Surgical Reporter, May and August, 1831.
  7  Bulletin General de Therap. Juillet,  1838.
  8  Transactions of the  Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta, Vol. v.
  9  Medicin. Zeitung, Sep. 1837, S. 190.
  10 Dr. O'Brien, Med. Chirurg. Review, and L'Experience, Nov. 1838. 
358
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
   2. Neuralgia. Mart found it beneficial in tic douloureux and in
nervous headach, and Magnus in a case of neuralgia of the arm.
   3. Traumatic tetanus. In this disease, it has been recommended
by Luders.
   4. In Hysteria, Hypochondriasis,  and Dyspepsia? it  has been
advised by Schmidtmaun and Basedow, but morphine appears to
render more essential service.
   5.  In  Chorea,  Romberg saw good  effects from  it.    It  has
likewise been  advised  in epilepsy2  and catalepsy.   Fricke  has
administered it successfully in—
   6. Syphilitic Osleocopi. It has also been  given with benefit in
cases of
   7. Dysentery and  Diarrhaa,3 by Bardsley,4 Recamier, Geddings,
and others, and it  has been used endermically  in cholera,—two or
three grains being applied to a blistered surface on the nape of the
neck.  By MM.  Dreyfus, Grimaud  d'Angers and Potton it was
given internally in the same affection to allay  vomiting:—a quar-
ter to  half  a grain  being  added to three ounces of  water and
prescribed in  the  dose  of a spoonful every hour.5   Dr. Ryan,6
asserts, that he has  repeatedly known a few of the pills—the for-
mula for which is given below—check a profuse diarrhoea with rice
coloured evacuations, and even when the extremities were blue in
malignant cholera.
   Lastly. From its efficacy in analogous affections of the  digestive
mucous membrane, Dr. Stokes7 thinks there is good reason to hope,
that it may prove useful in  bronchitis.   It has been employed,
indeed, in all  the cases  in  which  the  alcoholic extract of nux
vomica has been found of service, than which it  is of course to be
more relied upon, in  consequence of its greater uniformity ; the nux
vomica itself being often found unequal.   (See page 278.)

                 METHOD OF  ADMINISTERING.

   Pure strychnine is best exhibited internally, in the form of pill,
or in spirituous solution ; but if a little acid, especially the acetic, be
added  to it, it may be given in  watery solution, as in this way a
salt of strychnine may be formed extemporaneously.   The dose is
from one  sixteenth to one eighth of a grain, which may be gradu-
ally increased until a grain  is taken.   In  ordinary cases, it will be
sufficient, to raise the dose to half a grain, two or three times a day,
but if any circumstance should arise to cause its discontinuance, it

  1 See, also, Dr. Melcombe, in Lond. Med. Gaz. for Mar. 4, 1837. p. 850.
  2BrorTerio, in Repertorio Medico-chir. di Torino, 1825, and Revue Medi-
cale, iv. 488, Paris, 1825.
  3 Op.  cit.
  4 N. American Archives, No. 2, Nov. 1834.
  6 Merat & De Lens, Diet, de Mat. Med. Art. Strychnine.
  6 Formulary, 3d. Edit. p. 335, Lond. 1839.
  7 Treatise on diseases of the Chest, p. 125, Dublin  1837, and Amer. Med
Library Edit., Philad. 1838. 
STRYCHNINA.
359
ought not to be recommenced in doses as large as the last, but with
small doses, as at the beginning.  In  the  endermic  application of
the remedy, we sprinkle, twice a day, a quarter of a grain on  the
denuded surface, and slowly increase  the  quantity to half a grain,
should this  be necessary.   If the larger doses do not act more bene-
ficially, it will  be advisable to discontinue  the remedy for a few
days—after which the smaller doses may again exert a signal influ-
ence—rather than to carry the dose still higher.

                      Pilula Strychnina.

                       Pills of Strychnine.
                     it.  Strychnin, pur. gr. ij.
                        Conserv. rosar. gss.
      Divide in  pilulas xxiv.

   Dose.—One to two, morning and evening.       Magendie.

                   it.  Strychnina?, gr. j.
                      Confect. ros. 3ss.
                      Pulv. glycyrrhiz, 3ss.
      Divide in pilulas xij.
   Dose.—One, night and morning. The quantity may be increased
to four or five daily.                                    Ryan.

                     Tinctura Strychnina.
                   it.  Strychnin, pur. gr. iij.
                      Alcohol, 36° (.837) Jj.  M.
   Dose.—Six to twenty-four drops, twice  or thrice a day.
                                                  Magendie.

                      Mistura Strychnina.

                      (Potion Stimulante.)

                     Mixture  of Strychnine.
                     it.  Aq. destillat. 5ij.
                        Strychnin, gr.  i.
                        Sacch. alb. gij.
                        Acid. acet. gtt. ij.   M.

   Dose.—A dessert-spoonful, morning and evening.
                                                  Magendie.

                     Collyrium Strychnina.

                    Collyrium of Strychnine.
                 it.  Strychnin, gr. ij—iv—vj—viij.
                    Acid. acet. dil.
                    Aq. destillat. aa. §j. M.
   Two  drops  to  be let  fall into the eye, a few times a day,  in
amaurosis.                                       Henderson. 
360              dunglison's new remedies.
                 STRYCHNINE  ACETAS.

Synonymes.—Strychnium Aceticum, Acetate of Strychnine.
German.—Essigsaures Strychnin.

  In addition to the acetate, formed extemporaneously, as mentioned
under  strychnine, the proper acetate of strychnine has been admi-
nistered,  especially by Liiders and Fricke.   It may be made, like
the acetate of quinine, from the  direct combination of the strych-
nine with acetic acid.   According to Thenard, it is very soluble,
and crystallises with difficulty.  Even when diluted 40,000 times,
its solution occasions a sense of bitterness on the tongue.
  The following formulae have been given by the physicians cited.

                  Gutta Acetatis Strychnina.
                Drops of Acetate of Strychnine.
                  it.  Strychnin, acet. gr. iij.
                      Alcohol. 3j.
                      Aq. cinnam. gvij.  M.
  Dose.—Five drops, twice a day, gradually increasing the dose.
                                                  Lueders.
                 Tinctura Acetatis  Strychnina.

               Tincture of Acetate of Strychnine.
                  it.  Strychnin, acet. gr. iss.
                      Alcohol, gss.  M.
  Dos"e.—From three or four, to  twenty or thirty drops, to be taken
at bed-time, in cases of syphilitic pains of the bones.    Fricke.
                  STRYCHNINE IODAS.

Synonymes.—Strychnina Iodata, Strychnium Iodicum, Iodate  of Strych-
  nine.
German.—Iodsaures Strychnin.

                   METHOD OF PREPARING.

  The preparation of this salt, according to Magendie, is easy.  It
is sufficient to add a concentrated solution of iodic acid to powdered
strychnine;  in  a moment  the mass swells up,  absorbs  water,
becomes thicker and at times  very consistent.  It  is now treated
with boiling alcohol, filtered, and left to spontaneous evaporation.
In this way, beautiful crystals of iodate of strychnine are obtained.
The iodic acid, proper for this preparation, is  obtained, according to 
STRYCHNINE NITRAS.
361
Geiger, in the following manner.  Nine parts of the iodate of baryta
are boiled with two parts of oil of vitriol, previously diluted with
ten times as much water, for  half an  hour.   It is then filtered,
and evaporated by a gentle heat to the consistence of a thin syrup,
and is exposed to the air for spontaneous evaporation.
  The iodate of strychnine may likewise be formed  by double
decomposition, by mixing a soluble iodate, as iodate of  soda, with
a solution of sulphate  or  muriate of strychnine.   The iodate of
strychnine  is precipitated,  which may  be  treated with  boiling
alcohol, and crystallised as above directed.
  The iodate is of a white colour, crystallises in beautiful prismatic
needles: it is but slightly soluble in cold water, but more so in boil-
ing water and alcohol.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  "This  salt," says Magendie, "is  one of the most active with
which I am acquainted.   A single grain  is sufficient to destroy a
strong dog under tetanic symptoms. It acts, likewise, powerfully on
the diseased organism.  I gave it to several persons with a success
which far exceeded my expectations.   It  proved  effectual in some
old paraplegic affeetions, which had  been esteemed incurable, and
after all the usual remedies had been administered in vain."
   He gave it in pills, each  of  which  contained  one eighth of a
grain.    One of these was  prescribed night and morning, and the
dose was gradually increased, until  ultimately a  grain  was taken
in the twenty-four hours.   The greatest circumspection was, how-
ever, necessary in its  use.
  Magendie is of opinion, that  the hydriodate of strychnine might
be  advantageously introduced  into medicine.   It is prepared by
mixing a  solution of iodide of potassium with a concentrated solu-
tion of acetate of strychnine : a white crystalline powder is precipi-
tated, which is soluble in  alcohol, and is the pure  hydriodate of
strychnine.
  It does not appear to have been as yet used in medicine.
                  STRYCHNINE NITRAS.

Synonymes.—Strychnium Nitricum, Nitrate of Strychnine.
German.—Salpetersaures Strychnin.

  This preparation of strychnine has been more used in Germany
than any other.  It  has been  received into the  Prussian Pharma-
copceia, (Landespharmakopoe,) where it  is directed to be prepared
in the following manner: 
362
dunglison's new remedies.
                   METHOD  OF PREPARING.

   On eight pounds of nux vomica sixteen pounds of spirit of wine
(Kornbranntwein) are poured,  and the liquid is distilled to one half.
The nux vomica is then' freed from the liquor by filtering, is dried
and reduced to coarse powder.   This is digested two or three times
with  a  sufficient quantity of the spirit, and after digestion it is
strained.  The tinctures are then subjected to distillation, and what
remains is  evaporated along with the fluid that remained after the
boiling; to this, acetate of lead,dissolved in a sufficient quantity of
distilled  water, is added  so long  as a precipitate falls.   The fluid,
separated as much as  possible  from the precipitate, by means of the
filter, is now evaporated to one half, by a gentle  heat.  When cold,
it is  mixed with two  ounces of calcined magnesia, and  is suffered
to stand for three days, when the deposit is separated by the aid
of the filter, and is washed, and dried.   This,  after having been
rubbed to powder, is digested two or three times  in alcohol, and the
tinctures are  subjected  to distillation, until only  a  few  ounces
remain.  The strychnine,  which, on  cooling, appears  in the retort
in the form of a white powder, is separated by the filter, washed
two or three times with rectified spirit of wine diluted with an equal
quantity of common water, and is neutralised  by a proper quan-
tity of dilute  nitric acid.  The filtered fluid is evaporated by a
gentle heat so  as to allow the formation of crystals.  These crystals
are needle-shaped, colourless, of a silky splendour, and  a  very bitter
taste; they are soluble with   difficulty in alcohol, but dissolve in
ether.

                 METHOD OF ADMINISTERING.

   The dose and mode of administering the nitrate of strychnine are
the same as in the case of the  pure strychnine.  Its endermic appli-
cation will sometimes succeed  when the internal  administration has
been more  limited in its results.  The experiments instituted  by
Dr. Stannius, and others, and referred to in a former  page  (356,)
were  with the nitrate  of strychnine.
   Magendie found, in his experiments, that this salt completelv
prevented the coagulation of the blood.1

  1 Le9onssur le Sang; and translation in Lond. Lancet, Jan. 26, 1839, p. 637. 
STRYCHNINE SULPHAS.
363
                 STRYCHNINE SULPHAS.

Synonymes.—Strychnium Sulphuricum, Sulphate of Strychnine.
German.—Schwefelsaures Strychnin.

  The same effects have been observed from  this preparation  as
from the others.  It is also dispensed in the same forms and doses.
It may be obtained by the simple union of strychnine with sulphuric
acid.   According to Pelletier,  100 parts  of the  alkaloid saturate
10.486 of the acid.   It is soluble  in less than sixteen parts of cold
water, and  crystallises, when neutral, in transparent cubes; when
acid, in needles.  Its  taste is  extraordinarily bitter.  It is decom-
posed by every soluble salifiable base.
                SULPHURIS CARBURETUM.

Synonymes.—Sulphuretum Carbonii, Carboneum Sulphuratum, Alcohol Sul-
  phuris, Bisulphuretum Carbonii, Sulphuretof Carbon, Carburet of Sulphur.
French.—Sulfure de Carbon, Carbure de  Soufre, Soufre  Carbure, Alcool
  de Soufre.
German.—Schwefelalcohol,  Schwefelkohlenstoff,  fliissiger Kohlenschwe-
  fel, Kohlensulfurid.

   The carburet of sulphur or sulphuref of carbon was discovered
by Lampadius in the year 1796.  It is a transparent and  colourless
fluid at the  ordinary temperature,  has  a  very penetrating and dis-
agreeable odour; and a taste, cooling at first, but afterwards  burn-
ing, acrid, and somewhat  aromatic.  Its  specific  gravity is 1.263.
It boils at 134° of Fahrenheit.  It is not decomposed at the highest
temperatures ; but volatilises rapidly in the air, and  bums readily.
It is not soluble  in water, but is so in alcohol, ether, and in the fixed
and volatile oils.  Water separates it immediately from those solu-
tions.   It unites intimately with the alkalies ;  but, of the acids, the
aqua regia—which is a mixture of the nitric and muriatic acids—
alone lays hold  of it.  It dissolves potassa, camphor, sulphur, and
phosphorus.   Lampadius, in the first instance, regarded thesulphu-
ret of carbon as  a compound  of sulphur and  hydrogen;  it is now,
however, decided, that it consists of sulphur and carbon,—according
to Vauquelin,  in the proportion of  85 or 86 to  15 or 14;  according
to Berzelius, and Marcet, of 84.84  to 15.16.

                     MODE OF PREPARING.

  The following method is recommended by Mitscherlich :*
  1 Elemens de Chimie, traduits par M. B. Valerius, i. 156, Bruxelles, 1835 
364
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
  The temperature, at which sulphur enters into ebullition is  not
sufficient to make the two substances combine, but if burning coals
be placed in contact with vapours of sulphur, the combination takes
place  immediately.   With this view, a tube of porcelain  may be
used,  or, what  is better, one of cast iron, lined  internally with a
coat of clay by running it several times through a paste of clay and
water, and heating the tube  each time.   In this manner, the crust
of dry clay will become strong enough to prevent the sulphur from
attacking the iron.
  The tube is then filled with strongly calcined coals, and is heated
to redness in  an oblong furnace.  One end of the tube is closed by
a cork, and a small  hole is  made at the upper  part  of the tube,
through which the sulphur is introduced, and which is closed by a
plug.   The other end, which  has  passed  through the furnace, is
likewise closed by a  large cork,  traversed by a  glass tube.   To
make the stoppers close the  tube hermetically, they are boiled with
glue.   The long glass tube  passes into a large jar, through a hole
in which it  is  adapted  hermetically by means of a  cork.   The
ordinary aperture of the jar is closed by a  cork in which a tube is
fitted hermetically, which passes  through the  window.   At the
bottom of the jar is contained a little water. The long  tube, passing
from  the furnace to  the jar,  may be kept cool  by water made to
drop  upon it, or by covering it with snow or ice.
  When the charcoal is heated to redness,  small fragments of sul-
phur  are dropped in, from time to time, by means of  the aperture
before mentioned, which must be carefully closed each time after-
wards.   The sulphur, in melting, runs towards the hottest parts of
the tube, to which a slight inclination has been given in placing it
in the furnace.  It enters into  ebullition,  and  is  transformed  into
sulphureous vapour, which, by passing over the hot coals,  com-
bines with them: the sulphuret of carbon, or carburet of sulphur
formed, condenses in the long tube, from which  it runs into the
jar, and falls  to the bottom of the water. As the coal always retains
a little hydrogen, the sulphur likewise unites with  it, to  form a
gaseous body, which is  carried off by the tube passing through the
window.
  The carburet of sulphur is  preserved in well-stopped bottles, and
is covered with about an inch of water, whence it can be best ob-
tained for use by means of a small glass or ivory syringe.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   The carburet of sulphur  holds a place amongst the transient or
diffusible stimulants.1  Its  most marked  effects are said to consist
in its " exciting the  function of cutaneous transpiration to copious
sweating ; increasing the secretion of urine, elevating the tempera-

  1 Wutzer, Journal de Chimie Med.; and Amer. Journ. Med. Sciences;
Nov.  1831, p. 215. 
SULPHURIS  CARBURETUM.
365
ture of the body, quickening the pulse, and causing congestions
towards  the  head and those parts  of  the  body whose vitality
may have been already somewhat augmented."1  Its most striking
agency is exhibited in the more active exercise of the  functions of
the skin. According to Mansfeld, it acts likewise as an  emmena-
gogue ;  but, in this respect, probably only like similar excitants.
   On account of  its  great volatility, it  produces on the skin the
feeling of considerable cold.
   The discoverer of the carburet of  sulphur  first recommended  it
as a  remedial agent.2  He particularly  advised it, both internally
and externally, in rheumatic and gouty affections.  In Freiberg, a
mixture  of one part of camphor, two of carburet of sulphur, and
four of spirit of  wine, is a very common  external application in
rheumatic pains.   Kappe found  decided advantage from it in gout
and rheumatism,  and  Mansfeld and  Wutzer,  resting upon a series
of observations, maintain, that in rheumatism  unaccompanied by
fever, or where the fever is slight, it exceeds every other remedy of
the class. Dr. Otto,3 of Copenhagen, prescribes four drops of a mix-
ture composed of one part of the carburet of sulphur, and four  parts
of highly rectified spirit of wine, to be taken every two hours: and
he directs the affected parts to be rubbed with an embrocation, com-
posed of one part of the sulphuret of carbon, and four parts of  olive
oil.   The cure, he states,  was ordinarily effected in from eight  to
fifteen days.   In  deep-rooted dyscrasies, however, these gentlemen
found no advantage from it.   On  the other  hand, in  trials  at
the Berlin  Charity, it  was found to be of no avail in chronic rheu-
matism, although it was used for a  long time,  and given in by no
means small doses.
   Mansfeld, also, employed it in  cases of after-pains, rubbed,  with-
out admixture, on the abdomen; and he affirms, that good effects
resulted from it,  even" when the  secale cornutum had failed.
   In hysteric fainting, the same gentleman found it very useful
when internally exhibited.  Lampadius, likewise, recommended it
in  fainting, as well as in asphyxia.   Krimer found it extremely
efficacious in asphyxia from  carbonic acid,  but he frequently
thought it necessary  to premise  blood-letting.  In  this  way, he
treated eleven cases; and only  one case—in which apoplexy had
already  supervened—terminated fatally.  The  same physician ex-
hibited it in some cases of drunkenness, attended with loss of con-
sciousness, and found its effects very beneficial.  He  gave it  with
great advantage once in  a case of goitre; and, in incarcerated
hernia, no agent, he says, facilitates  so  much the taxis as the cold
produced by dropping the carburet of sulphur on the tumour.


   1 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, S. 109.
   8 Lampadius, in  Bulletin  des Sciences Medicales de Ferussac, xi. 315.
   8 Annales de Chemie Medicale, and Amer. Journal of the Med. Sciences,
for Nov.  1836, p. 222. 
366
DUNGLISON'S NEW  REMEDIES.
 Lampadius found, that slight burns were instantaneously cured by
 it.   Clarus recommends it in  hypertrophy of the coats of the sto-
 mach, and in contraction of the  oesophagus—administered ac-
 cording  to the formula given below.   Every thing, indeed, says
 Riecke, encourages the further trial of the sulphuret as a remedial
 agent.1

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   Internally, the carburet of sulphur may be given in doses of from
 one drop to four, every five or ten minutes,  in cases of fainting and
 asphyxia;  but where  such a rapid analeptic  agency  is not de-
 manded, it may  be given every  two or three hours.   It may be
 administered dropped on sugar, or  in a  spoonful of sugared water
 or barley water.  Clarus thinks it is best given in cow's milk.
   Externally, it is either applied  pure, when a rapid development
 of cold is needed—as in cases of burns and incarcerated hernia—or
 dissolved in alcohol or oil.

                  Gutta Sulphuris Carbureti.
                 Drops of Carburet of Sulphur.
             it.  Sulphur, carbur. £ij.
                 iEther. sulphur, gj.  M.
  Dose.—A few drops on sugar.                  Lampadius.
             it.  Sulphur, carbur. gj.
                 Sp. vini rectif. §ss.  M.
  Dose.—Four to six drops, every two  hours, in  cases of rheu-
matism.                                            Wutzer.
             it.   Sulphur, carbur. gj.
                 Sp. vin. rectif. gij.  M.
  Dose.—Five, ten, or fifteen drops, three times a dav, in cases of
rheumatism.                                        Wutzer.
                 Mistura Sulphuris Carbureti.
                Mixture of Carburet of  Sulphur.
             it.  Sulphur, carbur. 9j.
                 Lact. vaccin. ^vj.
                 Sacch. alb. gij.  M.
  Dose.—A table-spoonful, four times a day,  or oftener. Clarus.

               Embrocatio Sulphuris Carbureti.
             Embrocation of Carburet of Sulphur.
             it.   Sulphur, carbur. ^ss.
                 Olei amygd. dulc.  |j.  M.
  To be rubbed in, in cases of old gouty  nodes.
                                     Mansfeld and  Otto.*

  1 Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 110.
  2 Bibliothek for Laeger, 1835, and Brit, and For.  Med. Review, July, 1836, 
SULPHURIS  IODIDUM.
367
             it.   Sulphur, carbur. gij.
                 01. oliv.
             seu Linim. ammon. camphor. 51'j.  M.
  To be rubbed  in, in cases of rheumatism.           Wutzer.
             it.   Camphor, gij.
      Solve in
                 Sulphur, carbur. 5jss.
      Adde
                 Sp. vini rectif. f j.  M.
  To be used in friction, in cases of rheumatism, and especially in
rheumatic odontalgia.
                   SULPHURIS IODIDUM.

Synonymes.—Sulphuris loduretum, Sulphuris Iodatum, Ioduret, or Iodide of
  Sulphur.
French.—Soufre Iodure, Iodure de Soufre.
German.—Iodschwefel.

                     MODE OF  PREPARING.

  The iodide  of sulphur, first  described by Gay Lussac, and to
which brief allusion  has already been  made, (p. 258,) crystallises
in needles,  eagerly attracts  water, and is thereby readily decom-
posed.

                  effects  on the economy.

  Biett has  exhibited this agent in squamous, pustular, and papular
diseases of  the skin.   It  has been found  especially effective in
psoriasis, in  the form of frictions.  Patients, who had been  long
affected with diseases of this kind, which had  resisted every other
remedy, were cured in four or five months by the iodide of sulphur
alone.   To  prevent  relapses, Biett advises that the frictions should
be continued after  the  eruptions  have scaled off.   He  found  it
equally efficacious in the lepra vulgaris of Willan ; and in acne—
the gutta rosacea of Alibert—when the inflammation of the  skin
had passed away.   Even the acne indurata  was often completely
cured by it.   He found it also beneficial  in inveterate porrigo of the
scalp.1  At times, after the rubbing, a diffuse red inflammation of
the skin arises, with subsequent desquamation ; and,  in  particular
cases,  the  inflammation extends even to the subjacent  cellular


  1 Cazenave et Schedel, Maladies de la Peau,  p. 219; and Cogswell on
Iodine, p. 120, Edinb. 1837.  See, also, page 258 of this  volume. 
368
dunglison's new  remedies.
membrane.   In old standing lepra, Rayer1  prefers it for external
use to calomel and white precipitate, and he ranks it  highly with
the iodides of mercury, for the cure of lupus non exedens; and  by
Dr. Volmar2 it has been used, with great success, in herpes pustu-
losus labialis.
   The  iodide of sulphur is  likewise extolled  by Lugol as a very
active therapeutical agent.  Cless affirms, that in chronic squamous
affections of the skin, especially in psoriasis, he has employed it
with advantage, but he was not able to cure  lepra vulgaris with it.
The inhalation of the  vapour of this substance has been employed
in humoral  asthma, by  Dr. Copland,3 with temporary advantage.
   For its farther uses, see page 258.

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

   Magendie gives formulas for the ointments used  by Biett.  One
contains five parts of iodide of sulphur, to ninety-six parts of lard;
another eight parts of the iodide to one hundred and forty-four parts
of lard.   In  porrigo of  the scalp, Biett  advises an ointment of from
one to five scruples  of the iodide to eleven pounds of lard, of which
a dram  is used at each time of rubbing.
                    TANNICUM PURUM.

Synonymes—Tanninum, Principium Adstringens, P. Scytodephicum, Tan-
'  nin.
German.—Tannin, Gerbestoff, Gerbsaure.

  This article, in its pure state, has been subjected to experiment
very recently only.

                    METHOD  OF PREPARING.

  According to Buchner,4 Tannin  should be prepared for medical
use in  the following manner.
  From eight to twelve parts  of hot water must be poured on one
part of powdered galls, and the mixture be allowed to digest for an
hour, frequently agitating it.   The infusion  must then be filtered,

  1 Diseases of the  Skin, p. 634.
  ••Die neuesten Entdeckung. in d.  Mat. Med.; cited by Pereira, Elements
of Materia Medica, Pt. i. p. 270. Lond. 1839.
  3 Diet, of Practical Medicine, Art. Asthma.
  4 Repertorium, B. xxxiv, H. 3, also, A. W. Buchner, Neueste Entdeckung.
fiber die Gerbsaure, u. s. w.  Frankf. 1833,  and Dierbach, in Heidelberger
klinische Annalen,  B. x. H. 3, S. 339, Heidelb. 1834. 
TANNICUM PURUM.
369
  and the residue be again treated in the same manner with a little
  hot water.  The different infusions, which generally pass through
  the filter turbid, must be mixed together, and a little dilute sulphuric
  acid be added by drops,  constantly shaking the mixture, so lono* as
  any precipitate of tannin follows.   The tannin is deposited, in this
  way, very soon  in  a collected yellowish  white, gelatiniform mass,
  which by the influence of air gradually assumes a brown colour.
    After  the fluid is  poured off, the residue is washed twice  with
  cold water acidulated with sulphuric acid; carbonate of baryta, or
  carbonate of potassa, is then added  to it in  small portions, carefully
  shaking the mixture, until there is no farther effervescence, and until
  a  portion of the mass dissolved in water  and tested by  muriate of
  baryta affords no more evidence of the presence of sulphuric  acid.
  The yet  moist mass is then  put into a  retort, with  alcohol of about
  ninety per cent., which is added repeatedly in small  portions ; the
  alcohol is made  to boil, to dissolve the  tannin and separate it  from
  the sulphate of  baryta or sulphate  of lime; the alcoholic solution
 is  then poured off clear, and by a gentle heat evaporated to dryness.
    Tannin, prepared in this manner, is friable, resinoid, almost as
 shining as glass, of a pale yellow colour, translucent, reducible,  by
 rubbing,  to a white  powder, of an astringent taste, soluble in water,
 alcohol and ether, reddening litmus paper, and forming salts with a
 base, like an acid.

                   EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

   Tannin is a strong astringent,1 which has hitherto been mainly
 used in  uterine hemorrhage, and  especially by the Italian  physi-
 cians.  Porta2 was, perhaps, the first who tried it.  He found it very
 efficacious in cases of uterine hemorrhage not dependent  upon any
 organic mischief in the uterus.   It exhibits its powers, according to
 him, even in small doses—as of two grains,  and is well borne by* he
 stomach.   Ferrario,3 likewise administered  it with advantage in the
 same affection, but he does not consider it adapted for cases in which
 either partial or general plethora, or local excitement of the uterus,
 or any organic disease, exists :  it is indicated only where pure atony
 is present.  He gives it in the form  of powder or pill, in two grain
 doses, six times a day.  The effect, according to him, is  generally
 good: the hemorrhage diminishes and soon ceases, and, at the same
 time, the  strength augments, and recovery succeeds,  without  any
 disturbance  of  the   functions.  Giadorow4  details  two  cases  of
 diabetes cured by it,  when given in  combination with opium, as in
 the prescription  at the end of  the article.   The  first patient was
 cured in ten ; the second in twelve days.

  1  See, on the action of this agent, Mitscherlich, Medicinische Zeitun°-  No
43,  1838. and Bullet. General de Therap. Mars 30, 1837.
  2 Delpech, Memorial  des Hdpitaux du Midi. &c. Fevrier, 1829,  p. 51.
  3 Annali  universali di Medicina, Gennajo,  1829.
  4 Annali universali di Medicina, and Gazette Medicale, Sep. 15, 1832
       11—d                                  dungl 24 
370
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
  According to Ricci,1 tannin  has frequently  been employed in
Italy both in internal and  external hemorrhages.  On the other
hand, G. A. Richter2affirms, that he has given it  in habitual metror-
rhagia without any advantage whatever.  Within the last year or two,
M. Cavarra3 has instituted many experiments on  animals, as well
as on himself, from which he concludes, that when tannin is placed
in contact with certain parts of the living economy, it exerts upon
them the same chemico-vital  action, which it does on an inert
organic tissue, or, in other  words, it tans them as it tans leather.
" These parts," he says, " are the mucous membranes of the urethra,
vagina, intestines and lungs. The action of the tannin appears to
be, to cause such a condensation or contraction in them, that the
glands with which they are studded no longer afford passage for the
mucus which they secrete."
  M. Cavarra, asserts, that he has  proved these positions by nume-
rous experiments and demonstrations.   When tannin is taken inter-
nally, its immediate effect is  constipation, by arresting the secretion
from the mucous membrane.  When it has reached the stomach, it
is absorbed, and carried into the current of the circulation.   There
exists between  this  organ and  the  vagina,  the urethra, and  the
lungs no communication except  through the circulatory system, and,
consequently, the tannin—it is  fair to presume—must be  absorbed
to cure leucorrhcea,  gonorrhoea,  and the most obstinate chronic
catarrhs.  M. Cavarra concludes,  that of all the effects of tannin,
two of the most surprising are,  the cures operated by it in cases of
the most obstinate nervous coughs, and the excellent action it exerts
in phthisis.   Farther experiments are, however, demanded before
this  last point can be admitted.   From  our  knowledge of the pro-
perties of tannin, it is not easy to see how it, or any other astringent,
can be of much service in the latter malady.
  According to Hitter, tannin prepared from dried galls, in the form
of ointment or diluted with distilled water, is very serviceable in
most cases of Egyptian ophthalmia.  In the hyperemesis, induced
by ipecacuanha or emetine,  it may be administered as an antidote.
  According to the experiments of Magendie,4  tannic acid is  one
of the substances that oppose the coagulation of the blood.

                 METHOD OF ADMINISTERING.

  It may be given in the form of pill, or draught, or  as a lavement,
and in the dose of from a quarter of a grain to two grains, Without

  1 Bulletin des Sciences Medicales, Sept. 1828.
  2 Arzneimittellehre, Supplement, p. 60, also Cavalier, in Archiv. Generates
xix. 589.
  3  Bulletin  de  l'Academie Royale  de  Medecine,  Janvier, 1837; also,
Dunglison's Medical Intelligencer, Oct. 16, 1837, p. 258, and Bulletin Gene-
ral de Therapeutique, Mars 30,  1837.
  4 London Lancet, Jan. 26,1839, p. 636. 
                       TANNICUM PURUM.                   371

^tfJhyca?eni>leaSan'  COnsliPa,ion' b»' its  <*«*  *-'*<  be

                        Injectio Tannici.
                      Injection of Tannin.
              5*.  Vin. rubr. |vj.
                 Tannic, gr. xx.  M.
   Given in chronic blennorrhoea or what is called an old gleet.2
                                                     Ricord.
                      Pomatum Tannici.
                      Pomatum of Tannin.
                     (Liparole de Tannin.)
              5*.  Adipis  Suill. 3xij.
                 Tannic, gij.
                 Aquae pur. 31'j.
   Dissolve the tannin in the water, by triturating them  in a glass
mortar;  add the fat and mix.3                         Beral.
                         Lotio  Tannici.
                       Lotion  of Tannin.
             (Hydrolotif de Tannin, pour Vurethre.)
             it.  Aquae destillat. ^ viij.
                 Tannic, gr. xxxij.  Solve.
   Employed in obstinate blennorrhoea.                 Beral.
                        Pilula Tannici.
                        Pills of Tannin.
              it.  Tannic, in pulv. gr. vj.
                 Gum acac. in pulv. gr. xij.
                 Sacchar. pulv. gr. lxxij.
                 Syrup, q. s. ut fiat massa in pilulas pond. gr. iv. sing.
   Dose.—One to four, morning and  evening, where an astringent
,s needed'                            ,              CavarrI
                   Pulveres  Tannici et  Opii.
                Powders of Tannin  and Opium.
             5*.  Tannic. 9ij.
                 Pulv. opii. gr. i.  Misce et divide in pulveres tres.
   Dose.—One, morning, noon and night; gradually increasing the
quantity of tannin to four scruples daily.           Giadorow.

  ' Cavarra, in Bulletin General de  Therapeutique, Mars. 30, 1837.
  * La Lancette Francaise, No. 33, Paris, 1838.
  * Bulletin General de Therapeutique, Janvier, 1838. 
372
dunglison's new remedies.
            THUYA OCCIDENTALS (FOLIA.)

Synonymes.—Thuya, American Arbor vita?.
French.—Thuya du Canada, Cedre blanc.
German.—Blatter des gemeinen Lebensbaumes.

  The leaves of the thuya—of the  natural family coniferae;—
sexual system, monoecia monadelphia, have been long used as an
article of  the  Materia Medica1, but they had of late fallen  into
oblivion until the Homceopathists restored them to notice.
  Hahnemann advises that condylomata should be touched with
the expressed  juice,  and Jahn in  his homoeopathic experiments
found it was not unworthy the attention of experimenters.  In two
cases  in which several celebrated agents had been fruitlessly em-
ployed, he applied the juice of the thuya with apparent advantage:
he  does not, however, consider those cases to be decisive, as the
patient had  taken mercury for a long  time, and perhaps the effects
began only to be evident, whilst the thuya was administered.
   Fricke likewise made trial of  it,  as well as  of the tinctura
thuya, which he formed of five parts of spirit of wine, and one part
of the juice ; but his trials were not favourable.   Even in a dilute
form,  the tincture acted so powerfully as an  excitant, on  the parts
surrounding the condylomata, that it could not be continued, but
after three, four or six weeks' use, was obliged to be put aside, and
other  approved remedies substituted for it.  Generally, in the course
of a few days, the parts of the skin, surrounding the condylomata,
became sore and very painful, and the  condylomata either remained
as before, or began to increase in size ; in a few cases only did they
disappear under the use of the dilute tincture, and then more slowly
than Fricke had noticed from other agents.
  The testimony of  Dr. Kbhler, of Warsaw, is,  however, entirely
opposite.  For five years, he says, the tincture  of thuya was em-
ployed by many physicians of that city, both in hospital and private
practice, and with the most decided success.   Riecke,2 too, affirms,
that in the  year 1831  he had treated a great number of patients
with it, always with the best effect; and without the occurrence  of
a relapse,  or the  least sign of inflammation, excoriation or  other
inconveniences supervening.   It was  commonly but necessary to
apply the remedy for  a fortnight or three weeks, in order that the
removal of every condylomatous growth  should be effected. In the
generality of cases, the internal use of mercury was conjoined, but
even where  the external employment  of the thuya was alone had
recourse  to, the  result was entirely satisfactory.   Riecke not  only
touched the condylomata with the tincture, but kept constantly
applied to them lint dipped in it, and  without the supervention  of
any unpleasant consequences.

      1 Wood and Bache's Dispensatory, 4th edit. Philad. 1839.
      2 Die neuern  Arzneimittel, S. 394. 
                             urea.                         373

  It would seem to be probable, from these discordant results, that
there must  have been  some  difference in the preparation.   The
following form was used by Riecke:

           £.  Folior thuya? Occident. %i.
  Contunde et tere in mortario vitreo affundendo sensim sensimque spiritus
vini ffiss.  Massam immitte in cucurbitam vitream; digere per aliquot dies,
dein cola et serva.1

  Riecke remarks, that he never found it necessary to dilute this
tincture.
                             UREA.

 Synonymes.—Uricum, Nephrine.
 French.—Uree, Extrait savonneux de Purine.
 German.—Harnstoff.

   This immediate principle of the urine of men  and quadrupeds
 was discovered in an  impure state by Rouelle, in  1773;  and since
 then it has been studied by Cruikshanks, Fourcroy and Vauquelin,
 Berzelius and Proust more especially,—by the last of whom it was
 obtained pure.2

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

   Urea is obtained by placing a mixture of equal volumes of urine,
 reduced to the consistence of syrup, and nitric acid at  20° in  a
 refrigerative bath ; by which means the crystallised nitrate of urea
 is precipitated.   On  decomposing this—washed  in  the  cold and
 dissolved in water—by carbonate of  potassa, reducing it almost to
 dryness, and treating the residue by alcohol at 40°, which takes up
 the urea,  crystals may be  obtained by evaporation, which may
 subsequently  be procured colourless  by the agency of animal char-
 coal.
   M. Henry,3  who was not satisfied with the scanty product yielded
 by this process, recommends the following:  Add to fresh urine  a
slight  excess  of subacetate of lead;  a  precipitate  is  thus formed,
 which consists of oxide of lead  united to the various acids  of  the
urine, together with the mucus, and a great part of the animal mat-

  1 " Take of the leaves of the thuya occidentalis, an ounce; bruise and rub
in a glass mortar, gradually adding of spirit of wine, half a pint; put  the
mass into a glass cucurbit; digest for some  days ; then filter and keep for use."
  2 Annales de  Chimie et de Physique, x. 369, and Merat & De Lens, Art.
Uree.
  3 Journal de Pharmacie, xi. 161, Paris, 1829. 
374
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
ter; the decanted liquid is then treated with sulphuric acid in slight
excess to separate the  lead, and afterwards, in the progress of the
evaporation, to decompose the acids  of soda  and  lime, that may
have been formed.  After having separated the white  precipitate,
concentrate  rapidly over a steady fire,  adding a portion of animal
charcoal during the ebullition.  When the whole has become a clear
syrup, pass  it through  linen of close texture, and then reduce  it
one third by evaporation.  On cooling,  the liquid is converted into
a yellow mass, crystallised in  needles, formed  of a great proportion
of urea and some salts.   The crystals being drained and pressed are
added to those obtained from the mother waters treated in a similar
manner.  They are next treated with a very small quantity of car-
bonate of soda, with the view of separating any remaining acetate
of lime, and then digested in alcohol of 38° to 40°.   The alcoholic
solution being filtered, and the alcohol separated by distillation, the
urea  remains, which  may be crystallised afresh from  water,  if
necessary.1
  Urea, as  thus obtained, is  in  silky  or prismatic  needles, very
soluble, and of a cooling taste.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  The experiments of M. Segalas have established, that urea  is
devoid of any noxious action on animals into whose veins  it has
been  injected, and, consequently, that we cannot ascribe the serious
symptoms to it, which arise from the  absorption of urine in certain
morbid cases. They demonstrate farther, what has been confirmed
by the trials of Fouquier, that urea is a diuretic, and,  therefore,
might be useful in dropsy: the latter gentleman employed it, also,
but unsuccessfully in  diabetes.2  According to  the author's friend,
M. Fee,3 urea is received into the lists of the  materia medica in the
Batavian  Pharmacopoeia, and in some others less known.

                   MODE  OF  ADMINISTERING.

   Urea has been given in solution  in distilled water, sweetened.
in the dose  of twenty-four to thirty  grains,  and  even as high  as
several drams in the day.

  1 Manual of  Materia Medica and Pharmacy ; by MM. H. M. Edwards and
P. Vavasseur, p. 231, Philad. 1829.
  2 Journal de Physiol, de Magendie, ii. 344, & Formulaire pour la Prepara
tion, &c. de plusieurs nouveaux Medicamens.
  * Cours  d'Hist. Naturelle Pharm. ii. 764:  cited in Merat & De Lens,
Diet,  de Mat. Med. Art., Uree. 
VERATRINA.
375
                         VERATRINA.

 Synonymes.—Veratria, Veratrinum, Veratrine.
 French.—Veratrine.
 German.—Veratrine, Sabadillin.

   This alkaloid, which was discovered in 1819, by MM. Pelletier
 and Caventou,1 and almost at the same time by Meissner,3 is com-
 monly  prepared from  the seeds  of the veratrum sabadilla.   It  is
 contained in several  of the plants belonging to the  family Colchi-
 caceae.

                     METHOD OF PREPARING.

   The seeds of the veratrum sabadilla are repeatedly treated with
 boiling alcohol.  These tinctures, filtered  when almost boiling,
 allow whitish  flakes of wax to  be deposited  on cooling; the  dis-
 solved matters, brought to the consistence of an extract, are now
 dissolved in cold water, and filtered, whereby a small quantity  of
 fatty matter remains on the filter.  The solution is  then slowly
 evaporated, when a yellowish orange-coloured  precipitate is formed,
 which possesses the  characters  of the  colouring matter found  in
 almost all woody vegetables.  On adding a  solution of acetate  of
 lead to  the still deeply  coloured liquid,  a new and very abundant
 yellow  precipitate is thrown down,  which  can be separated by
 means of the  filter.  The liquor, now nearly colourless, contains,
 besides other substances, acetate of lead, which had been added  in
 excess; this is separated by means  of a  stream of sulphuretted
 hydrogen :  the liquor is then filtered,  and concentrated by evapora-
 tion ; treated   by magnesia, and again filtered.  The magnesian
 precipitate is digested in boiling  alcohol, and  on evaporating- the
 alcoholic liquors, a pulverulent, extremely acrid matter is obtained,
 which possesses all  the properties of the alkalies.  It appears  at
 first yellowish; but,  by solutions in alcohol,  and subsequent pre-
 cipitations, caused by pouring water into the alcoholic solutions,  it
 is obtained  in the form of  a'very white and perfectly inodorous
 powder.3
   Veratrine is scarcely at all soluble in cold water; but boiling
 water dissolves one-thousandth part  of its weight, and becomes
 sensibly acrid.   It is very  soluble in  ether,  and still  more  so in
 alcohol.   It is  not soluble in alkalies,  but is so in all the vegetable

  1 Annales de Chimie  et  de Physique, xiv. 69.
  2 Gilbert's Annalen der  Physik, Ixv. 335.
  3 Magendie's Formulaire pour la Preparation, &c. de plusieurs nouveaux
Medicamens.  Veratrine has been received into the London Pharmacopoeia.
See Brande's Diet, of Mat. Med. p. 468. London, 1839.
  For M. Righini's method of obtaining what M.  Soubeiran calls "medi-
cinal veratrine," see Journal de Pharmacie, Oct. 1837. 
376
dunglison's new remedies.
acids:  with these it forms uncrystallisable  salts, which, on evapo-
ration, present the appearance of gum.  The sulphate alone affords
rudiments of crystals, when its acid is in excess.   Nitric acid com-
bines with  it; but, if added in excess, it does not colour it red, as
in the case of morphine, brucine, and impure strychnine, but very
rapidly resolves  the vegetable substance into its  elements,  and
gives rise to a yellow detonating matter.
   Veratrine has  an alkaline reaction.   When exposed  to heat,  it
liquefies at a temperature of 122° Fahrenheit, and has then a waxy
appearance.  On cooling, it forms a  translucent mass,  having the
appearance of amber.   When distilled on the naked fire, it  swells
up,  is  decomposed, and forms water, much oil, and leaves behind
a bulky coal.   The taste of veratrine is very acrid, but without
bitterness.
   Of late,  new light has been  thrown on veratrine  by the investi-
gations of Couerbe.  According  to  him,  when prepared in the
mode  above mentioned, it still contains  several other  substances,
sabadillin, veratrin,  gum resin  of the sabadilla, and a  black,
greasy  substance,  which  unites the other  matters, and conceals
their properties.  The following is  the  form given by Couerbe for
obtaining veratrine in its greatest purity :—
   Sabadilla seeds are treated with boiling alcohol at 36° (.847) and
after they have been exhausted in this manner, the liquor is distilled
to obtain  the extract, which contains  a greenish fatty  matter in
great quantity.   This extract is treated  with dilute  sulphuric acid,
and the solution is  suffered to boil a few  minutes, when it is filtered.
In this manner, the veratrine, sabadillin, the gum  resin, and the
brown colouring matter are dissolved ;  and, by precipitation with
potassa, all these matters are obtained.   It  is sufficient to treat the
precipitate again with alcohol, and distil it, in order to obtain the
impure veratrine, which is subjected to purification, by being dis-
solved  afresh in dilute sulphuric  acid,  precipitated by  an  alkali,
and dried.   In this manner,  a delicate white powder  is obtained,
of very acrid taste, with an alkaline reaction, uniting  with acids
without forming  crystals,—in short, the veratrine of authors, in its
greatest purity.
   In order to separate the substances newly discovered  by Couerbe,
the  veratrine must be dissolved in  water acidulated by sulphuric
acid, and to  the solution nitric acid  is added by drops,  so long  as
there is a  precipitation of very tenacious matter—the black greasy
substance  above mentioned.   The fluid is then decanted;  preci-
pitated by potassa or ammonia, and the precipitate washed with
cold water.   It is  then treated with alcohol,  to separate any in-
organic salts which it may contain ; the alcohol is next evaporated,
when  a matter—in appearance resinoid—is obtained, which con-
tains all the above-mentioned  constituents  of the common  or im-
pure veratrine, with the exception  of the dark greasy matter which
was separated by the nitric acid. 
VERATRINA.
377
  By means of boiling water, two  of the  constituents are sepa-
rated—the sabadillin and the gum resin : the first crystallises from
the liquid on cooling, and the second is procured by suffering  the
mother  waters of the  sabadillin to  evaporate  in  vacuo, or by a
gentle heat, to dryness.  The water has left two other matters  un-
dissolved, the  pure veratrine and the veratrin.   By treatment with
ether, which dissolves the former, they may be separated :  the vera-
trin remains undissolved.
  Pure veratrine does not crystallise, but unites with acids, form-
ing combinations  that  readily crystallise.  It is white, solid,  and
friable,  and fuses at 212° Fahrenheit.  It is  not soluble in water,
but is readily  so in ether and alcohol.  The sulphate forms long,
loose needles,  fuses on the application of heat, and loses thereby  two
atoms of water.   It contains 100. parts of veratrine, and 14.66 of
water.
  The  muriate of veratrine is  very soluble in  water and alcohol,
but is easily  decomposed by heat.  According to Couerbe, pure
veratrine agrees in its properties with the impure, and is the active
principle of the latter.
  Sabadillin, obtained in the mode above mentioned,  forms small
crystals, which appear to be hexaedral  prisms.  It is of a white
colour,  and very acrid.  It is not volatilisable;  fuses at 200° of the
centigrade scale, and loses thereby two atoms of water.   It dissolves
completely in water and alcohol, but in ether it is wholly insoluble.
The  sulphate  of sabadillin  crystallises in prismatic needles, is
fusible, and contains four atoms of water, which may be driven off
by  simple fusion.   The sabadillin agrees in its effects with vera-
trine, but is weaker.
   The  gum   resin—(sabadillin-monohydrat,) is  yellowish,  un-
crystallisable,  and feebly alkaline.   When  it is entirely  dry, it is
easily reduced to powder.  Alcohol dissolves it  in every proportion,
as  well  as  water and acids.  It  requires a temperature of 165° cent.
to  fuse it.  Sulphuric ether dissolves only traces of it.  In its
properties, it bears much resemblance  to the sabadillin, but differs
essentially from it  in  not being  crystallisable.  Its  composition
varies but  little from that of the sabadillin.
  The  veratrin,1 whose effects on the animal economy are not yet
known, is of a brownish colour, is insoluble in water and in ether,
but not so  in alcohol;  fuses at 185° of the centigrade scale.  Con-
centrated acids decompose it, and nitric acid converts it into oxalic.
  Simon, an  apothecary of Berlin, has recently affirmed, that he
has found two alkaloids in the veratrum album ; one of which  pos-

  1  Riecke  properly animadverts  on the nomenclature  of Couerbe.  Ac-
cording to him, we have to distinguish not only the veratrine of commerce—
that which was previously esteemed the simple alkaloid—but, also, the  pure
veratrine, (la veratrine,) and the veratrin, (le veratrin.)   The slight differ-
ence in the  terms is insufficient to obviate confusion. Riecke, Die neuern
Arzneimittel u. s. w. S. 400. Stuttgart, 1837.  •' 
378
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
sesses the property of being precipitated  from its solution in acetic
or phosphoric acid by the sulphuric acid and its salts, like baryta;
hence he has given it the name barytin.1

              EFFECTS ON THE ANIMAL ECONOMY.

  Regarding the effects of veratrine on animals,  Magendie2 has the
following remarks :—A very small quantity of acetate of veratrine
placed in the  nostrils of a dog, instantly excited violent sneezing,
which continued for a long time.  One or two grains, placed in the
mouth, immediately occasioned profuse ptyalism.   When  a small
quantity was introduced into any part of the  intestinal canal, and
the body was opened to notice its effects,  the intestine was observed
to be much indurated, and to relax  and contract alternately for a
certain length of time.  The part of the  mucous membrane, with
which the veratrine is made to come in  contact, is inflamed; the
irritation spreads, and vomiting and purging are excited. In much
stronger doses, the  circulation  is accelerated, as well as the respi-
ration, and tetanus supervenes,  soon followed by  death.  The
effects are still more rapid, if one or two grains be thrown into the
cavity of the pleura, or  tunica vaginalis.   In less than ten minutes
death occurs, preceded by tetanic convulsions.
  The same quantity thrown into the jugular vein, induced tetanus
and death in a few seconds.   Dissection showed, that, even in this
case, the veratrine had acted on the intestinal canal, the mucous
membrane of which was found injected.  The lungs, also, exhi-
bited traces of inflammation and engorgement.
  Veratrine,  in large doses,  would, doubtless,  exhibit the same
effects on the human organism.  The taste is very acrid, but with-
out bitterness: it excites a  copious  flow of saliva, even when a
small quantity only has been introduced into the mouth. Although
it has no smell, it must not be brought too  close to the nose, when
in the state of powder, as it occasions,  even in very minute quan-
tity,  violent sneezing, which may prove  dangerous.  A quarter of
a grain immediately induces  copious  evacuations, and, in  a some-
what larger dose, more or less  violent vomiting.
  According to Turnbull, who has immoderately, we think, ex-
tolled this remedy, its effect is very different, according as it is ex-
hibited internally or externally.  Externally, it may be applied for
weeks and months, without the supervention of any  of the effects
that succeed its internal administration.  Exhibited in this way, it
diminishes internal nervous excitement, assuages pain, but does not
act on the intestinal  canal.   In dropsical cases, it  is stated to be

  > Pharmaceut. Centralblatt. 1837, p. 191, & Medicinische Annalen, B. iv.
H. i. S. 9. Heidelb. 1838.
  2 Journal de Physiologie Experiment, i. 56*:& Formulaire pour la Prepa-
ration, &c. de plusieurs Medicamens. 
VERATRINA.
37 6
one of the greatest promoters of the urinary secretion that we pos-
sess.  The part of the skin on which it is rubbed, either in solution
or ointment, even when the friction has been continued for a  long
time, exhibits  no evidence of irritation: when, however, the  dose
of veratrine has attained a certain extent, the patients feel a  con-
siderable degree of heat, and  a kind of pricking sensation in the
rubbed part, when it may be concluded, that the veratrine is active,
pure, and genuine:  under a  more prolonged use of the remedy,
this feeling of warmth and pricking extends over the surface of the
whole body; and, in some cases, involuntary twitchings have  been
observed in the muscles of the mouth and eyelids.  These symp-
toms, however, pass  off, when the frictions are discontinued  for a
day or two.  Only in a few cases,  according to Turnbull, was any
eruption induced by its application.  The endermic  use of the
remedy, always, however, excited  so much irritation as to  prevent
its repetition.  Thus much for Turnbull:—
   His views and experience have by no means been confirmed by
the generality of observers.  The external application of veratring
cannot always be used without local irritation ensuing.  An  Eng-
lish physician, labouring under  rheumatism of the arm, rubbed
upon it an ointment  composed of twenty grains of veratrine to an
ounce of lard; and,  immediately afterwards, so much pain was in-
duced in  the  part, that he was obliged  to take opium to obtain
rest ; an eczematous eruption subsequently appeared on the  arm,
but the rheumatism remained uncured.   Ebers  applied it ender-
mically, but witnessed nothing more than a violent burning in the
part, such  as  is  commonly the case with other agents.   He fre-
quently observed the pricking sensation  mentioned  by Turnbull,
and often to such an extent as to  be  almost insupportable.   Ac-
cording to the trials  of Ebers, its  diuretic effect was  not restricted
to dropsy, but was usually evinced in other diseases.   The senso-
rium appears never  to have been  implicated,  but when applied in
small doses over the  pit of the stomach it  produced striking effects
on the spinal marrow, and the nerves connected therewith, as on
the  nerves of the thorax  and abdomen : violent pain was expe-
rienced, which spread through the whole extent of the nerves dis-
tributed to the parieties of the abdomen,  with a sense of  traction
along the  spinal marrow, twitchings, great  anxiety, orthopnoea,
nausea and vomiting, and a feeling, which the patient was unable
to describe, except that it was almost insupportable.
   When given internally, veratrine soon  caused  nausea, retching,
vertigo, and  complete loss of appetite; so that Ebers  soon  aban-
doned its internal use, and, like Turnbull, gave  the  preference to
the external.
   Owing to the presumed effects of veratrine on the nervous
system, and especially on the spinal marrow,  and the nerves con-
nected with it, its use was suggested in nervous diseases—particu-
larly in neuralgia, prosopalgia, and ischias—in which it is said;fl6 
380
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
have been  found most  efficacious  by Turnbull,  Ebers,1 Briick,
Suffert,2 Professor S. Jackson,3 Cunier,4 and others.   In no class of
diseases, according to the first of these writers, have the beneficial
effects of the ointment  of veratrine  exhibited themselves  more
strikingly, and by no other remedy has the same amount of relief
been induced  in so short a time.  Even in tic douloureux, a single
friction is said to have been sufficient to remove the disease without
relapse.  Two  circumstances have here  chiefly to be borne  in
mind,—-first, the extent of the pain, for when it is not concentrated
on  a point,  but spreads along the branches of the nerves, the cure
is easier, and a  weaker ointment  is needed; and, secondly,  the
duration of the affection.   In long protracted cases, a complete cure
is far more  difficult, and can, in general, be effected only after a
long period.  The paroxysms, however,  may be relieved  by an
ointment composed of from twenty to forty grains to an ounce of
lard.  In  this case, it must be strongly rubbed in, so as to excite
itching of the skin: care must be  taken, however,  that the oint-
ment does not touch  the conjunctiva,  as the smallest quantity of
veratrine  would induce  violent  inflammation.  Ebers, likewise,
found  advantage  from its use  in  chorea,  hypochondriasis, and
hysteria ;  and Turnbull in paralysis.   Both extol it in rheumatism
and gout, in relation to which Ebers remarks, that the remedy has
appeared to him more efficacious  when  the nervous system, or
some nervous branches,  were predominantly affected, and  when
the gastric affection was  entirely removed.  In the cases treated by
veratrine, relief was sooner obtained, and the cure was more speedy
and complete, than where other agents  were employed ; the secre-
tion of urine was augmented ; restlessness disappeared ;  and sleep
returned, without any evidences of narcosis.   As  regards  acute
rheumatism, Turnbull remarks,  that the veratrine is not to be pre-
ferred  to antiphlogistics: in  these  cases, a weaker  ointment  must
be used, (ten grains to the ounce:)  in  chronic cases, the quantity
may be carried   much higher;  and—especially when  extensive
organic changes have supervened  in  the parts—it  must be con-
tinued for a great length of time.   In lumbago, ischias, and  rheu-
matism of the chest, not  more than  one or two  rubbings  were
generally  necessary.  In  gout, according to  Turnbull, it may be
exhibited both internally and externally;  in the former mode  of
administration,  he  compares its efficacy with that  of colchicum:
the latter method has  been recommended, also, by Sir C. Scuda-

  1 Casper's Wochenschrift, 1837. No. 47.
  2 Berlin. Medicin. Centralzeitung,  1837, p. 670,  & Heidelberg. Medicin.
Annal. B. iv.  H. 1, S. 11.
  3 American Journal of Pharmacy, vol.  iii. new series, p. 186. Philad. 1838.
  * Bulletin Medical Beige, Dec.  1837,  & Bullet. General de Therap. Dec.
1838.   See,  also,  Forcke,  Physiologisch-therapeutische  Untersuchungen
uher das Veratria. Hannov. 1837: cited in  Bib. Generale,  Encyclographie
de,s  Sciences Medicales, Aout, 1838. 
VERATRINA.
381
more.  It was, likewise, found very advantageous by Bardsley1 in
chronic rheumatism.
  Veratrine would seem, however, to have been most efficacious m
cases of dropsy.   " Unadulterated  veratrine," says Ebers,  " act?
often on the urinary secretion with  magical powers, and it may
seem fabulous,  when I remark, that friction with a very weak oint-
ment of veratrine two  or three times in the twenty-four hours on
the inner part of the thigh, or  the back, epigastric region, or around
the navel, has excited such a  copious secretion of urine,  that  the
patients, under  its long continuance, began to feel weak; and  the
anasarca, and even the dropsical accumulation in the abdomen, in
a short time almost disappeared—circumstances which indicate the
caution that ought to be observed in apportioning the  dose, when
we are satisfied of the  goodness of the article."   He properly re-
marks, however, that the veratrine, by augmenting the secretion of
urine, may not remove the dropsy, but, by occasioning the absorp-
tion of the effused  fluid, it allows the physician  to examine as to
the existence of  organic  mischief.  Ebers  gave the veratrine in
many of the lighter hydropic cases, which follow  intermittents and
other forms of fever, and often with great and rapid success ; like-
wise in twenty-four more serious cases, fifteen of  which recovered,
and one experienced relief: eight  very complicated  cases  termi-
nated fatally, and in four of these diuresis occurred; in four not.
  Fricker2 likewise obtained very good effects from the use of an
ointment of veratrine  in  dropsy: but,  on the other  hand, Spath
found it of no avail.
   Turnbull observed, from the  internal use of veratrine, as  well
as from its application  to the  pit  of the stomach, a diminution in
the  frequency  and force  of  the pulsations of the heart; and in
cases where  these were more excited than  natural, restoration of
a regular circulation.   He exhibited it,  consequently, in heart  dis-
eases,  especially  in  those of  gouty and rheumatic  diatheses, in
simple nervous and gouty palpitation, and as a diuretic in organic
heart diseases, in  which it frequently seemed to afford  relief.
  The observation of  Turnbull—that by the external  application
of veratrine, in chronic rheumatism, with swellings of the  joints,
these disappeared—induced him to try it in glandular swellings;
he found, that in goitre, in swellings of  the  mammary glands  un-
accompanied with pain, in buboes, and  in  scrofulous tumours of
various parts, even in cases in which iodine had failed,  it rendered
essential service.   It has,  according to him, the advantage, that the
skin is not  subsequently irritated by it, and when, after the rubbing,
the superfluous ointment  is washed off with soap and water,  the
affected parts can  soon afterwards be exposed to the  air.   Of an

  1  Hospital Facts and Observations, illustrative of the efficacy of Strychnia,
Brucia, Veratria, Iodine, &c. Lond.  1830.
  2  Wiirtemb. Medic. Correspondenzblatt, B. vi. S. 157  & 341; & Heidelb.
Medicin. Annal.  B. iv. H. i. S. 15. 
2S2
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
ointment formed often grains of veratrine to half an ounce of lard,
a piece, about the size of a nut, is rubbed in for ten minutes twice
a day, and every week the strength of the ointment is increased.
  Magendie1 recommends, that the veratrine should be given, also,
as a  drastic cathartic, especially where  a  speedy  action on  the
bowels is needed.  Prescribed with this  view, it has  been found
effective in several  aged persons, in whom a  collection  of excre-
ment had formed in the large intestine.  Turnbull advises it in  the
opposite condition of the bowels—in diarrhoea—given  in  the dose
of half a grain—a disease in which, it is well known, our ordinary
cathartics often prove extremely serviceable.
  It would appear, that veratrine is an article which is frequently
adulterated.  Such, at least, is the opinion of many practitioners,
and  in this way they account for  the discordance amongst  ob-
servers as to its virtues.2  The veratrine, with which Ebers  made
his first trials, was obtained  from the  French laboratories; it  ex-
hibited the whole power of this heroic  agent.  On employing, how-
ever,  a new preparation,  he found it  entirely useless; and  after-
wards, with another, he derived all the benefit obtained from  the
iirst.
  The observations  of Ebers  would  induce us to give further
trials to the veratrine; but  we must confess,  that our experience,
thus far, has by  no means confirmed the eulogiums of Turnbull;
and this is the general sentiment, we think, of the profession.   It
has often been  used  externally by ourselves, as  well  as by many
other American  physicians,  but  has  almost always fallen short of
the mark.   Riecke3 affirms,  that he has not seen the slightest effect
from the application of the veratrine ointment.4

                   MODE  OF ADMINISTERING.

  Veratrine may be given either  in pills or in spirituous solution;
the dose being from  one-twelfth to one-sixth of a grain several
times  a  day.   Externally,  it is best  administered in  the form of
ointment, or endermically.    In the  latter case, Ebers  generally
ttrews two grains on the denuded skin.

                       Pilula  Veratrina.
                       Pills of Veratrine.
             it.   Veratrin. gr. ss.
                 Gumm. acacia,
                 Syrup, gum. acac. q. s. ut fiant pilula? vj. pond. gr. j.
  Dose—One pill, to be repeated  two or three times a dav,  ac-
cording to  circumstances.                          Magendie.

  1 Formulaire  pour  la Preparation, &c. de plusieurs nouveaux Medica-
mens.
  2 Ebers, & Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w  S 407
  s Op. cit.
  * See, on the preparation, employment, action, and medicinal virtues of
veratrine, Ebers, in Hufeland's Journal, B.  lxxxvi. 1838. 
                          VERATRINA.                       383

              5*.  Veratrin. gr. ij.
                 Pulv. rad. glycyrr. gr. xij.
                 Ext. hyoscyam. gr. vj.
         M. fiant pilulae xij.

  Dose.—One, three times a day.                   Turnbull.

                       Tinctura Veratrina.

                     Tincture of Veratrine.
              it.  Veratrin. gr. iv.1
                 Spiritus vini, ^j.  M.

  Dose.—Ten, fifteen,  twenty, to twenty-five drops in a glass of
water.—Given in dropsy.                          Magendie.2

                     Unguentum Veratrina.

                     Ointment of Veratrine.

              it.  Veratrinae, gr. v. x. vel xx.
                 Axungiae, |j.
         Misce intime.

  For external use.  The size of a hazel-nut to be carefully rubbed
in,  morning  and  evening,  or oftener, for from  five to  fifteen
minutes.                                           Turnbull.
              it.  Veratrin. 9j.
          Tere cum
                 01 olivae, 3j.
          Et adde
                 Unguent, cetacei, Jvij.  Misce.

                        Solutio Veratrina.

                      Solution of Veratrine.
              8-.  Veratrinae, gr. j.
                 Aquae destillat. §ij.   M.

  A dessert-spoonful to be taken in one or  two ounces of sugared
water, in cases of tic douloureux.                   Magendie.

                     Linimentum Veratrina.

                     Liniment of Veratrine.
              it.  Veratrin. gr. viij.
          Solve in
                 Alcohol.
                 Linim. sapon. aa. ^ss.
  The Sulphate of Veratrine—veratrina sulphas—possesses
the same virtues as veratrine.   Magendie gives the following form
for  internal administration :—

  1 In the Pharmacopee Universelle, of Jourdan, (ii. 643,) there is the seri-
ous error of directing ^iv. in the preparation of this tincture, in place of four
grains!
  2 Magendie recommends that the tincture should also be used externally,
in cases of dropsy or gout. 
384              dunglison's  new remedies.

                 Solutio Veratrina Sulphatis.
               Solution of Sulphate of Veratrine.
             it.  Veratrinae sulphat. gr. j.
                 Aquae destillat. ^ij.  Misce.
  Dose.—3j to 3iv in a mixture.  The  preparation has been sug-
gested as a substitute for the Eau medicinale d'Husson.
                    ZINCI CHLORIDUM.

Synonymes.—Zinci  Chloruretum,  Zincum  Chloratum,  Z.  Muriaticum
  (Oxydatum,) Chloride, or Chloruret, Hydrochlorate, Muriate, or Butler
  of Zinc.
German.—Zinkchlorid, Salzsaures Zinkoxyd.

                     MODE OF PREPARING.

  The chloride of zinc results,—if to any given quantity of pure
muriatic  acid, pure  oxide of zinc be added by the aid of gentle
heat, until no more is dissolved:  the solution  is  then  filtered,  and
evaporated in a porcelain dish to dryness ; whereby a jelly-like—
and, by  high drying—firm, white, and, by careless drying,  light
brownish substance remains, of an austere, sourish, metallic taste,
which must be rubbed to powder,  and preserved  in  a closely
stopped vessel.
  The chloride of zinc is very deliquescent in the air, forming the
butter of zinc, (butyrum zinci;  German, Zinkbutter.)  It is very
soluble in water.

                  EFFECTS ON  THE  ECONOMY.

  The chloride of zinc has been  exhibited both  internally and ex-
ternally,  but chiefly  in the latter mode, especially in  this country.
  Papenjruth1 found a very dilute solution useful in flabby scrofu-
lous ulcerations, applied  in the form of lotion; and in sinuous
ulcers, in the form of injections.
  It has  been especially recommended as a caustic, that does not
exert  any disagreeable  influence, like   the  corrosive  sublimate,
arsenic,  or the potassa fusa ;—never causing violent pain in the
affected  parts, or  any kind of irritative  fever; or disordering the
digestive organs, as some of the  articles  just mentioned.  Hanke,
indeed,   advises  that  arsenic should  be entirely  banished  from
therapeutics as a caustic agent, and that the chloride of zinc should
be substituted for it.  He employed it with success in old, atonic

                1 Nouveau Journal de Medecine, 1819. 
ZINCI CHLORIDUM.
385
ulcerations on the feet, in the strength of two grains to the ounce
of distilled water: with this  he wetted lint, and  applied  it two
or three times a day.  With like success he  used it in old syphi-
litic  ulcers, with  extremely morbid  surfaces and  secretions:  the
chloride destroyed  the  degenerate  formation,  and effected cica-
trisation.  In  scrofulous and  malignant herpetic ulcers,  he pre-
scribed  a concentrated solution ; in pityriasis he used it as a wash,
and in wounds and  ulcerations, with fungous formations,  he  ap-
plied it  in a concentrated state:  in phagedenic ulcers of the face, it
effected a more certain cure than the  method of Cosme,—the chlo-
ride being strewed a line thick, in a dry state, over the whole sur-
face of  the ulcer,  the edges surrounded with adhesive plaster,  and
a plaster placed over the chloride of zinc, with compresses and an
appropriate bandage. In naevi materni, angiectasis, &c, he applied
it in the same manner, as  well  as in  the pustule maligne, (Milz-
brandkarbunkel.)    Mr.  Callaway,1   of  Guy's  Hospital,  London,
employed it with considerable success in the  cure of cutaneous  and
subcutaneous naevi  materni.  It was directed to be rubbed on the
part until the skin became slightly discoloured, and to be repeated
at intervals.   Dr. Alexander Ure has  found  it extremely useful in
the varietiesof erosive ulcer called lupus, which  were often speedily
checked, and the  disease permanently cured  by the local use of the
chloride.  He applied it  in a paste, made with one part, of the chlo-
ride and two or three parts of the anhydrous sulphate of lime—a
modification of Canquoin's formula,  (see below,) which  he recom-
mended upwards of two years  ago.2  One or two applications of
the  paste were generally sufficient to produce a proper eschar, and
when this was detached, the sore was treated with water dressing.3
In a late British periodical, a  case  is related by Dr. Davidson,4 of
malignant ulcer under  the left ear, which  was cured  by the un-
mixed  chloride of zinc,  applied repeatedly  until the ulcer assumed
a healthy character.
   Hanke  used it  likewise for the  formation of issues, which  it
establishes in from six to eight hours; and,  lastly, to excite rube-
faction on the surface, either applied  in the form  of a solution of
 the chloride in water or wine, or mixed with  oil or  lard  into an
 ointment, and rubbed on  the skin :  in this  way, a gritty  kind of
 eruption of a scarlet hue is induced, which is said to have afforded
 relief in paralysis of the limbs.
   Wendt, Vogt, and Canquoin  have highly extolled the chloride as
 a caustic, and it has been largely employed  by the physicians and
 surgeons of  this continent, especially in the Philadelphia Alms-
 house, and Pennsylvania Hospital, in similar cases to those men-
 tioned  above.

       1 British Annals of  Medicine, May 19, 1837.
      2 Lond. Med. Gazette, Dec. 19, 1835.
       s Ibid. Dec. 3, 1836.
       * Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journ. Jan. 1838.
        12—f                                  dungl 25 
386
dunglison's new remedies.
  Dr. Davidson1 is of opinion,  that the chloride of zinc  is  only
superior to many  other caustics  in cases where the destruction
of a considerable  thickness  of  texture is required,  or where the
removal of an excrescence by a caustic is preferred  by the patient
to the knife: the nitrate of silver seems, he considers, to be supe-
rior in promoting a sound action, when the unhealthy surface or
stratum of the ulcer is superficial.
  Hanke2 has, likewise, used  the chloride of zinc internally, in cases
of epilepsy, with advantage, as well as in St. Vitus's  dance;  and
has  prescribed it,  united with  hydrocyanic acid, in  prosopalgia.
Hufeland, also, extols  the solution of the chloride in all those neu-
roses  in which the oxide  of zinc  is indicated, and especially in
such patients as are not readily impressible.3

                   MODE OF ADMINISTERING.

                      Gutta  Zinci Chloridi.
                    Drops of Chloride of Zinc.
              it.  Zinci. chlorid. gr. j.
                 Sp. aether, muriat. ^ij.  Solve.
  Dose.—Five drops, every four hours, in  a little sugared water;
gradually increasing the dose to ten drops.
                      Lotio Zinci  Chloridi.
                   Lotion of Chloride of Zinc.
              it.  Zinc, chlorid. gr. viij.
                 Ext. aloes aquos. 9ij.
                 Aquae destill. §iv.   Solve.
  Applied  to the dressings, in cases of atonic, scrofulous ulcers.
                                                         Vogt.
  The chloride of  zinc may  be applied as a caustic, by means of a
moistened  hair pencil, either alone, or mixed with an equal portion
of oxide of zinc, or sulphate of  lime, or according to the following
forms:—
                   CanquoinHs Caustic Pastes.
                                 A.    B.   C.
              it.  Zinci chlorid. p. i.     i.     i.
                 Farinae trilici p. iv.   iij.    ij.
                 Aquae fontan.4 q. s. ut fiat pasta.
              it.  Zinci chlorid. p. j.
                 Farinae tritic. p. iss.
                 Butyri antimonii, p. ss.
                 Aq. font. q. s. ut fiat pasta.

  1 Op. cit., and American Journal of the Med. Sciences, May, 1839, p. 238.
  8 Rust's Magazine, xxii. 373; and Journal de Pharmacie, xvi. 549.
  * See Merat & De  Lens, Art. Zinc, (Chlorure  de.)
  4 To each ounce of the chloride  of zinc twenty-four to thirty drops  of
water being added. 
ZINCI  CYANIDUM.—ZINCI FERROHYDROCYANAS.     387
                     ZINCI  CYANIDUM.

Synonymes.—Zincum  Cyanogenatum,  Z. Borussicum, Z. Zooticum, Z.
  Hydrocyanicum, Z. Cyanureturn, Hydrocyanate, Prussiate,  or Cyanuret
  of Zinc.
French.—Cyanure de Zinc.
German.—Cyanzinc, Blausaures Zynkoxydul, BlaustofTzink, Zinkcyanur.

  This preparation  was used in Germany for a long time before
the process was made known.1

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  According to Kunze, it is directed, in the  Leipzic shops, to be
prepared as follows:2
  Any quantity of pure sulphate of  zinc  is  dissolved in ten times
as much distilled water; the fluid is then filtered, and  decomposed
by a solution of hydrocyanate of potassa, or hydrocyanate of lime ;
added by drops so long as a precipitate is formed.  This  precipi-
tate, which consists of cyanide of zinc, must  be carefully washed,
dried, and preserved in  a glass jar, from which the entrance of light
is prevented.3
  The hydrocyanate of zinc has the appearance of a white, taste-
less powder, which  is insoluble in water  and spirit of wine,  but
dissolves in the stronger acids, with  the disengagement of hydro-
cyanic acid.   Well prepared and rubbed, it  has a  strong odour of
hydrocyanic acid.    When moistened, or exposed to heat, it exhales
hydrocyanic acid.
  As to its medicinal effects and mode of administering, they are
analogous to those of the following  preparation: they are,  there-
fore, given together.
              ZINCI FERROHYDROCYANAS.

Synonymes—Cyanureturn Ferrozincicum, Zincum Ferrohydrocyanicum,
  Ferro-Hydrocyanate, or Ferrocyanate of Zinc.
German.—Eisenblausaurer Zink, Blausaures Eisenoxydul-Zinkoxyd, Zink
  eisencyaniir, Cyaneisenzink.

                    METHOD OF PREPARING.

  According to Schindler,4  this preparation is best made by the
mutual decomposition of boiling hot solutions of eighty-three parts
  1 Magendie, Formulaire pour  la Preparation, &c. de plusieurs nouveaux
Medicamens, &c.
  2 Riecke, Die neuern Arzneimittel, u. s. w. S. 410. Stuttgart, 1837.
  3 For M. Pelletier's method, see Magendie, Formulaire. &c.
  4 Riecke, Op. cit. S. 411. 
388
dunglison's new remedies.
of sulphate of zinc, and sixty parts of ferrocyanate of potassa.   If
the sulphate of zinc be not entirely free from iron, it has a  bluish
lustre,  which, after long washing  with lime water,  becomes of a
reddish hue.   If the bluish colour be  manifested, some more sul-
phate of zinc must be added,  and it must be digested  until the pre-
cipitate appears entirely white.
  Ferrohydrocyanate of zinc forms a white, insoluble,  almost in-
odorous powder, which is somewhat soluble in the stronger acids,
without exhaling a smell of hydrocyanic acid in the  cold ; but, by
boiling, hydrocyanic acid is slowly disengaged.

                  EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY.

  Hufeland recommends the cyanide,  or  perhaps, the ferrocyanate
of zinc in nervous diseases.  According to him, from one to four
grains may be given  for a dose,  two or three times a day, without
any injurious effects;—the only  inconvenience being, at  times,
slight nausea, but no diarrhoea,  or  disposition to obstructions,  and
no  narcotic  symptoms.   In cardialgia, it afforded, in  his  hands,
essential service, as  well as in some cases of  epilepsy, and in
paralysis.   Henning,1 likewise,  found it  useful  in  cramp of the
stomach, in hysteria, and  in spasmodic diseases of children,  in-
duced  by worms.  In epileptic  attacks from teething, he also gave
it with  advantage;—the dose being from half  a grain  to a  grain,
three or four  times a day.   Clarus  gave the cyanide (?) of zinc in
epilepsy, but  he observed no other  result than less frequent and less
severe attacks.  Pohl saw no very decided effect from the remedy,
which  he gave in the dose of from one-fourth  to  half a  grain.  In
the Berlin Polyclinic Institute, advantage accrued from it in  two
cases of St. Vitus's dance;  it was  begun with  in the dose of one-
third of a grain twice a day, which was gradually raised to four-
teen grains  a day.  Klokow gave the  cyanide of zinc—which
Riecke suggests2 was the cyanuret of zinc and  potassium, (Cyan-
zink-cyankalium,)—in spasmodic   affections,   beginning at  first
with one-tenth of a grain, as larger doses occasioned colic, diarrhoea,
and vomiting; and,  when the  patient became  accustomed to it,
gradually augmenting the dose to half a grain.  Success, he affirms,
followed its administration.3 Muhrbeck gave it,  in violent periodical
cephalalgia in the region of the left frontal sinus, with great benefit.
He began with one-twelfth of a  grain, and gradually raised the dose
to a grain and  a  half.   Muller and Giinther  confirm  the reports
of its efficacy in St. Vitus's dance: the first gave daily a grain ;
the latter, from half a grain to a grain, four times a day.
  Kopp, who properly distinguishes  the  two  preparations from
each other, instituted experiments with each.  The ferrocyanate of

             1 Hufeland's Journal, 1823.
             2 Op. cit. S. 413.
             3 Hufeland und Osann's Journal, B. lxx. St. 2. 
ZINCI FERROHYDROCYANAS.
389
 zinc  he used with advantage  in  cramp  of  the  stomach,  general
 nervous disorders, nervous  debility, neuralgia, nervous headach,
 and  nocturnal pains  in the bones.  He gave  it in the  form of
 powder, with some sugar of  milk, every two hours,  or  four times
 a day, in doses of one-twelfth to one-eighth  of a grain, gradually
 increasing the dose.  According to  his observations, it occasions,
 with many persons, obstructions, but does not disorder the stomach.
 Kopp found the cyanide of zinc still more efficacious in the same
 disorders.   Impressible patients, who suffered under unusual sen-
 sibility of  the abdomen, took four powders daily, of one-sixteenth
 of a grain each, with marked benefit.  In one case of neuralgia, in
 a man, he  elevated the dose  very gradually to  half a  grain four
 times a day.  When, however, this quantity was exceeded,  and the
 patient took five-eighths of a grain four times a day, hyperasmia
 occurred in the head, with constipation.   In two cases of chorea of
 one side of the body, the ferrocyanate had no effect whatever.
   Riecke1  asserts, that  his  father used it  several times in scirrhus
 of the pylorus with advantage.

                   MODE OF  ADMINISTERING.

   The cyanide (?) was applied externally, by Von Ammon,  in
 scrofulous  and incipient rheumatic inflammation of the eyes, as
 well as in  catarrhal inflammation  of the  eyelids: he prescribed it
 suspended by means of gum arabic  in a  mixture of cherry-laurel
 water and  tinctura opii.
   On account of the insolubility of both the cyanide and the ferro-
 cyanate, they are best  given  in the form of pill or powder.
   The common dose of the  cyanide is from  one-sixteenth  to one-
 twelfth of a grain several times a day, gradually increasing the dose
 to one quarter of a grain ; of the ferrocyanate, the dose is from one to
 four grains two or three times a day. Riecke2 advises—to  prevent
 confusion—that when  these  articles are  ordered, they should be
 respectively denominated, Zincum hydrocyanicum sine ferro, and
 Zincum/erro-hydrocyanicum.
                    Pilula  Zinci Cyanidi.
                   Pills of Cyanide of Zinc.
             it.  Zinci cyanid. gr. xv.
                 Succ. glycyrrh. gij.
         Misce el fiant pilulae lx.
  Dose.—One, morning, noon, and night,  gradually  increasing
the quantity.                                          Kopp.
             it.  Zinci cyanid. gr. vj.
                Magnesia?, gr. iv.
                Pulv.  cinnam. gr. iij.  Misce.
  This dose to be repeated  every four hours,  in nervous affections
of the stomach, especially in  cases of cramp.        Henning.

                        1  Op. cit. S.  414.
                        2  Ibid. 
390
DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.
                      ZINCI  IODIDUM.

Synonymes.— Zincum  Iodatum, Zinci loduretum,  Iodide, or Ioduret  of
  Zinc.
German.— Iodzink.

  This preparation is made by boiling together iodine and zinc  in
atomic proportions, or rather with an excess of zinc, in a flask  of
water, down to dryness, and subliming the residue.  Iodide of zinc
is thus procured in beautiful, colourless,  prismatic crystals.1
  The  iodide of zinc  is  very  deliquescent, and  cannot easily be
retained in the solid form.  When heated in open vessels,  it is re-
solved into iodine and oxide of zinc.  It is very liable to  undergo
spontaneous decomposition.
  It has a caustic taste, and, when applied to a denuded surface,
gives rise to considerable  smarting.  Dr. Ure2 recommends an oint-
ment, formed of a dram of the  iodide to  an ounce of lard,' in cases
where the external  use  of the iodide of  potassium is indicated.
Proutet advises it as a collyrium in scrofulous ophthalmia, of the
strength of  fifteen grains to six  ounces of distilled water:  and  it
has been employed to form an astringent  injection, in the proportion
of a grain to an ounce of water.
1 Annales de Chimie, xci.
2 Diet, of Chemistry, 2d edition, p. 516. 
SUPPLEMENT.
                         I.—COMPRESSIO.

 Synonymes.—Compression, Methodical Compression.
 German.—Druck.

   This valuable method of modifying the  condition of the capillary or
 intermediate system of vessels, and, through it, the function of nutrition,
 has lately become more extensively employed in the treatment of disease.
 As a sorbefacient,  in various  hypertrophies,  it has  long been  used
 wherever its agency was applicable,  and  its effects  have been very de-
 cided.1  Of  late years,  however,  it has been  proposed  in inflammatory
 and other affections, in which it  had been  previously esteemed  inappli-
 cable.   Upwards of twenty years ago, it was highly  recommended in
 rheumatic affections by Dr. William Balfour,3 of Edinburgh, and nume-
 rous cases were  brought forward  by him,  and  by others,  to attest  its
 efficacy.   Since  then, it has been  advised by Guerin,3 in cases of phleg-
 monous erysipelas of the extremities; by Velpeau,4  in severe burns and
 phlebitis, and in inflammation  of the synovial apparatus;5 and still more
 recently, Mr. James Allan6 has related three cases of phlegmasia bene-
 fited  by a  similar treatment;—two were  of erysipelas of the lower ex-
 tremities, and one of the face.  In these, compression was of speedy and
 permanent benefit—the  pain  caused  by  it  being  very transient.   He
 states, moreover, that  he has found the bandage of very great service in
 removing the pain and swelling of joints affected with acute rheumatism,
 after  the more active degree of inflammation had passed away.
   In cases of external inflammation,  compression acts  probably in two
 ways;—first, by  diminishing the circulation in the intermrdiate system
 of vessels  concerned  in  the pathological  condition ;  and> secondly, by

   1 Clinique Medicale  de l'H6pital  Necker,  p. 247,  Paris, 1835;  or the
translation  in the American Medical  Library, first year.  See, also, the
author's General Therapeutics,  p. 228.  Philad. 1836.
  2 A  new  Mode  of curing Rheumatism and Sprains without debilitating.
Edinb. 1816.
  3 Journ. Analyt. i. 93.
  * Ibid., and  Bulletin General de Therapeutique, No. 16, Aout 30, 1836.
  5 Nouv. Bib.  Med.,  Aout, 1826;  and Merat & De Lens, Diet, de Mat.
Med., Art. Compression.
  6 British Annals of Medicine, Jan. 27, 1837. 
392      dunglison's NEW REMEDIES.--SUPPLEMENT.

restoring tone to the over-dilated vessels;  for it is in erysipelatous affec-
tions, in which this form of hyperaemia more especially exists,  that we
have  found it of greatest advantage.   At this very  time, we have cases
of erysipelas of the extremities under treatment by compression, which
are greatly benefited.  We are  constantly, als'>, in  the habit of employing
compression, under the circumstances mentioned by  Mr. Allan, in arthri-
tic  affections, which are usually attended with great effusion, and with
the most satisfactory results.
  From an observation of the  good effects resulting from compression in
analogous cases, it occurred to Dr. Fricke,1 of Hamburg, that it might
be  employed  with advantage in  cases of orchitis,  or  swelled  testicle,
(hernia humoralis;) which is frequently very tedious, and requires means
that are by no means easy of application.  He, accordingly, had recourse
to it,  and the result was most  satisfactory: he  found  that "the disease
could be removed  by it in a simple, easy,  and surprisingly  rapid way."
He is of opinion, that, generally speaking, compression may be employed
in  every  kind of  inflammatory enlargement  of  the  testicle, whatever
may  have been its cause, and at  all stages of the disease.  In many
cases, the pain was at first, in some degree,  increased ;  and in  some—
especially  when applied too  tightly—it  induced  great pain; but  this
never continued long, the patient,  in a short time, finding himself  so
much relieved as to be able  to leave  his bed  and walk about the room.
In many cases of  recent origin, a  single application of  the compression
was found sufficient;  but when the  disease was of longer duration—say
from  three to eight days—it was found necessary to repeat the compres-
sion two or  three times.  Swelling of the spermatic  cord,  if not very
considerable,  did  not contraindicate  its use; nor  did  other coexistent
local  affections, as buboes, ulcers,  &c.  When a general febrile state
accompanied the orchitis, compression was found to be the best means
for removing it, where  the vascular action, at least, was not too consi-
derable;  although, in extremely rare  cases, such was the effect of  the
compression  itself.
   When the pain  was very severe, it was  generally owing  to the com-
pression having been  too strong, and the same was the case  with certain
signs of gastric derangement  that occasionally  supervened.   In these
cases, it was necessary to suspend the remedy,  until  the  derangement
was removed, by the use of an emetic, or the application of a poultice to
the stomach.   These cases  were,  however, extremely infrequent.
   The good  effects of compression exhibited themselves very soon after
its employment, and the speedy abatement of the pain was always the
surest sign of its efficacy.   If the pain continued for some  hours to any
considerable degree,  a  general disorder of the system might be looked
for as explaining the cause of the failure of success.
   In  the summer  of 1835, Dr. Fricke treated, in this manner, seventeen
cases.  Of these were cured ;—in  one  day,  one; in two days,  four; in
three days, four;  in four days, two;  in five  days,  three; in nine days,
one ;  and in  ten  days,  two.  The three last  were  severe and unfavour-
able  cases.
   For the purpose of compression, Dr. Fricke employs  sticking plaster,

   1 Zeitschrift fur die gesammt. Medicin. B. i. H.  1,  Hamburg, 1S36.  See,
also,  Brit, and For. Med. Rev.  for July, 1836, p. 253. 
COMPRESSIO.
393
made very adhesive, but not of too irritating materials, and spread on
strips of linen, of the breadth of the thumb.   No preparatory measures,
as leeches, cataplasms, &c. are required.
   In slighter  cases, the patient  may stand before the surgeon leaning
against the wall, or he may sit on the edge of a bed or sofa" in such sort
that the scrotum may  hang  freely down.  If the scrotum  and neigh-
bouring parts are much covered  with  hair, it  must be  removed;  but,
generally  speaking, this is unnecessary.
   The  following is  the method  he adopts  of applying the  compres-
sion :—
   The surgeon takes the scrotum  in one hand, and separates the dis-
eased from the sound testicle; whilst, with the other, he gently stretches
the skin of the scrotum over the  former: the spermatic cord is isolated
in the  same manner.   If the  swelling of  the testicle  be considerable, it
must be held  by an assistant.   The surgeon now  applies the first  strip
over the isolated spermatic cord, about a finger's  breadth above the tes-
ticle, holding  the end of the strip with  his  thumb, and passing it round
the cord.  He proceeds in the same manner with the  second  strip, which
must cover  the former either in part  or altogether.  The first part of
the process must be carefully done ; the strips must  compress the cord
closely ; for this purpose,  the cord must  be  kept approximated to  the
skin, which must be tightly stretched over it; otherwise,  when the  other
extremity of  the testicle is compressed, the upper end will be apt to slip
upwards through the loose rings  of adhesive plaster,  which will not only
occasion  pain, but render the whole operation abortive.   In  this manner
the surgeon  proceeds, applying strip after strip,  the last always  lying
over its precursor by a third  of its width, until  the thickest part of the
testicle—where it  begins rapidly lo  decrease in diameter—is reached.
The  mode of  procedure is now changed; the surgeon lays hold of the
part of the testicle already covered, and  passes  his strips longitudinally
from above downwards over  the  lower  portion of the testicle.   In this
way, the  rest of the  testicle is closely  enveloped and compressed.   The
proper degree of compression will, in  most cases,  be indicated by the
speedy disappearance of the  pain which had previously existed.
   When  both testicles are affected, they must both  be included in  the
circular strapping—the testicle  already  covered  serving as a point of
support for the other—as there is not room enough  for  the application
of the circular strips over  the second, in  the same way as over the first.
   In some  cases, where the skin is  irritable, ulcerations  take place:
small  slits may then be cut in  the plaster, and  a  Goulard  lotion be
applied.
   Generally speaking, the patient may leave  his  bed immediately after
the strapping has been attached,  and walk about the room ; and, where
the inflammation has not been great, he may even attend to  light labour
out of doors.
   When the strapping becomes loose, it may have to be reapplied,  but
often one  application  is sufficient.
   In orchitis, caused by blows or pressure, compression  is regarded by
Dr. Fricke as the best agency.   If the inflammation runs very high, he
usually applies leeches, in the first instance, and keeps on poultices for a
day or  two;  but, in slighter cases, he has recourse immediately to  com-
pression.   The principal advantages, which he considers this mode of 
394      dunglison's new remedies.--SUPPLEMENT.

treating orchitis to have over others, are: First. The speedy removal of
the pain ; Secondly. The quick  removal of the disease itself;  Thirdly.
The simplicity of the plan, and  the  slight trouble given thereby to the
patient;  Fourthly. Its  small  expense: and, Fifthly. The comparatively
slight care and attendance  required  on the part of the surgeon.   The
two last points, as he properly remarks, are of considerable importance
in hospital practice.
   Since  this plan  of treating orchitis was suggested  by Fricke, it has
been successfully employed by our hospital and other surgeons, although
by no means extensively adopted.  Several cases,  too,  have been  men-
tioned by M. Dechange,' of Liege, formerly chef de clinique chirurgicale
at the Hopital de Baviere.  Of twelve cases of acute orchitis, thus treated,
three were cured in three days; and the remainder before the seventh
day.

   Of late, Compression of the arteries, as an antiphlogistic agent, has
been revived by Goyrand, Malapert, and  others;  the object  being  to
prevent  the afflux of blood to a part labouring under hyperaemia.   The
origin of this  idea has  been  a matter of recent controversy;3 but,  as
Dezeimeris3 has remarked, it certainly is not  due to the gentlemen who
have engaged in it. Blaud  compressed the carotid in brain fever; Auten-
rieth did the same,  before Blaud, in cases of  convulsions;  Earl, in epi-
lepsy ;  Livingston  and Kellie, in  rheumatism ;  Ludlow,  in gout; and
Parry, of Bath, half a century earlier, employed compression of the
vessels in different diseases, with the clearest  appreciation of its modus
operandi.
   Still more recently, Allier* has published a case of intermittent  neu-
ralgia of the lobe of the right ear, cured by compression of ihe primitive
carotid of the same side :  half an  hour before the  paroxysm, the com-
pression  was exerted, with interruptions of five minutes every quarter of
an hour.  He has, also, reported  a case of neuralgia of the orbito-frontal
nerve ; and,  subsequently, of the  nervus pudendus superior,  respectively
cured by compression of the carotid, and  abdominal aorta.   The  com-
pression  of the carotid of the affected side was continued for the whole
forenoon, with pauses of five minutes every quarter of an hour.  For the
pudic neuralgia, the  abdominal aorta was compressed for  the  space of
three quarters of an hour: the neuralgia,  in  both  instances, gradually
ceased.
   Lastly: M. Allier5 employed compression of both carotids in a  case
of hydrophobia at the  commencement of an  attack;  immediately, the
convulsion ceased, and  the patient  became  apparently  exanimate.   The
family were alarmed, and would  not permit a repetition of the experi-
ment.  The case ended fatally.
   In paroxysmal diseases, the ratio medendi  of compression is not the
same as in  inflammatory diseases.   In  the  latter, the flow of blood
towards the  inflamed part is prevented by the  compression of the arterial
vessels proceeding to it; but when compression is exerted en the vessels

    1 Bulletin Medical Beige, Aout, 1838, p. 218.
    2 Gazette Medicale  de Paris, No. 46, Nov. 18, 1837, and No. 47.
    3 Ibid.
    * L'Experience, No. 16, Jan. 20, 1838.
    6 Ibid. 
C0NTRA-IRRITAT10.
395
in neuralgia and congenerous diseases, the new impression caused by the
resulting  irregularity  in  the  circulation, and  the  modification  in  the
nervous function induced thereby, break in upon  the  morbid catenation
like the different  agents that are classed  under the  head of antispasmo-
dics, of which class we have elsewhere endeavoured to  show—what, by
the way, is not  now contested by any  eminent therapeutist—that we
have  none that can be regarded  in  any other  light than as  indirect
agents.1
                    II.—CONTRA-IRRITATIO.

Synonymes.—Counter-irritation, Counter-action.
German.—Gegenreizung.

  It is not the object of the author to enter  into an explanation of the
therapeutical  application  of counter-irritants, or revellents in general.
This he has done at considerable length elsewhere;2 but to refer to some
agents not mentioned in the body of the  work, to which  attention has
been revived, or first directed, of late years more especially.

                1. AMMONIATED COUNTER-IRRITANTS.

Gondret's Ammonical Ointment; Granville's Counter-irritants—Antidynous3
                           Counter-irritants.

  Ammonia  has long been used  in different formulae for exciting rube-
faction  and  vesication  of the cutaneous surface.   When  two parts of
liquid ammonia are united with one put of suet and one  part of oil of
sweet almonds, the mixture forms the pommade ammoniacale of Gondret,
which has been used for a long time to excite a speedy revulsion in cases
of chronic affections of the brain, incipient cataract, amaurosis, &c, as
well as to cauterise the integuments deeply.4   To the advantages of this
preparation, as well as  of derivation in various diseases, M. Gondret has
recently recalled  the attention  of practitioners in an ex  professo treatise.5
  Since  the  appearance of M. Gondret's last woik, Dr. Granville6 has

  1 General Therapeutics,  p. 380.
  2 Ibid. p. 333.
  3 A term coined by Dr. Granville.  It ought to  be  " Antodynous,"  from
am, *' against," and o$wy, "pain."
  4 Considerations sur i'emploi du  feu en  medecine, suivies de  l'expose
d'un  moyen epispastique propre a  supplier  la cauterisation, et a remplacer
l'usage des cantharides,  Paris, 1819; & Nouv.  Biblioth. Med. iii. 441,  1828.
  6 Gondret, Traite theorique et pratique de la Derivation contre les affec-
tions les  plus  communes en  general, telle que  la Plelhore, l'lnflammation,
1'Hemorrhagie, &c. Paris,  1837.
  6 Counter-irritation, its Principles and Practices, illustrated by one hun-
dred Cases of the most painful and important Diseases effectually cured by
external Applications. London, 1838; and  American  Medical Library edi-
tion. Philad.  1838. 
396      dunglison's  new  REMEDIES.—SUPPLEMENT.

published a treatise on counter-irritation, which has given rise  to  much
attention on both  sides of the Atlantic,—partly  in consequence of the
strong encomiums he has  passed on certain counter-irritant applications
employed by him, and still more in consequence of the  mystery which
he threw around them, by keeping their preparation a secret,  until the
united voice of the profession had expressed the mingled feelings of sur-
prise,  indignation, and regret,  which such conduct on the  part  of an
individual, holding an elevated position in  the ranks of  the profession,
naturally engendered.   It is due, however, to Dr. Granville to remark,
that on subsequently publishing his formulae, he stated that he addressed
his work to the public to impress all with  the value of the agency, but
that it would  have been unwise in him to give precise formulae to those
who could not estimate the proper proportions of the ingredients; that
every physician can  apportion them;  and that he had never concealed
the formulae from his friends, and always  intended to give them  to the
world.'
   Dr. Granville describes two sorts  of ammoniated lotions, of different
degrees of power, which are prepared in the following manner :
   Each kind of lotion consists of three ingredients:—1st. The strongest
liquor of ammonia, A.  2d. Distilled spirit  of rosemary, B.  3d. Spirit
of camphor, C.
   These are made as follows :
   A.  The strongest  liquor of ammonia.—Saturate a given  quantity of
distilled  water, contained  in  a  glass  receiver  surrounded  by ice, with
ammoniacal gas, obtained  in the  usual way from a mixture of equal parts
of hydrochlorate of ammonia and recently slaked  lime, both  reduced to a
fine powder.   The water may be made to take up nearly 800  times its
bulk of ammoniated gas under the circumstances described; its specific
gravity will then be about 872, and 100 psirts of it will  contain thirty-
three parts of real ammonia, according to Sir H. Davy's tables.   This
solution of ammonia will, therefore, be more than three times the strength
of the liquor  ammonia of the Pharmacopoeia of London, 100 parts of
which, at a specific gravity of 960, contains only ten parts  of real am-
monia. Dr. Granville, ther?fore, called  his " liquor ammonias fortissimus."
   B.  Distilled Spirit of  Rosemary.—Take  two  pounds of  the  tips or
small  leaves of fresh rosemary, and eight pints  of alcohol; leave the
whole in infusion for twenty-four hours in a well covered vessel, and after
adding as much  water as will just  prevent the empyreumatic  smell,
distil   over  seven  pints.   The  Pharmacopoeia  of London  directs the
essential oil of rosemary to be distilled instead with rectified spirit.   Such
a preparation Dr. Granville found unsuited for his purpose.
   C.  Spirit of  Camphor.—To  four  ounces of  pure  camphor add two
pints  of alcohol, so as to dissolve the camphor, which solution should be
filtered.
   The three ingredients, thus prepared, every medical man should keep
always ready at  hand, in well-stoppered glass bottles, so as to be  able  to
make, extemporaneously, a  counter-irritating  lotion of any requisite
strength, according to the nature of the case. But for ordinary purposes,
Dr. Granville  advises  that  both a  milder  and  a stronger ammoniated
lotion should be kept ready prepared for use.
1 London Lancet, Oct. 27, 1838. 
C0NTRA-1RRITATI0.                     397
                       Lotio Ammoniata Mitior.

                   The Milder Ammoniated Lotion.

  Assuming the quantity of lotion desired to be divided into eight parts,
then the proportions of the ingredients will stand thus:
  A—four eighths.   B—three eighths.   C—one eighth, or as follows:
              it.  Liq. ammon. fortiss. §j.
                  Spirit, rorismarin. ^vj.
                  ------camphor, ^ij.   M.
                      Lotio Ammoniata Fortior.
                  Tke Stronger Ammoniated Lotion.

  If the quantity desired be also divided into eight parts, then the pro-
portions of the ingredients  run as follows:
  A—five eighths.   B—two eighths.   C—one eighth, or as follows:
                it.  Liq. ammon. fortiss. £x.
                    Spirit, rori mar. ^ss.
                    ------camph. 3ij.  M.

  Although the changes of proportion here may be deemed trifling, yet
the strength of the lotion is such, that  Dr. Granville never employs it,
except in cases of apoplexy, and for the purpose of cauterisation.
  Directions in  Mixing the Ingredients.—A  and B are gradually mixed
together.  The  mixture becomes opalescent  and  somewhat turbid, and a
peculiar, highly agreeable, ethereal  smell  is given out, different from
the individual odour of either ingredient, although the extreme pungency
of the ammonia is still discernible.  " I have strotig reasons to believe,"
says Dr. Granville, " that, at this point of the operation, some particular
change takes place, which  imparts to the mixture of the two ingredients
some of its valuable  peculiarities  as a counter-irritant  described  in my
work; but what  that change is,  it is not my business to enter upon in
this place: suffice it to say, that in a great number of experiments made
with the ingredients separately, (for each of them acts as a counter-irri-
tant on  the skin,) and with them combined, the effects were  uniformly
different; those in the former case being found unequal to the production
of  those complete  results  which I  trust I  have justly promised to the
profession.  Ammonia alone (however strong) will not give rise  to the
effects I have  described, though it has often stopped  internal pain, and
produced small  blisters; but never has  it  succeeded in almost  imme-
diately  producing  a full vesication, as I have  seldom  failed  to produce
with the two  ingredients  mixed  together,  particularly after  trie third
ingredient has been added."
  Before, however, that  third  ingredient is so added, it  is desirable to
clear the previous mixture, by the addition of a small quantity of alcohol,
and to set the whole  in a cool place.  All the various  precautions here
mentioned may, upon an emergency, be dispensed  with, when an imme-
diate action  is  required,  either  to arrest  pain or relieve deep-seated
inflammation.   But  for the more delicate uses, particularly  for instan-
taneous vesication, Dr. Granville recommends that the preparations should
be obtained in the manner specified.
  The lotion must always be kept in bottles  with a glass  stopper. 
398      dunglison's  NEW REMEDIES.--SUPPLEMENT.

                EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN ITEALTH.

  The stronger of these lotions is a powerful agent.  It gives  rise in  a
few minutes to vesication  over the whole surface to which it  may  be
applied;  almost as rapidly, indeed, as if boiling water were placed  upon
the part.
  It need scarcely be  said, that  the  strength of  these  lotions may be
regulated so as  to produce either full vesication, or simply rubefaction,
by varying the quantity of the liquor ammoniae.
  The mode of  applying these counter-irritants is, as in the case of the
Ol'iim Sinapis, (p. 292,) first to impregnate with them a piece of cotton
or linen, folded six or seven times, or a piece of thick and coarse flannel;
and then lay either of these on the spot, pressing  with  the hand, at the
same time, very steadily and firmly on the compress, over which  there
should be placed a thick towel, doubled several times, so  that not only
the evaporation of the lotion may be impeded ; but the hand, employed in
pressing the application to the part, may not suffer from  direct or indi-
rect contact with the liquid.  Care must be taken that the ammonia does
not reach the eyes or nose.1
  As a general  rule, the application  should seldom be kept on longer
than from one to six or eight minutes; and Dr. Granville affirms,  it has
often happened to him to find, that less than a minute was sufficient to
produce  the desired  alleviation  of pain and  spasm.  But, in order to
excite the higher degrees  of counter-irritation, as  vesication  and cauteri-
sation, as many  as ten or  twelve minutes may be necessary.

                EFFECTS ON" THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  There can be no doubt, that the ammoniated counter-irritants are valu-
able agents  in all those diseases, which are capable of being  benefited by
a sudden and powerful  revulsion.  It is chiefly, as we have elsewhere
stated,2 when  the diseased action has been  prolonged  for a considerable
period, and in affections, which belong to the  neuralgic class, that rapid
revulsions are  productive  of  the most marked  advantage.  When the
disease is of an acute character—as in the different phlegmasiae—revul-
sives, which are  more prolonged  in their  action, are—as a  general rule
—preferable.   It is in the first  class of affections, that  his lotions are
chiefly extolled by Dr. Granville; he urges the importance of the sudden
vesication effected by them in the treatment of  many  serious disorders;
and affirms that they arrest "nervous and muscular pain almost  imme-
diately, provided it  does not depend on  structural disease."3  There is
perhaps no  agent—he remarks—except boiling water, which can, in the
space of between three and ten minutes, give rise to as ample a vesica-
tion.   But as powerful and effective a revulsion can be accomplished by
the actual cautery in various forms, and especially—as we shall see—in
that of the moxa.   This  we say from observation; and it in a result to
which just theory would lead us.

              1 Granville, Op. cit. Amer. edit. p. 39.
              2 General Therapeutics, p. 341.
              3 Lancet, Oct. 27, 1838. 
C0NTRA-IRR1TATI0.
399
  The ammoniated lotions are, however, devoid  of  the painful  mental
impression, which the dread of actual fire occasions; although we doubt
not that, in many of the cases above referred to, such mental impression
may exert an important agency in the cure.
  Dr. Granville gives the following, not very classically arranged, list of
diseases, which, in the course of nine years, have appeared to him to be
benefited by his counter-irritants..

           " A. Principally affecting the Nervous System.

   1. Acute neuralgia <          ;  > Tic douloureaux.
                 °   ( permanent  ^
   o c*           i           ) Epilepsy.
   2. Spasms     } .   ,  ,.    f c; vr •>,  _
   on    i ■    \ including  > fet. Vitus s Dance.
   3. Convulsions j        °  C u   .  •
                 (           ) Hysterics.
   4. Cramp.
   5. Brow-ague.
   6. Tetanus or lock-jaw.
   7. Highly acute toothach.
   8. Nervous headach.

     B.  Principally affecting the Muscles and  Tendinous  Tissues.
    9.  Rheumatism.
   10.  Lumbago.
   11.  Swelled  and highly painful articulations.

               C.  Principally affecting the Circulation.
   12.  Headach from  fulness of blood in the head.
   13.  Congestions and sudden attacks of blood  in the head.
   14.  Sore throat.

   15  E  1  "n I  a' °^ t^ie tracnea ana" bronchia.           lending
     a  „   .•    \  b. of the lungs and their membranes.   >  r-,
     nammation. f     . t,  ,   »     ,       ,.          /  Consump-
                   c.  of the heart and pericardium.            .    p
                J                                    J    tion.
                 D.  Diseases of a  Mixed Character.
   ,a  oi        i       ) a.  Affecting the  heart.
   16.  Suppressed gout.  > ,  . ~   . & ,,   .     ,
         rr             ^ b. Affecting the stomach.
   17.  Genuine gout.
   18.  Paralytic debility.

       E. Accidental, Mechanical,  and Cutaneous Derangements.
   19.  Violent sprains.
   20.  Pimples.
   21.  Biles.
   22.  The ringworm."

   Dr. Granville does  not affirm, that all these disorders, and their modi-
fications, have yielded to the ammoniated counter-irritants ; or that  the
counter-irritants  were always the sole agents employed.   On the con-
trary,  a few of them,  he says, on particular  occasions,  resisted that
agency ; others were only momentarily benefited ; and a  few more  re- 
400      DUNGLISON'S  NEW  REMEDIES.--SUPPLEMENT.

quired the simultaneous employment of ordinary and internal remedies
to assist in, and complete, the cure.
   Among the exceptions to the general rule  of success, he enumerates
chronic tic douloureux;  chronic  rheumatism of long standing; epilepsy,
dependent on organic mischief in the brain, or  any part of the spinal
apparatus; and rheumatic gout,  in  persons whose constitution has  been
completely shaken by that disorder, or by any  other previous  disease,
although, even  in this case, some goqd was obtained from using  the am-
moniated counter-irritants.  The second and  fourth  of  these disorders
are of that number which require, in addition to the ammoniated appli-
cations, an appropriate internal  treatment.  The other two, Dr. Gran-
ville has found  to be only partially relieved, but never cured by counter-
irritating lotions.1
   In many of the disorders, referred to  by Dr.  Granville in the  table
given above,  bis ammoniated counter-irritants have been employed  both
in public and private in this country, and  especially,  perhaps,  in this
city.   The effecMn nervous  and spasmodic  diseases, in neuralgic and
deep-seated  rheumatic pains, has  at times been very striking.   Severe
pains have yielded rapidly, as described by Dr. Granville ; hyperaemiae of
particular organs have  been diverted elsewhere, especially after blood-
letting and sedatives had been premised ;  and, in short, whenever revel-
lents, sudden and rapid in their action, have  been demanded, the ammo-
niated counter-irritants have effected every  thing that similar powerful
revellents were capable of accomplishing,—but  no more.  We are in
the habit  of having recourse to the moxa in   congenerous  affections,
and—as we  have before remarked—with equally satisfactory results.
There is  one objection, too,  that  applies  to  the  use of these strong
lotions;—the sloughs and sores induced by them are often considerable,
and remarkably difficult  to  heal.   This,  it is true,  may be partly pre-
vented, by being careful  that the application is not too long continued;
but, with the greatest caution, these results will,  at times, supervene.
When such is the case, simple dressings, with emollient poultices, will
be found the  best applications.
                             2. MOXA.

Synonyme.—Moxiburium.

  By the term moxa, the Chinese and Japanese designate a cottony sub-
stance, which  they prepare by beating the dried leaves of the artemisia
chinensis, a kind of mugwort.   With this down they form a cone, which
is placed upon the part intended  to be  cauterised,  and  is set fire to at
the top.
  This mode of exciting counter-irritation has been long practised by the
Chinese and Japanese, and  by the ruder  nations of the old  world ; but
it was not much employed in Great Britain and France  until about the
commencement of  the seventeenth  century, when  it  was  introduced
1 Op. cit. p. 29. 
moxa.                           401
through  the agency of a physician* who had resided in India.   It fell
again, however, into disuse,  until attention was redirected to it, during
the last century, by Pouteau* and Dujardin, and, at the  commencement
ot this century, by Percy and Laurent,3 Larrey and others.*


                        MODE of  preparing.

   Various agents have been  used by different people, in  « moxibustion,"
for so the mode of cauterisation  has  been  termed, which consists in
placing some combustible substance on a part of the body, and suffering
it to burn down.   From  the earliest ages,  the  Nomades employed the
fat wool  of their flocks,  as well  as certain spongy substances growing
upon  oaks,5 or springing  from the  hazel ;6 the Indian the pith of the
reed7, and flax or hemp impregnated with some combustible  material ;s
the Persian, the dung of the  goat; the Armenian, the agaric of the oak ;
the Chinese  and Japanese,  the down of the  artemisia;  the Thessalian,
dried moss;9 the Egyptians, the Arracanese, and several oriental nations,
cotton ;'° the Ostiaks"  and the Laplanders,'2 the  agaric of the birch ; and
the aborigines of this continent, rotten and dried wood. Hippocrates'3 was
in the habit of employing fungi and flax for the  same purpose.
   In  modern times, also, various  substances have been used for the
fabrication of the moxas.   Whatever article is selected, it ought to be a
sPongy*  light,  vegetable matter;  readily combustible, and  so prepared
as  to  burn down slowly.  In Germany,  they  use the tinder—amadou—
which is known to be an agaric prepared for the purpose; and it  is not
uncommonly employed in our hospitals,—a small disc or  cylinder being
placed on the part, and set fire to.   The match used by artillerists was
recommended  by  Percy,'4 after  Bontius:15  it is  composed  of  hemp
steeped in a solution of nitre.  He  likewise proposed the pith of the sun-
flower—helianthus annuus—recommending, that the stalk should be cut
into cylinders of the  desired length,  the bark  being left on; so that,

  1 Ten Rhyne, Medit. de veteri  Medicin.; Dissert,  de Anthritide,  Lugd.
Bat. 1672; and Ksempfer's  History of Japan, translated by Scheuchzer, vol.
ii. append, sect. iv. Lond. 1728.
  2 Melanges de Chirurgie, p. 49.
  3 Dictionnaire des Sciences  Medicales, Art. Moxibustion.
  4 See, for a history of the moxa, the author's translation of Baron Larrey's
Memoir on the use of the Moxa. Lond. 1822.
  ' Hippoc. lib. de Affect, cap. xxx.
  8 Paulus iEginet. lib. vi. cap. 49.
  7 Kajmpfer, vol. ii. app. sect. iv. p.  36.
  8 Bontius de Medicina Indorum, p. 32.
  9 Percy, in Pyrotechnie Chirurgicale pratique, p. 12.
  10 Prosper. Alpin. de Medicina iEgyptiorum, lib.  iii. cap. 12.
  »• Voyages de  M. Pallas,  iv.  68.
  12 Acerbi's Travels through  Sweden, Finland, and  Lapland, ii. 291, and
Linnaeus, in Lachesis Lapponica, translated by Sir James Smith, i. 274.
  13 De Affect, cap. viii.
  u Op. cit. p. 77.  Paris, 1811.
  16 Op. cit. p. 32.  Paris, 1645.
       12—g                                      dungl 26 
402      dunglison's  new  REMEDIES.—SUPPLEMENT.

when ignited, it may burn in the centre and be held with the hand.1 This,
he calls moxa de voleurs.'2
  The moxa, used by Larrey,  and very  generally employed by many
practitioners, is made by  taking a quantity of cotton wool,  pressing  it
somewhat closely together, and rolling over it a piece of fine linen, which
is fastened at the side by  a few stitches.   Larrey advises, that it should
have the shape of a truncated cone—the form usually adopted—and be
about an inch long.  Cbmmonly the  cylinder is  shorter  than this; six
or eight lines— as, when above  six lines  high,  the  combustion is not
felt—and about four or five lines broad.   The moxas, employed  by Dr.
Sadler,3 of St.  Petersburg, are about  half an inch in diameter, and three
quarters of an inch in height.  They are composed of a nucleus  formed
of the pith  of the sunflower, wrapped  in layers of cotton,  of  various
thickness, and surrounded with an external envelope of thin muslin; both
of the latter being previously steeped in a solution of nitre.   They are
held, while burning, by means of two long hair  pins, the legs of which
are slightly  bent,  in order to accommodate them  to the  shape  of the
moxa; and, when  the latter is burned down to the place where it is held
by the first hair-pin, it can  be held with the other, and  retained in its
proper position.   With this last view, Larrey4 has a special porte-moxa,
consisting of a  ring to receive the cylinder, with  a handle attached to it,
and three small supports  or  knobs of ebony, placed beneath the  ring,
to prevent the heated metal  from acting upon the surface.
  Of late years,  a plan  for raising vesication on the surface has  been
adopted, which, as Dr. Granville remarks, must be regarded as a  kind of
moxa.5  This, he admits, is equally successful with the one he proposes,
and which we have already described, (p. 396,) in forming a  rapid vesi-
cation ;  " but it is, at the  same  time, so complicated, and attended by
such intense pain," that, in practice, he  says, it will not bear comparison
with the preparations which he recommends.  A  piece of linen or paper,
being cut of  the requisite size, is immersed in  spirit of wine,  or brandy.
It is then laid on the part  to be blistered, care being taken that the
moisture from  the paper or linen does not wet  the surrounding surface.
The flame of a lighted taper is applied  quickly over  the  surface, so as
to produce a general ignition, which  is  exceedingly rapid.  At the con-
clusion of this  operation,  the cuticle is found detached  from the true
skin beneath.
  In the application of  the  various  moxas, or of most of them, their
agency can be so graduated as to produce either simple rubefaction, vesi-
cation or the formation of an eschar.   Where it  is desirable to produce
the first result only, the cylinder of  cotton may be  removed when the
pain becomes somewhat  severe;  or  the burning material may be held
close to the surface, and be  moved gradually along it.  In this manner,
a counter-irritant effect may  be exerted  along the spine or any extensive
surface.  Any burning  substance—a lighted  coal  for  example—will

  1  Art. Moxibustion, in Diet, des  Sciences Medicales.
  * Merat &De Lens, Diet, de Mat. Med., Art. Moxa.
  3 Zeitschrift fur die gesammte Medicin. B. iii. H.  ii. & iii. and  British and
Foreign Medical Review, July, 1837, p. 217.
  4 The author's translation of his Essay on the Moxa, p. 5.
  s Counter-irritation,' its Principles and Practice, Amer. Med. Library edit.
p. 21 and p. 42. Philad. 1838.                                     ' 
GALVAN1SMUS.
403
answer for this purpose.   When  vesication  is  needed,  it  must  be
kept on longer;  and if it  be desirable  to produce an eschar, the  moxa
may have  to remain on  until it is wholly consumed.   Larrey,1 indeed,
advises, that the blowpipe should be occasionally employed to hasten the
combustion.  When the integument has once become disorganised, the
s ough will be thrown off in due time, leaving an ulcer.  Larrey says the
sloughing can be  prevented by the application of liquid ammonia2 to  the
burnt surface, after the  moxa has been removed.  This  will do when the
disorganisation  is partial;  but we  know, from experience, that it  often
fails.

               EFFECTS ON THE ECONOMY IN DISEASE.

  The moxa—in its different forms—is  doubtless a most valuable agent,
where  rapid counter-irritation is indicated.  It resembles, indeed,  in its
action, the ammoniated counter-irritants of which we have already treated,
and  is  applicable to the same diseases;—the only difference between
them—when  cauterisation  is effected—being, that the agent in the case
of the  ammoniated lotion is a potential, in that  of the  moxa an actual,
cauterant.
  The moxa must be regarded as one of our most valuable revellents.
                          III.--GALVANISMUS.

 Synonymes.—Galvanism, Electricitas Animalis, E. Galvanica seu Metal-
   lica, Irritamentum Metallorum seu Metallicum.
 French.—Galvanisme.

    The  ordinary effects  of common  and galvanic electricity  and of
 electro-magnetism  are  so well known,  as  to  require but little com-
 ment.    They are decidedly  excitant;  and,  like  all  excitants, when
 applied to a part of  the  frame, are counter-irritant  or revellent.   All
 have  been  employed  in  paralysis—general  and  local,—amaurosis,
 deafness  and dumbness of recent  duration, asthma, rheumatism,  neu-
 ralgia, &c.  The effect,  however,  which galvanism  exerts on the  con-
 tractility  of  the muscular fibre, and the great similarity, in its agency,
 to the nervous influence,3 has  led to its  employment  more frequently
 in the  various nervous and spasmodic diseases referred  to,  and  in
others  belonging  to  the  same  class.    Resting on his  views  of  the
absolute identity between the  nervous  and the galvanic  fluids,*  Dr.
Wilson Philip employed it in many diseases, and especially in asthma.
In a paper read by him before the Royal Society of London, in Janu-
ary, 1816, he  details some  experiments,  which  he made  on rabbits.
The eighth  pair  or  pneumogastric nerves were divided  by incisions

  1 Op. citat. p. 5.
  2 Ibid. p. 9.
  3 See the author's Physiology,  i. 88, 3d edit. Philad. 1838.
  4 Experimental Inquiry into the Laws of the Vital Functions, Lond. 1817. 
404      dunglison's new remedies.—SUPPLEMENT.

made in the neck.   After the operation, the parsley, which the animals
had eaten, remained  unchanged  in  their stomachs, and after evincing
much difficulty  of  breathing  they seemed  to  die  of  suffocation.  But
when, in other  animals, whose nerves  had  been divided,  the galvanic
agency was transmitted along the nerve, below its section, to a disc  of
silver, placed closely in contact with the skin of the animal, opposite  to
its  stomach, no  difficulty of breathing  occurred.  The galvanic  action
being kept up  for twenty-six hours, the  rabbits were then killed and the
parsley was found digested.
  The removal of dyspnoea in these cases led Dr. Philip to employ gal-
vanism as a remedy for asthma;  and, by transmitting its influence from
the nape of the neck to the pit of the stomach, he gave decided relief in
every one of twenty-two cases, of which four were in private practice,
and eighteen in the  Worcester infirmary.  The power employed varied
from ten to twenty-five pair of plates.   Since then, galvanism has been
repeatedly  used  in such cases, and at times with marked relief.  Com-
monly, however, the plates  described  hereafter, are employed for this
purpose.    The  disease  is  unquestionably  in  the  majority  of cases
dependent upon erethism of the pneumogastric nerves; all the phenomena
indicate,  that there  is a spastic constriction of the small bronchial tubes,
occasioned by  irritation at the extremities or in the course  of the nerve.
The new impression made by  the galvanic agency, breaks  in  upon the
concentration of nervous action, by exciting other portions of the nervous
system, in the same manner as we  observe  spasms or ordinary cramp
relieved, or paroxysmal diseases warded off, by agents that are capable
of suddenly impressing some part  of the nervous system.
  Not long after these researches of Dr. Philip, galvanism was employed
satisfactorily by  Mr. Mansford* in a congenerous disease—epilepsy—and
his  plan  was  afterwards—although tardily—extended to  some other
paroxysmal disorders.   The  mode of application,  recommended  by
Mansford, is as follows :
  A portion of the cuticle, of the size of a sixpence, is removed by means
of a small blister on the back of the neck, as close to the root of the hair
as possible; and a similar portion is  removed from  the hollow, beneath,
and on the inside of, the knee, as the most convenient place.  To the
excoriated  surface on the neck, a plate of silver, varying—according  to
the age of the patient—from the size of a sixpence to that of a half crown,
is applied,  having attached  to  its  back part  a handle  or shank, and  to
its  lower  edge—and  parallel with the shank—a small  staple, to  which
the conducting wire is fastened.   This wire passes down the back, until
it reaches a belt  of chamois leather, buttoned round the waist;  it then
follows the course of the belt to which it is attached, until it  arrives oppo-
site  the  groin of the  side on which we desire to employ it;  it then
passes down the inside of the  thigh, and is fastened to the  zinc plate  in
the same manner as to the silver  one.   The apparatus, contrived  in this
way, is thus applied.   A small piece of sponge, moistened  in water, and
corresponding  in size to the blistered part of the  neck, is first  placed
directly upon it; over this, a large piece of the same size as the metallic
plate, also  moistened, is  laid,  and next  to this, the plate  itself, which
is secured  in its  situation  by a strip of  adhesive plaster  passed through
1 Researches into the nature and causes of Epilepsy, &c, Bath, 1819. 
GALVANISMUS.
405
the shank in its back ; another above, and another below it.   If these be
properly placed, and the wire, which  passes down the back be allowed
sufficient room that it may not drag, the plate will not be moved from its
position by any ordinary  motion of the body.   The zinc plate is fastened
in the same manner, but  in place  of the second layer of sponge, a piece
of muscle  answering in size  to the zinc plate is  interposed;  that  is—a
small piece of moistened sponge being first fitted  to the exposed  surface
below the knee, the piece of muscle moistened, or—what we have found
equally effectual and  less inconvenient—a  piece of moistened  flannel1
follows, and on this the plate of zinc.
   The apparatus, thus arranged, will  continue, according  to  Mr. Mans-
ford, in gentle and uninterrupted action from twelve to twenty-four hours,
according to circumstances.  " This last is the longest period that it can
be allowed to go unremoved ; the sores require cleaning  and dressing,
and the surface of  the zinc becomes covered with a thick oxide, which
must be removed to restore its freedom of action: this may be done by
scraping or polishing; but it will be better if removed twice a day, both
for the greater  security  of a permanent  action,  and for  the additional
comfort of the patient."
   The adoption of  this plan of treatment in cases of tic douloureux,  the
confidence reposed by Laennec in the use of galvanic plates on the breast
and back in angina pectoris and similar neuralgic  affections of the chest,
and the communications of Drs. Harris and Chapman, brought it into very
extensive use, so that ample trial was given to it in this country both in
public and private practice.  In three cases, it was—to employ the lan-
guage of Professor Chapman2—"triumphantly directed" by Dr. Harris;
but it was only found  effectual in affections of the  face; and in  these
cases it had to be persevered in for some time before marked benefit was
experienced.3  About  the same period, this mode of applying galvanism
was recommended  by Dr. Miller,* of Washington University, Baltimore,
and  a case of paraplegia and another of general paralysis were adduced
by him in which it  was found highly efficacious.
   There are doubtless—as we have observed—cases in which the exci-
tant and revulsive agency of galvanism may be employed with advantage,
but they are not so numerous as was at one  time believed.   We have
used the plates extensively—in neuralgic cases especially—but have  not
experienced so much success, as to  induce us to advise them frequently,
under the inconvenience that necessarily accompanies their employment.
They are, indeed,  at this  time, but little used.
   Some years ago, Professor Von Hildenbrand, of Pavia,5  recommended,
in cases  of frontal neuralgia, an anodyne metallic  or galvanic  brush,
which appears  to  have  been as effectual in his  hands as the  galvanic
plates in those  of Dr.  Harris.  It consists of a bundle of  metallic  wires
not thicker than common knitting needles, firmly tied  together by wire
of the same material, so as to form  a  cylinder  of  about four or five
inches long, and an inch or three fourths of an inch in diameter.   This

  1 Dr. Chapman says soft buckskin  or parchment.  American  Journal  of
the Medical Sciences, Aug. 1834, p. 311.
  2 Op. citat. p.  311.
  3 Dr. Harris, in Amer. Journal of the  Medical Sciences, Aug. 1834, p. 384.
  4 Ibid. p. 321.
  6 Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, April, 1833. 
 406      dunglison's new remedies.--SUPPLEMENT.

 is applied to the pained part, previously moistened with a solution  of
 common salt; and, according to  Von Hildenbrand, it at times produces
 relief so instantaneous, that it appears to the patients to act like a charm.
 In his first experiments, he employed brushes constructed of two kinds of
 metal,—for instance, ofsilver and copper wire, copper and zinc wire,  or
 zinc  and  brass  wire, the individual wires being  mutually commingled;
 but  he subsequently ascertained, that bundles of wires of  one and the
 same metal produced an effect scarcely less speedy, and that solid metallic
 bodies acted in a similar manner, but in a much feebler degree. The nature
 of the metal he  thinks occasions no difference.
   It  is not  probable, however, that, in  these  cases, galvanism  is the
 agency concerned.   Like the metallic tractors of Perkins, the effect  is
 probably  induced  by the new nervous impression made through the
 excited imagination of the patient.
   Animal  Magnetism—Mesmerism,  Neurogamia, Biogamia, Biomag-
 netismus, Zoomagnetismus,  Tellurismus,  Exoneurism,  as  it  has been
 termed—exerts  an anodyne  influence in probably the same  manner.  In
 highly impressible persons,  more or less prolonged  impressions  made
 upon  the senses—as by the operator looking steadfastly in the eyes of the
 patient; holding her thumbs or hands in his at the same time, or making
 passes in front of her—will induce an hysteric or  hysteroid condition,  in
 which the  patient may  fall into what is called " magnetic sleep," of a
 very  sound, and at times cataleptic,  character: during the  existence  of
 this  sleep, she may be insensible  to certain irritants, and yet extremely
 alive  to others, so  that operations—as the extraction of teeth, and even
 others of a more serious character—may be performed without eliciting
 the ordinary evidences of feeling.  In cases of delirium tremens, accom-
 panied  by watchfulness, in  which we  have the whole nervous system
 extremely impressible, sleep  may be at  times  induced  by  the employ-
 ment  of this agency, which has resisted the ordinary anodynes.1

  Lastly.  Of  late years, it has been  proposed to introduce  into the
 rectum, in cases of constipation, a kind of gahanic suppository, made  of
 two metals—zinc and  copper—and  various forms  of instruments have
 been devised by  the prolific imaginations of the inventors ; those intended
for the rectum simply, were doubtless of advantage, at times, by virtue  of
the excitation they induced  in  the  nerves of  the  mucous  membrane.
Others, formed somewhat like a bassoon—and so arranged as to have one
 metal in the mouth and the  other in  the rectum connected  together by
metal—did not appear  to act differently from those  of the simpler form.
Both  have gone  into disuse,  and—as we have said elsewhere2—if their
efficacy on the frame has not been well marked, they  have not failed  to
minister to the pockets of their inventors.

  1 Dr. Vedder, in American Medical Intelligencer, Feb. 1, 1839, p. 331.
  2 General Therapeutics, p. 248, Philad. 1836. 
INJECTIONS INTO THE EUSTACHIAN TUBE.         407
III.  INJECTIONS OF  AIR, VAPOUR OF ETHER, &c. INTO
                   THE  EUSTACHIAN  TUBE.

   An  important  improvement, in the understanding  and treatment of
diseases of the ear, has resulted from the attention that has been paid, of
late, to the pathological conditition  of the Eustachian tube, and the
means through it of rectifying certain morbid states of the organ of
hearing.   A mystery has been thrown, or attempted to be thrown, over
the diseases of the ear, and as a consequence, they have furnished largely
to empiricism;  so that an exclusive  aurist has been, too  often, perhaps,
esteemed  synonymous with  an exclusive  empiric.  Now, that the phy-
siology of  the outer and middle ear  is better  understood, their patholo-
gical relations are no longer environed with the  same difficulties.  The
attention of the surgeon has to be first directed to the meatus externus,
and if he discovers any obstacle,—as hardened cerumen,—which prevents
the vibrations of a sonorous body from reaching the membrana tympani,
such obstacle must be removed.  If no defect exists there, he inquires
into the state of  the Eustachian tube, to detect, whether it be pervious
so as to permit a free passage for  the air from the throat to the middle
ear—any impediment to which is a common cause of deafness; and, lastly,
if the tube is found in a state of integrity, his attention is turned  to the
condition  of the nerve,  to discover whether  the defect—organic or func-
tional—be seated there.  Such are the main subjects  of inquiry in cases
of deafness; although  the condition of the membrana tympani,  of the
ossicles, and the mastoid cells become  interesting incidental objects of
inquiry.
   Chronic inflammation of the Eustachian tube occasionally gives rise to
stricture or narrowness of the tube ; and, at others, to  obstruction  of the
tube by means  of mucus, or to  accumulation  of mucus in the tympanic
cavities.    In the former case, catheterism  is demanded; in the latter,
injections of air, in addition.
   For the  purpose  of  catheterism, various  instruments have been em-
ployed.  The catheter  of Itard  is a conical silver tube, curved  at the
extremity, with a  slight enlargement to prevent laceration of the mem-
brane. Kramer's instrument is a modification of that  of Itard ; the curve
is more gradual, and the enlarged or button point is omitted.  It is made
of  silver, six inches long, and of a calibre varying from the  size of a
small crow-quill to that of  a large goose-quill.  The extremity  is well
rounded, and it is curved, only to the distance of five lines from the point,
exactly at an angle of 144°, so as  to correspond with  the lateral situ-
(Reduccd one half.)
ation  of the mouth of the Eustachian tube.   It is of the same calibre
throughout  its  whole length, and provided with a funnel-shaped dila-
tation^at the outer extremity, half an  inch in length, to admit the pipe
of the  injecting  syringe,  &c.   To  this part is  attached  a ring,  on 
408       dunglison's NEW REMEDIES.--SUPPLEMENT.

the same level with the beak  of the catheter,  by means of which  the
situation of the beak  can be ascertained, when the instrument is intro-
duced.
  The catheter is farther graduated in inches, which is convenient in
repeated introductions.1
  When it is requisite to sound the  Eustachian tube, a piece of catgut
may be passed through the instrument.
  The catheter recommended recently  by Mr. Pilcher3 admits of being
passed farther into the tube, and has  a more gradual curve.
  Deleau employs a  flexible elastic gum catheter, which the patient
learns readily to pass into the Eustachian tube, and, by turning down the
outer  extremity, is able to  inflate the tube with his own breath.  This
we  have seen done repeatedly.
  The silver instrument being slightly warmed and oiled, is introduced, with
its convexity upwards, along the floor of the nostrils until the point reaches
the pharynx ; it is then gently turned, so that  the point shall be outwards
and a little upwards, the aperture of the Eustachian tube being above the
level  of the floor of the nose; in this way, the tube enters, and is readily
felt by the  operator  to have done so.   The  instrument is then carried
onwards, until its farther progress is  prevented by the narrowness of the
tube.   Mr.  Pilcher's instrument  is of such dimensions  as to frequently
occupy three quarters of an inch  of the tube;  but if it be pushed  beyond
the fibro-cartilaginous portion—or that part  of the tube, which  readily
admits it—the mucous membrane may be  lacerated, and pain will cer-
tainly be produced.3
  When Mr. Pilcher's catheter is fairly introduced, it will remain with-
out support, an advantage it possesses—in the opinion of its  proposer—
over  those  of Itard and Kramer, which require a frontal  bandage to
retain them in situ.   Itard's is represented in the accompanying figure.
It consists of a middle piece made of metal, bent so as to fit  the arch of
the forehead, and slightly padded within; to this are attached two straps,
which fasten with a buckle.   To the centre of the middle piece, a pair of
forceps are attached, which move in a ball and socket joint, and the blades
of which are brought together by a screw.  The bandage is applied, before
the catheterism is commenced; and when the instrument is introduced, the
forceps are brought down, and screwed  tight  on  the  catheter, so as to
retain it  in position.
   Through  the catheter, thus introduced, aurists were  in the habit of
introducing lukewarm water through the Eustachian  tube into the cavity

   1 Kramer, on Diseases of  the Ear, chap. 2, Amer. Med. Library Edit.
Philad. 1838.
   2 A Treatise on the Structure, Economy and Diseases of the Ear, p. 304,
Lond. 1838.
   3 Op. cit. p. 305. 
INJECTIONS INTO THE EUSTACHIAN TUBE.        409
of the tympanum;  but  owing to certain objections  that apply to the
employment of fluids, Deleau1 suggested  the air-douche or injections  of
air for the purpose of clearing the cavity ; and this is regarded by Kramer2
as a  great improvement.  With the view of increasing and regulating the
force with which the air is sent into the cavity, both these  gentlemen
invented  air-pressers or condensers.   The figure beneath represents that
of Kramer.
  c b is a cylinder, 104 inches high, made of molten brass; the diameter of
its calibre is 4i inches, and it is fastened at 6 with strong screws, on a strong
oaken stand of the height of an  ordinary stool.  Within the cylinder c b is a
pump barrel of wrought brass screwed into it, which measures 10| inches in
height, and 2£ inches in diameter, rising at d a 3 inches out of the cylinder,
so that the whole machine a b is about 13 inches high.   In the piston of the
pump barrel, there is a valve for the passage of the air, which besides passes
in at  the opening situate at d.   There is a  second valve in the bottom of
the pump barrel, through which the  air is forced  into the interior of the
cylinder.

  When air is  injected into  the tympanum, it  may be heard  to strike
against the membrane, and to rush  through the  cavity into the mastoid
cells, and thus may become a  means of exploring the  condition of the
middle ear.
  Mr. Pilcher,3 however, observes, that from his daily experience of the
great facility with which  air and fluids may be introduced into the tym-
panum, and regulated, both as  to quantity and force,  by means of a com-
mon syringe accurately fitted to the catheter, he does not hesitate to declare
his conviction, that the ceremony and inconvenience of the air-press may


  1 Sur le Cathetensme de la trompe d'Eustache, &c, Paris, 1828; Itard
in Mem. de PAcadem. Royale  de Medecine, Tom. v. Fasc. 4, Paris, 1836;
and translation in Medical and  Surgical Monagraphs, vol. 1, p. 75, of Amer.
Med.  Library, p.  86, Philad. 1838.
  8 Op. citat. p. 164.
  3 Op. cit. p. 307. 
410      DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.—SUPPLEMENT.

be  dispensed with.   He recommends  that the operator should merely
steady the instrument with his left hand, whilst he uses the syringe with
his right.  By this means, any fluid or gas injected through the catheter,
may be brought in contact with the mucous membrane, and thus stimu-
late the nerves of the cavity.
   Nor is the air-press entirely devoid of danger.   Very recently, a case
has been detailed in which, after " pumping air" four times through the
nostrils into the Eustachian tube, immediately on  removing  the instru-
ment  from the nostril, the patient fell back in the chair and never  spoke
afterwards.1    The sudden shock to the nervous system was probably the
cause of death ; and  it  has  been suggested, that to avoid  too great a
degree of pressure, the nozzle of the tube of the air-press should be held
during the operation so loosely in the dilated  end of the catheter, that
there  may be  room for air to regurgitate;2 and likewise, that instead of
sending in the air by douches or charges—it  should be transmitted in a
gentle and continued stream.
   Another circumstance, which  shows the importance of care, is the
fact, that the mucous membrane may be ruptured, and serious emphyse-
matous tumefaction be occasioned.
   It is proper, moreover, to observe, that the results of 258 cases, treated
by Itard3 are far from encouraging.   Of these, but two cases  of cure are
said to  have been effected, and in  this result, according to  Itard,  other
causes concurred;  whence he  infers, first, that as a means of exploring
obstructions of the  tympanum by the  crepitation, which often accom-
panies them, douches of air can afford no certain index ; and secondly, that
as a  mechanical agent for deterging  or  evacuating obstructing matters,
they can only dislodge and force them together; and, consequently, that
both in  the  second and first point of view, douches of air do not deserve
the confidence of the profession.*

  The vapour of acetous ether has recently been injected into the middle
ear, in cases of nervous deafness, of which Kramer5 makes two varieties,
noise  in the  ear constituting the  essential point of difference  between
them.   The noise  in the ear belongs, without  exception, to the  erethitic
form,  whilst it is foreign to the torpid.   In cases of nervous deafness, Itard
proposed to  introduce ethereous vapour through the catheter, and to gene-
rate this vapour in an apparatus, in which the ether is dropped on a saucer
of red hot iron, by the heat of which it is vapourised.  The ether is, how-
ever, decomposed in this manner, so that it is not ethereous vapour, which
enters the tympanum, but an acrid very irritating kind of gas, which,
according to Kramer,  is well suited to the torpid form of nervous  deaf-
ness,  but is  positively injurious in the erethitic variety.  He  considers
the attempt  to vapourise acetous ether in a flask, placed in warm water,
and connected by means of a tube with the cavity of the tympanum, to
belong to the same class of methods, which act in too irritating and inju-
rious a manner, owing to the vapour being given off far too  rapidly.   This

  1 London Med. Gazette, July 6, 1839, p. 538, and American Medical Intel-
ligencer,  Aug.  15, 1839, p. 150.
  2 British and Foreign Medical Review, July, 1839, p. 95.
  * Op. citat.
  4 See, on this subject, Mr.  T. Wharton Jones, in Lond. Med. Gaz., Aug. 3
& 10,  1839.
  5 Op. citat. 211. 
INJECTIONS INTO THE EUSTACHIAN TUBE.        411
inconvenience he proposes  to remedy, in the erethitic form  of nervous
deafness, in the following way.   A large glass flask—represented in the
accompanying figure—holding about  ten  quarts is firmly and closely
slopped with a  cork through which  are  passed  two brass tubes, each
provided with a cock ; one of these  tubes is  connected above with a
funnel  for dropping in the fluid, and the other with an air-tight tube
to conduct the vapour, generated and inclosed within the flask, into the
cavity  of  the tympanum.   When  the apparatus is to be used, the cork
is to  be  firmly fixed  into  the  neck  of the  flask,  with the two  tubes
attached,  and the cocks closed; the proper quantity of ether is then to
be poured into the funnel, and forced into the flask by a gentle expiration,
where  it is converted into thin vapour at the ordinary temperature of the
room.   This vapour fills the interior of the flask equably, and is, indeed,
in a state  of slight condensation, so that when the metallic tip of the tube
is connected with the catheter, and the cock is  opened, the  vapour issues
with a whizzing sound.
  Having previously introduced the catheter, through the nose, into  the
mouth  of  the Eustachian tube, and placed it in connection with the tube
of the vapour apparatus, the patient is to sit near a table, and leaning his
arm upon it, with  the corresponding hand he is to hold the tube  of  the
apparatus, in such a manner that it may remain in close connection with
the catheter.  Each sitting occupies a quarter of an hour, and is repeated
daily, applying the vapour alternately to the right and to the left ear.
  It is unnecessary to make use of warm water to  pour into the  flask,
as the ordinary temperature of the room  is sufficient  to vapourise  the
ether.
  In the torpid  form of nervous deafness this method of procedure does
not answer, owing to the necessity of greater excitement than it is capa-
ble of  effecting.  In such case, a modification  of the apparatus of Itard
has been proposed by Kramer.  In consequence of the metallic saucer in
Itard's  becoming cool more than once during a single sitting, and re- 
412      DUNGLISON'S NEW REMEDIES.—SUPPLEMENT.

quiring to be exchanged for a hot one; as a necessary consequence  the
temperature of the vapour generated never remains, for a moment,  the
same, but varies extremely; immediately after the insertion of the red-
hot saucer, the vapour issues  burning hot into the ear, and, in a few
minutes sinks to a very low temperature.  These evils Kramer proposes
to rectify in the following manner.  The floor on which  the bell-glass of
the apparatus rests is substituted by a thin metal plate, which is warmed,
at pleasure, by an  oil lamp placed beneath, so that the ethereous fluid
falling on it, is thus conducted through the catheter into the middle ear.
Through  the  cover of the apparatus, a thermometer,  with  a metallic
scale, passes down almost to the bottom, and indicates the temperature at
which the ethereous vapour passes into the ear.
  After a sitting or two—if the individual is to be benefited by the plan
in either form of deafness, an improvement ought to be perceptible.
  This course of treatment, aided, occasionally, by attention to the state
of the system, has, in  Kramer's hands, been attended with satisfactory
results, and has been adopted with advantage by others with a more  or
less modified apparatus.'
  The only published case, in this country, of the successful application
of the acetous ether  in erethitic  deafness, is by Dr. Bolton, of Rich-
mond, Virginia.2  The hearing distance was amazingly improved by it,
and the success far exceeded the operator's most sanguine expectations.
   The vapour proves, however, at  times too  irritating, or  occasions
results by no means to be desired.   The  Author was applied  to in one
case in consequence of inflammation  having  supervened in the mucous
membrane, which  subsequently extended, in the  erysipelatous form,
over the cutaneous  surface.  It yielded, however, to appropriate treat-
ment.

  1 Pilcher, Op. cit. p. 318.
  2 American Medical Intelligencer, April 1, 1839, p. 1. 
             INDEX

                   OF


NEW   REMEDIES.
Acetum ligneum, 15.
Acid, auric, 66.  Hydriodic, liquid, 254.
  Hydrocyanic, 1.  Hydrocyanic,  medi-
  cinal, 1, 11.   Lactic, 13.  Of milk, 15.
  Oxymuriatic, liquid, 109.  Prussic, 1.
  Pyroligneous, 15.  Pyrolignic, 15.
Acide  hydrocyanique, 1.   Lactique, 13.
  Prussique, 1. Pyro-acetique, 15.  Pyro-
  ligneux, 15.  Pyrolignique, 15.
Acidum  aceticum  empyreumaticum, 15.
  Borussicum,  1.  Caincae, 83.  Hydro-
  cyanicum, 1. Lacteum, 13.  Lactis, 13.
  Ligni  pyro-oleosum, 15.  Marinum de-
  phlogisticatum, 103. Muriaticum oxy-
  genatum, 103. Muriaticum oxygenatum
  ad contagia, 103. Prussicum, 1.  Pyro-
  aceticum, 15.  Pyrolignosum, 15. Zoo-
  ticum, 1.  Zootinicum, 1.
Aconita, 19.
Aconite, extract of, alcoholic, 22. Extract
  of, ammoniated,  22.
Aconitine, 19.
Acqua Binelli, 32.
Acupuncturation, 23.
Acupuncture, 23.
iEsculine, 216.
JEsculus hippocastanum, 216.
iEther hydrocyanicus, 30.   Prussicus, 30.
Agaric blanc, 73.
Agaricus albus, 73.
Agothosma crenatum, 161.
Aimant, 260.
Air douches into the Eustachian tube, 409-
Akonitin, 19.
Akupunktur, 23.
Alaunerde, reine, 43.
Alcali  vegetabile  salito-dephlogisticatum,
  300.
Alcool de soufre, 363.
Alcohol sulphuris, 363.
Alexiterium chloricum, 103.
Alumina, pure, 43.
Alumine lactice, 43.
Ammonia, arseniate of, 45.
Ammoniaque, arseniate d\ 45.
Ammoniated counter-irritants, 395.
Ammonium arsenicum, 45. Arseniksaures,
  45.
Amylum iodatum, 257.
Antidynous counter-irritants, 395.
Aqua amygdalarum, 31.  Balsamica arte-
  rialis, 32.  Binelli,  32.  Chlorini, 109.
  Natri  oxymuriatici, 348.   Oxygenata
  muriatica,  109.   Oxygen-omuriatica,
  109.  Oxymuriatica, 109.  Picis, 33.
Arbor vitae, American, 372.
Argent, chlorure  d\ 39.  Cyanure  d', 41.
  Iodure d', 42.   Oxide d', 42.  Et d'am-
  moniaque, chlorure d', 39.
Argenti  chloridum, 39.   Cyanidum, 41.
  loduretum,  42.  Muriatico-ammoniati
  liquor, 40.  Oxidum, 42. Et ammoniaci
  chloruretum, 39.  Et ammoniac chlori-
  dum, 39.  Proeparata, 36.
Argentum  chloratum,  39.   Cyanogena-
  tum,  41.  Divisum, 41.  Iodatum, 42.
  Limatum,41.   Muriaticum, 39.  Muria-
  ticum ammoniatum,  39.   Oxydatum,
  42.  Salitum, 39.
Argil, pure, 43.
Armoise commune, 48.
Arnica, 45.  Montana, 45. Plauensis, 45.
Arnique, 45.
Arsenias potassae  acidus, 171.
Arsenic, iodide of, 47.
Arsenici iodidum, 47.
Arsenikiodiir, 47.
Artemisia vulgaris, 48.  Extractum resi-
  nosum, 51.
Asparagi officinalis  turiones, 53.
Asparagus  shoots, 53.
Aspidium filix mas, 196. 
414
INDEX OF  NEW  REMEDIES.
Athyrium filix mas, 196.
Auri chloretum, 60. Chloretum cum chlo-
   reto natrii,  63.  Chloridum, 60.  Chlo-
   ruretum,  60. Cyanidum,  58.  Cyanu-
   return, 58.  Iodidum, 59.  Murias, 60,
   Nitromurias,  65.  Oxydum,  66.   Prse-
   parata, 54.   Pulvis, 59.   Terchloridum,
   60.  Teroxidum, 66.  Et sodii chloru-
   retum, 63.  Et sodii perchloruretum, 63.
   Aurico-natricum murias, 63.
Aurum chloratum, 60.   Chloratum  natro-
   natum, 63.  Limatum, 59.  Metallicum,
   59.  Muriaticum, 60, 63.  Muriaticum
   natronatum,  63.  Nitrico-muriatieum,
   65.  Oxydatum,  66.  Oxydulatum muri-
   aticum, 60.   Salitum, 60.
Bachelor's buttons, 276.
Balaustier, 208.
Ballota lanata, 67.
Bark, resinous constituent of the, 331.
Barosma crenata, 161.
Baryi iodati hydras, 69.  Iodidum,  69.
Baryt hydriodsaurer, 69.
Baryta, hydriodate of, 69.
Barytin, 378.
Baryum, iodide of, 69.
Beifusswurzel, 48.  Gemeiner, 48,
Berberina, 70.
Bergerthran, 285.
Berliner Blau, 179.
Betoine des  Savoyards, 45.
Bignonia catalpa, 72.
Binellisches Wasser, 32.
Biogamia, 406.
Biomagnetismus, 406.
Bisulphuretum carbonii, 363.
Bitter almonds, water of, 31.
Bittermandelwasser, 31.
Blausaure, 1.
Blausaures Eisenoxydulzinkoxyd, 387.
Blaustoffeisen, 179.
Blaustoffquecksilber, 219.
Blaustoifsilber, 41.
Blaustoffzink, 387.
Ble cornu, 338.
Bleiiodid, 298.
Bleu de Prusse, 179.
Blue, Prussian, 179.
Bocchoe, 161.
Bocho, 161.
Bole, Armenian, 43.
Boletus Albus, 73. Laricis,73.  Purgans,73.
Boocho, 161.
Brayera anthelmintica, 73.
Brechstoff, 166.
Brom,  74.
Brome, 74.
Bromeisen, 172.
Bromidum potassii, 303.
Bromine, 74.
Bromkalium, 303.
Bromquecksilber, 218.
Brucine, 78.
Buccublatter, 161.
Buchu, 161.
Buckeye, 216.
Cceruleum Beroliniense, 179.  Borussicum,
  179.
Cahincae radix, 80.
Cainanae radix, 80.
Cainca root, 80.
Caincae acidum, 83.
Calcar, 338.
Calcaria  chlorata, 83.  Chlorica, 83.  Chlo-
  retum, 83.
Calcaria? chlorum, 83.
Calcii  oxychloruretum, 83.  Oxydichloru-
  retum, 83.  Proto-chloruretum, 83.
Calcis  bichloruretum, 83.  Chloridum, 83.
  Hypochloris, 83.   Oxymurias, 83.
Calcium, oxide de, chlorure d', 83.  Pro-
  toxichlorure de, 83.
Calendula Alpina, 45.  Officinalis, 92.  Sa-
  tiva, 92.
Calenduline, 93.
Caltha Alpina, 45.  Sativa, 92.
Calx chlorinata, 83.  Oxymuriatica, 83.
Caninanse radix, 80.
Carbo animalis, 95.  Carnis, 95.  Mineralis,
  176.
Carbon, sesqui-iodide of, 99.  Sesqui-iodu-
  ret of,  99.
Carboneum  sulphuratum, 363.
Carbonis sesqui-iodidum, 99.  Sesqui-iodu-
  retum,99.
Carbure de soufre, 363.
Carburet of sulphur, 363.
Carrageen moss, 198.
Castanea equina, 216.  Pavina, 216.
Catalpa,  72.  Arborea,  72.  Arborescens,
  72.  Cordifolia, 72.  Tree, 72.
Cataputia minor, 169.
Catawba tree, 72.
Catheterism of the Eustachian tube, 407.
Cedre blanc, 372.
Cetrarine, 99.
Charbon  animal, 95.
Charcoal, animal, 95.
Chaux, chlorure de, 83.  Chlorate de, 83.
  Muriate  suroxigene ou oxigene de, 83.
  Oxichlorure de, 83.  Oximuriate de, 83.
  Souschlorate de, 83.
Chestnut, horse, 216.
Chimaphila, 101.
Chimophila, 101.
Chinicus citras, 318.  Hydrochloricus, 320.
Chinii  acetas,  318.   Ferrocyanas,  319.
  Hydrochloras, 320. Nitras, 321.  Phos-
  phas, 321.
Chinin, 316.
Chinin, eisenblausaures, 319.  Essigsaures,
  318.  Phosphorsaures, 321.  Saltpeter-
  saures, 321.   Salzsaures,  320.   Zitron-
  saures, 318.
Chinini citras, 318.   Phosphas, 321.
Chininum, 316. 
INDEX OF  NEW  REMEDIES.
415
Chinioidine, 332.
Chinium, 316.   Aceticum, 318.  Ferrocy-
  anogenatum,3]9. Hydrochloricum,320.
  Muriaticum, 320. Nitricum, 321. Phos-
  phoricum, 321.  Salitum, 320.
Chinoidine, 332.
Chiococcae radix, 80.
Chlor, 103.
Chloras kalicus depuratus, 300.
Chlorate de potasse, 300.
Chlore, 103.  Eau de, 109.  Liquide, 109.
Chlorgas, 103.
Chlorgold, 60.
Chlorgoldnatronium, 63.
Chlori aqua, 109.  Liquor, 109.
Chloride of soda, 348.  Of zinc, 384.
Chlorine, 103.  Solution of, 109.
Chlorini aqua, 109.
Chlorinum, 103.
Chlorkalk, 83.
Cblornatron, 348.
Chlorsilber, 39.
Chlorum, 103.
Chlorure  d'oxide  de  sodium,  348.   De
  soude, 348.
Chloruretum  oxidi sodii,  348.   Potassae
  oxidatum, 300.
Chlorwasser, 109.
Chondrus crispus, 198. Polymorphus, 198.
Chrysanthemum, 92.
Cinchonine, 115.
Clavis secalinus, 338.  Siliginis, 338.
Cocosnussolseife, 336.
Codeine, 118.
Codliver oil, 285.
Colchicine, 124.
Colchicum, 123.  Autumnale, 123.
Colchique, 123.
Compression, 391.  Methodical, 391.
Contra-irritatio, 395.
Cortex adstringens Brasiliensis, 129.
Counter-action, 395.
Counter-irritant lotions,  Granville's, 395.
  Ammoniated, 395.   Antidynous, 395.
  Gondret's, 395.  Granville's, 395.
Counter irritation, 395.
Crayon noir, 176.
Creasote, 131.
Creosote, 131.
Cresson de Para, 350.
Crocus martis aperiens, 173.
Croton oil, 281.
Crusadinha raiz, 80.
Cubebarum extracti hydro-alcoholici aethe-
  rei syrupus, 158.
Cubebine, 295.
Cubebs, 154.
Cyanather, 30.
Cyaneiscn, 179.
Cyaneisenzink, 387.
Cyanid um  potassii, 305.
Cyankalium, 305.
Cyanquecksilber, 219.
Cyansilber, 41.
Cyanure de zinc, 387.
Cyanureturn fcrrozincicum, 387.
Cyanwasserstoffsaure, 1.
Cyanzink, 387.
Delphinine, 158.
Derosne's opiumsalz, 274.
Diosma crenata, 161.
Diosmine, 161.
Doronic d'AUemagne, 45.
Doronicum Germanicum, 45.  Plantaginis
  folio, 45.
Druck, 391.
Duftstrauch blatter, 161.
Eau d'amandes ameres, 31.  De goudron,
  33.   Medicinale d'Husson, 126.
Eisencyantircyanid, 179.
Eisenoxyd, eisenblausaures, 179.
Eisenoxydhydrat, 190.
Eisenoxydul  arseniksaures, 170.   Blau-
  saures, 179. Hydriodsaures, 182.  Koh-
  lensaures, 173.
Eisenpraparate, 170.
Electricitas animalis, 403.  Galvanica seu
  metallica, 403.
Electro-magnelism, 403.
Electropunctura, 163.
Elixir odontalgicum, 350.
Emetina, 166.
Ergot, 338.
Ether, hydrocyanic, 30.   Acetous,  injec-
  tions of, into the Eustachian tube, 410.
  Prussic, 30.
Euphorbia lathyris, 169.
Eupatorium huaco, 213.
Exoneurism, 406.
Extractum opii aceticum, 271.
Extrait savonneux de l'urine, 373.
Fallkraut, 45.
Farrenkraut, 196.
Fer, arseniate de, 170.  Bromure de, 172.
  Carbure de, 176.  Hydrate deutocyanure
  de,  179.  Hydriodate de, 182. Iodure
  de,  182.  Preparations de, 170.  Proto-
  iodure de, 182.   Souscarbonate de, 173.
  Tritohydrocyanate ferrurti de, 179. Tri-
  to-hydro-ferro-cyanate de, 179.
Fern,  male, 196.
Ferri  arsenias, 170.  Borussias, 179. Car-
  bonas  pracipitatus,  173.  Carburetum,
  176. Cyanureturn, 179.  Deutocarbonas
  fuscus, 173.  Ferrocyanas, 179. Hydri-
  odas, 182. Hydrobromas, 172.  Iodidum,
  182.  loduretum, 182.  Nitratis liquor,
  189. Nitrici oxydati liquor, 189. Oxydi
  ferrocyanas, 179.  Oxydum fuscum, 173.
  Percyanidum,  179.   Persesquinilratis
  liquor, 189.  Pneparata, 170.  Sesqui-
  cyanidum,  179.    Sesquioxydum,  173.
  Subcarbonas,  173.   Supercarburetum,
  176.
Ferrum arseniatum, 170.  Arsenicicum
  oxydulatum,  170.   Borussicum,  179. 
416
INDEX OF NEW REMEDIES.
 Ferrum—continued.
   Bromatum, 172. Carbonatum, 176.  Car-
   bonatum  praecipitatum, 173.  Carboni-
   cum  oxydulatum,  173.   Carburetum,
   176. Cyanogenatum, 179. Cyanureturn,
   179.   Hydriodalum,  182.   Hydroiodi-
   cum oxydulatum, 182.  Iodatum,  182.
   Nitratum, 189.   Oxydatum hydratum,
   190.  Oxydulatum hydrocyanicum, 179.
   Zooticum, 179.
 Filix mas, 196.
 Fleckblume falsche, 350.
 Fleischkohle, 95.
 Fougere male, 196.
 Fucus crispus, 198.
 Fuligo, 200.  Ligni, 200. Splendens, 200.
 Fumigatio muriatico-oxygenata, 103.
 Fumigation  de chlor, 103. De Guy ton, 103.
   Guytonienne, 103.  Hygienique, 103.
 Fungus of the larch, 73.  Laricis, 73.
 Galeopsis  grandiflora, 204.  Ochroleuca,
   204.  Segetum,  204.   Versicolor,  205.
   Villosa, 204.
 Galvanic brush, 405.  Plates, 404. Suppo-
   sitory, 406.
 Galvanism, 403.
 Galvanopuncture, 164.
 Gebarpulver, 338.
 Gegenreizung, 395.
 Gentianine, 206.
 Gerbsaure, 368.
 Gerbestoff, 368.
 Gerbstoffblei, 299.
 Gichtthran, 285.
 Glanzruss, 200.
 Gold, chloride of,  60.  Cyanide of,  58.
   Cyanuret  of, 58.  Iodide of, 59.   Me-
   tallic, 59.   Muriate  of,  60.  Natrum
   chlorid, 63.   Natrum salzsaures,  63.
   Oxide of,  66.  Oxydirtes, 66.   Oxydul
   salzsaures, 60.   Peroxide of, 66. Prapa-
   rate, 54. Pulver, 59. Saltpetersalzsaures,
   65.  Salzsaures, 60.  Tercyanide of, 58.
   And soda, hydrochlorate of, 63.  And
   soda, muriate of, 63.  And sodium, chlo-
   ride of, 63.
 Gondret's counter-irritants, 395.
 Granatbaum, 208.
 Granatin, 209.
 Granatum, 208.
 Granatwurzelrinde, 208.
 Granville's counter-irritants, 395.
 Graphite, 176.
 Grenadier, 208.
Grenadine, 209.
Guaco, 213.
Haloidum  oxygenatum, 300.
Hanfnessel, grossblumigte, 204.
Harnstoff, 373.
Herba sideritidis, 204.
Herbe a. pisser, 101.
Herbstblume, 123.
Herbstzeitlose, 123.
 Hippocastanum, 216.
 Hohlzahns, grossbltlthigen, 204.
 Holzessig, 15.
 Holzsaure, 15.  Brenzliche oder brandige,
   15.
 Hornseed, 338.
 Horse chestnut, 216.
 Huaco, 213.
 Huile de foie de poisson, 285.  De Morue,
   285.  De  pignon d'Inde, 281.  Volatile
   de  moutarde, 291.
 Hydrargyri  bicyaniduro, 219.  Borussias,
   219. Bromidum, 218. Deutobromidum,
   218.  Cyanureturn, 219.  Deutoiodure-
   tutn, 226.   Iodidulatum, 223.  Iodidum,
   223.  Perbromidum, 218.  Praeparata,
   218.  Protobromidum, 218.  Proto-iodi.
   dum, 223.  Proto-ioduretum, 223. Prus-
   sias, 219.
 Hydrargyrum biniodidum, 226.  Broma-
   tum, 218.  Cyanogenatum, 219.  Hydro-
   cyanicum, 219.   Iodatum,  223.  Ioda-
   tum flavum,  223.   Iodatum  rubrum,
   226.  Perbromatum, 218.  Periodatum,
   226.
 Hydras ferricus, 190.
 Hydriodate of potassa, 308.
 Hydriodic acid, liquid, 254.
 Hydrocyanate of potassa, 306.
 Hydrocyanicus  aether, 30.
 Hydrocyansaure, 1.
 Hydroiodas kalicus, 308.
 Indicum, 230.
 Indicus color, 230.
 Indigo, 230.
 Infusum  picis liquidae, 33.  Picis  empy-
   reumaticae liquidae, 33.
 Injections of air, &c. into the Eustachian
   tube, 407.
 Iod, 234.
 lode,  234.
 lodarsen, 47.
 Iodarsenik, 47.
 Iodbaryum, 69.
 Iodeisen, 182.
 Iodide of quinine, 257.  Of starch, 257.
   Of sulphur, 258.  Of zinc, 390.
 Iodidum amyli, 257. Hydrargyricum, 226.
   Hydrargyrosum,  223.   Plumbi, 298.
   Potassii, 308.  Quininae, 257.
 Iodine, 234.
Iodkalium, 308.
Iodquecksilber, gelbes, 223. Im maximum,
   226.   Im  minimum  des  Iods,  223.
   Rothes, 226.
 Iodschwefel, 367.
 Iodsilber, 42.
Iodstarke, 257.
Iodstarkmehl, 257.
 Iodum, 234.
 Iodure d'amidon, 257.  De soufre, 367.
 Ioduret of sulphur, 258.
loduretum amyli, 257. 
INDEX OF  NEW  REMEDIES.                  417
Iodzink, 390.
Iron, arseniate of, 170.  Bromated, or bro-
  mide of, 172.  Carburet of, 176.  Cya-
  nuret of, 179.  Hydriodate of, 182. Hy-
  drobromate of, 172.  Hydro-oxide of, 190.
  Iodide of,  182.   Ioduret of, 182.  Ni-
  trate of, solution o<", 189.   Oxide of, hy-
  drated, 190. Peroxide of, 173.  Peroxide
  of,  hydrated, 190.  Persesquinitrate  of,
  solution  of, 189.  Protoiodide  of, 182.
  Protoioduret of, 182.   Protoxide of, hy-
  driodate of, 182.  Prussiate of, 179. Ses.
  quioxide of, 173.  Subcarbonate of, 173.
  Tritoxide of, hydrated, 190.
Irritamentum metallorum seu metallicum,
  403.
Johanniswurzcl,  1D6.
Kahincae radix, 80.
Kali chloricum, 300.  Chlorsaures, 300.
  Hydrobromicum, 303.  Hydroiodinicmn,
  308.  Iodvvasserstoffsaures, 308.  Brom-
  wasserstoffsaures, 303.  Hydroiodicum,
  308.
Kalitim bromatum, 303-  Bromid, 303.
  iodatum, 308.
Kalkchlorid, 83.
Kaminruss, 200.
Kinine, 316.
Kininum, 316.
Kodein, 118.
Kohle, thierische, 95.
Kohlenschwefel, fltissiger, 363.
KohlenstofFeisen, 176.
Kohlensulfurid, 363.
Krahenaugen, 276.  Geistiges Extraktder,
  276.
Kreasote,  131.
Kreosote,  131.
Krotonol,  281.
Kubebenpfeffer, 154
Kubebin, 154.
Labarraque's disinfecting liquid, 348.
Lactucarium, 258.
Lathy ris, 169.
Lattichopium, 258.
Lead, black,  176.   Iodide of, 238.  Tan-
  nate of, 299.
Lebensbaume, gemeine, 372.
Leberthran, 285.
Leonurus  lanata, 67.
Leopard's bane, 45.
Lerschenschwamrn, 73.
Lettuce opium, 258.
Lichen carrageen, 198.
Lime, chloride of, 83.
Liqueur   desinfectante  de  Labarraque,
  91.
Liquor  acidi  muriatici oxygenati, 109.
  Alexiterius o-xygenatus, 109. Disinfect-
  ing, of Labarraque, 91. Morphinae citra-
  tis, 273.   Opii,  271.   Opii sedativus,
  272.  Sodae chloridi, 348.   Sode chlori-
  nates, 348.
        13— e
Magnes, 260.
Magnet, 260.
Magnetism, animal, 406.
Malojjranatum, 208.
Mannastoffi 262.
Mannazucktr, 262.
Mannite, 262.
Marigold, garden, C2.   Single, G2.
Marronier,  216.  D'lnde, 216.
Matiere de  Derosne, 274.
Matter of Derosne, 274.
Mercure, cyanure de, 219. Deuto-iodide de,
  226.  Hydrocyanate de, 219.  Periodure
  de, 226.  Preparations  de,  218.  Proto-
  iodure de, 223.   Prussiate de, 219.
Mercury, bicyanide of, 219.   Biniodkle
  of, 226.   Bromide of, 218.  Cyanide of,
  219.  Deuloiodide of, 226.  Hydroryu-
  nate of,   219.   Preparations  of,  218.
  Proto-iodide of,  223.   Proto-ioduret of,
  223.  Prussiate of, 219.
Mesmerism, 406.
Milchsaure, 13.
Moleplant,  169.
Morphei acetas, 269.
Morpheum, 264.
Morphin   essigsaures,  269.   Schwefel-
  saurcs, 272.
Morphinae  bimeconas, 273.   Sulphas, 272.
  Tartras,  273.
Morphine,  264.  Acetate  of,  269.  Bime-
  conate of, 273.   Citrate of, 273.  Muri-
  ate of, 273.  Sulfate de, 272.
Morphinum, 264.
Morphium, 264.
Mort aux chiens, 123.
Moss,  carrageen,  198.  Corigecn,  198.
  Irish, 198.
Mousse d'Irlande, 198.  Perlee, 198.
Moxa, 400.
Moxiburium, 400.
Mugwort, 48.
Muride, 74.
Murigene,  103.
Mustardseed oil, 291.
Mntlerkorn, 338.
Nadelstich, 23.
Narcotine,  274.
Narda celtica altera, 45.             t
Narkotin, 274.
Natrum chloratum, 348.  Chbrieum, 348.
  Oxymuriaticum, 348.
Nephrine, 373.
Neurogamia, 406.
Noix vomique, 276. Estrait aleoolique de,
  276.
Nux vomica, 276.  Extract alcoholic of,
  276.
Ofenruss, 200.
Oil, codliver, 285.  Croton, 281.  Of mus-
  tard seed, 291.
Oleum  aethereum   florum   arnicae,   45.
  iEthereum seminum sinapis, 291.   Cro-
                  27 dungl 
418
INDEX  OF NEW REMEDIES.
Oleum—continued.
  tonis, 281, Jecinoris aselli, 285. Morr-
  huse,  285.  Sinapis, 291.  Tiglii, 281.
  Volatile seminum sinapis, 291.
Opiane, 274.
Opium,  lettuce, 258.
Or, chlorure d\ 60. Cyanure d',58.  Divide,
  59.   Metallique,  59.   Muriate  d\ 60.
  Preparations d', 54. Proto-iodure d', 59.
  Et soude hydrochlorate d',65.  Etsoude,
  muriate d\ 63.
Oxydirt-salzsaures Natronwasser, 348.
Panacea lapsoruin, 45.
Papaverine, 264.
Paraguay roux, 350.
Paratinktur, 350.
Pariser  blau, 179.
PfefferstofF, 295.
Phloridzine, 294.
Pierre d'aimant, 260.
Pigrnentum  indicum, 230.
Piper ciudatum, 154.  Cubeba, 154.
Piperine, 295.
Pipsissewu,  101.
Platinum, 298.
Plomb, iodure de, 298. Tannate de, 299.
Plombagine, 176.
Plumbago, 176.
Plumbi  iodidum, 298.  loduretum,  298.
  Tannas,299.
Pneumokalharterion, 90.
Poison nut, 276.
Poivre a queue, 154.
Polypodium filix mas, 196.
Polyporus officinalis, 73.
Pomegranate, 208.
Potassa, chlorate of, 300. Hydrocyanate of,
  306.  Hydriodate  of, 308.   Hydriodate
  of, ioduretted, 309.  Hydrobromate of,
  303.
Potassae chloras, 300.   Euchloras,  300.
  Hydrobromas, 303.  Murias hyperoxy-
  genatum, 300.   Murias oxygenatum,
  300.
Potasse  bromure de, 303.   Hydriodate de,
  308.  Iodure de, 308.
Potassii bromidum, 303.  Cyanidum, 305.
  Cyanureturn, 305.  Iodidum, 308.  Iodo-
  bydrargyras,  315.   loduretum,  308.
  Oxygeno-chloruretum,  300.   Proto-hy-
  driodas, 308.  Protoxidi  hydriodas, 308.
Potassium, bromide of, 303.  Cyanide of,
  305.  Cyanuret of, 305.   Iodide  of, 308.
  Iodo-hydrargyrate  of,  315.   Ioduret  of
  iodohydrargyrate of, 315.   Ioduret of,
  308.  Protoxide of, chlorate of, 300.
Potio picea, 33.
Poudre  de blanchement, 83. De Tennant,
  83
Powder, bleaching, Tennant's, 83.
Principium adstringens, 368.   Scytodephi-
  cum,  368.
Prussiate de potasse et de fer, 179.
Ptarmica montana, 45.
Pulvis ad fumigationes muriaticus, 103.
Punica granatum, 208.
Pyrola umbellata, 101.
Pyrole en ombelle, 101.
Quecksilber blausaures, 219. Bromid, 218.
  Bromiir,  218.   Deutoiodiir  des,  226.
  Iodid, 226.   Iodid  gelbes, 223.   Iodi-
  dul,  223.   Praparate,  218.   Protoio-
  dur des, 223.
Quina, 316.
Quinia, 316.
Quiniae sulphas impurus, 332.
Quinina, 316.
Quinine, 316.   Acetate of,  318.   Citrate
  of, 318.  Extract of, 332.  Ferrocyanure
  de, 319.  Nitrate of, 321.
Quinine, phosphate of, 321.  And cincho-
  nine, tannate of, 331.
Quininum, 316.  Quinium, 316.
Raiz crusadinha, 80.   Preta, 80.
Reissblei, 176.
Resina chinae praeparata, 332.
Ringelblume, 92.
Rosscastanien, 216.
Russ, 200.
Rye, corned, 338.  Spurred, 338.
Sabadillin, 375, 377.
Saccharum mannae, 262.
Safran batard, 123.  De mars aperitif, 173.
  Des pres, 123.
Saffron meadow, 123.
Sal essentiale corticis Peruviani, 316.
Salicine, 333.
Salt of Derosne, 274.
Sapo  cacaotinus,  336.   Coconeus, 336.
  Kalicus, 336.  Mollis, 336.  Niger, 336.
  Viridis, 336.
Satzmehliodilr, 257.
Savon de  cacoa,  336.  Mou, 336.  Noir,
  336.
Schmierseife, 336.  Griine, 336.
Schwanzpfefifer, 154.
Schwefelalcohol, 363.
Schwefelkohlenstoff, 363.
Schwererde, iodwasserstoffsaure, 69.
Secale cornutum, 338.   Luxurians, 338.
Secalis mater, 338.
Seetang, 198.
Seigle ergotee, 338.   Sel de Derosne, 274.
  Essentiel d'opium, 274.
Senfol, aetherisches, 291.
Serpentariae Braziliensis radix, 80.
Silberammonium salzsaures, 39.
Silberoxyd, 42.
Silber, oxydirtes, 42.   Praparate, 36.  Sal-
  miak,  39.    Salzsaures, 39.   Zertheil-
  tes, 41.
Silver, chloride of,  39.  Cyanide of,  41.
  Iodide of, 42.  Ioduret  of, 42.   Metal-
  lic, 41.  Muriate  of, 39.  And ammo-
  nia, chloride of,  39.  And  ammonia,
   chloruret of, 39. 
INDEX OF NEW REMEDIES.
419
Sinapis oleum, 291.
Soap of the cocoanut oil, 336.  Soft, 336.
Soda  chlorinata,  348.   Chloruret of, 348.
  Chlorite of, 348.  Hypochlorite of, 348.
Sodae  chloridum, 348.   Chloruretum, 348.
  Oxymurias, 348.
Sodium, auro-terchloride of, 63.
Solutio alexiteria oxygenata, 109.
Soot, 200.
Souci, 92.  Ordinaire, 92.
Soufre carbure, 363.  Iodure, 367.
Species pro vaporibus superoxydi muriati-
  ci, 103.                   J
Sphaerococcus crispus, 198.
Spiegelruss, 200.
Spilanthus  oleraceus, 350.  Spear-leaved.
  350.
Spiritus salis marini dephlogisticatus, 103.
Sponsa solis, 92.
Spur, the, 338.
Spurge, caper, 169.  Garden, 169.
Starch, iodide of,257.
Starkmehliodur, 257.
Stockfisch leberthran, 285.
Strychnin essigsaures, 360. Iodsaures, 360.
   Salpetersaures, 361.   Schwefelsaures,
   363.
Strychnine, 350.  Acetate of, 360.  Hy-
  driodate  of, 361.  Iodate of,  360.  Ni-
  trate of, 361.  Sulphate of, 363.
Strychninum, 350.
Strychnium, 350.
Suffitus chlorini, 103. Oxymuriaticus, 103.
Suie, 200.
Sulfure de  carbon, 363.
Sulphuret of carbon, 363.
Sulphuretum carbonii, 363.
Sulphuris carburetum, 363. Iodidum, 258,
  367.  loduretum, 367.
Tabac de Montagne, 45.  Des Savoyards,
  45.  Des Vosges, 45.
Tang krauser, 198.
Tannas plumbi, 299.
Tannicum  purum, 368.
Tannin, 36&
Tar water, 33.
Tellurismus, 406.
Terra aluminis, 43.  Aluminosa pura, 43.
  Argillacea pura, 43.   Bolaris, 43.  Si-
  gillata, 43.
Theerwesser, 33.
Thierkohle, 95.
Thonerde, reine, 43.
Thridace  258.
Thuya, 372. Du Canada, 372.  Oeciden-
   talis, 372.
Tithymalus latifolius, 169.
Tue-chien, 123.
Ulva crispa, 198.
Urea, 373.
Uree, 373.
Uricum, 373.
Ustilago, 338.
Vauqueline, 350.
Veratrine, 375.  Sulphate of, 383.
Verrucaria, 92.
Vieillotte, 123.
Vinaigre de bois,  15.
Vomic nut, 276.
Wasserstoffblausaure, 1.
Wiesensafran, 123.
Winter green, 101.
Wintergrun, holdenbluhtigen, 101.
Wohlverlei, 45.
Wohlverleiol, 45.
Wolfstrapp wolliger, 67.
Woodsoot, 200.
Zeitlose, 123.
Zinc,  butter of,  384.   Chloride of, 384.
   Cyanuret of, 387.  Ferrocyanate of, 387.
   Ferrohydrocyanale  of,  387.   Hydro-
   chlorate of, 384.  Hydrocyanate of, 387.
   Iodide of, 390.  Muriate  of, 384.  Prus-
   siate of, 387.
Zinci  butyrum,  384.   Chloridum,  384.
   Chloruretum,   384.    Cyanidum,  387.
   Cyanureturn, 387.   Ferrohydrocyanas,
   387.  Iodidum, 390.  loduretum, 390.
Zincum Borussicum,  387.   Chloratum,
   384.  Cyanogenatum, 387.   Ferrohy-
   drocyanicum,  387.    Hydrocyanicum,
   387.  Iodatum, 390.   Muriaticum (oxy-
   datum)  384.  Zooticum,  387.
Zinkbutter,  384.
Zinkchlorid, 484.
Zinkcyanur, 387.
Zinkeisenblausaurer, 387.
Zinkeisencyanilr,  387.
Zinkoxyd, eisenoxydul, 387.
Zinkoxyd  salzsaures, 384.
Zinkoxydul blausaures, 387.
Zoomagnetismus,  106. 
 
INDEX
DISEASES  AND  THEIR  REMEDIES.
 Abdomen, inflammation of the (hydrarg.
   cyanur.) 222.
 Abscesses, suppurating (creosoton) 141.
 Acidity of the stomach (argilla) 43.
 Acne  (sulphur,  iodid.)  367.    Indurata
   (sulphur,  iodid.)  367.  Rosacea (acid.
   hydrocyan.)  10.   Rosacea  (creosoton)
   146.
 Adiposis  (ballota lanata) 68.   (Iodinum)
   253.
 After pains (sulphuris carburetum) 365.
 Amaurosis (acupunct) 27.  (Ammoniated
   counter-irritants)  395.   (Galvanismus)
   403.  (Nux vomica) 278.   (Strychnina)
   357.  Incomplete (electro-punct.) 164.
 Amblyopia (strychnina) 357.
 Amenorrhoea (artemisia) 52.  (Brominum)
   77.  (Caincae radix) 81.  (Calendula) 94.
   (Ferr. iodid.) 186.  (Iodinum) 250.  (Po-
   tassii bromid.) 304.   (Secale cornutum)
   344.  (Sulphuris carburetum) 365.
 Anasarca (acid, hydrocyan.) 9. (Acupunct.)
   272.
 Aneurism (acupunct.) 28.
 Angiectasis  (zinci chlorid.) 385.
 Angina pectoris (galvanism) 405.  (Mag-
   net) 261.
 Anthrax,  malignant  (chlorin. aq.)  112.
 Aphonia  (chlorin.)  106.  (Cubebae)  155.
   (OI. croton) 283.   (Strychnina) 357.
 Aphthae, asthenic (chlorin. aq.)  114.
 Aphthous sores  (liq.  ferr.  persesquinit.)
   196.  Ulceration (creosoton)  153.
 Arthritis,  chronic (brominum) 77.  (Com-
   pressio) 391.
 Arthrocace (ol. jecinor. aselli) 288.
 Ascites  (acupunct.)  27.  (Caincae  radix)
  81. (Euphorb. ol.) 170.  (Iodinum) 248.
Asphyxia  (acupunct.) 20.  (Galvano punc-
 Asphyxia—continued.
   tur.)   164.    (Sulphuris   carburetum)
   365.
 Asthenia, chronic (potassae  chloras) 301,
   302.
 Asthma  (bignonia  catalpa)  72.   (Creoso-
   ton) 151.  (Galvanism) 405.  (Ol. cro-
   ton) 283.   Humoral  (sulphur, iodid.)
   368.   Nervous (magnet) 261.  Pulveru-
   lentum (acid, hydrocyan.) 9. Spasmodic
   (acid,  hydrocyan.) 8.  (Iodinum.) 250.
 Atrophy (brucina) 79.  (Ol. jecinor. aselli)
   288.   Partial (nux vomica) 277.
 Biles (ammoniated counter-irritants) 399.
 Bladder, atony of the (diosma) 163.  Ca-
   tarrh  of the  (cort.  adstring.  brazil.)
   130.   Diseases of the (diosma)  162.
   Inflammation of the (fuligo) 202.
 Bleeding from leech bites (creosoton) 139.
 Blennorrhoea (acid, hydrocyan.) 10.  (Chi-
   maphila) 102.  (Cort. adstring.  brazil.)
   130, 131.  (Ferr. iodid.) 18. (Piperina)
   297.   (Tannicum purum) 371.  Of the
   bladder, (diosma) ] 63.   Of the eye (cal-
   cis chlorid.) 88.  (See gonorrhoea.)
 Boils, see biles.
 Bones, pains  in the (zinci ferrohydrocy-
   anas)  389.   Tumors of the (auri pise-
   par.) 58.
 Bowels,  painful affections of the (acid.
   hydrocyan.) 9.
 Brain, chronic affections of  the  (ammo-
  niated  counter-irritants) 394.
Bronchi,  dilatation of the  (chlorin.) 106.
   Inflammation of the (ammoniated coun-
  ter-irritants) 399.
Bronchitis  (acid,  hydrocyan.) 8.  (Iodi.
  num) 246.  (Mannitum) 263.  (Strych-
  nina)   358.   Chronic (aq.  picea) 36. 
422         INDEX OF  DISEASES  AND THEIR REMEDIES.
Bronchitis—continued.                    \
  Chronic (chlorin.)  106, 107.  Chronic
  (colchicum)  127.   Chronic  (creosoton)
  148.  Chronic (galeopsis) 204.  Chronic
  (salicina) 335.
Bronchocele   (ferr.   iodid.)   186.    (See
  goitre.)
Bronchorrhcea (creosoton) 148.
Bubo, ulcerated (creosoton) 144.
Burns (calcis  chlorid.) 86, 91.  (Creoso-
  ton) 140.   (Sodae  chlorid.) 379.  (Sul-
  phuris carburetum) 365.  Severe (com-
  pressio) 390.
Cachexia  (acid, pyrolign.) 17.   (Chlorid.)
  108.  Mercurial (auri praepar.) 56.   (See
  Dyscrasy.
Calculous pains (diosma) 162.
Calculus  (chimaphila)  101.    Phosphatic
  (acid. lact.) 14.
Cancer (acid, pyrolign.) 17.  (Aur. nitrico-
  muriat.) 66.   (Auri. praepar.) 58.  (Cal-
  cis chlorid.) 185. (Calendula) 93.  (Ferr.
  arseniat.) 179.   (Ferr. carb. praec.)  173.
  (Ferr. iodid.) 186.  Of  the heart (calen-
  dula) 93.   Of the breast (creosoton) 143.
  Of the breast (fuligo) 201.   Of the face
  (creosoton) 143.  Of the  integuments
  (calendula) 93.  Of the lip  (creosoton)
  143.  Open (carbo animalis)  97, 98.  Of
  the skin (creosoton) 143. Of the tongue
  (iodin.) 251.   Of the uterus (auri prae-
  parat.) 58.  Of the uterus (calendula) 93,
  94.  Of the uterus  (creosoton) 142.  Of
  the uterus (morphinae  acetas.) 271.
Cancerous ulcers  (chlorin. aq.) 114.   (Po-
  tass, iodid. 313.   Of the face (creosoton)
  143.
Cancrum   oris  (acid, pyrolign.) 17,  19.
  (Calcis  chlorid.) 85.  (Chlorin. aq.) 113,
  114.  (Creosoton) 142.
Carbuncle, sloughing  (creosoton) 142.
Carbunculus  malignus  (aq. chlorin.)  112.
  114.
Cardialgia  (artemisia) 52.   (Calendula)
  94.  (Nux vomica) 278.   (Zinci ferro-
  hydrocyanas) 388.
Carditis   (ammoniated  counter-irritants)
  399.
Caries of bones (acid, pyrolign.) 17.  Of
  the fibula, &c.  (creosoton)  143.  Scro-
  fulosa (ol.  jecinor.  aselli) 288.  Scrofu-
  lous (creosoton) 142, 153.   Of the teeth
  (calcis chlorid.)  87.
Catalepsy (strychnina) 358.
Catamenia, obstruction of the.   (See Ame-
  norrhcea.)
Cataract,  disintegrated  (carbo  animalis)
  97.  Incipient (ammoniated counter-irri-
  tants) 394.
Catarrh, chronic (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.  (Aq.
  picea) 34.   (Chimaphila)  102.  (Chlo-
  rin.) 106, 108.
Catarrh, pulmonary (galeopsis) 204. (Man-
  nitum) 263.
|  Catarrhus urethrae (cubebae) 156.  Vesicae
    (aq. picea)  36.   Vesicae (caincae  radix)
    82.   Vesicae  (cubebae)  156.  Vesicae
    (diosma) 162.
  Cephalalgia (acupunct.) 28.  Chronic (ar-
    temisia) 52.  Intermittent (quininae sul-
    phas)  327,  330.   Nervous (acid, hydro-
    cyan.) 9.  Periodical  (zinci ferrohydro-
    cyanas) 388.  Svphilitic (hydrarg. cy-
    anur.)222.   (See" headach.)
  Chancre (creosoton) 144, 153.   (Hydrarg.
    cyanur.) 222.
  Chaps (ol. jecin. aselli) 289.
  Chest, diseases of  the (chlorin.) 105.  Af-
    fections of the (fuligo) 202.
  Chilblains (calcis chlorid.) 86, 92.   (Cre-
    oeoton) 141.
  Chlorosis (artemisia)  52.   (Ferr. iodid.)
    186.
  Cholera  (creosote) 150.  (Diosma) 162.
    (Guaco) 214.  Morphinae acetas.) 271.
    (Nux vomica) 280.   (Strychnina) 358.
    Morbus (artemisia) 52.
  Chorea (acid,  hydrocyan.) 9.   (Ferr. carb.
    preec.) 175.  (Iodinum) 249.   (Ol. jecinor.
    aselli) 289.   (Strychnina) 358.  (Veratri-
    na) 380.  (Zinci ferrohydrocyanas) 389.
  Colic, hysterical (ol. sinapis) 293.
  Colica pictonum (nux  vomica)  278.
  Condylomata  (creosoton) 144.   (Hydrarg.
    deuto-iodur.) 228.    (Thuya occidenta-
    lis) 372.
  Congestions   in  the  head  (ammoniated
    counter-irritants) 399.
  Constipation  (galvanism)  406.  (Veratri-
    na) 382.
  Contagion (calcis chlorid.) 89.  (Chlorin.)
    109.
  Contusions (acupunct.)  28.   (Creosoton)
    141.
  Convulsions (ammoniated counter-irritants)
    399.   (Auri praepar.)  54. (Magnet) 261.
    (Compression of arteries) 394.  (Potass.
    cyanid.) 307.   During  dentition   (chlo-
    rin. aq.) 111. Hysterical (indigum) 230.
  Convulsive affections (acupunct.) 27.  Dis-
    eases of childhood  (artemisia) 51.
  Cornea, granulations on the (fuligo) 201.
    Obscurity  of  the  (calcis chlorid.)  88.
    Opacity of the  (hydrarg. deuto-iodur.)
    228.   Opacity of the (ol. jecinor. aselli)
    288.   Spots on the  (fuligo) 201.
  Coryza (cubebae) 155, 156.
  Cough (lactucarium)  259.  Nervous (tan-
    nicum  purum)  370.  Spasmodic  (lactu-
    carium) 260.    Spasmodic,  dry  (fucus
    crispus) 199.  Violent (asparag. turion.)

  Coxalgia (iodinum) 252.
  Coxarthrocace (ol. jecinor. aselli) 289.
  Cramp (ammoniated counter-irritants) 399.
    (Magnet)  261.  Of  the stomach (nux
    vomica) 280.   Of  the  stomach   (zinci
    ferrohydrocyanas)  388. 
INDEX OF DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES.         423
Croup, hysteric (creosoton) 151.
Crusta lactea (asparag. turion.) 54.  (Cre-
  osoton) 145.
Cutaneous diseases (arsenias  ammoniac)
  46.  (Acid, hydrocyan.) 10.   (Asparag.
  turion.) 54. (Auri cyanidum) 59.  (Cal-
  cis chiorid.) 87.  (Chlorin.) 108.  (Chlo-
  rin. aq.) 113.   (Creosoton) 145.  (Ferr.
  carbur.)  177.   (Fuligo) 201.  (Hydrarg.
  deuto-iodur.) 227.  (Iodid. sulph.)  258.
  (Iodinum) 249.  (Ol. jecinor. aselli) 289.
  (Potassae chloras) 301.   (Sodae chlorid.)
  349.  (Sulphur, iodid.)  367.   Syphilitic
  (hydrarg. proto-iodur.) 225.
Cynanche  (cort. adstring.  Brazil.)  130.
  Tonsillaris.  (See Sore throat.)
Deafness (acid, pyrolign.) 17.  (Creosoton)
  147.   (Galvanism) 403.  Erethitic ner-
  vous  (injections  of vapour  of acetous
  ether) 410.  Nervous (injections of va-
  pour  of acetous ether)  410.   Nervous,
  torpid (injections of vapour of ether)
  410.
Debility (ferr. iodid.) 186.   (Nux vomica)
  277.  (Piperina) 297.  General  (quininae
  et  cinchoninae tannas) 331.   Nervous
  (Quininae sulphas) 328, 330.   Paralytic
  (ammoniated counter-irritants) 399.
Decubitus  gangraenosus  (plumb, tannas)
  300.
Delirium  tremens, (magnetism, animal)
  406.
Dentition (chlorin. aq.) 111.
Diabetes mellitus (creosoton) 150.  (Tan-
  nicura purum) 369.   (Urea)  374.
Diarrhoea (acid, pyrolign.)  17.   (Argilla)
  43, 44.  (Artemisia)  52. (Carbo  ani-
  malis) 97.  (Fucus crispus) 199.  (Indi-
  gum) 230.  (Liq. ferr. persesquinit.) 190.
  (Strychnina)  358.    (Veratrina)   382.
  Choleric (nux vomica)  278.   Chronic
  (ferr. cyanuret.) 180.    Chronic (mor-
  phinae acetas) 271.  Chronic  (nux vomi-
  ca) 278,280.
Diathesis phthisica (chlorin. aq.) 113.
Diphtheritis (fuligo) 201.
Diplopia (acupunct.) 28.
Discharges from the nose (iodinum)  257.
  Offensive (acid, pyrolign.) 17, 18.
Disinfection (chlorin.) 109.  (Chlorin. aq.)
  114.
Dropsy (acid, hydrocyan.) 9. (Acid, pyro-
  lign.)  17. (Asparag. turion.) 54.  (Au-
  rum muriat.) 62. (Aur. muriat. natron.)
  64.  (Auri praeparat.)  58.  (Ballota la-
  nata)  67, 68.  (Caincae radix) 81. (Chi-
  maphila) 101, 103.   (Chlorin.  aq.)  113.
  (Colchicum)  127.  (Ferr. iodid.)  187.
  (Hippocastanum) 216.  (Iodinum)  248.
  (Ol. sinapis) 293.  (Urea) 374.  (Vera-
  trina) 375, 383.  Of the ovary (iodin.)
  250. After scarlatina (colchicum) 127.
Dumbness (galvanism) 403.
Dyscrasy (ferr. iodid.) 187.   (Sulphuris
  carburetum) 365.  After  intermittents
  (ferr. cyanur.) 180.  (See Cachexia.)
Dysentery (argilla)  43.   (Artemisia) 52.
  (Calcis chloridum) 84.  (Ferr. cyanur.)
  180.   (Fucus crispus)  199.   (Nux vo-
  mica)  279, 280.  (Secale cornutum) 344.
  (Strychnina) 358.   Putrid (chlorin. aq.)

Dyspepsia (acid, lact.) 14.  (Argil.) 43.
  (Berberina) 71.   (Carbo  animalis) 97.
  (Chimaphila) 102.  -(Diosma) 162. (Ferr.
  iodid. 186. (Hippocastanum) 216.  (Nux
  vomica) 279.  (OI. sinapis) 293.  (Pipe-
  rina)  297.    (Quininae  sulphas) 329.
  (Strychnina) 358.
Dysphagia  (artemisia) 52.   Spasmodic
  (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.
Dyspnoea (galvanism) 404.  (Potass, cya-
  nid.) 307.
Dysuria  (chimaphila) 101.
Eclampsia infantum  (artemisia)  51, 53.
Eczema  (ol. jecinor. aselli) 289.
Engorgements, visceral (ferr. iodid.) 187.
Enteralgia (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.
Enteritis (acid, hydrocyan.)  8.
Epilepsy  (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.   (Acu-
  punct.) 28.   (Ammoniated counter-irri-
  tants)  399.  (Artemisia) 49.  (Compres-
  sion of arteries) 394.  (Creosoton) 151.
  (Ferr.  cyanur.) 180, 181.  (Galvanism)
  405.  (Granatum) 212.  (Indigum) 230.
  (Iodinum) 249.  (Magnet) 261.   (Nux
  vomica) 278.  (Strychnina) 358.  (Zinci
  chlorid.) 386.  (Zinci ferrohydrocyanas)
  388.
Epistaxis (cort. adstring. Brazil.)  130. (Cre-
  osoton) 139.   (Secale cornutum) 344.
Erethism, gangrenous, 340.  Morbid (po-
  tassae chloras) 301.
Ergotism, 339.
Erysipelas (chlorin. aq.) 113. (Colchicum)
  127.  (Compressio) 390.  Of  the face.
  (Cort.  adstring. Brazil.)  130.
Eustachian  tube, obstructed.  (Injections
  of air) 407.
Exanthemata, febrile (chlorin. aq.) 112.
Exanthematous  diseases  (cort.  adstring.
  Brazil.) 130.
Excoriation from  lying  (creosoton) 141.
  Of the skin  (ol.  jecinor. aselli) 289.
  Syphilitic (aurum metallicum) 60.
Excrescences, syphilitic  (aurum metalli-
  cum) 60.
Eye, black (calcis chlorid.) 86.
Fainting, hysteric (sulphuris carburetum)
  365.
Febrile affections (colchicum) 126.  Dis-
  eases (morphina) 268.
Fever, brain (compression  of arteries) 394.
  Gastric (artemisia) 52.  Gastric (chlorin. 
424
INDEX OF  DISEASES  AND THEIR  REMEDIES.
Fever—continued.
  aq.)  113.   Hectic  (chlorin.  aq.)  113.
  Intermittent (cetrarine) 100.  Intermit-
  tent (chlorin. aq.) 112.  Irritative (chlo-
  rin.  aq.)  111.   Nervous  (chlorin.  aq.)
  111.   Paroxysmal  (quininae  sulphas)
  324, 328, 329, 330.   Petechial (aq. chlo-
  rin.) 112.  Putrid  (acid,  pyrolign.) 17.
  Putrid (chlorin. aq.) 112.  Summer (qui-
  ninae sulphas)  328.   Typhous  (sodae
  chloridum) 349.
Fissures of the skin (creosoton) 141.   (01.
  jecinor. aselli) 289.
Fistuloe (acid,  hydrocyan.) 10.   (Calcis
  chlorid.) 85.  (Ol.  jecinor.  aselli)  291.
  (Potass, iodid.) 314.
Flatulence  (creosoton) 150.
Fluor albus.  (See Leucorrhoea.)
Foetor oris  (calcis chloridum)  84, 89, 90.
  (Chlorin. aq.)  113.
Frost bites (calcis chlorid.) 86, 91.
Fungous tumour (creosoton) 143.
Fungus of the neck  of the uterus  (aur.
  nitrico-rnuriat.) 66.
Ganglion (acupunct.) 30. (Hydrarg. deuto-
  iodur.) 228.
Ganglionic system, disorder of the (ferr.
  cyanur.) 181.
Gangrene  (acid,  pyrolign.) 17.   (Calcis
  chlorid. 86.  Hospital  (calcis  chlorid.)
  85, 91.   Hospital  (creosoton) 142.   Of
  the lungs (chlorin.) 106.  Of the scro-
  tum (calcis chlorid.) 85.
Gastralgia with acid (cinchonin.)  117.
Gastricism (carbo  animalis) 97.  (Manni-
  tum) 263.
Gastritis (codeine) 122.
Gastrodynia (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.  (Acu-
  punct.)  28.   (Creosoton)  150.  (Nux
  vomica) 279.  (Ol.  sinapis) 293.
Gastromalacia (acid, pyrolign.) 17.  Chlo-
  rin. aq.) 113.
Genital organs,  anatomy of the (cubebte)
  155.  Debility  of  the  (cort. adstring.
  Brazil.) 130.   Debility of (nux vomica)
  277.
Glanders, chronic  (creosoton)  151.
Glands,  enlarged (carbon  sesqui-iodid.)
  99.  Enlarged (plumbi iodid.) 299.   In-
  duration  of the (hydrarg. deuto-iodur.)
  228.  Mammary,   enlarged  (veratrina)
  381. Meibomian, copious secretion from
  the (calcis chlorid.) 88.  Mesenteric, en-
  larged (iodinum) 244.  Of the neck, in-
  flamed   (hydrarg.   deuto-iodur.)   227.
  Scrofulous swellings of the (calcis. chlo-
  rid.) 87.   Strumous swellings of  the
  (chlorin. aq.)  114.   Submaxillary,   en-
  larged (iodinum) 244.  Tumefied, stru-
  mous (hydr. proto-iodur.) 224.
Glandular affections  (aurum  muriat.) 62.
  (Iodinum) 243.  (Veratrina) 381.
Gleet (creosoton) 144. (Secale cornutum)
  347.  Old (tannicum purum) 371.
Goitre (brominum) 77.  (Calcis  chlorid.)
  87, 92.   (Hydrarg. deuto-iodur.)  228.
  (Iodinum) 242, 257.  (Potassii bromid.)
  304.   (Potass, iodid.)  312.   Scirrhous
  (carbo animalis) 97,  98.   (Sulphuris
  carburetum) 365.   (Veratrina) 381.
Gonorrhoea  (auri  prsepar.)  57.   (Calcis.
  chlorid.) 84.  (Calcis  chlorid.)  89,  90.
  (Chlorin.  aq.)  114.   (Creosoton)  144.
  (Cubebae) 154.   (Diosma) 162.   (Secale
  cornutum) 344.  (See Blennorrhea.)
Gout (acupunct.) 28.  (Ammoniated coun-
  ter-irritants) 399.   (Ballota lanata)  68.
  (Colchicum) 125, 126.  (Compression of
  arteries)  394.   (Creosoton) 149,  152.
  (Iodinum) 252.  (Magnet) 261.  (Moxa)
  400.  (Ol.  croton.)  283.   (Ol. jecinor.
  aselli) 287.   (Sulphuris  carburetum)
  365,  366.   (Veratrine)   280.   Atonic
  (hippocastanum)  216.   Chronic  (chi-
  maphila)  101,  103.   Chronic  (diosma)
  162.  Suppressed (ammoniated counter-
  irritants) 399.
Gouty swellings  of bones  (potass,  iodid.)
  314.
Gravel,  white  (acid, lact.) 14.
Growths, morbid (baryum iodatum) 70.
Gums, scorbutic ulceration of the (creoso-
  ton) 142, 152.
Gutta rosacea  (fuligo) 201.  (Sulph. iodid.)
  367.
Haematuria  (diosma) 162.   (Secale cornu-
  tum)  344.
Haemoptysis (cort. adstring. Brazil.)  130.
  (Creosoton)  140, 152.  (Galeopsis) 205.
  (Lactucarium) 260.  (Secale cornutum)
  344.
Head, determinations to the (chlorin. aq.)
  111.
Headach,  intermittent (quininae  sulphas)
  327,  330.   Nervous  (strychnina)  358.
  Nervous (ammoniated  counter-irritants)
  399.  (See Cephalalgia.)
Hearing, defective from otorrhoea (cubebae)
  155.
Heart, active diseases of the (aconitin.) 21.
  Diseases of the (asparag. turion.)  54.
  Enlargement of the (acid, hydrocyanic)
  9.   Hypertrophy  of  the  (asparag.tu-
  rion.) 54.   Hypertrophy of  the (bro-
  minum)   77.   Hypertrophied  (iodin.)
  250.  Hypertrophy of the (potass, bro-
  mid.) 304.  Hypertrophy of the (potass.
  iodid.) 312.  Palpitation of the (asparag.
  turiones)  53.   Spasmodic affections of
  the (acid, hydrocyan.)  8.
Hectic fever (chlorin. aq.) 113.
Hemicrania (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.
Hemiplegia (nux vomica)  278.  (Strych-
  nina) 356.
Hemorrhage  (aq. binelli) 32.  (Cort.  ad-
  string.  Brazil.)  130.  (Creosoton)  137.
  (Ferr. iodid.) 187.   (Secale cornutum)
  344.  (Tannicum  purum) 370.  Active 
INDEX OF  DISEASES  AND THEIR  REMEDIES.        425
Hemorrhage—continued.
  (acid,  hydrocyan.)  8.  Capillary (creo-
  soton) 140.  From the gums (creosoton)
  140.   From leech bites (creosoton) 139.
  From  the lungs.   (See Hemoptysis.)
  Uterine (creosoton) 140.   Uterine (ferr.
  iodid.) 187.   Uterine (Secale cornutum)
  344.  Uterine (tannicum purum) 368.
Hepatic diseases.  (See Liver affections.)
Hernia humoralis.  (See Orchitis.)  Incar-
  cerated (sulphuris carburetum) 365.
Herpes (acid,  hydrocyan.) 10.    (Calcis
  chlorid.)  87.   (Chlorin. aq.)  114, 115.
  (Creosoton) 145, 154.   (Ferr.  carbur.)
  176.  (Fuligo) 201.  (Hydrarg. cyanur.)
  222.  (Hydrarg. deuto-iodur.) 228. (Ol.
  jecinor.  aselli) 289.  (Potass, bromid.)
  304.   (Potass, iodid.) 311.  v^aP° coco-
  neus)  336.   Exedens  (creosoton) 145.
  Phagedenic tuberculous  (arsenic, iodat.)
  48.
 Herpetic ulcers (creosoton) 142.
 Hiccough, spasmodic (magnet) 261.
 Hoarseness (fucus crispus) 199.    (Ol. cro-
   ton) 283.
 Hooping cough (acid, hydrocyan.)  8, 12.
   (Ferr.  carb. praec.) 175.  (Ol.  croton)
   283.
 Hordeolum (hydrarg. deuto-iodur.) 228.
 Hydrocele (acupunct.) 29. (Chlorin.) 108.
   (Iodinum) 248.  (Iodinum) 253.
 Hydrocephalus (iodinum) 248.
 Hydrocyanic acid, poisoning by (chlorin.)
   107.  (Chlorin. aq.) 113i
 Hydrophobia (chlorin.aq) 113.  (Compres-
   sion of the arteries) 394.
 Hydrotliorax  (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.  (Col-
   chicum) 127.  (Iodinum)  248.
 Hygroma (iodinum) 249.
 Hyperaemia (ammoniated counter-irritants)
   400.  (See Inflammation.)
 Hypeiaesthesia (potassae chloras)  301.
 Hyperemesis (tannicum purum) 370.
 Hypertrophy (barvum iodatum) 70. (Ferr.
   bromat.) 173. "(Ferr. iodid.)  187.  Ot
   the conts of the stomach  (sulph. carbu-
   ret.) 366.  Of the heart (brominum) 77.
   Of the heart (iodin.) 250.  Of the heart
   (potass, bromid.) 304.  Of the heart (po-
   tass, iodid.) 312.   Of the mammae (iodi-
   num) 250.  Of  the spleen (iodin.) 251.
   Of the thymus (iodin.) 250.
 Hypochondriasis  (auri   praeparat.)  54.
   (Chlorin.) 108.  (Strychnina) 358. Ve-
   ratrina) 380.
 Hysteralgia (euphorb. ol.) 170.
 Hysteria  (creosoton)  151.  (Fuligo) 202.
    (Granatum)  212.   (Lactucarium) 260.
    (Strychnina)  358.   (Veratrina)  380.
    (Zinci ferrohydrocyanas)  388.
 Hysteric croup (creosoton) 151.  Fainting
    (sulphuris carburetum) 365.   Convul-
    sions (indigum) 230.
Hysterics (ammoniated counter-irritants)
  399.
Impetigo (acid, hydrocyan.) 10, 12.  (Ar-
  sen. iodat.) 48.  (Creosoton)  145, 153.)
  (Ol.jecin. aselli) 289.
Impotence  (cubebae) 155.   (Diosma) 162.
 ' (Iodinum) 254.  (Nux vomica) 277.
Incontinence of urine (iodin.) 249.  (Nux
  vomica) 271.
Indigestion.  (See Dyspepsia.)
Indurations,  glandular,  chronic  (carbo
  animalis) 97.  (Hydrarg. deuto-iodur.)
  228.  Of the pancreas (carbo animalis)
  97. Of the pancreas (iodin.) 251. Chro-
  nic (calendula) 94, 95.  Chronic, of the
  mammae (carbo animalis) 97.
Inflammation (aconitin.) £1.   (Compres-
  sion of arteries) 394.  Of the bronchia.
  (See Bronchitis.) Chronic (acid, hydro-
  cyan.) 8.  Chronic  (baryum iodatum)
  70.  Chronic (ol. croton) 283.  Chronic,
  of  the eustachian  tube  (catheterism)
  Chronic, of the mouth and fauces (chlo-
  rin. aq.)  115.   External  (compressio)
  390.   Of  the heart.   (See Caiditis.)
  Internal (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.   Of the
  liver  (chlorin. aq.)  113.   Of the lungs
  (ammoniated counter-irritants) 399.  Of
  the lungs.   (See Pneumonia.)  Of the
   pleura (ammoniated  counter-irritants)
   399.   Synovial (compressio) 390.  Tho-
   racic  (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.  Of the tra-
   chea  (ammoniated   counter-irritants)
   399.
 Inflammatory  diseases (colchicum)  126.
   (Cort. adstring. Brazil.) 130.  (Morphina)
   268.   (Ol. sinapis) 293.
 Integuments,  lesions  of the  (creosoton)
   141.
 Intermittent  (cetrarine)  100.   (Chlorin.
   aq.) 112.  (Cinchonin.) 117, 118.   (Cu-
   bebae)  155.    (Ferr. carb.  praec.)  175.
   (Ferr. cyanur.) 180, 181.  (Hippocasta-
   num) 216.   (Indigum)  230.  (Phlorid-
   zina)  294.   (Piperina)  296.   (Quinina)
   316.   (Quininae et cinchon. tannas) 331.
   (Quininae sulphas)  324,  328, 329, 330.
   (Quininae sulphas  impurus) 333.   (Re-
   sina   chinae  praepar.)  332.   (Salicina)
   334, 335.   (Sodae chlorid.) 349.
 Intertrigo of children  (creosoton)  141.
 Iodurn,  240.
 Iodkrankheit, 240.
 lodosis, 240.
 Iralgia (quininae sulphas) 327.
 Ischias  (ol. sinapis) 293.  (Veratrina) 379.
 Ischuria (colchicum) 127.
 Itch (calcis chlorid.)  187.  (Chlorin. aq.)
   114, 115.   (Creosoton) 145, 153.  (Fu-
   ligo)  201.   (Sapo mollis) 336.
 Joints, swelled (ammoniated counter-irri-
   tants) 399.   (Calcis chlorid.) 87, 92.
 Kriebelkrankheit, 339. 
AND THEIR  REMEDIES.
426         INDEX OF  DISEASES i

Labia  pudendi,  infiltration  of (creosoton)
  142.
Labour, premature, inducing (secale cor-
  nutum) 343, 347.
Leechbites,  hemorrhage  from (creosoton)
  139.
Lepra  (arsen. iodat.) 48.  (Auri praeparat.)
  58.  (Carbon, sesqui-iodid.) 99.   (Chlo-
  rin.) 108.   (Sulphur, iodid.) 367.
Leucorrhoea (chlorin. aq.)  114.  (Colchi-
  cum) 127. (Cort. adstring. Brazil.) 130,
  131.  (Creosoton)  144.  (Cubebae) 155.
  (Ferr. iodid.) 186.  (Iodinum) 251. (Liq.
  Ferr. persesquinit.)  190.  (Salicina) 335.
  (Secale  cornutum) 344, 347.
Lichen leproides (ferr. carbur.)  178.
Liver,  affections of the (potassae  chloras.)
  301.  (Berberina)  71.   (Chlorin.)  108.
  (Iodin.) 251.   Induration of the  (hy-
  drarg.  deuto-iodur.)  228.   Indurated
  (iodinum) 243.  Inflammation of  the
  (chlorin. aq.)  113.  Obstruction  of the
  (hydrarg. proto-iodur.) 224.  Tubercles
  of the (iodinum) 248.
Lumbago  (acupunct.) 28.   (Ammoniated
  counter-irritants) 373.   (Veratrine) 380.
Lungs, gangrene of the (chlorin.) 106.
Lupus (hydrarg. deuto-iodur. 227.)  (Zinci
  chlorid.)  385.  Non exedens (sulphur.
  iodid.) 368.   Of the ala nasi  (ferr. carb.
  praec.) 174.  Of the  nose (creosoton) 143.
Luxations (diosma) 162.
Lymphatism (ferr. iodid.) 186.
Measles (chlorin. aq.)  112.
Mammae,  hypertrophied  (iodinum)  250.
Menorrhagia (cort. adstring. Brazil.) 130.
  (Ferr. cyanur.) 180.  Mental affections
  (auri praeparat.) 54.
Metritis (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.
Metrorrhagia (cort. adstring. Brazil.) 130.
Miasmata, destroying (calcis chlorid.) 89.
Milzbrandkarbunkel  (chlorin.  aq.)  112.
  (Zinci chlorid.) 385.
Mortification, mildew, 340.
Mouth, inflammation  of the, chronic (chlo-
  rin.  aq.) 115. Offensive conditions of the
  (calcis chl -rid.) 87. Ulceration  of the
  (calcis chlorid.) 85.
Naevi materni (zinci chlorid.) 385.
Nephralgia  (chirnaphila) 101.
Nephritis  (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.
Nervous coughs (tannicum purum) 370-
Nervous diseases (auri praeparat.) 54. (Cort-
  adstring.  Brazil.) 130.   (Creosoton) 151 -
  (Ferr. carb. praec.)  174.  (Ferr. cyanur.)
  180.   (Fuligo) 202.   (Iodinum)  249.
  (Magnet) 260,  262.   (Morphina)  268.
  (Morphinae acetas)  270.  (Ol. sinapis)
  293.  (Quininae  sulphas)  329.  (Zinci
  ferrohydrocyanas) 389. (Veratrina) 379.
  Chronic (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.
Nervous excitement (lactucarium) 259.
Neuralgia (acid, hydrocyan.) 9,10.  (Aco-
  nitin.) 21.  (Ammoniated counter-irri-
  tants) 398. (Asparag. turion.) 53.  (Com-
  pression of arteries)  394.  (Creosoton)
  151.  (Delphinin.) 160.  (Electropunct.)
  163.  (Ferr. carb. praec.) 173.  (Ferr.
  cyanur.) 181.  (Galvanism) 405.  (Mag-
  net)  261.    (Morphinae  acetas)   270.
  (Morphin. bimeconas) 274. (Moxa)  400.
  (Nux vomica) 278.   (Ol. sinapis)  293.
  (Potass, cyanid.) 306.  (Strychnina)  358.
  (Veratrina) 376.  (Zinci  ferrohydrocya-
  nas)  389.   Of the abdomen  (codeina)
  121.   Faciei (artemisia)  52.    Faciei
  (codeina) 122.    Faciei (potassae chlo-
  ras) 302.   Faciei.  (See   Tic  Doulou-
  reux.)   Frontal  (galvanism)  405.   Of
  the  heart  (magnet)  261.  Pulmonary
  (magnet) 261.
Neuroses (ol. croton) 283.
Nipples, excoriated  (acid,  pyrolign.) 17.
  Sore (creosoton) 141.
Nodes, gouty (sulphur, carb.) 3C6.
Noma (chlorin. aq.) 113.
Odontalgia (ammoniated counter-irritants)
  399.  (Ol. sinapis) 293. (See Toothach.)
Odour, offensive (calcis  chlorid.) 88.
GSdema  (creosoton) 147.    Of  the  feet
  (acupunct.)  28.
Offensive evacuations (calcis chlorid.) 89.
Ophthalmia (acid, hydrocyan.) 10.  (Acu-
  punct.)  27.   (Creosoton)  146.    Ca-
  tarrhal (calcis chlorid.) 88, 91.  Chronic
  (calcis  chlorid.)  88.  Egyptian (tanni-
  cum purum) 370.  Neonatorum  (calcis
  chlorid.) 88.  Purulent (calcis chlorid.)
  88. Rheumatic (zinci ferrohydrocyanas)
  389.   Scrofulous  (auri  praeparat.) 57.
  Scrofulous (aurum muriat.) 62.  Scrofu-
  lous (calcis chlorid.) 88, 91.  Scrofulous
  (potass, iodid.) 313. Scrofulous (quinines
  sulphas) 339.  Strumous  (fuligo)  201.
  Strumous (ol. jecinor. aselli) 288.  Tarsi
  (acid, pyrolign.)  17.  Tarsi (creosoton)
  146.  Tarsi (hydrarg. deuto-iodur.) 228.
  Tarsi  (zinci  ferrohydrocyanas)  389.
  Tarsi (zinci iodinum) 390.
Orchitis (compressio) 391.
Osteocopi, syphilitic (strychnina) 358.
Otalgia (ol. sinapis) 293.
Otorrhoea (creosoton) 141.   (Cubebae) 155.
  (Potassii bromid.) 304.
Ovaries, degenerated (iodin.) 250. Dropsy
  of the (iodin.) 250. Inflammation of the
  (hydrarg. cyanur.) 222.
Ozaena (calcis chlorid.) 85.   (Carbo ani-
  malis) 97.  (Iodinum) 251.
Pain, anomalous,  of hip and thigh (mor-
  phin.  bimeconas)  274.   Nervous  and
  muscular   (ammoniated   counter-irri-
  tants)  398.  Nervous  and   muscular
  (moxa) 400.   Nocturnal, in  the bones 
INDEX OF  DISEASES  AND  THEIR REMEDIES.        427
Pain—continued.
  (zinci  ferrohydrocyanas) 389.  Severe
  (acid, hydrocyan.) 10.
Palpitations  (magnet)  261.   (Veratrina)
  381.
Pancreas, induration of the (carbo anima-
  lis) 97.
Paralysis (acupunct.)  28.   (Arnica) 45.
  (Brucina)  79.  (Delphinin.) 160.   (Gal-
  vanism) 405. (Electropunct.) 163.  (Iodi-
  num)  249.  (Nux  vomica) 277,  280.
  (Strychnina)  356.   (Veratrina)   380.
  (Zinci chlorid.) 385.  (Zinci ferrohydro-
  cyanas) 388.  Of the bladder (diosma)
  163.  Of the bladder (secale cornutum)
  345.  Of the  bladder  (strychnina) 357.
  Of the upper eyelid (ol.  croton)  283.
  Of the facial nerve (strychnina)  357.
  Lead (brucina) 79.  Partial (nux  vomi-
  ca) 273.  Of the rectum (nux vomica)
  278.  Succeeding to apoplexy (nux vo-
  mica) 277.
Paralytic debility  (ammoniated  counter-
  irritants) 399.
Paraplegia (secale cornutum) 345. (Strych-
  nina) 356.
Paroxysmal diseases (secale cornutum) 344.
Parturient efforts defective (secale cornu-
  tum) 341.
Pericarditis (ammoniated counter-irritants)
  399.
Phlebitis (compressio)  390.
Phlegmasia (compressio) 390.
Phthisis (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.  (Acid, py-
  rolign.)  17.   (Aq.  picea)  34.  (Calcis
  chlorid.) 84. (Chlorin.) 105,106.  (Creo-
  soton) 147, 152.   (Fucus  crispus) 199.
  (Galeopsis) 204.   (Iodinum) 246.  (Ol.
  croton) 283.  (Ol. jecinor. aselli) 288.
  (Potassae chloras) 301.   (Tannicum pu-
  rum) 370.   Cough  of (codeina)  122.
  Mucosa (galeopsis) 204.  Mucosa (iodi-
  num) 247.  Pituitosa (chimaphila) 102.
  Sweats of (boletus laricis) 73.
Pica (caincae radix) 82.
Pimples   (ammoniated  counter-irritants)
  399.
Pityriasis (zinci chlorid.) 385.
Plague  (chlorin. aq.) 111.  Prevention of
  (chlorin. aq.) 114.
Pleuritis.  (See inflammation of the pleura.)
Pleurodyne (acupunct.) 28.
Pneumonia  (mannitum)  263.   Chronic
  (hydrarg. cyanuret.) 221.
Poisoning by arsenic (ferr. oxyd. hydrat.)
  192.   By  hydrocyanic  acid  (chlorin.
  aq.) 113.
Polypi cartilaginous (carbo animalis) 97.
  Mucous (carbo animalis) 97.
Porrigo  (acid,  pyrolign.) 17.   (Carbon.
  sesqui-iodid.)  99.  (Fuligo)  202.   (Ol.
  jecin.  aselli)  288.   Favosa  (creosoton)
  146.  Favosa  (hydrarg. bromid.)  219.  I
 Porrigo—continued.
    Favosa (iodinum) 250.  Favosa (potassii
    bromid.) 304.   Scrofulous (auri praepa-
    rat.) 57.   (See Tinea.)
 Prolapsus vaginae (creosoton) 146.
 Prosopalgia (ol. sinapis)  293.  (Potassae
    chloras) 302.  (Veratrina)  379.   (Zinci
    chlorid.)  386.
 Prostate, disease of the (diosma) 162.  En-
    largement of the (carbo animalis)  98.
    Enlarged  (iodinum)   244.    Enlarged
    (iodinum) 252.
 Prurigo (colchicum) 127.
 Pruritus pudendi muliebris (calcis chlorid.)
    87.  Vulvae (fuligo) 201.
 Psora.  (See Itch.)
 Psoriasis (chlorin.) 108.   (Creosoton) 146.
    (Hydrarg. proto-iodur.) 224.  (Sulphur.
    iodid.) 367.
 Pustule maligne (zinci chlorid.) 385.
 Putrefaction,  checking  (calcis  chlorid.)
    88.
 Putrescency, tendency to (quininae et cin-
    chonin. tannas) 331.
 Pyrosis (nux vomica) 279.
 Rectum, catarrh  of the  (cort.  adstring.
    Brazil.) 130.
 Remittent fever (ferr. cyanur.) 180.
 Rhagades (ol. jecin. aselli) 289.
 Rheumatic  pains  (hydrarg.  deuto-iodur.)
    228.
 Rheumatism  (acupunct.)  26.   (Ammo-
    niated counter-irritants) 399.  (Ballota
    lanata) 68.  (Caincae radix) 82.  (Chlo-
    rin.) 108. (Colchicum) 125,126.  (Com-
    pression) 390.  (Compression of arte-
    ries)  394.  (Creosoton) 149.  (Delphi-
    nin)  160.  (Electropunct.)  163.  (Fuli-
    go) 202.   (Galvanism) 403.  (fodinum)
    252.  (Magnet) 261.  (Morphinae acetas.)
    271.   (Moxa)  400.   (OI.  crolon.)  283.
    (Ol. jecinor. aselli) 287.   (Ol. sinapis)
    293.  (Potassae  chloras) 302.  (Potass.
    cyanid.)  306.   (Sulphuris  carburetum)
    365,  366.  (Veratrina) 380.  Articular
    (aconit.) 22.  Chronic (chimaphila) 101.
    Chronic  (cubebae) 155.  Chronic  (dios-
    ma) 162.
 Rickets  (ferr. iodid.) 186.   (Ol. jecinor.
    aselli) 287.
 Ringworm (ammoniated counter-irritants)
    399.
 Roseola (chlorin. aq.) 112.
 St. Vitus's  dance (ammoniated counter-ir-
    ritants) 399.  (Liq. argent, muriat. am-
    mon.) 40.  (Artemisia) 51.   (Nux vomi-
    ca)  278.   (Zinci chlorid.) 386.
 Salivation,  mercurial  (calcis  chlorid.)  86,
    9J.  Mercurial (iodinum) 253.  Profuse
    (auri praeparat.) 54.
 Scabies (acid, pyrolign.) 17. (Chlorin.) 108.
    (See itch.)
1 Scarlatina (acid, pyrolign.) 17. (Calcis chlo- 
428         INDEX OF DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES.
 Scarlatina—continued.
   rid.) 87.  (Chlorin. aq.) 112.  (Chlorin.
   aq.) 114.  (Colchicum) 127.
 Sciatica (acupunct.) 28.  (Potass, cyanid.)
   306.    Gouty   (acid,  hydrocyan.)  9.
   Rheumatic (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.
 Scirrhus (auri praepar.) 58.  (Ferr.  iodid.
   186.  (Potass,  iodid.) 311.  Of the lips
   (carbo  animalis) 97.  Of the mammae
   (calendula) 93.  Of the mammae (carbo
   animalis) 97.   Of  the mammae (iodin.)
   250.  Of the  prostate (carbo animalis)
   98.  Of the  pylorus (acid, hydrocyan.)
   10.  Of the pylorus (auri  praeparat.) 58.
   Of the  pylorus (zinci ferrohydrocyanas)
   389.  Of the  stomach (artemisia)  52.
   Of the stomach (iodin.) 251.  Of the
   tongue  (auri  praeparat.)  58.  Of  the
   uterus  (acid,  hydrocyan.) 10.  Of  the
   uterus (auri praepar.) 58.  Of the uterus
   (iodin.) 250.
 Scrofula (acid,  pyrolign.) 17.   (Auri  cy-
   anidum) 59.   (Auri praepar.)  56,  57.
   (Brominum) 77.  (Chlorin.) 108.  (Ferr.
   bromat.)  173.    (Ferr.  cyanur.)   181.
   (Ferr. iodid.) 186.  (Fucus crispus) 199.
   (Gentianin.)  208.   (Hydrarg.   deuto-
   iodur.) 227.  (Iodinum) 244.  (Ol. jecin.
   aselli)  287.   (Potassii  bromid.)   304.
   (Potass, iodid.)  312.
 Scrofulosis (hydrarg. protoiodur.) 224.
 Scrofulous affections  (sodae  chloridum)
   349.  Diathesis (carbo animalis) 97, 98.
   Diseases (baryum iodatum) 70.  Habit
   ferr. cyanur.) 181.   (Aurum mur. na-
   tronat.)  64.   Swellings   (calcis chlori-
   dum) 84.  Swellings  (carbo  animalis)
   98.  Swellings (chlorin. aq.) 114.  Swel-
   lings (iodid.  quinin.)  258.   Swellings
   (iodinum)  257.    Swellings  (plumbi
   iodid.) 299.  Swellings (potassii bromi.
   dum) 304.   (Veretrina) 381.  Swellings
   of the glands (calcis chlorid.) 87.   Tu-
   mefaction of the upper lip (aur. muriat.
   natronat.) 64.  Ulcers  (potass, iodid.)
   313.
 Scurvy (creosoton) 142.
 Seasickness (creosote) 150.
 Sensibility, unusual, of the abdomen (zinci
   ferrohydrocyanas) 389.
 Serpents, bites of (caincae radix) 82.  (Gu-
   aco) 213.
 Serpigo (potass, iodid.) 312.
 Sleeplessness (lactucarium)  260.  (Mag-
   netism,  animal) 406.   (Morphin. bime-
   conas) 279.
Sloughing ulcers (calcis chlorid.) 85.
Small-pox  (calcis chlorid.)  85.   (Chlorin.
   aq.) 112.
Sore throat (ammoniated counter-irritants)
   399.
Spasmodic diseases (acid, hydrocyan.)  9.
   (Acupunct.) 27.   (Colchicum) 127.  (In-
Spasmodic diseases—continued.
   digum)  230.   (Magnet) 260.   (Zinci
   ferrohydrocyanas) 388.
Spasmodic erethism  (creosoton) 151.
Spasms   (ammoniated  counter-irritants)
   399.   (Magnet) 261.
Sphacelus (acid, pyrolign.) 17.
Spina ventosa (ol. jecinor. aselli) 288.
Spleen, diseases  of  the  (potass, bromid.)
   304.  Engorgement of the (quininae sul-
   phas)  325.  Enlarged  (hydrarg. deuto-
   iodur.) 228.  Enlarged (iodin.) 251.  In-
   durated (iodinum) 243.
Sprains (creosoton) 141.   Violent  (ammo-
   niated counter-irritants) 399.
Staubasthma (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.
Stomacace (iodinum) 253.
Stomach, coats of the, hypertrophy of the
   (sulph. carbur.) 366.   Irritation of (co-
   deina)  122.   Neuropathic  disorders of
   (acid, hydrocyan.) 19.
Stricture of the Eustachian tube (catheter-
   ism) 407.  Of the urethra  (iodin.) 251.
   Spasmodic, of the  urethra (diosma) 162.
Struma varicosa (carbo animalis) 97.
Suffocation, sense of (acid, hydrocyan.) 8.
Suppuration, profuse (creosoton) 141.
Sweating, profuse (boletus laricis)  73.
Syphilis  (argenti  praeparat.)  37.   (Auri
   cyanidum) 59.  (Auri  praeparat.)  54,
   56.  (Aurum  muriat.)  62.   (Chlorin.)
   108.   (Hydrarg. bromid.)  219.   (Hy-
   drarg. cyanur.) 221.  (Hydrarg. deuto-
   iodur.)  227.    Secondary  (ferr.  iodid.)
   186.  Secondary (iodinum)  252.   With
   scrofula (potass, iodid.) 311.
Syphilitic affections (potassae chloras) 301.
   Eruptions  (ferr.  carb.)  177.  Excoria-
   tions  (aurum metallicum) 60.  Excres-
   cences (aurum metallicum)  60.   Oste-
   ocopi (strychnina) 358, 360.   Swellings
   of the bones (potass, iodid.) 314.   Ulcers
   (aurum metallicum) 60.
Tabes mesenterica (ferr. iodid.) 186.
Taenia (acid, hydrocyan.) 10.  (Brayera
   anthelmintica)  74.   (Creosoton)  150.
   (Euphorb.  ol.) 170.   (Filix mas)  196.
   (Granatum.) 210.  (Ol. croton) 282.
Tarsi inflamed, chronic  (creosoton)  146,
   153.
Teeth, caries of the (calcis chlorid.) 87.
Testes, enlarged (iodinum) 243.  Enlarged
   (potass, iodid.) 313.   Scrofulous swell-
   ing of the (potassii bromid.) 304.
Tetanus (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.  (Ammoni-
   ated counter-irritants) 399.  (Colchicum)
   126.  Traumatic (strychnina) 358.
Tetter (iodinum)  249.  (See Herpes.)
Thoracic inflammation (hydrarg. cyanur.)
   222.
Thymus, hypertrophied (iodin.) 250.
Tic  douloureux  (acid,   hydrocyan.)  9.
   (Aconitin.) 21.  (Ammoniated counter- 
INDEX OF DISEASES A
ND THEIR  REMEDIES.         429
Tic douloureaux—continued.
  irritants) 399.   (Delphinin ) 160.  (Gal.
  vanism) 405.   (Strychnina) 358.  (Vc
  ratrina) 380, 383.  (See Neuralgia.)
Tinea (calcis chlorid.) 87, 92.  (Chlorin.
  aq.) 114,  115.   (Fuligo) 201.  (Iodid.
  sulph.) 258.
Tongue, induration of the (auri praeparat.)
  58.
Tonsils,  enlarged  (iodinum) 244.
Toothach  (acid,  hydrocyan.)  10.   (Acid.
  pyrolign.)  17.   (Acupunct.)  28.   (Creo-
  soton)  147, 153.  (Liq.  ferr. persesqui-
  nit.) 190.   (Magnet)  261.  (Spilanthus
  oleraceus) 350.  Rheumatic (sulph. car-
  bur) 367.
Tophi, gouty  (iodinum) 252.
Tremors (xMagnet)261.  (Strychnina) 357.
  From  mercury  (electro-punct.) 163.
Trismus  (ammoniated  counter-irritants)
  399.
Tubercles (iodinum)  245.   (Ol. jecinor.
  aselli)  288.   Of the lung (chlorin.) 106.
  (Iodinum) 245. Mesenteric (iodinum)
  245.
Tumors  of the bones (auri.  praeparat.) 58.
  Of the mammae (ol. jecinor. aselli) 289.
  Scrofulous (iodid. quinin.) 258.   Scrofu-
  lous (iodinum) 257.
Typhoid fever (aq. chlorin.) 112.
Typhus (calcis chlorid.) 84.  (Chlorin. aq.)
  112.   (Quininae et cinchoninae tannas)
  331.   (Sodae chloridum) 339.  Abdomi-
  nalis (chlorini aq.)  112.   Bilious (calcis
  chloridum)  84.
Ulceration of the mouth (calcis chlorid.) 85.
Ulcerative process (iodinum) 254.
Ulcers (chlorin. aq.) 115.  (Creosoton) 141.
  (Ol. jecinor. aselli) 291.  (Sodae chlori-
  dum)  349.    Atonic  (creosoton)  141.
  Atonic  (iodid.  sulph.)  258.    Atonic
  (zinci  chloridum) 385.  Cancerous (ca-
  lendula) 94, 95.   Cancerous  (chlorin.
  aq.) 114.  Cancerous (ferr. carb. praec.)
  173.   Cancerous (hydrarg. deuto-iodur.)
  227.   Cancerous of the face (creosoton)
  143. Carious (creosoton) 141.   Erosive
  (zinci  chlorid.)  385.  Fistulous (creoso-
  ton) 141.   Gangrenous  (calcis  chlori-
  dum) 84. Gangrenous (creosoton) 142.
  Herpetic, &c. (acid, pyrolign) 16, 18.
Ulcers—continued.
   Herpetic  (creosoton)  142.    Herpetic
   (zinci chlorid.)  385.   Indolent (creoso-
   ton)  141.   Malignant  (creosoton) 142.
   Malignant (zinci chlorid.) 385.  Of the
   mouth after salivation (potassae chloras)
   302.  Phagedenic (zinci  chlorid.)  385.
   Sanious (creosoton) 141.  Scorbutic (cre-
   osoton) 142. Scrofulous (creosoton) 141.
   Scrofulous  (hydrarg.  protoiodur.)  224,
   226.  Scrofulous (iodinum) 256.  Scro-
   fulous (zinci chlorid.)  385.  Sloughing
   (creosoton)  142.  Sloughing, from lying
   (plumb, tannas)  300.   Syphilitic (aurum
   metallicum) 60.  Syphilitic  (creosoton)
   142.  Syphilitic (lerr.  iodid.) 187.   Sy-
   philitic  (hydrarg. cyanuret.) 222.   Sy-
   philitic (hydrarg. proto-iodur.) 224.  Sy-
   philitic, old  (zinci chlorid.) 385.  Torpid,
   foul, &,c. (calcis chlorid.) 84.   Torpid,
   foul (ferr.  cyanur.) 181,182.   Varicose
   (creosoton)  141.
Urethra, diseases of the (diosma) 162.  Mu-
   cous membrane  of the, tumefied  (carb.
   anim.) 98.
Urinary organs, diseased (chimaphila) 101.
Urine,  incontinence  of  (diosma)  162.
   (Iodin.) 249.  Retention of (secale cor-
   nutum) 345.
Urticaria (cort. adstring. Brazil.) 130.
Uterus,  cancers of the  (ferr. carb. prsec.)
   174.  Neck of the, fungus of the  (aur.
   nitrico-murial.)  66.   Pain of the (acid.
   hydrocyan.) 10.  Spasmodic pains of the
   (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.
Vagina, inflammation ot the (fuligo) 202.
Varicose veins (acupunct.) 28.
Venereal infection, prevention of (chlorin.
   aq.) 114.
Vomiting  (acid, hydrocyan.) 9.   (Argilla)
   43.  (Creosote)  150.   (Strychnina) 358.
   Chronic  (artemisia) 52. Chronic (calen-
   dula)  94. Obstinate (calendula) 94.
Worms (caincae radix) 81.   (Ol. croton.)
   282.  (Zinci ferrohydrocyanas) 388.
Wounds (calcis chlorid.) 85.   Contused
   (diosma) 162.   From  dissection  (calcis
   chlorid.) 85.  From gunpowder (calcis
   chlorid.) 86. Painful (acid, hydrocyan.) 
 
 
NLM031933032